1 files changed, 20418 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/13225.txt b/old/13225.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61cd10f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/13225.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20418 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of Voyages
+and Travels, Volume VI, by Robert Kerr
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, Volume VI
+       Early English Voyages Of Discovery To America
+
+Author: Robert Kerr
+
+Release Date: August 19, 2004 [EBook #13225]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GENERAL HISTORY, VI. ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and PG Distributed
+Proofreaders. This file was produced from images generously made
+available by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+A GENERAL HISTORY AND COLLECTION OF VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.
+
+ARRANGED IN SYSTEMATIC ORDER:
+
+FORMING A COMPLETE HISTORY OF THE ORIGIN AND PROGRESS OF NAVIGATION,
+DISCOVERY, AND COMMERCE, BY SEA AND LAND, FROM THE EARLIEST AGES TO THE
+PRESENT TIME.
+
+BY
+
+ROBERT KERR, F.R.S. & P.A.S. EDIN.
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY MAPS AND CHARTS.
+
+VOL. VI.
+
+CONTENTS OF VOL. VI.
+
+PART II. BOOK II. CONTINUED.
+
+
+CHAP. XI. Early English voyages of discovery to America. Introduction.
+
+SECT. I. Discovery of Newfoundland by John and Sebastian Cabot in 1497,
+in the service of Henry VII. of England.
+
+II. Discourse by Galeacius Butrigarius, Papal Legate in Spain,
+respecting the Discoveries in America, by Sebastian Cabot.
+
+III. Notice concerning Sebastian Cabot by Ramusio, in the Preface to the
+third Volume of his Navigations.
+
+IV. Notice respecting the voyage of Sebastian Cabot to the north-west,
+from Peter Martyr ab Angleria.
+
+V. Testimony of Francisco Lopez de Gomara, concerning the discoveries of
+Sebastian Cabota.
+
+VI. Note respecting the discoveries of Sebastian Cabot; from the latter
+part of Fabians Chronicle.
+
+VII. Brief notice of the discovery of Newfoundland, by Mr Robert
+Thorne.
+
+CHAP. XI SECT. VIII. Grant by Edward VI. of a Pension and the Office of
+Grand Pilot of England to Sebastian Cabot.
+
+IX. Voyage of Sir Thomas Pert and Sebastian Cabot about the year 1516,
+to Brazil, St Domingo, and Porto Rico.
+
+X. Brief note of a voyage by Thomas Tison to the West Indies, before the
+year 1526.
+
+CHAP XII. The Voyages of Jacques Cartier from St Maloes to Newfoundland
+and Canada, in the years 1534 and 1535.
+
+Introduction.
+
+SECT. I. The first voyage of Jacques Cartier to Newfoundland and Canada,
+in 1534.
+
+II. The second voyage of Jacques Cartier, to Canada, Hochelega,
+Saguenay, and other lands now called New France; with the Manners and
+Customs of the Natives.
+
+III. Wintering of Jacques Cartier in Canada in 1536, and return to
+France in 1537.
+
+BOOK III. Continuation of the Discoveries and Conquests of the
+Portuguese in the East; together with some account of the early voyages
+of other European Nations to India.
+
+CHAP. I. Discoveries, Navigations, and Conquests of the Portuguese in
+India, from 1505 to 1539, both inclusive, resumed from Book I. of this
+Part.
+
+SECT. I. Course of the Indian Trade before the Discovery of the Route by
+the Cape of Good Hope, with some account of the settlement of the Arabs
+on the East Coast of Africa.
+
+CHAP. I.
+
+SECT. II. Voyage of Don Francisco de Almeyda from Lisbon to India, in
+quality of Viceroy, with an account of some of his transactions on the
+Eastern coast of Africa and Malabar.
+
+III. Some Account of the state of India at the beginning of the
+sixteenth Century, and commencement of the Portuguese Conquests.
+
+IV. Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, during the
+Viceroyalty of Almeyda.
+
+V. Transactions of the Portuguese in India under the Government of Don
+Alfonso de Albuquerque, from the end of 1509, to the year 1515.
+
+VI. Portuguese Transactions in India, under several governors, from the
+close of 1515, to the year 1526.
+
+VII. Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India; from 1526 to
+1538.
+
+
+CHAP. II. Particular Relation of the Expedition of Solyman Pacha from
+Suez to India against the Portuguese at Diu, written by a Venetian
+Officer who was pressed into the Turkish Service on that occasion.
+Introduction.
+
+SECT. I. The Venetian Merchants and Mariners at Alexandria are pressed
+into the Turkish service, and sent to Suez. Description of that place.
+Two thousand men desert from the Gallies. Tor. Island of Soridan Port of
+Kor.
+
+II. Arrival at Jiddah, the Port of Mecca. The islands of Alfas, Kamaran,
+and Tuiche. The Straits of Bab-al-Mandub.
+
+III. Arrival at Aden, where the Sheikh and four others are hanged.
+Sequel of the Voyage to Diu.
+
+CHAP. II. SECT. IV. The Castle of Diu is besieged by the Moors. The
+Turks plunder the City, and the Indian Generals withdraw in resentment.
+The Pacha lands. A man 300 years old. Women burn themselves. The Fleet
+removes.
+
+V. A Bulwark Surrenders to the Turks, who make Galley-slaves of the
+Portuguese Garrison; with several other incidents of the siege.
+
+VI. Farther particulars of the siege, to the retreat of the Turks, and
+the commencement of their Voyage back to Suez.
+
+VII. Continuation of the Voyage back to Suez, from the Portuguese
+factory at Aser, to Khamaran and Kubit Sharif.
+
+VIII. Transactions of the Pacha at Zabid, and continuation of the Voyage
+from Kubit Sarif.
+
+IX. Continuation of the Voyage to Suez, along the Arabian Shore of the
+Red Sea.
+
+X. Conclusion of the Voyage to Suez, and return of the Venetians to
+Cairo.
+
+CHAP. III. The Voyage of Don Stefano de Gama from Goa to Suez, in 1540,
+with the intention of Burning the Turkish Gallies at that port. Written
+by Don Juan de Castro, then a Captain in the Fleet; afterwards
+governor-general of Portuguese India.
+
+Introduction.
+
+SECT. I. Portuguese Transactions in India, from the Siege of Diu by the
+Turks, to the Expedition of Don Stefano de Gama to Suez.
+
+II. Journal of the Voyage from Goa to the Straits of Bab-el-Mandub.
+
+III. Continuation of the Voyage, from the Straits of Bab-el-Mandub to
+Massua.
+
+CHAP. III. SECT. IV. Digression respecting the History, Customs, and
+State of Abyssinia.
+
+V. Continuation of the Journal of De Castro from Massua to Swakem.
+
+VI. Continuation of the Voyage from Swakem to Comol.
+
+VII. Continuation of the Voyage from the Harbour of Comol to Toro or Al
+Tor.
+
+VIII. Continuation of the Voyage from Toro or Al Tor to Suez.
+
+IX. Return Voyage from Suez to Massua.
+
+X. Return of the Expedition from Massua to India.
+
+XI. Description of the Sea of Kolzum, otherwise called the Arabian Gulf,
+or the Red Sea. Extracted from the Geography of Abulfeda.
+
+POSTSCRIPT.--Transactions of the Portuguese in Abyssinia, under Don
+Christopher de Gama.
+
+CHAP. IV. Continuation of the Portuguese transactions in India, after
+the return of Don Stefano de Gama from Suez in 1541, to the Reduction of
+Portugal under the Dominion of Spain in 1581.
+
+SECT. I. Incidents during the Government of India by Don Stefano de
+Gama, subsequent to his Expedition to the Red Sea.
+
+II. Exploits of Antonio de Faria y Sousa in Eastern India.
+
+III. Transactions during the Government of Martin Alfonso de Sousa, from
+1542 to 1543.
+
+IV. Government of India by Don Juan de Castro, from 1545 to 1548.
+
+V. Transactions of the Portuguese in India, from 1545 to 1564, under
+several Governors.
+
+VI. Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from 1564 to
+the year 1571.
+
+VII. Portuguese Transactions in India from 1571 to 1576.
+
+CHAP. IV. SECT. VIII. Transactions of the Portuguese in Monomotapa,
+from 1569 to the end of that separate government.
+
+IX. Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from 1576 to
+1581; when the Crown of Portugal was usurped by Philip II. of Spain on
+the Death of the Cardinal King Henry.
+
+X. Transactions of the Portuguese in India, from 1581 to 1597.
+
+XI. Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from 1597 to
+1612.
+
+XII. Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions, from 1512 to 1517.
+
+A GENERAL HISTORY AND COLLECTION OF VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.
+
+
+
+PART II. BOOK II. CONTINUED.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+EARLY ENGLISH VOYAGES OF DISCOVERY TO AMERICA.
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Although we have already, in the Introduction to the _Second_ Chapter of
+this Book, Vol. III. p. 346. given some notices of the voyages of John
+and Sebastian Cabot to America in the service of Henry VII. and VIII. it
+appears proper on the present occasion to insert a full report of every
+thing that is now known of these early navigations: As, although no
+immediate fruits were derived from these voyages, England by their means
+became second only to Spain in the discovery of America, and afterwards
+became second likewise in point of colonization in the New World. The
+establishments of the several English colonies will be resumed in a
+subsequent division of our arrangement.
+
+It has been already mentioned that Columbus, on leaving Portugal to
+offer his services to Ferdinand and Isabella of Spain for the discovery
+of the Indies by a western course through the Atlantic, sent his brother
+Bartholomew to make a similar offer to Henry VII. King of England, lest
+his proposals might not have been listened to by the court of Spain.
+Bartholomew, as has been formerly related, was taken by pirates; and on
+his arrival in England was forced to procure the means of living, and of
+enabling himself to appear before the king, by the construction and sale
+of sea-charts and maps, in which he had been instructed by his brother.
+Owing to this long delay, when he at length presented himself to King
+Henry, and had even procured the acceptance of his brothers proposals,
+so much time had been lost that Isabella queen of Castille had already
+entered into the views of his illustrious brother, who had sailed on his
+second voyage to the West Indies, while Bartholomew was on his journey
+through France to announce to him that Henry King of England had agreed
+to his proposals.
+
+The fame of the astonishing discovery made by Columbus in 1591, soon
+spread throughout Europe; and only four years afterwards, or in 1595, a
+patent was granted by Henry VII. to John Cabot, or Giovani Cabota, a
+Venetian citizen, then resident in England, and his three sons, Lewis,
+Sebastian, and Sancius, and their heirs and deputies, to sail to all
+parts countries and seas of the east west and north, at their own cost
+and charges, with five ships; to seek out discover and find whatsoever
+islands, countries, regions, or provinces belonging to the heathen and
+infidels, were hitherto unknown to Christians, and to subdue, occupy,
+and possess all such towns, cities, castles, and islands as they might
+be able; setting up the royal banners and ensigns in the same, and to
+command over them as vassals and lieutenants of the crown of England, to
+which was reserved the rule, title, and jurisdiction of the same. In
+this grant Cabot and his sons, with their heirs and deputies, were bound
+to bring all the fruits, profits, gains, and commodities acquired in
+their voyages to the port of Bristol; and, having deducted from the
+proceeds all manner of necessary costs and charges by them expanded, to
+pay to the king in wares or money the fifth part of the free gain so
+made, in lieu of all customs of other dues; of importation on the same.
+By these letters patent; dated at Westminster on the 5th of March in the
+eleventh year of Henry VII. all the other subjects of England are
+prohibited from visiting or frequenting any of the continents, islands,
+villages, towns, castles, or places which might be discovered by John
+Cabot, his sons, heirs, or deputies, under forfeiture of their ships and
+goods[1].
+
+[Footnote 1: Hakluyt, III. 26.]
+
+No journal or relation remains of the voyages of Cabot and his sons in
+consequence of this grant, and we are reduced to a few scanty memorials
+concerning them; contained in the third volume of _Hakluyt's Collection
+of the Early Voyages, Travels, and Discoveries of the English Nation_.
+We quote from the new edition, _with additions_, published at London in
+1810.
+
+Two years after the before-mentioned letters patent, or on the 18th of
+February 1497, a licence was granted by the same king of England, Henry
+VII. to John Cabot, to take six English ships in any haven or havens of
+England, being of 200 tons burden or under, with all necessary
+furniture; and to take also into the said ships all such masters,
+mariners, or other subjects of the king as might be willing to engage
+with him.
+
+It would appear that the patent of 1495 had never been acted upon; but
+in consequence of this new licence, John Cabot and his son Sebastian
+proceeded from the port of Bristol and discovered an island somewhere on
+the coast of America to which they gave the name of _Prima Vista_,
+probably the island of Newfoundland. The short account of this voyage of
+discovery left to us by Hakluyt, is said to have been inserted in Latin
+on a map constructed by Sebastian Cabot, concerning his discovery in
+America, then called the West Indies; which map, engraved by Clement
+Adams, was to be seen in the time of Hakluyt in the private gallery of
+Queen Elizabeth at Westminster, and in the possession of many of the
+principal merchants in London. This memorandum, translated into English,
+is as follows[2].
+
+[Footnote 2: Id. III. 27.]
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Discovery of Newfoundland by John and Sebastian Cabot in 1497, in the
+service of Henry VII. of England._
+
+
+"In the year 1497, John Cabot a Venetian and his son Sebastian,
+discovered on the 24th of June, about five in the morning, that land to
+which no person had before ventured to sail, which they named _Prima
+Vista_[3], or, _first-seen_, because as I believe it was the first part
+seen by them from the sea. The island which is opposite[4] he named St
+Johns Island, because discovered on the day of St John the Baptist. The
+inhabitants of this island use the skins and furs of wild beasts for
+garments, which they hold in as high estimation as we do our finest
+clothes. In war they use bows and arrows, spears, darts, clubs, and
+slings. The soil is sterile and yields no useful production; but it
+abounds in white bears and deer much larger than ours. Its coasts
+produce vast quantities of large fish, among which are _great seals_,
+salmons, soles above a yard in length, and prodigious quantities
+especially of cod, which are commonly called _bacallaos_[5]. The hawks,
+partridges, and eagles of this island are all black."
+
+[Footnote 3: Presuming that this discovery was Newfoundland, a name
+nearly of the same import, perhaps the land first seen was what is now
+called Cape Bonavista, in lat. 48 deg. 50' N. long. 62 deg. 32' W. from London.
+In the text, there is every reason to believe that it is meant to
+indicate, that Cabot named the island he discovered St Johns, and only
+the first seen point of land Prima-Vista.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 4: By this phrase is probably to be understood, the island
+behind this first-seen cape named _Prima-Vista_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 5: _Vulgari Sermoni_, is translated by Hakluyt, _in the
+language of the savages_; but we have given it a different sense in the
+text, that used by Hakluyt having no sufficient warrant in the
+original.--E.]
+
+Besides the foregoing memorandum on the ancient map, Hakluyt gives the
+following testimonies respecting the discovery of the northern part of
+America, by Cabot.
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Discourse by Galeacius Butrigarius, Papal Legate in Spain, respecting
+the Discoveries in America, by Sebastian Cabot_[6].
+
+
+Do you know how to sail for the Indies towards the northwest, as has
+been lately done by a Venetian citizen, a valiant man and so learned in
+all things pertaining to navigation and cosmography, that no one is
+permitted to sail as pilot to the West Indies who has not received his
+licence, he being pilot-major of Spain? This person, who resides in the
+city of Seville, is Sebastian Cabot, a native of Venice, who is most
+expert in these sciences, and makes excellent sea-charts with his
+own-hands. Having sought his acquaintance, he entertained us in a
+friendly manner, showing us many things, and among these a large map of
+the world containing sundry navigations, both those of the Spaniards and
+Portuguese. On this occasion he gave us the following information.
+
+[Footnote 6: Hakluyt, III. 27. from the second volume of Ramusio.]
+
+His father went many years since from Venice to England, where he
+followed the profession of a merchant, taking this person his son along
+with him to London, then very young, yet having received some tincture
+of learning, and some knowledge of the sphere. His father died about the
+time when news was spread abroad that Don Christopher Columbus, the
+Genoese, had discovered the coasts of the Indies by sailing towards the
+west, which was much admired and talked of at the court of King Henry
+VII. then reigning in England, so that every one affirmed that it was
+more attributable to divine inspiration than human wisdom, to have thus
+sailed by the west unto the east, where spices grow, by a way never
+known before. By these discourses the young man, Sebastian Cabot, was
+strongly incited to perform some notable and similar action; and
+conceiving by the study of the sphere that it would be a shorter route
+for going to India, than that attempted by Columbus, to sail by the
+north-west, he caused the king to be informed thereof, who accordingly
+gave orders that he should be furnished with two ships, properly
+provided in all things for the voyage. He sailed with these from England
+in the beginning of summer 1496, if I rightly remember, shaping his
+course to the north-west, not expecting to find any other land
+intervening between and Cathay or Northern China. He was much
+disappointed by falling in with land running toward the north, the coast
+of which he sailed along to the lat. of 56 deg. N. and found it still a
+continent. Finding the coast now, to turn towards the east, and
+despairing to find the passage to India and Cathay of which he was in
+search, he turned again and sailed down the coast towards the
+equinoctial line, always endeavouring to find a passage westwards for
+India, and came at length to that part of the continent which is now
+called Florida[7]. And his victuals running short, he bore away for
+England; where he found the country in confusion preparing for war with
+Scotland, so that no farther attention was paid to his proposed
+discoveries.
+
+[Footnote 7: Florida is here to be taken in the extended sense as at
+first applied to the whole eastern coast of North America, to the north
+of the Gulf of Mexico. The commencement of this voyage appears to have
+been in search of a north-west passage; but Sebastian must have gone far
+above 56 deg. N. to find the land trending eastwards: He was probably
+repelled by ice and cold weather.--E.]
+
+He went afterwards into Spain, where he was taken into the service of
+Ferdinand and Isabella, who furnished him with ships at their expence,
+in which he went to discover the coast of Brazil, where he found a
+prodigiously large river, now called the _Rio de la Plata_, or Silver
+River, up which he sailed above 120 leagues, finding every where a good
+country, inhabited by prodigious numbers of people, who flocked from
+every quarter to view the ships with wonder and admiration. Into this
+great river a prodigious number of other rivers discharged their waters.
+After this he made many other voyages; and waxing old, rested at home
+discharging the office of chief pilot, and leaving the prosecution of
+discovery to many young and active pilots of good experience.
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Notice concerning Sebastian Cabot by Ramusio, in the Preface to the
+third Volume of his Navigations._[8]
+
+
+In the latter part of this volume are contained certain relations of
+Giovani de Varanzana of Florence, of a certain celebrated French
+navigator, and of two voyages by Jacques Cartier a Breton, who sailed to
+the land in 50 deg. north latitude, called New France; it not being yet
+known whether that land join with the continent of Florida and New
+Spain, or whether they are separated by the sea into distinct islands,
+so as to allow of a passage by sea to Cathay and India. This latter was
+the opinion of Sebastian Cabota, our countryman, a man of rare knowledge
+and experience in navigation, who wrote to me many years ago, that he
+had sailed along and beyond this land of New France in the employment of
+Henry VII. of England. He informed me that, having sailed a long way to
+the north-west, beyond these lands, to the lat. of 67-1/2 deg. N. and
+finding the sea on the 11th of June entirely open and without
+impediment, he fully expected to have passed on that way to Cathay in
+the east; and would certainly have succeeded, but was constrained by a
+mutiny of the master and mariners to return homewards. But it would
+appear that the Almighty still reserves this great enterprise of
+discovering the route to Cathay by the north-west to some great prince,
+which were the easiest and shortest passage by which to bring the
+spiceries of India to Europe. Surely this enterprise would be me most
+glorious and most important that can possibly he imagined, and would
+immortalize him who succeeded in its accomplishment far beyond any of
+those warlike exploits by which the Christian nations of Europe are
+perpetually harassed.
+
+[Footnote 8: Hakluyt, III. 28.]
+
+
+SECTION IV. _Notices respecting the voyage of Sebastian Cabot to the
+northwest, from Peter Martyr ab Algeria_[9].
+
+
+These northern seas have been searched by Sebastian Cabot, a Venetian,
+who was carried when very young to England by his parents, who, after
+the manner of the Venetians, left no part of the world unsearched to
+obtain riches. Having fitted out two ships in England at his own
+expence, with three hundred men, he first directed his course so near
+the north pole, that on the 11th of July he found monstrous heaps of ice
+swimming in the sea, and a continual day, so that the land was free from
+ice, having been thawed by the perpetual influence of the sun. By reason
+of this ice he was compelled to turn southwards along the western land,
+till he came unto the latitude of the Straits of Gibraltar[10]. In the
+course of this north-west voyage he got so far to the west as to have
+the island of Cuba on his left hand, having reached to the same
+longitude[11]. While sailing along the coast of this great land, which
+he called _Baccalaos_[12], he found a similar current of the sea towards
+the west[13] as had been observed by the Spaniards in their more
+southerly navigations, but more softly and gently than had been
+experienced by the Spaniards. Hence it may be certainly concluded that
+in both places, though hitherto unknown, there must be certain great
+open spaces by which the waters thus continually pass from the east to
+the west; which waters I suppose to be continually driven round the
+globe by the constant motion and impulse of the heavens, and not to be
+alternately swallowed and cast up again by the breathing of Demogorgon,
+as some have imagined on purpose to explain the ebb and flow of the sea.
+Sebastian Cabot himself named these lands _Baccalaos_, because he found
+in the seas thereabout such multitudes of certain large fishes like
+tunnies, called _baccalaos_ by the natives, that they sometimes stayed
+his ships. He found also the people of these regions clothed in the
+skins of beasts, yet not without the use of reason. He says also that
+there are great numbers of bears in those countries, which feed on fish,
+and catch them by diving into the water; and being thus satisfied with
+abundance of fish, are not noisome to man. He says likewise that he saw
+large quantities of copper among the inhabitants of these regions. Cabot
+is my dear and familiar friend, whom I delight to have sometimes in my
+house. Being called out of England by the Catholic king of Castille, on
+the death of Henry VII. of England, he was made one of the assistants of
+our council respecting the affairs of the new found Indies, and waits in
+daily expectation of being furnished with ships in which to discover
+these hidden secrets of nature.
+
+[Footnote 9: Hakluyt, III. 29. quoting P. Martyr, Dec. III. Ch. vi.]
+
+[Footnote 10: The Straits of Gibraltar are in lat. 36 deg. N. which would
+bring the discovery of the eastern coast of North America by Cabot, all
+the way from 67-1/2 deg. N. beyond Hudsons Bay, to Albemarle Sound on the
+coast of North Carolina--E.]
+
+[Footnote 11: The middle of the island of Cuba is in long. 80 deg. W. from
+Greenwich, which would have carried Cabot into the interior of Hudsons
+Bay, to which there is no appearance of his having penetrated, in the
+slight notices remaining of his exploratory voyage.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 12: We have before seen that he named the country which he
+discovered, the island of St John, and that he gave the name in this
+part of the text, _baccalaos_, to the fish most abundant in those seas,
+which we name cod.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 13: It is probable this applies to the tide of flood setting
+into the Gulf of St Lawrence or Hudsons Bay or both; which led Cabot to
+expect a passage through the land to the west--E.]
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Testimony of Francisco Lopez de Gomara, concerning the discoveries of
+Sebastian Cabota_[14].
+
+
+Sebastian Cabota, who came out of England into Spain, brought most
+certain information of the country and people of Baccalaos. Having a
+great desire to traffic for spices, like the Portuguese, he fitted out
+two ships with 300 men, at the cost of Henry VII. of England, and took
+the way towards Iceland from beyond the Cape of Labradore, until he
+reached the lat. of 58 deg. N. and better. Even in the month of July, the
+weather was so cold and the ice in such quantities, that he durst not
+proceed any farther. The days were so long as to have hardly any night,
+and what little there was, was very clear. Being unable to proceed
+farther on account of the cold, he turned south; and, having refreshed
+at Baccalaos, he sailed southwards along the coast to the 38 deg. of
+latitude[15], from whence he returned into England.
+
+[Footnote 14: Hakluyt, III. 30. quoting Gomara, Gen. Hist. of the W.
+Indies, Book II. Ch. iv.]
+
+[Footnote 15: By this account the progress of Cabot to the south along
+the eastern coast of North America, reached no farther than coast of
+Maryland.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Note respecting the discoveries of Sebastian Cabot; from the latter
+part of Fabians Chronicle_[16].
+
+
+IN the 13th year of Henry VII. by means of John Cabot, Venetian, who was
+very expert in cosmography and the construction of sea-charts, that king
+caused to man and victual a ship at Bristol, to search for an island
+which Cabot said he well knew to be rich and replenished with valuable
+commodities. In which ship, manned and victualled at the kings expence,
+divers merchants of London adventured small stocks of goods under the
+charge of the said Venetian. Along with that ship there went three or
+four small vessels from Bristol, laden with slight and coarse goods,
+such as coarse cloth, caps, laces, points, and other trifles. These
+vessels departed from Bristol in the beginning of May; but no tidings of
+them had been received at the time of writing this portion of the
+chronicle of Fabian.
+
+[Footnote 16: Hakluyt, III. 30. quoting from a MS. in possession of Mr
+John Stow, whom he characterizes as a diligent collector of
+antiquities.]
+
+In the 14th year of the king however, three men were brought from the
+New-found-Island, who were clothed in the skins of beasts, did eat raw
+flesh, and spoke a language which no man could understand, their
+demeanour being more like brute beasts than men. They were kept by the
+king for some considerable time; and I saw two of them about two years
+afterward in the palace of Westminster, habited like Englishmen, and not
+to be distinguished from natives of England, till I was told who they
+were; but as for their speech, I did not hear either of them utter a
+word.
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Brief notice of the discovery of Newfoundland, by Mr Robert
+Thorne._[17]
+
+
+As some diseases are hereditary, so have I inherited an inclination of
+discovery from my father, who, with another merchant of Bristol named
+Hugh Eliot, were the discoveries of the Newfoundlands. And, if the
+mariners had followed the directions of their pilot, there can be no
+doubt that the lands of the West Indies, whence all the gold cometh, had
+now been ours; as it appears by the chart that all is one coast.
+
+[Footnote 17: Hakluyt, III. 31. quoting a book by Mr Robert Thorne,
+addressed to Doctor Leigh.]
+
+
+SECTION VIII. _Grant by Edward VI. of a Pension, and the Office of Grand
+Pilot of England to Sebastian Cabot_[18]
+
+
+Edward the Sixth, by the Grace of God king of England, France, and
+Ireland, to all believers in Christ to whom these presents may come,
+wisheth health. Know ye, that in consideration of the good and
+acceptable service, done and to be done to us by our well-beloved
+servant Sebastian Cabot, we of our special grace, certain knowledge and
+goodwill, and by the councel and advice of our most illustrious uncle
+Edward Duke, of Somerset, governor of our person, and protector of our
+kingdoms, dominions, and subjects, and by advice of the rest of our
+councillors, have given and granted, and by these presents give and
+grant to the said Sebastian Cabot a certain annuity or yearly revenue of
+_one hundred and sixty-six pounds, thirteen shilling and fourpence
+sterling_[19], to have, enjoy, and yearly to receive during his natural
+life from our treasury at the receipt of our exchequer at Westminster,
+by the hands of our treasurers and chamberlains for the time being, by
+equal portions at the festivals of the annunciation of the blessed
+virgin, the nativity of St John the Baptist, of St Michael the
+Archangel, and the nativity of our Lord. And farther, as aforesaid, we
+grant by these presents so much as the said annuity would amount to from
+the feast of St Michael the Archangel last past unto this present time,
+to be received by said Sebastian from our foresaid treasurers and
+chamberlains in free gift, without account or any thing else to be
+yielded, paid or made to us our heirs or successors for the same. In
+witness whereof, &c. Done by the King at Westminster on the 6th of
+January 1548, in the second year of his reign.
+
+[Footnote 18: Hakluyt, id. ib. Supposing Sebastian to have been sixteen
+years of age in 1495, when he appears to have come to England with his
+father, he must have attained to seventy years of age at the period of
+this grant--E.]
+
+[Footnote 19: At the rate of six for one, as established by the
+Historian of America for comparing sums of money between these two
+periods, this pension was equal to L.1000 in our time.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IX.
+
+
+_Voyage of Sir Thomas Pert and Sebastian Cabot about the year 1516, to
+Brazil, St Domingo, and Porto Rico_.
+
+
+That learned and painefull writer Richard Eden, in a certain epistle of
+his to the Duke of Northumberland, before a work which he translated out
+of Munster in 1553, called _A Treatise of New India_, maketh mention of
+a voyage of discoverie undertaken out of England by Sir Thomas Pert and
+Sebastian Cabota, about the _eighth_ year of Henry VIII. of famous
+memorie, imputing the overthrow thereof unto the cowardice and want of
+stomack of the said Sir Thomas Pert, in manner following:
+
+If manly courage, saith he, (like unto that which hath bene seene and
+proved in your Grace, as well in forreine realmes, as also in this our
+country) had not bene wanting in others in these our dayes, at such time
+as our souereigne lord of famous memorie king Henry VIII. about the same
+yeere of his raigne, furnished and sent out certaine shippes under the
+governance of Sebastian Cabot yet living, and one Sir Thomas Pert, who
+was vice-admiral of England and dweleth in Poplar at Blackwall, whose
+faint heart was the cause that the voyage took none effect. If, I say,
+such manly courage, whereof we have spoken, had not at that time beene
+wanting, it might happily have come to passe, that that rich treasurie
+called Perularia, (which is nowe in Spaine in the citie of Seville, and
+so named, for that in it is kept the infinite riches brought thither
+from the newfoundland kingdom of Peru) might long since have beene in
+the tower of London, to the kings great honour and the wealth of this
+realme.
+
+Hereunto that also is to bee referred which the worshipfull Mr Robert
+Thorne wrote to the saide king Henry VIII. in the yeere 1527, by Doctor
+Leigh his ambassador sent into Spaine to the Emperour Charles V. whose
+worries bee these:
+
+Now rest to be discovered the north parts, the which it seemeth unto me
+is onely your highnes charge and dutie; because the situation of this
+your realme is thereunto neerest and aptest of all other: and also, for
+that already you have taken it in hand. And in mine opinion it will not
+seeme well to leave so great and profitable an enterprise, seeing it may
+so easily and with so little cost, labour, and danger be followed and
+obteined. Though hitherto your grace have made thereof a proofe, and
+found not the commoditie thereby as you trusted, at this time it shal be
+none impediment: for there may be now provided remedies for things then
+lacked, and the inconveniences and lets remooved, that then were cause
+your graces desire tooke no full effect: which is the courses to be
+changed, and to follow the aforesayd new courses. And concerning the
+mariners, ships, and provision, an order may be devised and taken meete
+and convenient, much better than hitherto: by reason whereof, and by
+Gods grace, no doubt your purpose shall take effect.
+
+And where as in the aforesayd wordes Mr Robert Thorne sayth, that he
+would have the old courses to bee changed, and the new courses [to the
+north] to be followed: It may plainely be gathered that the former
+voyage, whereof twise or thrise he maketh mention, wherein it is like
+that Sir Thomas Pert and Sebastian Cabot were set foorth by the king,
+was made towards Brazil and the south parts. Moreover it seemeth that
+Gonzalvo de Oviedo, a famous Spanish writer, alludeth unto the sayde
+voyage in the beginning of the 13. chapter of the 19. booke of his
+generall and natural historie of the West Indies, agreeing very well
+with the time about which Richard Eden writeth that the foresayd voyage
+was begun. The authors wordes are these, as I finde them translated into
+Italian by that excellent and famous man Baptista Ramusio[21].
+
+[Footnote 21: At this place Hakluyt gives the Italian of Ramusio; we are
+satisfied on the present occasion with his translation.--E.]
+
+In the year 1517, an English rover under the colour of travelling to
+discover, came with a great shippe unto the parts of Brazill on the
+coast of the firme land, and from thence he crossed over unto this
+island of Hispaniola, and arrived near unto the mouth of the haven of
+this citie of San Domingo, and sent his shipboate full of men on shoare,
+and demaunded leave to enter into this haven, saying that hee came with
+marchandise to traffique. But at that very instant the governour of the
+castle, Francis de Tapia, caused a tire of ordinance to be shot from the
+castle at the shippe, for she bare in directly with the haven. When the
+Englishmen sawe this, they withdrew themselves out, and those that were
+in the shipboate got themselves with all speede on shipboard. And in
+trueth the warden of the castle committed an oversight: for if the
+shippe had entered into the haven, the men thereof could not have come
+on lande without leave both of the citie and of the castle. Therefore
+the people of the shippe seeing how they were received, sayled toward
+the Island of St John de Puerto Rico, and entering into the port of St
+Germaine, the Englishmen parled with those of the towne, requiring
+victuals and things needful to furnish their ship, and complained of the
+inhabitants of the city of St Domingo, saying that they came not to doe
+any harme, but to trade and traffique for their money and merchandise.
+In this place they had certain victuals, and for recompence they gave
+and paid them with certain vessels of wrought tinne and other things.
+And afterwards they departed toward Europe, where it is thought they
+arrived not, for we never heard any more news of them.
+
+Thus farre proceedeth Gonzalvo de Oviedo, who though it please him to
+call the captain of this great English ship a rover, yet it appeareth by
+the Englishmens owne words, that they came to discover, and by their
+traffique for pewter vessels and other wares at the town of St Germaine
+in the iland of San Juan de Puerto Rico, it cannot bee denied but they
+were furnished with wares for honest traffique and exchange. But
+whosoever is conversant in reading the Portugal and Spanish writers of
+the East and West Indies, shall commonly finde that they account all
+other nations for pirats, rovers and theeves, which visite any heathen
+coast that they have once sayled by or looked on. Howbeit their
+passionate and ambitious reckoning ought not to bee prejudiciall to
+other mens chargeable and painefull enterprises and honourable travels
+in discoverie.
+
+
+SECTION X.
+
+_Brief note of a voyage by Thomas Tison to the West Indies, before the
+year 1526[22]._
+
+
+It appears from a certain note or memorandum in the custody of me
+Richard Hakluyt, taken out of an old ledger-book formerly belonging to
+Mr Nicholas Thorne senior, a respectable merchant of Bristol, written to
+his friend and factor Thomas Midnall and his servant William Ballard, at
+that time residing at San Lucar in Andalusia; that before the year 1526,
+one Thomas Tison an Englishman had found his way to the West Indies, and
+resided there as a secret factor for some English merchants, who traded
+thither in an underhand manner in those days. To this person Mr Nicholas
+Thorne appears to have sent armour and other articles which are
+specified in the memorandum or letter above mentioned--This Thomas
+Tison, so far as I can conjecture, appears to have been a secret factor
+for Mr Thorne and other English merchants, to transact for them in these
+remote parts; whence it is probable that some of our merchants carried
+on a kind of trade to the West Indies even in those ancient times;
+neither do I see any reason why the Spaniards should debar us from it
+now.
+
+[Footnote 22: Hakluyt, III. 595.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE VOYAGES OF JACQUES CARTIER FROM ST MALOES TO NEWFOUNDLAND AND
+CANADA, IN THE YEARS 1534 AND 1535[23].
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+These voyages are to be considered as among the early discoveries of the
+New World, and are therefore inserted in this place. The only edition of
+them which we have been able to procure, is that which is inserted in
+the ancient and curious collection of voyages by Hakluyt, which appears
+to have been abridged from the original in French, published at Rouen in
+8vo 1598[24]of this voyage, the author of the Bibliotheque des Voyages
+gives the following notice. "So early as the year 1518, the baron _De
+Levi_ had discovered a portion of Canada, and Jacques Cartier not only
+added to this first discovery, but visited the whole country with the
+judgment of a person well instructed in geography and hydrography, as is
+apparent in the relation of his voyages; which contain an exact and
+extended description of the coasts, harbours, straits, bays, capes,
+rivers, and islands which he visited, both in his voyages on the river
+St Lawrence, and in his excursions by land into the interior of Canada.
+To this day navigators use most of the names which he affixed to the
+various parts which he explored with indefatigable industry." In the
+present edition, the only freedom used is reducing the antiquated
+language of Hakluyt to the modern standard.----Ed.
+
+
+
+[Footnote 23: Hakluyt, III. 250.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Bibl. Univ. des Voy. VI. 15.]
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_The first Voyage of Jacques Cartier to Newfoundland and Canada, in_
+1534.
+
+
+The Chevalier de Mouy lord of Meylleraye and vice-admiral of France,
+having administered the oaths of fidelity to the king, and of obedience
+to M. Cartier, to the captains, masters, and mariners of the ships
+employed in this expedition, we left the port of St Maloes on the 20th
+of April 1534, with two ships of 60 tons, and having sixty-one chosen
+men. Having prosperous weather, we reached Newfoundland on the 10th of
+May, making Cape _Bonavista_, in lat. 48 deg. 30' N[25]. Owing to the great
+quantities of ice on the coast, we were obliged to go into port St
+Catherine [26], which is about five leagues S.S.E. from the harbour of
+Cape Bonavista, in which we remained ten days waiting fair weather, and
+employed ourselves in repairing and fitting out our boats.
+
+[Footnote 25: In our most recent maps Cape Bonavista is laid down in
+lat. 48 deg. 58' N.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 26: Named in English charts Catalina Harbour, in lat. 48 deg. 44'
+N.--E.]
+
+On the 21st of May we set sail with the wind at west, steering N. and by
+E. from Cape Bonavista till we came to the Isle of Birds, which we found
+environed by ice, but broken and cracked in many places. Notwithstanding
+the ice, our two boats went to the island to take in some birds, which
+are there in such incredible numbers that no one would believe unless he
+had seen them. The island is only a league in circuit, and so swarms
+with birds as if they had been strewed on purpose; yet an hundred times
+as many are to be seen hovering all around. Some of these are black and
+white, as large as jays, and having beaks like crows, which lie always
+on the sea, as they cannot fly to any height on account of the smallness
+of their wings, which are not larger than the half of ones hand; yet
+they fly with wonderful swiftness close to the water. We named these
+birds _Aporath_, and found them very fat. In less than half an hour we
+filled two boats with them; so that, besides what we eat fresh, each of
+our ships salted five or six barrels of them to aid our sea stock.
+Besides these, there is another and smaller kind, which hovers in the
+air, all of which gather themselves on the island, and put themselves
+under the wings of the larger birds. These smaller birds we named
+_Godetz_. There was also another kind, which we called _Margaulx_,
+considerably larger and entirely white, which bite like dogs. Although
+this island is 14 leagues from the main[27], yet the bears swim off to
+it to eat the birds, and our men found one there as large as an ordinary
+cow, and as white as a swan. This monstrous animal leapt into the sea to
+avoid our men; and upon Whitson Monday, when sailing towards the land,
+we fell in with it swimming thither as fast almost as we could sail. We
+pursued in our boats, and caught it by main strength. Its flesh was as
+good eating as a steer of two years old. On the Wednesday following, the
+27th of May, we came to the _Bay of the Castles_; but, on account of bad
+weather and the great quantities of ice, we were obliged to anchor in a
+harbour near the entrance of that bay, which we named Carpunt. We were
+forced to remain there till the 9th of June, when we departed, intending
+to proceed beyond Carpunt, which is in lat. 51 deg. N[28]
+
+[Footnote 27: This island of birds, judging by the course steered and
+its distance from the main of Newfoundland, appears to be that now
+called _Funk_ Island, in lat. 50 deg. N. 15 leagues N.E. from Cape
+Freels.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 28: From the latitude in the text, Carpunt appears to have
+been what is now called Carouge Harbour, and the Bay of the Castles may
+be that now named Hare Bay, 6-1/2 leagues farther north.--E.]
+
+The land between Cape _Razo_ and Cape _Degrad_[29], which lie N.N.E. and
+S.S.W. from each other, is all parted into islands so near each other,
+that there are only small channels like rivers between them, through
+most of which nothing but small boats can pass; yet there are some good
+harbours among these islands, among which are those of Carpunt and
+Degrad. From the top of the highest of these islands, two low islands
+near Gape Razo may be seen distinctly; and from Cape Razo to Port
+Carpunt, the distance is reckoned 25 leagues. Carpunt harbour has two
+entries, one of which is on the east side of the island, and the other
+on the south. But the eastern entrance is very unsafe, as the water is
+very shallow and full of shelves. The proper entry is to go about the
+west side of the island, about a cables length and a half, and then to
+make the south entrance of Carpunt. It is likewise necessary to remark,
+that there are three shelves under water in this channel, and towards
+the island on the east side in the channel, the water is three fathoms
+deep with a clear bottom. The other channel trends E.N.E. and on the
+west you may go on shore.
+
+[Footnote 29: Capes Rouge and De Grat. The former being the north head
+land of Carouge Bay, the latter the north-eastern extremity of
+Newfoundland, in lat. 51 deg. 40' N.--E.]
+
+Going from Point Degrad, and entering the before-mentioned Bay of the
+Castles, we were rather doubtful of two islands on the right hand, one
+of which is 3 leagues from Cape Degrad and the other seven. This last is
+low and flat, and seemed part of the main land. I named it St Catherines
+Island. Its north-east extremity is of a dry soil, but the ground about
+a quarter of a league off is very foul, so that it is necessary to go a
+little round. This island and the Bay of the Castles trend N.N.E. and
+S.S.W. 15 leagues distant from each other. The port of the Castles and
+Port Gutte, which is in the northern part of the bay, trend E.N.E and
+W.S.W. distant 12-1/2 leagues. About two leagues from Port Balance, or
+about a third part across the bay, the depth of water is 38 fathoms.
+From Port Balance to _Blanc Sablon_, or the White Sands, it is 15
+leagues W.S.W. but about 3 leagues from the White Sands to the S.W.
+there is a rock above water like a boat. The _White Sands_ is a
+road-stead quite open to the S. and S.E. but is protected on the S.W. by
+two islands, one of which we called the Isle of Brest, and the other the
+Isle of Birds, in which there are vast numbers of Godetz, and crows with
+red beaks and red legs, which make their nests in holes under ground
+like rabbits. Passing a point of land about a league beyond the White
+Sands, we found a port and passage which we called the _Islets_, which
+is a safer place than the White Sands, and where there is excellent
+fishing. The distance between the Islets and a port named Brest is about
+10 leagues. The port of Brest is in lat. 51 deg. 55'[30]. Between it and the
+Islets there are many other islands, and the said port of Brest is among
+them, being surrounded by them for above three leagues farther. All
+these small islands are low, and the other lands may be seen beyond
+them. On the 10th of June we went into the port of Brest, to provide
+ourselves with wood and water; and on St Barnabas Day, after hearing
+divine service, we went in our boats to the westwards, to examine what
+harbours there might be in that direction.
+
+[Footnote 30: If right in the latitude in the text, Cartier seems now to
+have got upon the coast of Labradore, to the north-west of Newfoundland;
+yet from the context he rather appears to have been on the north-end of
+Newfoundland, about Quirpon Harbour, the Sacred Isles, or Pistolet
+Bay.--E.]
+
+We passed through among the small islands, which were so numerous that
+they could not be counted, as they extended about 10 leagues beyond that
+port. We rested in one of them all night, where we found vast
+quantities of duck eggs, and the eggs of other birds which breed there.
+We named the whole of this group the _Islets_. Next day, having passed
+beyond all these small isles, we found a good harbour which we named
+Port St Anthony. One of two leagues beyond this we found a little river
+towards the S.W. coast, between two other islands, forming a good
+harbour. We set up a cross here, and named it St Servans Port. About a
+league S.W. from this port and river there is a small round island like
+an oven, surrounded with many little islands, and forming a good mark
+for finding out Port St Servan. About two leagues farther on we came to
+a larger inlet, which we named James River, in which we caught many
+salmon. While in this river we saw a ship belonging to Rochelle, which
+intended to have gone a fishing in Port Brest, but had passed it as they
+knew not whereabout they were. We went to her with our boats, and
+directed them to a harbour about a league west from James River, which I
+believe to be one of the best in the world, and which therefore we named
+James Cartiers Sound. If the soil of this country were as good as its
+harbours, it would be a place of great consequence: But it does not
+deserve the name of the New-found-_land_, but rather the new stones and
+wild crags, and is a place fit only for wild beasts. In all the north
+part of the island I did not see a cart load of good earth, though I
+went on shore in many places. In the island of White Sand there is
+nothing growing but moss and stunted thorn bushes scattered here and
+there, all dry and withered. In short, I believe this to have been the
+land which God appointed for Cain. There are however, inhabitants of
+tolerable stature, but wild and intractable, who wear their hair tied
+upon the top of their heads, like a wreath of hay, stuck through with a
+wooden pin, and ornamented with birds feathers. Both men and women are
+clothed in the skins of beasts; but the garments of the women are
+straiter and closer than those of the men, and their waists are girded.
+They paint themselves with a roan or reddish-brown colour. Their boats
+are made of birch bark, with which they go a fishing, and they catch
+great quantities of seals. So far as we could understand them, they do
+not dwell all the year in this country, but come from warmer countries
+on the main land, on purpose to catch seals and fish for their
+sustenance.
+
+On the 13th of June we returned to our ships, meaning to proceed on our
+voyage, the weather being favourable, and on Sunday we had divine
+service performed. On Monday the 15th, we sailed from Brest to the
+southwards, to explore some lands we had seen in that direction, which
+seemed to be two islands. On getting to the middle of the bay, however,
+we found it to be the firm land, being a high point having two eminences
+one above the other, on which account we called it _Double_ Cape. We
+sounded the entrance of the bay, and got ground with a line of 100
+fathoms. From Brest to the Double Cape is about 20 leagues, and five or
+six leagues farther on we had ground at 40 fathoms. The direction
+between Port Brest and Double Cape is N.E. and S.W. Next day, being the
+16th, we sailed 35 leagues from Double Cape S.W. and by S. where we
+found very steep and wild hills, among which we noticed certain small
+cabins, resembling what are called granges in our country, on which
+account we named these the _Grange Hills_. The rest of the coast was all
+rocky, full of clefts and cuts, having low islands between and the open
+sea. On the former day we could not see the land, on account of thick
+mists and dark fogs, but this evening we espied an entrance into the
+land, by a river between the Grange Hills and a cape to the S.W. about 3
+leagues from the ships. The top of this cape is blunt, but it ends
+towards the sea in a sharp point, on which account we named it _Pointed_
+Cape. On its north side there is a flat island. Meaning to examine if
+there were any good harbours at this entrance, we lay to for the night;
+but on the next day we had stormy weather from the N.E. for which reason
+we stood to the S.W. till Thursday morning, in which time we sailed 37
+leagues. We now opened a bay full of round islands like pigeon-houses,
+which we therefore named the _Dove-cots_. From the Bay of St. Julian to
+a cape which lies S. and by W. called Cape _Royal_, the distance is 7
+leagues; and towards the W.S.W. side of that cape there is another, the
+lower part of which is all craggy, and the top round. On the north side
+of this cape, which we called Cape Milk, there is a low island. Between
+Cape Royal and Cape Milk there are some low islands, within which there
+are others, indicating that there are some rivers in this place. About
+two leagues from Cape Royal we had 20 fathom water, and found cod in
+such abundance, that, while waiting for our consort we caught above a
+hundred in less than an hour.
+
+Next day, the 18th, the wind turned against us with such fury that we
+were forced back to Cape Royal; and, sending the boats to look for a
+harbour, we found a great deep gulf above the low islands, having
+certain other islands within it. This gulf is shut up on the south, and
+the low islands are on one side of the entrance, stretching out above
+half a league to seawards; it is in lat. 48 deg. 30' N. having an island in
+the middle of the entrance. The country about is all flat, but barren.
+Finding we could not get into any harbour that night, we stood out to
+sea, leaving Cape Royal towards the west. From that time to the 24th of
+the month, being St Johns Day, we had such stormy weather, with contrary
+winds and such dark mists, that we could not see the land; but on that
+day we got sight of a cape, about 35 leagues S.W. from Cape Royal, which
+we named Cape St John. On that day and the next the weather still
+continued so foggy and dark, with wind, that we could not come near the
+land; yet we sailed part of the 25th to the W.N.W. and lay too in the
+evening, about 7-1/2 leagues N.W. and by W. of Cape St John. When about
+to make sail, the wind changed to the N.W. and we accordingly sailed
+S.E. After proceeding about 15 leagues in that direction, we came to
+three islands, two of which are as steep and upright as a wall, so that
+it is impossible to climb them, and a small rock lies between them.
+These islands were closely covered over with birds, which breed upon
+them; and in the largest there was a prodigious number of those white
+birds we named Margaulx, larger than geese. Another of the islands,
+which was cleft in the middle, was entirely covered with the birds
+called Godetz; but towards the shore, besides Godetz, there were many
+_Apponatz_[31], like those formerly mentioned. We went ashore on the
+lower part of the smallest island, where we killed above a thousand
+godetz and apponatz, putting as many as we pleased into our boats;
+indeed we might have loaded thirty boats with them in less than an hour,
+they were so numerous and so tame. We named these the Islands of
+_Margaulx_. About five leagues west from these islands, we came to an
+island two leagues long and as much in breadth, where we staid all night
+to take in wood and water, which we named _Brions_ Island. It was full
+of goodly trees, verdant fields, and fields overgrown with wild-corn
+and pease in bloom, as thick and luxuriant as any we had seen in
+Brittany, so that it seemed to have been ploughed and sown; having
+likewise great quantities of gooseberries, strawberries, roses, parsely,
+and many other sweet, and pleasant herbs; on the whole it had the best
+soil of any we had seen, and one field of it was more worth than the
+whole of Newfoundland. The whole shore was composed of a sandy beach,
+with good anchorage all round in four fathom water; and the shore had
+great numbers of great beasts, as large as oxen, each of which have two
+large tusks like elephants teeth[32]. These animals live much in the
+sea. We saw one of them asleep on the shore, and went towards it in our
+boats in hopes of taking it, but as soon as he heard us, he threw
+himself into the sea and escaped. We saw also wolves and bears on this
+island, and there were considerable lakes about it towards the S.E. and
+N.W. As far as I could judge, there must be some passage between this
+island and Newfoundland, and if so it would save much time and distance,
+if any useful purpose is to be had in these parts.
+
+[Footnote 31: This word has not been used before, but is probably meant
+for the same bird formerly called _Aparath._ These names of birds in
+Newfoundland are inexplicable.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 32: Probably the Morse, vulgarly called the sea-horse.--E.]
+
+About four leagues W.S.W. from Brions Island we saw some other land
+surrounded by small isles of sand, which we believed to be an island,
+and to a goodly cape on this land we gave the name of Cape Dauphin, as
+the good grounds begin there. We sailed along these lands to the W.S.W.
+on the 27th of June, and at a distance they seemed to be composed of low
+lands with little sand-hills; but we could not go near, as the wind was
+contrary. This day we sailed 15 leagues. Next day we went about 10
+leagues along this land, which is all low, till we came to a cape
+composed of red and craggy rocks, having an opening which fronts to the
+north, and we noticed a pool or small lake, having a field between it
+and the sea. About 14 leagues farther on we came to another cape, the
+shore between forming a kind of semicircular bay, and the beach was
+composed of sand thrown up like, a mound or dike, over which the whole
+country appeared nothing but marshes and pools of water as far as the
+eye could reach. Just before coming to the first of these capes, which
+we named St Peter, there are two small islands, very near the main land.
+About 5 leagues from the second cape toward the S.W. there is a high
+pointed island which we named _Alezai_. From Brions Island to Cape St
+Peter there is a good anchorage on a sandy bottom in 25 fathoms water
+five leagues from shore; a league off the land the depth is 12 fathom,
+and 6 fathom very near the shore, seldom less, and always good ground.
+Next day, the 29th of June, with the wind S. and by E. we sailed
+westwards, till the following morning about sunrise without being able
+to see any land, except that about sunset we saw some land about 9 or 10
+leagues W.S.W. which we believed to be two islands. All next day we
+sailed westwards about 40 leagues, when we discovered that what we had
+taken for islands was the main land; and early next morning we came to a
+good point of land, which we named Cape _Orleans_; the whole of the land
+being low and plain, full of fine trees and meadows, and very pleasant
+to behold. This coast trends S.S.E. and N.N.W. but on this great extent
+of coast we could find no harbour, it being everywhere full of shelves
+and sand-banks. We went on shore in many places with our boats, and in
+one place we entered a fine river, very shallow, which we named Boat
+River, because we saw some boats full of savages crossing the river. We
+had no intercourse with these people; for the wind came from the sea,
+and beat our boats in such a manner against the shore, that we were
+forced to put off again to the ships. Till next morning, the 1st July,
+at sunrise, we sailed N.E. when we struck our sails in consequence of
+thick mists and squalls. The weather cleared up about two in the
+afternoon, when we got sight of Cape Orleans, and of another about 7
+leagues N. and by E. from where we were, which we named Cape _Savage_.
+On the north side of this cape, there is a very dangerous shelf and a
+bank of stones about half a league from shore. While off this cape and
+our boats going along shore, we saw a man running after the boats and
+making signs for us to return to the cape; but on pulling towards him he
+ran away. We landed and left a knife and a woollen girdle for him on a
+little staff, and returned to our ships. On that day we examined nine or
+ten leagues of this coast for a harbour, but found the whole shore low
+and environed with great shelves. We landed, however, in four places,
+where we found many sweet-smelling trees, as cedars, yews, pines,
+white-elms, ash, willow, and many others unknown, but without fruit.
+Where the ground was bare of trees, it seemed very fertile, and was fall
+of wild-corn, pease, white and red gooseberries, strawberries, and
+blackberries, as if it had been cultivated on purpose. The wild-corn
+resembled rye. This part of the country enjoyed a better temperature
+than any we had seen, and was even hot. It had many thrushes,
+stock-doves, and other birds, and wanted nothing but good harbours.
+
+Next day, 2d July, we had sight of land to the north, which joined the
+coast already mentioned, having a bay which we named _St Lunario_,
+across which our boats went to the north cape and found the bay so
+shallow that there was only one fathom water a league off shore. N.E.
+from this cape, and 7 or 8 leagues distant, there is another cape,
+having a triangular bay between, compassed about with shelves and rocks
+about ten leagues from land. This bay has only 2 fathoms water, but
+appeared to penetrate far into the land towards the N.E. Passing this
+cape, we observed another head-land N. and by E. All that night we had
+very bad weather and heavy squalls, so that we could carry very little
+sail. Next morning, 3d July, the wind was from the west, and we sailed
+north that we might examine the coast, where we found a gulf or bay
+about 15 leagues across, and in some places 55 fathoms deep. From the
+great depth and breadth of this gulf, we were in hopes of finding a
+passage through, like that of the _Castles_ before mentioned. This gulf
+lies E.N.E. and W.S.W. The land on the south side of this gulf is of
+good quality and might be easily cultivated, full of goodly fields and
+meadows, quite plain, and as pleasant as any we had ever seen. The north
+side is altogether hilly, and full of woods containing large trees of
+different kinds, among which are as fine cedars and firs as are to be
+seen anywhere, capable of being masts for ships of three hundred tons.
+In two places only of this side we saw open meadows, with two fine
+lakes. The middle of this bay is in lat. 47 deg. 30' N. We named the southern
+cape of this bay Cape Esperance, or the Cape of Hope, as we expected to
+have found a passage this way.
+
+On the 4th of July we went along the northern coast of this bay to look
+for a harbour, where we entered a creek which is entirely open to the
+south, having no shelter from the wind when in that quarter. We named
+this _St Martins_ Creek, in which we remained from the 4th to the 12th
+of July; and on the 6th, going in one of our boats to examine a cape or
+head-land on the west side, about 7 or 8 leagues from the ships, and
+having got within half a league of the point, we saw two fleets of
+canoes of the savages, 40 or 50 in all, crossing over from one land to
+another, besides which there were a great number of savages on shore,
+who made a great noise, beckoning to us to come to land, and holding up
+certain skins on pikes or poles of wood, as if offering them for barter.
+But as we had only one boat and they were very numerous, we did not
+think it prudent to venture among them, and stood back towards the
+ships. On seeing us go from them, some savages put off in two canoes
+from the shore, being joined by five other canoes of those which were
+crossing, and made towards us, dancing and making many signs of joy, as
+if inviting us to their friendship. Among other expressions we could
+distinctly make out the following words, _Napeu tondamen assurtah_, but
+knew not what they meant. We did not incline to wait their civilities,
+as we were too few in case they chose to assail us, and made signs
+therefore for them to keep at a distance. They came forwards
+notwithstanding, and surrounded our boat with their canoes; on which we
+shot off two pieces[33] among them, by which they were so much alarmed
+that they immediately took to flight towards the point, making a great
+noise. After remaining there some time, they came again towards us and
+surrounded our boat as before. We now struck at them with two lances,
+which again put them in fear and put them to flight, after which they
+followed us no more. Next day, a party of the savages came in nine
+canoes to the point at the mouth of the creek, where our ships were at
+anchor; on which we went ashore to them in our boats. They appeared much
+alarmed at our approach, and fled to some distance, making signs as if
+they wished to traffic with us, holding up to our view the skins of
+which they make their apparel, which are of small value. We likewise
+endeavoured to explain by signs that we had no intention to injure them;
+and two of our men ventured to land among them, carrying some knives and
+other iron ware, and a red hat for their chief. Encouraged by this
+confidence, the savages likewise landed with their peltry, and began to
+barter with them for our iron wares, which they seemed to prize much,
+and shewed their satisfaction by dancing and many other ceremonies,
+throwing at times sea-water from their hands on their heads. They gave
+us every thing they had, so that they went away almost naked, making
+signs that they would return next day with more skins.
+
+[Footnote 33: The nature of these is not explained, but they must have
+been fire-arms of some kind.--E.]
+
+On Thursday the 8th of July, as the wind was contrary for using our
+ships, we proceeded in our boats to explore the bay, and went that day
+25 leagues within it. As the next day was fine, with a fair wind, we
+sailed till noon, in which time we had explored most part of this bay,
+the shore of which consisted of low land, beyond which were high
+mountains. Finding no passage through the bottom of the bay, we turned,
+back along the coast, and at one place saw a good many of the savages on
+the shore of a lake among the low grounds, where they had kindled some
+fires. As we proceeded, we noticed that a narrow creek or channel
+communicated between the bay and the lake, into which creek our boats
+went. The savages came towards us in one of their canoes, bringing some
+pieces of boiled seals flesh, which they laid down on pieces of wood,
+and then retired, making signs that they gave them to us. We sent two
+men to them with hatchets, knives, beads, and such wares, with which
+they were much pleased; and soon afterwards great numbers of them came
+to where we were in canoes, bringing skins and other things, to barter
+for our commodities. There were at least 300 of them collected at this
+place, including women and children; some of the women who remained on
+the other side of the inlet, were seen up to their knees in the water,
+singing and dancing; while other women, who were on the same side with
+us, came up to us in a friendly manner, rubbing our arms with their
+hands, and then holding up their hands towards heaven, as if in token of
+admiration and joy. So much confidence was established on both sides,
+that the savages bartered away every thing they possessed, which was
+indeed of small value, and left themselves entirely naked. These people
+might easily be converted to our religion. They wander about from place
+to place, subsisting entirely by fishing, for which they have stated
+seasons. The country is warmer even than Spain, and exceedingly
+pleasant, being entirely level, and though sandy, it is everywhere
+covered with trees. In some places where there are no trees, it is
+luxuriantly covered with wild corn or pease. The corn resembles oats,
+but with an ear like that of rye; and the pease are small, but as thick
+as if the ground had been ploughed and sown. It produces, likewise,
+white and red gooseberries, strawberries, blackberries, white and red
+roses, and many other sweet-smelling flowers. The whole country is
+interspersed with fine grass meadows, and lakes abounding in salmon. In
+their language, a hatchet is named _cochi_ and a knife _bacon_. We named
+this fine bay, _Baye de Chaleur_, or the Warm Bay[34].
+
+[Footnote 34: Chaleur Bay on the north-eastern coast of Nova Scotia is
+probably meant; though, from the changes of names, we have not been able
+to trace the course of Cartier from the northern extremity of
+Newfoundland to this part of the Gulf of St Lawrence. He probably
+returned to the south, along the eastern coast of Newfoundland, and then
+sailed west, along the south coast of that island into the Gulf of St
+Lawrence, probably in search of a passage to the Pacific.--E.]
+
+Having ascertained that there was no passage through this bay, we
+set sail from St Martins Creek on Sunday the 12th July, to proceed on
+farther discoveries beyond, going eastwards about 18 leagues along the
+coast, till we came to Cape _Prato_, where we found shallow water, with
+a great tide and stormy sea, so that we had to draw close in shore,
+between that cape and an island about a league to the eastwards, where
+we cast anchor for the night. Next morning we made sail to explore the
+coast to the N.N.E. But the wind, which was contrary, rose almost to a
+storm, and we were forced to return to our former anchorage. We sailed
+again next day, and came to a river five or six leagues to the northward
+of Cape Prato, where the wind became again contrary, with thick fogs, by
+which we were obliged on the 14th to take shelter in the river, where we
+remained till the 16th. On that day, the wind became so boisterous that
+one of our ships lost an anchor, and we had to run 7 or 8 leagues up the
+river for shelter, where we found a good harbour, in which we remained
+till the 25th July. While there, we saw many of the savages fishing for
+mackerel, of which they caught great numbers. They had about 40 boats or
+canoes, and after some time they became so familiar with us as to come
+with their canoes to our ships in perfect confidence receiving knives,
+combs, glass-beads, and other trifles from us, for which they were
+exceedingly thankful, lifting up their hands to heaven, and dancing and
+singing in their boats. These people may truly be called savages, as
+they are the poorest wretches that can be imagined; as the value of
+every thing they had among them all, besides their canoes and nets, was
+not worth five farthings. They go entirely naked, except their parts of
+shame, over which they had small pieces of skin; besides which they only
+had a few old pieces of skin to shelter their bodies from the weather.
+They differ entirely both in language and appearance from those we had
+seen before. Their heads are close shaven, except one lock on the crown,
+as long as a horse tail, which they bind up into a knot with leather
+thongs. Their only dwelling-places are their boats or canoes turned keel
+upwards, under which they sleep on the bare ground. They eat their fish
+and flesh almost raw, only heating it a little on the embers. We went
+freely on shore among these people, who seemed much pleased with our
+company, all the men singing and dancing around, in token of joy; but
+they made all their women retire into a wood at some distance, two or
+three excepted, to each of whom we gave a comb and a small tin bell,
+with which they were much delighted, shewing their gratitude to our
+captain by rubbing his breast and arms with their hands. The reception
+of these presents occasioned all the other women to return from the
+wood, that they likewise might participate; for which purpose they
+surrounded the captain, to the number of about twenty, touching and
+rubbing him with their hands, as soliciting him for such trinkets as he
+had given the others. He accordingly gave each of them a small bell, on
+which they all fell a singing and dancing. We here found great
+quantities of mackerel, which they take on the shore by means of nets
+which they construct of a species of hemp. This grows in the part of the
+country where they principally reside, as they come only to the sea side
+during the fishing season. So far as I could understand, they have
+likewise a kind of millet, or grain, as large as pease, like the maize
+which grows in Brasil, which serves them instead of bread. Of this they
+have great abundance, and it is called _kapaige_ in their language. They
+have also a kind of damsin plumbs, which they call _famesta_. They
+possess likewise, figs, nuts, apples, and other fruits, and beans which
+they call _sahu_; their name for nuts is _cahehya_. When we shewed them
+any thing which they had not or were unacquainted with, they used to
+shake their heads, saying _nohda! nohda_! implying their ignorance or
+want of that article. Of those things which they had, they explained to
+us by signs how they grew, and in what manner they used to dress them
+for food. They use no salt, and are very great thieves, stealing every
+thing they could lay their hands on.
+
+On the 24th of July, we made a great cross thirty feet high, which we
+erected on a point at the entrance of our harbour, on which we hung up a
+shield with three flowers de luce; and inscribed the cross with this
+motto, _Vive le roy de France_. When this was finished in presence of
+all the natives, we all knelt down before the cross, holding up our
+hands to heaven, and praising God. We then endeavoured to explain to
+these savages by means of signs, that all our salvation depended only on
+him who dwelleth in the heavens; at which they shewed much admiration,
+looking at one another, and then at the cross. After our return to the
+ships, their chief came off in a canoe accompanied by his brother and
+two sons. Keeping at an unusual distance, he stood up in the canoe,
+where he made a long oration, pointing frequently to our cross, and
+making a cross with his two fingers; he then pointed out to all the
+country round about, as if shewing that all was his, and that we must
+not erect any more crosses without his leave. When he concluded his
+speech, we shewed him an axe, making him believe that we would give it
+to him for an old bears skin which he wore; on which he gradually came
+near our ship, and one of our men who was in the boat along side, took
+hold of their canoe; into which he, and three or four more of our men
+leapt, and obliged them all to come on board our ship, to their great
+astonishment and dismay. Our captain immediately used every means to
+assure them of being in perfect safety, and entertained them in a
+friendly manner, giving them to eat and drink. After this, we
+endeavoured to explain to them by signs, that the sole use of the cross
+we had erected was to serve as a land mark for finding out the harbour,
+and that we should soon return to them with great plenty of iron wares
+and other commodities; but that in the mean time we would take two of
+his sons along with us, whom we would bring back again to the same
+place. We accordingly clothed two of the lads in shirts and coloured
+coats, with red caps, putting a copper chain round each of their necks,
+with which they seemed much pleased, and remained willingly along with
+us, giving their old garments to the rest who went back to the land. We
+gave to each of the three who returned, a hatchet and some knives, with
+which they seemed well content. When these had told their companions on
+shore what had happened in the ship, six canoes came off to us in the
+afternoon, having five or six men in each, who came to take farewell of
+the two lads we had detained, and brought them some fish. They spoke a
+great deal that we did not understand, making signs that they would not
+remove our cross.
+
+The weather becoming fair next day, the 25th July, we left that
+port[35], and after getting out of the river, we sailed to the E.N.E.
+the land forming a semicircular bay, the extremities lying S.E. and N.W.
+From Monday the 27th of the month, we went along this land, till on
+Wednesday the 29th we came to another cape, after which the land turned
+to the east for about 15 leagues, and then turned to the north. We
+sounded about three leagues from this cape, and had ground at 24
+fathoms. The land on this part of the coast seems better and freer of
+woods, than any we had seen, having fine green fields and fair meadows.
+We named this land Cape St Alvise, because first seen on the day of that
+saint. It is in lat. 49 deg. 30' N. On Wednesday morning, being to the east
+of that cape, whence we sailed N.W. till night, keeping near the land,
+which trends from south to north for about 15 leagues to another cape,
+which we named _Memorancie_, after which the coast trends to the N.W.
+About 3 leagues from this cape we tried soundings, but had no bottom
+with a line of 150 fathoms. We went along this coast to the lat. of 50 deg.
+N. At sunrise of Saturday 1st August, we had sight of other land lying
+north and north-east, which was high, craggy, and mountainous, having
+low land interposed, with woods and rivers. We continued along this
+coast, still trending N.W. to look for a gulf or passage, till the 5th
+of the month; but we had great difficulty to advance five miles in all
+that time, the wind and tide being both adverse. At the end of these
+five miles, we could plainly see land on both sides, which appeared to
+spread out; but as we were unable to work up to windward, we proceeded
+to another cape to the southward, being the farthest out to sea within
+sight, and about five leagues from us. On coming up to this head-land,
+we found it nothing but rocks, stones, and craggy cliffs, such as we had
+not seen the like of since leaving Cape St Johns. The tide being now in
+our favour carried our ships to the westwards against the wind, when
+suddenly one of our boats struck on a rock and overset, so that our
+people had to leap out and set it to right again. After going along this
+coast for two hours, the tide turned against us, so that it was
+impossible to advance any farther with all our oars. We went therefore
+to land, leaving 10 or 12 of our people to keep the boats, and going by
+land to the cape, we observed the land beyond to trend S.W. After this
+we returned to our boats, and then to the ships, which had drifted four
+leagues to leeward of the place where we left them.
+
+[Footnote 35: In a side-note, Hakluyt expresses an opinion that this
+harbour is what is now called Gaspay, or Gaspe Bay in lat. 48 deg. 44' N.,
+near Cape Rosiers, the south cape of the river St Lawrence.--E.]
+
+On our return to the ships, we convened a council of all the officers
+and experienced mariners, to have their opinion of what was best for us
+to do in the farther execution of our instructions. The general opinion
+was, considering that the east winds seemed now set in, and that the
+currents were so much against us, we could not expect to advance to any
+purpose in exploring the coast; and as storms and tempests began to
+prevail in Newfoundland, where we were so far from home, we must resolve
+either to return to France immediately, or to remain where we were
+during the winter. Having duly weighed the various opinions, we resolved
+to return home. The place where we now were, we named St Peters
+Straits[36], in which we found very deep water; being in some places 150
+fathoms, in others 100, and near the shore 60, with clear ground. From
+thence for some days we had a prosperous gale of wind, _so that we
+trended the said north shore east, south-east, west-north-west_[37], for
+such is the situation of it, except one cape of low land, about 25
+leagues from St Peters Strait, which bends more towards the south-east.
+We noticed smoke on that cape, made by the natives; but as the wind blew
+fresh toward the coast, we did not venture to approach them, and twelve
+of the savages came off to us in two canoes. They came freely on board,
+and gave us to understand that they came from the great gulf under a
+chief named _Tiennot_, who was then on the low cape, and were then about
+to return loaded with fish to their own country, whence we had come with
+our ships. We named the low head land Cape Tiennot, after the name of
+their chief. The land in this place was all low and pleasant, with a
+sandy beach for about 20 leagues, intermixed with marshes and shallow
+lakes. After this it turned from west to E.N.E. everywhere environed
+with islands two or three leagues from shore; and as far as we could
+see, many dangerous shelves extended above four or five leagues out to
+sea.
+
+[Footnote 36: Cartier seems now to have returned to the south coast of
+Newfoundland, but the relation of his voyage is too vague to be followed
+with any tolerable certainty.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 37: The sentence in italics is given in the precise words of
+Hakluyt, probably signifying that the coast extended from E.S.E. to
+W.N.W.--E.]
+
+During the three following days we had a strong gale from the S.W. which
+obliged us to steer E.N.E. and on the Saturday we came to the eastern
+part of Newfoundland, between the _Granges_ and _Double_ Cape[38]. The
+wind now blew a storm from the east, on which account we doubled that
+cape to the N.N.W. to explore the northern part, which is all environed
+with islands, as already stated. While near these islands and the land,
+the wind turned to the south, which brought us within the gulf, so that
+next day, being the 9th of August, we entered by the blessing of God
+within the _White Sands_. Thus ended our discoveries in this voyage. On
+the feast of the Assumption of our Lady, being the 15th of August, after
+hearing divine service, we departed from the White Sands with a
+prosperous gale, directing our course across the sea which lies between
+Newfoundland and Brittany. In this passage we were much tossed during
+three days by a heavy tempest from the east, which we weathered by the
+blessing of God. After this we had fair weather, and arrived on the 5th
+of September in the port of St Maloes.
+
+[Footnote 38: Probably that now called _Mistaken Points_, near Cape
+Race, which latter is the south-eastern point of Newfoundland--E.]
+
+
+
+_Specimen of the language of Newfoundland._
+
+   The sun,          _isnez_        Heaven,       _camet_
+   Night,            _aiagla_       Water,        _ame_
+   Sand,             _estogaz_      A sail,       _aganie_
+   The head,         _agonaze_      The throat,   _conguedo_
+   The nose,         _hehonguesto_  The teeth,    _hesangue_
+   The nails,        _agetascu_     The feet,     _ochedasco_
+   The legs,         _anoudasco_    A dead man,   _amocdaza_
+   A skin,           _aionasca_     That man,     _yca_
+   A hatchet,        _asogne_       A cod fish,   _gadagoursere_
+   Good to be eaten, _guesande_     Almonds,      _anougaza_
+   Figs,             _asconda_      Gold,         _henyosco_
+   An arrow,         _cacta_        A green tree, _haveda_
+   An earthen dish,  _undaco_       Brass,        _aignetaze_
+   The brow,         _ausce_        A feather,    _yco_
+   The moon,         _casmogan_     The earth,    _conda_
+   Wind,             _canut_        Rain,         _ocnoscon_
+   Bread,            _cacacomy_     The sea,      _amet_
+   A ship,           _casaomy_      A man,        _undo_
+   The hairs,        _hoc hosco_    Red cloth,   _caponeta_
+   The eyes,         _ygata_        A knife,     _agoheda_
+   The mouth,        _heche_        A mackarel,  _agedoneta_
+   The ears,         _hontasco_     Nuts,        _caheya_
+   The arms,         _agescu_       Apples,      _honesta_
+   A woman,          _enrasesco_    Beans,       _sahe_
+   A sick man,       _alouedeche_   A sword,     _achesco_
+   Shoes,            _atta_
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_The second voyage of Jacques Cartier, to Canada, Hochelega, Saguenay,
+and other lands now called New France; with the Manners and Customs of
+the Natives_.
+
+
+On Whitsunday, the 16th of May 1535, by command of our captain, Jacques
+Cartier, and by common consent, we confessed our sins and received the
+holy sacrament in the cathedral of St Maloes; after which, having all
+presented ourselves in the Quire, we received the blessing of the lord
+bishop, being in his robes. On Wednesday following, the 19th of that
+month, we set sail with a favourable gale. Our squadron consisted of
+three ships. The great _Hermina_ of an hundred to an hundred and twenty
+tons, of which Jacques Cartier was captain and general of the
+expedition, Thomas Frosmont chief master, accompanied by Claudius de
+Pont Briand, son to the lord of Montceuell cupbearer to the Dauphin,
+Charles de Pomeraies, John Powlet, and other gentlemen. In the second
+ship of sixty tons, called the Little Hermina, Mace Salobert and William
+Marie were captains under the orders of our general. The third ship of
+forty tons, called the Hermerillon, was commanded by William Britton and
+James Maingare. The day after we set sail, the prosperous gale was
+changed into storms and contrary winds, with darksome fogs, in which we
+suffered exceedingly till the 25th of June, when our three ships lost
+sight of each other, and never rejoined again till after our arrival at
+Newfoundland. We in the generals ship continued to be tossed about by
+contrary winds till the 7th of July, when we made the island of
+Birds[39], 14 leagues from the main of Newfoundland. This island is so
+full of birds that our ships might have been loaded with them, and the
+quantity taken away not missed. We took away two boat loads, to increase
+our sea stores. The Isle of Birds is in lat. 49 deg. 40' N.
+
+[Footnote 39: Already supposed to be that now called Funk Island, in
+lat. 50 deg. N.--E.]
+
+We left this island with a fair wind on the eighth of July, and came to
+the harbour of White Sands, or Blanc Sablon, in the Grand Bay or Baye
+des Chateaux, where the rendezvous of the squadron had been appointed.
+We remained here till the 26th of July, when both of the other ships
+joined us, and we then laid in a stock of wood and water for enabling us
+to proceed on our voyage. Every thing being in readiness, we set sail
+from the White Sands early in the morning of the 29th, and sailing along
+the northern coast, which runs from S.W. to N.E. we passed by two
+islands, lying farther out than the others, which we named St Williams
+Islands, being twenty leagues or more from the port called Brest. All
+the coast from the Bay of Castles to that place, _lies E. and W.--N.E.
+and S.W._ off which there are sundry small islands, the whole being
+stony and barren, without soil or trees, except in a few narrow vallies.
+Next day, we sailed twelve leagues and a half westwards, in search of
+other islands, among which there is a great bay towards the north, all
+full of islands and great creeks, among which there seemed to be many
+good harbours. We named these the Islands of St Martha, off which, about
+a league and a half farther out to sea, there is a dangerous shallow,
+and about seven leagues from the islands of St Martha, _on the east and
+on the west_, as you pass to these islands, there are five rocks. We
+passed these about one in the afternoon; and from that time till
+midnight, we sailed about 15 leagues, passing to the south-eastwards of
+a cape of the lower islands, which we named St Germans Islands; about
+three leagues from which cape there is a very dangerous shallow.
+Likewise between Cape St Germans and Cape St Martha, about two leagues
+from the before-mentioned islands, there is a bank of sand on which the
+water is only four fathoms deep. On account of the dangerous nature of
+this coast, we struck sail and came to anchor for the rest of the night.
+
+Next day, being the last of July, we went along all that part of the
+coast which runs east and west, or somewhat south-easterly, all of which
+is beset with islands and dry sands, and is consequently of very
+dangerous navigation. The distance from Cape St Germans to these islands
+is about 17-1/2 leagues, beyond which is a _goodly plot of ground_[40],
+surrounded by large tall trees; but all the rest of the coast is
+encompassed with sand-banks, without any appearance of harbours till we
+come to Cape _Thiennot_, about 7 leagues north-west from these islands.
+Having noted this cape in our former voyage, we sailed on all this night
+to the west and west-north-west till day; and as the wind then became
+contrary, we looked out for a harbour in which to shelter our ships, and
+found one for our purpose which we named Port St Nicholas. This port
+lies amid four islands off the main-land, and we set up a cross on the
+nearest of these islands as a land-mark or beacon. In entering Port St
+Nicholas, this cross must be brought to bear N.E. and passed on the left
+hand of the steersman, by which means you find six fathom water in the
+passage, and four within the port. Care must be taken however to avoid
+two shelves which stretch out about half a league to seawards.
+
+[Footnote 40: From the context, I suspect the author here means that
+there was good anchorage at this place.--E.]
+
+The whole of this coast is full of dangerous shoals, yet having the
+deceitful appearance of many good havens. We remained at Port St
+Nicholas till Sunday the 7th of August, when we made sail and approached
+the land southwards by Cape Rabart, which is twenty leagues from Port St
+Nicholas S.S.W. Next day the wind became boisterous and contrary, and as
+we could not find any haven to the southward, we coasted along northward
+about ten leagues beyond Port St Nicholas, where we found a goodly great
+gulf, full of islands, passages and entrances, answerable for any wind
+whatever. This gulf may easily be known by a great island resembling a
+cape, stretching somewhat farther out than the other islands, and about
+two leagues inland there is a hill which resembles a corn rick. We named
+this the Gulf of St Lawrence. On the 12th of the month, we sailed
+westwards from this gulf, and discovered a cape of land toward the
+south, about 25 leagues W. and by S. from the Gulf of St Lawrence. The
+two savages whom we took with us on our former voyage, informed us that
+this cape formed part of the great southern coast; and that, by the
+southern part of an island which they pointed out, was the way to Canada
+from Honguedo, whence we took them last year. They said farther, that at
+two days journey from this cape and island the Kingdom of _Saguenay_
+began. On the north shore of this island, extending towards Canada, and
+about three leagues off this cape, there are above 100 fathoms water;
+and I believe there never were as many whales seen at once as we saw
+that day around this cape. Next day, the 15th of August, having passed
+the strait, we had notice of certain lands which we had left towards the
+south, which are full of extensive high hills. We named the
+before-mentioned cape the Island of Assumption; from which one cape of
+the before-mentioned high country trends E.N.E. and W.S.W. distant 25
+leagues. The northern country, for more than thirty leagues in length,
+is obviously higher than that which is to the southwards. We coasted
+along the southern lands till noon of the 17th, when the wind came round
+to the west; after which we steered for the northern coast which we had
+before seen, and found it low toward the sea, and the northern range of
+mountains within this low land stretch from east to west one quarter
+south. Our two savages informed us that Saguenay began here, which is an
+inhabited land producing copper, which they call _caignetdaze_. The
+distance between the southern and northern lands is about 30 leagues,
+and the gulf between is above 200 fathoms deep. The savages informed us
+likewise that the great river _Hochelega_[41] began here, by which was
+the direct way to Canada; and which river becomes always narrower as we
+approach towards Canada, where the water is fresh. They said farther
+that it penetrates so far inland that they had never heard of any one
+who had reached its head. On considering their account, our captain
+resolved to proceed no farther at this time, more especially as they
+said there was no other passage, meaning to examine in the first place
+the northern coast between the Gulf of St Lawrence and this great river,
+to see if any other passage could be discovered.
+
+[Footnote 41: The river now called the St Lawrence.--E.]
+
+We accordingly turned back on Wednesday the 18th of August along the
+northern coast, which trends from N.E. to S.W. like half of a bow, and
+is very high land, yet not so high as the southern coast. Next day we
+came to seven high round islands, which we named the _Seven Isles_,
+which stretch 3 or 4 leagues out to sea, and are 40 leagues from the
+southern shore of the gulf. Over against these, the northern shore
+consists of good low grounds full of fine trees, having various
+sand-banks almost dry at low water, and reaching two leagues from shore.
+At the farther extremity of these low lands, which, continue for ten
+leagues, there is a river of fresh water which runs with such rapidity
+into the sea that the water is quite fresh a league from its mouth.
+Entering this river with our boats, we had about a fathom and half water
+at its mouth. In this river we found many _fishes_ resembling horses,
+which our savages told us lay all day in the water and went on shore at
+night. We set sail at day-break of the 21st, continuing our progress
+along the northern coast of the gulf which we traced the whole of that
+day to the north-east, and then stood over to the Island of
+Assumption[42], being assured that no passage was to be found in that
+direction. Returning to the harbour at the Seven Islands, which has 9 or
+10 fathoms water, we were detained there by mists and contrary winds
+till the 24th, when we stood over to the southern coast, and came to a
+harbour about 80 leagues from these islands. This harbour is over
+against three flat islands in the middle of the river, between which
+islands and the harbour there is a very great river which runs between
+high and low lands. For more than three leagues out to sea there are
+many dangerous shelves, leaving not quite two fathoms water, so that the
+entrance is very dangerous; yet near these shelves the water is from 15
+to 20 fathoms deep from shore to shore. All the _northern_[43] coast
+runs from N.E. and by N. to S.W. and by S. This haven is but of small
+value, as it is only formed by the tide of flood, and is inaccessible at
+low water. We named the three small flat islets _St Johns Isles_,
+because we discovered them on the day of St John the Baptists
+decapitation. Before coming to this haven, there is an island about 5
+leagues to the eastward, between which and the land there is no passage
+except for small boats. The best station for ships in this harbour is to
+the south of a little island and almost close to its shore. The tide
+here flows at least two fathoms, but ships have to lie aground at low
+water.
+
+[Footnote 42: The island here called Assumption, certainly is that now
+called Anticosti, a term formed or corrupted from the native name
+Natiscotec.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 43: It is probable that we should here read the _southern_
+coast.--E.]
+
+Leaving this harbour on the 1st of September, we proposed sailing for
+Canada; and at about 15 leagues W.S.W. we came to three islands, over
+against which is a deep and rapid river, which our two savages told as
+leads to the country and kingdom of Saguenay[44]. This river runs
+between very high and steep hills of bare rock, with very little soil;
+yet great numbers of trees grow among these rocks, as luxuriantly as if
+upon level and fertile land, insomuch that some of them would make masts
+for vessels of 30 tons. At the mouth of this river we met four canoes
+full of savages, who seemed very fearful of us, and some of them even
+went away. One of the canoes however, ventured to approach within hail,
+when one of our savages spoke to the people, telling his name, on which
+they came to us. Next day, leaving that river we proceeded on for
+Canada; and in consequence of the rapidity of the tide, we found the
+navigation very dangerous; more especially as to the southward of that
+river there are two islands, around which for above three leagues there
+are many rocks and great stones, and only two fathoms water. Besides the
+direction of the tide among these islands and rocks is very uncertain
+and changeable; so that if it had not been for our boats, we had been in
+great danger of losing our pinnace. In coasting along, we found above 30
+fathoms water just off shore, except among these rocks and islands.
+About 5 leagues beyond the river Saguenay, to the S.W. there is another
+island on the north side containing high land, where we proposed to have
+come to anchor in waiting for the next tide of flood, but we had no
+ground with a line of 120 fathom only an arrow-shot from shore; so that
+we were obliged to return to that island, where we had 35 fathoms. We
+set sail again next morning to proceed onwards; and this day we got
+notice of a strange kind of _fish_ which had never been seen before,
+which are called _Adhothuys_ by the natives. They are about the bigness
+of a porpoise, but no way like them, having well proportioned bodies and
+heads like a greyhound, their whole bodies being entirely white without
+spot. There are great numbers of them in this river, and they always
+keep in the water, the natives saying that they are very savoury and
+good eating, and are nowhere else to be found but in the mouth of this
+river. On the 6th of September we proceeded about 15 leagues farther up
+the river, where we found an island having a small haven towards the
+north, around which there were innumerable large tortoises. There are
+here likewise vast numbers of the _fish_ called _Adhothuys_, already
+mentioned; and the rapidity of the tide at this place is as great as it
+is at Bourdeaux in France. This island is about three leagues long and
+two broad, all of rich fertile soil, having many fine trees of various
+kinds; among which were many filbert trees, full of nuts, which we found
+to be larger and better than ours but somewhat harder, on which account
+we named it _Isle aux Condres_, or Filbert Island.
+
+[Footnote 44: The Saguenay river runs into the north-west side of the St
+Lawrence, in lat. 48 deg. 7' N. long. 69 deg. 9' W.--E.]
+
+On the 7th of the month we went seven or eight leagues up the river from
+Filbert Island to 14 other islands, where the country of Canada begins.
+One of these islands is ten leagues long and five broad, thickly
+inhabited by natives who live entirely by fishing in the river[45].
+Having cast anchor between this island and the northern coast, we went
+on shore accompanied by our two savages, whose names were Taignoagny and
+Domagaia. At first the inhabitants of the island avoided us, till at
+length our two savages got speech of some of them, telling who they
+were, on which the natives seemed much rejoiced, dancing and singing and
+shewing many other ceremonies; many of their chief men came now to our
+boats, bringing great numbers of eels and other fishes, likewise two or
+three burdens of _great millet_ or maize, and many very large
+musk-melons. On the same day many canoes filled with natives, both men
+and women, came to visit our two savages, all of whom were received in a
+kindly manner by our captain, who gave them many things of small value
+with which they were much gratified. Next day the lord of Canada came to
+our ships with twelve canoes and many people; but causing ten of his
+canoes to go back again, he came up to our ships with only two canoes
+and sixteen men. The proper name of this person was Donnacona, but his
+dignified name, as a lord or chief, was Agouhanna. On coming near the
+smallest of our ships, he stood up in his canoe and made a long oration,
+moving his body and limbs in an extraordinary manner, which among them
+pass for signs of friendship and security. He then came up towards the
+generals ship, in which were Taignoagny and Domagaia, with whom he
+entered into conversation. These men related to him all that they had
+seen in France, and what good treatment they had received in that
+country, at all which Agouhanna seemed much pleased, and desired our
+captain to hold out his arm for him to kiss. Our captain now went into
+Agouhannas canoe, and made bread and wine be handed down to him, which
+he offered to the chief and his followers, with which they were much
+gratified. When all this was over, our captain came again on board, and
+the chief went with his canoes to his own abode.
+
+[Footnote 45: Obviously the Isle of Orleans.--E.]
+
+The captain ordered all the boats to be made ready, in which we went up
+the river against the stream for ten leagues, keeping close to the shore
+of the island, at which distance we found an excellent sound with a
+small river and haven, in which there is about three fathoms water at
+flood tide. As this place seemed very pleasant and safe for our ships,
+we brought them thither, calling it the harbour of St Croix, because
+discovered on Holy Cross Day. Near this is a village named Stadacona, of
+which Donnacona is lord, and where he resides. It stands on a piece of
+as fine fertile ground as one would wish to see, full of as goodly trees
+as are to be seen in France, such as oaks, elms, ashes, walnut-trees,
+maples, cydrons, vines, and white thorns which bear fruit as large as
+damson plumbs, and many other sorts of trees. Under these there grows
+great abundance of fine tall hemp, which springs up spontaneously
+without cultivation. Having examined this place and found it fit for the
+purpose, the captain proposed returning to the ships to bring them to
+this port; but we were met, when coming out of the river, by one of the
+chiefs of Stadacona, accompanied by many men, women, and children. This
+chief made a long oration to us, all the women dancing and singing for
+joy up to the knees in water. The captain caused the canoe to come along
+side of his boat, and presented them all with some trifles, such as
+knives, glass beads, and the like, with which they were so much
+delighted that we could hear them singing and dancing when we were three
+leagues off.
+
+After returning to the ships, the captain landed again on the island to
+examine and admire the beauty, variety, and luxuriance of its trees and
+vegetables. On account of the great number of vines which it produced
+everywhere in profusion, he named it the Island of Bacchus, but it is
+now called the Isle of Orleans. It is in length twelve leagues,
+exceedingly pleasant and fruitful, and everywhere covered with trees,
+except in some places where there are a few huts of fishers, around
+which some small patches are cleared and cultivated. We departed with
+our ships next day, and on the 14th of September we brought them up to
+Port St Croix, and were met on the way by the lord Donnacona,
+accompanied by our two savages, Taignoagny and Domagaia, with 25 canoes
+full of natives; all of whom came to our ships with every sign of mirth
+and confidence, except our own two savages, who would on no account come
+on board though repeatedly invited, on which we began to suspect some
+sinister intentions. On the next day, the captain went on shore to give
+directions for fixing certain piles or stakes in the water for the
+greater security of our ships, and Donnacona with a considerable number
+of the natives came to meet him; but our two savages kept aloof under a
+point or nook of land at some distance, and would on no account join our
+company. Understanding where they were, our captain went towards them,
+accompanied by some of our men; and, after the customary salutations,
+Taignoagny represented that Donnacona was much dissatisfied because the
+captain and his men were always armed, while the natives were not. To
+this the captain answered, that he was sorry this should give offence;
+but as they two who had been in France knew that this was the custom of
+their country, he could not possibly do otherwise. Yet Donnacona
+continued to converse with our captain in the most friendly manner, and
+we concluded that Taignoagny and Domagaia had invented this pretence of
+their own accord; more especially as Donnacona and our captain entered
+into the strictest bonds of friendship, on which all the natives set up
+three horrible yells, after which the companies separated, and we went
+on board. On the following day, we brought the two largest of our ships
+into the harbour within the mouth of the small river, in which there are
+three fathoms water at flood tide, and only half a fathom at the ebb.
+The pinnace, or smallest vessel, was left at anchor without the harbour,
+as we intended to use her for exploring the Hochelega.[46] As soon as
+our ships were placed in safety, we saw Donnacona coming towards us,
+accompanied by Taignoagny, Domagaia, and above 500 natives, men, women,
+and children. Donnacona and ten or twelve of the principal persons came
+on board the captains ship, where they were courteously received by the
+captain and all of us, and many gifts of small value were given them.
+Then Taignoagny informed our captain, that Donnacona was dissatisfied
+with our intention of exploring the Hochelega, and would not allow any
+one to go with us. The captain said in reply, that he was resolved to go
+there if possible, as he had been ordered by his sovereign to penetrate
+the country in that direction as far as was practicable: That if
+Taignoagny would go along with him, as he had promised, he should be
+well used, and should be rewarded to his satisfaction on their return.
+This was refused by Taignoagny, and the whole of the savages immediately
+retired.
+
+[Footnote 46: The native name of the river St Lawrence is Hoshelega or
+Hochelega, sometimes called the river of Canada.--E.]
+
+Next day, the 17th September, Donnacona and his company came back to us,
+bringing many eels and other fishes, which they procure in great
+abundance in the river. On their arrival at the ships, all the savages
+fell a dancing and singing as usual, after which Donnacona caused all
+his people to stand off on one side; then, making our captain and all
+our people stand within a circle which he drew on the sand, he made a
+long oration, holding a female child of ten or twelve years old by the
+hand, whom he presented to our captain at the end of his speech; upon
+which all his people set up three loud howls, in token of joy and
+friendship, at least so we understood them. Donnacona afterwards
+presented two boys successively, who were younger than the girls,
+accompanied by other ceremonies, among which were very loud shrieks or
+yells as before. For these presents our captain gave many hearty thanks.
+Then Taignoagny told the captain that one of the boys was his own
+brother, and that the girl was daughter to a sister of Donnacona; and
+that the presents had been given on purpose to induce him not to go to
+Hochelega. To this the captain answered, that he would certainly return
+the children, if that were the purpose of the gift; as he could on no
+account desist from going where he had been commanded by his king. But
+Domagaia, the other savage who had been in France, told the captain that
+the children had been presented as a token of friendship and security,
+and that he Domagaia was willing to accompany us to Hochelega. On this
+high words arose between Taignoagny and Domagaia, by which we inferred
+that the former was a crafty knave, and intended to do us some
+treacherous act of mischief as indeed sufficiently appeared from his
+former conduct. The captain sent the children to our ships, whence he
+caused two swords and two brass basons to be brought, which he presented
+to Donnacona, who was much gratified and expressed great thankfulness,
+commanding all his people to sing and dance. The chief then expressed a
+desire to have one of our cannons fired off, as our two savages had told
+him many wonderful things respecting them. He accordingly ordered twelve
+cannons, loaded with ball, to be fired off into the woods close by, at
+which all the savages were greatly astonished, as if heaven had fallen
+upon them, and ran away howling, shrieking and yelling, as if all hell
+had broke loose. Before we went on board, Taignoagny informed us that
+our people in the pinnace, which we had left at anchor without the
+harbour, had slain two men by a shot from one of their cannons, on which
+all the natives had fled away. This we afterwards found to be false, as
+our men had not fired any that day.
+
+The savages still endeavoured to hinder us from going to Hochelega, and
+devised the following stratagem to induce us not to go. They dressed up
+three men like devils, in black and white dogs skins, having their faces
+blackened, and with horns on their heads a yard long. These men were put
+secretly into a canoe, while all the savages lay hid in the wood waiting
+the tide to bring the canoe with the mock devils. On the approach of
+that canoe, all the savages came out of the wood, but did not come so
+near us as usual. Taignoagny came forwards to salute our captain, who
+asked if he would have a boat sent to bring him on board; but he
+declined to do so then, saying he would come on board afterwards. At
+this time the canoe with the three devils made its appearance, and on
+passing close by the ships, one of these men stood up and made a long
+oration, without ever turning round to look at us. The boat floated past
+us towards the land, on which Donnacona and all his people pursued them
+and laid hold of the canoe, on which the three devils fell down as if
+dead, when they were carried out into the wood, followed by all the
+savages. We could hear them from our ships in a long and loud conference
+above half an hour; after which Taignoagny and Domagaia came towards us,
+holding their hands joined above their heads, and carrying their hats
+under their upper garments, as if in great astonishment. Taignoagny,
+looking up to heaven, exclaiming three times Jesus! Jesus! Jesus!
+Domagaia in the same manner cried out, Jesus Maria! Jacques Cartier! On
+seeing these gestures and ceremonies, our captain asked what was the
+matter, and what had happened. They answered that they had very ill news
+to tell, saying in French _Nenni est il bon_, or it is not good. On
+being again asked what all this meant; they said, that their god
+Cudruaigny had spoken in Hochelega, and had sent these three men to say
+there was so much ice and snow in that country, that who ever ventured
+there would surely die. On this we laughed mocking them, saying that
+their god Cudruaigny was a fool, and knew not what he said; and desired
+them to shew us his messengers, saying that Christ would defend them
+from all cold if they believed in him. They then asked the captain if he
+had spoken with Jesus; who answered no, but the priests had, who had
+assured him of fair weather. They then thanked the captain for this
+intelligence, and went into the wood to communicate it to the rest, who
+all now rushed from the wood as if glad of the news, giving three great
+shouts, and then fell to dancing and singing as usual. Yet our two
+savages declared that Donnacona would not allow any one to accompany us
+to Hochelega, unless some hostage was left for his safe return. The
+captain then said, if they would not go willingly they might stay, and
+he would go without them.
+
+On the 19th of September, we hoisted sail in the pinnace accompanied by
+two of our boats, the captain taking most of his officers and fifty
+mariners along with him, intending to go up the river towards Hochelega
+with the tide of flood. Both shores of the river, as far as the eye
+could see, appeared as goodly a country as could be desired, all
+replenished with fine trees, among which all along the river grew
+numerous vines as full of grapes as they could hang, which, though quite
+natural, seemed as if they had been planted. Yet, as they were not
+dressed and managed according to art, their bunches were not so large,
+nor their grapes so sweet as ours. We also saw many huts along the
+river, inhabited by fishers, who came to us with as much familiarity and
+kindness as if we had been their countrymen, bringing us great
+quantities of fish and such other things as they had, for which we paid
+them in trifles to their great contentment. We stopped at the place
+named Hochelay, 25 leagues above Canada,[47] where the river becomes
+very narrow with a rapid current, and very dangerous on account of
+certain stones or rocks. Many canoes came off to us, in one of which
+came the chief man of the place, who made us a long oration, explaining
+by signs and gestures that the river became more dangerous the higher we
+went, and advising us to take good care of ourselves. This chief
+presented two of his own children to our captain, one of which only he
+received, being a girl of 7 or 8 years old, returning the boy who was
+too young, being only 2 or 3 years of age. The captain entertained this
+chief and his company as well as he could, presenting them all with some
+trifles, with which they returned to the shore well pleased. This chief
+and his wife came down afterwards to Canada to visit their child, and
+brought with them some small presents for our captain.
+
+[Footnote 47: By Canada in the text, the lordship belonging to Donnacona
+seems meant, which appears to have been what is now called the Isle of
+Orleans.--E.]
+
+From the 19th to the 28th of September, we sailed up this great river,
+never losing an hour of time, finding the whole land on both sides as
+pleasant a country as could be desired, full of fine tall trees, as oak,
+elm, walnut, cedar, fir, ash, box, willow, and great store of vines
+loaded with grapes, so that when any of our people went on shore, they
+brought back as many as they could carry. There were likewise, cranes,
+swans, geese, ducks, pheasants, partridges, thrushes, blackbirds,
+finches, redbreasts, nightingales, sparrows, and many other birds like
+those of France in vast abundance. On the 28th of September we came to a
+wide lake, or enlargement of the river, 5 or 6 leagues broad and 12
+long, which we called the Lake of _Angoulesme_[48], all through which we
+went against the tide, having only two fathoms water. On our arrival at
+the upper extremity of the lake, we could find no passage, as it seemed
+entirely shut up, and had only a fathom and a half water, a little more
+or less. We were therefore obliged to cast anchor here with our pinnace,
+and went with our two boats to seek out some passage; and in one place
+we found four or five branches which seemed to come from the river of
+Hochelega into the lake; but at the mouths of these branches, owing to
+the great rapidity of the currents, there were bars or shallows having
+only six feet water. After passing these shallows, we had 4 or 5 fathoms
+at flood tide, this being the season of the year when the water is
+lowest; for at other times the tide flows higher by three fathoms. All
+these four or five branches of the river surround five or six very
+pleasant islands, which are at the head of the lake; and about 15
+leagues higher up, all these unite into one. We landed on one of these
+islands, where we met five natives who were hunting wild beasts, and who
+came as familiarly to our boats as if they had always lived amongst us.
+When our boats were near the shore, one of these men took our captain in
+his arms, and carried him to the land with as much ease as if he had
+been a child of five years old. We found that these people had taken a
+great number of wild rats which live in the water, which are as large as
+rabbits and very good to eat. They gave these to our captain, who gave
+them knives and glass-beads in return. We asked them by signs if this
+were the way to Hochelega, to which they answered that it was, and that
+we had still three days sail to go thither.
+
+[Footnote 48: Now called St Peters Lake, between which and _Trois
+Rivieres_, the St Lawrence river is narrow with a rapid current.--E.]
+
+Finding it impossible to take the pinnace any higher, the captain
+ordered the boats to be made ready for the rest of the expedition,
+taking on board as much ammunition and provisions as they could carry.
+He departed with these on the 29th September, accompanied by Claudius de
+Pont Briand, Charles de Pommeraye, John Govion, and John Powlet, with 28
+mariners, intending to go up the river as far as possible. We sailed
+with prosperous weather till the 2d of October, when we arrived at
+Hochelega, which is 45 leagues above the head of the lake of Augoulesme,
+where we left the pinnace. At this place, and indeed all the way up, we
+met with many of the natives, who brought us fish and other provisions,
+always dancing and singing on our arrival. To gratify them and keep them
+our friends, the captain always rewarded them on these occasions with
+knives, beads, and such trifles to their full satisfaction. On
+approaching Hochelega above 1000 natives, men, women and children came
+to meet us, giving us as friendly and hearty welcome as if we had been
+of their own nation come home after a long and perilous absence, all the
+men dancing in one place, the women in another, and the children in a
+third; after which they brought us great abundance of fish and of their
+bread made of maize, both of which they threw into our boats in
+profusion. Observing their gentle and friendly dispositions, our captain
+went on shore well accompanied, on which the natives came clustering
+about us in the most affectionate manner, bringing their young children
+in their arms, eager to have them touched and noticed by the captain and
+others, and shewing every sign of mirth and gladness at our arrival.
+This scene lasted above half an hour, when the captain got all the women
+to draw up in regular order, to whom he distributed many beads and
+baubles of tin, and gave some knives among the men. He then returned to
+the boats to supper and passed the night on board, all the people
+remaining on the shore as near as possible to the boats, dancing merrily
+and shouting out _aguiaze_, which in their language is an expression of
+joy and satisfaction.
+
+Very early next morning, 3d October, having dressed himself splendidly,
+our captain went on shore to see the town in which these people dwelt,
+taking with him five of the principal officers and twenty men, all well
+armed, leaving the remainder of the people to take care of the boats.
+The city of Hochelega is six miles from the river side, and the road
+thither is as well beaten and frequented as can be, leading through as
+fine a country as can be seen, full of as fine oaks as any in France,
+the whole ground below being strewed over with fine acorns. When we had
+gone four or five miles we were met by one of the chief lords of the
+city accompanied by a great many natives, who made us understand by
+signs that we must stop at a place where they had made a large fire,
+which we did accordingly. When we had rested there some time, the chief
+made a long discourse in token of welcome and friendship, shewing a
+joyful countenance and every mark of good will. On this our captain
+presented him with two hatchets and two knives, and hung a cross from
+his neck, which he made him kiss, with all which the chief seemed much
+pleased. After this we resumed our march, and about a mile and a half
+farther we found fine large fields covered with the corn of the country,
+resembling the millet of Brasil, rather larger than small pease. In the
+midst of these cultivated fields the city of Hochelega is situated, near
+and almost joined to a great mountain, which is very fertile and
+cultivated all round, to which we gave the name of _Mount Royal_[49].
+
+[Footnote 49: Montreal, whence the island and city of the same
+name.--E.]
+
+The city of Hochelega is circular, and encompassed all round with three
+rows of ramparts made of timber, one within the other, "framed like a
+sharp spire but laid across above, the middlemost is made and built as a
+direct line but perpendicular, the ramparts are framed and fashioned
+with pieces of timber laid along the ground, well and cunningly joined
+together[50]." This inclosure is about two roods high, and has but one
+gate of entrance, which is shut when necessary with piles, stakes, and
+bars. Over the gate, and in many other parts of the wall, there are
+scaffolds having ladders up to them, and on these scaffolds there are
+large heaps of stones, ready for defending the place against an enemy.
+The town consisted of about fifty large houses, each of them about fifty
+paces long and twelve broad, all built of wood and covered with broad
+strips of bark, like boards, nicely joined. These houses are divided
+within into many rooms, and in the middle of each there is a court or
+hall, in which they make their fire. Thus they live in communities, each
+separate family having a chamber to which the husband, wife, and
+children retire to sleep. On the tops of their houses they have garrets
+or granaries, in which they store up the maize of which their bread is
+made, which they call _caracouny_, and which is made in this manner.
+They have blocks of wood hollowed out, like those on which we beat hemp,
+and in these they beat their corn to powder with wooden beetles. The
+meal is kneaded into cakes, which they lay on a broad hot stone,
+covering it up with other heated stones, which thus serve instead of
+ovens. Besides these cakes, they make several kinds of pottage from
+their maize, and also of beans and pease, both of which they have in
+abundance. They have also a variety of fruits, such as musk-melons and
+very large cucumbers. They have likewise large vessels in all their
+houses, as big as butts or large hogsheads, in which they store up their
+fish for winter provision, having dried them in the sun during summer
+for that purpose, and of these they lay up large stores for their
+provision during winter. All their victuals, however, are without the
+smallest taste of salt. They sleep on beds made of the bark of trees
+spread on the ground, and covered over with the skins of wild beasts;
+with which likewise their garments are made.
+
+[Footnote 50: This description of the manner in which the ramparts of
+Hochelega were constructed, taken literally from Hakluyt, is by no means
+obvious or intelligible. Besides it seems rather ridiculous to dignify
+the village of a horde of savages with the name of city.--E.]
+
+That which they hold in highest estimation among all their possessions,
+is a substance which they call _esurgny_ or _cornibotz_, which is as
+white as snow, and which is procured in the following manner. When any
+one is adjudged to death for a crime, or when they have taken any of
+their enemies during war, having first slain the person, they make many
+deep gashes on the buttocks, flanks, thighs, and shoulders of the dead
+body, which is then sunk to the bottom of the river, in a certain place
+where the _esurgny_ abounds. After remaining 10 or 12 hours, the body is
+drawn up, and the _esurgny_ or _cornibotz_ is found in the gashes. Of
+this they make beads, which they wear about their necks as we do chains
+of gold and silver, accounting it their most precious riches. These
+ornaments, as we have proved by experience, have the power to staunch
+bleeding at the nose[51]. This nation devotes itself entirely to
+husbandry and fishing for subsistence, having no care for any other
+wealth or commodity, of which they have indeed no knowledge, as they
+never travel from their own country, as is done by the natives of Canada
+and Saguenay; yet the Canadians and the inhabitants of eight or ten
+other villages on the river, are subject to the people of Hochelega.
+
+[Footnote 51: It is impossible to give any explanation of this
+ridiculous account of the _esurgny_, any farther than that the Frenchmen
+were either imposed upon by the natives, or misunderstood them from not
+knowing their language. In a subsequent part of the voyages of Cartier,
+this substance is called _Esnoguy_.--E.]
+
+When we came near the town, a vast number of the inhabitants came out to
+meet us, and received us in the most cordial manner, while the guides
+led us to the middle of the town, in which there is a large open square,
+a good stones throw from side to side, in which they desired us by signs
+to remain. Then all the women and girls of the place gathered together
+in the square, many of whom carried young children in their arms; as
+many of them as could get forwards came up and rubbed our faces, arms,
+and bodies, giving every token of joy and gladness for having seen us,
+and requiring us by signs to touch their children. After this, the men
+caused the women to withdraw, and all sat down on the ground round about
+us, as if they meant to represent some comedy or shew. The women came
+back, each of them carrying a square matt like a carpet, which they
+spread out on the ground and caused us to sit down on them. When this
+was done, _Agouhanna_, the king or lord of the town, was brought into
+the square on the shoulders of nine or ten men. He sat upon a large deer
+skin, and was set down on one of the matts near our captain, all the
+people signifying to us by signs that this was their king. Agouhanna was
+apparently about fifty years old, and no way better clothed than any of
+the rest, except that he had a kind of red wreath round his head instead
+of a crown, which was made of the skins of hedgehogs. He was full of
+palsy, and all his limbs were shrunk and withered. After he had saluted
+our captain and all the company, welcoming us all to his town by signs
+and gestures, he shewed his shrunk legs and arms to the captain,
+desiring him to touch them, which he did accordingly, rubbing them with
+his hands. Then Agouhanna took the crown or fillet from his own head,
+and gave it to our captain; after which several diseased men were
+brought before the captain, some blind and others cripple, lame or
+impotent of their limbs, that he might touch them, as they seemed to
+think that God had come down from heaven to heal them. Some of these men
+were so old that the hair of their eyebrows grew down over their cheeks.
+Seeing the misery and devotion of these ignorant people, our captain
+recited the commencement of the gospel of St John, "_In the beginning
+was the word_," &c. touching all the diseased persons, and prayed to God
+that he would open the hearts of these deluded people, making them to
+know his holy word, and to receive baptism and the Christian faith. He
+then opened a service-book, and read over the passion of Christ with an
+audible voice; during which all the natives kept a profound silence,
+looking up to heaven and imitating all our gestures. He then caused all
+the men to stand orderly on one side, the women on the other, and the
+young people on a third, giving hatchets to the chiefs, knives to the
+others, beads and other trifles to the women, and rings, counters, and
+broaches of tin to the children. He then caused our trumpets and other
+musical instruments to be sounded, which made the natives very merry. We
+then took leave of them to return to our boats, on which the women
+placed themselves in our way, offering us of their provisions which they
+had made ready for us, such as fish, pottage, beans, and other things;
+but, as all their victuals were dressed without salt, we did not like
+them, and gave them to understand by signs that we were not hungry.
+
+When we left the town, many of the men and women followed us, and
+conducted us to the top of Mount Royal, which is about a league from the
+town, and whence we had a commanding view of the country for thirty
+leagues round. To the north we saw many hills stretching east and west,
+and a similar range to the south, between which the whole country was
+exceedingly pleasant, being level and fit for husbandry. In the midst of
+these pleasant plains, we could see the river a great way farther up
+than where we had left our boats; and at about fifteen leagues from us,
+as far as we could judge, it came through the fair round mountains to
+the south in a great rapid fall, the largest, widest, and swiftest that
+ever was seen. The natives informed us that there were three such falls
+besides; but as we did not understand their language, we could not learn
+the distance between these. They likewise informed us by signs, that
+after passing above these three falls, a man might sail three months
+continually up the river, and that along the hills to the north, there
+is another great river coming from the west, which we believed to be
+that which runs through the country of Saguenay. One of the natives,
+without any sign or question made to him, took hold of the silver chain
+of our captains whistle, and the dagger haft of one of the mariners,
+which was of gilt brass, giving us to understand that such metals came
+from that river, where there were evil people named _Agouionda_, armed
+even to their finger ends, shewing us the way in which their armour was
+made, being wrought of cords and wood very ingeniously. They gave us
+also to understand that these _Agouionda_ were continually at war among
+themselves, but we could not learn how far their country lay, for want
+of understanding their language. Our captain shewed them some copper,
+which they call _caignetadize_, and asked them by signs if any came from
+thence. They answered _no_, shaking their heads, but intimated that it
+came from Saguenay, which is in quite a different direction. We now
+proceeded towards our boats, accompanied by great numbers of the people,
+some of whom, when they noticed any of our men weary, took them up on
+their shoulders and carried them along. As soon as we got to the boats,
+we set sail to return to our pinnace, being afraid lest any accident
+might have happened in our absence. Our departure seemed to grieve these
+friendly natives, who followed us along the shore as far as they were
+able. We went so fast down the river, that we came to our pinnace on
+Monday the 4th October; and set off next day with the pinnace and boats
+to return to the port of the Holy Cross in the province of Canada, where
+our ships lay. On the 7th of the month we came to a river running from
+the north, having four small islands at its mouth, overgrown with fine
+large trees, which we named the Fouetz River. Entering this river, we
+found one of the islands stretched a great way up. Our captain caused a
+large cross to be set up at the point of this river, and went up the
+river with the tide as far as possible; but finding it very shallow and
+of no importance, we soon returned and resumed our voyage down the Great
+River.
+
+On Monday the 11th October, we came to the port of the Holy Cross, where
+we found that the masters and mariners who were left there had
+constructed a stockade before the ships, of large timber set upright and
+well fastened together, having likewise planted several cannon, and made
+all other needful preparations for defence against the natives, in case
+of any attack. As soon as Donnacona heard of our return, he came to
+visit us, accompanied by Taignoagny and Domagaia and many others,
+pretending to be very glad of our arrival, and making many compliments
+to our captain, who entertained them in a friendly manner, although they
+had not so deserved by their former conduct. Donnacona invited our
+captain to come and see Canada, which he promised to do next day, being
+the 13th of the month. He accordingly went, accompanied by all the
+gentlemen and fifty mariners well armed. Their place of abode, named
+Stadacona, was about a league from the ships; and when we were arrived
+within a stones throw of the place, many of the inhabitants came to meet
+us, drawing up in two ranks, the men on one side and the women on the
+other, all dancing and singing. After mutual salutation, the captain
+distributed knives and other trifles among them, giving a tin ring to
+each of the women and children, with which they were much pleased. After
+this, Donnacona and Taignoagny conducted the captain to see the houses,
+which were very well provided with victuals for winter use. Among other
+things, they shewed us the _scalps_ of five men spread on boards as we
+do parchment, which Donnacona told us were taken from a people called
+_Toudamani_, dwelling to the south, who are continually engaged in war
+against his nation. They told us that, about two years ago, as they were
+going to war in _Hognedo_, having 200 persons, men, women, and children,
+and were all asleep in a fort which they had made in an island over
+against the mouth of the Saguenay River, they were assaulted during the
+night by the _Toudamans_, who set their fort on fire, and as they
+endeavoured to come out, their enemies slew the whole party, five only
+making their escape. They were greatly grieved at this loss, but
+signified by signs that they hoped to be amply revenged at some future
+opportunity.
+
+This nation has no knowledge of the true God, but believe in one whom
+they call _Cudruaigni_, who they say often informs them of future
+events, and who throws dust into their eyes when angry with them[52].
+They believe that they go to the stars after death, and thence descend
+gradually towards the earth, as the stars do to the horizon; after which
+they inhabit certain pleasant fields, abounding in precious trees, sweet
+flowers, and fine fruits. We endeavoured to convince them, of their
+erroneous belief, telling them that Cudruaigni was only a devil or evil
+spirit, who deceived them; and affirmed that there is only one God of
+heaven, the creator of all, from whom we have all good things, and that
+it is necessary to be baptised, otherwise they would all be damned. They
+readily acquiesced in these and other things concerning our faith,
+calling their Cudruaigni _agouiada_, or the evil one, and requested our
+captain that they might be baptised; and Donnacona, Taignoagny,
+Domagaia, and all the people of the town came to us hoping to receive
+baptism. But as we could not thoroughly understand their meaning, and
+there was no one with us who was able to teach them the doctrines of our
+holy religion, we desired Taignoagny and Domagaia to tell them that we
+should return to them at another time, bringing priests and the chrysm
+along with us, without which they could not be baptised. All of this was
+thoroughly understood by our two savages, as they had seen many children
+baptised when in Brittany, and the people were satisfied with these
+reasons, expressing their great satisfaction at our promise.
+
+[Footnote 52: This seems a figurative expression, implying that he keeps
+them in ignorance of what is to happen when displeased.--E.]
+
+These savages live together in common, as has been already mentioned
+respecting the inhabitants of Hochelega, and are tolerably well provided
+with those things which their country produces. They are clothed in the
+skins of wild beasts, but in a very imperfect and wretched manner. In
+winter they wear hose and shoes made of wild beasts skins, but go
+barefooted in summer. They observe the rules of matrimony, only that
+every man has two or three wives, who never marry again if their
+husbands happen to die, wearing all their lives after a kind of mourning
+dress, and smearing their faces with charcoal dust and grease, as thick
+as the back of a knife, by which they are known to be widows. They have
+a detestable custom with regard to their young women, who are all placed
+together in one house as soon as they are marriageable, where they
+remain as harlots for all who please to visit them, till such time as
+they may find a match. I assert this from experience, having seen many
+houses occupied in this manner, just as those houses in France where
+young persons are boarded for their education; and the conduct of the
+inhabitants of these houses is indecent and scandalous in the extreme.
+The men are not much given to labour, digging the ground in a
+superficial manner with a wooden implement, by which they cultivate
+their corn resembling that which grows in Brazil, and which they call
+_effici_. They have also plenty of melons, pompions, gourds, cucumbers,
+and pease and beans of various colours, all different from ours. They
+have likewise a certain kind of herb of which they lay up a store every
+summer, having first dried it in the sun. This is only used by the men,
+who always carry some of this dried herb in a small skin bag hanging
+from their necks, in which they also carry a hollow piece of stone or
+wood like a pipe. When they use this herb, they bruise it to powder,
+which they put into one end of the before-mentioned pipe, and lay a
+small piece of live coal upon it, after which they suck so long at the
+other end that they fill their bodies full of smoke, till it comes out
+of their mouth and nostrils, as if from the chimney of a fire-place.
+They allege that this practice keeps them warm and is conducive to
+health, and they constantly carry some of this herb about with them for
+this purpose. We have tried to use this smoke, but on putting it to our
+mouths it seemed as hot as pepper. The women among these savages labour
+much more than the men, in tilling the ground, fishing, and other
+matters; and all of them, men, women, and children, are able to resist
+the extremity of cold better even than the wild beasts; for we have seen
+them in the extremest cold, which is most amazingly severe, come stark
+naked to our ships over the ice and snow, which must appear incredible
+to those who have not witnessed such hardiness. During winter, when the
+whole country is covered with ice and snow, they take great numbers of
+wild beasts; such as stags, fauns, bears, martins, hares, foxes, and
+many other kinds, the flesh of which they eat almost raw, being only
+dried in the sun or in smoke, as they do their fish. So far as we were
+acquainted with these people, it were an easy matter to civilize them
+and to teach them any thing whatever: May God of his great mercy give a
+blessing to this, in his good time. Amen!
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Wintering of Jacques Cartier in Canada in 1536, and return to France
+in 1537_.
+
+
+The great river of Canada or Hochelega, begins at the sea or gulf of St
+Lawrence below the Island of Assumption, or Anticosti. Over against the
+high mountains of Hognedo and the Seven Islands, the breadth of this
+river is from 35 to 40 leagues, being 200 fathoms deep in the mid
+channel. The surest way to sail up this river is on the south side[53].
+On the north side, at about seven leagues distance from the Seven
+Islands, there are two considerable rivers which come from the hills of
+Saguenay, and occasion several very dangerous shoals. At the entrance of
+these rivers we saw vast numbers of whales and sea-horses; and near
+these islands a small river runs in through marshy grounds, which is
+frequented by immense numbers of water-fowl. From these Seven Islands to
+Hochelega or Montreal, the distance is about 300 leagues[54]. The
+original beginning of this great river may be considered as at the mouth
+of the Saguenay river, which comes from high and steep hills, from
+whence upwards is the province of Canada on the north side. That river
+is high, deep, and straight, wherefore it is dangerous for any vessel to
+navigate it. Beyond that river upwards is the province of Canada, in
+which are abundance of people who inhabit villages or open towns. In
+this river there are many islands great and small, among which is one
+ten leagues long[55], full of large tall trees and many vines. This
+island maybe passed on both sides, but the safest way is on its south
+side. To the westwards, on the shore or bank of the river there is an
+excellent and pleasant bay or creek, in which ships may safely ride.
+Near this, one part of the river for about the third part of a league is
+very narrow and deep with a swift current, opposite to which is a goodly
+piece of high land on which a town stands. The country around is of
+excellent soil and well cultivated. This place is called Stadacona, and
+is the abode of Donnacona and of the two men we took in our first
+voyage, Domagaia and Taignoagny. Before coming up to it there are four
+other towns, named Ayraste, Starnatay, Tailla on a hill, and Scitadin.
+And near Stadacona to the north is the harbour of St Croix, in which we
+wintered from the 15th September 1535 to the 16th May 1536, during all
+which time our ships remained dry. Beyond Stadacona, going up the river,
+is the habitation of the people called Teguenondahi, on a high mountain,
+and the valley or champain country of Hochelay, all of which for a great
+extent on both sides of the river is as fine a plain as ever was seen.
+There are mountains to be seen at a distance from the great river,
+whence several rivers descend to join the Hochelay. All the country is
+over-grown with many different kinds of trees and many vines, except
+around the towns, where the inhabitants have grubbed up the trees to
+admit of cultivating the ground, and for the purpose of building their
+houses. This country abounds in stags, deer, bears, rabbits, hares,
+martins, foxes, otters, beavers, weasels, badgers, and rats of vast
+size, besides many other kinds of wild beasts, in the skins of which the
+inhabitants clothe themselves, having no other materials. It abounds
+also in a variety of birds, as cranes, swans, bustards, geese both white
+and grey, ducks, thrushes, black-birds, turtles, wild-pigeons, linnets,
+finches, redbreasts, stares, nightingales, and many others. No part of
+the world was ever seen producing greater numbers and varieties of fish,
+both these belonging to the sea and to fresh water, according to their
+seasons. Among these many whales, porpoises, sea-horses, and a kind
+named Adhothuis which we had never seen or heard of before. These are as
+large as porpoises, as white as snow, having bodies and heads resembling
+grey-hounds, and are accustomed to reside between the fresh and salt
+water about the mouth of the Saguenay river.
+
+[Footnote 53: Modern navigators prefer the north side, all the way from
+the Seven Islands to the Isle of Orleans, where they take the southern
+channel to Point Levi, at which place they enter the bason of
+Quebec.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 54: The distance does not exceed 135 marine leagues.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 55: The Isle of Orleans, the only one which can be here
+alluded to, is only 6 1/2 marine leagues in length; Cartier seems to use
+the small French league of about 12 furlongs, and even not to have been
+very accurate in its application.--E.]
+
+After our return from Hochelega or the Isle of Montreal, we dwelt and
+trafficked in great cordiality with the natives near our ships, except
+that we sometimes had strife with certain ill-disposed people, much to
+the displeasure of the rest. From Donnacona and others, we learnt that
+the river of Saguenay is capable of being navigated by small boats for a
+distance of eight or nine days journey; but that the most convenient and
+best way to the country of Saguenay is to ascend the great river in the
+first place to Hochelega, and thence by another river which comes from
+Saguenay, to which it is a navigation of a month[56]. The natives
+likewise gave us to understand that the people in that country of
+Saguenay were very honest, were clothed in a similar manner to us
+Frenchmen, had many populous towns, and had great store of gold and red
+copper. They added, that beyond the river of Hochelega and Saguenay,
+there is an island environed by that and other rivers, beyond which and
+Saguenay the river leads into three or four great lakes, and a great
+inland sea of fresh water, the end whereof had never been found, as they
+had heard from the natives of Saguenay, having never been there
+themselves. They told us likewise that, at the place where we left our
+pinnace when we went to Hochelega or Montreal, there is a river which
+flows from the south-west, by which in a months sailing they reach a
+certain other land having neither ice nor snow, where the inhabitants
+are continually at war against each other, and which country produces
+abundance of oranges, almonds, nuts, apples, and many other kinds of
+fruit, the natives being clad in the skins of beasts. On being asked if
+there were any gold or red copper in that country, they answered no. So
+far as I could understand their signs and tokens, I take this country to
+be towards Florida[57].
+
+[Footnote 56: The meaning of these routes are not explicable, as we are
+unacquainted with what is meant by Saguenay. The river of that name
+flows into the north-west side of the St Lawrence 150 miles below
+Quebec, in a nearly east course of about 150 miles from the lake of St
+John. The _other_ river, said in the text to come from Saguenay, is
+probably that of the Utawas; but there does not appear to be any common
+direction or object attainable by the navigation of these two rivers.
+The subsequent account of the inhabitants of Saguenay is obviously
+fabulous, or had been misunderstood by the French adventurers.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 57: The river from the south-west must have been the Chambly,
+and its series of lakes towards Hudson river. The rest of these vague
+indications refer to the great Canadian lakes.--E.]
+
+In the month of December, we learnt that the inhabitants of the
+neighbouring town of Stadacona were infected by a pestilential disease
+by which above fifty of them had been cut off before we got the
+intelligence. On this account we strictly enjoined them not to come to
+our fort or ships, or to have any intercourse with us; notwithstanding
+which precaution this unknown sickness began to spread among us in the
+strangest manner that ever was seen or heard of. Some of our men lost
+their strength so completely that they could not stand, their legs
+being excessively swelled and quite black, and their sinews shrunk up.
+Others also had their skins spotted all over with spots of a dark purple
+or blood colour; which beginning at the ankles, spread up their knees,
+thighs, shoulders, arms and neck: Their breath did stink most
+intolerably; their gums became so rotten that the flesh fell off even to
+the roots of their teeth, most of which fell out[58]. So severely did
+this infection spread among us, that by the middle of February, out of
+110 persons composing the companies of our three ships, there were not
+_ten_ in perfect health to assist the rest, so that we were in a most
+pitiable case, considering the place we were in, as the natives came
+every day to the outside of our fort and saw but few of us. Eight were
+already dead, and fifty more so extremely ill that we considered them
+past all hopes of recovery. In consideration of our misery, our captain
+commanded all the company to prepare by devout prayer in remembrance of
+Christ our Saviour, and caused his holy image to be set upon a tree
+about a musquet-shot from the fort, giving us to understand that divine
+service was to be performed there on the Sunday following, every one who
+could possibly do so attending in solemn procession, singing the _seven_
+psalms of David and other litanies, and praying most heartily to our
+Lord Christ Jesus to have compassion upon our wretched state. Service
+being accordingly performed as well as we could, our captain made a vow,
+if it should please God to permit his return into France, that he would
+go on pilgrimage to the shrine of our Lady of Rocquemado.
+
+[Footnote 58: The author clearly describes the scurvy, long so fatal to
+mariners on long voyages, now almost unknown in consequence of superior
+attention to articles of diet and cleanness.--E.]
+
+On that day Philip Rougement died, being 22 years old; and because the
+nature of the sickness was utterly unknown, the captain caused his body
+to be opened, to see if by any means the cause of the disease could be
+discovered, or any thing found out by which to preserve the rest of the
+people. His heart was found to be white, but rotten, with more than a
+quart, of red water about it. The liver was tolerably sound; but the
+lungs were black and mortified. The blood was all collected about the
+heart; so that a vast quantity of rotten blood issued from thence when
+opened. The milt or spleen was rough and somewhat perished, as if it had
+been rubbed against a stone. One of his thighs being very black was
+opened, but it was quite sound within. The sickness increased, to such a
+pitch that there were not above three sound men in the whole company;
+all the rest being unable to go below hatches to bring up victuals or
+drink for themselves or others. We were sometimes obliged to bury such
+as died under the snow, being unable to dig graves for them, as the
+ground was frozen quite hard, and we were all reduced to extreme
+weakness. To add to our distress, we were sore afraid that the natives
+might discover our weakness and misery. To hide this, our captain, whom
+it pleased God always to keep in health, used to make his appearance
+with two or three of the company, some sick and some well, whenever any
+of the natives made their appearance, at whom he threw stones,
+commanding them to go away or he would beat them: And to induce the
+natives to believe that all the company were employed in work about the
+ships, he caused us all to make a great noise of knocking, with sticks,
+stones, hammers, and such like, as if caulking and repairing the ships.
+At this time we were so oppressed with this horrible sickness that we
+lost all hope of ever returning to France, and we had all died
+miserably, if God of his infinite goodness and mercy had not looked upon
+us in compassion, and revealed a singular and most excellent remedy
+against our dreadful sickness, the best that was ever found on earth, as
+shall be related hereafter.
+
+From the middle of November till the middle of March, we were dwelling
+among ice above two fathoms in thickness, and the snow lay above four
+feet thick on our decks; and so great was the frost that all our liquors
+were frozen. Even the inside of our ships below hatches was covered with
+ice above the thickness of a hand-breadth. In that period twenty-five of
+our best men died, and all the rest were so exceedingly ill, three or
+four only excepted, that we had not the smallest hopes of their
+recovery. At this time it pleased God to cast an eye of pity upon our
+forlorn state, and to send us knowledge of a remedy which restored us to
+health in a most wonderful manner. Our captain happened one day to walk
+out upon the ice beyond the fort, when he met a company of Indians
+coming from Stadacona, among whom was Domagaia, who only ten or twelve
+days before had his knees swollen like the head of a child two years
+old, his sinews all shrunk, his teeth spoiled, his gums all rotten and
+stinking, and in short in a very advanced stage of this cruel disease.
+Seeing him now well and sound, our captain was much rejoiced, being in
+hopes to learn by what means he had healed himself, so that he might in
+the same manner cure our sick men. Domagaia informed him, that he had
+taken the juice of the leaves of a certain tree, which was a sovereign
+remedy against that disease. Our captain then asked him if that tree was
+to be found thereabout, and desired him to point it out, that he might
+cure one of his servants who had got the disease when up at Canada with
+Donnacona. He said this that it might not be known how many of us were
+sick. Domagaia sent immediately two women, who brought ten or twelve
+branches of that tree, and shewed the manner of using it; which was to
+boil the bark and leaves of the tree in water, to drink of this
+decoction every other day, and to put the dregs upon the legs of the
+sick. He said likewise that this tree was of great efficacy in curing
+many other diseases. This tree is called _Ameda_ or _Hanneda_ in their
+language, and is thought to be that which we call Sassafras. Our captain
+immediately caused some of that drink to be prepared for his men; but at
+first only one or two would venture to use it, who were followed by the
+rest, and in a short time they were all completely cured, not only of
+this dreadful sickness, but even of every other with which any of them
+were at that time afflicted. Some even who had been four or five years
+diseased with the _Lues_ became quite cured. After this medicine was
+found to be effectual, there was so much eagerness to get it that the
+people were ready to kill each other as to who should be first served.
+Such quantities were used, that a tree as large as a well grown oak was
+completely lopped bare in five or six days, and the medicine wrought so
+well that if all the physicians of Montpelier or Louvain had been to
+attend us, with all the drugs of Alexandria, they could not have done so
+much for us in a whole year as that tree did in six days, all who used
+it recovering their health by the blessing of God.
+
+While the disease lasted among us, Donnacona, Taignoagny, and many
+others of the natives went from home, pretending that they went to catch
+stags and deer, called by them _Aiounesta_ and _Asquenoudo_. They said
+that they were only to be away a fortnight, but they staid away above
+two months, on which account we suspected they had gone to raise the
+country against us while we were so weak. But we had used so much
+diligence in fortifying ourselves, that the whole power of the country
+could only have looked at us, without being able to have done us any
+harm. While they were away, many of the natives used to come daily to
+our ships with fresh meat, such as stags, deer, fishes and other things;
+but held them at a high price, and would often take them away again,
+rather as sell them moderately. It must be allowed however that the
+winter that year was uncommonly long, and there was even some scarcity
+of provisions among the natives.
+
+On the 21st of April 1536, Domagaia came to the shore accompanied by
+several strong men whom we had not seen before, and told us that the
+lord Donnacona would come next day to visit us, and was to bring
+abundance of venison and other things along with him. Next day Donnacona
+came to Stadacona with a great number of men, for what purpose we know
+not; but as the proverb says, "He who takes heed of all men may hap to
+escape from some." Indeed we had great cause to look about us, being
+much diminished in numbers, and those who remained being still very
+weak; insomuch that we were under the necessity to leave one of our
+ships at the port of St Croix. Our captain was informed of the arrival
+of that great number of men along with Donnacona, as Domagaia came to
+tell him, yet dared not to cross the river between us and Stadacona as
+he used to do, which circumstance made us suspect some intended
+treachery. Upon this our captain sent one of his servants along with
+John Poulet, who was much in favour among the natives, to endeavour to
+discover their intentions towards us. Poulet and his companion pretended
+only to come on a visit to Donnacona, to whom they carried some
+presents; but as soon as Donnacona heard of their approach he went to
+bed, feigning himself very sick. After visiting the chief, they went to
+the house of Taignoagny, and wherever they went they saw a prodigious
+number of people, so that they could hardly stir for each other, most of
+whom they had not been used to see before. Taignoagny would not allow
+our men to go into any other house in the town, always keeping company
+with them wherever they went; and while accompanying them back to the
+ships, desired them to ask our captain to carry off with him to France,
+a native chief named Agouna, from whom he had received some injury, and
+that if our captain was pleased to do him this service he would esteem
+it a great favour and would do in return whatever he was desired;
+requesting that the servant might be sent back next day with the answer.
+
+
+When our captain learnt that so great a number of natives were collected
+apparently with some evil intentions towards us, he proposed to make
+prisoners of Donnacona, Taignoagny, Domagaia and some others of the
+principal men, that he might carry them into France, to shew them to our
+king along with other rarities from this western part of the world.
+Donnacona had formerly told us that he had been in the country of
+Saguenay, in which were infinite riches in rubies, gold, and other
+precious things. He said also that there were white men in that country,
+whose dresses were of woollen cloth like that we wore. He likewise said
+that he had been in another country inhabited by a people called
+_Picquemians_[59], and other tribes. Donnacona was an old man, who
+even from his childhood had been accustomed to travel into distant
+regions, both by means of the rivers and by land. When Poulet and the
+other told their message to our captain from Taignoagny, he sent back
+the servant desiring Taignoagny to come and visit him, promising him
+good entertainment, and a compliance with his request. Taignoagny sent
+back word that he would wait upon our captain next day, bringing
+Donnacona and Agouna along with him; yet he staid away two days, during
+which time none of the natives came from Stadacona to our ships as they
+were wont, but seemed anxiously to avoid us, as if we had meant to slay
+them, which added much to our suspicions.
+
+[Footnote 59: A tribe named Picquagamies still inhabits around Lake St
+John at the head of the Saguenay river. The people in woollen dresses,
+with the rubies and gold, must be fabulous, or misunderstood by the
+French.--E.]
+
+At this time the natives of Stadacona, understanding that we were
+visited by the inhabitants of Sidatin, and that we were pulling one of
+our ships to pieces to get out the old nails and other iron work,
+meaning to leave it behind, came to visit us on the third day, crossing
+the river in their skiffs and seeming to have laid aside their former
+shyness. Taignoagny and Domagaia remained however above an hour on the
+other side of the river, conversing across the stream, before they would
+come over. At length they came to our captain, whom they requested to
+order the before mentioned chief, Agouna, to be apprehended and carried
+over to France. The captain refused to do this, saying that he had been
+expressly forbidden by the king to bring over any men or women; being
+only permitted to take over two or three young boys to learn French
+that they might serve as interpreters, but that he was willing to carry
+Agouna to Newfoundland and leave him there. Taignoagny was much rejoiced
+at this, being satisfied that he was not to be carried back to France,
+and promised to bring Donnacona and all the other chiefs with him to the
+ships next day. Next day being the 3d of May or Holyrood Day, our
+captain caused a goodly fair cross to be erected in honour of the day,
+thirty-five feet in height, under the cross tree of which he hung up a
+shield of the arms of France, with this inscription in antique letters,
+
+_Franciscus primus Dei gratia Francorum Rex_.
+
+About noon, according to the promise of Taignoagny, a great number of
+men, women, and children came from the town of Stadacona, saying that
+their lord Donnacona was coming to visit our captain attended by
+Taignoagny and Domagaia. They came accordingly about two o'clock in the
+afternoon, and when near our ships, our captain went to salute
+Donnacona, who endeavoured to assume a cheerful countenance, yet his
+eyes were ever and anon bent towards the wood as if in fear. As
+Taignoagny endeavoured to dissuade Donnacona from going on board, our
+captain ordered a fire to be kindled in the open air; but at length
+Donnacona and the others were prevailed upon to go on board, when
+Domagaia told the captain that Taignoagny had spoken ill of him and had
+endeavoured to dissuade Donnacona from going to the ships. Seeing
+likewise that Taignoagny was sending away the women and children, and
+that the men only remained, which indicated some hostile intentions, our
+captain gave a signal to his men who immediately ran to his assistance,
+and laid hold on Donnacona, Taignoagny, Domagaia, and two more of the
+principal natives. On seeing their lord taken, the Canadians immediately
+ran away, some crossing the river towards Stadacona and others taking to
+the woods; whereupon we retired within our bulwarks, and placed the
+prisoners under a secure guard. During the ensuing night great numbers
+of the natives came to the river side near our ships, crying and howling
+like so many wolves, and continually calling upon _Agouhanna_, being the
+name of office or dignity of Donnacona, whom they wished to speak with,
+but our captain would not allow of this. Next day about noon the natives
+indicated by signs that they supposed we had killed their chief. About
+this time, the natives in the neighbourhood of the ships were in
+prodigious numbers, most of them skulking about the edge of the forest,
+except some who continually called with a loud voice on Donnacona to
+come and speak to them. Our captain then commanded Donnacona to be
+brought up on high to speak to his people, and desired him to be merry,
+assuring him that when he had spoken to the king of France, and told him
+all that he had seen in Saguenay and other countries through which he
+had travelled, that he should be sent back to his own country in ten or
+twelve months with great rewards. Donnacona rejoiced at this assurance,
+and communicated the intelligence to his people, who made three loud
+cheers in token of joy. After this Donnacona and his people conversed
+together for a long time; but for want of interpreters we could not know
+the subjects of their discourse. Our captain then desired Donnacona to
+make his people come over to our side of the river, that they might talk
+together with more ease, and desired him to assure them of being in
+perfect safety; which Donnacona did accordingly, and a whole boatful of
+the principal people came, over close to the ships, where they renewed
+their conversation, giving great praise to our captain, to whom they
+presented twenty-four chains _esurgney_[60], as the most precious
+thing they possess, and which they hold in higher estimation than gold
+or silver. After a long talk, as Donnacona saw that there were no means
+of avoiding the voyage to France, he commanded his people to bring him
+some victuals to serve him during the passage. At this time our captain
+gave Donnacona two frying pans of copper, eight hatchets, with several
+knives, strings of beads, and other trifles, with which he seemed highly
+pleased, and sent them to his wives and children. Our captain also made
+similar presents to the chiefs who had come to speak with Donnacona, who
+thanked him for the gifts and retired to their town.
+
+[Footnote 60: A very unintelligible account of the manner in which this
+article, so precious in the eyes of the Canadians, is procured, has been
+already given in this chapter; but there are no data on which even to
+conjecture what it is. Belts of _wampum_, a kind of rudely ornamented
+ribbons or girdles, are universally prized among the North American
+Indians, of which frequent mention will occur in the sequel of this
+work.--E.] Very early on the 5th of May, a great number of the people
+came back to speak with their lord, on which occasion they sent a boat,
+called _casnoni_ in their language, loaded with maize, venison, fish,
+and other articles of provision after their fashion, and lest any of
+their men might be detained, this boat was navigated by four women, who
+were well treated at our ships. By the desire of Donnacona, our captain
+sent a message on shore by these women, to assure the natives that their
+chief would be brought back by him to Canada at the end of ten or twelve
+months: They seemed much pleased at this intelligence, and promised when
+he brought back Donnacona that they would give him many valuable
+presents, in earnest of which each of the women gave him a chain of
+_esurgney_. Next day, being Saturday the 6th of May 1536, we set sail
+from the harbour of St Croix, and came to anchor at night in another
+harbour about twelve leagues down the river, a little below the Isle of
+Orleans. On Sunday the 7th we came to the Island of Filberts, or
+_Coudres_, where we remained till the 16th of the month, waiting till
+the great flood in the river had spent its force, as the current was too
+violent to be safely navigated. At this time many of the subjects of
+Donnacona came to visit him from the river Saguenay, who were much
+astonished upon being told by Domagaia that Donnacona was to be carried
+to France, but were reassured by Donnacona who informed them he was to
+come back next year. They gave their chief on this occasion three packs
+of beaver skins and the skins of sea wolves or seals, with a great knife
+made of red copper which is brought from Saguenay, and many other
+things. They also gave our captain a chain of _esurgney_, in return for
+which he presented them with ten or twelve hatchets, and they departed
+well pleased.
+
+On the 16th of May we departed from the Isle of Filberts, and came to
+another island about fifteen leagues farther down the river, which is
+about five leagues in length, where we remained the rest of that day and
+the following night, meaning to take advantage of the next day to pass
+by the river Saguenay, where the navigation is very dangerous. That
+evening we went ashore on the island, where we took such numbers of
+hares that we called it Hare Island. But during the night the wind
+became quite contrary and blew so hard that we were forced back to the
+Isle of Filberts, where we remained till the 21st of the month, when
+fine weather and a fair wind brought us down the river. On this occasion
+we passed to _Honguedo_, which passage had not been seen before. Passing
+Cape _Prat_, which is at the entrance into the bay of _Chaleur_; and
+having a fair wind we sailed all day and night without stopping, and
+came next day to the middle of _Brions_ Islands. These islands lie
+north-west and south-east, and are about fifty leagues asunder, being
+in lat. 47-1/2 deg. N[61]. On Thursday the 26th of May, being the feast of
+the Ascension, we coasted over to a _land and shallow of low sands_,
+about eight leagues south-west from Brions Island, above which are large
+plains covered with trees, and likewise an enclosed lake or sea into
+which we could find no entrance. On Friday following, being the 27th of
+the month, in consequence of the wind becoming foul, we returned to
+Brions Island, where we remained till the beginning of June. To the
+south-east of this island we saw land which we supposed another island,
+which we coasted for two or three leagues, and had sight of three other
+high islands towards the sands, after which we returned to the cape of
+the said land, which is divided into two or three very high capes[62].
+At this place the water is very deep and runs with a prodigiously swift
+current. That day we came to Cape Lorain _which is in 47 1/2 degrees
+toward the south_. This cape is low land, and has an appearance as of
+the mouth of a river, but there is no harbour of any worth. At a short
+distance we saw another head-land toward the south, which we named Cape
+St Paul.
+
+[Footnote 61: These geographical indications are so obscure as not to be
+intelligible, unless perhaps the passage between Cape Breton Island and
+Newfoundland is here meant under the name of Honguedo.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 62: The text here is either corrupt, or so vaguely expressed
+as not to admit of any reasonable explanation or conjecture.--E.]
+
+Sunday following, being the 4th of June, we saw other lands at about
+twenty-two leagues east-south-east from Newfoundland, and as the wind
+was contrary we went into a harbour which we named the Bay of the Holy
+Ghost. We remained there till the Tuesday following, when we sailed
+along the coast to St Peters Islands, passing many very dangerous rocks
+and shoals, which lie east-south-east and west-north-west, stretching
+about twenty-three leagues out to sea. While at St Peters Islands, we
+saw many French and British ships, and remained there from the 11th to
+16th of June, after, which we sailed to Cape _Race_, where we went into
+a harbour named _Rognoso_, where we took in a supply of wood and water
+to serve us on the voyage home, and at this place we left one of our
+boats. We left that harbour on Monday the 19th of June, and had such
+excellent weather and fair winds, that we arrived in the Port of St
+Maloes upon the 6th of July 1536.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In Hakluyts Collection, III. 286-289, there is a short imperfect
+fragment of a _third_ voyage by Jacques Cartier to Canada, Hochelega,
+and Saguenay in 1540; but as it breaks off abruptly and gives hardly any
+additional information respecting the country and its inhabitants or
+productions, beyond what is contained in the two voyages already
+inserted, it has not been deemed necessary to adopt it into the present
+collection.--E.
+
+        _Specimen of the language of Hochelega and Canada_.
+
+   1. _Secada.  2. Tigneni.  3. Hasche.  4. Hannaion.   5. Ouiscon.
+   6. Indahir.    7. Aiaga.    8. Addigue. 9. Madellan.  10. Assem_.
+
+   _Aggonzi_,            the head.    _Atha_,         shoes.
+   _Hegueniascon,        the brow.    _Amgoua,_       a shirt.
+   _Higata_,             the eyes.    _Castrua_,      a cap.
+  _Abontascon_,          the ears.    _Osizi_,        corn.
+   _Esahe_,              the mouth.   _Carraconny_,   bread.
+   _Esgongay_,           the teeth,   _Sahe_          beans.
+   _Osnache_,            the tongue.  _Ame_,          water.
+   _Agonpon_,            the throat.  _Quahouascon_,  flesh.
+   _Hebelim_,            the beard.   _Honnesta_,     damsons.
+   _Hegouascon_,         the face.    _Absconda_,     figs.
+   _Aganiscon_,          the hair.    _Ozoba_,        grapes.
+   _Aiayascon_,          the arms.    _Quahoya_,      nuts.
+   _Aissonne_,           the flanks.  _Esgueny_,      an eel.
+   _Aggruascon_,         the stomach. _Undeguezi_,    a snail.
+   _Eschehenda_,         the belly.   _Hueleuxima_,   a tortoise.
+   _Hetnegradascon_,     the thighs.  _Sahomgahoa_,   a hen.
+   _Agotschinegodascon_, the knees.   _Zisto_,        a lamprey.
+   _Agouguenehondo_,     the legs.    _Ondacon_,      a salmon.
+   _Onchidascon_,        the feet.    _Ainne-honne_,  a whale.
+   _Aignoascon_,         the hands.   _Sadeguenda_,   a goose.
+   _Agenuga_,            the fingers. _Aionnesta_,    a stag.
+   _Agedascon_,          the nails.   _Asquenondo_,   a sheep.
+   _Aguehum_,            a man.       _Saurkanda_,    a hare.
+   _Agrauste_,           a woman.     _Agaya_,        a dog.
+   _Addegesta_,          a boy.       _Achide_,       to-morrow.
+   _Agniaquesta_,        a girl.      _Cudragny_,     God.
+   _Exiasta_,            a child.     _Quenhia_,      heaven.
+   _Conda_,              woods.       _Damga_,        the earth.
+   _Hoga_,               leaves.      _Ysmay_,        the sun.
+   _Cabata_,             a gown.      _Assomaha_,     the moon.
+   _Caioza_,             a doublet.   _Stagnehoham_,  the stars.
+   _Hemondoha_,          stocking.    _Copoha_,       the wind.
+   _Adogne_,             a hatchet
+   _Ahencu_,             a bow.
+   _Quaetan_,            a dart.
+   _Canada_,             a town.
+   _Agogasy_,            the sea.
+   _Coda_,               the waves.
+   _Cohena_,             an island.
+   _Agacha_,             a hill.
+   _Hounesca_,           ice.
+   _Camsa_,              snow.
+   _Athau_,              cold.
+   _Odazani_,            hot.
+   _Azista_,             fire.
+   _Quea_,               smoke.
+   _Canoca_,             a house.
+   _Addathy_,            my father.
+   _Adauahoe_,           my mother.
+   _Addagrim_,           my brother.
+   _Adhoasseue_,         my sister.
+
+   _Quaza hoa quea_,       Give me some drink.
+   _Quaza hoa quascaboa_,  Give me my breakfast.
+   _Quaza hoa quatfriam_,  Give me my supper.
+
+   _Casigno agnydahoa_,    Let us go to bed.
+   _Casigno donnascat_,    Let us go a hunting.
+   _Casigno caudy_,        Let us go to play.
+   _Casigno casnouy_,      Let us go in the boat.
+   _Assigni quaddadia_,    Come speak with me.
+
+   _Quagathoma_,           Look at me.
+   _Aignag_,               Good morrow.
+   _Aista_,                Hold your peace.
+   _Buazahca agoheda_,     Give me a knife.
+
+
+
+
+A GENERAL HISTORY AND COLLECTION OF VOYAGES AND TRAVELS.
+
+
+PART II. CONTINUED.
+
+
+BOOK III.
+
+CONTINUATION OF THE DISCOVERIES AND CONQUESTS OF THE PORTUGUESE IN THE
+EAST; TOGETHER WITH SOME ACCOUNT OF THE EARLY VOYAGES OF OTHER EUROPEAN
+NATIONS TO INDIA.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+DISCOVERIES, NAVIGATIONS, AND CONQUESTS OF THE PORTUGUESE IN INDIA, FROM
+1505 TO 1539, BOTH INCLUSIVE: RESUMED FROM BOOK I. OF THIS PART[63].
+
+
+We have formerly in the _First_ BOOK of this _Second_ PART of our
+general arrangement, given a historical account of the Portuguese
+Discoveries along the Coast of Africa, with their Discovery of and early
+Conquests in India, from the glorious era of DON HENRY prince of
+Portugal in 1412, down to the year 1505. Necessarily called off from
+that interesting subject, to attend to the memorable Discovery of the
+_NEW WORLD_ by the immortal COLUMBUS, we have detailed at considerable,
+yet we hope not inconvenient length, in the III. IV. and V. Volumes of
+our Collection, the great and important Discovery of America, and the
+establishment of the principal Spanish colonies in that grand division
+of the world, with some short notices of the earliest American
+Discoveries by the Portuguese, English, and French nations. We now
+return to a continuation of the early Discoveries and Conquests in
+India, taking that word in its most extensive signification as
+comprehending the whole of southern Asia, from the Persian Gulf to Japan
+and Eastern China. In the present portion of our Collection, we propose
+chiefly to direct our attention to the transactions of the Portuguese;
+adding however such accounts as we may be able to procure of the early
+Voyages to India made by other European nations.
+
+[Footnote 63: Portuguese Asia, by Manuel de Faria y Sousa-Astleys
+Collection of Voyages and Travels, I. 58. et sequ.]
+
+It is not necessary to particularize the various sources from which the
+different articles to be contained in this _Book_ or division of our
+work has been collected, as these will be all referred to in the several
+chapters and sections of which it is composed. Indeed as the
+introductions we prefix, on the present and other similar occasions, are
+necessarily written _previous_ to the composition of the articles to
+which they refer, contrary to the usual practice, it would be improper
+to tie ourselves too strictly on such occasions, so as to preclude the
+availment of any additional materials that may occur during our
+progress, and therefore we here beg leave to notify that we reserve a
+power of including the earliest voyages of other European nations to the
+Atlantic and eastern coasts of Africa, together with Arabia and Persia,
+among the _early voyages to India_, if hereafter deemed necessary; which
+is strictly conformable to what has been already done in PART II. BOOK
+I, and what must necessarily be the case on the present occasion. It may
+be proper however to mention, that the present chapter, containing a
+continuation of the early Discoveries, Navigations, and Conquests of the
+Portuguese in India, is taken from the PORTUGUESE ASIA, of _Manuel de
+Faria y Sousa_, taking that author up in 1505, where we had to lay down
+_Castaneda_ at the end of our _Second BOOK_. _Faria_[64], who is
+designated as a member of the Portuguese military order of Christ, was a
+celebrated historian among his countrymen, and his work, entitled ASIA
+PORTUGUEZA, contains an account somewhat in the form of Annals, of the
+Transactions of his countrymen in _India_, from their first going there
+in 1497, to the year 1646. This work contains all the Portuguese Voyages
+and Discoveries, from their first attempt to extend along the western
+coast of _Africa_, to their final discovery of the farthest parts of
+_China_ and _Japan_: All their battles by sea and land, with their
+expeditions, sieges, and other memorable actions: The whole interspersed
+with descriptions of the places and countries they discovered, visited,
+or conquered; including accounts of the manners, customs, government,
+and religion of the natives. This author is remarkable for a concise and
+clear narrative, and for judicious reflections on the conduct of the
+Portuguese kings, ministers, governors, and commanders, as well as for
+his remarks on many other occasions. These are always just, and have
+often an air of freedom that might not have been expected under an
+arbitrary government: But in matters regarding religion, he often
+discovers a surprising reverse of character, full of weak and puerile
+credulity, the never-failing consequence of education and publication
+under the influence of that eternal and abominable stain of the
+peninsula, the _Inquisition_.
+
+[Footnote 64: Astley, I. 87.]
+
+This work of De Faria has gone through various impressions in Portugal,
+where it is esteemed a curious and accurate performance, though on some
+occasions it is alleged that he has placed too much reliance on _Mendez
+Pinto_, a dealer in bare-faced fiction. The first impression of the
+Portuguese Asia was printed at Lisbon in 1666, in 3 vols. small folio,
+and it has been often reprinted, and translated into Spanish, Italian,
+French, and English.
+
+The English translation used on the present occasion, and we know of no
+other or later edition, was made by Captain John _Stevens_, and
+published at London in 1695, in 3 vols. 8vo. dedicated to Catherine of
+Portugal, Queen Dowager of England. In his Preface, Mr Stevens informs
+the reader, that he had reduced the work to considerably less size than
+the _Spanish original_, yet without omitting any part of the history, or
+even abridging any material circumstances; having cut off long speeches,
+which were only added by the author as rhetorical flourishes, and
+omitted many tedious lists of the names of officers who were present at
+the principal actions, and extended reflections of the author which
+were only useful to increase the size of the work. In this account of
+the work by the translator, the _Spanish_ is mentioned as the original.
+Indeed the Portuguese and Spanish original editions appear to have both
+appeared contemporaneously in 1666.[65]
+
+[Footnote 65: Bibl. Univ. des Voy. IV. 576.]
+
+In the employment of Faria we have followed the example of Astleys
+Collection of Voyages and Travels, of which Mr John Green is said to
+have been the Editor. But although in that former Collection, published
+at London in 1745, an absolutely verbal and literal transcript is used
+so far as the Editor has been pleased to follow the translation of
+Stevens, many very curious and important particulars contained in that
+author are omitted, or slurred over by a hasty and careless abridgement.
+From where we take up Faria, in consequence of the loss of Castaneda,
+_we have given his work nearly entire_, only endeavouring to reduce the
+language of Captain Stevens to the modern standard, and occasionally
+using the freedom to arrange incidents a little more intelligibly, and
+to curtail a few trifling matters that seemed to possess no interest for
+modern readers. We have however availed ourselves of many valuable notes
+and illustrations of the text by the Editor of Astleys Collection, all
+of which will be found acknowledged and referred to in their proper
+places. And we have adopted from the same source some valuable additions
+to the text of Faria, intimately connected with the subject, which are
+likewise carefully acknowledged. Thus, like many former articles in this
+Collection, we trust that the present, as being greatly fuller, will be
+found more satisfactory and informing than any similar account in former
+Collections of Voyages and Travels.
+
+After so considerable an interval employed on the Discoveries in
+America, it may be proper to remark that the former Account of the
+Discovery of the maritime route to India by the Cape of Good Hope, and
+the commencement of the Portuguese Conquests in the East, as contained
+in the _Second_ Volume of this Work, Part II. Chap. VI. _Sections I. to
+IX_. pp. 292-505, comprises only a period of _nine_ years, from the
+setting out of _Vasco de Gama_ in July 1497, on his adventurous Voyage,
+by which he completed the discovery of the way by sea to India from
+Europe, projected by Prince Henry in 1412, _eighty-five_ years before.
+On that former occasion, following the narrative of Hernan Lopez de
+Castaneda, we brought down the Transactions of the Portuguese in India
+to the year 1505; including the almost incredible defence of Cochin by
+the intrepid Pacheco against the immensely more numerous forces of the
+Zamorin of Calicut; the relief of the chivalric besieged, by the arrival
+of Lope Suarez de Menezes in September 1505; and the voyage of Suarez
+back to Portugal in 1505, leaving Manuel Telez de Vasconcelles as
+captain-general of the Portuguese possessions in India. It has been
+formerly mentioned, Vol. II. p.500, note 5, that Castaneda names this
+person Lope Mendez de Vasconcelles, and that he is named Manuel Telez de
+Barreto by the editor of Astleys Collection, in which we now find that
+he had followed the author of the Portuguese Asia. The difference
+between these authorities is irreconcileable, but is quite immaterial to
+the English reader.--E.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Course of the Indian Trade before the Discovery of the Route by the
+Cape of Good Hope, with some account of the settlement of the Arabs on
+the East Coast of Africa_[66].
+
+
+Before the Discovery of the Route to India by the Cape of Good Hope,
+formerly related in PART II. CHAPTER VI. the spices and other
+productions of India were brought to Europe with vast trouble and at
+great expence, so that they were necessarily sold at very high prices.
+The cloves of the Moluccas, the nutmegs and mace of Banda, the
+sandal-wood of Timor, the camphor of Borneo, the gold and silver of
+Luconia, with all the other and various rich commodities, spices, gums,
+perfumes, and curiosities of China, Japan, Siam, and other kingdoms of
+the continent and islands of India, were carried to the great mart of
+Malacca, a city in the peninsula of that name, which is supposed to have
+been the _Aurea Chersonesus_ of the ancients. From that place the
+inhabitants of the more western countries between Malacca and the Red
+Sea procured all these commodities, dealing by way of barter, no money
+being used in this trade, as silver and gold were in much less request
+in these eastern parts of India than foreign commodities. By this trade,
+Calicut, Cambaya, Ormuz, Aden, and other cities were much enriched. The
+merchants of these cities, besides what they procured at Malacca as
+before mentioned, brought rubies from Pegu, rich stuffs from Bengal,
+pearls from _Calicare_[67], diamonds from _Narsinga[68]_, cinnamon and
+rich rubies from Ceylon, pepper, ginger, and other spices, from the
+coast of Malabar and other places where these are produced. From Ormuz
+these commodities were conveyed up the Persian gulf to Basorah at the
+mouth of the Euphrates, and were thence distributed by caravans through
+Armenia, Trebisond, Tartary, Aleppo, and Damascus; and from these latter
+cities, by means of the port of Barat in Syria, the Venetians, Genoese,
+and Catalonians carried them to their respective countries, and to other
+parts of Europe. Such of these commodities as went up the Red Sea, were
+landed at Tor or Suez at the bottom of that gulf, whence they were
+conveyed over land to Cairo in Egypt, and thence down the Nile to
+Alexandria, where they were shipped for Europe.
+
+[Footnote 66: De Faria, Portuguese Asia, I. 82.]
+
+[Footnote 67: Named Kalekare by Astley; and probably alluding to some
+place in the neighbourhood of the great pearl fishery in the Gulf of
+Manar, between Ceylon and the Carnatic.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 68: Now called Golconda. But the dominions of Narsinga seem
+then to have included the whole southern peninsula of India, except the
+coasts of Canara and Malabar, from Visiapour and the Deccan to Cape
+Comorin.--E.]
+
+Many princes apprehending vast loss to their revenues, by this new
+course which the Portuguese had discovered for carrying on a direct
+trade by sea between Europe and India, used their endeavours to drive
+them from that country. For this purpose, the Soldan of Egypt[69], who
+was principally affected by this new trade, gave out that he would
+destroy the holy places in Jerusalem, if the Portuguese persisted in
+trading to Malabar. Believing him in earnest, Maurus, a monk of Mount
+Sinai, went to Rome with a letter from the Soldan to the pope,
+signifying his intention to destroy those places, sacred in the
+estimation of the Christians, in revenge for the injury done to his
+trade by the Portuguese. The pope sent Maurus into Portugal, where the
+purport of his message was known before his arrival, and such
+preparations made for driving the Moors from the trade of India, that
+Maurus returned to Cairo with more alarming intelligence than he had
+brought. The king of Portugal informed his holiness by letter, that his
+intentions in prosecuting these eastern discoveries were to propagate
+the holy faith, and to extend the papal jurisdiction over the countries
+of the heathen, by which the pope was entirely reconciled to his
+proceedings.
+
+[Footnote 69: This last mameluke Soldan of Egypt was Almalec al Ashraf
+Abul Nasr Sayf oddin Kansu al Gauri, commonly called Campson Gauri, the
+24th of the Circassian dynasty, who reigned from 1500 to 1516, when he
+was slain in battle near Aleppo by Selim Emperor of the Turks.--Astley,
+I. 58. b.]
+
+Along the eastern coast of Africa, the Moors or Arabs had several
+settlements. From Cape Guardafu, the most eastern point of Africa, to
+Mozambique, is a hollow coast like a bent bow, extending 550 leagues.
+From Cape Mozambique to Cape Corrientes is 170 leagues, and thence to
+the Cape of Good Hope 340 leagues. Hence turning again to the northwards
+and a little towards the west, the western coast of Africa reaches to
+Congo. Drawing a line east across the continent, there remains a large
+peninsula or promontory, to which the Arabs have given the name of
+Kafraria, naming the inhabitants Kafrs or unbelievers; an appellation
+bestowed by the Mahometans on all who are not of their religion, but
+chiefly those who worship images, whence they call most of the
+Christians by the opprobrious name of Kafrs. To the north of this line
+on the east coast of Africa is the maritime country of Zanguebar, or
+more properly Zenjibar, so named from a Negro nation called the Zenji,
+who had formerly conquered all that coast before the settlement of the
+Arabs. From Zanguebar all the way to Cape Guardafu and the mouth of the
+Red Sea, the coast is called Ajam or Ajen, signifying in Arabic the
+country of the barbarians; the maritime parts being occupied by the
+Arabs, and the inland country by heathen Negroes. Most of this coast is
+very low, covered by impenetrable woods, and subject to inundations, so
+that it is excessively hot and unwholesome. The Negroes of this country
+are black with crisp curled hair, and are wonderfully addicted to
+superstition, being all idolaters; insomuch that upon the most frivolous
+motives they will give over the most important enterprises: Thus the
+king of Quiloa failed to meet Don Francisco de Almeyda, because a black
+cat crossed his way when going out. The cattle, fruit, and grain are
+answerable to the wildness of the country. The Moors or Arabs, who
+inhabit this coast and the adjacent islands, seldom cultivate the
+ground, and mostly subsist on wild beasts and several loathsome things.
+Such as live more towards the interior, and have intercourse with the
+barbarous Kafrs, use milk as a part of their diet.
+
+As this country has been endowed by nature with much gold, an eager
+desire to procure that precious metal has induced, first the Arabs, and
+afterwards the Europeans, to possess themselves of various parts along
+the coast. The first of the Arabs who came here were called Emozadi,
+which signifies subjects of Zayde, who built two inconsiderable towers,
+merely sufficient to defend them against the barbarous Kafrs. Afterwards
+still greater numbers came from the ports about the city of Lazah, forty
+leagues from the island of Baharem[70] in the Persian gulf, who settled
+first Magadoxa and afterwards Brava. The first Arabs separated from
+these, new comers, and mixing with the Kafrs became Bedouins, or Badwis,
+signifying people of the desert. Those Arabs who first possessed
+themselves of the gold trade of Sofala were from Magadoxa, and
+discovered the gold mines by accident. From thence they spread
+themselves farther towards the south, but durst never venture to
+navigate beyond Cape Corrientes, which is opposite to the
+south-wester-most part of the Island of St Lawrence or Madagascar. Along
+this coast the Arabs had possessed themselves of Quiloa, Mombaza,
+Melinda, and the islands, of Pemba, Zanzibar, Monfia, Comoro, and
+others; Quiloa being the principal of their settlements, from whence
+many others had been formed, particularly on the coast of Madagascar.
+Quiloa had been originally a peninsula, but by the encroachments of the
+sea it had become an island. The soil produces many palms and thorn
+trees, and various herbs and plants; and the wild beasts, cattle, and
+birds resemble those of Spain. The buildings in the places possessed by
+the Arabs resemble those in Spain, having flat roofs, with gardens and
+orchards behind.
+
+[Footnote 70: More properly Bahrayn, which signifies _the two seas_,
+being the Arabic dual of Bahr, the sea.--Astl. I. 59. e.]
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Voyage of Don Francisco de Almeyda from Lisbon to India, in quality of
+Viceroy, with an account of some of his transactions on the Eastern
+coast of Africa, and Malabar._
+
+
+On the 25th of March 1505, Don Francisco de Almeyda sailed from Lisbon
+with a fleet of twenty-two ships, carrying 1500 soldiers, being bound
+for India of which he was appointed viceroy. Eleven of these ships were
+to return with merchandize to Portugal, and other eleven were to remain
+in India. On the 2d of July the fleet met with a terrible storm, by
+which it was separated. In one of the ships commanded by Diego Correa,
+the sails were split to pieces and three men washed overboard, two of
+whom perished; but the third, named Fernando Lorenzo, called out that he
+would keep above water till morning, and begged of them to keep an eye
+upon him, and on the storm abating next morning he was taken on board.
+Owing to the separation of the fleet by the storm, Almeyda arrived at
+Quiloa with only eight vessels; and on saluting the port without
+receiving any answer, he called a council of his officers to deliberate
+upon his proceedings, as he had orders from the king to erect a fort at
+this place, which was accordingly resolved upon. He landed therefore
+with 500 men, accompanied by his son Don Lorenzo, and attacked the town
+in two places. Amir Ibrahim fled over to the continent with his wives
+and riches, having previously hoisted the Portuguese standard, by which
+device he stopped the pursuit and gained time to escape. The city was
+taken and plundered, without any loss on the side of the Portuguese,
+though a great number of the inhabitants were slain. Ibrahim though the
+forty-fourth successive sovereign, was an usurper, who had murdered the
+former king, and Almeyda raised Mohammed Ankoni, a relation of the
+former king and who had espoused the Portuguese interests to the throne,
+placing a crown of gold on his head with great pomp and solemnity. On
+this occasion Mohammed declared that if the former king _Alfudail_ had
+been alive he would have refused the crown; and he actually appointed
+the son of Alfudail to be his successor, though he had children of his
+own. This rare example in an unbeliever may put to shame the inhumanity
+and barbarism of the Christians, who wade through seas of blood, contemn
+the most sacred bonds of consanguinity and alliance, spoil provinces,
+oppress the good, exalt the wicked, convert loyalty to treason, perjury
+into duty, and religion into a cloak to work out their accursed
+purposes, and to bereave of their crowns and sceptres those to whom
+Providence had been pleased to confide them as most worthy of rule.
+
+Having settled every thing to his mind, and constructed a fort in twenty
+days, Almeyda left a garrison of 550 men, together with a caravel and
+brigantine, and sailed on the 8th of August with thirteen sail for
+Mombaza, which is seated like Quiloa in an island about fourteen leagues
+in circumference. This city is beautiful and strong, having a large bay
+before it capable of containing many ships. Before entering the bay, two
+vessels were sent to sound the bar, which is commanded by a battery of
+eight cannons, which fired upon these vessels; but a ball from the
+Portuguese happening to fall among the powder belonging to the enemy,
+blew it up and did great injury to the natives, so that they were
+obliged to abandon the work. Two smaller works being likewise abandoned,
+the fleet entered the bay without farther resistance. Being informed
+that the king of Mombaza had hired 1500 Kafr archers to assist in
+defending the place, Almeyda sent him a message demanding submission;
+but the answer was, that the Moors of Mombaza were not to be frightened
+by the noise of cannon like those of Quiloa, and he might do his worst.
+Enraged at this contemptuous answer, and because several of his men had
+been wounded, while attempting to burn some ships in the port belonging
+to Cambaya, Almeyda landed his men on the 15th of August and attacked
+the city. He succeeded in the assault, driving the enemy out at the
+other side of the town, and their king along with them, whose palace he
+took possession of, on which he planted a cross. Immediately after
+gaining possession of the town, he received notice that his ships had
+succeeded in their attack on those belonging to the Moors of Cambaya,
+all of which were burnt. In this action the Portuguese lost only five
+men; while of the Moors 1513 were slain and 1200 made prisoners, of
+which only 200 were retained and all the rest set free. Having plundered
+the city of every thing worth carrying off or which his ships could
+contain, Almeyda burnt Mombaza to the ground.
+
+At this place Almeyda was joined by most of the remaining ships, and
+continuing his voyage for India, he stopped by the way at a bay called
+Angra de Santa Elena, where he found Juan Homem, who had been separated
+along with other ships, and had discovered some islands. Sailing from
+thence in continuation of his voyage, the first place he came to in
+India was the island of Anchediva[71], where according to orders from
+the king he constructed a fort in which he placed a garrison of 80 men,
+leaving two brigantines to protect the trade. While at this place he was
+visited by ambassadors from the king or rajah of Onore, a small kingdom
+of Malabar, who brought presents and a friendly message from their
+sovereign. Several considerable merchants also waited upon him, assuring
+him of the good will of their prince towards the Portuguese; and several
+Moors from Cincatora brought him considerable presents. All this however
+was the effect of fear, as they had heard of his successes at Quiloa and
+Mombaza. He was informed at this place that the prince Saboga had built
+a fort at no great distance on the banks of the river Aliga on the
+borders of Onore, which was garrisoned by 800 men. Meaning to make
+himself master of this place, he sent his son Don Lorenzo under pretence
+of a friendly visit to take a view of the fort, which he effected and
+remained there some days. Having completed the fort at Anchediva, he
+sailed to the port of Onore, and being ill received, he determined to
+shew himself as terrible there as he had done at Quiloa and Mombaza. The
+inhabitants however amused him with excuses and pretended submission,
+till they had removed their wives, children, and effects to a
+neighbouring mountain, and then stood upon their defence. On this
+Almeyda landed most of his forces to attack the town, sending his son
+Lorenzo with 150 men in boats to set some ships on fire which were in
+the port. Though the natives defended themselves with much bravery, and
+discharged prodigious flights of arrows, by one of which Almeyda was
+wounded, both the town and ships were set on fire; and as the wind blew
+the smoke in the faces of the Portuguese they were much incommoded for a
+time; but Don Lorenzo by taking a compass got away from the smoke, and
+fell in with a body of 1500 of the enemy, whom he immediately attacked.
+In this engagement Lorenzo had like to have been defeated, his men
+falling into disorder; but was fortunately succoured by his father, when
+the enemy fled to the mountain. At this time, Timoja, who was governor
+of the city and proprietor of some of the ships which were destroyed,
+waited on Almeyda making excuses for the conduct of the king; and being
+a man of graceful manners and appearance, and engaging for his master to
+become vassal to the king of Portugal, Almeyda was pacified and agreed
+to a treaty of peace.
+
+[Footnote 71: Anchediva or Anjediva is I small island in lat. 14 deg. 33' N.
+near the northern part of the Malabar coast, between Carwar and
+Meerjee.--E.]
+
+Leaving Onore, Almeyda went to Cananor, where he had an interview on
+shore with the rajah, who was attended by 5000 men well armed. He
+informed the rajah that he was to reside for some time in India, in
+consequence of the troubles which had arisen between the Portuguese and
+the zamorin of Calicut, and desired permission to build a fort at this
+place for protecting the Portuguese trade against the Moors. This being
+granted and the fort begun, he left Lorenzo de Brito in the command with
+150 men, and two vessels to cruize along the coast. Going from thence to
+Cochin, he received intelligence that the Portuguese factor at Coulan
+and all his men had been killed by the Moors. He sent however his son
+Don Lorenzo with three ships and three caravels, with orders to
+endeavour to procure loading for the vessels without taking any notice
+of what had happened; but in case loading were denied he was to take
+ample revenge for the murder of the factor and his people. The messenger
+sent upon this occasion was answered by a flight of arrows, and
+twenty-four ships belonging to Calicut and other places put themselves
+in readiness to oppose the Portuguese. After a short resistance Lorenzo
+burnt them all, only a very small number of the Moors saving themselves
+by swimming to the shore. Don Lorenzo then went to load at another port,
+after which he rejoined the viceroy at Cochin.
+
+It had been the intention of Almeyda, according to his orders from the
+king of Portugal, to crown Triumpara in a solemn manner, with a golden
+crown richly adorned with jewels, brought on purpose from Lisbon, as a
+recompence for the gallant fidelity with which he had protected the
+Portuguese against the zamorin and their other enemies. But as Triumpara
+had abdicated in favour of his nephew Nambeadora[72], Almeyda thought
+proper to confer the same honour upon him, and he was accordingly
+crowned with great pomp, as a mark of the friendship of the Portuguese,
+and a terror to others. From this place Almeyda sent home six ships
+richly laden for Lisbon.
+
+[Footnote 72: This name mast certainly be erroneous. In the former part
+of the history of the Portuguese transactions in India, _Nambea daring_
+is mentioned as brother to the zamorin of Calicut, whereas the prince of
+Cochin is repeatedly named Naramuhin.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Some Account of the state of India at the beginning of the sixteenth
+Century, and commencement of the Portuguese Conquests_[73].
+
+
+As the viceroyalty of Don Francisco de Almeyda laid the foundation of
+the Portuguese dominion in India, once so extensive and powerful, it may
+be proper in this place to give a general view of its principal ports
+and provinces along the sea-coast. Asia is divided from Europe by the
+river Don, anciently the Tanais, by the Euxine or Black Sea, and by the
+Bosphorus and Dardanelles, or Straits of Constantinople. It is parted
+from Africa by the Red Sea, and a line drawn from Suez at the head of
+that gulf to the Mediterranean, across a narrow neck of land measuring
+only twenty-four leagues in breadth, called the Isthmus of Suez. Its
+principal religions are four, the Christian, Mahometan, Pagan, and
+Jewish. That portion of Asia which principally belongs to our present
+purpose, may be divided into _nine_ parts, following the coast from the
+west to the east.
+
+[Footnote 73: From the Portuguese Asia, Vol. I. 93. This account is
+omitted in Astley's Collection, but inserted, here as a curious record
+of the geographical knowledge of the Portuguese in those times. There
+are numerous errors in this short geographical sketch, especially in the
+names, measures, and latitudes; but it would load this portion of our
+work too much with notes, and induce great confusion, to comment upon
+every step of this survey.--E.]
+
+The _first_, commencing at the mouth of the Red Sea in the west, reaches
+to the mouth of the gulf of Persia, being the oceanic coast of Arabia.
+From the mouth of the Red Sea in lat. 12 deg. 40' N. to the city of Aden, is
+44 leagues: Thence to Cape Fartaque in lat. 12 deg. 30' N. is 100 leagues,
+containing the towns of Abian, Ax, Canacan, Brun, Argel, Zebel which is
+the metropolis, Herit, Cayem, and Fartach. Thence to Curia Muria is 70
+leagues of coast, on which is the city of Dolfor, famous for
+frankincense, and Norbate 20 leagues farther east. From Curia Muria to
+Cape Ras-Algate, in lat. 22 deg. 30' N. is 120 leagues all barren and
+desert. Here begins the kingdom of Ormuz, and hence to Cape Mozandan are
+90 leagues, having the cities or towns of Colagate, Curiate, Mascate,
+Soar, Calata, Orfacam, Doba, and Lima, 8 leagues from Monbazam which
+Ptolomey calls Cape Assaborum in lat. 26 deg. N. All this track is called
+Ayaman or Yemen by the Arabians, and was the Arabia Felix of the
+ancients, because the most fertile and best inhabited country of all
+Arabia.
+
+The _second_ division, from Cape Jacques or Jask to the mouth of the
+river Indus, is 200 leagues in extent, called Chirman or Kerman, and is
+divided into the two kingdoms of Macran and Madel, with these towns,
+Guadel, Calara, Tibique, Calamate, Goadel, and Diul. This coast is
+barren and most of it desert, and cannot be approached on account of the
+shallowness of the sea near the shore.
+
+The _third_ division contains 150 leagues, of which 38 from Diu[74] to
+Cape Jaquete or Jigat, whence to Diu in the kingdom of Guzerat are 50
+leagues, having these towns, Cotinna, Mangalor, Chervar, Patan, and
+Corinar[75]. From Diu to Cambaya is 50 leagues, with these towns
+Madrafavat, Moha, Talica, Goda, and Gundin[76]. Between Cambaya and Cape
+Jaquete or Jigat, is included a part of the kingdom of Guzarate and the
+mountainous region of the Resboutos, or Rajputs.
+
+[Footnote 74: Perhaps Debil, near the western mouth of the Indus.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 75: Those names of sea port towns in the Guzerate are
+miserably corrupted in the text: Only Puttan can be recognised among
+them, and Mangalor must be a mistake; as that place is far to the south
+of Guzerat on the coast of Canara.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 76: The sea ports on this part of the coast now are Jaffrabad,
+Cuttapour, Toolafee, Manuah, Gogo, Eawnagur, and Iotian.--E.]
+
+The _fourth_ division measures 290 leagues, being the most valuable part
+of India and the most frequented by the Portuguese. This is subdivided
+into three portions by two rivers which run from east to west. The first
+of these separates the kingdom of the Decan from Guzerate on the north,
+and the second divides the Decan from Canara which is to the south.
+There are other rivers, all of which have their sources in the mountains
+called _Gaut_; the chief among them being the Ganga, or Gangue, which
+falls into the sea near the mouth of the Ganges, between the cities of
+Angali and Pisolta, in about lat. 22 deg. N [77]. The river Bate, rising in
+the Gauts, falls into the sea near Bombaim, dividing the kingdoms of
+Guzerate and Decan, the mouth of that river being 70 leagues from the
+city of Cambaya. From Chaul south of that river to the river Aliga, the
+south boundary of the Decan, is 75 leagues, with these towns Bandor,
+Dabul, Debitele, Cintapori, Coropatan, Banda, Chapora, and Goa the
+metropolis and archiepiscopal see of Portuguese India.
+
+[Footnote 77: The Guaga or Godavery is probably here meant, which falls
+into the Bay of Bengal in lat. 16 deg. 16' N. at the S.W. extremity of the
+Circars. The latitude indicated in the text gets beyond the Bay of
+Bengal, and the cities between which the Ganga is said to fall into the
+sea have no representatives in our best maps.--E.]
+
+The _fifth_ division begins where Canara parts from the Decan and ends
+at Cape Comorin, containing above 140 leagues. From the Aliga to Mount
+Delli or Dilly is about 46 leagues, with these towns, Onor, Baticale,
+Barcalor, Baranor, and others of the province of Canara which is subject
+to the king of Bisnagar. Below or south from Mount Delli to Cape Comorin
+is Malabar, extending 93 leagues, and divided into three kingdoms which
+own no superior. The kingdom of Cananor has 20 leagues of coast, in
+which are the towns of Cota, Coulam, Nilichilam, Marabia, Bolepatam,
+Cananor the metropolis in lat. 12 deg. N. Tremapatam, Cheba, Maim, and
+Purepatam. At this place the kingdom of Calicut begins and extends 27
+leagues, of which Calicut the metropolis is in lat. 11 deg. 17' N. besides
+the following towns Coulete, Chale, Parangale, Tanor, the last of which
+is the capital of a small kingdom subject to the zamorin of Calicut, and
+Chatua the last in this kingdom. Next to Calicut to the south is the
+small kingdom of Cranganor, which borders on Cochin, after which is
+Coulan, and last of all Travancore, which is subject to Narsinga. Near
+Travancore is the famous Cape Comorin, the southernmost point of the
+continent of Indostan or India on this side the Ganges, in lat. 7 deg. 30' N
+[78]. at which place the coast of Malabar ends, being the _fourth_ of
+the nine districts into which I have divided the coast of Asia.
+
+[Footnote 78: The latitude of Cape Comorin is 7 deg. 54' N, or nearly
+so.--E.]
+
+From Cape Comorin in the west to Cape Cincapura in the east, which is
+the southernmost point of the _Aurea Chersonesus_ or Malacca, the
+distance is 400 leagues, within which line is contained the great bay of
+Bengal, sometimes called the _Sinus Gangeticus_, because the river
+Ganges falls into this bay in about the lat. of 22 deg. N. after watering
+the kingdom of Bengal. This river discharges a prodigious quantity of
+water, and is esteemed holy by the neighbouring nations, who believe
+that its water conduces to their salvation when at the point of death,
+and are carried therefore that they may die with their feet in its
+water, by which means the king of Bengal derives a considerable revenue,
+no one being allowed to bathe in that river without paying a certain
+tax. This river has many mouths, the two most remarkable of which are
+Satigan on the west and Chatigan[79] on the east, near 100 leagues from
+each other, and here ends the _fifth_ of the nine districts, which may
+be divided into three subordinate parts. In the first place the kingdom
+of Bisnagar[80] contains 200 leagues, and the following towns,
+Tarancurii, Manapar, Vaipar, Trechendur, Caligrande, Charcacale,
+Tucucurii, Benbar, Calicare, Beadala, Manancort, and Cannameira, giving
+name to a cape which stretches out into the sea in lat. 10 deg. N.[81] then
+Negapatnam, Hahor, Triminapatnam, Tragambar, Trimenava, Colororam,
+Puducheira, Calapate, Connumeira, Sadraspatnam, and Meliapour, now
+called St Thomas because the body of that apostle was found there. From
+St Thomas to Palicata is 9 leagues, after which are Chiricole, Aremogan,
+Caleturo, Caleciro, and Pentepolii, where the kingdom of Bisnagur ends
+and that of Orixa begins. The second part of this district, or Orixa,
+contains 120 leagues and reaches to Cape Palmiras, with these towns,
+Penacote, Calingan, Visgapatan, Bimilepatan, Narsingapatan, Puacatan,
+Caregare and others. Here begins the third part of this district, or the
+kingdom of Bengal, the coast of which extends about 100 leagues.
+
+[Footnote 79: The western branch of the Ganges is now called the Hoogly
+River. Satigan in the text may have some reference to what is now called
+Sagar roads or anchorage. Chatigan certainly means what is now called
+Chitigong: But the most easterly mouth is properly that of the great
+Barhampooter, or Bramah-putra River, long confounded among the mouths of
+the Ganges. The breadth of the Sunderbunds, or Delta of the Ganges and
+Barhampooter, is about 195 English miles.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 80: The kingdom of Bisnagar in the text, appears to have
+contained the entire Carnatic above and below the Gauts, with Mysore and
+Golconda.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 81: Now called Cape Calymere: It is next to impossible to
+identify the other names in the text; and the attempt would lead to very
+inconvenient length without correspondent utility.--E.]
+
+The _sixth_ district of the nine begins at the east mouth of the Ganges,
+called Chatigan or Chittagong, and ends at Cape Cincapura, in little
+more than 1 deg. N. Along this coast from. Chittagong to Cape Negrais or
+Diamond Point, the southwestern point of Pegu, in lat. 16 deg. N. is 100
+leagues, with these towns, Sore, Satalolu, Arracan the capital of a
+kingdom of the same name, and Dunadiva on the cape. Hence to Tavay in
+the lat. 13 deg. is 16 leagues[82], being the extent of the kingdom of Pegu.
+From Tavay to Cincapura is 220 leagues, the chief towns on this part of
+the coast being Martaban, Lugor, Tanacerim, Lungar, Pedam, Queda,
+Salongor, and Malacca the capital of the kingdom of that name.
+
+[Footnote 82: It is difficult to correct this egregious error, not
+knowing the kind of leagues used by Faria. At 17-1/2 to the degree, the
+difference of latitude in the text would give 52-1/2 leagues. Perhaps it
+is a typographical error for 60 leagues, using the geographical measure,
+20 to the degree.--E.]
+
+The _seventh_ district begins at Cape Cincapura or Sincapure, and ends
+at the great river of Siam, which falls into the sea in lat. 14 deg. N.[83]
+and has its rise in the lake of Chiammay, called by the natives Menam,
+signifying the source of two rivers. Upon this coast are the towns of
+Pam, Ponciam, Calantaon, Patane, Ligor, Cuii, Perperii, and Bamplacot at
+the mouth of the Siam river.
+
+[Footnote 83: The river of Siam falls into the great gulf of the same
+name, in lat. 18 deg. 30' N. But De Faria seems to overlook the gulf.--E.]
+
+The _eighth_ district contains the kingdom of Cambodia, through which
+runs the river Mecon, otherwise called the Japanese river, which has its
+rise in China; the kingdom of Champa or Tsiompa, whence comes the true
+aloes-wood; next to that is the kingdom of Cochin-China;[84] and last of
+all the great empire of China, divided into fifteen provinces of
+governments, each of which is equal to a great kingdom. The provinces of
+this vast empire on the sea-coast are Quantung, Fokein, and Chekiang,
+where ends the eighth district[85]
+
+The _ninth_ district begins with the province of Nanking, and extends to
+the farthest discovered land on the coast of Tartary.
+
+[Footnote 84: De Faria omits the kingdom of Tonkin or Tonquin, which
+intervenes between Cochin-China and China: Perhaps at that time Tonkin
+may have been: De Faria is incorrect in his account of the provinces of
+China. Those on the coast are, Quantung, Footchien, Tchetchiang,
+Kiangnan, Shantang, Petcheli; or _six_ maritime provinces, instead of
+_three_ only in the text. The others are, Yunnan, Quangsee, Kaeitchou,
+Hooquang, Setchuen, Sifan, Honan, Shensee, and Shansee; or _nine_ inland
+provinces; making _fifteen_ in all, as in the text.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 85: Or Nizam-al-mulk, and Adel-khan.--E.]
+
+I shall speak in the sequel concerning the many islands along this
+extensive coast of Asia, as they came to be discovered in the
+navigations of the Portuguese; but the principal of them may be here
+mentioned by name, as the Maldives, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Borneo,
+Banda, Timor, Celebes, the Moluccas, Mindanao, Luconia, and Japan.
+Having thus given a sketch of the Asian coast, we proceed to consider
+its inhabitants. Although there are many and various modes of worship in
+Asia, the chief religions may be mentioned under four heads, the
+Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and Pagan; the two first of which are for
+the most part under the slavery of the other two, against which the
+Portuguese waged war. The power of the Mahometans and Pagans is thus
+divided. All the coast from the river Cintacora opposite the island of
+Anchediva, to the north and west is subject to the Mahometans, and all
+to the eastwards to the Pagans; except the kingdom of Malacca, part of
+Sumatra, and some parts of Java and the Moluccas, which are held by the
+Mahometans. In that tract are the following sovereign princes. The kings
+of Aden, Xael, and Fartaque, who have many ports of great trade, and
+their subjects, the Arabs, are brave and warlike. Next is the king of
+Ormuz, greater than the other three put together. Then the king of
+Cambaya, equal in grandeur and warlike power to Xerxes, Darius, or
+Porus. From Chaul to Cincatora belong to Nizamaluco and Hidalcan[85],
+two powerful princes, who maintain great armies composed of sundry
+warlike nations well armed. The Moors[86] of Sumatra, Malacca, and the
+Moluccas were well disciplined, and much better provided with artillery
+than we who attacked them. The heathen sovereigns were the kings of
+Bisnagar, Orixa, Bengal, Pegu, Siam, and China, all very powerful, but
+chiefly the last, so that it is difficult to express and scarcely
+credible the prodigious extent of his power. Siam extends above 500
+leagues, and has seven subject kingdoms, which are Cambodia, Como,
+Lanchaam, Cheneray, Chencran, Chiamay, Canibarii, and Chaypumo. The king
+of Siam has 30,000 elephants, 3000 of which are armed for war, and he
+has 50,000 soldiers in _Udia_ alone, the metropolis of his kingdom. The
+kingdom of China exceeds them all in extent, and the king of that
+country is as powerful as all the sovereigns in Europe together. His
+empire is above 700 leagues in extent, possessing abundance of metals,
+and far exceeds Europe in manufactures, some of which seem to exceed
+human art, and the silks, provisions, and luxuries with which it abounds
+are beyond computation.
+
+[Footnote 86: These are unquestionably the Malays, called Moors by
+Faria, merely because they were Mahometans.--E.]
+
+All the heathens of India, particularly between the Indus and Ganges,
+write without ink on palm leaves, with pens or stiles rather of wood or
+steel, which easily cut the letters on the leaves. Some of these I have
+seen in Rome curiously folded. What they intend to be lasting is carved
+on stone or copper. In writing they begin at the left hand and write
+towards the right, as we do in Europe. Their histories are extremely
+fabulous. About 600 years before the arrival of the Portuguese in India,
+there reigned in Malabar a powerful monarch, from, whose reign the
+people begin their era or historical computations, as they did
+afterwards from our arrival. This king was persuaded by the Moors who
+traded to his port to turn Mahometan, and gave them liberty to build
+houses at Calicut. When he grew old, he divided his kingdom among his
+kindred, giving Coulam to the chief, where he placed the principal seat
+of his religion of the Bramins, and gave him the title of Cobritim,
+which signifies high-priest. To his nephew he gave Calicut, with the
+tide of Zamorin, which means emperor. This dignity continues in the
+sovereign of Calicut, but the other has been removed to Cochin. Having
+disposed of his dominions, he resolved to die at Mecca, but was drowned
+by the way. Calicut is a plain country well watered, and abounds in
+pepper and ginger; but all the other spices are procured from other
+neighbouring countries. The inhabitants are wonderfully superstitious,
+and do not suffer those of one trade or profession to marry with those
+of a different occupation, or to put their children to learn any other
+trade but that of their fathers. The _Nayres_, who are their nobles, if
+they chance to touch any of the common people, purify themselves by
+ablution, as was done by the Jews and Samaritans. The women among the
+Nayres axe common to all, but chiefly those, of the Bramin cast, so that
+no one knows his father, nor is any one bound to maintain the children.
+These Nayres are wonderfully expert in the use of their weapons, in
+which they begin to exercise themselves at seven years of age. They are
+prone to all the ancient superstitions of augury and divination.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, during the
+Viceroyalty of Almeyda_.
+
+
+Besides the forts already erected on the eastern coast of Africa at
+Quiloa and Mozambique, and the factory at Melinda, King Manuel
+determined to build a fort at Sofala to secure the trade in gold at that
+place; for which purpose he sent out Pedro de Annaya with six ships in
+the year 1506: three of these ships being destined to remain on the
+African coast, and the other three to proceed to India. This fleet was
+separated in a storm, during which one of the captains was washed
+overboard and drowned, and another lost sixteen men who were slain by
+the natives of an island on which they landed. The squadron rejoined in
+the port of Sofala, where Annaya found twenty Portuguese mariners in a
+miserable condition. The ship to which they had belonged, commanded by
+Lope Sanchez, was forced to run on shore at Cape Corientes, being so
+leaky as to be in a sinking condition. After landing, the crew refused
+obedience to their officers, and separated into different parties,
+endeavouring to make their way through the unknown countries and
+barbarous nations of Africa; but all perished except these twenty, and
+five who were found at the river Quiloma by Antonio de Magelhaens, who
+brought them to Sofala.
+
+According to his orders, and by permission of the sheikh or king of
+Sofala, Annaya erected a strong wooden fort at that place. The king soon
+afterwards repented of his concession, and was for some time in hopes
+that the Portuguese would be soon obliged to abandon the place on
+account of its unhealthiness. About this time, three of the ships were
+dispatched for India, and two of these which were destined for
+protecting the coast from the attempts of the Moors were sent off upon a
+cruise to Cape Guardafu, both of which were lost; the captains and part
+of their crews saving themselves in the boats: In consequence of the
+unwholesomeness of Sofala, the Portuguese garrison became so weakened by
+sickness that it required six of them to bend a single cross-bow.
+Encouraged by these disasters and instigated by his son-in-law, the king
+collected a force of 5000 Kafrs with which he invested the fort, filled
+up the ditch with fascines, and made a violent assault, darkening the
+sun with incessant clouds of arrows. Though only 35 Portuguese were able
+to stand to their arms, they made such havock among the assailants with
+their cannon, that the part of the ditch which had not been filled up
+with wood was levelled with dead bodies. The enemy being thrown into
+confusion Annaya made a sally at the head of fifteen or twenty men[87],
+with whom he drove the Kafrs before him to a grove of palms, and thence
+into the town, crying out in consternation that their king had sent them
+to contend against the gods. In the ensuing night, Annaya attacked the
+town, and even penetrated into the house where the king resided, who,
+standing behind a door, wounded Annaya in the neck with his cymeter as
+he entered, but was soon killed with many of his attendants. Next day
+the two sons of the slain king made a new assault on the fort, but
+without success, many of the garrison who were sick, being cured by the
+alarm, joined in the defence, and the Moors were again repulsed with
+great slaughter. The two sons of the deceased King of Sofala fell out
+about the succession, and one of them named Solyman made an alliance
+with Annaya to procure his aid to establish himself in the sovereignty.
+
+[Footnote 87: In the translation of De Faria by Stephens these are
+called _Moors_; but it is not easy to conceive how Annaya should have
+had any of these on his side.--E.]
+
+The kingdom of Sofala, now called Sena by the Portuguese who monopolize
+its whole trade, is of great extent, being 750 leagues in circumference;
+but the inland parts are all subject to the Monomotapa, who is emperor
+of this southern part of Africa, his dominions being likewise known by
+the same name of Monomotapa, called by the ancients _Ethiopia Inferior_.
+This country is watered by two famous rivers, called Rio del Espiritu
+Santo and Cuama, the latter of which is navigable 250 leagues above its
+mouth. These and many other rivers which fall into them, are famous for
+their rich golden sands. Most part of this country enjoys a temperate
+climate, being pleasant, healthy, and fertile. Some parts are covered
+with large flocks of sheep, with the skins of which the natives are
+clothed to defend them from the cold south winds. The banks of the Cuama
+river are covered with wood, and the interior country rises into hills
+and mountains, being abundantly watered with many rivers, so that it is
+delightful and well peopled, being the ordinary residence of the
+Monomotapa or emperor. Its woods contain many elephants, and
+consequently produces much ivory. About 50 leagues southwest from Sofala
+are the gold mines of Manica, in a valley of 30 leagues circumference,
+surrounded by mountains on the tops of which the air is always clear and
+serene. There are other gold mines 150 leagues farther inland, but which
+are not so much valued.
+
+In the interior of the country there are some buildings of wonderful
+structure, having inscriptions in unknown characters; but the natives
+know nothing respecting their origin. The natives of Monomotapa believe
+in one God, whom they name _Mazimo_, and have no idols. Witchcraft,
+theft, and adultery are the crimes most severely punished among them.
+Every man is permitted to have as many wives as he pleases or can
+maintain. The monomotapa has a thousand, but the first wife commands
+over all the rest, and her children only are entitled to inherit the
+throne. Their houses are built of wood; their apparel is made of cotton,
+those of the better sort being mixed with gold threads; their funerals
+are very superstitious. The attendance on the monomotapa is more
+ceremonious than grand, his usual guard being 200 dogs, and he is always
+attended by 500 buffoons. His dominions are ruled over by a great many
+princes or governors, and to prevent them from rebelling he always keeps
+their heirs about him. They have no law-suits. Their arms are bows and
+arrows, javelins, daggers, and small sharp hatchets, and they all fight
+on foot. The women of this country are used with so much respect, that
+even the kings sons when they meet a woman, give way to her and stand
+still till she has gone past. The Moors of Magadoxa were the first who
+possessed the mines of Sofala, after which they were seized by the King
+of Quiloa: But Yzuf, one of their governors, rebelled and usurped the
+government to himself, assuming the title of king. This was the same
+person with whom Annaya had now to contend, and whose son Solyman he
+established in the sovereignty, under the protection and vassalage of
+Portugal.
+
+While these things happened at Sofala, the zamorin of Calicut was using
+every exertion to raise up enemies to the Portuguese, even entering into
+alliance with the Mameluke Soldan of Egypt, hoping by his assistance to
+drive the Christians from the Indian seas. His measures and preparations
+however became known to the Rajah of Cochin, who communicated the
+intelligence to the viceroy Almeyda. He accordingly sent his son Lorenzo
+with eleven vessels to endeavour to counteract the designs of the
+zamorin by destroying the fleet he had prepared. Learning that the
+Calicut fleet was in the port of Cananor, consisting of 260 paraos, 60
+of which were larger than the Portuguese ships, Lorenzo sailed thither
+and put them to flight after a severe engagement. In the pursuit, some
+of the paraos were taken, but many were sunk and run aground, by which
+the enemy sustained great loss, while only five or six of the Portuguese
+were slain. The principal booty taken on this occasion was four ships
+loaded with spice. Almost immediately after this victory, Don Lorenzo
+received notice that the fort of Anchediva was beset by 60 vessels
+belonging to the Moors and Malabars, well armed and manned with a number
+of resolute men under the command of a renegado. On this occasion the
+besieged behaved with great gallantry, and the besiegers pressed their
+attacks with much bravery, but several of their vessels having been
+destroyed and others much damaged by the cannon of the fort, and hearing
+of the approach of Lorenzo, the enemy withdrew in all haste.
+
+Finding their trade almost destroyed by the Portuguese, the Moors
+endeavoured to shun their cruisers by keeping out to sea in their
+voyages from Cambaya and the ports of the Red Sea and Persian Gulf,
+passing through the Maldive Islands, and keeping to the south of Ceylon
+in their way to Sumatra and Malacca. The viceroy on learning this new
+course of the Moorish trade, sent his son Lorenzo with nine ships to
+intercept the trade of the enemy. While wandering through seas unknown
+to the pilots, Lorenzo discovered the island of Ceylon, formerly called
+Taprobana, and came to anchor in the port of _Gale_, where many Moors
+were taking in cinnamon and elephants for Cambaya. To induce Lorenzo not
+to molest or destroy them, the Moors made him an offer of 400 bahars of
+cinnamon in the name of the king of Ceylon; and although he well knew
+this proceeded only from fear, he thought it better to dissemble and
+accept the present, contenting himself with the discovery of the island,
+on which he erected a cross with an inscription of the date of his
+discovery. On his return to Cochin, he attacked the town of Biramjam or
+Brinjan, which he burnt to the ground and put all the inhabitants to the
+sword, in revenge for the slaughter of the factor and his people at
+Coulam, as this place belonged to that kingdom.
+
+While Cide Barbudo and Pedro Quaresme were coming out from Portugal with
+two ships, they arrived after many misfortunes at Sofala, where they
+found Annaya and most of his men dead, and the rest of the Portuguese
+garrison sick. Quaresme remained there to defend the fort; and Barbudo
+proceeding towards India found Quiloa in as bad a condition, of which he
+carried intelligence to Almeyda. The viceroy sent immediately Nunno Vaz
+Pereyra to relieve the forts of Quiloa and Sofala[88]. But that of
+Quiloa was soon afterwards abandoned and destroyed, after having lost
+many lives, owing to the ill usage of the Portuguese to the natives,
+whom they treated with insufferable pride, and boundless avarice.
+
+[Footnote 88: De Faria does not give any dates to the particular
+transactions in his text, merely noticing the successive years in the
+titles of the various sections into which his work is loosely divided,
+and occasionally on the margin: Even this has been neglected by the
+editor of Astley's Collection. These last transactions on the coast of
+Africa seem to have taken place towards the end of 1506.--E.]
+
+Having been informed by Diego Fernandez Pereyra that the island of
+Socotora near the mouth of the Red Sea was inhabited by Christians who
+were subject to the Moors, the king of Portugal ordered Tristan de Cunna
+and Alfonso de Albuquerque to direct their course to that island, and to
+endeavour to possess themselves of the fort, that the Portuguese ships
+might be enabled to winter at that island, and to secure the navigation
+of the Arabian Gulf against the Moors; for which purpose they carried
+out with them a wooden fort ready to put up. De Cunna was destined to
+command the trading ships which were to return to Europe, and
+Albuquerque to cruise with a small squadron on the coast of Arabia
+against the Moors. These two commanders sailed from Lisbon on the 6th of
+March 1507, with thirteen vessels in which were 1300 soldiers, some of
+whom died by the way, having been infected by the plague then raging in
+Lisbon; but when they came under the line, the sickness left them.
+Having come in sight of Cape Augustine in Brasil, they took a new
+departure from thence to cross the Southern Atlantic for the Cape of
+Good Hope; but in this course De Cunna held so far to the south that he
+discovered the islands still called by his name. At this place the ships
+were parted in a storm, each following a separate course till they met
+again at Mozambique. Alvaro Tellez, however, who commanded one of these
+ships, overshot Mozambique and proceeded to Cape Guardafu, where he took
+six ships belonging to the Moors, so laden with all kind of goods, that
+he made a sort of bridge from them to his own vessel, consisting of
+bales thrown into the sea, over which his men passed as on dry land.
+
+During this part of the voyage likewise, Ruy Pereyra put into the port
+of Matatama in the island of Madagascar; and being informed that this
+island abounded in spice, especially ginger, Tristan de Cunna was
+induced to go there, and anchored in a bay which his son Nunno named
+_Angra de Donna Maria_, after a lady whom he courted. By others it is
+named the bay of _Santa Maria delta Conception_. As some Negroes
+appeared on the coast, De Cunna sent a Moor to converse with them; but
+when he mentioned that the ships belonged to Christians, they
+endeavoured to kill him, and had to be driven away by the Portuguese
+cannon. About three leagues farther on, they came to a village, the
+_xeque_ or sheikh of which carried them to another town on an island in
+a well sheltered bay into which the great river Lulangan discharges its
+waters. This town was inhabited by Moors[89] somewhat civilized, who,
+being afraid of the fleet made their escape to the main-land, but so
+overloaded their boats that many of them perished by the way. The
+Portuguese surrounded the island and took 500 prisoners, only twenty of
+whom were men, among whom was the _xeque_ or chief, an aged man of a
+respectable appearance. Next morning the sea was covered with boats,
+bringing over 600 men to demand the release of their wives and children.
+After some negociation, the Portuguese commander restored the prisoners
+to their liberty. He here learnt that the island of Madagascar was
+chiefly inhabited by negro _cafrs_, and produced but little ginger. He
+afterwards wished to have entered a town on this island called _Zada_,
+but the inhabitants set it on fire.
+
+[Footnote 89: By Moors in the writings of the early Portuguese,
+Mahometans are always to be understood. The Moors of Madagascar were a
+mixed breed between the Arabs and Negroes.--E.]
+
+From this place, De Cunna sent on Alfonso de Albuquerque with four ships
+to Mozambique, with orders to reduce some places on the coast of
+Melinda; while he went himself with three ships to Matatama in
+Madagascar, where he was told that cloves, ginger, and silver were to be
+had. On this expedition however, he lost one of his ships, only the
+pilot and seven men being saved; on which account he steered for
+Mozambique, but was forced by stress of weather into the island of
+Angoza. At night he discovered the lights of the ship St Jago which he
+had left at Mozambique, and soon after Juan de Nova arrived from Angoza,
+where he had wintered[90], laden with pepper. At Mozambique he rejoined
+Albuquerque, whom he sent on before him to Melinda; and meeting two
+other ships of his squadron at Quiloa, he proceeded to Melinda. To
+oblige the king of Melinda, the Portuguese attacked the city of Oja, the
+king of which place, aided by the king of Mombaza, made war on the king
+of Melinda. In this country, which is inhabited by Arabs, there are some
+ancient and wonderful structures. Each city, and almost every village
+has a separate king, whom they call _xeque_ or sheikh; but the principal
+among these are the sheikhs of Quiloa, Zanzibar, and Mombaza, while the
+sheikh of Melinda pretends to be the most ancient, deducing his pedigree
+from the sheikhs of Quitau, which, though in ruins, shows evident marks
+of ancient grandeur, having been superior to all its neighbours. These
+are Luziva, Parimunda, Lamon, Jaca, Oja, and others. This country is
+watered by the river Gulimanja, up which George Alfonso sailed for the
+space of five days, finding the banks every where covered with
+impervious woods, and the river inhabited by a prodigious number of sea
+horses or _hippopotami_.
+
+[Footnote 90: This wintering, being in the southern hemisphere, probably
+refers to June and July 1507.--E.]
+
+Having now only six ships out of thirteen with which he left Portugal,
+one being lost, some separated by storms, and others sent away, Tristan
+de Cunna appeared before the city of Oja, on an open shore seventeen
+leagues from Melinda, and defended by a wall towards the land, to
+protect it against the Kafrs. De Cunna sent a message to the sheikh
+desiring an interview, as having some important matters to arrange with
+him; but the sheikh answered, that he was subject to the soldan of
+Egypt, caliph or head of the Musselmans, and could not therefore treat
+with a people who were enemies to the prophet. Considering delay
+dangerous, Tristan resolved upon an immediate attack, and dividing his
+men into two parties, one commanded by himself and the other by
+Albuquerque, made for the shore as soon as day light appeared. The Moors
+were drawn up on the shore to resist the landing, but were soon forced
+to take shelter behind their walls; and, not trusting to them for
+protection, no sooner entered at the sea gate but they ran out at the
+gate opposite. Nunno de Cunna and Alfonso de Noronha pursued the sheikh
+and his people to a grove of palm trees, in which the sheikh and many of
+his attendants were slain. At this time, George Silveyra observed a
+grave Moor leading a beautiful young woman through a path in the wood,
+and made towards them. The Moor turned to defend himself, desiring the
+woman to make her escape while he fought; but she followed him,
+declaring she would rather die or be taken along with him, than make her
+escape alone. Seeing them thus strive who should give the strongest
+demonstration of affection, Silveyra allowed both to go away unhurt,
+unwilling to part so much love. The town was plundered and set on fire,
+and burnt with such fury that some of the Portuguese perished in the
+flames while in anxious search of plunder.
+
+On being informed of what had happened at Oja, the sheikh of Lamo,
+fifteen leagues distant, came to make his submission, and to render
+himself more acceptable offered to pay a tribute of 600 meticals of gold
+yearly, about equal to as many ducats, and paid the first year in
+advance. From hence De Cunna proceeded to Brava, a populous town which
+had been formerly reduced, but the sheikh was now in rebellion, trusting
+to a force of 6000 men with which he opposed the landing of the
+Portuguese. But De Cunna and Albuquerque landed their troops next day in
+two bodies, in spite of every opposition from showers of arrows, darts,
+and stones, and scaled the walls, routing the Moors with prodigious
+slaughter. The city was plundered, and burnt; but in this enterprise the
+Portuguese lost forty-two men; not the half of them by the sword, but in
+consequence of a boat sinking which was overloaded with spoil. Those who
+were drowned had been so blinded with covetousness while plundering the
+town, that they barbarously cut off the hands and ears of the women to
+save time in taking off their bracelets and earrings. Sailing from
+Brava, Tristan de Cunna was rejoined off Cape Guardafu by Alvaro Tellez,
+who had been in great danger in a storm of losing his ship with all the
+rich booty formerly mentioned. Having got sight of Cape Guardafu, De
+Cunna now stood over for the island of Socotora, according to his
+instructions.
+
+Socotora, or Zakatra is an island twenty leagues long and nine broad,
+stretching nearly east and west, in lat. 12 deg. 40' N. and is the largest
+of the islands near the mouth of the Red Sea, but has no ports fit for
+any great number of ships to ride in during winter. Through the middle
+of this island there runs a chain of very high hills, yet covered over
+with sand blown up by the north winds from the shore to their tops, so
+that they are entirely barren and destitute of trees or plants,
+excepting some small valleys which are sheltered from these winds. It is
+30 leagues from Cape Guardafu, and 50 leagues from the nearest part of
+the Arabian continent. The ports principally used by us are Zoco or
+Calancea to the westwards, and Beni to the east, both inhabited by
+Moors, who are very unpolished. In those valleys that are sheltered from
+the sand, apple and palm trees are produced, and the best aloes in the
+world, which from its excellence is called Socotorine aloes. The common
+food of the people is maize, with milk and tamarinds. The inhabitants of
+this island are Christians of the Jacobite church, similar in its
+ceremonies and belief to that which is established in Ethiopia[91]. The
+men generally use the names of the apostles, while most of the women,
+are named Maria. They worship the cross, which they set up in all their
+churches, and wear upon their clothes, worshipping thrice a-day in the
+Chaldean language, making alternate responses as we do in choirs. They
+have but one wife, use circumcision, pay tythes, and practice fasting.
+The men are comely, and the women so brave that they go to war like
+Amazons. They are clothed mostly in skins, but some of the better sort
+use cloth; their weapons are stones, which they sling with much
+dexterity, and they live mostly in caves[92]. This island was subject to
+the sheikh or king of Caxem[93] in Arabia.
+
+[Footnote 91: Abyssinia is obviously here meant.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 92: Though not distinguished in the text, Faria seems here to
+confine himself to the barbarous Christian natives, inhabiting the
+country; as the towns appear to have been occupied by Mahometan
+Arabs.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 93: Cashen or Cassin.--Astley, I. 63.]
+
+At this place[94] De Cunna found a tolerable fort, not ill manned, and
+decently provided for defence. He sent a friendly message to the sheikh,
+but receiving an insolent answer he resolved to attack the place,
+though the attempt seemed dangerous. He and Albuquerque went towards the
+shore with the troops, but Don Alfonso de Noronha, nephew to De Cunna,
+leapt first on shore, determining to shew himself worthy of the choice
+which the king had made of him to command in Socotora, if gained.
+Noronha immediately advanced against the sheikh with a few brave men.
+The sheikh defended himself with great resolution, and had even almost
+repulsed the assailants, when he was struck down by the lance of
+Noronha. The Moors endeavoured with much valour to rescue their wounded
+chief, but he and eight more were slain, on which the rest fled to the
+castle. This was immediately scaled by a party of the Portuguese, who
+opened the gate for the rest, who now rushed into the large outer court.
+
+[Footnote 94: By a marginal note in Faria, it appears to have been now
+the year 1508; but the particular place or town in Socotora attacked by
+De Cunna is not mentioned. I am disposed however to believe that date an
+error of the press, for 1507.--E.]
+
+The Moors bravely defended their inner fort to the last man, so that of
+eighty-three men only one was taken alive, besides a blind man who was
+found hidden in a well. Being asked how he had got there, being blind,
+he answered that blind men saw only one thing, which was the way to
+liberty. He was set free. In this assault the Portuguese lost six men.
+During the assault the natives of the island kept at a distance, but now
+came with their wives and children, joyfully returning thanks to the
+Portuguese commander for having delivered them from the heavy yoke of
+the infidels; and De Cunna received them to their great satisfaction
+under the protection of the crown of Portugal[95]. The Mosque was
+purified by the solemnities of the Catholic church, and converted into a
+church dedicated to the _Invocation of Neustra Sennora della Vittoria_,
+in which many were baptised by the labours of Father Antonio of the
+order of St Francis. De Cunna gave the command of the fort, now named
+San Miguel, to Don Alfonso de Noronha, his nephew, who had well deserved
+it by his valour, even if he had not been nominated to the command by
+the king. Noronha was provided with a garrison of an hundred men, with
+proper officers; after which De Cunna wintered at the island of
+Socotora, though very ill accommodated, and then sailed for India,
+sending Albuquerque, according to the royal orders, to cruise on the
+coast of Arabia[96].
+
+[Footnote 95: Little did these poor Jacobite Christians suspect, that in
+exchanging masters they were subjected to the more dreadful yoke of the
+Portuguese Inquisition! The zeal of the Portuguese for the liberty of
+the Christian inhabitants of Socotora soon cooled, when it was found
+unable to pay the expence of a garrison, and it was soon abandoned to
+the milder oppression of its former Mahometan masters.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 96: From an after part of the text of Faria, we learn that
+this fort in the island of Socotora was taken on the 20th of August,
+probably of the year 1507.]
+
+While these things occurred at Socotora, the zamorin of Calicut was
+arming afresh against the Portuguese, relying on the promises of his
+wizards and soothsayers; who, finding that the succours under Tristan de
+Cunna were long delayed, assured him of success in that lucky
+opportunity, and predicted a great change of affairs, as indicated by an
+earthquake and a great eclipse of the sun, so complete that the stars
+were seen at noon for a considerable time, and which they pretended was
+a sure sign of the approaching destruction of the Portuguese. But on the
+viceroy Almeyda receiving notice of the preparations at Calicut, he sent
+his son Don Lorenzo thither with a squadron of ten ships. At this time
+Gonzalo Vaz was in Cananor with his ship, taking in water; and on his
+voyage to join Don Lorenzo he fell in with a ship belonging to Cananor
+having a Portuguese pass, which he sunk with all her moorish crew sewed
+up in a sail that they might never be seen. But this wicked action was
+afterwards discovered, for which Vaz was broke; a very incompetent
+punishment for so great a crime, owing to which the Portuguese
+afterwards suffered severe calamities, as will appear in the sequel.
+
+On his way towards Dabul in search of the Calicut fleet, Don Lorenzo
+cast anchor at the entrance of the port of Chaul, into which seven
+vessels belonging to the Moors entered without making any return to his
+salute. On this Lorenzo followed them in his boats, and the Moors leaped
+overboard to escape on shore, but many of them were slain by the
+Portuguese in the water. Lorenzo then took possession of the ships,
+which were laden with horses and other goods; and as the Moors
+endeavoured to overreach him with regard to ransoming their vessels,
+greatly underrating their cargoes, he ordered them all to be burnt.
+Going thence to Dabul, where he found the Calicut fleet, he anchored off
+the mouth of the river, and called a council of his officers to consult
+on the proper measures for an attack; but owing to the narrowness of the
+river it was carried in the council not to attack, contrary to the
+opinion of Lorenzo, who was eager to destroy the enemies ships. Passing
+on therefore to a river four leagues beyond Dabul, a brigantine and
+parao which led the van saw a ship sailing up the river, and pursued the
+vessel till it came to anchor over against a town, where there were many
+other vessels. Seeing the two vessels in pursuit of the ship Lorenzo
+sent a galley after them, and the three began to clear the shore with
+their shot of many Moors who flocked thither to defend their ships.
+Supposing from the noise of firing that his assistance was necessary,
+Lorenzo made all possible haste up the river; but before his arrival the
+others had taken all the vessels in the harbour, and had burnt a house
+on shore full of valuable commodities. All the ships in this harbour
+were burnt, except two from Ormuz having very rich cargoes, which were
+carried away. On his return to Cochin with victory and rich spoil,
+expecting to be received by his father with applause, he was astonished
+to find himself threatened with severe punishment for not having fought
+with and destroyed the Calicut fleet. He was however excused, as it
+appeared he had been overruled by the votes of the other captains,
+contrary to his own opinion. The viceroy broke them all therefore, and
+sent them home in disgrace to Portugal. By this severity, Don Lorenzo
+was much troubled, and in afterwards endeavouring to restore himself to
+the esteem of his father, he lost his life in rashly displaying his
+valour.
+
+The body of one of the Moors who had been basely destroyed by Vaz, as
+formerly mentioned, was washed on shore, and discovered to be the nephew
+of _Mamale_, a rich merchant of Malabar. Founding on this circumstance,
+the zamorin prevailed upon the rajah of Cananor to break with the
+Portuguese; and as it was not known who had been guilty of that
+barbarous act, the blame fell upon Lorenzo de Brito, captain of the fort
+at Cananor, who got notice of his danger, and not being in sufficient
+force to defend himself, sent intelligence to the viceroy. This message
+was delivered to Almeyda while in church assisting at the service on
+_Maunday_ Thursday; and was of so pressing a nature that he immediately
+left the church, to give orders for the immediate shipment of provisions
+and men to succour Brito; and these orders were executed with such
+speed, that those who had lent their arms to others _to watch the
+sepulchre_, as the custom is, had to go to the church to get them back.
+Don Lorenzo was appointed to command this relief of Cananor, with orders
+on his arrival at that place to put himself under the command of Brito,
+who insisted that as son to the viceroy and an officer of reputation and
+experience he should take the command: But Lorenzo was positive that he
+would not take the command over Brito, pursuant to the orders of his
+father; and being unable to prevail, he left the relief at Cananor, and
+returned to Cochin.
+
+By this time the rajah of Cananor had drawn together a force of 20,000
+men, with which he besieged the Portuguese fort, which Brito determined
+to defend to the last extremity, and used every possible means to
+strengthen the place. Much blood was spilt about the possession of a
+well, which the Portuguese at length made themselves masters of by means
+of a mine. After this loss, the enemy retired to a wood of palm-trees,
+meaning to prepare engines to batter the fort, of which circumstance
+intelligence was conveyed to Brito by a nephew to the rajah of Cananor,
+who wished to acquire the friendship of the Portuguese, so that Brito
+was prepared to receive the intended assault. Having completed their
+preparations, the enemy moved on to fill up the ditch and assault the
+fort; but were opposed with so much energy, at first by incessant
+discharges of cannon, and afterwards by means of a sally, that the ditch
+was filled with dead bodies instead of fascines. After losing a
+prodigious number of men, the enemy retreated to the wood; and next
+night, which was cold and rainy, Brito sent out eighty men to beat up
+their quarters under the command of a Spanish officer named Guadalaxara,
+who was next in command. This enterprise was so vigorously executed,
+that after the discharge of a few small pieces of artillery, the enemy
+fled in every direction to save themselves, leaving 300 of their men
+slain. The joy for this victory on the side of the Portuguese was soon
+miserably abated in consequence of the destruction of their entire
+magazine of provisions by fire, by which they were reduced to the
+extremity of famine, and under the necessity of feeding on all kinds of
+vermin that could be procured. In this extreme distress, they were
+providentially relieved by a rough sea throwing up vast quantities of
+crabs or lobsters on the point of land where the chapel of the Virgin
+stands, which was the only food which could be procured by the garrison
+for a long while. While in this situation, in consequence of powerful
+assistance from the zamorin, the rajah of Cananor made a fresh assault
+upon Brito with 50,000 men, and was again repulsed with prodigious
+slaughter, without the loss of one man on the side of the Portuguese.
+Immediately after this exploit, Tristan de Cunna arrived at Cananor with
+a reinforcement and a supply of provisions, by which and the noble
+defence made by Brito the rajah of Cananor was so much intimidated that
+he sued for peace, which was granted upon conditions highly honourable
+and advantageous to the Portuguese.
+
+As Tristan de Cunna was now ready to depart for Portugal with the
+homeward bound ships, the viceroy went along with him to Paniani, a town
+belonging to Calicut which he proposed to destroy, as it was much
+frequented by the Moors, who took in loadings of spices at that place
+under the protection of four ships belonging to the zamorin commanded by
+a valiant Moor named Cutiale[97]. The viceroy and Tristan, having
+anchored off the bar, held a council of war to deliberate upon a plan of
+attack, when it was determined to send their two sons in two barks and
+several boats to attack the place, while the viceroy and admiral should
+follow in a galley. When the foremost of the Portuguese assailants were
+attacking the trenches, on which some of them had mounted, Pedro Cam
+having even planted the colours of Lorenzo Almeyda on the summit, the
+viceroy on coming up observed his son climbing up with some difficulty.
+He immediately called out, "How comes it Lorenzo that you are so
+backward?" When the young man answered, "I have given way, Sir, to him
+who has gained the honour of the day." At this moment a gigantic Moor
+assailed Lorenzo and even wounded him; but in return he cleft the head
+of the Moor down to the breast. The town was now carried by storm, and
+all its defenders put to the sword, after which all the ships in the
+port were burnt. In this exploit the Portuguese lost only eighteen men,
+none of whom were of any note; but above 500 of the enemy were slain.
+Though the plunder of this place was of great value, it was all burnt
+along with the town and ships, the artillery only being carried off.
+
+[Footnote 97: In an after part of De Faria, this officer is said to have
+been a Chinese.--E.]
+
+After this the fleet and army returned to Cananor where De Cunna
+completed his lading, and then set sail for Portugal. At Mozambique, on
+his way home, he met several ships belonging to a squadron of twelve
+sail sent from Lisbon in the former year; seven of which were to return
+with goods, and the other five to cruise on the eastern coast of Africa,
+under the command of Vasco Gomez de Abreu, who was likewise to command
+in the fort of Sofala. There were also two other ships in this fleet,
+destined to reinforce the squadron of Albuquerque on the coast of
+Arabia. Of this fleet, the ship commanded by Juan Chanoca was lost in
+the river Zanaga, that of Juan Gomez in another place, and Abreu was
+lost with four vessels while going to Mozambique. Other vessels of this
+fleet were driven to various parts, after enduring terrible storms and
+imminent dangers; yet these dire misfortunes were insufficient to damp
+the boldness of our nation in quest of riches, so prevalent is
+covetousness over every consideration of difficulty or danger.
+
+We must now return to Alfonso de Albuquerque, who parted from De Cunna,
+after the taking of Socotora on the 20th of August, as formerly related,
+being bound for the coasts of Arabia and Persia, pursuant to the
+commands of the king, having with him seven ships and 460 soldiers. He
+came first to Calayate, a beautiful and strong place in the kingdom of
+Ormuz, built after the manner usual in Spain, but which had once been
+more populous. Sending a message to the governor, he received supplies
+of water and provisions, and entered into a treaty of peace. Proceeding
+to Curiate, ten leagues farther on, he was very ill received, in revenge
+for which he took the place by storm, losing only three of his own men,
+while eighty of the defenders were slain. After plundering this place,
+it was destroyed by fire along with fourteen vessels which were in the
+harbour. From thence he sailed for Muscat, eight leagues farther, which
+was stronger than the two former, and well filled with people, who had
+resorted there from all quarters on hearing of the destruction of
+Curiate. Being afraid of a similar disaster, the governor sent great
+supplies of provisions to Albuquerque, and entered into a treaty of
+peace; but while the boats were ashore for water, the cannon of the town
+began unexpectedly to play upon the ships, doing, considerable damage,
+and obliged them hastily to haul farther off, not knowing the cause of
+these hostilities; but it was soon learnt that 2000 men had arrived to
+defend the town, sent by the king of Ormuz, and that their commander
+refused to concur in the peace which had been entered into by the
+governor. Although Albuquerque had received considerable damage from the
+smart cannonade, he landed his men early next morning, and attacked the
+place with such resolution that the Moors fled at one gate, while the
+Portuguese entered at another. The town was given up to plunder, all
+except the residence of the governor, who had received the Portuguese in
+a friendly manner, and had very honourably given them notice to retire,
+when the troops of Ormuz arrived; but he was slain during the first
+confusion, without being known.
+
+After the destruction of Muscat, Albuquerque proceeded to Soar, all the
+inhabitants of which fled, except the governor and some of the principal
+Moors, who offered to surrender the town; but Albuquerque gave it back
+to them, on condition of holding it in vassalage from the crown of
+Portugal, and payment of the same tribute which used to be given to the
+king of Ormuz. Fifteen leagues farther he came to Orfucam, which was
+deserted by the inhabitants. Albuquerque sent his nephew, Don Antonio,
+to pursue them at the head of 100 men; who, though he brought back
+twenty-two prisoners, received almost as much damage from the Moors as
+he did, as they were very numerous and fought bravely in defence of
+their wives and children. The deserted town of Orfucam was plundered for
+three days, during which time Albuquerque disposed all things in
+readiness for proceeding against Ormuz, which was the chief object of
+his voyage, deeming these previous exploits only a prelude to his grand
+enterprise, and accounting them but trifles, though they might appear
+considerable to others.
+
+The city of Ormuz or Hormuz is situated on the small island of Jerun at
+the mouth of the Persian Gulf, only three leagues in compass, and so
+barren that it produces nothing but salt and sulphur. The buildings of
+the city are sumptuous. It is the great mart for all the goods of
+Africa, Arabia, and India; by which means, though having nothing of its
+own, it abounds in all things. It is plentifully supplied with
+provisions from the province of Mogostan or Laristan in Persia, and from
+the islands of Kishom, Kissmis, or Kishmish, Larek, and others. About
+the year 1273, Malek Kaez possessed all the land from the isle of Jerun
+to that of Bahrayn, bordering on the kingdom of Gordunshah of the
+province of Mogostan[98]. This king by subtile devices prevailed upon
+Malek to give him the island of Jerun, being a place of no value
+whatever; after which he fortified himself there, and transplanting the
+inhabitants of the ancient city of Ormuz on the coast, where the king
+used to reside to that island, the king of Persia, fearing he would
+refuse the accustomed tribute, prepared to invade him: But the king of
+Gordunshah diverted him from his purpose, by engaging to be responsible
+for the tribute, and by doing homage by his ambassadors once in every
+five years. By these means the city and kingdom of Ormuz was
+established, which continued to be ruled over by the heirs of the first
+possessor and others, mostly by violence[99].
+
+[Footnote 98: The expression in the text is obscure. It appears that
+Malek Kaez, ruled over the sea coast of the kingdom or province rather
+of Mogostan, of which Gordunshah was king or governor.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 99: The account in the text is unintelligible and
+contradictory: But we fortunately have one more intelligible from the
+editor of Astley's Collection, I. 65. c. which being too long for a
+note, has been placed in the text between inverted commas.--E.]
+
+"This account of the origin of the kingdom of Ormuz or Harmuz is related
+differently in a history of that state written by one of its kings, and
+given to us by Teixeira at the end of his history of Persia, as
+follows.--In the year of _Hejirah_ 700, and of Christ 1302, when the
+Turkomans, or Turks from Turkestan, overran Persia as far as the Persian
+Gulf, _Mir Bahaddin Ayaz Seyfin_, the fifteenth king of Ormuz, resolved,
+to leave the continent where his dominions then were, and to retire to
+some of the adjacent islands. He first passed over with his people to
+the large island of _Brokt_ or Kishmish[100], called Quixome by the
+Portuguese, and afterwards removed to a desert isle two leagues distant
+eastward, which he begged from _Neyn_ king of _Keys_, and built a new
+city, calling it _Harmuz_ after the name of his former capital on the
+coast, the ruins of which are still visible to the east of _Gamrun_ or
+Gambroon. By the Arabs and Persians, this island is called _Jerun_, from
+a fisherman who lived there at the time when Ayaz first took possession.
+In the course of two hundred years, this new city and kingdom advanced
+so much in wealth and power, that it extended its dominion over a great
+part of the coasts of Arabia and Persia, all the way to _Basrah_ or
+Basora. It became the chief mart of trade in all these parts, which had
+formerly been established at Keys; but after the reduction of Ormuz, by
+the Portuguese, its trade and consequence declined much, owing to their
+tyranny and oppression. Ayaz Seyfin, was succeeded by Amir Ayas Oddin
+Gordun Shah. Thus it appears distinctly, that the Malek Kaes in the text
+of Faria, ought to have been called the Malek or king of Kaes or Keys;
+and that instead of the kingdom of Gordunshah of the province of
+Mogostan, it should have been Gordun Shah king of Mogostan; besides, the
+island was not granted to him, but to his predecessor Ayaz. As a mark of
+their sense of the riches of Ormuz, the orientals used to say
+proverbially, if the world were considered as a ring, Ormuz was its
+jewel."
+
+[Footnote 100: In a plan of Ormuz given in Astley's Collection, the isle
+of Kishoma or Kishmis is placed at a small distance from that of Ormuz
+or Jerun, and is said to be the place whence Ormuz is supplied with
+water. In fact the island of Kismis or Kishom is of considerable size
+and some fertility, though exceedingly unhealthy, while that of Jerun on
+which Ormuz was built, though barren and without water, was
+comparatively healthy. It was a commercial garrison town of the Arabs,
+for the purpose of carrying on the trade of the Persian Gulf, and at the
+same time withdrawing from the oppressive rule of the Turkoman
+conquerors of Persia.--E.]
+
+When Albuquerque arrived at Ormuz about the end of September 1507, Sayf
+Oddin a youth of twelve years of age was sovereign, under the
+guardianship of a slave named Khojah Attar, a man of courage but of a
+subtile and crafty disposition. Hearing what had been done by
+Albuquerque at the towns upon the coast, Attar made great preparations
+for resisting the new enemy. For this purpose he laid an embargo on all
+the ships in the port, and hired troops from all the neighbouring
+countries, so that when the Portuguese entered the port there were
+30,000 armed men in the city, of whom 4000 were Persians, the most
+expert archers then in the world. There were at that time 400 vessels in
+the harbour, 60 of which were of considerable size, the crews of which
+amounted to 2500 men. Albuquerque was not ignorant of the warlike
+preparations which had been made for his reception; but to shew his
+determined resolution, he came immediately to anchor in the midst of
+five of the largest ships riding in the harbour, firing his cannon as he
+sailed along to strike a terror into the inhabitants, and the shore was
+soon lined by 8000 troops. As no message was sent to him by the king, he
+commanded the captain of the largest ship, which seemed admiral over the
+rest, to repair on board of him, who immediately complied, and was
+received with much civility, but in great state. He then desired this
+man to go on shore and inform the king of Ormuz, that he had orders from
+the king of Portugal to take him under the protection of that crown, and
+to grant him leave to trade in the Indian seas, on condition that he
+submitted himself as vassal to the crown of Portugal, and agreed to pay
+a reasonable tribute: But if these proposals were rejected, his orders
+were to subdue Ormuz by force of arms. It was assuredly no small
+presumption to offer such degrading terms to a king who was at the head
+of above 30,000 fighting men, and 400 ships, while all the force he had
+against such prodigious force, was only 460 soldiers and seven ships.
+The Moorish captain, who was from Cambaya, went on shore and delivered
+this insolent message to the king and his governor Attar; who
+immediately sent Khojah Beyram with a message to Albuquerque, excusing
+them for not having sent to inquire what the Portuguese wanted in their
+port, and promising that the governor should wait upon him next day.
+Attar however did not perform this promise, but endeavoured to spin out
+the time by a repetition of messages, in order to strengthen the
+fortifications of the city, and to receive farther supplies. Albuquerque
+immediately perceived the purport of these messages, and told Beyram
+that he would listen only to the acceptation of peace on the terms
+proposed, or an immediate declaration of war. To this insolent demand,
+Beyram brought back for answer, that Ormuz was accustomed to receive,
+and not to pay tribute.
+
+During the night, the noise of warlike instruments, and the shouts of
+the troops collected in Ormuz were heard from all parts of the city; and
+when morning came, the whole walls, the shore, and the vessels in the
+harbour were seen crowded with armed men, while the windows and flat
+tops of all the houses were filled with people of both sexes and all
+ages, anxious to behold the expected events. Albuquerque immediately
+began to cannonade the city and the large Moorish ships, and was
+spiritedly answered by the enemy, who took advantage of the obscurity
+occasioned by the smoke to send a large party of armed men in 130 boats
+to attack the ships, and did some damage among the Portuguese by
+incessant and prodigious discharges of arrows and stones. But as many of
+the boats were sunk by the Portuguese artillery, and numbers of the men
+slain and drowned, they were forced to retire. They returned again to
+the charge with fresh numbers; but after a severe conflict were again
+obliged to retreat with prodigious loss, the sea being dyed with blood,
+and great numbers of them slain. By this time, Albuquerque had sunk two
+of the largest ships in the port and taken a third, not without
+considerable opposition on the part of the enemy, forcing the surviving
+Moors to leap into the sea; and the other captains of his squadron had
+captured three ships, and had set above thirty more on fire. The crews
+of these cut their cables and drifted over to the Persian shore to
+enable themselves to escape; but by this means communicated the
+conflagration to other vessels that were lying aground. These disasters
+struck such terror into the people of Ormuz that they all fled in dismay
+within their walls, and Khojah Attar sent a message to Albuquerque
+offering to submit to his proposals; on which he put a stop to farther
+hostilities, yet suspecting the governor of treachery, he threatened to
+inflict still heavier calamities on the city unless the terms were
+performed with good faith. Thus, with the loss only of ten men on the
+side of the Portuguese, most of the numerous vessels belonging to the
+enemy, full of various rich commodities, were taken, burnt, sunk, or
+torn to pieces, and above seventeen hundred of the Moors were slain,
+numbers of whose bodies were seen floating in the harbour. Many of these
+were seen to have ornaments of gold, which the Portuguese anxiously
+sought after, and on this occasion it was noticed that several of the
+enemy had been slain by their own arrows, none being used by the
+Portuguese.
+
+Khojah Attar, dismayed by the prodigious injury sustained in the
+conflict, and afraid of still heavier calamities, called a council of
+the chief officers of the kingdom to deliberate on what was best to be
+done, when it was agreed to submit for the present to the demands of
+Albuquerque; after which articles of pacification were drawn up and
+sworn to between the parties. The two principal articles were, that the
+king of Ormuz submitted to pay a tribute to the king of Portugal of
+15,000 _Xerephines_ yearly[101], and that ground should be allowed for
+the Portuguese on which to build a fort. The fort was accordingly
+immediately commenced, and considerable progress was made in its
+construction in a few days. On purpose to avoid the payment of the
+tribute, Khojah Attar dressed up a pretended embassy from the king of
+Persia demanding payment of the usual tribute, and required that
+Albuquerque should give them an answer, as the king of Ormuz was now
+subject to the crown of Portugal. Albuquerque penetrated into this
+design, and desired Attar to send some one to him to receive the answer.
+The pretended Persian ambassador accordingly waited upon him, to whom he
+gave some spears and bullets, saying such was the coin in which the
+tribute should be paid in future. Finding this contrivance fail, Attar
+endeavoured to corrupt some of the Portuguese, and actually prevailed on
+five seamen to desert, one of whom had been bred a founder, who cast
+some cannon like those belonging to the Portuguese. Being informed by
+these deserters that Albuquerque had only about 450 soldiers, Attar
+began to pick up fresh courage, and entered into contrivances for
+breaking the peace, pretending at the same time to lay the blame on
+Albuquerque, and refused to deliver up the deserters.
+
+[Footnote 101: A Xerephine being worth about half a crown, this tribute
+amounted to about L. 1875 sterling.--Astl. I. 66. a.--According to
+Purchas a Xerephine is worth 3s. 9d; so that the yearly tribute in the
+text is equal to L. 2812 20s. sterling.--E.]
+
+The high spirit of Albuquerque could not brook this conduct, and
+determined upon taking vengeance, but had little success in the attempt
+being badly seconded by the officers serving under him. Taking advantage
+of this spirit of insubordination, of which he had ample intelligence as
+it was occasioned by his own intrigues, Attar one night set fire to a
+bark which the Portuguese were building on the shore; and at the same
+time one of the deserters called aloud from the wall on Albuquerque, to
+defend his boat with his 400 men, and he should meet 7000 archers. At
+this time some of the Portuguese captains gave intelligence to the
+enemy, and had even assisted the five renegades to desert. Enraged at
+this affront in burning his bark, Albuquerque endeavoured to set some
+ships on fire which were building or repairing in the arsenal of Ormuz,
+but failed in the attempt. He next undertook to besiege the city; and
+having taken several persons who were carrying provisions thither, he
+cut off their hands, ears, and noses, and sent them into the city in
+that miserable condition, to the great terror of the inhabitants. About
+this time there was a hot dispute between the Portuguese and the
+garrison of Ormuz, about some wells which supplied the inhabitants with
+water, which Albuquerque endeavoured to fill up, in which the Moorish
+captain and the guard over the wells were all slain, and the wells
+filled with the carcasses of their men and horses. The young king and
+his governor sallied out from the city to drive the Portuguese away, and
+actually cut off the retreat of Albuquerque; but a lucky cannon-ball
+opened the way, by throwing the cavalry of the enemy into confusion.
+
+In these actions with the Ormuzians, Albuquerque was ill seconded by his
+people, three of his captains having resolved to leave him and to sail
+for India. These men drew up a letter or remonstrance, assigning reasons
+why he should desist from his present enterprise; which Albuquerque
+ordered one of the masons to lay beneath a stone in the wall of the
+fort, saying that he had there deposited his answer, and would be glad
+to see if any one dared to remove the stone to read what he had written.
+Though much offended by this, these captains did not venture to make any
+reply; yet jealous about the command of the fort, when it should be
+built, the three captains actually sailed away for India. Though much
+troubled at this shameful desertion, Albuquerque determined upon
+continuing his enterprise, notwithstanding that two other captains who
+still remained opposed him, and were desirous to follow the example of
+the other three; but by proper severity he deterred them from executing
+their designs. Learning that a fleet was on its way from Bahrayn for
+Keyshom with a reinforcement of men and provisions, Albuquerque
+endeavoured ineffectually to intercept it. After failing in this, he
+fell upon a country palace belonging to the king which was guarded by
+three hundred foot and sixty horse, whom he defeated with the loss of
+one man, killing eighty of the enemy. He then fell upon Keyshom or
+Queixome, which was defended by five hundred archers sent to Ormuz by
+the king of Lar or Laristan in Persia under the command of two of his
+nephews, both of whom were slain with most of their men, and the bodies
+of the two slain princes were sent by Albuquerque as a present to Attar.
+The town of Keyshom was plundered and burnt. Among the plunder was taken
+a large Persian carpet, which the soldiers were going to cut in pieces
+to divide among them, and for the greater convenience of removal, which
+Albuquerque purchased from them, and sent afterwards to the shrine of St
+Jago in Gallicia.
+
+Having but few men left who were much harassed, and winter approaching,
+Albuquerque resolved to go to Socotora, and gave leave to Juan de Nova
+to sail for India, where he had formerly had the command of a fleet. He
+accordingly wintered at Socotora, where he relieved the Portuguese
+garrison, then much distressed by famine; for which purpose he went in
+his own ship to Cape Guardafu, and sent others to Melinda and Cape Fum,
+to seize some ships for the sake of their provisions. When winter was
+over, be resolved to return to Ormuz, though too weak to carry his
+designs into execution, yet to see in what disposition were the young
+king and his governor. On his way thither he determined to take revenge
+upon the town of Kalayat, for some injury that had been done there to
+the Portuguese. Kalayat is situated on the coast of Arabia beyond Cape
+Siagro, called also Cape Rasalgat, at the mouth of the Persian Gulf.
+Behind this town there is a rugged mountain, in which are some passes
+which open a communication with the interior; and by one of these
+opposite the town almost all the trade of Yemen or Arabia Felix, which
+is a fertile country of much trade and full of populous cities, is
+conveyed to this port. Immediately on his arrival, Albuquerque landed
+his troops and took possession of the town, most of the inhabitants
+escaping to the mountains and some being slain in the streets. He
+remained here three nights, on one of which a thousand Moors entered the
+town by surprise and did considerable damage before the Portuguese could
+be collected to oppose them, but were at length put to flight with great
+slaughter. Having secured all the provisions of Kalayat, which was the
+principal booty, Albuquerque set the place on fire and proceeded to
+Ormuz, where he arrived on the 13th of September[102]. He immediately
+sent notice of his return to the king and governor; on which Attar sent
+him a message, saying they were ready to pay the tribute of 15,000
+Xerephins, but would on no account consent to the erection of the
+intended fort. Albuquerque therefore determined to recommence the siege
+of Ormuz, and ordered Martin Coello to guard with his ship the point of
+_Turumbaka_[103], where the wells are situated, and Diego de Melo to
+prevent intercourse with the island of Keyshom; while he and Francisco
+de Tavora anchored before the city. He there observed that Khojah Attar
+had completed the fort formerly begun by the Portuguese. In this new
+attempt the success was no greater than it had been formerly. On one
+occasion Diego de Melo and eight private men were slain; and on another
+Albuquerque was himself in much danger. Finding himself unable to
+effectuate any thing of importance, he returned to India, having taken a
+ship in which was a great quantity of valuable pearls from Bahrayn, and
+Francisco de Tavora took another ship belonging to Mecca.
+
+[Footnote 102: No year is mentioned in the text of Faria, which is
+throughout extremely defective in dates; but from the context it was now
+probably the year 1508--E.]
+
+[Footnote 103: Turumbaka, in the plan of Ormuz mentioned in a former
+note, is a palace belonging to the king of Ormuz, in the same island
+with the city. The Isle of Keyshom has already been stated as the place
+whence Ormuz was supplied with water; but there may have been tanks or
+cisterns at Turumbaka.--E]
+
+During the time when Albuquerque was employed before Ormuz, the Soldan
+of Egypt fitted out a fleet of twelve sail with 1500 Mamelukes, which he
+sent under the command of Mir Husseyn to oppose the Portuguese in India.
+While on his voyage up the Red Sea, Husseyn attacked the towns of Yembo
+and Jiddah, putting the sheikhs of both places to death, and making
+great plunder. He then sailed for Diu, where Malek Azz commanded for the
+king of Cambaya, with whom he was ordered to join his forces to oppose
+the Portuguese. The timber of which these ships were built was cut in
+the mountains of Dalmatia, by procurement as it was said of the
+Venetians, as the Soldan and the Turks were then at variance. It was
+conveyed from Dalmatia to Egypt in twenty-five vessels, commanded by a
+nephew of the Soldan, who had a force of 800 Mamelukes on board, besides
+mariners. At this time the gallies of Malta were commanded by a
+Portuguese knight, Andrea de Amarall; who, learning that the timber was
+designed to be employed against his countrymen in India, attacked the
+Egyptian fleet with six ships and four gallies, in which he had 600
+soldiers. After a sharp engagement of three hours, he took seven ships
+and sunk five; but the rest escaped to Alexandria, whence the timber was
+carried up the Nile to Cairo, and thence on camels to Suez.
+
+At this time the viceroy Almeyda was on the coast of Malabar, and had
+sent his son Don Lorenzo with eight ships to scour the coast as far as
+_Chaul_, a town of considerable size and importance seated on the banks
+of a river about two leagues from the sea, and subject to the
+Nizam-al-Mulk[104], by whose orders Don Lorenzo was well received. They
+had some intelligence of the fleet of the Soldan, but believed it an
+unfounded rumour, till it appeared in sight while Don Lorenzo was on
+shore with most of his officers. They hastened immediately on board,
+giving such orders as the time permitted, and were hardly on board when
+the enemy entered the harbour, making great demonstrations of joy at
+having so opportunely found the enemy of whom they were in search.
+Husseyn thought himself secure of victory, as he had surprised the
+Portuguese ships, and determined himself to board the ship commanded by
+Don Lorenzo. For this purpose he ran her on board, pouring in balls,
+arrows, hand-grenades, and other fireworks; but was answered with such
+determined bravery, that he gave over his intention of boarding, though
+the Portuguese vessel was much smaller than his. The other Egyptian
+vessels had no better success; and as night approached, both parties
+gave over the engagement to prepare for its renewal next morning.
+
+[Footnote 104: Called Nizamaluco by De Faria.]
+
+As soon as day appeared Don Lorenzo gave the signal to renew the fight;
+and in his turn endeavoured to board the Egyptian admiral, in which he
+was imitated by the other captains: Only two of them succeeded in
+capturing two gallies belonging to the enemy, all the men on board which
+were put to the sword. The battle was carried on with much bravery on
+both sides, and the Portuguese seemed fast gaining the superiority; when
+Malek Azz, lord of Diu, made his appearance with a great number of small
+vessels well manned, coming to the assistance of Husseyn. Don Lorenzo
+immediately dispatched two gallies and three caravels to hinder the
+approach of this reinforcement to his enemies, which executed their
+orders so effectually that Azz was obliged to flee for shelter to
+another place. The battle still continued between Lorenzo and Husseyn
+till night again parted them, both endeavouring to conceal their loss
+from the other. In the evening after the cessation of the battle, the
+Portuguese captains met in council on board the admiral to deliberate on
+what was best to be done; and were unanimously of opinion that it was
+rash to continue to defend themselves in the river of Chaul, especially
+as Malek Azz was so near with such a powerful reinforcement, and
+strongly recommended that they should go out to the open sea, where they
+might fight with less disadvantage, and would have it in their power to
+escape if circumstances rendered it necessary. But, remembering the
+displeasure of his father for not having attacked the fleet of Calicut
+in the river of Dabul, and fearing his retreat into the open sea might
+be construed as flight, Lorenzo determined resolutely to await the
+events of the next morning, only making some change in the disposition
+of his force, in order to protect some ships belonging to Cochin which
+were much exposed to the enemy.
+
+Next morning, on observing the change of posture in the Portuguese
+ships, Malek Azz conceived that they meant to retreat; he immediately
+came out therefore from the place where he had taken shelter, and boldly
+charged them, undismayed at the havock which was made among his small
+vessels by the Portuguese cannon. Most unfortunately at this time the
+ship of Don Lorenzo ran foul of some stakes in the bed of the river, and
+let in so much water that she was in danger of sinking. The brave
+Lorenzo exerted himself to the utmost in this perilous situation, till a
+ball broke his thigh; then ordering himself to be set up leaning against
+the main-mast, he continued to encourage his men till another ball broke
+his back and killed him. His body was thrown below deck, where it was
+followed by his page Gato, who lamented the fate of his master with
+tears mixed with blood, having been shot through the eye by an arrow.
+After a vigorous resistance, the Moors boarded the ship, and found Gato
+beside his masters body. He immediately rose and slew as many of the
+Moors as covered the body of Lorenzo, and then fell dead among them. At
+length the ship sunk, and of above an hundred men who belonged to her
+only nineteen escaped. In all the Portuguese ships an hundred and forty
+men were slain, while the enemy lost upwards of six hundred. The other
+captains got to Cochin, where the viceroy then was, and who received the
+intelligence of his sons glorious death with wonderful resolution.
+
+Soon after the defeat of the Portuguese fleet at Chaul, Almeyda received
+a letter from Malek Azz. This man was born in slavery, being descended
+of heretic Christian parents of Russia, and had risen by degrees to the
+rank he now held. The origin of his advancement was owing to the
+following trivial incident. One day a kite flying over the king of
+Cambaya, muted on his head, on which the king was so enraged that he
+declared he would give all he was worth to have the kite killed. Malek
+Azz who heard this, was an excellent bowman, and immediately let fly an
+arrow which brought down the kite. The king of Cambaya rewarded this
+lucky shot so bountifully, that the archer soon rose to be lord of Diu,
+a famous sea-port in Guzerat, seated on a triangular peninsula, which is
+joined to the continent by so small an isthmus that it is generally
+reputed an island. In this letter to the viceroy, Malek Azz craftily
+endeavoured to secure himself at the same time both in the favour of the
+king of Cambaya, and to conciliate the Portuguese, though he mortally
+hated them for the injury they had done to the trade of Diu. While he
+pretended to condole with the viceroy on the death of his son, whose
+bravery he extolled in exalted terms, he sent him the nineteen men saved
+from his sons ship, who had been made prisoners in the late battle;
+endeavouring by this conciliatory conduct to appease his wrath for
+having aided Mir Husseyn and occasioned the defeat of the Portuguese.
+
+In this same year 1508, seventeen vessels sailed for India from Lisbon
+about the beginning of April, which were all separated by bad weather,
+but all rejoined at Mozambique, except one which was lost on the Islands
+of Tristan de Cunna. These ships, with those of the former year, coming
+all together to India about the close of the year 1508, greatly raised
+the courage of the Portuguese, which had been much depressed by their
+defeat at Chaul. By this fleet an order came from the king for Don
+Francisco de Almeyda to resign the government of India to Don Alfonso de
+Albuquerque, and to return to Portugal in one of the trading ships. But
+Almeyda took upon him to suspend the execution of this order, under
+pretence that he had already made preparations for taking revenge upon
+Mir Husseyn, and the Rums or Turks[105] who had slain his son. Owing to
+this a controversy arose between Albuquerque and Almeyda, the former
+demanding possession of the government, which the latter refused to
+demit; which became a precedent for succeeding governors to protract the
+time of their command. Albuquerque, much offended by this conduct of
+Almeyda, retired to Cochin, where he appears to have lived in private
+till the departure of Almeyda from India.
+
+[Footnote 105: The Turks, as having conquered the eastern Roman empire,
+have succeeded in India to the name of Rums, Rumi, or Romans. The
+Circassian Mamelukes of Egypt are here named Turks, because so soon
+afterwards conquered by that nation.--E.]
+
+Having dispatched the homeward bound ships under the command of Fernando
+Soarez and Ruy de Cunna, who perished by the way, Almeyda sailed on the
+12th of November, 1508 from Cananor towards Diu in pursuit of Mir
+Husseyn. On this expedition he had nineteen vessels of different sizes,
+with 1600 soldiers and mariners, 400 of whom were native Malabars. All
+western India was alarmed at this armament, but chiefly the zamorin and
+Malek Azz, who had used every precaution in his power to ward off the
+danger. Having landed with his officers in the delightful island of
+Anchediva, Almeyda called a council of war, in which it was unanimously
+determined to attack Dabul in the first place. This city was one of the
+most noted on the coast[106], seated on a navigable river at the
+distance of two leagues from the sea. Its buildings were then
+magnificent and stately, and it enjoyed considerable trade, the
+inhabitants being a mixture of Pagans and Moors, subject to Sabay king
+of the Decan. It was always defended by a considerable garrison, which
+was at present augmented by 6000 men, being in fear of an attack from
+the Portuguese, and new works had been raised for its defence, which
+were planted with cannon. On the approach of the Portuguese fleet, the
+inhabitants began to remove their families and goods into the country,
+but were forbidden by the governor under pain of death; and the more to
+encourage them he brought his own wife into the town, in which example
+he was followed by many of the principal inhabitants, whose wives were
+brought in from their country-houses.
+
+[Footnote 106: Dabul is on the coast of Canara, in lat. 17 deg. 46' N. in
+that part usually called the Pirates coast, which is occupied by a
+number of half independent Mahratta chieftains, who often plunder
+defenceless trading ships, by means of armed grabs full of
+desperadoes.--E.]
+
+On the 30th of December 1508, the fleet entered the harbour, and the
+troops immediately landed with the utmost promptitude, dividing into
+three bodies to attack three several gates at once. The Moors made a
+brave resistance at each attack, but the works being high, their shot
+flew over the heads of the assailants, who were more obstructed by the
+dead bodies than by the defenders or their works. Nunno Vaz Pereyra, who
+was sent with a detachment to force an entrance at another place, put
+the numerous troops who resisted him to flight after a brave resistance;
+but they now fled in such haste towards the mountain, though pursued by
+ten Portuguese only, that they tumbled over each other in their haste,
+and retarded their own escape. In this fight, which lasted five hours,
+fifteen hundred of the enemy were slain with the loss only of sixteen
+Portuguese. Having gained possession, Almeyda distributed his men in
+several quarters of the streets, with orders to keep strict guard, lest
+the enemy might return; which they accordingly did by stealth in the
+night, in order to recover their wives, children, and goods. In the
+morning, the viceroy gave permission to his troops to plunder the town;
+but this was speedily prevented by the houses taking fire, which in a
+few hours reduced the whole to ashes, so that the booty did not exceed
+150,000 ducats. In fact the town was purposely set on fire by the
+private orders of the viceroy, lest the men might have been so satiated
+by the riches of the place as to retard his ulterior designs. The ships
+in the harbour were likewise destroyed by fire, to the no small risk of
+the Portuguese ships which were very near.
+
+In fitting out for this expedition, the viceroy had not laid in any
+considerable store of provisions, as he expected to have got supplies on
+the coast; but on sending to the neighbouring villages none was to be
+had, as the last crop had been utterly eaten up by locusts, many of
+which were found preserved in pots for food by the natives, and being
+tasted by the Portuguese were found palatable, and not unlike shrimps.
+This made them conclude that there were land shrimps, as in some places,
+particularly in the vineyards about Rome, there are crabs found not
+unlike those of the sea. Hence if locusts were not so numerous and
+destructive, so as to blast the hopes of harvest and to be dreaded like
+a plague, they might be useful as food; and we know from Scripture that
+St John fed upon them in the desert.
+
+Leaving Dabul, the viceroy proceeded for Diu, expecting to procure
+provisions along the coast. Payo de Sousa, having seen some cattle
+feeding on the banks of a river, went up the stream in his galley in
+hopes of procuring some; but was opposed by the natives, and he and
+George Guedez were both slain. Diego Mendez succeeded in the command of
+that galley, and while continuing the voyage towards Diu he met one of
+the Mameluke galleys going from Diu to Dabul, which was well manned and
+commanded by a courageous and experienced Turk; who, on discovering the
+Portuguese galley ordered all his soldiers to conceal themselves, so
+that Mendez immediately boarded without suspecting any danger, on which
+the Turks rushed out from their concealment and had almost gained the
+Portuguese galley; but the Portuguese recovered from their surprise, and
+made themselves masters of the Turkish galley, slaying every one of the
+enemy without losing a single man on their side. The chief booty taken
+on this occasion consisted of a young and beautiful Hungarian lady of
+noble birth, who was brought to the viceroy, and given by him to Gaspard
+de la India, who gave her to Diego Pereyra, who afterwards married her.
+Farther on, they took in the river of Bombaim, now called Bombay, a bark
+with twenty-four Moors belonging to Guzerat, by whose means they
+procured a supply of sheep and rice, while some cattle were procured in
+other places, and a farther supply was got at the fort of Maim, all the
+people flying to the mountains from terror of the Portuguese, having
+heard of what had happened at Dabul.
+
+On the 2d of February 1509, the viceroy arrived at Diu, which from the
+ships appeared a grand and spacious place, girt with strong walls and
+lofty towers, all handsomely built and well laid out like towns in
+Portugal, which recalled in the men the memory of their own country, and
+animated their courage to achieve the conquest. Malek Azz the lord of
+Diu was at this time with his army about twenty leagues distant, making
+war upon the Rajaputs; but immediately on receiving notice of the
+approach of the Portuguese fleet, he hastened to his capital with all
+possible celerity. He had already used such precautions as not to excite
+suspicions in Husseyn of his fidelity, though little inclined to assist
+him, and he was now anxious not to exasperate the viceroy in case of his
+proving victorious. Taking into consideration the strength of the place,
+the courage and conduct of Azz and Husseyn, and above all that there
+were above two hundred vessels well manned and armed, he thought it
+necessary to proceed with the greatest circumspection, and accordingly
+it was settled in a council of war, that Nunna Vaz Pereyra should lead
+in with his ship, in which there were 120 fighting men, many of them
+gentlemen of tried valour. Pereyra was to be seconded by George de Melo,
+whose crew was equally numerous; after which the rest of the ships were
+to follow in succession, having from 80 down to 25 men in each according
+to their size. The night was spent by the Portuguese in anxious
+preparation for the approaching conflict, by exercises of religion and
+putting their arms of all kinds in order.
+
+Between nine and ten next morning, when the tide had risen sufficiently
+to float the ships over the bar, the viceroy gave the signal for
+entering the port in the appointed order, and the fleet moved on amid
+the noise of loud shouts and the din of warlike instruments from both
+sides. The vessels belonging to Malek Azz made haste to oppose the
+entrance of the Portuguese, and poured in a shower of bullets and arrows
+into the galley commanded by Diego Perez who led the way for Nunno Vaz,
+by which ten men were slain; yet Nunno courageously continued his
+course, pouring his shot among the large ships of the enemy and sunk one
+of them. Vaz was in great danger between two ships of the enemy, when
+Melo came up gallantly to his rescue, and ran so furiously upon one of
+these ships that he drove it up against the ship commanded by Vaz, so
+much disabled that it was immediately boarded and taken by the next ship
+in succession commanded by Sebastian de Miranda. All the ships having
+penetrated into the harbour, pushed on in emulation of each other who
+should do most damage to the enemy; while the viceroy, placing himself
+in the midst of the enemy, directed his shot wherever it seemed most
+calculated to annoy the enemy and to aid his own ships. In this manner
+the action continued to rage for some time with reciprocal courage and
+violence, till at length the paraos belonging to Calicut fled along the
+coast, giving out every where that the _Rumis_ or Mamelukes were
+victorious.
+
+On the flight of the Moors of Calicut, and seeing many of his fleet
+destroyed, Mir Husseyn, who was wounded, went on shore in disguise; and
+mounting on horseback, went in all haste to the king of Cambaya, being
+no less fearful of the fury of the Portuguese than of the treachery of
+Malek Azz, against whom he made loud complaints, that though he had
+given aid in the battle with his vessels, he had not assisted in person.
+Yet did not the absence of Husseyn discourage his men, for those of his
+own vessel being boarded disdained to yield, and fought valiantly till
+they were all slain. The Portuguese now attempted to carry a large ship
+belonging to Malek Azz by boarding, but being unable to succeed, the
+ship commanded by the viceroy in person sunk her by repeated broadsides.
+Antonio de Campo boarded and took a large galleon. Ruy Soarez, who was
+next in order to enter the harbour, dashed boldly through the thickest
+of the enemies ships and placed his vessel in front of the city, where
+he fought his ship in so gallant a style, forcing the crews to abandon
+two gallies, which he took, that being noticed by the viceroy he
+exclaimed, "Who is this who so nobly excels the rest? I wish I were he!"
+The victory was now complete, and the viceroy and all the captains
+assailed the smaller vessels, whose crews endeavoured to escape by
+swimming; but the gallies and boats of the Portuguese being sent among
+them, killed such numbers that the sea was dyed in blood. In this great
+battle, the enemy lost above 1500 men, and the Portuguese only 40. Vast
+riches were acquired by plunder in the captured vessels; and by the
+great variety of books which were found in different languages, it was
+concluded that the crews were made up of various nations. Some of these
+books were in Latin, some in Italian, and others in Portuguese.[107] The
+colours of the Soldan and of his admiral Mir Husseyn were taken, and
+afterwards sent to the king of Portugal. Of all the vessels taken in
+this glorious and decisive victory, four ships and two gallies only were
+preserved, all the rest being ordered to be burnt by Almeyda. This great
+victory would have much more redounded to the honour of the Portuguese
+arms, had not the conquered been treated with barbarous cruelty: owing
+to which, many persons very reasonably considered the unhappy end of
+Almeyda and other gentlemen, as a just punishment for their crimes on
+this occasion.[108]
+
+[Footnote 107: It is hardly necessary to observe that these books
+belonged in all probability to Christian galley slaves serving under the
+Mamelukes.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 108: Though not called upon to vindicate the conduct of
+Albuquerque and the Portuguese on this occasion; it may be noticed that
+the almost interminable war which subsisted for many centuries between
+the Christians and Moors of the Peninsula, and after the expulsion of
+the latter, with the states of Barbary; joined to the hellish
+Inquisition on the one side, and the most degrading slavery inflicted on
+both by their enemies, long nourished the most rancorous spirit of
+enmity and hatred, now farther exalted by commercial rivalship.--E.]
+
+Next morning Malek Azz sent a message to Almeyda by one of his principal
+officers, in which he congratulated the Portuguese viceroy on his
+glorious victory, with which he pretended to be well pleased. It was
+reported in the Portuguese fleet that the city of Diu was in the utmost
+consternation, being afraid of an assault from the victors; and when the
+Portuguese saw that Almeyda seemed inclined to accept the congratulatory
+compliments of Azz in good part, they complained of him for checking
+them in the career of fortune. On being informed of these murmurs, the
+viceroy convened his principal officers, and represented to them that he
+did not act on the present occasion from any regard to Malek Azz, but
+out of respect for the king of Cambaya who was still the friend of the
+Portuguese, and to whom the city of Diu belonged. He requested them
+likewise to consider that the city was strongly fortified, and defended
+by a numerous garrison; That they were already fatigued by the exertions
+of the late battle; and that between the men who had been slain and
+wounded, and those who were sick, out of 1200 there were now only 600
+fit to carry arms in the assault of Diu: Even supposing they were to
+succeed in capturing the place, it would be utterly impossible to
+maintain possession of it; and that they might easily revenge themselves
+of Malek Azz by the capture of his trading ships. All the officers being
+completely satisfied by these reasons, the viceroy received the envoy of
+Malek Azz very graciously, and told him that two motives had principally
+induced him to make the late assault on Diu; one of which was to be
+revenged on the _Rumi_ or Mamelukes, and the other to recover the
+Portuguese prisoners who had been taken by them at Chaul, as he
+considered them in the same light as the son he had lost on that former
+occasion. The first object he had already completely attained, and he
+demanded immediately to obtain the second, by having all the Portuguese
+prisoners in the power of Malek Azz delivered up to him. He demanded in
+addition to these, that all the artillery and ammunition which had
+belonged to the _Rumi_, still remaining in such of their ships as had
+been hawled on shore, should be delivered up, and these ships burnt; and
+that Malek Azz should supply the Portuguese fleet with provisions.
+
+All these conditions were readily agreed to by Malek Azz, and executed
+with the utmost readiness and punctuality; in consequence of which a
+treaty of peace and friendship was settled between Azz and the viceroy.
+Almeyda left one of the liberated Portuguese prisoners at Diu, to load
+two ships with such articles as were in request at Cochin and Cananor;
+and besides supplying his own fleet with provisions, he dispatched
+Norenha with a supply of provisions, and some of the booty procured in
+the late battle, to his brother Don Alfonso at Socotora. These important
+affairs being dispatched, the viceroy left Diu and proceeded to Chaul,
+where the king was so much intimidated by the accounts he had received
+of the late victory, that he submitted to pay an yearly tribute. Passing
+thence to Cananor, he was received in the most honourable manner; and
+entered afterwards into Cochin in triumph. Even before he had laid aside
+his festive ornaments, Albuquerque pressed him to resign the government,
+pursuant to the royal orders; but the viceroy begged he would give him
+time to divest himself of his present heavy robes, after which there
+would be sufficient opportunity to talk of those matters. Evil
+councillors fomented the dispute on both sides, some persuading the
+viceroy to retain the government in his hands, while others incited
+Albuquerque to insist upon his resignation. The rajah of Cochin even
+became in some measure a party in these dispute, insomuch that he
+delayed loading two homeward bound ships with pepper, till Albuquerque
+should be installed in the government. Disputes at length rose so high,
+that Almeyda sent Albuquerque as a prisoner to Cananor, where he was
+courteously received by Lorenzo de Brito who commanded there; and to
+whom Almeyda wrote a few days afterwards to conduct himself towards the
+prisoner as one who was soon to be viceroy of India.
+
+Some considerable time before this, the king of Portugal having been
+informed of the preparations which were making by the Soldan of Egypt,
+resolved to send a powerful reinforcement to India. This consisted of
+fifteen sail of ships commanded by Don Fernando Coutinno, who had an
+extraordinary power given him to regulate all matters that might happen
+to be amiss, as if the king had even surmised the probability of a
+disagreement between Almeyda and Albuquerque. Coutinno arrived safely at
+Cananor, whence he carried Alfonso de Albuquerque along with him to
+Cochin as viceroy. At first Coutinno treated Almeyda with much civility,
+but afterwards thwarted him, as he refused to let him have a ship which
+he had purposely prepared and fitted out for his return to Lisbon, and
+was obliged to put up with another which he had no mind to.
+
+Don Francisco de Almeyda, now divested of the viceroyalty which indeed
+he had for some time unlawfully retained, sailed from Cochin on the 19th
+of November 1509, with two more ships in company. Before leaving Cochin
+some of the sorcerers or astrologers of that place predicted that he
+would not pass the Cape of Good Hope. He did pass the Cape however, but
+was slain and buried at the Bay of Saldanna only a few leagues beyond
+that place. Having passed the Cape of Good Hope with fine weather, he
+observed to some of his attendants, "Now God be praised! the witches of
+Cochin are liars." Near that place, he put into the Bay of Saldanna to
+procure a supply of water; and as some of the people went on shore to
+exchange goods with the natives for provisions, a servant belonging to
+the ex-viceroy treated two of the Hottentots so ill that they knocked
+out two of his teeth and sent him away bleeding. Some of the attendants
+upon Almeyda thought proper to consider this as an affront which ought
+to be avenged, and persuaded him to go on shore for that purpose, when
+they ought to have counselled him to punish the servant for abusing
+people among whom they sought relief. Almeyda yielded to their improper
+suggestions, though against his inclination, being heard to exclaim as
+he went into the boat, "Ah! whether and for what end do they now carry
+my old age?" Accompanied by about 150 men, the choice of the ships, they
+went to a miserable village, whence they carried off some cattle and
+children. When on their return to the boats, they were attacked by 170
+natives, who had fled to the mountains, but now took courage in defence
+of their children; and though these naked savages were only armed with
+pointed stakes hardened in the fire, they soon killed fifty of the
+Portuguese and Almeyda among them, who was struck through the throat,
+and died kneeling on the sea-shores with his hands and eyes raised to
+heaven. Melo returned with the wounded men to the ships, and when the
+natives were withdrawn from the shore, he again landed with a party and
+buried Almeyda and the others who had been slain. This was a manifest
+judgment of God, that so few unarmed savages should so easily overcome
+those who had performed such heroic actions in India.
+
+Don Francisco de Almeyda was the seventh son of Don Lope de Almeyda,
+Count of Abrantes, and was a knight of the order of St Jago. He was
+graceful in his person, ripe in council, continent in his actions, an
+enemy to avarice, liberal and grateful for services, and obliging in his
+carriage. In his ordinary dress, he wore a black coat, instead of the
+cloak now used, a doublet of crimson satin of which the sleeves were
+seen, and black breeches reaching from the waist to the feet. He is
+represented in his portrait as carrying a truncheon in his right hand,
+while the left rests on the guard of his sword, which hangs almost
+directly before him[109].
+
+[Footnote 109: De Faria uniformly gives some description, as here, of
+the persons and dress of the successive viceroys and governors of
+Portuguese India; which however has been generally omitted in the
+sequel.--E.]
+
+Among the ships which were dispatched from Lisbon for India in 1508,
+were two squadrons under the command of Duarte de Lemos and Diego Lopez
+de Sequeira, which were sent upon separate services, and which could not
+be conveniently taken notice of in their proper place. After
+encountering a storm, Lemos arrived at a place called _Medones de Oro_,
+whence he went to Madagascar, and thence to Mozambique, where he was
+rejoined by the rest of the squadron, except one ship commanded by
+George de Aguilar, which was lost. He now assumed the government of the
+coasts of Ethiopia and Arabia, according to his commission from the
+king. From Mozambique he sailed for Melinda, whence he proceeded to
+visit the several islands and towns along the eastern coast of Africa to
+compel payment of the tribute they had been in use to pay to Quiloa, and
+which was now considered as belonging of right to the crown of Portugal
+by the conquest of that place. Monfia submitted. Zanzibar resisted, but
+the inhabitants were driven to the mountains and the town plundered.
+Pemba acted in a similar manner, the inhabitants taking refuge in
+Mombaza, and leaving their houses empty; but some plunder was taken in a
+small fort in which the sheikh had left such things as he had not been
+able to remove. Returning to Melinda, he gave the necessary orders for
+conducting the trade of Sofala.
+
+Lemos departed from Melinda for the coast of Arabia with seven ships,
+one of which was separated from the rest in the night on the coast of
+Magadoxa, and carried by the current to the port of Zeyla near the mouth
+of the Red Sea, and there taken by the Moors. In his progress along the
+Arabian coast, Lemos managed the towns more by cunning than force. Using
+the same conduct at Ormuz, he was well treated by the king and Khojah
+Attar, and received from them the stipulated tribute of 15,000
+xerephines. From this place he dispatched Vasco de Sylveyra to India,
+who was afterwards killed at Calicut. He then went to Socotora, of which
+he gave the command to Pedro Ferreira, sending Don Antonio Noronha to
+India, who fell in with and took a richly laden ship belonging to the
+Moors. Noronha manned the prize with some Portuguese; but she was cast
+away in a storm between Dabul and Goa and the men made prisoners. His
+own ship was stranded in the Bay of Cambaya, where he and some others
+who attempted to get on shore in the boat were all lost, while about
+thirty who remained in the ship were made prisoners by the Moors and
+sent to the king of Cambaya. On his return to Melinda, Lemos took a
+Moorish vessel with a rich loading. When the winter was passed, he
+returned to Socotora, where he found Francisco Pantaja, who had come
+from India with provisions, and had made prize of a rich ship belonging
+to Cambaya; the great wealth procured in which he generously shared with
+Lemos and his men, saying they had a right to it as being taken within
+the limits of his government. Finding himself now too weak for any
+farther enterprises, Lemos sailed for India, where he was received with
+much civility by Albuquerque, who was now in possession of the
+government.
+
+Diego Lopez de Sequeira, the other captain who sailed from Lisbon at the
+same time with Lemos, was entrusted with the discovery of Madagascar and
+Malacca. Arriving at the port of St Sebastian in the island of
+Madagascar, he run along the coast of that island, using a Portuguese as
+his interpreter, who had been left there[110] and had acquired the
+language. In the course of this part of his voyage he had some
+intercourse with a king or prince of the natives named _Diaman_, by whom
+he was civilly treated; but being unable to procure intelligence of any
+spices or silver, the great object of his voyage, and finding much
+trouble and no profit, he proceeded to India in the prosecution of the
+farther orders he had received from the king. He was well received by
+Almeyda, then viceroy, who gave him an additional ship commanded by
+Garcia de Sousa, to assist in the discovery of Malacca. In the
+prosecution of his voyage, he was well treated by the kings of Pedir and
+Pacem[111], who sent him presents, and at both places he erected crosses
+indicating discovery and possession. He at length cast anchor in the
+port of Malacca, where he terrified the people by the thunder of his
+cannon, so that every one hastened on board their ships to endeavour to
+defend themselves from this new and unwelcome guest.
+
+[Footnote 110: Probably a malefactor left on purpose, as has been
+formerly mentioned from Castaneda in our _second_ volume.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 111: Pedier and Pisang; as called by the English.--Astl. I.
+70. b.] A boat came off with a message from the town, to inquire who
+they were and what they wanted, to which Lopez sent back for answer that
+he brought an ambassador from the king of Portugal, to propose entering
+into a treaty of peace and commerce advantageous for the king and city
+of Malacca. The king sent back a message in dubious language, such as is
+usual among the orientals when they mean to act treacherously, as some
+of the Moorish merchants, from enmity to the Portuguese, had prevailed
+upon him and his favourite Bandara, by means of rich presents, to
+destroy Lopez and the Portuguese. On the third day, Lopez sent Hierom
+Teixeyra in the character of ambassador, attended by a splendid retinue,
+who was well received on shore, and conducted on an elephant to the
+king, from whom he returned well pleased. All this was only a bait to
+entrap the Portuguese to their destruction; and in addition, the king
+sent an invitation to Lopez to dine with him in public. Lopez accepted
+this invitation, but was informed by a friend of _Jao-Utimuti-rajah_,
+that the king intended to murder him, on which he sent an excuse under
+pretence of indisposition. Credit was now given to an advice sent by a
+Persian woman to Duarte Fernandez, after she had been prevented by
+Sequeira from coming on board under night, thinking she came on an
+amorous errand, but which contributed to save the ships. Another
+contrivance was put in practice to destroy Lopez and his ships, by
+offering a lading of spice, and pretending that it was requisite to send
+for it to three several places. This succeeded in part; as while thirty
+men were sent on shore according to agreement, a fleet of small vessels
+was secretly prepared under cover of a point of land, ready to assault
+the ships, while the thirty men were to be murdered in the town. At this
+time likewise, a son of Utimuti-rajah came on board under pretence of a
+visit to Lopez, and finding him engaged at draughts requested him to
+continue his game, that he might have the better opportunity of
+assassinating him unobserved; and in fact he frequently put his hand to
+his dagger for that purpose, but waited till the other branches of the
+intended treachery should begin. At this time, a seaman on one of the
+tops who was on the outlook, seeing a throng in the town and hearing a
+considerable noise, called out 'Treachery! Treachery! they kill our
+men.' Lopez instantly threw away the draught board, calling out to arms;
+and the son of Utimuti, perceiving the treacherous designs discovered,
+leapt into his boat with his attendants in great consternation. The
+fleet of boats now came round the point and attacked the Portuguese, who
+exerted themselves as well as possible in their defence, considering the
+suddenness of the attack; and after sinking many of the enemies boats,
+forced the rest to retire. Not having a sufficient force to take
+vengeance for this treachery, Lopez was under the necessity of quitting
+Malacca, where he left sixty of his men in slavery, who were made
+prisoners on shore, and having eight slain. On his way back he took two
+Moorish ships bound for Malacca; and, having arrived at Cape Comorin, he
+sent on Teixeyra and Sousa with their ships to Cochin; resolving, though
+ill provided, to return alone to Portugal, being afraid of Albuquerque,
+as he had sided with Almeyda in the late disputes respecting the
+government of India. He reached the island of Tercera with much
+difficulty, and from thence proceeded to Lisbon.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Transactions of the Portuguese in India under the Government of Don
+Alfonso de Albuquerque, from the end of 1509, to the year 1515_.
+
+
+Being put into possession of the government of India in November 1509,
+Albuquerque prepared for an expedition against Calicut, in conjunction
+with Fernando Coutinno. The design was kept secret, yet the zamorin and
+all the other princes along the coast provided for their defence, on
+hearing that the Portuguese were making preparations for war. Setting
+out from Cochin with thirty vessels of various sizes and 1800 land
+forces, besides several boats full of Malabars who followed in hopes of
+plunder, he arrived at Calicut on the 2d of January 1510; and consulting
+on the difficulties attending the enterprise, it was determined that the
+division of the fleet belonging to Albuquerque should be left in charge
+of Don Antonio de Noronha, while that belonging to Coutinno was to be
+commanded by Rodrigo Rabelo. Every one strove to be so posted as to land
+first, and the men were so eager for landing that they were under arms
+all night, and so tired in the morning that they were fitter for sleep
+than fighting, yet soon recovered when the signal was given and the
+cannon began to roar.
+
+The troops landed in two divisions; that under Coutinno consisting of
+800 men with some field-pieces, and that commanded by Albuquerque of the
+same number of Portuguese troops, together with 600 Malabars. They
+marched in strange confusion, each striving to be foremost. The first
+attack was made on the bulwark or bastion of Ceram by De Cunna and De
+Sousa, who were bravely resisted by 600 men, till on the coming up of
+Albuquerque, the defenders fled and the Portuguese got possession of the
+bulwark. Being fearful of some disastrous event from the confusion of
+his men, Albuquerque sent notice to Coutinno, who came with all speed to
+his assistance. On seeing the Portuguese colours flying on the bulwark,
+Coutinno believed he had been called back by a contrivance of the
+viceroy to prevent him from acquiring honour, and addressed him in the
+following terms. "Were you ambitious, Sir, that the rabble of Lisbon
+should report you were the first in storming Cochin, that you thus recal
+me? I shall tell the king that I could have entered it with only this
+cane in my hand; and since I find no one to fight with, I am resolved to
+proceed to the palace of the zamorin!" Without waiting any reply from
+Albuquerque, Coutinno immediately marched his men to the palace. Being
+above five leagues from the shore, and the road much encumbered with
+palm trees, and having met some opposition by the way, Coutinno and his
+people were tired by their long march, and rested some time in a plain
+before the palace. He then attacked it, and though well defended, the
+Moors[112] were forced to fly to the woods and mountains. The Portuguese
+soldiers being now possessed of the palace, quitted their ranks and
+began plundering in a disorderly manner, as if they had been close to
+the shore under protection of their ships, and had no enemy to fear. But
+the enemy having procured reinforcements, returned to the palace, and
+fell upon the disordered Portuguese, many of whom they killed while
+loaded with plunder, and did much harm to Coutinno and his men, though
+Vasco de Sylveira signalized himself by killing two of three chiefs
+called _Caymals_.
+
+[Footnote 112: The author here very improperly calls the Nayres, or
+Malabar soldiers of the zamorin, Moors; though in all probability there
+might be some Mahometans among the defenders of Calicut.--E.]
+
+In the meantime Albuquerque had got possession of the city of Cochin,
+which he set on fire; and finding no enemy to oppose him, he thought
+proper to march to the palace to see what Coutinno was about. On his
+arrival he found the palace surrounded by armed men, and that Coutinno
+was within in the most imminent danger. Having cleared the way from the
+enemy, he sent word to Coutinno that he waited for him; and after the
+third message, Coutinno sent back word that Albuquerque might march on
+and he would follow, being busy in collecting his men who were dispersed
+over the palace. Albuquerque accordingly began his march, much pressed
+upon by the enemy, and had not marched far when he received notice that
+Coutinno was in great danger. He immediately endeavoured to return to
+his relief, but was impeded by the multitude of the enemy, who slew
+many of his men, and he was himself so severely wounded by a dart in the
+throat, and a stone on the head, that he was carried senseless to the
+shore.
+
+By this time Coutinno and many more were slain in the palace, and
+several others on their way back to the shore; being oppressed by the
+multitude of the enemy, spent with labour and heat, and almost stifled
+by the great dust. The whole of Coutinnos division had certainly been
+cut off, if Vasconcelles and Andrada, who had been left in the city with
+a reserve of 200[113] men had not checked the fury of the enemy and
+forced them to retire. There was now as keen a contest about who should
+get first on board, as had been about landing first, not considering
+that all their misfortunes had been occasioned by hurry and confusion.
+At length they got on board and sailed on their return to Cochin, having
+lost 80[114] men in this ill conducted enterprise, among whom were
+Coutinno and many persons of note. On recovering his senses while at
+sea, Albuquerque gave orders for the dispatch of the homeward bound
+ships; and on his arrival at Cochin, immediately made preparations for
+an attempt to reduce Ormuz.
+
+[Footnote 113: In Paris, this reserve is stated at 2000 men, obviously a
+typographical error, yet copied in Astley's Collection, without
+considering that the whole original force was only 1800.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 114: The loss acknowledged in the text is ridiculously small
+for so disastrous an enterprise, and we are almost tempted to suspect
+the converse of the error noticed in the preceding note, and that the
+loss might have been 800.--E.]
+
+Being recovered from his wounds, all the preparations made for his
+expedition to Ormuz, and the homeward trading ships dispatched,
+Albuquerque set sail from Cochin with 1700 troops in 21 vessels of
+various sorts and sizes. On arriving at the river of Onor, he sent for
+the pirate _Timoja_, who being powerful and desirous of acquiring the
+friendship of the Portuguese, came immediately and supplied Albuquerque
+with provisions. Being skilful in the political affairs of India,
+Albuquerque consulted Timoja respecting his intended enterprise against
+Ormuz; but he endeavoured to dissuade him from that attempt,
+endeavouring to shew that Goa would be a more advantageous conquest, and
+might be easily taken as quite unprovided for defence. This advice
+pleased Albuquerque, and it was resolved upon in a council of war to
+change the destination of the armament, for which Timoja agreed to
+supply twelve ships, but gave out that he meant to accompany the
+Portuguese to Ormuz, that the governor of Goa might not be provided for
+defence. Timoja had been dispossessed of his inheritance and ill treated
+by his kindred and neighbours, and the desire of vengeance and of
+recovering his losses caused him to embrace the alliance of the
+Portuguese against the interest of his own countrymen.
+
+The small island of Ticuari, in which the city of Goa stands, is
+situated in lat. 15 deg. 30' N. in a bay at the mouth of the river Gasim on
+the coast of Canara, being about three leagues long and one broad. It
+contains both hill and level ground, has good water, and is fertile,
+pleasant, and healthy. The city of Goa, now seated on the northern part
+of the island, was formerly in its southern part. The present city was
+built by a Moor named Malek Husseyn about 40 years before the arrival of
+the Portuguese in India. It is not known when the old city was founded,
+but some authentic writings mention that _Martrasat_, king of that city
+above 100 years before, believed in one God, the incarnation of the Son,
+and the Trinity in Unity; besides which, a copper crucifix was found
+affixed to a wall when the city was taken. These Christians may have
+been descendants from the converts to the true faith through the
+ministration of the holy apostle Thomas.
+
+About the year 1300 the Mahometans began to conquer India[115]. The
+first who attempted this with great power was Shah Mahmud
+Nasraddin[116], king of Delhi, who came down with a powerful army from
+the north, and conquered all the gentiles as far as the kingdom of
+Canara. He returned to Delhi, leaving Habed Shah to prosecute the
+conquest, who became so powerful by his valour and conduct that he coped
+with his master; and his nephew Madura prosecuting his enterprise after
+the decease of Habed, cast off his allegiance to the king of Delhi, and
+having possessed himself of the kingdom of Canara, called it the Deccan,
+from the various nations composing his army, this word having that
+import in their language[117]. Too great an empire is always in danger
+of falling to pieces. Mahmud Shah[118], being aware of this, used every
+possible precaution for his safety, which was effectual for some time;
+but at length several of the governors of this extensive empire erected
+their provinces into independent sovereignties. The greatest of these
+was he of Goa, the sovereign of which about the time of the Portuguese
+coming into India was named Sabayo, who died about the time that
+Albuquerque went against Goa; upon which Kufo Adel Khan, king of
+Bisnagar possessed himself of Goa, and placed it in the hands of his son
+Ismael. The other princes were Nizamaluco, Mudremaluco, Melek Verido,
+Khojah Mozadan, Abexeiassado, and Cotemaluco, all powerful but some of
+them exceedingly so[119]. Sabayo was born of very mean parentage at Saba
+in Persia, whence his name; but having long served the king of the
+Deccan with great fidelity, had a grant of the city of Calberga, whence
+he extended his conquests over the Pagans of Bisnagar, and reduced Goa
+which had belonged to the Moors of Onor, killing Malek Husseyn its
+prince or ruler who defended it with a garrison of twelve hundred men.
+Goa had several dependencies, with which and the other territories he
+had acquired Sabayo, became the most powerful prince in these parts, and
+was consequently hated by them all. He maintained himself however
+against all his neighbours while he lived, sometimes by means of force,
+and at other times by profound policy; but his death produced great
+alteration.
+
+[Footnote 115: From various circumstances in the context, the word
+India, is here evidently confined to the peninsula to the south of the
+Nerbudda, called generally Deccan, or the south.--E]
+
+[Footnote 116: He was the sixth king of a dynasty of Turks from Persia,
+which founded the kingdom of Delhi in 12O2, or rather usurped it from
+the family of Ghaur, who conquered it in 1155 from that of Ghazni, which
+had subdued all India in 1001 as far as the Ganges. Mahmud Shah Nasr
+Addin began his reign in 1246, so that the conquests mentioned in the
+text must have happened considerably before 1300.--Astl. I. 71. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 117: Deccan or Dakshin signifies the _south,_ and is properly
+that portion of India which lies between the Nerbudda and Kistna river.
+It would far exceed the bounds of a note to illustrate the Indian
+history, which is very confusedly, and imperfectly stated in the
+text.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 118: In the text of Faria named Mamud-xa, and probably the
+same person named immediately before Madura.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 119: These names are strangely corrupted in the Portuguese
+orthography of Faria, and the princes are not well distinguished. Only
+three of them were very considerable: Nizam Shah, or Nizam-al-Mulk, to
+whom belonged Viziapour; Koth, or Kothb-shah, or Kothb-al-Mulk, the same
+with Cotamaluco of the text, who possessed Golconda; and Kufo Adel Khan,
+called Cufo king of Hidalcan in Faria, who held Bisnagar.--Astley, I.
+71. d.--The great king of Narsinga is here omitted; which Hindoo
+sovereignty seems at that time to have comprised the whole of southern
+India, from the western Gauts to the Bay of Bengal, now the high and low
+Carnatic with Mysore.--E.]
+
+Having sailed from Onor accompanied by Timoja, Albuquerque came to
+anchor off the bar of Goa on the 25th of February 1510. As it was
+necessary to sail up the northern arm of the bay or river, on the bank
+of which the city was situated, Albuquerque sent his nephew Antonio de
+Noronha, accompanied by Timoja, to sound the channel. A light vessel of
+easy draught of water which led the way gave chase to a brigantine
+belonging to the Moors, which took shelter under protection of a fort or
+blockhouse, erected for protecting the entrance of the harbour, which
+was well provided with artillery and garrisoned by 400 men, commanded by
+Yazu Gorji, a valiant Turk. Seeing the other vessel in chase, Noronha
+pressed after him; and though the fort seemed strong, they attacked and
+took it after a stout resistance, during which the commandant lost
+greater part of one of his hands, yet persisted to defend his post till
+deserted by his men, when he too retired into the city. In the mean
+time, in emulation of his new allies, Timoja attacked and took another
+blockhouse on the continental shore of the channel leading to Goa, which
+was defended by some artillery and forty men. After these exploits the
+channel was sounded without any farther obstruction.
+
+Next day, as Albuquerque was sailing up the channel to proceed in his
+enterprise, he was met by Mir Ali and other chief men of the city, who
+came to surrender it to him, only stipulating, that their lives,
+liberties, and goods should be secured. The reason of this surrender was
+because Gorji had terrified them by his account of the astonishing and
+irresistible prowess of the Portuguese, and because a _Joghi_, or native
+religious saint, had predicted a short time before, that Goa was soon to
+be subjected by strangers. Albuquerque readily accepted the surrender on
+the terms proposed, and having anchored before the town on the 27th of
+February, was received on shore by the inhabitants with as much honour
+and respect, as if he had been their native prince. Mounting on a
+superbly caparisoned horse which was brought for his use, he received
+the keys of the city gates, and rode in great pomp to the palace which
+had been built by Sabayo, where he found a great quantity of cannon,
+arms, warlike ammunition, and horses. Having issued orders and
+regulations which were much to the satisfaction of the inhabitants, he
+dispatched several messages or embassies to the neighbouring sovereigns,
+the only effect, of which was to shew his high spirit. Such of the
+neighbouring towns as were dependent upon God, sent deputations without
+delay to proffer their obedience and submission. The command of the
+fort or castle was given to Don Antonio de Noronha, the government of
+the infidels to Timoja, and the other offices were disposed of to the
+general satisfaction. Understanding that several ships belonging to
+Ormuz and other places on the Arabian coast, were lading in the port of
+Baticala, four Portuguese vessels were sent thither, which took and
+carried them to Cochin, and sent an ample supply of provisions to Goa.
+
+About four months after the easy conquest of Goa, the fortune of
+Albuquerque began to change its appearance, as those persons in Goa on
+whose fidelity he had reposed most confidence, in spite of the
+remonstrances of Timoja, entered into plots to deliver up the place to
+its former master Ismael. They had submitted so easily to Albuquerque,
+because unprovided for effectual resistance, to save their properties,
+and to gain time till Ismael Adel Khan was prepared to come to their
+relief. Having at length completed his preparations, he sent on before
+him in June 1510 his general-in-chief Kamul Khan with 1500 horse and
+8000 foot, on which Albuquerque took proper measures to defend his
+recent acquisition. Having detected a conspiracy of the Moors to deliver
+up the city, his first step was to secure and punish the chief
+conspirators; among these were Mir Cassem and his nephew, to whom he had
+confided the command of four hundred Moors, whom he caused to be hewed
+in pieces by his guards; several others were hanged in the most public
+places of the city, and the rest were rigorously imprisoned, above 100
+being convicted of participating in the plot. By these rigid measures
+the city was terrified into submission.
+
+Soon afterwards Kamul Khan approached with the van of the army of
+Ismael, and attempted to pass over into the island by means of boats
+which he had provided for that purpose. He was courageously opposed by
+Noronha, who captured twelve of the boats; many of the enemy were killed
+by the Portuguese, and many others devoured by the alligators which
+swarmed in the channel round the island; but at length Kamul Khan
+effected a landing in force on the island, and the Portuguese were
+obliged to take refuge within the walls of the city. Kamul Khan then
+invested the city with his army, which he began to batter with his
+cannon, and Albuquerque used every possible effort to defend the place.
+Ismael Adel Khan now came up to second his general, at the head of
+60,000 men, 5000 of whom were cavalry. Part of this great army passed
+over into the island to strengthen the besiegers, and the rest took post
+in two divisions on the continent to prevent the introduction of
+provisions, one of these being commanded by an officer of reputation,
+and the other by the mother and women belonging to Ismael, who
+maintained their troops by _the gain from 4000 prostitutes_, who
+followed the camp. By the arrival of this vast army the city of Goa was
+completely surrounded, and no opportunity was left for Albuquerque to
+execute any enterprise against the numerous assailants. Making what was
+necessary prudent, he and his officers resolved to abandon the city
+before day, which was accordingly executed though with much hazard, the
+way being occupied by the troops of the enemy, and Albuquerque had his
+horse killed under him; yet he got off all his men without loss after a
+siege of twenty days.
+
+After this retreat, it was resolved to spend the winter in these seas,
+for which purpose the fleet came to anchor in a bay, which although not
+commodious was the best that could be had on this part of the coast; and
+being incommoded by a fort named _Pangi_ which had a considerable number
+of cannon, it became necessary to gain possession[120]. Accordingly 300
+Portuguese troops were appointed for the assault, while Noronha had the
+command of a body of reserve, and Albuquerque guarded the shore. While
+the Portuguese prepared during the night to assail the fort next
+morning, 500 men marched by order of Ismael to reinforce the garrison;
+and when the Portuguese marched to the assault, both the Moorish
+garrison and the relief, being all drunk, mistook the Portuguese for
+friends; the garrison believing them to be the reinforcement, and the
+relief conceiving them to have been the garrison coming out to meet
+them. They were soon however fatally undeceived by the attack of the
+Portuguese, in which 340 of them were slain, and the rest put to the
+rout, while the Portuguese only lost one man who was drowned
+accidentally. A similar circumstance happened at the bulwark which had
+been formerly won by Timoja at _Bardes_. By these two severe defeats of
+his people, Ismael was so excessively alarmed that he left Goa, and his
+fear was much increased as some conjurer had foretold that he was to be
+killed by a cannon-shot near some river. He sent several ceremonious
+messages to Albuquerque, on purpose to discover what was doing on board
+the ships, and by the threatening answers he received his fears were
+materially augmented. In consequence of this intercourse of messages,
+Ismael was prevailed on to exchange some Portuguese, who had necessarily
+been left behind when Goa was abandoned; for the Moors engaged in the
+late conspiracy who remained prisoners with Albuquerque.
+
+[Footnote 120: From the context it is obvious that this bay and the fort
+of Pangi were in the close neighbourhood, of Goa; in fact the bay
+appears to have been the channel leading to Goa, and the fort one of
+those bulwarks on the continental shore which defended the navigation of
+that channel.--E.]
+
+About this time Albuquerque received intelligence that some vessels were
+preparing at Goa to set his ships on fire, on which he anticipated the
+intentions of the Moors by sending a force up the river to burn these
+vessels, which was effected, but Don Antonio de Noronha was slain in
+this enterprise; Noronha used to moderate the violent passions of his
+uncle Albuquerque, who after his death allowed the severity of his
+temper to proceed to extremities. Having detected a soldier in an amour
+with one of the female slaves he used to call his daughters, and whom he
+was accustomed to give away in marriage, he ordered him immediately to
+be hanged; and as some of his officers demanded to know by what
+authority he had done this arbitrary and cruel deed, he ordered them all
+below deck, and flourishing his sword said that was his commission for
+punishing all who were disobedient, and immediately cashiered them all.
+During the continuance of this winter, the Portuguese fleet suffered
+extreme hardships, especially from scarcity of provisions; and on
+sailing from thence after the cessation of winter[121], they discovered
+four sail which they supposed to have been Turks, or Mamelukes rather,
+but on coming nearer, they were found to be a squadron from Portugal
+under the command of Diego Mendez. Besides these, the king had sent out
+this year other seven ships, under Sequeira, who arrived at Cananor soon
+after Albuquerque; and a third armament of two ships to settle a trade
+at Madagascar.
+
+[Footnote 121: By winter on the coast of Malabar, must only be
+understood, the period of storms and excessive bad weather which occurs
+at the change of the monsoons, when it is imminently perilous to be at
+sea.--E.]
+
+On the return of Albuquerque from Goa to Cananor, he was much rejoiced
+at the prospect of such powerful succours, and communicated his
+intentions of immediately resuming his enterprise against Goa, but was
+overruled in the council by Sequeira, on which Albuquerque went to
+Cochin, and obtained a victory over the Malabars of Calicut, who
+endeavoured to obstruct the Portuguese from loading pepper. Having
+dispatched Sequeira with the homeward bound ships, and soon afterwards
+Lemos with four more, he determined to resume the enterprise upon Goa.
+As Diego Mendez, who had formerly been favourable to this design, and
+several other captains, now opposed it, because it interfered with their
+intentions of going to Malacca, as directed by the king, Albuquerque
+commanded them all under the severest penalties not to quit the coast
+without his orders. Though much dissatisfied, they were obliged to obey.
+Accordingly, having fitted out twenty-three ships at Cananor, in which
+he embarked with 1500 soldiers, he proceeded to Onor to join his ally
+Timoja, whom he found busied in the celebration of his marriage with the
+daughter of a queen; and being anxious to have the honour of the
+viceroys presence at the wedding he invited him to land, which proved
+very dangerous, as they were kept on shore for three days in consequence
+of a storm, and when Albuquerque returned to the ships a boat with
+thirty men was lost. On leaving Onor for Goa, Timoja sent three of his
+ships along with Albuquerque, and promised to join him at Goa with 6000
+men.
+
+Albuquerque anchored for the second time before the bar of Goa on the
+22d of November 1510. Impressed with a strong recollection of the
+dangers he had escaped from on the former attempt, and anxious to sooth
+the discontent which he well knew subsisted among some of his principal
+officers on account of having been reluctantly compelled to engage in
+this expedition, he addressed them in a conciliatory harangue by which
+he won them over entirely to concur with him in bringing the hazardous
+enterprise in which he was engaged to a favourable issue. Having made
+the proper dispositions for the assault, the troops were landed at early
+dawn on the 25th of November, and attacked the enemy who defended the
+shore with such determined intrepidity that they were put to flight with
+great slaughter, and without the loss of a man on the side of the
+Portuguese. The enemy fled and endeavoured to get into the city by one
+of the gates, and being closely pursued by the Portuguese who
+endeavoured to enter along with them, the fight was there renewed, till
+at length many of the Portuguese forced their way into the city doing
+prodigious execution, and the battle was transferred to the streets.
+These were successively cleared of the enemy by dint of hard fighting
+all the way to the palace, in which time the Portuguese had lost five
+officers of some note, and the fight was here renewed with much valour
+on both sides. Albuquerque, who had exerted himself during the whole
+action with equal courage and conduct, now came up with the reserve, and
+the Moors were completely defeated, flying in all directions from the
+city and endeavouring to escape to the continent, but through haste and
+confusion many of them perished in the river. After this decisive
+victory, it was found that of 9000 men who defended the city, 6000 had
+perished, while the Portuguese lost fifty men. _Medeorao_[122], or
+_Melrao_, nephew to the king of Onore, who commanded the three ships
+sent by Timoja, behaved with great courage and fidelity on this
+occasion; Timoja came himself to Goa with a reinforcement of 3000 men,
+but too late to assist in the attack, and was only a witness to the
+carnage which had taken place. The booty in horses, artillery, arms,
+provisions, and ships, was immense, and contributed materially to enable
+Albuquerque to accomplish the great designs he had in contemplation.
+
+[Footnote 122: This person is afterwards named by Faria _Melrao_, and is
+said to have been nephew to the king of Onore; the editor of Astley
+calls him _Melrau_. Perhaps his real name might have been _Madeo row_,
+and both he and Timoja may have been of the Mahrana nation.--E.]
+
+The Portuguese who were slain in this brilliant exploit were all
+honourably interred; those of the enemy were made food for the
+alligators who swarmed in the river. All the surviving Moors were
+expelled from the city, island, and dependencies of Goa, and all the
+farms were restored to the gentiles, over whom Timoja was appointed
+governor, and after him Medeorao, formerly mentioned. While employed in
+settling the affairs of his conquest, ambassadors came from several of
+the princes along the coast to congratulate Albuquerque on his brilliant
+success. Both then and afterwards, many of the officers of Adel Khan
+made inroads to the neighbourhood of Goa, but were always repelled with
+loss. At this time, Diego Mendez and other two captains belonging to his
+squadron, having been appointed by the king of Portugal for an
+expedition to Malacca, stole away from the port of Goa under night in
+direct contravention of the orders of Albuquerque, intending to proceed
+for Malacca. Albuquerque sent immediately after them and had them
+brought back prisoners; on which he deprived them of their commands,
+ordering them to be carried to Portugal to answer to the king for their
+conduct, and condemned the two pilots who had conducted their ships from
+the harbour to be immediately hung at the yard-arm. Some alleged that
+Albuquerque emulously detained Diego Mendez from going against Malacca,
+which enterprise he designed for himself, while others said that he
+prevented him from running into the same danger which had been already
+met with by Sequeira at that place, the force under Mendez being
+altogether inadequate to the enterprise.
+
+To provide for the future safety of Goa, Albuquerque laid the
+foundations of a fort, which he named _Manuel_, after the reigning king
+of Portugal. On this occasion, he caused the names of all the captains
+who had been engaged in the capture of Goa to be engraven on a stone,
+which he meant to have put up as a monument to their honour; but as
+every one was desirous of being named before the others, he turned down
+the stone so as to hide all their names, leaving the following
+inscription,
+
+_Lapidem quem reprobaverant aedificantes_.
+
+Thus they were all pleased, rather wishing their own individual praises
+to be forgotten, than that others should partake. Albuquerque assuming
+all the powers of sovereignty in his new conquest for the king of
+Portugal, coined money of gold, silver, and copper, calling the first
+_Manuels_, the second _Esperas_, and the third half esperas. Resolving
+to establish a permanent colony at this place, he engaged several of the
+Portuguese to intermarry with the women of the country, giving them
+marriage portions in lands, houses, and offices as an encouragement. On
+one night that some of these marriages were celebrated, the brides
+became so mixed and confounded together, that some of the bridegrooms
+went to bed to those who belonged to others; and when the mistake was
+discovered next morning, each took back his own wife, all being equal in
+regard to the point of honour. This gave occasion to some of the
+gentlemen to throw ridicule on the measures pursued by Albuquerque; but
+he persisted with firmness in his plans, and succeeded in establishing
+Goa as the metropolis or centre of the Portuguese power in India.
+
+The king of Portugal had earnestly recommended to Albuquerque the
+capture of the city of Aden on the coast of Arabia near the entrance of
+the Red Sea; and being now in possession of Goa, he thought his time
+mispent when not occupied in military expeditions, and resolved upon
+attempting the conquest of Malacca; but to cover his design, he
+pretended that he meant to go against Aden, and even sent off some ships
+in that direction the better to conceal his real intentions. Leaving Don
+Rodrigo de Castel Branco in the command of Goa with a garrison of 400
+Portuguese troops, while the defence of the dependencies and the
+collection of the revenue was confided to Medeorao with 5000 native
+soldiers, Albuquerque went to Cochin to prepare for his expedition
+against Malacca.
+
+The city of Malacca is situated on the peninsula of that name, anciently
+called _Aurea Chersonesus_, or the Golden Peninsula, and on the coast of
+the channel which separates the island of Sumatra from the continent,
+being about the middle of these straits. It is in somewhat more than two
+degrees of north latitude[123], stretching along the shore for about a
+league, and divided in two nearly equal parts by a river over which
+there is a bridge. It has a fine appearance from the sea, but all the
+buildings of the city are of wood, except the mosque and palace which
+are of stone. Its port was then frequented by great numbers of ships,
+being the universal mart of all eastern India beyond the bay of Bengal.
+It was first built by the _Celates_, a people who chiefly subsisted by
+fishing, and who united themselves with the _Malays_ who inhabited the
+mountains. Their first chief was Paramisora, who had been a person of
+high rank in the island of Java, whence he was expelled by another chief
+who usurped his lordship, on which occasion he fled to Cincapura, where
+he was well received by the lord of that place and raised to high
+employment. But having rebelled against his benefactor, he was driven
+from thence by the king of Siam, and was forced to wander about Malacca,
+as a just punishment for his ingratitude. Having drawn together a number
+of the before-mentioned natives, with whom he established a new colony,
+he gave the name of _Malacca_ to the rising city, signifying in the
+language of the country _a banished man_, as a memorial of his own
+fortunes. The first king of Malacca was _Xuque Darxa_, or sheikh
+Dar-shah, called by some authors _Raal Sabu_, or Ra-el-Saib, who was the
+son of Paramisora, and was subject to the kings of Siam; but from whom
+his successors revolted. The country of Malacca is subject to
+inundations, full of thick woods, and infested by dangerous and savage
+beasts, particularly tigers, so that travellers are often forced to pass
+the nights on the tops of high trees, as the tigers can easily take them
+off from such as are low by leaping. The men of Malacca are courageous,
+and the women very wanton. At this time the city of Malacca was rich and
+populous, being the centre of trade between the eastern and western
+parts of India, Mahomet was then king of Malacca, against whom the king
+of Siam had sent an army of 40,000 men, most of whom perished by sundry
+misfortunes, but chiefly through similar treacherous devices with those
+which had been put in practice against Sequeira. But now Albuquerque
+approached to revenge them all. Mahomet, fearing to meet the reward of
+his former treachery to the Portuguese, had procured the assistance of
+the king of _Pam_[124], who brought an army of 30,000 men with a great
+number of pieces of artillery[125].
+
+[Footnote 123: In lat. 2 deg. 25' N.]
+
+[Footnote 124: Named Pahang or Pahan, by the editor of Astleys
+Collection.]
+
+[Footnote 125: In the text of Faria, and following him in Astley, the
+number of cannon is said to have been 8000; a number so incredible that
+we have used a general expression only on this occasion in the
+text.--E.]
+
+On the 2d of May 1511, Albuquerque sailed from Cochin on his expedition
+against Malacca, with 19 ships and 1400 soldiers, 800 of whom were
+Portuguese, and 600 Malabars. While off the island of Ceylon he fell in
+with and captured five vessels belonging to the Moors, which were bound
+for Malacca. On arriving at the island of Sumatra, the kings of Pedier
+and Pisang sent friendly messages to Albuquerque, on which occasion Juan
+de Viegas, one of the men left behind by Sequeira was restored to
+freedom, he and others having made their escape from Malacca. About this
+time likewise, Nehoada Beguea, who had been one of the principal authors
+of the treachery practiced against Sequeira, fled from Pedier and being
+taken at sea by Ayres Pereira, to the great astonishment of every one
+shed not one drop of blood, though pierced by several mortal wounds; but
+on taking off a bracelet of bone from his arm the blood gushed out. The
+Indians, who discovered the secret, said this bracelet was made from the
+bone of a certain beast which is found in Java, and has this wonderful
+virtue. It was esteemed a great prize and brought to Albuquerque. After
+this, they fell in with another ship in which were 300 Moors[126] who
+made so resolute a defence, that Albuquerque was obliged to come up in
+person to assist in the capture, which was not accomplished without
+considerable danger. In this vessel was _Geniall_, the rightful king of
+Pisang; who had been banished by an usurper. Three other vessels were
+taken soon after, from one of which a minute account was procured of the
+military preparations at Malacca.
+
+[Footnote 126: All are Moors with Faria, particularly Mahometans. The
+crew of this vessel were probably Malays, perhaps the most ferociously
+desperate people of the whole world.--E.]
+
+On the 1st of July 1511, the Portuguese fleet cast anchor in the roads
+of Malacca, infusing terror and dismay among multitudes that covered the
+whole shore, by the clangour of their warlike instruments, and the noise
+of repeated discharges of cannon; being sensible of their guilty conduct
+to Sequeira and conscious that the present armament was designed for
+their condign punishment. Next day a Moor came off in great state with a
+message from the king, and was received with much courtesy and
+ceremonious pomp by Albuquerque[127], to whom he said that if he came
+for trade, the king was ready to supply whatever merchandise he wanted.
+Albuquerque made answer that the merchandise he sought for was the
+restitution of the Portuguese who had been left there by Sequeira, and
+when they were restored, he should then say what farther demands he had
+to make from the king. On his return to the city, the Moor spread
+universal consternation by this answer, and it was agreed to endeavour
+to avert the threatened danger, by restoring the Portuguese, and by
+paying a large sum of money. But Prince Al'oddin, the son of the king of
+Malacca, and his brother-in-law the king of Pahang opposed this, and
+made ready for defence. Upon this Albuquerque began some military
+execution, and the king restored the captives. After this some farther
+negotiations ensued, as the king was desirous of peace, which
+Albuquerque offered to agree to, on condition of having permission to
+build a fortress at Malacca, and that the king should repay the entire
+charges incurred by Sequeira and the present armament, all the damage
+having been occasioned by his own treachery and falsehood; but he
+demanded to have an immediate answer; whether the king chose peace or
+war. The king was willing to have submitted to the terms demanded by the
+Portuguese viceroy, but his son and the king of Pahang opposed him, and
+it was at length determined to stand on their defence.
+
+[Footnote 127: On this occasion, Faria mentions that Albuquerque wore
+his beard so long that it was fastened to his girdle; having made a vow
+when he was forced to retreat from Ormuz, that it should never be
+trimmed till he sat on the back of Khojah Attar for that purpose.--E.]
+
+On the 24th of July, being the eve of St James the apostle, every thing
+being disposed in order for attack, the signal was given for landing, by
+the discharge of artillery, and immediately the Portuguese leapt on
+shore and charged the enemy with loud shouts. The hottest of the battle
+was about gaining and defending the bridge, which enterprise Albuquerque
+undertook in person, and where the enemy after a vigorous defence, in
+which great numbers of them were slain, were forced to leap into the
+river, where many of them were drowned. The prince and the king of
+Pahang bravely opposed another party of the Portuguese who endeavoured
+to force their way to the bridge to join the viceroy, and at the same
+time King Mahomet came out on a large elephant, attended by two others
+having castles on their backs, whence numbers of darts were launched
+against the Portuguese. But the elephants being soon severely wounded,
+turned and fled through among their own men, trampling many of them to
+death and making way for the Portuguese to join those who had possession
+of the bridge. At this place Albuquerque fortified himself, and as
+considerable harm was done to his men by poisoned arrows discharged from
+the tops of the adjoining houses, he caused them to be set on fire.
+After bestowing great praises on his captains for their courageous
+behaviour, and perceiving that his people began to grow faint by long
+exertions, excessive heat, and want of food, he withdrew to the ships
+towards night. Ten of the Portuguese died in consequence of their wounds
+from the poisoned arrows. The loss of the enemy was not known. The king
+of Pahang withdrew to his own country, under pretence of bringing a
+reinforcement, but never returned.
+
+While Albuquerque rested and refreshed his men on board, Mahomet was
+busily employed in making every possible preparation for defending the
+city. For this purpose he undermined the streets in several places, in
+hopes to blow up the assailants, and strewed poisoned thorns in the way,
+covering them over to prevent their being observed. He likewise
+fortified the bridge, and planted cannon in many places. As a prelude
+to the second assault, Albuquerque sent Antonio de Abren in a vessel
+well manned to gain possession of the bridge. On his way thither he had
+to pass through showers of bullets from both sides of the river and from
+the battlements of the bridge, and though desperately wounded, refused
+to be brought off, when Deniz Fernandez Melo, who came up to his rescue
+proposed sending him to the ships to have his wounds dressed, saying,
+"Though he neither had strength to fight nor voice to command, he would
+not quit his post while life remained." Floats of wildfire were sent
+down the river to burn the vessel; but at length Albuquerque in person
+gained possession of the bridge, and the vessel being freed from the
+fire rafts, had liberty to act against the enemy. Having rested his men
+a short time on the bridge, Albuquerque penetrated the city, through
+showers of bullets, darts, and arrows; and having been apprised of the
+mines in the principal street, he took, another way and gained the
+mosque. At length, after a prodigious slaughter of the enemy, he gained
+entire possession of the city, having only with him in this action 800
+Portuguese and 200 Malabars.
+
+At the end of nine days every one of the Moors who inhabited this great
+city were either slain or driven out, and it was repeopled with
+strangers and some Malays, who were permitted to take possession of the
+vacant houses. Among these last was Utimuti rajah, whose son had
+formerly endeavoured to assassinate Sequeira. Utimuti was a rich and
+powerful native of Java, of whom more hereafter. The soldiers were
+allowed to plunder the city during three days. There were found 3000
+pieces of _great cannon_, out of 8000[128] which King Mahomet had relied
+upon for the defence of his city, the rest having been carried off to
+_Bintang_, where the king and prince Al'oddin had fortified themselves.
+As it might have been of dangerous consequence to permit these princes
+to establish themselves so near the city of Malacca, Albuquerque sent a
+force to dislodge them, consisting of 400 Portuguese, 400 Malays
+belonging to Utimuti, and 300 men belonging to the merchants of Pegu who
+resided in Malacca. On the approach of these troops, the king and prince
+took flight, leaving seven elephants with all their costly trappings,
+and the Portuguese returned to Malacca. Now reduced to wander in the
+woods and mountains of the interior, Mahomet so severely reflected upon
+the obstinacy of his son and the king of Pahang, that he and his son
+quarrelled and separated, each shifting for himself.
+
+[Footnote 128: This prodigious train of artillery is quite incredible,
+though, twice repeated in the same terms, but it is impossible to form
+any rational conjecture for correcting the gross error or exaggeration
+in the text.--E.]
+
+To secure this important conquest, Albuquerque built a fort or citadel
+at Malacca, which from its beauty was called _Hermosa_. He likewise
+built a church, which was dedicated to the _Visitation of our Lady_; and
+coined money of different values and denominations, which was ordered to
+pass current by proclamation, and some of which he caused to be
+scattered among the populace. By these and other prudent measures he
+gained the hearts of the people, attracted strangers to settle in
+Malacca, and secured this important emporium of trade. Although
+Albuquerque was perfectly conscious of the deceitful character of
+Utimuti rajah, yet considering it to be sometimes prudent to trust an
+enemy under proper precautions, he gave him authority over all the Moors
+that remained in Malacca. It was soon discovered however, that Utimuti
+carried on a private correspondence with Prince Al'oddin, under pretence
+of restoring him to the sovereignty of Malacca, but in reality for the
+purpose of using his remaining influence among the people to set himself
+up. On receiving authentic information of these underhand practices,
+Albuquerque caused Utimuti with his son and son-in-law to be
+apprehended, and on conviction of their treason, he ordered them to be
+publicly executed on the same scaffold which they had formerly destined
+for Sequeira. This was the first public exertion of sovereign justice
+which was attempted by the Portuguese in India, but was soon followed by
+others. _Pate Quitir_, another native of Java, whom Albuquerque
+appointed to succeed Utimuti in the government of the Moors in Malacca,
+was gained by the widow of Utimuti, by promise of her daughter in
+marriage with a portion of 100,000 ducats, to revenge the death of her
+husband on the Portuguese, and to assassinate Albuquerque. Quitir
+accepted her offer, meaning to seize the city for himself. About the
+same time also, the king of Campar formed a similar design, for the
+attainment of which purpose he sent a congratulatory embassy to
+Albuquerque, from whom he demanded the office which had been conferred
+on Quitir. These plots having no consequences at this time, shall be
+farther explained in the sequel.
+
+During his residence at Malacca, Albuquerque received embassies from
+several princes, particularly from the king of Siam; and he sent
+likewise embassies in return, to the kings of Siam and Pegu. He sent
+also two ships to discover the Molucca islands and Banda[129], and gave
+orders to let it be known in all quarters that Malacca was now under the
+dominion of Portugal, and that merchants from every part of India would
+be received there on more favourable terms than formerly. Having now
+established every thing in Malacca to his mind, Albuquerque determined
+upon returning to Cochin, leaving Ruy de Brito Patalim to command the
+fort with a garrison of 300 men. He left at the same time Fernando Perez
+de Andrada with ten ships and 300 soldiers to protect the trade, and
+carried four ships with himself on his return to Cochin.
+
+[Footnote 129: According to some authors these were commanded by Lopez
+de Azevedo and Antonio de Abreu, who set out in 1511 and returned in
+1513; but according to others Antonio de Abreu, Francisco Serrano, and
+Ferdinand Magalhaens were the officers employed on this occasion, during
+which Magalhaens projected his circumnavigation of the globe.--Astley,
+I. 74. 2.]
+
+During these transactions at Malacca a rebellion broke out among the
+natives at Goa, taking advantage of which, _Pulate Khan_, an officer in
+the service of Kufo Adel Khan king of Bisnagar passed over into the
+island of Goa with considerable army, and laid siege to the city. One of
+the principal exploits during this siege was a sally made by Rodrigo
+Robello de Castello Franco the governor, in which the besiegers suffered
+considerable loss. But Rodrigo was soon afterwards slain, and Diego
+Mendez de Vasconcellos was chosen to take the command by the universal
+suffrages of the besieged. At this time Adel Khan became jealous that
+his general Pulate Khan intended to usurp the sovereignty over the
+territory of Goa, on which account he sent his brother-in-law, Rotzomo
+Khan to supersede him, who entered into a treaty with Diego Mendez, by
+whose assistance he got the mastery over Pulate Khan. Finding himself at
+the head of 7000 men, while there were not above 1200 troops in the city
+of Goa, 400 only of whom were Portuguese, Rotzomo resolved to endeavour
+to drive them out, and resumed the siege. Being short of provisions, the
+besieged began to suffer severely from famine, and several of the men
+deserted to the enemy, some of whom repented and returned to the city.
+In this critical situation, Emanuel de la Cerda who had wintered at
+Cochin fortunately arrived with succours, and was followed soon after by
+Diego Fernandez de Beja, who had been sent to demolish the fort at
+Socotora, and to receive the tribute at Onnuz. By these the besieged
+were abundantly relieved and succoured with recruits and provisions when
+almost reduced to extremity. Soon afterwards arrived Juan Serram who had
+gone from Portugal the year before with Peyo de Sa, in order to settle a
+trade in the island of Madagascar, but ineffectually; and Christopher de
+Brito, who happened to be at Cananor with a large ship and four smaller
+vessels, where he heard of the distressed situation of Goa, went
+immediately thither with a strong reinforcement and an ample supply of
+provisions.
+
+On his voyage from Malacca to Cochin, the ship in which Albuquerque was
+embarked struck during the night on a rock off Cape Timia in the kingdom
+of _Aru_ on the coast of Sumatra. Being completely separated a midships,
+the people who had taken refuge on the poop and forecastle were unable
+to communicate with each other, and the night was so exceedingly dark
+that no assistance could be sent from the other vessels. When day-light
+appeared next morning, Albuquerque was seen holding a girl in his arms,
+whom chance had conducted to him during the confusion. Pedro de Alpoem
+came up to his relief, though with much difficulty and danger. On this
+occasion some of the men were lost, and much valuable commodities, but
+what Albuquerque most regretted was the wonderful bone which prevented
+the wounded Moor from bleeding, and some iron lions of curious
+workmanship, which he had intended for supporters to his tomb.
+Albuquerque continued his voyage after this disaster in the ship
+commanded by Alpoem; and on his way back took two Moorish ships, which,
+though rich did not make amends for the loss he had sustained in the
+wreck of his own. Immediately on his arrival at Cochin, being informed
+of the distress of Goa, he dispatched eight vessels to that place with
+men and provisions, promising soon to repair thither in person. There
+were then in the town 1000 men, who were besieged by an army of 20,000
+natives.
+
+It being now the year 1512, six ships arrived in India from Portugal,
+having spent a whole year on the voyage without touching at any port;
+and though the men were tired and sick, they relieved several places. At
+this time likewise a fleet of thirteen ships arrived from Portugal, one
+of which was lost on the island of _Angoxa_. This fleet, which carried
+1800 soldiers, anchored off the bar of Goa on the 15th of August 1512.
+They immediately drove the enemy from a fort which they had constructed
+at Benistarim; after which Don Garcia and George de Melo passed on with
+their squadrons, accompanied by Juan Machado and others, who had been
+recently delivered from slavery in Cambaya. Albuquerque was much
+rejoiced at the great reinforcements brought out by his nephew Don
+Garcia and Melo, and by the relief of the captives, as they enabled him
+to proceed in the enterprises which he had in contemplation. His
+satisfaction was much increased by the arrival of Antonio de Saldanna
+with the garrison of Quiloa, which had been abandoned as a place of
+small importance. About the same time there arrived ambassadors from
+Persia and Ormuz, the latter of whom had orders from his master to
+proceed to Portugal.
+
+Having arranged everything at Cochin, and appointed Melo to the command
+of Cananor, Albuquerque proceeded to Goa, where he was received with
+every demonstration of joy and respect. After visiting the
+fortifications, he endeavoured to concert measures for driving Rotzomo
+Khan from the works which he had constructed for besieging Goa. On the
+sixth day after his arrival, being on an eminence with several officers
+taking a view of the works of the enemy, 4000 Moors, 200 of whom were
+horse, were seen sporting on the plain, it being Friday, which is the
+sabbath of the Mahometans. On this occasion, a detachment of the
+Portuguese made a sudden attack on the Moors, and after a hot skirmish
+drove them for shelter to their works, having slain above an hundred of
+the enemy, with the loss of one officer and one private, and several
+wounded. Having resolved to take possession of a strong fort which the
+enemy had erected near Goa for the protection of their camp, Albuquerque
+caused it to be attacked both by sea and land at the same time; and
+thinking that the sea attack was not conducted with sufficient vigour,
+he went himself in a boat to give orders, and came so near that a
+cannon-shot struck the head of a Canara who steered his boat, dashing
+the blood and brains on his beard. Enraged at this incident, he offered
+a high reward to any one who should destroy that cannon; on which one of
+his gunners aimed a shot so exactly that it struck the muzzle of the
+cannon which flew in pieces, and killed the Moorish cannoneer. By this
+fortunate circumstance, the Portuguese were able to get farther up the
+river and to get close to the fort. At this time _Zufolari_, one of the
+generals of the Moors, appeared with 7000 men on the continental shore
+to relieve the fort; but being unable to effectuate his purpose, was
+forced to retire after sustaining some loss by a distant cannonade.
+Albuquerque now closely invested the fort with 4000 men, 3000 of whom
+were Portuguese. He divided these into two bodies, one under his own
+immediate command, and the other under the charge of his nephew Don
+Garcia. At first the Portuguese received some damage; but in the end
+Rotzomo Khan agreed to surrender the fort with all its cannon and
+ammunition, to deliver up all the Portuguese prisoners and deserters,
+and to evacuate the island of Goa and its dependencies. The Portuguese
+deserters were severely punished by order of Albuquerque, having their
+ears, noses, right hands, and the thumbs of their left cut off, in which
+mutilated condition they were sent home to Portugal. One of these, named
+Ferdinando Lopez, as a penance for his crimes, voluntarily remained with
+a negro at the island of St Helena, where he began some cultivation, and
+was afterwards serviceable to several ships that called in there, by
+furnishing them with refreshments.
+
+Having thus completely relieved Goa, Albuquerque endeavoured to gain
+over Rotzomo Khan to the Portuguese service, but unsuccessfully; but his
+good fortune made a great impression on many of the native princes,
+several of whom sent pacific embassies to the viceroy. The king of
+Calicut, terrified at the growing power of the Portuguese, concluded a
+treaty of peace with Don Garcia, whom his uncle had sent to take the
+command at Cochin[130]. The kings of Narsinga, Visiapour, Bisnagar, and
+other districts of India, sent ambassadors to the viceroy; who
+endeavoured in his answers to impress them powerfully with the value of
+amity with the Portuguese, and dread of encountering their arms, and
+sent back envoys of his own to these princes, to acquire intelligence
+respecting their power and resources. There arrived likewise at Goa an
+ambassador from the Christian sovereign of Abyssinia, whom the
+Europeans denominate Prester John[131], who was destined to go over to
+Portugal, carrying a piece of the _true cross_, and letters for the king
+of Portugal from the queen-mother _Helena_, who governed Abyssinia
+during the minority of her son David. The purport of this embassy was to
+arrange a treaty of amity with the king of Portugal, and to procure
+military aid against the Moors who were in constant hostility with that
+kingdom. This ambassador reported that there were then three Portuguese
+at the Abyssinian court, one of whom, named Juan, called himself
+ambassador from the king of Portugal; and two others, named Juan Gomez
+and Juan Sanchez, who had been lately set on shore at Cape Guardafu, by
+order of Albuquerque, in order to explore the country.
+
+[Footnote 130: The editor of Astleys Collection adds, _with liberty to
+build a fort_; but this condition is not to be found in the text of
+Faria, which is followed in that work literally on most occasions,
+though often much abridged.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 131: In our early volumes it will be seen that this imaginary
+_Prete Jani_, Prester John, or the Christian Priest-king, had been
+sought for in vain among the wandering tribes of eastern Tartary. The
+Portuguese now absurdly gave that appellation to the Negus of Habesh, or
+Emperor of the Abyssinians; where a degraded species of Christianity
+prevails among a barbarous race, continually engaged in sanguinary war
+and interminable revolution.--E.]
+
+Every thing at Goa being placed in order, the viceroy now determined
+upon carrying the enterprise against Aden into execution, which had been
+formerly ordered by the king of Portugal. Without communicating his
+intentions to any one, he caused twenty ships to be fitted out, in which
+he embarked with 1700 Portuguese troops, and 800 native Canaras and
+Malabars. When just ready to sail, he acquainted the captains with the
+object of his expedition, that they might know where to rendezvous in
+case of separation. Setting sail from Goa on the 18th of February 1513,
+the armament arrived safe at Aden. This city, called Modocan by Ptolemy,
+is situated on the coast of Yemen or Arabia Felix, in lat. 12 deg. 45' N.
+near the mouth of the Red Sea, and looks beautiful and strong from the
+sea, being rich and populous owing to the resort of many nations for
+trade. But Immediately behind are the barren and rocky mountains of
+Arzira, which present numerous cliffs and precipices. The soil is arid,
+having very little water, which is procured from a few wells and
+cisterns, as this part of the country is scarcely watered from the
+heavens above once in two or three years. Hence it is devoid of all
+trees, and has neither gardens nor orchards.
+
+Immediately on the arrival of the Portuguese fleet, Miramirzan the
+governor sent a complimentary message to the viceroy with a present of
+provisions; but as there was no prospect of voluntary submission or
+surrender, Albuquerque resolved upon carrying the place by assault, but
+found the enterprise more difficult than he expected. Having landed his
+men early in the morning, the troops advanced to the walls with scaling
+ladders: but after a considerable number had got up to the top of the
+wall, the ladders broke under the weight of the multitudes who pressed
+to get up; so that Albuquerque was obliged to order down those who had
+already ascended, by means of a single ladder constructed out of the
+broken fragments of the rest. Thus, after four hours engagement, the
+Portuguese were forced to desist from the attack with some loss,
+occasioned more by the insufficiency of the ladders than by the prowess
+of the enemy. George Sylveyra and five men were killed on the spot, but
+several others died afterwards of their wounds, and some from bruises
+occasioned by falling from the walls and ladders. Submitting to his bad
+fortune, and by the persuasion of his officers, Albuquerque resolved to
+abandon this enterprise, that he might have sufficient time remaining to
+sail for the month of the Red Sea. But before leaving Aden, he took a
+redoubt or bulwark which defended the entrance into the harbour, where a
+great many Moors, or Arabs rather, were slain, and 37 pieces of cannon
+taken. Having plundered the ships in the harbour, they were all burnt;
+and on the fourth day after arriving at Aden, the fleet set sail for the
+mouth of the Red Sea, on their arrival at which great rejoicings were
+made by Albuquerque and the Portuguese, as being the first Europeans who
+had ever navigated that celebrated sea.
+
+The form of the Red Sea is not unlike that of a crocodile, having its
+mouth at the narrow Straits of Mecca or Babelmandeb, the head being that
+sea which lies between Cape Guardafu and Fartaque, and the extremity of
+the tail at the town of Suez. Its general direction is from N.N.W. to
+S.S.E. being 530 leagues long, and 40 over where broadest[132]. The
+channel for navigation is about the middle, where it has sufficient
+depth of water for the largest ships, but both sides are very shallow,
+and much encumbered by sand banks and numerous small islands. No river
+of any note falls into it during its whole extent. It is called by the
+Moors or Arabs, _Bahar Corzu_ or the Closed Sea, and by others the Sea
+of Mecca; but by Europeans the Arabian Gulf or the Red Sea, owing to the
+red colour it derives from its bottom, as was proved by a subsequent
+viceroy, Don Juan de Castro, who caused some of the bottom to be dragged
+up in several places, when it was found to consist of a red coralline
+substance; while in other places the bottom was green, and white in
+some, but mostly red. The water itself, when taken up, is as clear as in
+any other part of the sea. The Red Sea does not abound in fish, but it
+produces small pearls in many places. The mouth of the Red Sea, called
+the Straits of Mecca or of Bab-al-mandeb, is in lat. 12 deg. 40' N. and is
+as it were locked up by seven small islands, the largest of which, now
+_Mehun_, was called by Ptolemy _Perantonomasiam_. On going from the
+straits towards Suez along the eastern or Arabian shore, there are only
+a few small ports of no note for the first 44 leagues, till we come to
+the island of _Kamaran_, which is subject to the king of Aden. At 60
+leagues from thence we come to _Gezan_ a large town; thence 130 leagues
+to _Yambo_, all in the dominions of Mecca, having several good towns and
+harbours. Among these are the famous and well known ports of _Ziden_ and
+_Juddah_, or _Joda_; _Mecca_ being 15 leagues inland from the latter.
+From Yambo it is 60 leagues to _Toro_, where the children of Israel are
+said to have crossed the Red Sea, which at this place is 3 leagues
+across. Thence to _Suez_ is 40 leagues, and there ends the Arabian
+shore. On sailing back to the straits along the western shore of Egypt
+and Ethiopia, from Suez which is 20 leagues from Grand Cairo the vast
+metropolis of Egypt, it is 45 leagues to Al-cosier; thence 135 to the
+city of Suakem, in which space there are many ports: From thence 70
+leagues farther on is the island and port of Massua, and opposite to it
+Arkiko; and thence other 85 leagues bring us back to the Straits of
+Bab-el-mandeb. Behind a ridge of mountains which runs close along the
+whole coast of Ethiopia, lie the dominions of Prester John, which has
+always preserved Christianity after its own manner, and has of late been
+much supported therein by the Portuguese arms.
+
+[Footnote 132: The extreme length of the Red Sea is 400 geographical
+leagues, 20 to the degree, or about 1380 statute miles, and its greatest
+breadth 65 of the same leagues, about 225 miles.--E.]
+
+Entering into the Red Sea, Albuquerque sailed along the coast to the
+island of Kamaran, which he found abandoned by its inhabitants from
+dread of his approach. He took two vessels by the way, and found four
+others at this place, one of which belonged to the Soldan of Egypt. From
+this island he visited several others; and one day there appeared in
+the sky to the whole persons in the fleet a very bright red cross,
+seemingly about six feet broad, and of a proportional length. All the
+Portuguese knelt down and worshipped the heavenly sign, Albuquerque
+making a devout prayer; after which the happy omen was joyfully hailed
+by the sound of music and cannon, till at length it was covered over by
+a bright cloud and disappeared. As the trade wind failed for carrying
+him to Judduh, Albuquerque returned to Kamaran where he wintered, and
+where his people suffered extreme misery from famine and sickness. In
+July 1513, as soon as the weather would permit, he sailed again for
+India, meaning to appear again before Aden, and touched at the island of
+Mehun, in the middle of the straits, to which he gave the name of Vera
+Cruz, in memory of the miraculous vision with which they had been
+favoured, and erected a very high cross upon an eminence. From thence he
+sent two ships to examine the city and port of Zeyla, on an island in a
+bay of the coast of Adel, where they burnt two ships belonging to the
+Moors, and joined the fleet again before Aden. He found the
+fortifications of this place repaired and strengthened; and after
+exchanging a cannonade which did little damage on either side, and
+burning some ships in the harbour, he sailed for India.
+
+Albuquerque arrived at Diu about the middle of August 1513, and was
+immediately supplied, with some provisions accompanied by a courteous
+message from Malek Azz the lord of that city under the king of Cambaya,
+more from fear than affection. Being aware of his duplicity, Albuquerque
+dealt cautiously with this chief, and demanded permission to erect a
+fort at Diu; but Malek Azz excused himself, referring Albuquerque to the
+king of Cambaya, whom he secretly advised to refuse if asked. However it
+was agreed to settle a Portuguese factor at this place to conduct the
+trade; and at parting Azz treated Albuquerque with so much artful
+civility, that he said he had never seen a more perfect courtier, or one
+more fitted to please and deceive a man of understanding. Some time
+afterwards, the king of Cambaya gave permission for the Portuguese to
+erect a fort at Diu, on condition that he might do the same at Malacca.
+At this time there arrived two ships from Portugal, a third having been
+cast away in the voyage, but the men saved. Albuquerque went to Goa, and
+sent his nephew Noronha to Cochin to dispatch the homeward bound trade,
+along with which an ambassador was sent from the zamorin to the king of
+Portugal, peace being now established with that sovereign, who permitted
+a fort to be erected at his capital. By these ships likewise were sent
+the presents of many of the Indian princes to the king of Portugal,
+together with many captives taken in war. There went also a Portuguese
+Jew, who had been an inhabitant of Jerusalem, and had been sent by the
+guardian of the Franciscans to acquaint Albuquerque that the Soldan of
+Egypt threatened to destroy all the holy places at Jerusalem.
+
+Pate Quitir, the native of Java, who had been preferred by Albuquerque
+to the command of the native inhabitants of Malacca, continued to carry
+on measures for expelling the Portuguese, and having strengthened
+himself secretly, at last broke out into rebellion. Having slain a
+Portuguese captain and several men, and taken some pieces of cannon, he
+suddenly fortified the quarter of the city in which he resided, and
+stood on his defence with 6000 men and two elephants. Ferdinando Perez
+and Alfonso Pessoa went against him with 320 men, partly by land and
+partly by water, and after a long contest forced him to flee for refuge
+into the woods after many of his men were slain. A considerable quantity
+of artillery and ammunition was found in that part of the city which he
+had fortified, which was burnt to the ground after being plundered of
+much riches. Having received succour from Java and Mahomet, the expelled
+king of Malacca, Quitir, erected another fort in a convenient place at
+some distance from the city, where he became powerful by sea and land,
+being in hopes of usurping the sovereignty of Malacca. Perez went out
+against him, but though he fought as valiantly as before, he was forced
+to retreat after losing three captains and four soldiers. At this time
+_Lacsamana_, an officer belonging to Mahomet, entered the river of
+Malacca with a great number of men and many cannon on board several
+vessels. Perez attacked him with three ships, and a furious battle took
+place which lasted for three hours, with much advantage on the side of
+the Portuguese, but night obliged the combatants to desist, and Perez
+took a position to prevent as he thought the Malayans from escaping out
+of the river during the darkness. But Lacsamana threw up an intrenchment
+of such respectable appearance during the night, that it was thought too
+dangerous to attempt an attack, and Perez retired to the fort. At this
+time three ships entered the port from India, bringing a supply of
+ammunition and a reinforcement of 150 soldiers; but Lacsamana had
+established himself so advantageously, that he intercepted all the
+vessels carrying provisions for Malacca, which was reduced to such
+straits that many fell down in the streets from famine. The same plague
+attended Pate Quitir in his quarters.[133]
+
+[Footnote 133: It is probable that Mr Stevens has mistaken the sense of
+Faria at this place, and that the famine in Malacca was occasioned by
+the joint operations of Lacsamana and Pate Quitir, holding the city in a
+state of blockade.--E.]
+
+When the season became fit for navigation, Perez set out with ten ships
+and a galley in quest of provisions. While sailing towards Cincapura,
+the galley discovered a sail, and stuck by it till the fleet came up. It
+was found to be laden with provisions and ammunition for Pate Quitir.
+Perez brought the captain and other head men on board his own ship,
+where they attempted to slay the Portuguese, even Perez being stabbed in
+the back by a cris or dagger. Being foiled in this attempt, most of them
+leapt into the sea, but some were taken and put to the rack who
+confessed there was a son of Quitir among them, and that they were
+followed by three other vessels similarly laden. These were likewise
+captured and carried to Malacca. At the same time Gomez de Cunna arrived
+with his ship laden with provisions from Pegu, where he had been to
+settle a treaty of amity and commerce with the king of that country. The
+famine being thus appeased, and the men recovered, Perez attacked Pate
+Quitir by sea and land; and having fortunately succeeded in the capture
+of his fortified quarters, which were set on fire, that chieftain was
+forced to retire to Java, and Lacsamana, on seeing this success of the
+Portuguese, retired with his forces.
+
+Java is an island to the south-east of Sumatra, from which it is divided
+by a strait of fifteen leagues in breadth. This island is almost 200
+leagues in length from east to west, but is narrow in proportion to its
+breadth, being divided by a long range of mountains through its whole
+length, like the Apennines of Italy, which prevents intercourse between
+the two coasts. It has several ports and good cities, and its original
+inhabitants appear to have come from China. In after times the Moors of
+Malacca[134] possessed themselves of the sea coast, obliging the natives
+to take shelter in the forests and mountains of the interior. At this
+period a Malay chief named _Pate Unuz_ was lord of the city of Japara,
+who became afterwards king of Sunda. Indignant that the metropolis of
+the Malayan territories should he possessed by the enemies of the
+Mahometan faith, he had been seven years preparing a powerful armament
+of 90 sail to attempt the conquest of Malacca, during all which time he
+kept up a secret correspondence with the Javan Malays who inhabited that
+city. Several of his ships were equal in size to the largest Portuguese
+galleons, and the one destined for himself was larger than any ship then
+built by the Europeans. Having completed his preparations, he embarked
+with 12,000 men and a formidable train of artillery, and appeared
+suddenly before the city. Ferdinando Perez immediately embarked with 350
+Portuguese and some native troops in 17 vessels, and attacked the Javan
+fleet, with which he had an obstinate engagement, doing considerable
+damage to the enemy, but night parted the combatants. Next morning Pate
+Unuz endeavoured to get into the river Maur with his fleet; but Perez
+pursued him, and penetrating into the midst of the enemy plied his
+cannon and fireworks with such success, that many of the Javan ships
+were sunk and set on fire. After a furious battle of some endurance,
+Unuz fled and was pursued all the way to Java, where he preserved his
+own vast vessel as a memorial of his escape and of the grandeur of his
+fleet, and not without reason, as a merchant of Malacca engaged to
+purchase it of Perez for 10,000 ducats if taken. This victory cost the
+Portuguese some blood, as several were slain, and few escaped without
+wounds. From this time forwards, the natives of Java were for ever
+banished from Malacca.
+
+[Footnote 134: Faria perpetually confounds all Mahometans under the
+general denomination of Moors. These possessors of the coast of Java
+were unquestionably Malays.--E.]
+
+Soon after this brilliant victory, Ferdinando Perez sailed from Malacca
+to Cochin with a valuable cargo of spice, accompanied by Lope de Azevedo
+and Antonio de Abreu, who came from the discovery of the Molucca islands
+with three ships. After their arrival at Cochin, Antonio de Miranda
+arrived there from Siam, to the great joy of Albuquerque, who thus
+reaped the rich fruits of his care and labour for the acquisition of
+Malacca, and the happy return of those whom he had sent upon other
+discoveries.
+
+King Mahomet had not yet lost all hope of recovering Malacca, to which
+he now drew near; and having in vain attempted to succeed by force, had
+recourse to stratagem. For this purpose he prevailed on a favourite
+officer named Tuam Maxeliz, to imitate the conduct of Zopirus at
+Babylon. Being accordingly mutilated, Tuam fled with some companions to
+Malacca, giving out that he had escaped from the tyrannical cruelty of
+his sovereign. Ruy de Brito, who then commanded in the citadel of
+Malacca, credited his story and reposed so much confidence in his
+fidelity that he was admitted at all times into the fortress. At length,
+having appointed a particular day for the execution of his
+long-concerted enterprise, on which Mahomet was to send a party to
+second his efforts or to bring him off, he and his accomplices got
+admittance into the fort as usual, and immediately began to assassinate
+the Portuguese garrison by means of their daggers, and had actually
+slain six before they were able to stand to their defence. Brito, who
+happened to be asleep when the alarm was given, immediately collected
+his men and drove the traitor and his companions from the fort, at the
+very moment, when a party of armed Malays came up to second their
+efforts. The commander of this party, named Tuam Calascar, on learning
+the miscarriage of Tuam Maxeliz, pretended that he came to the
+assistance of Brito, and by that means was permitted to retire.
+
+Soon after this Pedro de Faria arrived at Malacca from the Straits of
+Sabam, bringing with him _Abdela_ king of Campar, who being no longer
+able to endure the insolence of his father-in-law Mahomet, came to
+reside in security under the protection of the Portuguese in Malacca.
+This was in the month of July [135], shortly after the arrival of George
+de Albuquerque from Goa to command at Malacca. By instructions from the
+viceroy, Abdela was appointed _Bendara_, or governor, of the natives,
+which office had till then been enjoyed by _Ninachetu_, who was now
+displaced on account of some miscarriage or malversation. Ninachetu, who
+was a gentile, so much resented this affront, that he resolved to give a
+signal demonstration of his fidelity and concern. He was very rich, and
+gave orders to dress up a scaffold or funeral pile in the market-place
+or bazar of Malacca, splendidly adorned with rich silks and cloth of
+gold, the middle of the pile being composed of a vast heap of aromatic
+wood of high price. The entire street from his dwelling to the pile was
+strewed with sweet-scented herbs and flowers, and adorned with rich
+hangings, correspondent to the magnificence of the pile. Having
+collected all his friends, and clad himself and family in splendid
+attire, he went in solemn procession to the bazar, where he mounted the
+scaffold and made a long harangue, in which he protested his innocence
+and declared that he had always served the Portuguese with the utmost
+zeal and fidelity. Having ordered the pile to be fired, and seeing the
+whole in flames, he declared that he would now mount to heaven in that
+flame and smoke, and immediately cast himself into the flaming pile, to
+the great admiration of all the beholders.
+
+[Footnote 135: Faria omits any mention of the year, but from the context
+it appears to have been in 1513.--E.]
+
+At this time the king of Campar had gone home, intending to return to
+assume his office of Bendara, but was hindered by Mahomet and the king
+of Bintang, who fitted out a fleet of 70 sail with 2500 men under the
+command of the king of _Linga_, and besieged Campar, in the harbour of
+which town there were eight Portuguese vessels and some native _proas_,
+under the command of George Botello. Observing this squadron to be
+somewhat careless, the king of Linga fell suddenly with his galley on
+the ship commanded by Botello, followed by the rest of his fleet; but
+met with so warm a reception that his galley was taken, so that he had
+to leap overboard, and the rest of the enemies fleet was put to flight.
+The siege was now raised, and Botello conveyed the king of Campar to
+Malacca, where he exercised the office of Bendara with so much judgment
+and propriety, that in four months the city was visibly improved, great
+numbers of people resorting thither who had formerly fled to Mahomet to
+avoid the oppressions of Ninachetu. Perceiving the growth of the city
+under the wise administration of Abdela, Mahomet determined to put a
+stop to this prosperity by means of a fraud peculiar to a Moor. He gave
+out secretly, yet so that it might spread abroad, that his son-in-law
+had gone over to the Portuguese at Malacca with his knowledge and
+consent, and that the same thing was done by all those who seemed to fly
+there from Bintang, with the design to seize upon the fort on the first
+opportunity, and restore it to him who was the lawful prince. This
+secret, as intended by Mahomet, was at length divulged at Malacca, where
+it produced the intended effect, as the commandant, George de
+Albuquerque, gave more credit to this false report than to the honest
+proceedings of the Bendara, who was tried and condemned as a traitor,
+and had his head cut off on a public scaffold. In consequence of this
+event, the city was left almost desolate by the flight of the native
+inhabitants, and was afterwards oppressed by famine.
+
+During the year 1513, while these transactions were going on at Malacca,
+the viceroy Albuquerque visited the most important places under his
+charge, and gave the necessary, orders for their security. He dispatched
+his nephew Don Garcia to Cochin, with directions to expedite the
+construction of the fort then building at Calicut. He appointed a
+squadron of four sail, under the command of his nephew Pedro de
+Albuquerque, to cruise from the mouth, of the Red Sea to that of the
+Persian Gulf, with orders to receive the tribute of Ormuz when it became
+due, and then to discover the island of Bahrayn, the seat of the great
+pearl-fishery in that gulf. He sent ambassadors well attended to several
+princes. Diego Fernandez de Beja went to the king of Cambaya, to treat
+about the erection of a fort at Din, which had been before consented to,
+but was now refused at the instigation of Maluk Azz. Fernandez returned
+to Goa with magnificent presents to Albuquerque, among which was a
+Rhinoceros or _Abada_, which was afterwards lost in the Mediterranean on
+its way from king Manuel to the pope along with other Indian rarities.
+Juan Gonzalez de Castello Branco was sent to the king of Bisnagar, to
+demand restitution of the dependencies belonging to Goa, but with little
+success.
+
+In September 1513, five ships arrived at Goa from Portugal under the
+command of Christopher de Brito, one of which bound for Cambaya was
+lost. Having dispatched these ships with their homeward cargoes,
+Albuquerque prepared for a military expedition, but was for some time
+indetermined whether to bend his course for Ormuz or the Red Sea, both
+expeditions having been ordered by the king. In order to determine which
+of these was to be undertaken, he convened a council of all his
+captains, and it was agreed that Ormuz was to be preferred, which was in
+fact quite consonant to the wishes of the viceroy. He accordingly set
+sail on the 20th of February 1514, with a fleet of 27 sail, having on
+board a land force of 1500 Portuguese and 600 native Malabars and
+Canaras. The fleet anchored in the port of Ormuz on the 26th of March,
+and an immediate message of ceremony came off from the king with rich
+presents; but Albuquerque was better pleased with finding that Michael
+Ferreyra, whom he had sent on an embassy to Ismael king of Persia, to
+negociate a treaty of amity and commerce, had strong hopes of success.
+
+_Seif Addin_ king of Orrauz and his governor Khojah Attar were now both
+dead, and Reis Hamet now possessed the entire favour and confidence of
+the new king. Among other things, Albuquerque sent to demand being put
+immediately in possession of the fort which he had formerly begun to
+build at Ormuz, and that some principal persons should be sent to ratify
+and confirm the submission which the former king Seif Addin had made of
+the kingdom to the supremacy of the king of Portugal. All was consented
+to, as there was no sufficient power for resistance; and Reis Noradin
+the governor came to wait upon Albuquerque accompanied by his nephew, to
+make the desired ratification. The viceroy made rich presents on the
+occasion, and sent a splendid collar of gold to the king, with the
+Portuguese standard, as a mark of the union between the two nations.
+Public rejoicings were made on both sides on account of this amicable
+arrangement; and Albuquerque took possession of the fort, which had been
+formerly begun, and by using every exertion it rose in a few days to a
+great height, so that the viceroy and his principal officers took up
+their residence in some houses in its neighbourhood. Albuquerque now
+made splendid preparations to receive the ambassador from the king of
+Persia, who brought a magnificent present from his sovereign, consisting
+of rich brocades, precious stones, splendid golden ornaments, and many
+fine silks. The ambassador was honourably received, and the treaty
+concluded to mental satisfaction. This ceremony took place on a scaffold
+erected in public near the residence of the viceroy, and had been
+delayed for a considerable time on purpose to be exhibited in great
+splendour to the people of Ormuz, that they might see that the
+Portuguese friendship was sought after by so powerful a sovereign. The
+king of Ormuz was at a window to see the procession.
+
+Reis Hamet[136], formerly mentioned, had come to Ormuz from Persia with
+the design of seizing the city and delivering it up to the Sophi. He had
+insinuated himself so effectually into the favour of the king as to
+govern him in all respects, and nothing was done but by his directions.
+The better to carry on his enterprise, he had gradually introduced a
+number of his dependents into the city, and was actually preparing to
+kill the king and seize the government, but deferred his intentions to
+a more favourable opportunity. Albuquerque was fully informed of all
+these secret practices, and that the king was anxious to be delivered
+from the influence of Hamet; he therefore endeavoured to devise means
+for effectuating the purpose, and fortune soon gave him an opportunity.
+An interview had been appointed to take place between the king and
+Albuquerque; but prompted by his fears, Hamet endeavoured to shun this
+danger, by proposing that Albuquerque should wait upon the king, lest if
+the king went to visit the viceroy, he might be obliged to attend him.
+But Albuquerque insisted upon receiving the visit of the king, which was
+at last agreed to, on condition that neither party was to be armed. Some
+of the attendants upon Hamet were however secretly armed, and Hamet came
+armed himself, and pressed foremost into the room with much rudeness, on
+which Albuquerque made a concerted signal to his captains, who.
+instantly dispatched him. After this the king came, and a conference
+began between him and the viceroy, which was soon interrupted by a
+violent clamour among the people, who supposed their king was slain. But
+the people belonging to Hamet, knowing that their master had been
+killed, ran and fortified themselves in the kings palace. Albuquerque
+proposed immediately to have dispossessed them by means of his troops;
+but the king and governor found other means of expelling these men from
+the city, who to the number of 700 men went to Persia.
+
+[Footnote 136: Reis or Rais signifies a chief, and is commonly given on
+the coasts of Arabia and Persia to sea captains: In Faria it is
+Raez.--Astl I. 75. 2.]
+
+When this tumult was appeased, the people of Ormuz were much gratified
+at seeing their king conducted back to his palace in great pomp,
+attended by Albuquerque and all his officers, more especially as he was
+now freed from the tyranny of Hamet, and restored to the majesty of a
+king[137]. Albuquerque now dispatched the Persian ambassador,
+accompanied by Ferdinando Gomez, carrying a present of double the value
+of that he had received, and having orders to give a proper account of
+the late transactions at Ormuz, especially in regard to Reis Hamet.
+Gomez was well received, and brought back a favourable answer. It would
+require more room than can be spared in this history to give an account
+of the affairs of Persia; it may therefore suffice to say that the
+valiant prince who reigned over Persia at this time was engaged in war
+with the Turks, and was desirous of taking advantage of the Portuguese
+assistance against his enemy.
+
+[Footnote 137: It is scarce possible to conceive how Faria could gravely
+make this observation, when the Portuguese had imposed an annual tribute
+on the king of Ormuz, and were actually building a fortress to keep the
+capital under subjection.--E.]
+
+While the fort of Ormuz was building, or rather finishing, Albuquerque
+persuaded the king that it would contribute to the safety of the city to
+put all their cannon into the fort to defend them against their enemies,
+but in reality to disable them from resisting the Portuguese domination.
+Security is a powerful argument with those who are in fear, so that the
+king and his governor reluctantly consented to this demand. Thus the
+rich and powerful kingdom of Ormuz was completely subjected to the
+Portuguese dominion, yet more to the advantage than detriment of its
+native princes; who were more oppressed before by the tyranny of their
+ministers, than afterwards by the tribute they had to pay to the
+Portuguese, besides the security they enjoyed under protection of the
+Portuguese arms. Yet liberty is sweeter than all other conveniences.
+
+Albuquerque dispatched his nephew Don Garcia de Noronha with most of the
+fleet to Cochin, with orders to send home the ships of the season with
+the trade to Portugal, remaining behind to conclude such arrangements as
+seemed to require his presence. He soon afterwards fell sick, and was
+persuaded by his attendants to return to India for the recovery of his
+health, which he consented to, and left Pedro de Albuquerque in the
+command of the fort at Ormuz. His departure gave great concern to the
+king, who loved him as a father. While on the voyage to Goa, he got
+notice that 12 ships were arrived in India from Portugal with orders for
+his return to Europe, Lope Soarez who commanded that fleet being
+appointed his successor. He was likewise informed that Diego Mendez and
+Diego Pereyra, both of whom he had sent home as prisoners for heinous
+crimes, had come back to India, the one as governor of Cochin and the
+other as secretary to the new viceroy. These news gave him much
+dissatisfaction, and he is reported to have vented his distress on the
+occasion to the following purpose. "It is now time for me to take
+sanctuary in the church, having incurred the kings displeasure for the
+sake of his subjects, and their anger for the sake of the king. Old man!
+fly to the church! Your honour requires that you should die, and you
+have never yet omitted any thing in which your honour was concerned!"
+Then raising his hands and eyes to heaven, he gave God thanks that a
+governor had come out so opportunely, not doubting that he should soon
+die. He fell into a profound melancholy, and arrived at Dabul almost in
+the arms of death, at which place he wrote the following letter to the
+king. "This, Sir! is the last letter your highness will receive from me,
+who am now under the pangs of death. I have formerly written many to
+your highness full of life and vigour, being then free from the dread
+thought of this last hour, and actively employed in your service. I
+leave a son behind me, _Blas de Albuquerque_, whom I entreat your
+highness to promote in recompence of my services. The affairs of India
+will answer for themselves and me."
+
+Having arrived on the bar of Goa, which he called his _Land of Promise_,
+he expired on the 16th of December, 1515, in the sixty-third year of his
+age, retaining his senses to the last, and dying as became a good
+Christian. Alfonso de Albuquerque was second son to Gonzalo de
+Albuquerque lord of Villaverde, by Donna Leonora de Menezes, daughter of
+Alvaro Gonzalez de Atayde, first count of Atouguia. He had been master
+of the horse to King John the Second. He was of moderate stature, having
+a fair and pleasing countenance, with a venerable beard reaching below
+his girdle to which he wore it knotted. When angry his looks were
+terrible; but when pleased his manners were merry, pleasant, and witty.
+He was buried in a chapel which he built near the gate of the city of
+Goa, dedicated to _Our Lady of the Mountain_, but, after a long
+resistance from the inhabitants of Goa, his bones were transferred to
+the church of _Our Lady of Grace_ at Lisbon.
+
+The dominion of the Portuguese in India was founded by three great men,
+Duarte Pacheco, Francisco de Almeyda, and Alfonso de Albuquerque; after
+whom scarcely was there a single successor who did not decline from
+their great character, having either a mixture of timidity with their
+valour, or of covetousness with their moderation, in which the vices
+predominated. In gaining this Indian crown, Pacheco alone acted with
+that fiery heat which melted the arms and riches of the zamorin; only
+_Almeyda_ could have filed and polished it, by his own and his sons
+sword, bringing it into form by humbling the pride of the Egyptian
+Soldan while _Albuquerque_ gave a finish to its ornaments, by adorning
+it with three precious jewels, _Goa, Malacca_ and _Ormuz_[138].
+
+[Footnote 138: Portuguese Asia, II. vii. This rhetorical flourish by De
+Faria, gives a specimen of what was perhaps considered fine writing in
+those days; but it strongly marks the important services of Albuquerque,
+and is therefore here inserted.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Portuguese Transactions in India, under several governors, from the
+close of 1515, to the year 1526_.
+
+
+While the great Alfonso de Albuquerque was drawing towards the last
+period of his life, Manuel, as if he had foreseen that event, sent out
+Don Lope Soarez de Albergaria to succeed him in the government, with a
+fleet of 13 ships, carrying a force of 1500 soldiers, many of whom were
+gentlemen by birth, and still more so by their actions. Among them was
+Duarte Galvam, a person of learning and judgment, who was sent
+ambassador to Abyssinia with considerable presents, some for _Prester
+John_, and some for the church. On his arrival at Cochin, the new
+governor offended many by the reservedness of his carriage and manners,
+and became particularly disagreeable to the rajah, who had been
+accustomed to the discreet and easy civility of Albuquerque. Don Garcia
+de Noronha took charge of the homeward bound ships, and went away after
+no small disagreement with Soarez. Till this time, the Portuguese
+gentlemen in India had followed the dictates of honour, esteeming arms
+their greatest riches; but henceforwards they gave themselves entirely
+up to trade, those who had been captains becoming merchants; insomuch
+that command became a shame, honour a scandal, and reputation a
+reproach. Having entered upon the exercise of his government, he visited
+the forts, in which he placed new captains, gave out orders, and
+transacted other affairs of small moment, which serve rather to fill the
+page than to advance the dignity of history.
+
+In the year 1515, five ships sailed from Lisbon under the command of
+Juan de Sylveira, three of which arrived in Lisbon, and the other two
+were lost on the sands of St Lazarus. By orders from the king,
+proceeding on information that the Soldan was fitting out a great fleet
+at Suez, Soarez sailed from Goa on the 8th of February 1516, with 27
+sail of vessels of various sizes and descriptions, having 1200
+Portuguese and 800 Malabar soldiers on board, besides 800 native seamen,
+and directed his course for the Red Sea in order to oppose the Mameluke
+fleet. On arriving at Aden, Miramirzan the governor immediately offered
+to surrender the place, declaring he would have done so to Albuquerque
+if that officer had not at the very first proceeded to hostility. The
+real state of the matter was that the place was indefensible, as Reis,
+Soliman, the admiral of the Egyptian fleet of which Soarez was in search
+had beaten down a part of the wall so that the town was defenceless.
+Lope Soarez was so much pleased by this flattering offer that he trusted
+Miramirzan and declined taking possession of the city till his return
+from the Red Sea, and went away in search of Reis Soliman; but he
+neither met with him, nor did he take Aden on his return. While on his
+voyage up the Red Sea, Don Alvaro do Castro with forty men was lost
+through covetousness, as he so overloaded his ship with goods from some
+captured vessels that she became water-logged and went to the bottom.
+Some other ships of the fleet received damage during this part of the
+voyage. Hearing that Soliman was driven by stress of weather to Jiddah,
+where he had no means of defence, Soarez determined to sail to that
+place.
+
+Jiddah or Juddah, the sea-port of Mecca, is a town and harbour of Arabia
+on the eastern shore of the Red Sea in about 22 deg. of north latitude,
+situated in a most barren soil composed of deep loose sand, being more
+calculated for commerce than delight. The buildings are good, but the
+harbour very bad, and its inhabitants consist partly of native Arabs and
+partly of foreign merchants. It was fortified by Mir Husseyn after his
+defeat by Almeyda, under pretence, of defending the sepulchre of
+Mahomet, but in reality for his own security as he was afraid to return
+defeated to the Soldan. While he was occupied in constructing the
+fortifications, Reis Soliman a low born Turk of Mitylene in the
+Archipelago, but a bold and successful corsair, offered his services to
+the Soldan, and was appointed admiral of the Suez fleet of 27 sail,
+which was fitting out for the attack of Aden. Mir Husseyn was
+accordingly discarded and Soliman appointed in his place. After the
+failure of his attempt on Aden, where he lost a considerable number of
+men, Soliman made a descent on Zobeid in the Tehamah near the island of
+Kamaran, where he acquired a considerable booty, from whence he
+proceeded to Jiddah, where he slew Mir Husseyn: And learning that the
+emperor of the Turks had slain the Soldan in battle, and subverted the
+sovereignty of the Mamelukes in Egypt, he surrendered the Egyptian fleet
+and the port of Jiddah to the conqueror.
+
+Finding the port dangerous, Soarez came to anchor about a league from
+the city of Jiddah, yet so excellent were some of the cannon of the
+place, that three or four pieces were able to carry that prodigious
+distance. Soliman sent a message to the Christian fleet offering a
+single combat man to man, which Gaspar de Silva and Antonio de Menezes
+both offered to accept, but Soarez would not allow the combat. Soarez
+now caused the channel leading up to Jiddah to be sounded, and at this
+time the inhabitants were much alarmed by the fire of one of the
+Portuguese vessels; but Soliman appeased the tumult, and made his
+appearance without the walls with some of his men, while the walls were
+filled by vast multitudes of the infidels, who rent the air with loud
+cries. After two days of inaction, the Portuguese began to complain of
+the delay; but Soarez appeased his officers by shewing his instructions,
+in which he was ordered to fight the fleet of the Mamelukes, which could
+not be accomplished, and not to attack the city, where there might be
+much danger and little chance of profit. Though the votes differed in
+the council of war, it was resolved by a majority to desist from the
+enterprise against Jiddah, and accordingly Soarez and his armament
+retired to Kamaran, whence he detached several ships to different parts
+of the Red Sea. At this place died Duarte Galvam, a learned and
+ingenious man, who had been employed in several embassies in Europe, and
+though above seventy years of age was now going ambassador to _Prester
+John_. At the time of his death, he told his attendants that his son
+George and all his men had been cast away in their vessel, and that the
+inhabitants of the island of Dalac had cut off the heads of Lorenzo de
+Cosme and others that had been sent to that place. All this was
+afterwards found true, yet it was utterly impossible that the
+intelligence could have reached Duarte at Kamaran before his death.
+
+After suffering much distress from famine, of which several men died,
+and losing seventeen Portuguese who were made prisoners by the Arabs,
+and carried to Jiddah, Soarez set sail from Kamaran and appeared before
+Zeyla in the kingdom of Adel, on the north-east coast of Africa, a
+little way out from the mouth of the Red Sea. This place was called
+_Emporium Avalite_ by Ptolemy, who describes it as a great mart in
+ancient times. On the present occasion Zeyla was taken with little
+opposition, being unprepared for defence, and was reduced to ashes. From
+Zeyla, Soarez went to Aden on the coast of Arabia, but soon found he had
+been to blame for not taking possession when formerly offered it; as
+Miramirzan had repaired the wall, and now procrastinated the surrender
+of his city by various affected delays. Soarez fearing to lose the
+season of the trade winds for returning to India, set sail for Barbora
+on the same coast with Zeyla, which he meant likewise to destroy; but
+the fleet was dispersed in a storm, and on its being afterwards
+collected, it was found that more than eight hundred men had perished,
+from famine, disease, and shipwreck, in this disastrous and
+ill-conducted expedition.
+
+While these disasters attended Soarez, the city of Goa, where Monroy
+commanded, was threatened with destruction. According to orders from
+Soarez, some ships had been taken from the enemy, but with more profit
+than reputation, though not without danger. One Alvaro Madureira, who
+had married at Goa, fled to the enemy and turned Mahometan. He
+afterwards repented and returned to Goa; but again fled to the Moors and
+brought them to attack the Portuguese ships, which were in imminent
+danger of being captured. About this time likewise, one Ferdinando
+Caldera, who was also married at Goa, fled from that city to avoid
+punishment for some crime he had committed, and joined the Moors; though
+some say that he was forced to desert by Monroy, who was in love with
+his wife. However this may have been, Caldera went to serve under
+_Ancostan_ an officer of the king of Bisnagar. Don Gutierre de Monroy
+demanded of Ancostan to deliver him up, which was refused; after which
+Monroy suborned another person to go over to the enemy to assassinate
+Caldera; which was done, but the assassin was instantly slain by the
+Moors. On the return of Soarez to Goa, being informed of these
+incidents, he left Monroy to take what satisfaction he thought proper
+from Ancostan. Monroy accordingly sent out his brother Don Fernando at
+the head of 150 Portuguese, 80 of whom were horse, and a considerable
+body of natives, to attack Ancostan. Fernando defeated the Moors at
+_Ponda_; but the Moors having rallied defeated him in his turn, and
+obliged him to retire with the loss of 200 men killed and taken
+prisoners. On these hostilities, the whole country was up in arms, and
+Adel Khan the king of Bisnagar ordered his general _Sujo Lari_ to
+besiege Goa. Lari accordingly endeavoured to cross over into the island
+at the head of 4000 horse and 26,000 foot, but was repulsed. In the mean
+time, as all intercourse was cut off between the island and the
+continent, the besieged became distressed by want of provisions; but on
+the arrival of three ships, one from Portugal, one from Quiloa, and the
+third from China, Lari raised the blockade and the former peace was
+renewed.
+
+Similar misfortunes took place at Malacca, through the misrule of George
+de Brito and others, which occasioned all the native inhabitants to
+desert the city to avoid oppression. In this situation, Mahomet, the
+exiled king, sent a considerable force to attempt recovering his
+capital, under the command of _Cerilege Rajah_ his general. Cerilege
+intrenched his army, and so pressed the besieged that the Portuguese had
+assuredly been driven from Malacca, had not Don Alexius de Menezes
+arrived to assume the government with a reinforcement of 300 men.
+
+Antonio de Saldanna arrived in India in 1517 with six ships. In this
+fleet one Alcacova came out as surveyor of the king's revenue, invested
+with such power as greatly curtailed the influence of Soarez, and having
+the inclination to encroach still farther on his authority than he was
+warranted. This occasioned great dissensions between the governor and
+surveyor; who finding himself unable to prevail, returned into Portugal
+where he made loud complaints against the administration of affairs in
+India. Hence began the practice of listening to complaints at home
+against the governors and commanders employed in India; and hence many
+took more care in the sequel to amass riches than to acquire honour,
+knowing that money is a never-failing protection from crimes. Soarez
+sent Juan de Sylveira to the Maldive islands, Alexius de Menezes to
+Malacca, Manuel de la Cerda to Diu, and Antonio de Saldanna with six
+ships to the coast of Arabia by orders from the king. The only exploit
+performed by Saldanna was the capture and destruction of Barbora, a town
+near Zeyla but much smaller, whence the inhabitants fled. Saldanna then
+returned to India, where he found Soarez about to sail for the island of
+Ceylon.
+
+The island of Ceylon, the southernmost land in India, is to the east of
+Cape Comorin. It is sixteen leagues distant from the continent[139], to
+which some imagine that it was formerly joined. This island is about 80
+leagues from north to south, and about 45 leagues from east to
+west[140]. The most southerly point, or Dondra Head, is in lat. 5 deg. 52' N.
+The most northerly, or Point Pedro, in 9 deg. 48'. In the sea belonging to
+this island there is a fishery of the most precious pearls. By the
+Persians and Arabs it is called _Serendib_[141]. It took the name of
+_Ceylon_ from the sea by which it is surrounded, owing to the loss of a
+great fleet of the Chinese, who therefore named that sea _Chilam_,
+signifying danger, somewhat resembling _Scylla_; and this word was
+corrupted to Ceylon. This island was the _Taprobana_ of the ancients,
+and not Sumatra as some have imagined. Its productions are numerous and
+valuable: Cinnamon of greatly finer quality than in any other place;
+rubies, sapphires, and other precious stones; much pepper and cardamoms,
+Brazil wood, and other dyes, great woods of palm-trees, numbers of
+elephants which are more docile than those of other countries, and
+abundance of cattle. It has many good ports, and several rivers of
+excellent water. The mountains are covered with pleasant woods. One of
+these mountains, which rises for the space of seven leagues, has a
+circular plain on the top of about thirty paces diameter, in the middle
+of which is a smooth rock about six spans high, upon which is the print
+of a man's foot about two spans in length. This footstep is held in
+great veneration, being supposed to have been impressed there by a holy
+man from Delhi, who lived many years on that mountain, teaching the
+inhabitants the belief in the one only God. This person returned
+afterwards to his own country, whence he sent one of his teeth to the
+king of the island as a token of remembrance, and it is still preserved
+as a holy relick, on which they repose much confidence in time of
+danger, and many pilgrims resort thither from places a thousand miles
+distant. The island is divided into nine kingdoms, _Columbo_ on the west
+being the chief of these. The others are _Gale_ on the south, _Jaula,
+Tanavaca, Cande, Batecalon, Vilacem, Trinquinimale,_ and
+_Jafanapatam_[142].
+
+[Footnote 139: The distance between Ceylon and the Carnatic across Palks
+Bay is about 63 English miles; but at Jafnapatnam and Ramiseram, this
+distance is lessened to 43, by two capes, at the former projecting from
+the island, and at the latter from the continent.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 140: From Point Pedro in the north to Dondra Head in the south
+are 265 miles, and its widest part from Negombo in the west to Poukiri
+Chene in the east is 143 statute miles.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 141: More properly Selan-dib, or the Isle of Selan. The
+derivation of the name of Ceylon in the text does not admit of
+commentary.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 142: All of these except _Cande, Candi_, or _Kandi_, the
+central mountainous region, still occupied by the native Hindoo race,
+appear to have been small sovereignties of the Moors or Malays; and have
+been long under European rule, having been conquered by the Portuguese,
+Dutch; and British in succession. The topography of Ceylon will be
+illustrated hereafter, and does not admit of being explained in the
+compass of a note--E.]
+
+Albuquerque had established a treaty of amity and commerce with the king
+of Columbo, who furnished the Portuguese with cinnamon; and Soarez went
+thither at this time, by order of the king of Portugal, to construct a
+fort at Columbo, and to reduce the prince of that country to pay
+tribute. On this occasion his fleet consisted of seven gallies, two
+ships, and eight small vessels, carrying materials and workmen for
+building the fort, and 700 Portuguese soldiers. At first the king
+consented to have the fort built, but changed his mind at the
+instigation of the Moors, and put Soarez to considerable difficulty; but
+in the end the Moors were put to flight, the fort built, and the king
+constrained to become a tributary vassal of Portugal, by the yearly
+payment of 1200 quintals of cinnamon, twelve rings of rubies and
+sapphires, and six elephants.
+
+At this time Juan de Sylveira returned from the Maldives, where he had
+taken two ships belonging to Cambaya, and had got permission of the king
+of the Maldives to erect a fort at the principal harbour. Sylveira went
+upon a similar mission to Bengal, where he was in great danger; as a
+young man of Bengal who sailed there with him, gave notice of his having
+taken these two ships, so that he was considered as a pirate. He had
+fared worse than he did, but for the arrival of Juan Coello from Pisang,
+sent by Andrada to the king of Bengal. After passing the winter in
+Bengal with great difficulty on account of famine, Sylveira set sail,
+being invited by the king of Aracan to come to his port of Chittagon by
+a messenger who brought him a valuable present; but all this kindness
+was only intended to decoy him to his ruin, at the instigation of the
+king of Bengal. He escaped however from the snare, and arrived at Ceylon
+as Soarez had finished the fort of Columbo, of which he appointed
+Sylveira to the command, leaving Azevedo with four ships to guard the
+sea in that neighbourhood.
+
+About the same time Menezes secured the safety of Malacca, as mentioned
+before, by supplying it with men and ammunition, and appointed Alfonso
+Lopez de Costa to the government, in place of Brito who was dying.
+Duarte de Melo was left there with a naval force; and Duarte Coello was
+sent with an embassy and present to the King of Siam, to confirm a
+treaty of peace and amity, and to request of him to send a colony of his
+subjects to inhabit the city of Malacca, so that the Moors whom he hated
+as much as the Portuguese, might be for ever excluded from that place.
+All this was agreed to, and as a testimonial of his friendship to the
+Christians, he caused a great cross, ornamented with the arms of
+Portugal, to be erected in a conspicuous part of the city of Hudia,
+where he then resided. Having thus succeeded in his mission, Coello was
+forced by stress of weather upon the coast of Pahang, where he was
+received in a friendly manner by the king, who voluntarily submitted to
+become a vassal to the crown of Portugal, and to pay a cup of gold as an
+annual tribute. This was done more from hatred to the king of Bintang,
+than from love to the Portuguese.
+
+The kingdom of Siam was at this time one of the greatest in the east,
+the two others of greatest consequence being China and Bisnagar. The
+great river _Menam_ runs through the middle of the kingdom of Siam from
+north to south, having its source in the great lake of _Chiamay_ in lat.
+30 deg. N. and its mouth in 13 deg., so that the length of this kingdom is 330
+leagues. On the west it joins Bengal, on the south Malacca, on the north
+China, and on the east Cambodia. Its territory contains both mountains
+and plains, and it is inhabited by many different races of people, some
+of whom are extremely cruel and barbarous, and even feed on human flesh.
+Among these the _Guei_ ornament themselves with figures impressed by hot
+irons[143]. Siam abounds in elephants, cattle, and buffaloes. It has
+many sea-ports and populous cities, _Hudia_ being the metropolis or
+residence of the court. The religion of the Siamese agrees in many
+considerable points with Christianity, as they believe in one God, in
+heaven and hell, and in good and bad angels that attend upon every
+person[144]. They build sumptuous temples, in which they have images of
+vast size. They are very religious, sparing in their diet, much given to
+divination, and addicted to the study of astrology. The country is
+exceedingly fertile, and abounds in gold, silver, and other metals. The
+memorable services of the subjects are recorded that they may be read to
+the kings. When the king of Siam takes the field, he is able to set on
+foot a force of 300,000 men and 10,000 elephants.
+
+[Footnote 143: Perhaps tattooing may be here alluded to.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 144: It is hardly possible to conceive how it could enter into
+the conception of any one to compare the stupid polytheism of the
+worshippers of Budda with the Christian religion: In one thing indeed
+the Catholic church has contrived to establish a resemblance, by the
+subordinate worship of innumerable idols or images.--E.]
+
+About this time, Fernan Perez de Andrada arrived at Pisang, where he was
+well received, but lost his largest ship, which was set on fire by the
+careless management of a lighted candle, so that he was forced to return
+to Malacca. From that place Juan Coello[145], was sent to China, meeting
+with furious storms and other dangers by the way. While on the coast of
+Tsiompa, taking in fresh water, he was nearly lost. At Patane and other
+places he established commercial treaties with the native princes, and
+spent the winter without being able to reach China, being obliged to
+return to Malacca to refit. After which he again resumed his voyage for
+China with eight ships. The empire of China is the most eastern in Asia,
+as Spain is the most westerly in Europe; and opposite to China is the
+island of Hainan, as that of Cadiz is to Spain. It is almost as large as
+all Europe, being divided from Tartary by a wonderful wall which runs
+from east to west above 200 leagues, and ends at a vast mountain or
+promontory which is washed by the eastern sea of Tartary. This vast
+empire is divided into fifteen provinces. Along the coast are those of
+_Quantung, Fokien, Chekiang, Nanking, Xantung_, and _Leaotung_; those of
+the inland country are _Queichieu, Junnan, Quangsi, Suchuen, Huquang,
+Xensi, Kiangsi, Honan_, and _Xansi_, in all of which there are 244
+cities. Its riches are prodigious, and its government admirable above
+all others. The natives allege that they alone have two eyes, the
+Europeans one, and that all the other nations are blind. They certainty
+had both printing and cannon long before the Europeans. The city of
+Quantung or Canton, which is the principal sea-port, is remarkable for
+its size, the strength of its fortifications, and the prodigious resort
+of strangers for trade.
+
+[Footnote 145: It will appear from the sequel that Fernan Perez de
+Andrada commanded on this voyage, not Coello as stated in the text.--E.]
+
+After some considerable difficulties and dangers, Fernan Perez arrived
+at Canton, where he had a conference with the three governors of the
+city, to whom he presented Thomas Perez as ambassador to the emperor
+from the king of Portugal, and requested them to forward him and the
+present he was charged with. Perez settled a commercial treaty with the
+governors of Canton, and having concluded his traffic there and at the
+neighbouring parts, he returned to Malacca, loaded with riches. He was
+no less welcome there than Menezes had been formerly, as it was reduced
+to a dangerous situation in consequence of war with the king of Bintang,
+of which we shall have occasion to give an account in the sequel.
+
+In 1518 Diego Lopez de Sequeira was sent out as governor of India, in
+reward for his services in Africa and for having discovered Malacca. One
+of his ships was in danger of perishing at the Cape of Good Hope in
+consequence of being run against by a great fish, which stuck a long
+horn or beak two spans length into her side. It was afterwards found
+that this was a fish called the _needle_. Soarez immediately resigned
+the government to Sequeira, and set sail for Portugal with nine ships.
+On taking possession of the government, Sequeira sent Alonson de Menezes
+to reduce Baticala in the island of Ceylon, the king of which place had
+neglected to pay the stipulated tribute; and Juan Gomez was sent to
+build a fort at the Maldive islands. Sequeira then went from Cochin to
+Goa, whence he dispatched Antonio de Saldanna to the coast of Arabia,
+and Simon de Andrada to China.
+
+About this time the king of Bintang attacked Malacca by land with 1500
+men and many elephants, while 60 vessels blockaded the harbour. The
+Portuguese garrison consisted only of 200 men, many of whom were sick,
+but the danger cured them of their fevers, and every one ran to repel
+the enemy. After a severe encounter of three hours the enemy was
+repulsed with great loss: He continued however before the town for three
+weeks and then retired, having lost 330 men, while 18 of the Portuguese
+were slain. On the arrival of reinforcements, having been much injured
+by frequent inroads from the fort of _Maur_ not far from Malacca, the
+Portuguese took that place by assault, killing most of the garrison
+which consisted of 800 Moors, and after securing the spoil burnt Maur to
+the ground. There were 300 cannon at this place, some of which were
+brass. Nothing more of any note happened this year, except that Diego
+Pacheco with most of his men were lost in two ships, which went in
+search of the _Island of Gold_[146].
+
+[Footnote 146: Possibly Japan is here meant.--E.]
+
+In the year 1519, Antonio Correa concluded a treaty of amity and
+commerce with the king of Pegu, which was mutually sworn to between him
+and the kings ministers, assisted by the priests of both nations,
+Catholic and Pagan. The heathen priest was called the grand _Raulim_,
+who, after the treaty or capitulation was read, made according to their
+custom _in the golden mine_[147], began to read from a book, and then
+taking some yellow paper, a colour dedicated to holy purposes, and some
+sweet-smelling leaves impressed with certain characters, set both on
+fire; after which, holding the hands of the minister over the ashes, he
+pronounced some words which rendered the oath inviolable. By way of a
+parallel to this solemnity, Correa ordered his priest to attend in his
+surplice with his breviary; but that was so tattered and torn that it
+was unfit to be seen by these heathens, on which he ordered a book of
+church music to be brought, which had a more creditable appearance,
+being larger and better bound; and opening at the first place which
+appeared, the priest began the lesson _Vanity of Vanities_, which
+answered among these ignorant people as well as if it had been the
+gospel[148]. The metropolis of the kingdom is called _Bagou_, corruptly
+called Pegu, which name is likewise given to the kingdom. It has the Bay
+of Bengal on the west, Siam on the east, Malacca on the south, and
+Aracan on the north. This kingdom is almost 100 leagues in length, and
+in some places of the same breadth, not including the conquered
+provinces. The land is plain, well watered, and very fertile, producing
+abundance of provisions of all kinds, particularly cattle and grain. It
+has many temples with a prodigious multitude of images, and a vast
+number of ceremonies. The people believe themselves to have descended
+from a Chinese _dog_ and a woman, who alone escaped from shipwreck on
+that coast and left a progeny; owing to which circumstance in their
+opinion, the men are all ugly and the women handsome. The Peguers being
+much addicted to sodomy, a queen of that country named Canane, ordered
+the women to wear bells and open garments, by way of inviting the men to
+abandon that abominable vice.
+
+[Footnote 147: This singular expression may have been some court phrase
+of the court of Pegu, meaning the royal presence.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 148: On this trifling incident, the editor of Astley's
+Collection gives the following marginal reference, _A merry passage_.
+Ludere cum sacris is rather a stale jest, and perhaps the grand Raulim
+was as ingenious as Correa and his priest, to trick the ignorant
+unbelievers in their sacred doctrines of Bhudda.--E.]
+
+On the arrival of Antonio Correa with relief at Malacca, Garcia de Sa
+resolved to take revenge on the king of Bintang. He therefore gave
+Correa the command of 30 ships, with 500 soldiers, 150 of whom were
+Portuguese, with which armament Correa proceeded to the place where the
+king had fortified himself, which was defended by a fort with a great
+number of cannon and a numerous garrison. The access to this place was
+extremely difficult and guarded by a great number of armed vessels; yet
+Correa attacked without hesitation and carried the fort, which had 20
+pieces of cannon, the garrison being forced to retire to the town, where
+the king still had a force of 2000 men and several armed elephants. The
+Portuguese, following up their first success, pushed up the river
+clearing away all that obstructed them; after which they landed and took
+the town, killing many of the enemy, and put the rest to flight, the
+king among the rest fled on an elephant, and never stopped till they
+came to Bintang. The town above mentioned was plundered and burnt by the
+Portuguese; and the discomfited king remained long at Bintang unable for
+any new enterprise against the Portuguese. The successes of the king of
+Bintang in the beginning of this war had encouraged the kings of Pisang
+and Acheen to commit some outrages against the Portuguese; for which
+reason being now victorious, Garcia de Sa determined to be revenged upon
+them. Having some success, he fitted out a ship commanded by Manuel
+Pacheco to take some revenge for the injuries, he had sustained; and
+Pacheco had occasion to send a boat for water rowed by Malays, having
+only five Portuguese on board, which fell in with three ships belonging
+to Pisang each having 150 men. Finding it impossible to escape, they
+boarded the commander with such resolute fury that they soon strewed the
+deck with the dead bodies of the enemy, and the remainder of the crew
+leapt overboard, followed by their captain, who was seen hewing them
+with his cymeter in the water in revenge for their cowardice. The _five_
+Portuguese thus obtained possession of the ship, and the other two fled,
+on which Pacheco returned to Malacca with his prize in triumph, and the
+captured ship was long preserved as a memorial of this signal exploit.
+The king of Pisang was so much terrified by this action that he sued
+for peace, and offered ample reparation of all the injuries he had done
+to die Portuguese.
+
+In this same year 1519 Diego Gomez went to erect a fort at the principal
+island of the Maldives; but behaved himself with so much arrogance that
+the Moors lulled ten or twelve of his men. This is the chief of _a
+thousand isles_ which lie in clusters in that sea, and such is the
+signification of _Male-dive_. They resemble a long ridge of mountains,
+the sea between being as valleys and serving for communications from
+isle to isle; and about the middle of the group is the large island, in
+which the king resides. The natives of these islands are gentiles, but
+the government is in the hands of the Moors. They are so close together,
+that in many of the channels the yard-arms of ships passing through rub
+against the shores, or on the trees on both sides. Their chief product
+is cocoa-nut trees, the kernel of these nuts producing a pleasant and
+nutritive fruit, while the outer rhind or husk is useful for making
+cables. There is another sort of these trees _growing at the bottom of
+the sea_, having larger fruit than the land cocoa-nut, and which is a
+more powerful antidote against poison than even the _Bezoar_ stone[149].
+
+[Footnote 149: This submarine cocoa-nut tree is utterly inexplicable.
+--E.]
+
+During this same year 1519, a fleet of 14 ships was sent from Portugal
+to India, which was dispersed to several parts. Some fell in with the
+coast of Brazil, where fifty men were slain; and Don Luis de Guzman, one
+of the captains, turned pirate and became very rich, but afterwards met
+with his deserts. Six staid at Mozambique. George de Albuquerque the
+admiral reached India with only four sail. One was driven back to
+Lisbon. Another watering at _Matira_ lost some men, and six more at
+_Oja_, whom the king long kept with kind entertainment; but their ship
+which left them was lost on a sand bank off Quiloa, and the Moors of
+that place and of Monfia and Zanzibar slew them all except one man.
+
+After Sequeira had dispatched the homeward bound trade of the season,
+under the command of Fernan Perez de Andrada, he sailed on the 13th of
+February 1520, from Goa with 24 sail of ships of various sizes, having
+on board 1800 Portuguese soldiers, and about an equal number of Malabars
+and Canarins, bound for the Red Sea. Off the coast of Aden his ship
+struck on a rock and split in pieces; but the men were all saved, and
+Sequeira the governor went into the galleon of Pedro de Faria. A Moorish
+ship was taken at the entrance into the Red Sea, from which they learnt
+that there were six Turkish gallies at Jiddah with 1200 men, intending
+to proceed against Aden.. The weather prevented the Portuguese from
+going in quest of the Turkish squadron, and in fact it would have been
+to no purpose; as on hearing that the Portuguese were in these seas, the
+Turks hauled their gallies on shore. While Sequeira was on his voyage
+for Massua, a small black flag was seen on the disk of the sun towards
+evening on the 9th of April being Easter Sunday. On arriving at Massua
+they found all the inhabitants had fled, yet they found some vessels in
+the port which they captured. The inhabitants of Massua had fled to the
+neighbouring port of _Arkiko_ in the dominions of _Prester John_, and
+the governor of the town sent a messenger with a letter to Sequeira
+desiring that he would make peace with the people who had fled to him
+for protection; at the same time he asked nothing for the town where he
+commanded, because they were all Christians, and because they had a
+prophecy among them which foretold the coming of Christians to settle a
+correspondence with them, and which he now believed to be fulfilled on
+seeing the Christian colours. Sequeira sent a courteous answer, and drew
+nearer the shore, on which several Christians came on board. They told
+him that their prince had sent several years before an ambassador named
+Mathew, to a king at the other end of the world whose fleet had
+conquered India, on purpose to become acquainted with these remote
+Christians and to demand succour against the Moors; but that the
+ambassador had never returned. On hearing this, Sequeira was satisfied
+that they dealt ingeniously with him, as he had actually brought that
+ambassador along with him, and had orders from the king of Portugal to
+land him safe in the dominions of _Prester John_. On this, the
+ambassador of whom they spoke of was brought before them, to their great
+mutual joy, as he had been ten years absent from his country. Next day
+ten monks came from a neighbouring convent of _the Vision_ to visit
+Mathew, and were received in great ceremony by the priests of the fleet
+dressed in their surplices. Great rejoicings were made on occasion of
+this meeting between two such distant nations agreeing in the same
+faith; and the consequence of this meeting was, that those who from the
+beginning had not acknowledged the supremacy of the Roman pontiff, now
+submitted to his authoritye[150].
+
+[Footnote 150: The submission of the Abyssinian church to the Roman
+pontiff was a mere pretence, which afterwards produced long and bloody
+civil wars, and ended in the expulsion of the Portuguese from the
+country.--E.]
+
+The kingdom of _Prester John_, now first visited by Sylveira, is mostly
+known by this appellation but improperly, as its right name is the
+empire of Abyssinia, Abassia, Habesh, or the higher Ethiopia. It
+received the former appellation from the great king _Jovarus_, who came
+to it from the Christians of Tartary, having a cross carried before him
+like our bishops, and carrying a cross in his hand, with the title of
+_Defender of the Faith_, as being a Jacobite Christian[151]. The
+dominions of this prince are situated between the rivers _Nile,
+Astabora_, and _Astapus_. To the east they border on the Red Sea for 120
+leagues, this being the smallest side, as their whole extent is 670
+leagues. On the west it borders on those Negroes who possess the great
+mines of gold, and who pay tribute to the sovereign of Abyssinia. On the
+north it is divided from the Moors by a line drawn from the city of
+_Suakem_ to the isle of _Meroe_ in _Nubia_. On the south it borders on
+the kingdom of _Adel_, from the mountains of which country the river
+_Obi_ descends, and falls into the sea at the town of _Quilimane_ in the
+kingdom of _Melinda_.
+
+[Footnote 151: It is not worth while to inquire whence this ridiculous
+legend of king or Saint Jovarus has been derived. The origin of
+Christianity in Abyssinia will be considered on an after occasion, when
+we come to the particular travels in that country.--E.]
+
+The kings of Abyssinia pretend to descend from King Solomon by the queen
+of _Sheba_ or _Saba_; who being delivered by the way, named her son
+_Melech_, and sent him to his father, to be by him declared king of
+Ethiopia. Whereupon Solomon anointed him, and gave him the name of
+_David_, after his grandfather. Solomon likewise appointed him a
+household, giving him officers of his own, and sent with him as high
+priest, Azaria the son of Zadoc, who stole the tables of the law from
+the temple of Jerusalem, and carried them along with his new prince. It
+is affirmed that the descendants of these original officers still
+possess the same employments. The Abyssinians had some knowledge of the
+law of Christ from Queen _Candace_, in whom they glory as being of their
+country: But their true apostles were St Philip and St Mathew. In memory
+of his descent, the king or emperor of Abyssinia begins the enumeration
+of his many titles in this manner: "_David_, beloved of God, pillar of
+the Faith, descendant of Judah, grandson of David, son of Solomon, son
+of the pillar of Sion, son of the progeny of David, son of the hand of
+Mary, &c. Emperor of the higher Ethiopia," &c. He dwells for the most
+part in a camp, resembling a populous city, and is frequently removing
+from one part of the country to another. In his messages, he uses a
+style similar to that of the kings of Portugal and Spain, beginning "_I
+the king_." The people are very religious, having many churches and
+great numbers of monasteries which belong only to two religious orders,
+that of St Anthony, and the Canons regular. Those religious persons who
+live in convents wear long cotton garments; but all the others, and
+their priests and nuns, are dressed in skins, hardly covering so much as
+modesty requires. They have no considerable towns, have little learning,
+no skill in mechanics, and are very rude in their diet and clothing. In
+such houses as assume any degree of grandeur, all the furniture is
+brought from other countries. There are as expert thieves in this
+country as our gypsies are in Europe. This is the substance of what
+could be gathered by the first discoverers of Abyssinia.
+
+On the news of the arrival of the Portuguese fleet at Massua, and of the
+return of Mathew the ambassador, the Baharnagash[152] or governor of the
+province in which Arkiko is situated came there attended by 200 horse
+and 2000 foot. After some difference about a proper place of meeting
+between him and Sequeira, they at length agreed to meet on the
+sea-shore, and were seated on chairs on the sand, under the burning heat
+of the sun. At this meeting, Sequeira delivered Mathew the Abyssinian
+ambassador to the Baharnagash, and recommended to his protection Don
+Rodrigo de Lima who was sent ambassador from King Manuel to the emperor
+of Abyssinia. They treated likewise about building a fort as a
+protection against the Moors, either at Kamaran or Massua, and both
+swore to the sincerity of their friendly intentions on a cross, after
+which they separated and presents were mutually interchanged. Don
+Rodrigo de Lima set forwards on his journey unaccompanied by Mathew, who
+soon afterwards died in the monastery of the Vision. Sequeira erected a
+great cross in that port, in memory of the arrival of the Portuguese
+fleet, and caused many masses to be said in the mosque of Massua. From
+that port he went to the island of Dalac, where he burnt the town,
+previously abandoned by its inhabitants. He then stood over to the coast
+of Arabia, where one galley was cast away in a storm and most of her men
+lost. Leaving the Red Sea and sailing along the coast of Yemen, the
+fleet arrived at Cape Kalayat, towards the entrance of the Persian Gulf,
+where George Albuquerque waited its arrival. Going from thence to
+Muscat, Albuquerque was left to winter there with all the ships, and
+Sequeira went on to Ormuz with the gallies.
+
+[Footnote 152: In Faria called Barnagux.]
+
+In this same year 1520, during the expedition of Sequeira to the Red
+Sea, _Chrisna-rao_ king of Bisnagar collected together a vast army of
+35,000 horse, 733,000 foot, and 686 armed elephants, each of which
+carried a castle on its back with four men. In this army there were
+12,000 water-bearers, that all might be supplied without any being under
+the necessity of dispersing to seek for it. The baggage was immense and
+the followers numberless, among whom were above 20,000 common women.
+This prodigious army was collected for the purpose of taking the city of
+_Rachol_ then under the power of Adel Khan king of Visiapour, but which
+had belonged to the ancestors of Chrisna-rao, who had left it in charge
+to their successors to attempt its recovery. The city of Rachol was
+naturally almost impregnable, being situated on a high mountain and
+fortified by several stone walls, with large deep ditches and strong
+towers, well stored with artillery and other means of defence, and
+having a garrison of 400 horse, 8000 foot, 20 elephants, and a
+sufficient quantity of provisions and ammunition to tire out the most
+patient besiegers. Chrisna-rao encamped his vast army around the city,
+to which he gave many fruitless assaults during three months. At length
+Adel Khan approached to relieve the siege, having an army of 18,000
+horse, 120,000 foot, 150 elephants, and many large pieces of cannon.
+After many skirmishes, the two armies at last joined battle, in which at
+the beginning Chrisna-rao received much damage; but rallying his
+innumerable forces, made such havoc among the troops of Adel Khan, that
+only those escaped from the sword or from captivity who at last moved
+pity even in their enemies. Besides great riches in the camp of Adel
+Khan, the victor got 100 elephants, 4000 horses, 400 large cannons, and
+a great many small ones. Adel Khan made his escape on an elephant; but
+forty Portuguese who served in his army were all slain after behaving
+themselves with great valour.
+
+After this great victory, Chrisna-rao resumed the siege of Rachol, but
+was unable to make any impression on its walls. At this tine one
+_Christopher de Figueredo_ came to his camp, attended by twenty other
+Portuguese, bringing some Arabian horses for sale to the king. In
+discourse with Chrisna-rao respecting the siege, Figueredo asked
+permission to view the place, and to try what he could do with his
+Portuguese, which was granted. Figueredo gave two assaults, and being
+seconded in the latter by the troops of Chrisna-rao, he gained
+possession of the place. Soon afterwards, Adel Khan sent an embassy to
+Chrisna-rao, begging the restoration of the prisoners and plunder which
+had been taken in the late battle and in the captured city. Chrisna-rao
+offered to restore the whole, on condition that Adel Khan would
+acknowledge his supreme authority, as emperor of Canara, and come to
+kiss, his foot in token of submission and vassalage. This degrading
+condition was accepted, but its performance was prevented by several
+accidents. In the mean while, however, Ruy de Melo, who commanded in
+Goa, taking advantage of the declining situation of the affairs of Adel
+Khan, possessed himself of those parts of the continent adjoining to the
+Isle of Goa, with a force only of 250 horse and 800 Canara foot.
+
+In the same year 1520, Lope de Brito went to succeed Juan de Sylveira in
+the command of the fort of Columbo in Ceylon, and carried with him 400
+soldiers and many workmen, by whose means he made the fort so strong
+that it raised the jealousy of the natives of Columbo, who at the
+instigation of the Moors gave over trade with the Portuguese, and
+besieged the fort for five months, during which the garrison suffered
+great hardships. At length Antonio de Lemos arrived with a reinforcement
+of fifty men; with which small additional force Brito ventured to attack
+the vast multitude of the enemy, whom he completely routed, and matters
+were immediately restored to their former quiet.
+
+On the change of the monsoon, Sequeira set sail from Ormuz and joined
+Albuquerque at Muscat, where he found one ship from Lisbon of nine that
+sailed together, but all the rest came safe afterwards. One of the ships
+of this fleet, while sailing before the wind beyond the Cape of Good
+Hope, was stopped all of a sudden. On examining into the cause, it
+appeared that a sea monster bore the ship on its back, the tail
+appearing about the rudder and the head at the boltsprit, spouting up
+streams of water. It was _removed by exorcisms_, no human means being
+thought sufficient. By the sailors it was called the _Sambrero_, or the
+_hat-fish_, as the head has some resemblance to a hat. A similar fish,
+though less, had been seen on the coast of Portugal near _Atouguia_,
+where it did much harm.
+
+As the king had sent orders to the governor to build forts at the
+Moluccas, Sumatra, Maldive, Chaul, and Diu, Sequeira determined upon
+attempting the last first. Having dispatched the homeward ships from
+Cochin, he collected a fleet of 48 vessels of various kinds and sizes,
+on board of which he embarked 3000 Portuguese and 800 Malabars and
+Canarins. With this great force he appeared before Diu on the 9th of
+February 1521. Malek Azz, being suspicious that this armament was
+destined against him, had fortified and intrenched the city with great
+care. At the arrival of the Portuguese, Malek Azz was at the court of
+Cambaya, but had left his son Malek Saca with a strong garrison and
+three experienced commanders. Observing the strength of the place,
+Sequeira called a council of war to consult upon what was proper to be
+done, when it was concluded to desist from the enterprise. The officers
+of the fleet, though they had all concurred in this decision, and even
+privately allowed its prudence and necessity, accused the governor of
+cowardice on this occasion, though his valour was well known. Sequeira
+accordingly retired to Ormuz for the winter, sending Alexius de Menezes
+to Cochin with full power to conduct the government during his absence,
+and several of the other captains went to different ports to trade.
+Menezes dispatched the homeward trade from Cochin, and sent other ships
+to various parts of India, some of which went to Sumatra.
+
+The island of Sumatra extends in length from the north-west to the
+south-east, for about 220 leagues, by 70 in its greatest breadth, and is
+cut nearly in two equal parts by the equinoctial line. It is separated
+from Malacca by a narrow strait, and its most southern point is parted
+from Java by one still narrower. Java is above 100 leagues long by
+twelve in breadth. To the east of Sumatra is the great island of Borneo,
+through which likewise the equinoctial passes, leaving two-thirds of the
+island on the north side of the line. The maritime parts of Sumatra are
+flat, but the interior is full of mountains, pervaded by many large
+rivers, and covered by impenetrable woods which even the rays of the sun
+are unable to pierce. Owing to these circumstances Sumatra is very
+unhealthy, yet is much resorted to for its rich and valuable
+productions, and particularly on account of its abounding in gold.
+Besides gold, it produces white sandal-wood, benzoin, camphor, pepper,
+ginger, cinnamon[153], abundance of silk, and abounds in fish and
+cattle. It has in one part a spring of petroleum or rock oil, and one of
+its mountains is a volcano. The original natives of the island are
+pagans; but the Moors who came there first as merchants, have possessed
+themselves of the island as lords ever since the year 1400. Among the
+inland tribes is one called _Batas_, who are of most brutal manners, and
+even feed on human flesh. The Moors who dwell on the coast, use several
+languages, but chiefly the _Malay_. Their weapons are poisoned arrows
+like the natives of Java from whom they are descended, but they likewise
+use fire-arms. This island is divided into nine kingdoms; of which
+_Pedier_ was once the chief; but now that of _Pacem_ or _Pisang_ is the
+most powerful, yet its kings only continue to reign so long as it
+pleases the rabble.
+
+[Footnote 153: Probably cassia.]
+
+At this time George Albuquerque was sent to Sumatra, on purpose to
+restore a king of Pisang who had been expelled and had fled to the
+Portuguese for protection and aid. On his arrival, having secured the
+co-operation and assistance of the neighbouring king of Ara, Albuquerque
+sent a message to the usurper desiring him to resign the kingdom to the
+lawful prince, who had submitted to the king of Portugal, _Genial_, the
+usurper, offered to make the same submission, if allowed to retain
+possession, but this offer was refused. Albuquerque then attacked Genial
+in his fort, which was scaled and the gate broke open; yet the usurper
+and thirty men valiantly defended a tower over the gateway, till Genial
+was slain by a musket-shot, on which the others immediately fled. The
+Portuguese troops, about 300 in number, were opposed by 3000 Moors in
+the market-place, assisted by some elephants. Hector de Sylveira
+endeavoured to strike one of these in the trunk with his lance, which
+the beast put aside, and laying hold of Sylveira threw him into the air,
+yet he had the good fortune to survive. Two other Portuguese soldiers
+had better success, as one of them killed the rider and the other
+wounded the elephant, on which he turned among his own party whom he
+trampled to death without mercy. The Moors now returned to another
+post, but with the aid of the king of Ara, they were completely defeated
+by the Portuguese, 2000 of them being slain. In this battle Albuquerque
+received two wounds in his face, and four or five persons of note were
+killed on the side of the Portuguese, besides a great many wounded. Next
+day the dispossessed prince of Pisang was reinstated with much ceremony,
+being made tributary to the king of Portugal, and a fort was erected at
+his capital, as at other places, to keep him under subjection.
+
+At this time Antonio de Brito arrived at Pisang from, Acheen, where his
+brother George de Brito had been slain by the Moors with a great number
+of men, in a scandalous attempt to rob the sepulchres of the kings of
+that country of a great quantity of gold they were said to contain.
+Antonio was now left by Albuquerque in the command of the new fort of
+Pisang, with three ships which were afterwards of great service against
+a Moor who infested the coast. On his return to Malacca, of which he had
+the command, Albuquerque prepared to make war upon the king of Bintang.
+That island, about 40 leagues from Malacca, is forty leagues in
+circumference, having two strong castles, and its rivers staked to
+prevent the access of ships, so that it was considered as almost
+impregnable. Albuquerque went from Malacca with 18 vessels and 600 men,
+and finding it impossible to get his ships up, he endeavoured to land
+his men from boats to attack one of the forts; but the water being up to
+their middles, and the enemy making a brave resistance, they were forced
+to retire after losing twenty men, besides a great number wounded.
+
+In the same year 1521, Antonio de Brito sailed for the Molucca islands.
+These islands are in the middle of a great number of others under the
+equator, about 300 leagues east from Malacca. There are five principal
+islands to which the general name of Moluccas is applied, about 25
+leagues distant from each other, the largest not exceeding six leagues
+in circumference. The particular names of these are _Ternate_, _Tidore_,
+_Mousell_, _Macquein_ and _Bacham_[154]. They are covered with woods and
+subject to fogs, and are consequently unhealthy. These five islands
+produce cloves, but no kind of food; and the large island of
+_Batochina_, which is 60 leagues long, produces food but no cloves. In
+some of these islands, particularly Ternate, there are burning
+mountains. Their chief subsistence is of a kind of meal made from the
+bark of certain trees resembling the palm[155]. There are certain canes
+that have a liquor in their hollows between the joints, which is
+delightful to drink. Though the country abounds in animals, the natives
+eat very little flesh, but live chiefly on fish which their seas produce
+inexhaustibly. They are very warlike and by no means affable, and are
+most expert both in running and swimming. Their religion is idolatrous,
+but we have no account whatever respecting their original. The Moors had
+possessed themselves of this country not long before the coming of the
+Portuguese, as a Mahometan priest who had come along with the first of
+the Moorish invaders was still alive at the arrival of Brito.
+
+[Footnote 154: The principal island of the Molucca group is Gilolo;
+those in the text being small islands to the west of Gilolo. The large
+island mentioned in the text under the name of Batochina, can be no
+other than Gilolo.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 155: This is obviously an erroneous account of _Sago_, an
+alimentary substance procured from the _pith_ of a tree of the palm
+tribe, not from the _bark_.--E.]
+
+Antonio de Brito was sent on this occasion to build a fort in the island
+of Ternate, which had been long desired by its king _Boylefe_. His force
+consisted of six ships and 300 soldiers, and was increased at the island
+of Agacim by four sail under the command of Garcia Enriquez. On arriving
+at Ternate, the old king Boylefe was dead, and the king of Tidore had
+admitted the Spaniards to settle on his island; yet seeing that the
+queen who governed Ternate during the minority of her son gave a
+friendly reception to Brito, the king of Tidore visited him and offered
+to deliver up the Spaniards to him if he would build the fort on Tidore
+instead of Ternate. But Ternate was preferred as the most convenient,
+Brito laying the first stone on the festival of St John the Baptist, the
+28th of December 1521.
+
+At this time a private correspondence was carried on between Francis
+Serram, who resided in Ternate and Ferdinando de Magallanes in Portugal,
+which turned to the advantage of Spain and the detriment of Portugal.
+Magalanes, otherwise named Magellan, was a man of note and a knight of
+St Jago, who had served with reputation at Azamor in Africa and in
+several parts of India. Having solicited for a small allowance usually
+given in reward of service, and which was refused, he left Portugal and
+entered into the service of Spain. From his skill in sea affairs, and
+the correspondence he held with Serram at Ternate, he concluded there
+might be another way to India; and as the Spaniards had already tasted
+the fruits of these islands, he wrote to Serram that he hoped soon to be
+his guest at Ternate going thither by a new way[156]. He accordingly got
+the command of five ships with 250 men, some of whom were Portuguese.
+Sailing from the port of San Lucar de Barameda on the 20th of September
+1519, after having renounced his country by a solemn act, he sailed
+toward the south along the eastern coast of South America. When past Rio
+de Janeiro on the coast of Brazil, the men began to grow mutinous, and
+still more so when they had gone beyond the river of St Julian on the
+coast of Patagonia, where they did not immediately find the strait of
+passage to the Pacific Ocean, and found themselves pinched by the cold
+of that inhospitable climate. As they proceeded to hold disrespectful
+discourses against Magellan, both reflecting upon his pretended
+knowledge, and espousing doubts of his fidelity, which came to his
+knowledge, he called together all the principal people in his squadron,
+to whom he made a long and learned discourse. Yet a conspiracy was
+entered into to kill Magellan, by three of his captains, named
+Cartagene, Quixada, and Mendoza. Their design however was discovered, on
+which Mendoza was immediately stabbed, and the other two arrested and
+punished as traitors; Quixada being quartered _alive_, while Cartagene
+and a priest concerned in the plot were set ashore on the barbarous
+coast. Most of the men were engaged in the conspiracy, but it was
+necessary to pardon them that there might be seamen for prosecuting the
+voyage.
+
+[Footnote 156: From the text, coupled with a consideration of the
+infallible grants of his holiness, who had given every part of the world
+to the west of a certain meridian to the Spaniards and all eastwards to
+the Portuguese, or all to both, those Spaniards who had been at the
+Moluccas must have come from the western coast of Mexico. Magellan
+proposed a new route by the southwest, to evade the grant of the
+sovereign pontiff, which was actually accomplished, though he lived not
+to enjoy what may in some measure be termed the treasonable honour.--E.]
+
+Magellan wintered at this place[157], and some men who were sent about
+twenty leagues into the interior brought a few natives to the ships, who
+were of a gigantic stature, being above three yards high. After
+suffering much through cold, hunger, and continual fatigue, they at
+length reached the _Cabo de las Virgines_, in lat. 52 deg. S. so named
+because discovered on the day of the 11,000 virgins. Below this cape,
+they discovered the strait of which they were in search, being about a
+league wide.[158] In their progress, the strait was found in some places
+wider and in others narrower than its mouth. The land on both sides was
+high, partly bare, and part covered with wood, among which were many
+cypress trees. The mountains were covered with much snow, which made
+them appear very high. Having advanced about 50 leagues into this
+strait, another was seen and Magellan sent one of his ships to explore
+it; but after waiting much beyond the time appointed for her return, _he
+ordered the astrologer_, Andrew Martin _to erect a figure_, who answered
+that she was gone back to Spain, and that the crew had confined the
+captain, Alvaro de Mesquita, for opposing that measure. This was
+actually the case, and they were eight months on the voyage. After this
+event, which gave much vexation to Magellan, he continued his voyage
+through the straits much against the inclination of his people, and at
+length got out into the southern Pacific Ocean with three ships, that
+commanded by Juan Serrano having been wrecked and the men saved with
+much difficulty.
+
+[Footnote 157: Though not directly so expressed in the text, Magellan
+appears to have wintered at Port St Julian.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 158: Now called the Straits of Magellan from its
+discoverer.--E.]
+
+To escape from the excessive cold of the southern extremity of America,
+Magellan now shaped his course W.N.W. and when about 1500 leagues from
+the straits, he found an island in lat. 18 deg. S. and another 200 leagues
+further on. Having lost his computation for the Moluccas, he discovered
+several islands in lat. 15 deg. 30' N. and at length came to the island of
+_Subo_ in lat. 10 deg. N. being about 12 leagues in circumference. He was
+hospitably received here, and found the natives of so tractable a
+disposition, that the king and queen of the island, with their children
+and above 800 of the inhabitants were baptised. This prince was at war
+with a neighbour, and was assisted by Magellan. After two victories,
+Magellan was slain in a third battle on the 27th of April 1521, together
+with his astrologer and some others. The baptised king now entered into
+an agreement with his enemies, and poisoned all the Christians who were
+on shore. Those who remained on board, being too few in number to
+navigate the three ships, burnt one, and set sail with the other two,
+one of which was the famous _Victory_, commanded by Juan Sebastian
+Cano, _being the first ship that circumnavigated the globe_. They
+arrived at the Moluccas, where they were well received by the king of
+Tidore, who was much dissatisfied by the Portuguese having given the
+preference to Ternate in forming their establishment. At this place they
+took in a loading of spice, and went thence to _Banda_, where they
+completed their cargo by the assistance of a Portuguese named Juan de
+Lourosa. One of the Spanish ships returned to Ternate, many of the crew
+having died of a contagious disease, and the small remnant being unable
+to continue the voyage. They were hospitably received by Antonio de
+Brito, who relieved and sent them to India, whence they returned to
+Europe in the Portuguese ships.
+
+The _famous ship Victory_ returned in triumph to Spain, after performing
+that wonderful _Voyage round the World_. Her arrival occasioned new
+contests between the courts of Spain and Portugal, Charles V. and John
+III. then reigning, because the Molucca islands were considered as
+belonging to Portugal, according to the former agreement respecting the
+discoveries of the globe. In the year 1524, a congress of civilians and
+geographers was held to determine this affair, at a place between
+Badajos and Elvas; but it was not settled till the year 1526.[159]
+
+[Footnote 159: As this first circumnavigation will fall to be related
+more at large, in a division of our arrangement devoted expressly to
+that subject, it has not been deemed necessary to elucidate this short
+incidental account from De Faria, by any geographical commentary.--E.]
+
+In one of the former years, Fernan Perez de Andrada had established a
+trade at Quantung or Canton in China, which was so exceedingly
+profitable that every one was eager to engage in it. In the present year
+1521, Simon de Andrada was sent by Sequeira to China with five ships,
+and cast anchor in the port of the island of _Tamou_ opposite to Canton,
+where his brother had been formerly. The Portuguese ambassador to the
+emperor of China still remained at that place, but set out soon
+afterwards up a large river with three vessels splendidly decorated with
+Portuguese colours, it being a received custom that none but those of
+China should be seen there, which are gules a lion rampant.[160] In this
+manner he arrived at the foot of a mountain from which that great river
+derives its source. This mountainous ridge, called _Malexam_, beginning
+at the bay of Cochin-China in the province of Fokien,[161] runs through
+the three southern provinces of China, Quangsi, Quantung, and Fokien,
+dividing them from the interior provinces, as Spain is divided from
+France by the Pyrenees. Thomas Perez, leaving the vessels at this place,
+travelled northwards to the city of Nanking, where the king then was,
+having spent four months in the journey without stopping at any place.
+The emperor however thought proper to appoint his audience at Peking, a
+city far distant, to which place Perez accordingly followed. While on
+the journey, Simon de Andrada behaved himself so improperly in the
+island of Tamou that an account of his proceedings was sent to court,
+and Thomas Perez and his companions were condemned to death as spies.
+The rigour of this sentence was mitigated, but the embassy was not
+received, and Perez was sent back as a prisoner to Canton, with orders
+that the Portuguese should restore Malacca to its native king, who was a
+vassal to China, in which case the embassy would be received; but
+otherwise the ambassador and his suite were to be put to death, and the
+Portuguese for ever excluded from China as enemies. Simon de Andrada
+conducted himself with a high hand, as if he had been king of Tamou,
+where he raised a fort, and set up a gallows to intimidate the people.
+He committed violence against the merchants who resorted to the port,
+and bought young people of both sexes, giving occasion to thieves to
+steal them from their parents. These extravagant proceedings lost
+nothing in their transmission to court, and were the cause of the severe
+orders respecting Perez and his followers.
+
+[Footnote 160: The text seems irreconcileably contradictory, perhaps
+from mistranslation; but the circumstance is not important.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 161: This account of the ridge of Malexam is considerably
+erroneous. The ridge of mountains in the text begins in the west of
+China on the borders off the province of Yunnan, between Koeitchoo and
+Quansee, and ends in the east at the province of Foo-tchien.--E.]
+
+At this time Diego Calva arrived with one ship from Lisbon, and several
+others from Malacca, and in consequence of this addition to their
+strength, the Portuguese acted still more insolently than before, and so
+exasperated the governors of the province that they apprehended several
+of them, and even contrived to take the last arrived ship. At the
+commencement of hostilities Duarte Coello arrived from Malacca with two
+ships well manned and armed. The _Itao_, or Chinese admiral in these
+seas, attacked the Portuguese with fifty ships, and though he did them
+some damage, he was so severely handled by the artillery that he was
+forced to retire and to remain at some distance, keeping up a strict
+blockade. After matters had remained in this state for forty days,
+Ambrose del Rego arrived with two additional ships from Malacca, and the
+Portuguese determined upon forcing their way through the Chinese fleet.
+The battle on this occasion was very bloody; but in consequence of a
+gale of wind dispersing the Chinese fleet, the Portuguese were enabled
+to get away from the island of Tamou. The Itao revenged himself upon
+such of the Portuguese as had fallen into his hands, and particularly
+upon Thomas Perez and his companions, who were all slain, and their
+baggage robbed of the present intended for the emperor, and of all the
+commodities which Perez had purchased during his residence in China.
+Such was the profitableness of the China trade at this time, that Perez
+though only an apothecary of mean parentage, had by this time acquired
+2000 weight of rhubarb, 1600 pieces of damask, 400 pieces of other
+silks, above 100 ounces of gold, 2000 ounces of silver, 84 pounds of
+loose musk, above 3000 purses or cods of that perfume, called _Papos_,
+and a great deal of other commodities.
+
+As _Mocrim_ king of _Lasah_ refused to pay the tribute which was due to
+the king of Ormuz for the islands of Bahrayn and Catifa on the coast of
+Arabia, the king of Ormuz was backward in paying the tribute to the
+Portuguese, alleging his inability on account of not receiving payment
+from his vassal. On this account a force had been already sent against
+the king of Lasah, accompanied by some Portuguese auxiliaries, but had
+been unsuccessful. The king of Ormuz, wishing effectually to humble his
+vassal, applied to Sequeira for assistance, who consented on purpose to
+secure the tribute due to the Portuguese. Accordingly in the year 1521,
+an armament of 200 vessels belonging to the king of Ormuz, having on
+board 3000 Arabs and Persians, sailed for Bahrayn under the command of
+Reis Xarafo or Sharafo, accompanied by seven Portuguese ships with 400
+soldiers commanded by Antonio Correa. On their arrival at Bahrayn,
+Mocrim was found well prepared for their reception, having 300 Arab
+horse, 400 Persian archers, 20 Turkish musketeers besides some natives
+armed with firelocks, and above 11,000 native troops armed with
+different weapons. He had besides thrown up strong intrenchments and
+redoubts, well provided with cannon, and these formidable military
+preparations were under the charge of experienced commanders.
+
+The Persian Gulf, which intervenes between Arabia and Persia, takes its
+name from the latter, as the more noble country. This famous gulf begins
+at Cape _Jasques_ or _Carpela_, in lat. 26 deg. N. and ends at the mouth of
+the river Euphrates, having many cities, rivers, woods, and islands
+along its northern or Persian shores. On the other or Arabian shore,
+beginning at Cape _Mozandan_ or _Musaldon_, named _Assaborum_ by the
+ancients, and ending where it meets the other side at the Euphrates,
+there are only four towns. One of these, _Catifa_ or Al Katif, is
+opposite the island of Bahrayn, where is the pearl-fishery. This island
+is 30 leagues in circumference, and seven leagues long, and is 110
+leagues from Ormuz. The principal product of this island is tamarinds,
+but it has likewise all the other fruits that grow in Spain. The largest
+town is of the same name with the island, besides which there are about
+300 villages, inhabited by Arabs and Moors[162]. The air is very
+unhealthy. The pearls found here, though not in such abundance, are more
+valuable than those of Ceylon in India, or of Hainan in China. On the
+continent of Arabia, opposite to Bahrayn is the city of _Lasah_[163], of
+which Mocrim was king.
+
+[Footnote 162: It is difficult to comprehend the distinction; and
+perhaps we ought to read Arabs _or_ Moors.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 163: Lasah may have been the name of the territory, and
+perhaps applied likewise to the capital which is named _Al Katif_ in our
+maps, and the territory _Bahrayn_. These are two islands of Bahrayn, one
+of which from the text appears to have been named Catifa.--E.]
+
+Having formed his dispositions of attack, Correa landed at the head of
+170 Portuguese, giving orders to Reis Xarafo to send assistance wherever
+he might see it necessary. Ayres Correa, the brother of the Portuguese
+commander, led the van or forlorn hope of fifty men, all of whom were
+knee deep in water. The Portuguese assaulted the trenches with great
+bravery, and were opposed with much resolution by the enemy, headed by
+the king; and after some time both parties were so much fatigued by the
+heat as to be under the necessity of taking some respite, as by mutual
+consent. After a short rest, the attack was renewed, and the king being
+shot through the thigh, of which wound he died six days afterwards, his
+men lost heart, and great numbers of them being killed and wounded, they
+fled leaving a complete victory to the Portuguese. During the whole
+engagement, Reis Xarafo looked on from his vessel as an unconcerned
+spectator; but when afterwards the body of the deceased king was carried
+over to Lasah for interment, he went there and cut off his head, which
+he sent to Ormuz. In this engagement the Portuguese had seven men killed
+and many wounded, but the island was effectually reduced. For this
+exploit, Correa had the title of Bahrayn added to his name, and was
+authorized to bear a kings head in his coat of arms, which is still
+borne by his descendents.
+
+In this same year 1521, the zamorin of Calicut made war against Cochin
+at the head of 200,000 men; and although only forty Portuguese were in
+the army of Cochin, and but thirty of these armed with muskets, the
+enemy retired in dismay. At this time likewise Diego Fernandez de Beja,
+who had been left before Diu, came to join Sequeira at Ormuz, having
+been attacked by some vessels belonging to Malek Azz, whose double
+dealing was now apparent. To prevent certain frauds that had been
+practised by the native officers of the customs at Ormuz, Sequeira
+thought proper to appoint Portuguese officers in that charge, which so
+exasperated the natives that they endeavoured to shake off the yoke, as
+will appear hereafter.
+
+Being determined to resume the plan of establishing a fort at Diu,
+Sequeira sent back Beja to that place with four stout vessels, with
+orders to hinder all ships from entering the port. Beja executed these
+orders for some time effectually, and even took some vessels; but Malek
+Azz came against him with a number of ships well armed with cannon, sunk
+one of the Portuguese galleons and did much damage to the others which
+were becalmed; but on the wind springing up, the vessels of the enemy
+were forced to retire. While Sequeira was on his voyage from Ormuz
+against Diu, he captured a vessel by the way, and divided the Moorish
+crew among his ships. Those who were put on board the ship commanded by
+Antonio Correa, set fire to the powder-room, by which the poop was blown
+into the air and the vessel sunk; in which miserable catastrophe the
+brave conqueror of Bahrayn perished. [164]. Owing to these misfortunes,
+Sequeira desisted from the enterprise against Diu, and went to _Chaul_
+where he found Ferdinando Camelo, who had brought permission from Nizam
+al Mulk to build a fort at that place, chiefly to favour the importation
+of horses for his own use, as that trade was then confined to Goa. The
+building of the fort was accordingly begun without delay. As Malek Azz
+suspected that the establishment of the Portuguese at this place might
+lessen greatly the trade of Diu, he made his appearance off Chaul with
+above fifty vessels, and sunk a large Portuguese ship just come from
+Ormuz. Azz continued to blockade the port of Chaul for three weeks,
+doing much damage to the squadron which was opposed to him; yet the
+construction of the fort went on with all diligence. Learning that his
+successor was arrived at Cochin, which rendered his presence necessary
+at that place, Sequeira forced his way through the enemy, leaving his
+nephew Henry de Menezes to command the fort, and Antonio Correa with the
+charge of the ships.
+
+[Footnote 164: Yet only a few lines afterwards, Antonio Correa is found
+to be alive and commanding a squadron off Chaul. Having no means to
+correct this contradiction, the text is left as published by
+Stevens.--E.]
+
+After the departure of Sequeira for Cochin, Aga Mahomet who commanded
+the fleet belonging to Malek Azz did every thing in his power to hinder
+the construction of the fort. To secure the entrance of the river, the
+Portuguese had erected a redoubt or bulwark on the side opposite the
+fort, which was commanded by Pedro Vaz Permeo with a garrison of thirty
+men. Mahomet sent 300 of his men by night to surprise this bulwark, but
+they were so valiantly opposed by the small garrison, though the captain
+and several men were slain, that they maintained their ground till
+relieved by Ruy Vaz Pereira with a reinforcement of sixty men, who put
+the enemy to flight after having lost a hundred men. By this success the
+enemy were much daunted, and particularly one Sheikh Mamud, a great man
+in the city, who pretended to be a friend to the Portuguese, yet did
+every thing in his power secretly to molest them. On occasion of the
+defeat of Aga Mahomet, the sheikh sent to congratulate Antonio Correa;
+who well knowing his treachery, sent him back the heads of his
+messengers, and hung up their bodies along the shore. The sheikh was
+astonished at this act, and now proceeded to open hostilities,
+encouraging Aga Mahomet to persevere in the blockade, giving him
+intelligence that the Portuguese were in want of ammunition. But Don
+Luis de Menezes arrived with reinforcements and a supply of ammunition
+and provisions, to whom Correa resigned the command.
+
+Don Duarte de Menezes entered upon the government of India on the 22d of
+January 1522, John III. being then upon the throne of Portugal. Having
+dispatched his predecessor with the homeward trade, and sent off
+commanders to the different establishments in India, he began to
+experience the bad effects of Sequeira having appointed Portuguese
+officers to the custom-house at Ormuz; as he received advice that the
+Moors of that place had taken arms and killed some men, and had even
+besieged the fort. He immediately sent his brother with relief, and
+appointed Simon de Andre to command at Chaul, who began his career by
+taking two Turkish gallies, and gaining a victory over the people of
+Dabul, by which that city was reduced to pay tribute. Malek Azz was
+terrified by these successes, and withdrew his fleet from before Chaul.
+
+As formerly mentioned, the late governor Sequeira had appointed
+Portuguese officers to collect the revenue of Ormuz, which in fact had
+been done contrary to his own private judgment, but by command of the
+king of Portugal. These officers conducted themselves oppressively to
+the natives, from whom they made many undue exactions to satisfy their
+own cupidity, and behaved to them with much insolence and violence, even
+forcing from them their wives and daughters. Unable to endure these
+oppressions, the inhabitants of Ormuz and its dependencies formed a
+conspiracy against the Portuguese, and broke out into open insurrection
+against them suddenly at Ormuz, Bahrayn, Muscat, Kuriat, and Zoar[165],
+all in one night by previous concert, by a private order from the king
+of Ormuz. This attack was so sudden and well concerted, that above 120
+of the Portuguese were slain on that night, and one _Ruy Boto_ was put
+to the torture by the Moors in defence of the faith. The Portuguese at
+Ormuz, where Don Garcia Coutino then commanded, exerted themselves as
+well as they could to defend themselves, and secured the ships which
+happened to be at that place under the protection of the fort, which was
+immediately besieged. Of these events immediate intelligence was sent by
+Don Garcia to Cochin and other places for relief, fearing he might be
+constrained to surrender for want of provisions and water; and in fact
+two of the Portuguese vessels were burnt by the Moors under the guns of
+the fort.
+
+[Footnote 165: These three last mentioned places are all on the
+north-eastern point of Arabia, near Cape Rasaigat, and appear to have
+been then dependent on the kingdom of Ormuz.--E.]
+
+Tristan Vaz de Vega and Manuel de Souza happened to be then at Muscat in
+their ships, and immediately made sail to the relief of Ormuz. Tristan
+Vaz arrived first, and made his way to the fort through 160 sail of
+Moorish vessels by which it was blockaded. Two days afterwards the ship
+commanded by Manuel de Souza was seen at anchor at the distance of two
+leagues. It was very dangerous for those at the fort to assist him, and
+yet it was absolutely necessary for the common safety that he should be
+relieved; wherefore Tristan Vaz adventured with his ship to his aid,
+forcing his way as before through the vast Moorish fleet, eighty of
+which pursued him in full sail, and even De Souza, thinking him at first
+an enemy did him some harm. The king of Ormuz, to inspire his people to
+exert themselves in the capture of these two ships, exhibited a large
+heap of gold as his intended reward for such of his subjects as should
+take Tristan and Manuel prisoners; while at the same time he set apart a
+heap of female attire, to be worn in disgrace by those who might not
+behave valiantly. Actuated at the same time by desire of reward and fear
+of disgrace, the Ormuzians manned 130 of their vessels, with which they
+furiously assailed the two Portuguese ships: yet they both made their
+way through showers of bullets and arrows to the fort, to the great joy
+and relief of the governor and garrison. Despairing of being able to
+shake off the Portuguese yoke, and dreading the punishment of his
+revolt, the king of Ormuz abandoned his city and retired to _Kishom_ or
+_Queixome_, an island about 15 leagues in length and 3 leagues from
+Ormuz, close to the shore of Persia. This island is sufficiently fertile
+but very unhealthy. On his retreat, he gave orders for all the
+inhabitants of Ormuz to follow him, and to set their city on fire, which
+burnt furiously for four days and nights. Even at this time some of the
+Portuguese gentlemen in the fort of Ormuz were in private correspondence
+with the king, giving him instructions how to conduct himself with the
+succeeding governor, so as to ensure his restoration; which they did on
+purpose to enrich themselves by exacting presents from the king in
+recompence of their services.
+
+Don Luis de Menezes, as already mentioned, was sent by his brother
+Duarte, the governor-general, with ten sail to relieve and take the
+command of Ormuz. On arriving at Zoar, he destroyed the town with fire
+and sword, and then gave the sovereignty of it to Sheikh Husseyn, to
+hold it in direct vassalage of Portugal, instead of being dependent upon
+Ormuz as hitherto. In the mean time the king of Ormuz was murdered at
+Kishom by his own officers, who crowned his son Mamud Shah, a youth of
+thirteen. On the arrival of Don Luis, a treaty was entered Into with the
+new king, by which it was agreed that the king and inhabitants were to
+return to Ormuz; that the former tribute of 20,000 _Xerephines_ should
+be continued, and all arrears paid up; and that the Portuguese officers
+should not interfere in the government of the city or its revenues. On
+the conclusion of this treaty, the king sent a present of gold, jewels,
+pearls, and silks for the king of Portugal, and another for Don Luis,
+but which he publicly ordered to be sent along with the other.
+
+Some time after this, but in the same year 1522, Don Duarte went to
+Ormuz to examine into the cause of the late troubles; but he punished
+those who had least influence, and overlooked the most guilty. _Reis
+Xarafo_, a person of great power, who had been the most active
+instigator in the late troubles, was rewarded; and _Reis Xamexir_, who
+had killed _Reis Xahadim_ at the instigation of Don Luis, was banished
+instead of the promised reward. Duarte augmented the tribute by adding
+35,000 Xerephines to the former 25,000[166], which could not be paid
+when the city was in a flourishing condition, and yet 60,000 were now
+demanded when it lay in ruins and its trade was destroyed.
+
+[Footnote 166: It was only called 20,000 a few lines before.--E.]
+
+At this time Don Luis was sent with nine ships to the Red Sea. At
+Socotora he lost one of his ships. He took and burnt the town
+_Zaer_[167] on the coast of Arabia, because the sheikh refused to
+restore the goods of a Portuguese merchant or factor who had died there.
+At _Veruma_[168] he burned some ships, and then battered the city of
+Aden, after which he entered the Red Sea, where he did nothing worthy of
+notice, and returned to his brother at Ormuz, but was much dissatisfied
+with the conduct of Duarte at that place.
+
+[Footnote 167: Perhaps _Shahr_ near Makulla on the coast of Yemen.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 168: This place was probably near Aden on the coast of
+Arabia.--E.]
+
+That part of the continent of India adjoining to Goa, belonging to Adel
+Khan king of Visiapour, which had been seized by Ruy de Melo during the
+war with the king of Narsinga, was now lost by Francisco Pereyra
+Pestana. Pestana was a brave officer, and exerted himself to the utmost;
+but as Adel Khan had now no other object to employ his arms, his power
+was not to be resisted. Ferdinando Rodriguez Barba indeed obtained a
+signal victory over the forces of Adel Khan; and after this Pestana and
+Sotomayor, with only thirty horse and a small number of foot, defeated
+5000 foot and 400 horse. But in the end numbers prevailed, and the
+country was reduced to the obedience of Adel Khan, and afterwards
+confirmed to him by treaty.
+
+About this time the governor Duarte made particular inquiry respecting
+St Thomas the apostle, in consequence of orders to that effect from the
+king of Portugal; and the following is the substance of the information
+he transmitted. In the year 1517, some Portuguese sailed in company with
+an Armenian, and landed at Palicat on the coast of Coromandel, a
+province of the kingdom of Bisnagar, where they were invited by the
+Armenian to visit certain ruins of many buildings still retaining the
+vestiges of much grandeur. In the middle of these was a chapel of
+indifferent structure still entire, the walls of which both outside and
+in were adorned with many crosses cut in stone, resembling those of the
+ancient military order of Alcantara, which are _fleuree_ and
+_fitched_[169]. A Moor resided there who pretended to have miraculously
+recovered his sight by a visit to this holy place, and that his
+ancestors had been accustomed to entertain a light in the chapel. There
+was a tradition that the church, of which this small chapel was all that
+remained entire, was built by St Thomas, when he preached Christianity
+to the Indians, and that he and two of his disciples were here interred,
+together with a king who had been converted by his miracles. In
+consequence of this information, Don Duarte sent Ernanuel de Faria, with
+a priest and a mason to repair this chapel. On digging about the
+foundation on one side which threatened to fall, they found about a yard
+below ground a tomb-stone with an inscription implying "That when St
+Thomas built this church the king of Meliapour gave him the duties of
+all merchandize imported, which was the tenths[170]." Going still
+deeper, they came to a hollow place between two stones, in which lay the
+bones of a human body with the butt and head of a spear, which were
+supposed to be the remains of the saint, as those of the king and
+disciple were also found, _but not so white_. They placed the bones of
+the saint in a _China chest_, and the other bones in another chest,
+and hid both under the altar. On farther inquiry, it appeared by the
+ancient records of the kingdom, that Saint Thomas had come to Meliapour
+about 1500 years before, then in so flourishing a condition that it is
+said by tradition to have contained 3300 stately churches in its
+environs. It is farther said that Meliapour was then twelve leagues from
+the coast, whereas its ruins are now close to the shore; and that the
+saint had left a prediction, "That when the sea came up to the scite of
+the city, a people should come from the west having the same religion
+which he taught." That the saint had dragged a vast piece of timber from
+the sea in a miraculous manner for the construction of his church, which
+all the force of elephants and the art of men had been unable to move
+when attempted for the use of the king. That the _bramin_ who was chief
+priest to the king, envious of the miracles performed by the saint, had
+murdered his own son and accused the saint as the murderer; but St
+Thomas restored the child to life, who then bore witness against his
+father; and, that in consequence of these miracles, the king and all his
+family were converted.
+
+[Footnote 169: Heraldic terms, implying that the three upper arms of the
+cross end in the imitation of flowers, while the lower limb is
+pointed.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 170: The strange expression in the text ought probably to have
+been the tenths of the duties on importation.--E.]
+
+An Armenian bishop who spent twenty years in visiting the Christians of
+that part of India which is near _Coulam_[171], declared on oath that he
+found what follows in their writings: That, when the twelve apostles
+were dispersed through the world, Thomas, Bartholomew, and Judas
+Thaddeus went together to Babylon where they separated. Thaddeus
+preached in Arabia, since possessed by the Mahometans. Bartholomew went
+into Persia, where he was buried in a convent of Armenian monks near
+_Tebris_. Thomas embarked at Basrah on the Euphrates, crossed the
+Persian Gulf, to Socotora, whence he went to Meliapour, and thence to
+China where he built several churches. That after his return to
+Meliapour and the conversion of the king, he suffered martyrdom through
+the malice of the bramins, who counterfeited a quarrel while he was
+preaching, and at length had him run through by a lance; upon which he
+was buried by his disciples as formerly related in the church he had
+built at Meliapour. It was likewise affirmed by a learned native of
+Coulam, that there were two religious houses built in that part of the
+country by the disciples of St Thomas, one in Coulam and the other at
+Cranganor; in the former of which the _Indian Sybil_ was buried, who
+advised King _Perimal_ of Ceylon to meet other two Indian kings at
+Muscat, who were going to Bethlem to adore the newly born Saviour; and
+that King Perimal, at her entreaty, brought her a picture of the Blessed
+Virgin, which was kept in the same tomb. Thus was the _invention_ of the
+holy relics of the apostle of India; which gave occasion to the
+Portuguese to build the city of St Thomas, in the port of Palicat, seven
+leagues from the ruins of the ancient Christian city of Meliapour.
+
+[Footnote 171: Coulam is on the coast of Travancore; in which country a
+remnant of the ancient Indian Christians has been recently visited by Dr
+Buchannan, which will fall to be particularly noticed in a future
+division of this collection--E.]
+
+In the year 1522, Antonio Miranda de Azevedo was commander of the fort
+at Pisang in the island of Sumatra. On the west coast of that island
+there are six Moorish kingdoms of which Pedier was the chief, and to
+which those of Achem and Daga were subordinate. But in consequence of
+war among themselves, Achem gained the superiority, and the king of
+Pedier retired to the fort for the protection of the Portuguese[172]. On
+coming to the city of Pedier with a great force, the king of Achem
+endeavoured to inveigle the king of that place into his hands, and
+prevailed on some of the leading men of the city to write their king
+that he might come there in safety as his enemies were expelled, and he
+might easily destroy them by the assistance of the Portuguese. He
+accordingly went to the city, aided by eighty Portuguese soldiers and
+two hundred Moors, which went by sea in small row boats, while the king
+himself went along the shore with above a thousand armed elephants[173].
+He was received at Pedier with feigned joy, but with a determination to
+make him prisoner, which was only deferred till the arrival of the
+Portuguese, that they likewise might be secured; but being apprized of
+his danger, the king fled next day to the mountains with two elephants
+and a few faithful followers. The Portuguese thus left on the shore
+unsupported were attacked by the enemy with showers of darts and arrows,
+when their commander Don Emanuel Enriquez and thirty-five soldiers were
+slain, and the rest fled. Don Andres Enriquez, after this loss, found
+himself unequal to defend the fort, and sent for relief to Raphael
+Perestello who was at _Chittigon_ the chief port of Bengal. Perestello
+immediately sent a ship for this purpose under the command of Dominick
+Seixas, who landed at _Tenacari_ to procure provisions; but one _Brito_
+who had succeeded _Gago_ as captain of a band of thirty Portuguese
+pirates, ran away with the vessel from that port after she was laden,
+and left Seixas with seventeen other Portuguese on shore, who were
+reduced to slavery by the Siamese. Such is the fate of those who trust
+persons who have violated all human and divine laws[174]. Don Andreas
+Enriquez, being reduced to great extremity, requested the
+governor-general to send him a successor, who accordingly sent Lope de
+Azevedo; but Enriquez changed his mind, as the situation was very
+profitable, and refused to surrender the command, on which Azevedo
+returned to India. In the mean time the king of Achem overran the whole
+country with fire and sword, and took possession of the city of Pisang
+with fifteen thousand men, summoning Enriquez to surrender the fort.
+Enriquez having sustained and repelled these assaults, set sail for
+India that he might save the great riches he had acquired, leaving the
+command to Ayres Coello, who valiantly undertook the dangerous service.
+
+[Footnote 172: At first sight this appears to have been the fort of
+Pisang, but from the sequel it would rather seem to have been another
+fort at or in the neighbourhood of Pedier.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 173: It is hardly possible that the lord of a petty state on
+the coast of Sumatra should have so large a number of elephants, more
+perhaps than the Great Mogul in the height of the sovereignty of
+Hindustan. Probably Capt. Stevens may have mistaken the original, and we
+ought to read "With above a thousand men and several armed
+elephants."--E.]
+
+[Footnote 174: Though obscurely expressed in the text, these thirty
+pirates appear to have been employed in the ship commanded by Seixas;
+probably pardoned after the punishment of their former leader Gago.--E.]
+
+While on his voyage to India, Enriquez met two ships commanded by
+Sebastian Souza and Martin Correa, bound for the Island of Banda to load
+with spices; who learning the dangerous situation of Pisang, went
+directly to that place. Ayres Coello had just sustained a furious
+assault with some loss; and on seeing this relief the enemy abated
+their fury. Eight days afterwards, Andres was forced back by stress of
+weather to Pisang. One night, above 8000 of the enemy surrounded the
+fort, in which there were 350 Portuguese, some of whom were sick and
+others disabled by wounds, but all much spent with continual watching
+and fatigue. The enemy advanced in profound silence and applied seven
+hundred scaling ladders to the walls, on which they immediately mounted
+with loud shouts. The dispute was hotly maintained on both sides for
+some time; but some ships being set on fire enabled the Portuguese to
+point their cannon with such accuracy, that many of the enemy were
+slain, and the rest obliged to desist from the assault. Next morning
+above two thousand of the enemy were found slain around the walls, with
+two elephants; while on the Portuguese side only one woman was slain in
+her chamber by an arrow. The remaining six thousand of the enemy
+immediately retired, leaving half their ladders and large quantities of
+fireworks. Yet taking into consideration the difficulty and expence of
+maintaining this port, it was resolved to ship off all the men and
+goods, and to set it on fire, leaving the large cannons filled with
+powder, that they might burst when the fire reached them. Greater part
+of the fort was destroyed; but the enemy saved some of the cannon, which
+were afterwards employed with considerable effect against the
+Portuguese. Some goods were lost in shipping, as the Portuguese were in
+a great fright, and embarked up to the neck in water. By this
+abandonment of their post, the Portuguese lost more reputation with the
+natives of Sumatra than they had gained by their former valiant defence.
+They were fully sensible of this, as they met a powerful reinforcement
+at sea under Azevedo; and learnt that the king of Aru was marching by
+land to their assistance with 4000 men. The king of Achem followed up
+his good fortune, and rendered himself all-powerful in Sumatra, beyond
+even his hopes.
+
+About this time[175] Malacca was much straitened by the king of Bintang,
+who sent a powerful armament against it, to oppose which. George
+Albuquerque sent a naval force under Don Sancho Enriquez; but in a
+violent storm 70 out of 200 Portuguese were lost. Till now the king of
+Pahang had sided with the Portuguese; but seeing the tide of fortune had
+turned against them, he too became their enemy. Ignorant of this change,
+Albuquerque sent three-ships to his port for provisions, where two of
+his captains and thirty men were killed: The third made his escape, but
+was slain with all his men at Java. Simon de Abreu and his crew were
+slain on another occasion; and two vessels sent to prevent provisions
+from getting into Bintang were lost.
+
+[Footnote 175: De Faria is often defective in dates, and always
+confused. The events about this time are only vaguely stated as having
+happened during the government of Duarte Menezes, between the years 1522
+and 1524, both inclusive. Among the confused mass of ill-digested and
+often indistinctly related events, many of which possess hardly any
+interest, we have now deemed it proper, in the farther prosecution of
+this History of the Portuguese transactions in India, to omit many
+trivial and uninteresting events, confining our attention to those of
+some importance, and which appear worth recording. The Portuguese Asia
+of DeFaria minutely relates every consecutive squadron sent to or from
+India, and every trifling commercial adventure; the insertion of which
+in our collection would be needlessly tedious.--E.]
+
+In 1524, the memorable DON VASCO DE GAMA, now count of Vidugueyra, went
+out to India as viceroy with 14 ships and 8000 soldiers. During the
+voyage, two caravels were lost with all their men, and a third was lost
+but the men saved. Gaspar Mossem, one of the captains, was basely killed
+by his crew, merely because he was not a Portuguese. While at sea near
+Cambaya in a dead calm, the sea tossed so violently all of a sudden that
+all the people thought they were lost: But the viceroy perceiving it was
+caused by an earthquake, called out, "Courage my friends, the sea
+trembles for fear of you." One great ship of Mecca, worth 60,000 crowns,
+was taken, and the fleet arrived at Goa. Having visited some of the
+forts, and issued the necessary orders, Gama sent three gallies from
+Cochin to Calicut, as the subjects of the zamorin began to be
+troublesome. One of these fought for three hours with fifty large
+_paraos_ and lost three men; but on the coming up of the others, the
+enemy were put to flight. The new viceroy had intended to execute
+several important enterprises; but he soon fell sick, and finding his
+end fast approaching, he appointed Lope Vaz de Sampayo to act as his
+successor till Don Enrique de Menezes, then at Goa, who was next in
+nomination by the king, might arrive. Vasco de Gama died on Christmas
+eve 1524, having been only three months viceroy. He was of middle
+stature, somewhat gross, and had a ruddy complexion. He had a natural
+boldness for any great undertaking, and was well fitted for every thing
+entrusted to him, as a sea captain, as discoverer, and as viceroy; being
+patient of fatigue, prompt in the execution of justice, and terrible
+when angry.
+
+Immediately after the death of the viceroy, Lope Vaz de Sampayo
+dispatched Francisco de Sa to Goa, to carry information to Don Enrique
+de Menezes that he had succeeded to the government of Portuguese India.
+Leaving De Sa to command in Goa, Menezes went immediately to Cochin to
+assume his new situation; having first sent his nephew George Zelo with
+a galliot and five armed paraos against a fleet which infested the
+coast. Zelo met 38 vessels laden with spice commanded by _Cutiale_, four
+of which were taken and the rest driven on shore. These four were
+brought in barbarous triumph to Goa, having many of the enemies hung
+upon the shrouds. The Canarin rowers carried thirty heads, in token of
+the victory, and twelve prisoners alive, _who were given up to the boys
+to be stoned to death_. Zelo had similar success afterwards against a
+ship and nine paraos. He sailed after that to Cochin with his uncle,
+who, being accidentally joined by George de Menezes, defeated 36 paraos
+belonging to Diu, 17 of which were taken. When at Cananor be hanged a
+Moor of quality, on which many of his relations left the city and took
+to robbing on the river. But, with consent of the king of Cananor, Don
+Enrique sent Hector de Sylveira against them with two gallies and a
+brigantine, who destroyed four _towns_[176] and took all their cannon,
+not without considerable difficulty. About the same time Christopher de
+Brito went with fourteen row-boats and about an hundred men to scour the
+coast of Canara, where he destroyed some of the Moors; but those of
+Dabul sent two galliots and seven other vessels against him, with above
+three hundred men. In the commencement of the engagement Brito was
+slain; but his people exerted themselves so valiantly to revenge the
+death of their commander, that after four hours hard fighting most of
+the Moors were slain, and their commander and all the rest taken. The
+Moorish captain died afterwards of his wounds at Goa, being first
+converted to the Christian faith.
+
+[Footnote 176: Perhaps instead of _towns_ we ought to read _tonys_, a
+species of vessel then need by the inhabitants of the Malabar
+coast.--E.]
+
+The fort at Calicut was at this time much straitened by the Nayres, yet
+the small garrison of fifty Portuguese maintained their post with much
+honour. Don Enrique, to punish the hostilities of the Moors of Calicut,
+fitted out fifty sail of vessels from Cochin, to which were added other
+fifty belonging to the inhabitants of that city, twenty-seven of which
+belonged to one individual named Arel de Porca[177]. With these vessels,
+carrying 2000 soldiers, the governor arrived at Paniani, one of the
+principal towns in the territory of Calicut, which was well fortified
+and stored with cannon under the command of a Portuguese renegado.
+Besides these fortifications on the land, the river was defended by a
+number of armed vessels drawn up in order of battle. After a severe
+contest, the fortifications of Paniani were carried, and the enemy fled
+into the woods. The town and all the vessels in the fort were burnt.
+Next day twelve ships were burnt in the port of Calicut, and several
+more in some creeks near the town. The armament proceeded in the next
+place to _Coulete_, which was fortified in a similar manner to Paniani,
+with a prodigious number of artillery, an hundred and fifty armed ships,
+and a garrison of 20,000 men. The Portuguese proceeded to the attack,
+and after a long and obstinate contest, drove the enemy from their works
+with great slaughter, and took fifty-three vessels, most of which were
+laden with pepper, with the loss of fifty-four Portuguese killed and
+many wounded. The other vessels belonging to the enemy, being much
+shattered in the engagement, were all burnt, and the town was destroyed.
+
+[Footnote 177: These hundred vessels were probably _paraos_, or small
+native craft, considering that they only carried 2000 soldiers, only at
+the rate of 20 for each vessel--E.]
+
+Shortly after this, the zamorin of Calicut besieged the Portuguese fort
+at that place with an army of 12,000 men, and surrounded it with a broad
+and deep trench. Don Juan de Lima commanded in the fort with 300 men,
+and did every thing in his power to obstruct the besiegers in the
+construction of their lines; but they were at length finished and
+planted with a vast number of cannon, some of which were so large as to
+carry balls of two spans diameter. On receiving advice of this siege,
+Don Enrique sent a reinforcement of 150 men in two caravels commanded by
+Christopher Jusarte and Duarte Fonseca. They succeeded in forcing their
+way into the fort in spite of a violent opposition by sea and land.
+Immediately afterwards, the enemy endeavoured to take the fort by
+escalade, but were repulsed with great slaughter. A farther
+reinforcement of 500 men from Cochin being unable to reach Calicut, Don
+Enrique went there with all the naval force he could collect, being
+unwilling that his government should suffer the disgrace of allowing
+this fortress to be taken by the enemy. Having thrown some strong
+reinforcements into the fort, Don Enrique landed with the remainder of
+his troops, after clearing the shore of the enemy, by means of his guns
+assisted by grenadoes and other fireworks. All the intrenchments and
+redoubts of the besiegers were successively carried, with prodigious
+slaughter of the Moors and Nayres, of whom above 3000 were slain,
+besides many others burnt in their wooden forts and bulwarks. In this
+engagement Don George de Menezes made great slaughter of the enemy with
+a two-handed sword; till losing his right hand, he took a smaller sword
+in his left, and continued to fight with great valour.
+
+Don Enrique remained master of the field, in which he encamped for some
+days: But as the fort was not considered important in proportion to its
+expence, it was stripped of every thing of value with great care and
+privacy, and mines and trains laid to blow it up; after which the whole
+army retired to the ships. On seeing the fort evacuated, the Moors
+rushed in to plunder in vast numbers; but the mines suddenly taking
+fire, blew up the whole fabric with a vast explosion, in which great
+numbers of the enemy perished miserably.
+
+In the year 1526, Hector de Sylveira went with a squadron to the Red
+Sea, and on his way thither assaulted and took the city of Dhofur on the
+coast of Yemen in lat. 17 deg. N. He then entered the Red Sea, where he
+reduced the islands of Massua and Dallac to pay tribute; after, this he
+went to _Arkiko_ on the coast of Abyssinia, where he received Don
+Rodrigo de Lima who had been on an embassy to the king of Abyssinia, and
+was there waiting for a passage along with an ambassador from _Prester
+John_ to the king of Portugal.
+
+In this same year 1526, a small vessel was sent from Ternate to discover
+the islands of Celebes, which were said to abound in gold. The
+discoverer easily found the islands but no gold. Being on his return to
+the Moluccas, he was carried away by a storm to the eastward till he
+lost his reckoning, and unexpectedly fell in with a large and beautiful
+island, inhabited by a simple race of men who treated the Portuguese
+with much civility. They were strong made and of a comely appearance,
+with their complexion inclining to fair, having long lank hair and long
+beards, and their clothing was of fine mats. Their food consisted
+chiefly of roots, cocoa nuts, and figs. Their language was not
+understood, but by signs they gave the Portuguese to understand that
+there was gold in the mountains, but of which they made no use. They had
+no knowledge of iron or any other metal. Leaving this island, which they
+named after the pilot Diego Lopez Sequeira, they returned to Ternate,
+after an absence of eight months.
+
+Don Enrique de Menezes, died at Cananor about the end of January 1526,
+in the thirtieth year of his age. He was a man of large stature, with a
+pleasing countenance, just in all his actions, continent, free from
+covetousness, a true patron of merit, and of the most unblemished
+honour. During his government he refused uniformly to accept any of the
+numerous presents offered him by the eastern princes; and conducted
+himself with such perfect integrity in every transaction, that at his
+death his whole treasure amounted only to thirteen rials and a half; and
+he had even expended the whole of his patrimonial estate during the
+short continuance of his government of Portuguese India, chiefly in
+rewarding the merits of his officers.
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from_ 1526 _to_
+1538.
+
+
+At his death in January 1526, Don Enrique de Menezes left a paper sealed
+up, by which the succession to him in the government was to be
+regulated, in case the person nominated for that purpose by the king
+should happen to be absent. That paper was lost, yet it was known that
+he had named Francisco de Sa, then commanding in Goa, as his provisional
+successor. The second royal nomination was now opened, in which Pedro de
+Mascarenas was appointed successor to Don Enrique; but Mascarenas
+commanded at Malacca, which was at a great distance, and the season of
+the year did not admit of that navigation. On opening the third patent,
+Lope Vaz de Sampayo was the person there named, who was accordingly
+invested in the government, having, engaged on oath to resign to
+Mascarenas on the arrival of that officer from Malacca.
+
+At this time George Zelo and Pedro de Faria blockaded the port of
+Cananor, in which lay a fleet belonging to the zamorin. Sampayo
+immediately sent orders to Antonio de Sylveria and Christopher de Souza,
+then at Goa, to join the other two officers at Cananor to prevent the
+escape of the enemy, and went in person with seven ships and a
+considerable land force to endeavour to destroy them. _Cutiale_, the
+admiral of this fleet belonging to the zamorin, used every effort to
+defend himself, both by disposing his ships in formidable order, and by
+intrenchments and batteries on shore, where he had a land force of
+10,000 men. Having made proper dispositions, Sampayo landed with about
+1300 soldiers, leaving orders with Pedro de Faria to set the _paraos_
+belonging to the enemy on fire. The trenches of the enemy were carried
+after an obstinate resistance, and with great slaughter of the Moors,
+and seventy paraos were destroyed. By this signal victory, above eighty
+brass cannon were gained; but Sampayo spared the town, as it belonged to
+the king of Narsinga, with whom the Portuguese were then in peace.
+
+Having dispatched several officers on command to different places,
+Sampayo sailed for Ormuz with five ships and 300 men. In his way thither
+he reduced the towns of Kalayat and Muscat, which had revolted owing to
+the exactions of Diego de Melo. His only transaction at Ormuz was to
+compose some differences that had arisen between Melo and Reis Xarafo,
+to receive the tribute due by the king of Ormuz, and to take along with
+him the ambassador whom George de Lima had brought from Abyssinia. From
+Ormuz, Sampayo dispatched Hector de Sylveira to cruise off Diu, on
+purpose to intercept the ships of the Red Sea that traded with Cambaya,
+of which three were taken. Sylveira then went to Diu, where he remained
+a long time at the request of Malek Saca, who made use of him to, secure
+himself against the tyranny of the king of Cambaya.
+
+Reis Soliman, the Turk who killed Mir Husseyn at Juddah, as formerly
+related, recovered the favour of Sultan Selim who had conquered Egypt
+from the Mamelukes, having acquired the favour of that prince by
+delivering up to him the city of Juddah which he had gained in the
+service of the Soldan, and by means of a considerable present: for even
+princes, though they have no need of receiving gifts, are apt to be won
+like other men by their means; and as Soliman promised to perform
+wonders in India for his service, Selim ordered twenty gallies and five
+galleons which were then at Suez to be added to the fleet under Reis
+Soliman. In the mean time Selim died at Cairo, and was succeeded by his
+son Soliman, who sent that large reinforcement, under the command of
+Hayraddin, to Reis Soliman, who was then fortifying the island of
+Kamaran. Upon some disgust, Hayraddin killed Reis Soliman; and in his
+turn was slain by Mustapha the nephew of Soliman. Mustapha, being afraid
+of the consequences of this action, sailed from Kamaran with a small
+number of vessels, the greater part of the fleet refusing to join him.
+He went first to Aden and thence to Diu, where he put himself under the
+protection of the king of Cambaya. An account of these revolutions in
+the Turkish fleet, which had given great apprehensions to the Portuguese
+in India, was carried to King John by Antonio Tenreyro over land, to the
+great admiration of every one; being the first who had performed that
+journey, till then thought impossible.
+
+At this time Mascarenas, who waited in Malacca for the proper season of
+sailing to Cochin to assume the government, went against Bintang with
+twenty-one ships and 400 Portuguese soldiers, having likewise 600 Malays
+commanded by Tuam Mahomet and Sinai rajah. Although the capital of
+Bintang was well fortified and defended by 7000 men, Mascarenas
+surmounted every opposition and took the place. Of the enemy 400 were
+slain and 2000 made prisoners. A vast booty was made on this occasion,
+among which were nearly 300 pieces of cannon, and the Portuguese lost
+only three men in this glorious exploit. The king of Bitang died of
+grief, and Mascarenas restored it to the lawful heir under vassalage to
+Portugal, the former king having been an usurper.
+
+The island of Sunda is divided on the south from Java by a very narrow
+channel. It produces pale gold with abundance of pepper and provisions.
+The natives are numerous but unwarlike, yet are curious in adorning
+their arms. They worship idols, and often sell their children to supply
+their necessities. The women are beautiful, those of the higher ranks
+being chaste, contrary to what is usual in most parts of the world. They
+have convents, as in Spain and Portugal, in which they reside while
+virgins; and the married women kill themselves on the death of their
+husbands. This were a good custom to shew their duty and affection, were
+it not contrary to the law of nature, and therefore a barbarous error.
+Enrique Leme happening to go there, drawn by the plenty and goodness of
+its pepper, he was well received by the king of _Samiam_, who offered
+ground for a fort, and to pay an yearly tribute of 351 quintals of
+pepper, to purchase the friendship and support of the Portuguese against
+the Moors, by whom he was much infested. But when Francisco de Sa came
+to build the fort, he met with such opposition from the Moors that he
+was obliged to return to Malacca.
+
+In the same year 1526, Martin Iniguez de Carchisano arrived in the port
+of Kamafo in Tidore with a Spanish ship, one of six which had been sent
+the year before from Spain to those parts which belonged of right to the
+Portuguese. Don Garcia Enriquez, who then commanded at the Moluccas, on
+learning the arrival of these Spaniards, and finding that they
+occasioned the spice to rise in price, went in person to expel them, but
+was obliged to retire with considerable damage from the Spanish cannon;
+yet the Spanish ship afterwards sunk. At this time Don George de
+Menezes, formerly mentioned as having lost his hand in the glorious
+action at Calicut, arrived at the Moluccas, having discovered the island
+of Borneo and many other islands by the way. Soon afterwards two ships
+were sent to Borneo with presents for the king, among which was a piece
+of tapestry adorned with figures of men. On seeing these, the ignorant
+barbarian cried out _that they were enchanted men, who would kill him in
+the night_; and no persuasions could convince him of his error, nor
+would he receive the presents or permit the Portuguese to remain in his
+port.
+
+In the year 1527, it being understood at Cochin that Pedro de Mascarenas
+was on his way from Malacca to assume the government, Lope Vaz de
+Sampayo who acted _ad interim_, held a council of the principal
+officers, at which it was resolved not to admit Mascarenas to that high
+office. After this determination, Sampayo sailed for Goa, leaving
+Alphonso Mexia to command at Cochin, with orders to execute the
+resolutions of the council. On landing unarmed at Cochin, Mascarenas was
+opposed and wounded by Mexia; and proceeding afterwards to Goa, be was
+made prisoner and put in irons by order of Sampayo. These violent
+proceedings had nearly occasioned a civil war among the Portuguese in
+India; but at length, in the end of December 1527, Sampayo was confirmed
+in the government, and Mascarenas went home to Portugal, where he was
+appointed to the command of Azamor in Africa.
+
+In the year 1528, Don Joan Deza was sent to cruise on the coast of
+Calicut, where in several rencounters he took fifty vessels laden with
+various commodities. He burnt the town of Mangalore; and falling in with
+the fleet of Calicut, consisting of seventy paraos well manned and armed
+under the command of the _Chinese_ admiral Cutiale, Deza took most of
+them killing 1500 Moors, and taking nearly as many prisoners, among whom
+was Cutiale.
+
+Antonio Miranda de Azevedo was sent in the end of January 1528 to the
+Red Sea, with twenty ships and above 1000 soldiers, to endeavour to burn
+the Turkish gallies in the port of Kamaran which had formerly belonged
+to Reis Soliman. After taking some prizes by the way, be met with
+Enrique de Macedo in the mouth of the Red Sea, who had engaged a large
+Turkish galleon. The Turks had boarded him, and threw a burning dart
+which stuck in his main-sail and began to set it on fire; but in
+consequence of a strong gust of wind shaking the sail, the dart fell
+back into the Turkish vessel, where it set fire to the powder and the
+ship and all her crew were blown up. Several other valuable ships
+belonging to the Moors were taken, but the main object of this
+expedition completely failed, as the wind did not allow the fleet to get
+up the Red Sea to Kamaran.
+
+In consequence of the civil discord among the Portuguese, the Moors had
+been enabled to annoy their trade in different parts: And as Lope Vaz
+understood that a successor to the government was on his way from
+Portugal, he prepared to be revenged on the Moors, wishing to deliver up
+the government in prosperity, by clearing the sea from pirates. With
+this view he fitted out eighteen ships at Cochin, with which he
+encountered 130 armed paraos at Cananor; and as the wind did not allow
+his large ships to get into action, he went against that numerous fleet
+with only thirteen paraos. Even with this disproportionate force he did
+considerable damage to the Malabar fleet. On seeing two paraos coming
+from Cananor to the aid of Sampayo, and that the large Portuguese ships
+were enabled to make sail by means of a breeze springing up, the
+Malabars fled as fast as possible. In the pursuit eighteen of them were
+sunk and twenty-two taken, in which were fifty pieces of cannon. Eight
+hundred of the enemy were slain, and many made prisoners. Those that
+fled, and others who joined them, fell afterwards into a snare near
+Cochin.
+
+With the same fleet, Sampayo went immediately in search of _Arel_, lord
+of _Porca_. In this expedition, Simon de Melo burnt twenty-six ships
+belonging to the enemy, and set the town of _Chatua_ on fire. Afterwards
+with a thousand men he assaulted Porca; and though Arel was not there at
+the time, the inhabitants made a brave but unavailing defence, as the
+place was taken, plundered, and destroyed. At this place the wife of
+Arel was taken, with a great spoil in gold, silver, jewels, silks, and
+other valuables, and thirteen considerable vessels. On his return to
+Cochin, as his successor was not yet arrived, Sampayo went back to
+Cananor, whence he dispatched his nephew Simon de Melo against _Marabia_
+and Mount _Dely_, both of which places were taken, plundered, and,
+destroyed, with many piratical paraos. About this time, the king of
+Cambaya fitted out a fleet of eighty barks, under the command of a
+valiant Moor named _Alexiath_, who did much injury to the subjects of
+Nizam-al-mulk, and to the Portuguese trade at Chaul, in consequence of
+which aid was demanded from Sampayo by both. Sampayo accordingly set
+sail with forty vessels of different kinds, in which were 1000
+Portuguese soldiers, besides a considerable force of armed natives. In
+this expedition Hector de Sylveira commanded the small vessels that
+rowed[178], while Sampayo took charge of the sailing vessels. On
+arriving at Chaul, Sampayo sent eighty Portuguese to the assistance of
+Nizam-al-Mulk, under the command of Juan de Avelar, and then sailed for
+Diu, as he understood the eighty barks of Cambaya were gone thither. Off
+Bombay that fleet belonging to Cambaya of which he was in search was
+descried, on which part of the ships were detached to secure the
+entrance of the river Bandora, to prevent the enemy from escaping, while
+Sylveira with his brigantines or row-boats bore down upon Alexiath.
+After a furious cannonade, the Portuguese gallantly boarded the enemy,
+and Alexiath fled with seven only of his barks, all the rest being
+taken. Of the 73 vessels captured on this occasion, 33 were found
+serviceable and were retained, all the rest being set on fire. In this
+glorious exploit, a vast number of prisoners, much artillery, and
+abundance of ammunition were taken, and the Portuguese did not lose one
+man.
+
+[Footnote 178: Such is the expression in the translation of the
+Portuguese Asia by Stevens. They were probably Malabar vessels, which in
+the early writers are named paraos, tonys, and caturs, and might perhaps
+be called row-boats.--E]
+
+Juan de Avelar, who had been detached with eighty Portuguese to the
+assistance of Nizam-al-Mulk against the king of Cambaya, acquired great
+honour in that service by his gallantry. Assisted by 1000 of the native
+subjects of Nizam-al-Mulk, he scaled a fort belonging to the king of
+Cambaya, till then thought impregnable, being the first who entered; and
+having slain all the defendants, he delivered it up to the Nizam.
+
+It was now about the beginning of the year 1529. Lope Vaz de Sampayo was
+much elated by the last-mentioned success against the fleet of Cambaya,
+and believed that in the present state of dismay Diu would surrender on
+the first summons: He was therefore eager to have gone against that
+place, but as all his captains except Sylveira were of a contrary
+opinion, he was obliged to lay aside that intention and to return to
+Goa, leaving the valiant Hector with twenty-two row-boats to cruise
+against the pirates in the north. In the south, or on the Malabar coast,
+Antonio de Miranda was employed in similar service, where, he destroyed
+twelve paraos. Being joined by six brigantines and a galley, with 100
+chosen men, commanded by Christopher de Melo, the united squadron took a
+very large ship laden with pepper in the river _Chale_, though defended
+by numerous artillery and 800 men. Near _Monte-Hermosa_, they defeated
+50 sail of vessels belonging to Calicut, taking three paraos with a
+considerable number of cannon and many men. Hector de Sylveira, who had
+been left on the coast of Cambaya, did much damage to the enemy. Going
+up the river _Nagotana_ of _Bazain_, he landed and burnt six towns
+belonging to the king of Cambaya. The commander of _Nagotana_ took the
+field against him with five hundred horse and a large force of infantry,
+endeavouring to intercept Sylveira on his way to reimbark. An engagement
+took place, in which the enemy were repulsed with some loss, and
+Sylveira was enabled to embark. Going afterwards to _Bazain_, on a
+river, of the same name, he found that place well fortified and defended
+by a considerable number of cannon. He entered the river however during
+the night, and next morning stormed the fortifications of Bazain,
+killing many of the defendents. After this success, he was unexpectedly
+attacked by Alexiath at the head of 3500 men; but he bravely repelled
+and defeated that vastly superior force with great slaughter, after
+which he plundered and burnt the city of Bazuin. Terrified by these
+exploits, the lord of the great city of Tana, not far distant,
+submitted to become tributary to Portugal, and Sylveira retired to
+Chaul.
+
+While these things were doing on the coast of Hindostan, Simon de Sousa
+Galvam, on his way to the Moluccas in a galley with seventy men was
+driven by a storm to take shelter, in the port of Acheen. Several
+vessels flocked immediately about him, on pretence of giving assistance,
+but the natives were no sooner on board than they fell upon the seventy
+Portuguese, with all kinds of weapons. Recovering from their first
+surprise, the Portuguese bravely drove the enemy from their ship,
+although not more than twenty were left that could stand to their arms.
+The king of Acheen gave orders to his admiral to attack the Portuguese
+galley next morning; when, after a desperate resistance, most of the
+Portuguese were slain and Galvam among them; only those being spared who
+were so severely wounded as to be unable to resist. Don George de
+Menezes, who commanded at the Moluccas, sent a party to Tidore against
+the Spaniards; but on the rout of that party, Menezes collected a
+considerable allied force, consisting of the people of Ternate, the
+_Sangages_, and the subjects of Cachil Daroez king of _Bacham_. With
+these and a small number of Portuguese, Menezes landed in Tidore, where
+he defeated the Spaniards and troops of Tidore, obliging the former to
+retire into their fort after losing six men, two of whom were slain and
+four taken. Menezes then assaulted and took the city of Tidore, which he
+plundered and burnt; after which he invested the Spanish fort, and
+summoned Ferdinando de la Torre the Spanish commander to surrender.
+Being unable to resist, the Spanish captain agreed to evacuate Tidore,
+retiring to the city of Comafo, and engaging to commit no hostilities
+upon the Portuguese or their allies, and not to trade to any of the
+islands producing cloves. After this the king of Tidore was made
+tributary to the Portuguese, and Menezes returned victorious to Ternate.
+
+During his absence, _Bohaat_ king of Tidore had died, not without
+suspicion of having been poisoned by _Cachil Daroez_, and was succeeded
+by his brother _Cachil Daialo_. The new king being suspicious of _Cachil
+Vaiaco_, fled to the fort; but afraid that Menezes might give him up to
+his enemy, threw himself from a window. All Ternate now mutinied against
+Menezes; and as he imagined that _Cachil Vaideca_, a noble of Tidore,
+had caused the death of a Chinese sow belonging to him, he imprisoned
+that nobleman, after which he set him free, having first anointed his
+face with bacon, which among that people is reckoned a most heinous
+affront. Not contented with this violence, he sent to rob the houses of
+the _Moors_ of their provisions, and became suddenly most outrageous and
+tyrannical. The _Moors_ stood upon their defence, and treated some of
+the Portuguese as they now deserved. Menezes seized the chief magistrate
+of the town of _Tabona_ and two other persons of note. These two he set
+at liberty after cutting off their hands; but he let loose two fierce
+dogs against the magistrate, which tore him in pieces. Becoming odious
+to all by these cruelties, _Cachil Daroez_ stirred up the natives to
+expel the Portuguese; but being made prisoner, Menezes caused him to be
+beheaded. Terrified by this tyranny, the inhabitants of Ternate fled to
+other places, the city becoming entirely deserted. Don George de Menezes
+was afterwards sent a prisoner to India for these enormities, whence he
+was sent to Portugal, where he was condemned to banishment. Any reward
+was too small for his former services, and this punishment was too
+slight for his present offences.
+
+Nuno de Cuna, appointed governor-general of India, arrived in May 1529
+at Ormuz. Setting out too late from Lisbon in the year before with
+eleven ships, he had a tedious voyage. One of his ships was lost near
+Cape Verd, when 150 men perished. After passing the line, the fleet was
+dispersed in a violent storm. Nuno put in at the port of St Jago in
+Madagascar, where he found a naked Portuguese soldier, who had belonged
+to one of two ships commanded by Lacerda and Abreu, which were cast away
+in 1527 at this place. The people fortified themselves there, in hopes
+that some ships passing that way might take them up. After waiting a
+year, one ship passed but could not come to their assistance; and being
+no longer able to subsist at that place, they marched up the country in
+two bodies to seek their fortunes, leaving this man behind sick. In
+consequence of intelligence of these events sent home to Portugal by
+Nuno, Duarte and Diego de Fonseca were sent out in search of these men.
+Duarte perished in Madagascar; and Diego found only four Portuguese and
+one Frenchman, who had belonged to three French ships that were cast
+away on that island. These men said that many of their companions were
+still alive in the interior, but they could not be got at. From these it
+was thought had sprung a people that wore found in Madagascar about
+eighty years afterwards. This people alleged that a Portuguese captain,
+having suffered shipwreck on the coast, had conquered a district of the
+island over which he became sovereign; and all his men taking wives from
+among the natives, had left numerous issue, who had erred much in
+matters of faith. _Great indeed must have been their errors, to have
+been discovered by the atheistical Hollanders!_ Doubtless these people
+did not descend from that shipwreck only, but might have sprung likewise
+from the first discoverers, _who were never heard of_, and among others
+from three ships that sailed from Cochin in 1530 along with Francisco de
+Albuquerque.
+
+While Nuno was at Madagascar, his own ship perished in a storm. The men
+were saved in the other two ships, but much goods and arms were lost.
+Sailing thence to Zanzibar, he landed 200 of his men who were sick,
+under the care of Alexius de Sousa Chichorro, with orders to go to
+Melinda when the people were recovered. Being unable to continue his
+voyage to India, on account of the trade wind being adverse, he
+determined upon taking revenge upon the king of Mombaza, who infested
+those of Melinda and Zanzibar from hatred to the Portuguese. If
+successful, he proposed to have raised _Munho Mahomet_ to the throne,
+who was son to him who had received De Gama on his first voyage with so
+much kindness. Mahomet however objected to this honour, saying, "That he
+was not deserving of the crown, being born of a Kafr slave: But if Nuno
+wished to reward the friendship of his father, he might confer the crown
+on his brother _Cide Bubac_, a younger son of his father by a legitimate
+wife, and who was therefore of the royal blood of the kings of Quiloa."
+Nuno set off on this expedition with 800 men, accompanied by Mahomet and
+Bubac, each of whom had sixty followers. On the way he was joined by the
+sheikh of _Otonda_, a neighbouring town, who offered to accompany him
+with a well appointed vessel. This prince had silver chains on his legs,
+which he wore as a memorial of having been wrongfully imprisoned by the
+king of Mombaza, and had sworn never to take them off till revenged,
+having been so used merely because he had shewn friendship to the
+Portuguese.
+
+Having been apprized of the intended attack, the king of Mombaza had
+provided for his defence, by planting cannons on a fort or bulwark at
+the mouth of the river, and brought 600 expert archers into the city.
+Though opposed by a heavy cannonade from the bulwark, Nuno forced his
+way up the river and anchored in the evening close to the city, whence
+the archers shot continual flights of arrows into the ships, and were
+answered by the Portuguese cannon. Next morning early the troops were
+landed under Pedro Vaz, brother to Nuno, who carried all before him, and
+planted the Portuguese colours, after killing many of the Moors and
+driving the rest from the city, without losing a single Portuguese
+soldier. To secure and repeople the city, Nuno sent for a nephew of the
+king of Melinda, who came with 500 men, many of whom were of some rank;
+and these were followed by the prince of Montangue with 200 more. Many
+likewise of the former inhabitants came in and submitted, so that the
+island began to reassume an appearance of prosperity. The expelled king,
+sensible of the desperate situation of affairs, sent one of his
+principal men to propose an accommodation, offering to pay a ransom to
+preserve his city from destruction, and to become tributary. An
+agreement was accordingly entered into to this effect, and the king
+began to make the stipulated payments; but finding sickness to prevail
+among the Portuguese of whom two hundred soon died, and many more were
+incapacitated from service, he began to fall off from the completion of
+the agreement, and as the prince of Melinda durst not undertake to
+defend the place without a considerable force of Portuguese, Nuno
+destroyed the city by fire and returned to Melinda, carrying with him
+those he had formerly left sick at Zanzibar. Leaving Melinda, he left 80
+of his men there sick, to be carried to India on their recovery by
+Tristan Homem: who afterwards defended Melinda with these men against
+the king of Mombaza, who endeavoured to revenge himself there for the
+injury he had sustained from the Portuguese.
+
+It has been formerly mentioned that Nuno de Cuna arrived at Ormuz in May
+1529, into which he made a formal and pompous entry, to the great
+admiration of the natives. He immediately issued a proclamation at that
+place and its dependencies, "That all who had cause of complaint against
+the Portuguese should appear before him for redress." Many complainers
+accordingly came forwards, and the offenders were obliged to make
+restitution, to the great astonishment and satisfaction of the Moors,
+who had not been accustomed to see justice executed on their behalf. He
+found that _Reis Xarafo_; great _guazil_[179] or rather arch tyrant over
+the king and people of Ormuz, though restored to that situation by
+Sampayo, was by no means clear of the great crimes he had been formerly
+accused of, particularly of rapine and murder. On a representation of
+this to the king of Portugal, Manuel de Macedo had orders to bring him
+prisoner to Lisbon, and accordingly had him arrested by the assistance
+of Nuno, who waited upon the king of Ormuz to justify this procedure.
+The king readily acquiesced, and presented the governor with a rich
+present of jewels and cloth of gold, together with a fine horse richly
+caparisoned in the Persian manner. As the reigning king was implicated
+in the murder of his predecessor Mahomet, Nuno imposed upon him a fine
+of 40,000 Xerephines, in addition to the tribute of 60,000 which he had
+to pay yearly; that crime being used as a pretence to overburthen him
+with a tribute equal to a third part of the yearly revenue of
+Ormuz[180]. Xarafo, or Ashraf, was sent to Portugal with examinations
+respecting the crimes laid to his charge; but he carried such riches
+along with him, that he was not only able to purchase a remission of
+punishment, but was actually reinstated in his former employment. While
+Nuno still remained at Ormuz, Tavarez de Sousa came there, who had been
+with forty men to assist the king of _Basrah_ against the lord of
+_Gizaira_[181]; having been the first Portuguese who went up the rivers
+Tigris and Euphrates. Basrah or Bazora, in about the lat. of 30 deg. N. is
+about 30 leagues from the mouth of the great river Euphrates, and
+received its name in commemoration of the more ancient city of Basrah,
+eight leagues higher up, the ruins of which are said by eye-witnesses to
+be twice as extensive as the city of Grand Cairo. The island of Gizaira,
+or Jazirat, is formed by the two rivers Tigris and Euphrates, being
+about 40 leagues in circumference, and is said to contain 40,000
+archers. The river Tigris rises among the _Curds_ in the greater
+Armenia, and the springs of the Euphrates are in Turkomania. The king
+of Basrah received Sousa with much state, and appeared greatly satisfied
+at his assistance. Sousa accompanied him on his expedition against the
+lord of Jazirat, the infantry of Basrah amounting to 5000 men, 600 of
+whom carried firelocks, were conveyed up the river in 200 _dalacs_ or
+large boats, accompanied by seven vessels full of Turks with a
+considerable number of cannon. The king went along with his infantry by
+water, while his nephew marched by land at the head of 3000 horse. The
+king established his camp on the right or Arabian side of the river,
+opposite to the encampment of the lord of Jazirat, who was, posted on
+the island with 12,000 men. By order of the king of Basrah, Sousa wrote
+to the lord of Jazirat, saying that he was sent by the Portuguese
+commander of Ormuz, either to make peace between the contending parties
+on reasonable terms, or in case of refusal to take part with the king of
+Basrah. The king of Jazirat made answer, that as this was the first
+request of the captain of Ormuz, and as Sousa was the first Portuguese
+who had come into these parts, he agreed to comply with the terms
+demanded, which were merely the restoration of certain forts belonging
+to the king of Basrah which he had taken possession of. Persons were
+accordingly appointed on both sides to treat for an accommodation, which
+was satisfactorily concluded. But the king of Basrah now refused to
+perform what he had promised to Sousa for his aid; which was to deliver
+up the seven Turkish vessels, and not to admit any more of that nation
+into his dominions, because enemies of the Portuguese. Enraged at this
+breach of compact Sousa after embarking with his men, took one of the
+large barks belonging to Basrah, after which he landed with thirty-six
+of his men and burnt a town of 300 houses on the Arabian side of the
+river, and a smaller one on the Persian side.
+
+[Footnote 179: In Astley, I. 80, this person is named Reis or _Raez
+Ashraf, Wazir_ or Visier of Ormuz. The strange title in the text, _great
+guazil_, is probably a translation of _Alguazil mayor_, giving a
+Portuguese or rather a Spanish denomination to an Arab officer.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 180: On a former occasion, the Xerephine was stated as equal
+in value to 3s. 9d. Hence the total revenue of Ormuz was only about
+L.83,750 yearly: The tribute to Portugal L.11,250; and the fine L.7500.
+It is true that the value of money was then much greater than now, and
+these sums for comparison with our present money of account may perhaps
+be fairly rated at L.837,500, L.112,500 and L.75,000 respectively, or
+_ten_ times their numerical amount in 1529.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 181: Called Jazirat by the Editor of Astleys Collection.]
+
+In reward to Sousa for his gallantry, Nuno gave him the command in the
+Persian Gulf, and sent him to Bahrayn at the request of the king of
+Ormuz, to reduce Reis Barbadim who had revolted. But as Sousa had not a
+sufficient force for this purpose, Simon de Cuna was sent there with
+eight vessels and 400 men, besides a native force in the barks of the
+country. Joining Sousa, the fort of Bahrayn was battered for three days;
+but powder running short, they had to send to Ormuz for a supply, and in
+the mean time the Portuguese sickened so fast, owing to the
+unhealthiness of the climate that above an hundred of them died, and
+even the Persian soldiers belonging to Ormuz, though accustomed to the
+climate, were in very little better condition, insomuch that they had to
+give up the siege and return to Ormuz, where Simon de Sousa died.
+
+In the mean time Nuno de Cuna, leaving Ormuz, arrived at Goa in the
+latter end of October 1529, where he found four ships just arrived from
+Lisbon after a prosperous voyage with a reinforcement of 1500 men all in
+perfect health, not having lost a man by the way except one captain.
+Nuno made a solemn entry into the city, where he found a powerful fleet
+of 140 vessels, which had all been provided by the former governor, Lope
+Vaz de Sampayo. The most considerable of these were six galleons, eight
+royal gallies, six caravels, and fourteen galliots, all well provided
+with cannon and military stores; for though Sampayo had usurped the
+government, he had conducted it better than many of those who had
+received regular appointments. Finding it necessary to proceed to
+Cochin, to dispatch the homeward trade, he stopped at Cananor, where
+Sampayo then was, who came on board and resigned the government with the
+usual solemnities. Sampayo was inclined to have landed again at Cananor,
+but Nuno ordered him to go along with him to Cochin, and published a
+proclamation that all who had been wronged by Sampayo might repair to
+the new governor, who would do them justice. Sampayo complained of this
+as a libel against him, as those who had complaints to make needed not
+to be invited by sound of trumpet. On arriving at Cochin, Nuno ordered
+Sampayo to be imprisoned and an inventory to be taken of all his
+effects, all of which were directed to be deposited in safe custody and
+sent to Lisbon, to be there delivered as the king might direct. On being
+taken into custody, Sampayo desired the officer to say to Nuno, "I
+imprisoned others, you imprison me, and there will come one who will
+imprison you." To this message Nuno answered, "Doubtless I may be
+imprisoned; but the difference between us will be, that Sampayo deserves
+it, and I shall not." Neither was Sampayo wrong, as Nuno had certainly
+been taken into custody in Portugal on his return if he had not died by
+the way. Sampayo was treated with much and improper severity: the worst
+ship in the fleet being appointed for him, with only two servants, and
+barely as much of his own wealth as sufficed for the expence of his
+voyage.
+
+On his arrival at the Tercera islands an officer was in waiting to put
+Sampayo in irons, with which he landed at Lisbon and was carried to a
+dungeon in the castle, in which was confined at the same time Reis
+Xarafo the visier of Ormuz. After two years confinement, the chief crime
+alleged against him being his unjust proceedings in regard to Pedro de
+Mascarenas, the duke of Braganza took pity on the misfortunes of this
+brave gentleman, and prevailed on the king to give him a hearing in
+council. Accordingly, the king being seated in council surrounded by the
+judges, Sampayo was brought before him, having his face covered by a
+long and thick white beard, and with such tokens of misery which he had
+endured in almost three years imprisonment, counting from his arrest in
+India, that even Mascarenas or any other of his enemies might have
+thought themselves sufficiently revenged. Being put to the bar, after
+receiving the kings permission, he made a copious and comprehensive
+speech with an undaunted countenance, in his justification. After
+enumerating the services of his ancestors and immediate progenitors to
+the crown, he particularized his own from his early youth to the period
+of his imprisonment, and commented upon the injuries which had been
+since done to him. He exposed the malice of his accusers, and justified
+his own proceedings. By many apt examples of others who had been guilty
+even of greater crimes than those of which he was accused, and who had
+been pardoned in consideration of their services, he drew a parallel
+between himself and these persons, and concluded by throwing himself
+entirely on the justice and mercy of his majesty; from one or other of
+which he trusted to receive a discharge, and hoped to have more cause of
+thankfulness for the future, than he had of complaint till then of the
+hard usage he had been subjected to.
+
+Having listened to him attentively, the king examined him in regard to
+each separate article of his impeachment, forty-three in all, to every
+one of which he gave apt answers. The principal article alleged against
+him related to Pedro Mascarenas, all the others being such as would
+never have been thought of except to fill up the measure of accusation.
+Being carried back to the castle, he sent in his defence in writing, as
+is usual in such cases. In the end, he was sentenced to forfeit all his
+allowances as governor; to pay Mascarenas a compensation of 10,000
+ducats; and to be banished into Africa. He contrived however to get into
+Spain, where he disnaturalized himself, as had been done by the famous
+Magellan; and wrote a letter from Badajos to the king, in which he
+affirmed that his sentence was unjust, and declared his resolution to
+try, by changing his country, to better his fortune and restore his
+honour. In consequence of this he was restored to his country.
+
+We must now return to the affairs of India, where Diego Sylveira reduced
+the people of Calicut to such straits that the zamorin was constrained
+to sue to Nuno de Cuna for peace. This was granted on certain terms,
+part of which the zamorin was willing to accept, but rejected the rest;
+on which Sylveira reduced the city to extreme distress, by intercepting
+all provisions. Some relief was received however from Cananor, and Simon
+de Sousa being driven in his brigantine on shore, was blown up while
+bravely defending himself against the Moors.
+
+Malek Saca[182] being expelled from Diu, found it expedient for
+compassing his ends with the king of Cambaya, to employ similar
+artifices with Nuno de Cuna as had been formerly practised with Hector
+de Sylveira, by offering to deliver up the city to him. Accordingly he
+wrote to Nuno, that although he could not now deliver up Diu, he would
+assist him to reduce it; and as it was convenient that a meeting should
+take place between the governor and Malek Saca, Nuno sent him a safe
+conduct, and ships to transport him and his retinue, commanded by Gaspar
+Paez, who had formerly been known to Malek Saca at Diu. On this occasion
+Malek Saca granted every condition required, not meaning to perform any,
+and made use of this sham alliance to get himself restored to the favour
+of the king of Cambaya, putting off Paez with various artifices, under
+pretence that the safe conduct was not securely expressed, and that
+there were too few ships. In revenge of this deceit, Paez was only able
+to burn nine small barks belonging to Malek Saca. Being much enraged at
+the duplicity of Malek, Nuno began to make preparations for the
+reduction of Diu. In the mean time, he visited and conciliated the rajah
+of Cochin, who had been much displeased with the conduct of Lope Vaz
+Sampayo and Alfonso Mexia. He went next to Goa, whence he visited the
+king at _Chale_, and satisfied him in all things. About the middle of
+February 1530 he came to Cananor, the king of which place he gratified
+by conforming to the ceremonials of his court; and being offered a
+present of jewels, he accepted them lest he should affront that prince,
+but delivered them over to the officers of the revenue, as belonging to
+the king of Portugal.
+
+[Footnote 182: He is stated on a former occasion to have been the son of
+Malek Azz.--E.]
+
+At this time a rich merchant of Mangalore did great injury to the
+Portuguese, as he favoured the zamorin of Calicut though living in the
+dominions of the king of Narsinga who was in friendship with the
+Portuguese. Diego de Sylveira was ordered to punish that man, and went
+accordingly against him with a force of 450 men and sixteen vessels. He
+accordingly entered the river of Mangalore, where he was opposed by a
+great number of ships belonging to the Moorish merchant, which were put
+to flight after a short contest. Sylveira then landed with 240 men and
+entered the town without opposition, after which he took the fort whence
+the merchant endeavoured to escape, but was slain by a musquet-ball. A
+vast booty fell into the hands of the Portuguese, but Sylveira ordered
+it all to be burnt, lest he might endanger his ships by overloading
+them. As winter was coming on Sylveira dismissed half of his fleet, yet
+afterwards had occasion for them all, as he soon after encountered _Pati
+Marcar_, a commander belonging to Calicut, who was going to Mangalore
+with sixty paraos. The weather prevented him from fighting at that time;
+but Sylveira waited the return of the Calicut fleet, to which he gave
+battle off Mount Dely, and sank six paraos, after which he returned to
+Cochin. In the same year 1530, Antonio de Sylveira commanded on the
+coast of Cambaya with fifty-one sail of vessels, three of which were
+gallies and two galliots, in which were 900 Portuguese soldiers. With
+this force he went up the river Taptee where he burnt Surat and Reyner,
+the chiefest towns in that part of India. Surat on one side of the river
+contained 10,000 families, mostly Banians[183] and handicrafts of no
+courage; while Reyner on the other side of the river had six thousand
+houses inhabited by a warlike race, and was well fortified. On sounding,
+the river was found too shallow for the larger vessels, which were left
+off the bar under the command of Francisco de Vasconcelles; while with
+the smaller, Sylveira went up the river about four miles to Surat. He
+there found 300 horse and nearly 10,000 foot drawn up to oppose his
+landing, all well armed with bows and firelocks; but after one discharge
+this vast multitude fled in dismay without waiting an attack. The city
+of Surat was then entered without farther resistance, and being
+plundered of every thing worth carrying off was set on fire with some
+ships that were in its arsenal. The city of Reyner stood a little higher
+up on the other side, and was inhabited by the _Nayteas Moors_, a race
+of more courage and policy than the Banians; yet they fled almost at the
+first fire, leaving all their property to the Portuguese, who had all
+been enriched if they had been able to carry away the whole plunder.
+Having removed all that their ships could carry, the town was set on
+fire, together with twenty ships and many small vessels. In both actions
+Emanuel de Sousa was conspicuously valiant, being the first to land with
+much danger, especially in the latter, where he was opposed by a
+numerous artillery. On returning to the mouth of the river, Sylveira
+found, that Vasconcelles had taken six vessels bound with provisions for
+Diu. After this, Antonio de Sylveira destroyed the towns of Daman and
+Agazem on the coast, at the latter of which places 300 vessels belonging
+to the enemy were burnt.
+
+[Footnote 183: Called Bancanes in the text of De Faria; perhaps an error
+of the press for Banianes or Banzanes.--E.]
+
+On the 21st of January 1530, Hector de Sylveira sailed from Goa for the
+Red Sea with ten ships and 600 men. Spreading his fleet across the mouth
+of that sea, that no enemy might escape, several rich ships were
+captured. Appearing afterwards before _Aden_, Hector induced the sheikh
+of that place to submit to the crown of Portugal, and to an yearly
+tribute of 12,000 Xerephines. The sheikh of _Zael_, who had only a short
+time before accompanied _Mustapha_, a Turkish captain, with 20,000 men
+to make war upon Aden, submitted to similar terms.
+
+Having completed his preparations for the expedition against Diu, Nuno
+de Cuna sailed early in the year 1531 with a great fleet and army for
+that place. In a general review at the Island of Bombay, the fleet
+consisted of above 400 sail of all kinds of vessels, many of which were
+large, more indifferent, and most of them small; some being only
+_sutlers_, fitted out by the natives for private gain. On board this
+fleet were 3600 soldiers and 1450 seamen all Portuguese, besides above
+2000 Canara and Malabar soldiers, 8000 slaves, and about 5000 native
+seamen. Landing at Daman, a fort belonging to the king of Cairibaya,
+which was immediately evacuated by the Moors, advice was brought that
+the Arabs, Turks, and others, to the number of 2000 men, had fortified
+themselves in the Island of _Beth,_ seven leagues from Diu. This place
+was so strong by art and nature, environed with rocks and
+fortifications, that Nuno gave no credit to the accounts respecting it
+till convinced by inspection. Coming before Beth on the 7th of February,
+he summoned the garrison to surrender; but many of them shaved their
+heads, as devoting themselves to death or victory, which they call
+making themselves _amoucos[184]._ The commandant of the barbarians gave
+a brutal example of determined and savage resolution, by throwing his
+wife, son, and goods into a fire made on purpose, in which they were all
+consumed; that if the Portuguese succeeded in the enterprise, they might
+only gain a heap of ashes. His example was followed by others. Being
+resolved to carry this place, Nuno made dispositions for an assault,
+dividing his force into six bodies, which were ordered to attack in six
+different places at the same time. After a desperate conflict the place
+was taken, in which 1800 of the enemy were slain, and sixty cannons
+taken.
+
+[Footnote 184: Corruptly called by the British in India running a
+muck.--E.]
+
+Departing from Beth, Nuno appeared with his powerful armament before
+Diu. This city is built upon rocks, and is entirely encompassed by rocks
+and water. The entrance into the river or haven was shut up by massy
+chains suspended upon vessels, behind which eighty vessels were drawn up
+full of archers and musqueteers to defend the passage. The garrison
+consisted of 10,000 men, with a prodigious number of cannon. On the 16th
+of February, the signal was given for the attack, but after fighting the
+whole day without gaining any advantage, and having suffered some loss,
+it was determined in a council of war to desist from the enterprise as.
+impracticable. It was agreed by all, that if so much time had not been
+fruitlessly employed in the capture of Beth, Diu must have fallen; as it
+had been reinforced only three, days before the arrival of the
+Portuguese by a Turk named Mustapha, who was the principal cause of its
+brave and effectual resistance. Nuno returned with the principal part of
+his fleet and army to Goa, where he arrived on the 15th of March,
+leaving Antonio de Saldanna with 60 vessels in the Bay of Cambaya to
+annoy the enemy.
+
+After the departure of the Portuguese fleet, Mustapha presented himself
+before _Badur_ king of Cambaya, who received him honourably, giving him
+the command of _Baroach_ in the Bay of Cambaya, with the title of
+Rumi-khan. He was called Kami, as having been born in Greece; as the
+Moors of India, being ignorant of the divisions of the European
+provinces, call the whole of Thrace, Greece, Sclavonia, and the adjacent
+countries by the general name of _Rum,_ and the inhabitants _Rumi_
+though that term ought only to be applied to Thrace, the modern
+_Romania._ The _Turks_ and _Rumes_ are different nations; the former
+being originally from Turkistan, and the natives of Greece and Thrace
+consider themselves as of more honourable descent than the Turks[185].
+The tide of _Khan_ now bestowed on Mustapha is a dignity among the
+Tartars equivalent to that of _Duke_ in Europe, and is bestowed in the
+east on persons of distinguished merit.
+
+[Footnote 185: On a former occasion, the name of Kami has been mentioned
+as universally given in India to the Turks as coming in place of the
+Romans. DeFaria therefore was mistaken in deriving it from the province
+of Romania or Thrace.--E.]
+
+Antonio de Saldanna, who was left in command of the sea of Cambaya, with
+60 vessels and 1500 men, took and burnt the town of _Madrefavat,_[186]
+five leagues from Diu towards Beth. He then went against Gogo,
+twenty-four leagues farther, formerly a strong and populous place of
+great trade. There were fifteen of the largest paraos belonging to
+Calicut at that time in the port laden with spice, which took shelter in
+a creek, and were followed by Saldanna with 800 men in the smaller
+vessels. Finding it necessary to land, he was opposed by 300 horse and
+800 foot that came to defend the Makbars; but after a sharp encounter,
+in which 200 of the enemy were slain, they were constrained to abandon
+the vessels, which were all burnt; after which Saldanna destroyed the
+town of Gogo and eight ships that were in the port He afterwards
+destroyed the towns of Belsa, Tarapor, Mail, Kelme, and Agasim, and
+lastly Surat, which was beginning to revive from its former destruction.
+Having thus ravaged the coast of Cambaya, he returned to Goa. About this
+time a brother of the king of Cambaya, who was rightful heir to that
+crown, came into the hands of Nuno; who expected through his means to
+obtain what had been so long desired, the possession of Diu, and the
+command of the trade of Cambaya.
+
+[Footnote 185: On a former occasion, the name of Kami has been mentioned
+as universally given in India to the Turks as coming in place of the
+Romans. DeFaria therefore was mistaken in deriving it from the province
+of Romania or Thrace.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 186: Perhaps that now called Jaffrabad.--E.]
+
+About this time the Portuguese cruisers had taken twenty-seven ships
+belonging to the zamorin, all richly laden. Being perplexed by the great
+losses he was continually sustaining through the Portuguese superiority
+at sea, the sovereign of Calicut made overtures towards an
+accommodation; and in a treaty of peace gave permission to the
+governor-general to build a fort in the island of _Chale_, in a river
+that falls into the sea about three leagues from Calicut, which is
+navigable by boats all the way to the foot of the _Gaut_ mountains.
+_Urinama_, a heathen, was at this time rajah of _Chale_, and both he and
+the neighbouring rajah of Tanore, who were subjects to the zamorin, were
+anxious to throw off their subjection to that prince, and to enter into
+alliance with the Portuguese, in hopes of becoming rich by participating
+in their trade. Immediately upon procuring the consent of the zamorin to
+construct the fort, Nuno set out from Goa with 150 sail of vessels, in
+which were 3000 Portuguese troops and 1000 native _Lascarines_. So much
+diligence was used in carrying on the work, even the gentlemen
+participating in the labour, that in twenty-six days it was in a
+defensible situation, being surrounded by a rampart nine feet thick and
+of sufficient height, strengthened by towers and bastions or bulwarks at
+proper places. Within the fort a church was built, together with a house
+for the commander, barracks for the soldiers, and store-houses for
+trade. Diego de Pereira, who had negotiated the treaty with the zamorin,
+was left in command of this new fortress, with a garrison of 250 men;
+and Manuel de Sousa had orders to secure its safety by sea, with a
+squadron of twenty-two vessels. The zamorin soon repented of having
+allowed this fort to be built in his dominions, and used ineffectual
+endeavours to induce the rajah of Chale, Caramanlii, and Tanore to break
+with the Portuguese, even going to war against them, but to no purpose.
+
+About the end of February 1532, Emanuel de Vasconcelles was sent to the
+Red Sea with two galliots and several brigantines to cruise against the
+Turks. Off Xael he captured several Turkish vessels, among which, was a
+large ship, named _Cufturca,_ which was sent to Muscat. The king of
+Xael, fearful of danger, made his peace with Vasconcelles. Soon
+afterwards Antonio de Saldanna arrived with ten ships to take the
+command in the Red Sea, who was dissatisfied with the terms entered into
+with the sheikh of Xael, on which that prince sent all the valuables
+belonging to the town, together with the women and children into the
+interior, that he might provide for defence; but being obliged to quit
+the Red Sea on account of the weather, Saldanna sailed first to Muscat
+and thence to Diu, where he took several vessels belonging to the enemy,
+among which was one in which he got above 60,000 Venetian chequins.
+About the same time Diego de Sylveira plundered and burnt Puttun, a city
+twelve leagues from Diu, and destroyed four ships that were in the
+harbour. He acted in a similar manner at Pate and Mangalore and other
+places, and returned to Goa with above 4000 slaves and an infinite
+booty.
+
+All this encouraged Nuno de Cuna to continue hostilities against Diu and
+the king of Cambaya, in hopes of constraining him to allow of the
+construction of a fort in that city. _Malek Tocam_[187], lord of Diu,
+was then fortifying the city of Basseen, and as that place might prove
+injurious to the designs of Nuno against Cambaya, he determined to
+destroy it. For this purpose he fitted out a fleet of 150 vessels, in
+which he embarked with 3000 Portuguese soldiers and 200 native Canarins.
+Tocam on hearing of this expedition, left a garrison of 12,000 men in
+Basseen and retired to Diu. Despising the danger of attacking such
+superior numbers, Nuno landed his troops and took Basseen by assault, in
+which action 600 of the enemy were slain, and only eight or nine on the
+side of the Portuguese. Having ravaged the surrounding country and razed
+the fortifications of Basseen, Emanuel de Albuquerque was sent with
+twelve vessels and 300 men to destroy the fort of Daman, which he was
+unable to accomplish. He burnt however all the towns upon the coast from
+_Basseen_ to _Tarapor_, and reduced _Tanua_, _Bandora_, _Maii_, and
+_Bombay_ to become tributary. About this time orders were sent from
+Portugal that all the commanders of forts in India should make oath of
+obedience to the governor-general, whence it appears that till then they
+were in a great measure independent.
+
+[Footnote 187: The lord of Diu only a little before was named Malek
+_Saca_; but De Faria gives no intimation of any revolution, except by
+change of name. Yet from the sequel it is evident this person was the
+son of Malek Azz.--E.]
+
+About this time Malek Tocam, lord of Diu, desired Nuno to send a proper
+person to him with whom he might treat of an important affair, he being
+at that time apprehensive that the king of Cambaya meant to deprive him
+of his government. Vasco de Cuna was accordingly sent on this embassy,
+with instructions to procure the surrender of Diu, but was unsuccessful.
+At the same time Tristan de Ga pressed the king of Cambaya to allow of
+building a fort at Diu, and Badur expressed a desire of conferring with
+the governor-general on the subject, though his real design was to kill
+him rather than grant permission to build a fort. Nuno went accordingly
+to Diu with a fleet of 100 sail and 2000 Portuguese troops; but the king
+who was then at Diu delayed the interview on various pretences, and
+desired Nuno to send some of his principal captains to wait upon him.
+They went accordingly richly dressed and were splendidly received. While
+in discourse with the king, Emanuel de Macedo took the liberty, yet in a
+respectful manner, to say "That he wondered much his majesty should
+deprive Malek Tocam of the government of the city, who had not only
+served him faithfully, but was the son of one who had performed many
+signal services and had long enjoyed his favour, and that he should
+bestow the command on _Mustapha Rumi Khan_, whose principal merit was
+disloyalty to the _Grand Turk_, his natural prince." He added, that if
+Mustapha denied this, he challenged him to combat, either hand to hand,
+or in any other manner he might think fit. _Rumi Khan_ was present, but
+made no answer, till the king looking angrily at him, he said his
+silence proceeded from contempt. Macedo repeated the challenge, and the
+Turk, no longer able to shun it with a good grace, agreed to fight him
+at sea. But this challenge took no effect, as the parties could not
+agree upon the terms of combat. Being unable to come to any agreement
+with the king of Cambaya, Nuno de Cuna entered into a league with
+_Humayun_[188] padishah, or emperor of the Moguls, and returned to Goa,
+dispatching several of his captains with squadrons to different places.
+
+[Footnote 188: In De Faria called _Omaum Patxath_, king of the
+Moguls.--E.]
+
+At this time, _Cunale Marcar_, a bold pirate, scoured the seas about
+Calicut with eight vessels well equipped and full of men. One night off
+Cape Comorin he surprised a Portuguese brigantine at anchor, in which
+were twenty-one Portuguese, all so fast asleep that they were bound
+before they waked. He caused their heads to be bruised to pieces, to
+punish them for daring to sleep while he was at sea, _a merry cruelty_.
+From thence _Cunale_ went to Negapatnam on the coast of Coromandel,
+where there were forty Portuguese, who defended themselves to no
+purpose, as the degar or governor of that place agreed with Cunale to
+rob them. Khojah Marcar, though a relation of Cunale, used his
+endeavours to deliver the Portuguese from this danger, by instilling
+mutual jealousy into the Degar and Cunale, who however took some
+Portuguese vessels then in the river at Negapatnam, and shot eight of
+their men. Antonio de Silva was sent against him from Cochin with 200
+musqueteers in fifteen small vessels, on which Cunale took refuge in a
+bay on the coast called _Canamnera_, where he fortified himself. But
+Antonio forced him to make his escape in the habit of a beggar to
+Calicut, leaving his vessels and cannon, with which Antonio returned to
+Cochin.
+
+In 1534 Martin Alfonso de Sousa, Portuguese admiral in India, took the
+fort of Daman; and Badur king of Cambaya, fearing still greater losses,
+and finding his trade completely interrupted, made peace with Nuno, on
+the following conditions. The fort of Basseen with all its dependencies
+was ceded to the crown of Portugal: All ships bound from the kingdom of
+Cambaya for the Red Sea, were to come in the first place to Basseen, and
+to touch there on their return, paying certain duties to the crown of
+Portugal: No ships belonging to Cambaya were to trade to any other parts
+without licence from the Portuguese government: No ships of war were to
+be built in any of the ports belonging to Cambaya: The king of Cambaya
+was on no account to give any assistance to the _Rumes_ or Turks. There
+were other articles in favour of the king of Cambaya, to render the
+harshness of these more palatable; and even these were afterwards
+moderated when he gave permission for building a fort at Diu.
+
+The kingdom of Guzerat, commonly called Cambaya from the name of its
+metropolis, extends from Cape _Jaquet_ or _Jigat_ in the west, to the
+river _Nagotana_ near _Chaul_, within which limits there is a large and
+deep bay or gulf having the same name with the capital, in which bay the
+sea ebbs and flows with wonderful rapidity, insomuch that any ship that
+is caught in this tremendous _bore_ certainly perishes. To avoid this
+danger, there is always a man stationed on an eminence, who gives notice
+with a horn when he sees the approach of this torrent. The distance
+between Cape _Jigat_ and the river of Nagotana is above 200 leagues. On
+the west Guzerat borders on the _Resbuti_ or _Rajputs_, a people
+dwelling in a mountainous country.[189] On the north it joins with the
+kingdom of _Chitor_[190]: On the east with that of _Pale_.[191] The
+coast is covered by numerous towns and cities. It is watered by two
+famous rivers, the _Taptii_ and _Tapei_[192] by many creeks that form
+several islands. Guzerat is all plain, so that they generally travel in
+waggons, as in Flanders, but lighter made, which are easily drawn by
+oxen, smaller than those of Spain. The country breeds cattle in great
+abundance, and plenty of provisions of all sorts. The natives are of
+four different kinds. The first called _Baneanes Baganzariis_, feed
+after our manner: The second called simply _Baneanes_[193], who eat of
+nothing that hath life. Their priests are called _Vertias_, who are
+clothed in white, and never change their apparel till it falls in
+pieces. These live altogether on charity; and, like the children of
+Israel in the desert, they never keep any thing for the next day. They
+place their greatest hope of salvation in abstaining from killing any
+creature whatever, and even use no light at night, lest any moth should
+fly into the flame; and always carry a broom to sweep the ground they
+tread on, that they may not trample any worm or insect to death. The
+third race consists of the _Resbuti_ or _Rajputs_, who are good
+soldiers, and to whom formerly the kingdom belonged. These people
+acknowledge _one God in three persons, and worship the blessed Virgin_,
+a doctrine which they have preserved ever since the time of the
+apostles[194]. The fourth and last class of inhabitants are the
+Mahometans called _Lauteas_, consisting both of strangers who have
+conquered the country, and natives who have embraced that religion. The
+inhabitants of Guzerat are very ingenious mechanics in works of silk,
+gold, ivory, mother-of-pearl, tortoise-shell, crystal, ebony, and other
+articles. They follow the rules of Pythagoras, killing no creature; but
+rather buy all, though even venomous, from those who take them, on
+purpose to set them free. They have even a set of men whose only
+employment is to go about the towns and fields looking out for sick
+beasts, which are tended with great care in hospitals built on purpose.
+Yet in spite of all this charity to the brute creation, they are devoid
+of human kindness, and will not reach out their hand to help a fellow
+creature in the utmost need.
+
+[Footnote 189: These mountains are in the middle of Guzerat, which they
+pervade in a range of considerable length from N.E. to S.W.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 190: More properly _Agimere_, in which is the town or city of
+_Cheitore_, whence the name in the text.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 191: Malwa, one of the kingdoms or _Soubahs_ of Hindostan is
+to the east of Guzerat. The meaning of the name in the text is not
+obvious.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 192: The Taptee is evidently one of these, but it is hard to
+say what river is meant by the other. Next to the Taptee on the north,
+the great river Nerbuddah flows into the Gulf of Cambay, dividing the
+two great Subahs of Malwa and Candeish. The Mahie divides Guzerat from
+Malwa; and the Mehindry and Puddar pervade Guzerat; which is bounded on
+the west by the Cagger, dividing it from the great sandy desert of
+_Sinde_ or Jesselmere, and from Cutch.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 193: _Banians_: It would much exceed the bounds of a note to
+enter upon any explanation here of the Hindoo casts, which will be fully
+illustrated in the sequel of this work.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 194: It is most wonderful, that in the grossest, most
+ridiculous, and most obscene of all idolatrous polytheism, the
+Portuguese should have fancied any resemblance to the pure religion of
+Christ! even under its idolatrous debasement of image worship, and the
+invocation of legions of saints. The monstrous superstitions of the
+bramins will be discussed in a future division of this work.--E.]
+
+In the year of God 1292, or according to the Mahometan account the 700,
+a pagan king named _Galacarna_ ruled in peace in Guzerat; but involved
+the country in war to deprive his brother of the kingdom of _hampanel_
+or _Champaneer_ which had been left him by their father. Galacarna
+employed two generals in this war, one of whom named _Madana_ had to
+wife one of the most beautiful women of the country, of the race of
+_Padaminii_, who, besides their beauty, are said to have so sweet a
+scent from their skin that they are esteemed beyond all other women. It
+is said there are scarcely any of these women in Guzerat, but many in
+Orissa. There is no mischief without a woman even with an ill savour,
+how much more then for one of a good scent! King Galacarna fell in love
+with the wife of Madana, and used every means to gain her but to no
+purpose. But she being chaste, which was doubtless the sweet smell, gave
+notice to her husband and brother of the dishonourable conduct of the
+king; on which they called in _Shah Nasr Oddin_ king of Delhi, who
+invaded the kingdom of Guzerat and slew Galacarna in battle; after which
+he left his general Habed Shah to reduce the kingdom to subjection,
+having in the first place rewarded the two brothers for their services,
+and made the kings of _Mandou_ and _Cheitore_ tributary[195]. Shah Nasr
+Oddin was soon afterwards killed by his nephew, and the kingdom of
+Delhi was so much weakened by civil war, that Habed-shah revolted and
+set himself up as king of Guzerat.
+
+[Footnote 195: Probably Malwa and Agimere are here meant.--E.]
+
+In 1330, _Hamet_ a Mahometan Tartar, who resided in the city of Cambay,
+by the assistance of a number of Arabs, Persians, and _Rumes_ or Turks,
+usurped a great part of Guzerat, then possessed by _Deosing-rao_. Ali
+Khan succeeded Hamet, and left forty sons, three of whom became kings.
+The eldest _Peru-shah_ succeeded in the kingdom of Guzerat. The second
+_Azeide-khan_ got the kingdom of _Mandou_ or Malwa by his wife; and the
+third named Ali-khan acquired the kingdom of _Agimere_ in the same
+manner. Peru-shah followed the example of his father and grandfather in
+securing his kingdom against foreign enemies, and built the city of Diu
+in memory of a victory over a _Chinese_ fleet. Sultan Mahomet his son
+succeeded, and reigned at the time when Vasco de Gama discovered India.
+He left the kingdom to his son _Modafer_, as most worthy; but in
+consequence of a civil war, Modafer was slain, and his youngest brother
+_Mahomet Khan_ was raised to the throne. An elder brother _Latisa Khan_
+aspired to the kingdom, but without success; and after a succession of
+civil wars it fell to _Badur_, or _Behauder Khan_, who was king of
+Guzerat at this period. The former king _Modafer_ divided the
+possessions belonging to Malek Azz who was lord of Diu among his three
+sons, which destination gave great displeasure to his own sons who
+coveted these territories. But _Badur_ was chiefly dissatisfied, and
+even poisoned his father _Modafer Khan_. After this parricide, he fled
+to the king of Chitore, where he killed a person even in the presence of
+the king at an entertainment, and fled to Delhi. He there professed
+himself a _Calendar_ or religious person, to shun the punishment due to
+his crimes. These Calendars go about loaded with iron chains and live
+abstemiously; yet with all their outward shew of religious austerity,
+they practice all manner of lewdness and wickedness in secret. They
+enter into no town, but blow a horn on the out-skirts, that people may
+bring them alms. Sometimes they go about in bands of two thousand or
+more, laying the country under contributions.
+
+After remaining some time among the Calendars, Badur got notice of the
+distractions prevailing in Guzerat, and went there with his chains in
+search of the crown, and acquired the favour of the people so strongly
+by his pretended religious austerity, that he was proclaimed king. To
+secure his ill-gotten power, he caused Madrem-al-Mulk to be flayed alive
+for having raised his youngest brother Latisa Khan to the throne, and
+put to death all his brothers. Being desirous to take off _Malek Saca_
+lord of Diu, Saca fled, and was succeeded by his brother _Malek Tocam_.
+In the year 1527, one Stephen Diaz Brigas, a Portuguese who had fled his
+country for some crime, came to India as captain of a French ship with
+forty Frenchmen, and putting into Diu was there made prisoner with all
+his men, who were cruelly put to death by order of Badur.
+
+While at Champaneer in 1527, ambassadors came from _Baber_, padishah or
+emperor of Delhi, demanding homage and tribute for Guzerat, as part of
+his dominions. At first Badur was disposed to have slain these unwelcome
+messengers; but he dismissed them, saying that he would carry the answer
+in person. He accordingly drew together an army of 100,000 men and 400
+elephants, with a great train of artillery. But he was prevented from
+carrying his designs into execution, in consequence of a great town
+called _Doitabad_ being taken by Nizam-al-Mulk; and though he recovered
+it, he met with great loss of men, chiefly by the weather, it being
+winter, some of his men being slain by a shower of stones as large as
+oranges[196]. Certain men came to Badur, from the kingdom of the
+_Colii_[197], who demanded tribute; but he flayed them alive. In 1529,
+Badur marched with 70,000 horse and 200,000 foot into the dominions of
+Nizam-al-Mulk, where he did much damage. In the same year Baber padishah
+of the Moguls of Delhi, marched with an army for the reduction of
+Guzerat; but met with so much loss in a battle with the king of
+_Cheitore_ in Agimere that he was forced to retire to Delhi.
+
+[Footnote 196: The story in the text is difficultly intelligible. I am
+apt to believe that the great army belonged to Baber, the Great Mogul,
+designed for the reduction of Guzerat, but turned aside for the recovery
+of _Dowlatabad_ in the Deccan, and that the shower of stones of the text
+is to be understood of hail.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 197: Who these were does not appear.--E.]
+
+Badur invaded the kingdom of _Mandou_[198], and killed the king by
+treachery. He then imprisoned all the kings sons, and distributed the
+wives and daughters of the deceased king among his officers.
+_Salahedin_, one of the principal officers of that kingdom fled to
+_Raosinga_, a place almost impregnable by nature and art, but was
+inveigled into the power of Badur and forced to turn Mahometan. Badur
+then besieged the mountain fort of Raosinga, and commanded the women
+belonging to Salahedin to come out; but they sent word that they would
+not do so unless along with Salahedin, who was accordingly sent into the
+fort for that purpose. His women, about 500 in number, exclaimed against
+his becoming a Mahometan, saying they would rather be all burnt alive
+than delivered to the enemy. Whereupon Salahedin, with 120 men who
+guarded his _zenana_, slew them all upon a pile of wood, where they were
+burnt with all his riches. After this Badur went against Chitore with an
+army of 100,000 horse, an innumerable infantry, and 600 cannon, and
+besieged Chitore for two months, at the end of which it surrendered. By
+this conquest Badur was in possession of three considerable kingdoms.
+
+[Footnote 198: Probably Malwa.--E.]
+
+At this time Tristan de Ga, as formerly mentioned, was at the court of
+Badur on an embassy from Nuno de Cuna to treat of peace, but which
+negociation was delayed by sundry accidents, and in particular by the
+death of the Great Mogul, of whom Badur was in great fear. Through
+covetousness Badur discontinued the pay of many of those leaders who had
+served him with great fidelity in his late conquests, on which account
+4000 men of note deserted from him to the Mogul. One of his officers
+named Mujate Khan endeavoured to convince him of the dangerous effects
+this conduct might have upon his affairs; in reward for which Badur sent
+him on some frivolous pretence to Diu, and at the same time sent secret
+orders to Melek Tocam to put him to death; but Tocam disdained to
+execute the tyrannical order, and advised the faithful Mujate Khan to
+save himself by flight. Instead of following this advice, Mujate
+returned to Badur and prostrated himself at his feet, delivering up his
+scymeter with these words, "If I have deserved death from you, I here
+present you the traitor and the instrument of his punishment. Kill me,
+therefore, that I may have the honour of dying by your hand: Yet the
+faithful services of my grandfather, father, and self, have merited a
+better reward." Badur, struck with his fidelity and attachment, received
+him again to favour; but turned his rage against Melek Tocam for
+revealing the secret orders with which he had been entrusted, and sent
+Mustapha Rume Khan to Diu to put him to death. Malek Tocam got notice of
+this at a country house in which he occasionally resided, whence he fled
+from Rume Khan. After this Badur came to Diu which he reduced, having
+arrived there at the same time with Nuno de Cuna, when the interview
+between the governor and him was proposed; but which Badur only intended
+as a feint to ward off the danger which he apprehended from the padishah
+of the Moguls; meaning, if he could patch up an agreement with that
+sovereign, to break with the Portuguese. But the Mogul recalled his
+ambassadors and commenced war upon Bader, of which hereafter.
+
+Those whom we name Moguls call themselves _Zagetai_, in the same manner
+as the Spaniards call themselves Goths. Zagetai is the name of the
+province which they inhabited in Great Tartary near Turkestan, and the
+nobles do not permit themselves to be called Moguls. According to the
+Persians, the Moguls are descended of Magog the grandson of Noah, from
+whom they received the worship of the _one_ only God. Wandering through
+many provinces, this nation established themselves in _Mogalia_ or
+_Mongolia_, otherwise _Mogostan_, called Paropamissus by Ptolemy. At
+this time they extend farther, and border upon the kingdom of _Horacam_
+or _Chorassan_, called _Aria_, or _Here_ by that ancient geographer.
+From the extreme north, the Moguls extend to the river _Geum_ or
+_Jihon_, which runs through _Bohara_ or _Bucharia_, the ancient
+_Bactria_, so named from its capital, the celebrated seat of learning
+from the time of _Zoroaster_, and where _Avicenna_ acquired the
+knowledge which made him so famous. _Bucharia_, or _Bactria_ borders
+upon _Quiximir_ or _Cashmire_ and Mount _Caucasus_, which divides India
+from the provinces of Tartary in the north. This kingdom of the Moguls
+now reaches to the mountainous regions of _Parveti_ and _Bagous_ which
+they call _Angou_ [199]. As in this dominion there ace great mountains,
+so there are likewise very large and fruitful plains, watered by five
+rivers which compose the Indus. These are the _Bet, Satinague, Chanao,
+Rave_, and _Rea_[200]. The cities of this country are numerous and, the
+men courageous.
+
+[Footnote 199: De Faria becomes here unintelligible, unless he here
+means the range of mountains which bound Hindostan, particularly on the
+north-west, including Cashmir and Cabul; which seems probable as
+immediately followed in the text by the _Punjab_, or country on the
+_five rivers_ composing the Indus.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 200: These rivers are so strangely perverted in their
+orthography as hardly to be recognisable, and some of them not at all.
+The true _Punjab_ or five rivers is entirely on the east of the Indus,
+Sinde or Nilab. Its five rivers are the Behut or Hydaspes, Chunab or
+Acesinas, Rauvee or Hydraotes, Setlege or Hesudrus, and a tributary
+stream of the last named the Hyphasis by the ancients. These two last
+are the Beyah and Setlege of the moderns. The Kameh and Comul run into
+the Indus to the west of the Punjab--E.]
+
+The Moguls are of the Mahometan religion, using the Turkish and Persian
+languages. They are of fair complexions, and well made, but have, small
+eyes like the Tartars and Chinese. Their nobility wear rich and gay
+clothes, fashioned like those of the Persians, and have long beards.
+Their military dress is very costly, their arms being splendidly gilt
+and highly polished, and they are singularly expert in the use of the
+bow. In battle they are brave and well disciplined and use artillery.
+Their padishah is treated with wonderful majesty, seldom making his
+appearance in public, and has a guard of 2000 horse, which is changed
+quarterly. Both Moguls and Patans endeavoured to conquer India; but by
+treachery and the event of war, the Patans and the kingdom of Delhi were
+reduced by the Moguls at the time when Baber, the great-grandson of the
+great Tamerlane was their padishah.
+
+At the period to which we have now proceeded in our history of the
+Portuguese in India, _Omaum_ or _Humayun_, the son of Baber, was
+padishah of the Moguls, and declared war against Badur king of Guzerat;
+who immediately sent an army of 20,000 horse and a vast multitude of
+foot to ravage the frontiers of the enemy. Ingratitude never escapes
+unpunished, as was exemplified on this occasion. _Crementii_ queen of
+_Chitore_, who had formerly saved the life of Badur, and who in return
+had deprived her of the kingdom of Chitore, was required by him to send
+her son with all the men he could raise to assist him in the war against
+Humayun. The queen required he would restore her other son, whom he kept
+as an hostage, that she might not be deprived of both, and in the mean
+time raised all the forces she was able. Not aware of her intentions,
+Badur sent her son to Chitore, on which she immediately put herself
+under the protection of Humayun. Badur immediately drew together an army
+of 100,000 horse, 415,000 foot, 1000 cannon, 600 armed elephants, and
+6000 carriages, with which he besieged Chitore, and battered its walls
+with great fury. While engaged in this siege, he received information
+that the army he had sent to ravage the country of the Moguls had been
+defeated with the loss of 20,000 men. He at length got possession of
+Chitore by policy more than force, after losing 15,000 men during the
+siege; but the queen made her escape with all her family and wealth. He
+repaired the fortifications of Chitore, in which he left _Minao Husseyn_
+with a garrison of 12,000 men. He then marched to meet the army of the
+Moguls, which was advancing through _Mandou_ or _Malwa_ in order to
+relieve Chitore. On learning that Chitore had fallen, and that Badur was
+intrenched with his army at Dozor, Humayun marched to that place and
+took up a position with so much judgment that the army of Badur was
+reduced to extremity for provisions. Being unable to extricate his army
+from this state of difficulty, Badur fled with all speed to _Mandou_, or
+_Mundu_ near the Nerbuddah on the southern frontier of Malwa,
+accompanied by Mustapha Rumi Khan and a few Portuguese. His prodigious
+army was utterly destroyed or dispersed, and his camp plundered by the
+Moguls; he even escaping with difficulty from the pursuit of 10,000
+Mogul horse.
+
+Badur fortified himself in _Mundu_, giving the command of his remaining
+force to Rumi Khan, who soon deserted to Humayun. The family and wealth
+of Rumi Khan were at this time in the fortress of _Champaneer_, and both
+Badur and Rumi Khan strove which of them should first be able to secure
+that place, in which Badur had deposited one of his three tres, which
+only in copper money was worth 30 millions[201], besides pearls,
+precious stones, and other valuables. Badur got possession of
+Champaneer, whence he immediately sent all the treasure, and the family
+of Rumi Khan, under a strong escort to Diu; while he wasted the country
+and destroyed all the artillery, that it might not fall into the hands
+of Humayun, and even did the same at _Cambaya_ his own capital. Seeing
+his women and riches in the hands of Badur, Rumi Khan obtained five
+hundred horse from his new master, with which he pursued Badur so
+expeditiously that he entered one of the gates of _Cambaya_ as Badur was
+going out at the other. Finding himself so closely pursued, Badur left
+the women and riches by the way, in hopes of stopping the pursuit, which
+had the desired effect, as Rumi Khan immediately returned with them to
+Champaneer, and Badur got safe to Diu, leaving his entire kingdom to
+Humayun.
+
+[Footnote 201: No intimation is given by De Faria of the denomination of
+money here alluded to.--E.]
+
+In this state of adversity, Badur at length consented to the erection of
+a fort at Diu by the Portuguese. He had formerly given up Basseen to
+them, to secure their friendship during his contest with Humayun, and
+was now in hopes by their assistance to recover his dominions. Still
+however his pride prompted him to temporize, and he sent an ambassador
+to request assistance from the Turks to recover his territories. Hearing
+that Humayun had taken Champaneer he gave himself up to despair and
+resolved upon going to Mecca, to wait the answer of the grand Turk; but
+his mother and friends dissuaded him, advising him to allow the
+Portuguese to erect the fort at Diu, as by their aid his affairs might
+be restored. He immediately sent notice to that effect to Martin Alfonso
+de Sousa, then at Chaul, who communicated the event to Nuno de Cuna, and
+went immediately to Diu at the request of Badur, arriving on the 21st of
+September 1536. A league offensive and defensive was immediately entered
+into between Badur and the Portuguese, in which the former treaty was
+confirmed, except that the emporium of trade was to be transferred from
+Basseen to Diu: The fort was to be built where and in what manner should
+be judged best by the governor-general; and in the mean time a bulwark
+or castle upon the sea, commanding the entrance of the port was to be
+delivered up. There were many other articles, and among these that the
+Portuguese were not to meddle with the kings revenues at Diu and other
+places. The governor general on receiving notice of this treaty, came
+immediately to Diu, where he was honourably received by Badur.
+
+A Jew and an Armenian were immediately sent off to carry intelligence of
+this event to Portugal [202]. At this time there was a person named
+Diego Botello residing at Diu who was in disgrace with the king of
+Portugal, on account of it being reported that he intended to go over
+to the French in hopes of high promotion, as he was very conversant in
+the affairs of India. Knowing how earnestly King _Joam_ had desired the
+establishment of a fort at Diu, he resolved upon endeavouring to be the
+first messenger of this news. For this purpose, having procured a copy
+of the treaty and a draught of the intended fort, he embarked in a small
+vessel, only sixteen feet and a half long, nine feet broad, and four
+feet and a half deep, manned by his own slaves, with three Portuguese
+and two others, giving out that he was going to Cambaya. But when out at
+sea, he informed his companions that he meant in this frail bark to
+traverse the prodigious extent of ocean between India and Portugal, and
+prevailed upon those along with him to concur in his design. Being
+reduced to unspeakable miseries, the slaves, who were the only mariners
+on board, entered into a conspiracy to kill him, and even killed one of
+his servants, but were all slain. Being now without seaman or pilot, he
+held on his course and arrived at Lisbon to the astonishment of every
+one. Botello was restored to the royal favour for this wonderful action,
+but received no other reward, and the bark was immediately destroyed,
+that it might not be known so small a vessel was capable of performing
+so great a voyage.
+
+[Footnote 202: Though not so expressed in the text, these messengers
+were probably sent over land.--E.]
+
+Nuno de Cuna lost no time in erecting the fort at Diu, the command of
+which was given to Emanuel de Sousa with 900 Portuguese troops, the
+ramparts being furnished with sixty pieces of great cannon. Badur soon
+found the benefit of his alliance with the Portuguese, as Nizam-al-Mulk
+at the instigation of Nuno made peace with and aided him against
+Humayun; and a Portuguese force under Vasco Perez recovered for him a
+considerable place towards the Indus named _Varivene_[203]. Garcia de Sa
+and Antonio Galvam defended Basseen against the Moguls, who were
+constrained to retreat from that place; and Mirza Mahmoud, nephew to
+Badur, recovered many places on the frontiers from the Moguls. Being
+thus prosperous, solely by the assistance of the Portuguese, 500 of whom
+served in his army under the command of Martin Alfonso de Sousa, Badur
+repented of having allowed them to build a fort at Diu, and even began
+to build a wall or fortification between the fort and the city, under
+pretence of separating the Portuguese from the natives, to prevent
+differences by too free communication. But after several strong
+remonstrances this was desisted from.
+
+[Footnote 203: Perhaps Warwama on the Gulf of Cutch.--E.]
+
+In the year 1537, Badur became still more intent upon removing the
+Portuguese from Diu, for which purpose he again sent to procure
+assistance from the Turks, and in the mean time used his utmost
+endeavours to take the fort and to destroy Nuno de Cuna, whom he invited
+to Diu with that view. Though apprized of the treacherous designs of
+Badur, De Cuna omitted to avail himself of an opportunity of securing
+him while on a visit on board his ship, deferring it to a future
+opportunity in a proposed conference in the fort. While Badur was going
+on shore in his _katur_ or barge, Emanuel de Sousa the commandant of the
+fort of Diu followed him in a barge and went on board the royal katur to
+give the invitation from the governor-general. At this time another
+Portuguese barge coming up hastily, Badur became suspicious of some evil
+intention, and ordered his officers to kill De Sousa. One Diega de
+Mosquita who had aided Badur in the late war and had acquired a perfect
+knowledge of the language, understood what was said by Badur, whom he
+immediately attacked and wounded, but De Sousa was slain by his
+attendants. Upon this a bloody affray took place between the Portuguese
+and the attendants on Badur, in which seven of the latter were slain.
+Several other boats belonging to both parties came up, and Badur
+attempted to escape in his barge to the city, but was stopped by a
+cannon-shot which killed three of his rowers; on which he endeavoured to
+escape by swimming, but being in danger of drowning he called out,
+discovering who he was. Tristan de Payva reached out an oar for him to
+take hold of, that he might get on board the boat; but a soldier struck
+him on the face with a halberd, and then others, till he was slain. His
+body sunk, and neither it nor the body of De Sousa could afterwards be
+found for interment.
+
+Most of the citizens of Diu were witness to this scene from the walls,
+and when the intelligence of the kings death reached the city, the
+inhabitants began to abandon it in such haste and confusion that many
+were trampled to death in the throng, being afraid that the Portuguese
+would plunder them. The governor-general soon restored confidence by a
+public proclamation, and the inhabitants returned quietly to their
+houses. He even entered the town unarmed, to reassure the inhabitants
+and to restrain the avarice of his people, so that no disorder was
+committed. De Sousa being slain, as before mentioned, De Cuna gave the
+command of the fortress of Diu to his brother-in-law Antonio de Sylveira
+Menezes, and his gallant conduct afterwards shewed that he was worthy of
+the station. The queen-mother had retired to _Navanaguer_[204], and Nuno
+sent a message of condolence for the death of her son, endeavouring to
+demonstrate that it had been occasioned by his own fault; but she
+refused to receive or listen to the message. The treasure found in the
+palace of Diu in gold and silver was of small value, not exceeding
+200,000 _pardaos_[205], but the quantity of ammunition was exceedingly
+great. The number of brass cannon was prodigious, those of iron not
+being deemed worthy of account. Among the brass ordnance were three
+_basilisks_ of prodigious size, one of which was sent by De Cuna as a
+curiosity to Lisbon, which was placed in the castle of St Julian at the
+mouth of the Tagus, where it is known by the name of the _Gun of Diu_.
+Among the papers belonging to Badur and his treasurer _Abd' el Cader_
+letters were found from _Saf_ Khan, communicating the progress he had
+made in his negociations for bringing the Turks upon the Portuguese, and
+copies of others from the sheikhs of _Aden_ and _Xael_ to the same
+purpose. Having collected these and other testimonies of the treachery
+of the late king, Nuno caused _Khojah Zofar_, a man of great reputation
+among the citizens both Mahometans and Gentiles, to convene a meeting of
+the principal people, merchants, and _cazis_, or teachers of the
+Mahometan law, to whom these letters and testimonials were produced, in
+justification of the conduct of the Portuguese, and in proof of the
+treacherous intentions of the late king. All the Moors and Pagans
+acknowledged themselves satisfied by these documents, and accordingly
+gave certificates to that effect in the Arabic and Persian languages,
+which were signed by Khojah Zofar and all the leading people among the
+Mahometans and Hindoos, which were communicated to the kings of the
+Deccan, Narsinga, and Ormuz, and to all the sheikhs along the coast of
+Arabia as far as Aden.
+
+[Footnote 204: Probably Noanagur on the east side of the Gulf of
+Cutch.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 205: At 3s. 9d. each, worth L. 37,500 sterling.--E.]
+
+For the greater security and satisfaction of the people, Nuno gave
+orders that the Mahometans should enjoy the free exercise of their
+religion, and that the laws and regulations established by Badur for the
+government of the city and its dependencies should continue to be
+executed, even continuing all the salaries and pensions granted by the
+late king. Among these was a Moor of Bengal who, by _authentic_
+information was 320 years old[206]. This man had two sons, one ninety
+and the other only twelve years of age. He appeared to be only about
+sixty, and it was said that his beard and teeth had fallen and been
+renewed four or five times. He was rather under the middle size, and
+neither fat nor lean. He pretended that before he was an hundred years
+old, while herding cattle on the banks of a river, there appeared a man
+to him clothed in a gray habit and girt with a cord, having wounds on
+his hands and feet, who requested to be carried by him across the river
+on his shoulders; which having done, this person said that as a reward
+for his charity, he should retain all his faculties till he saw him
+again. Going accordingly into one of the Portuguese churches in India,
+this old man exclaimed on seeing the image of St Francis, This is he
+whom I carried across the river so many years ago.
+
+[Footnote 206: Perhaps an error of the press for 120.--E.]
+
+Mir Mahomet Zaman, a descendant of the ancient kings of Guzerat, on
+learning the death of Badur, went to condole with the queen-mother at
+_Novanaguer_; but she, fearing he came to rob her, refused to see him
+and even endeavoured to remove to another place. Offended at her
+suspicions, Mahomet Zaman lay in wait for her with 2000 horse, and
+robbed her of all her riches, amounting to above two millions of gold.
+He then raised above 5000 horse, with which he seized Novanaguer, and
+had himself proclaimed king of Guzerat. He then sent a messenger to Nuno
+de Cuna, giving an account of the posture of his affairs and of his
+title to the crown, desiring his assistance, in requital for which he
+offered to cede to the Portuguese all the coast from Mangalore to
+Beth[207], including the towns of Daman and Basseen with the royal
+country house of Novanaguer, and other advantages. Nuno accepted these
+offers, caused him to be proclaimed king in the mosque of Diu, and urged
+him to raise forces and disperse the other pretenders. Fearing that this
+advice was only given to deceive, Zaman procrastinated and took no
+effectual steps to secure the crown to which he aspired, of which
+misconduct he soon experienced the evil consequences; as the principal
+people of Guzerat set Mahomet Khan, a nephew of the deceased Badur on
+the Musnud, and made preparations to subdue Zaman. As Nuno was under the
+necessity of leaving Diu early in 1538 to attend to the other affairs of
+his extensive government, the Guzerat nobles in the interest of Mahomet
+raised sixty thousand men, with which they marched against Zaman; and
+having corrupted most of his officers, he was obliged to flee to Delhi,
+where he was honourably received by the padishah of the Moguls, from
+whom he received the kingdom of Bengal. The successful party in Guzerat
+called Antonio de Sylveira who commanded in Diu to account for the death
+of Badur, and being satisfied on that head proposed a treaty of peace;
+but as they peremptorily refused to accede to the condition conceded by
+Zaman, the negociations were broken off.
+
+[Footnote 207: This account if the matter is inexplicable. Mangalore is
+on the coast of Malabar far to the south of Guzerat, Beth is not to be
+found in any map of India in these parts, and Novanaguer or Noanagur is
+at the other extremity of Guzerat on the Gulf of Cutch.--E.]
+
+The most inveterate enemies of the Portuguese in India were the Moors
+upon the coast between Chaul and Cape Comorin, a space of about 200
+leagues, who had flocked thither in great numbers allured by the vast
+and profitable trade in that part of India. About this time there lived
+in Cochin a rich and powerful Moor named Pate Marcar, who being
+irritated against the Portuguese for taking some of his vessels went to
+reside in Calicut to have an opportunity of being revenged upon them by
+the assistance of the zamorin, who furnished him with above 50 ships,
+2000 men, and 400 pieces of cannon. With these he went to the assistance
+of Madune Pandar who had revolted against his brother the king of Ceylon
+who was the ally of the Portuguese. At Coulam Marcar attacked a large
+Portuguese ship which was loading pepper, but was beat off after killing
+the captain. In another port farther south he took a ship belonging to
+the Portuguese and killed all her crew. Beyond Cape Comorin he destroyed
+a town inhabited by native Christians. On hearing of these depredations,
+Martin Alfonso went in 19 row-boats from Cochin in pursuit of Marcar,
+whom he found in a creek where he offered him battle; but as Marcar
+declined this, and Alfonso did not think his force sufficient to attack
+him in that situation, he returned to Cochin for a reinforcement.
+Setting out again with 28 row-boats and 400 men, Alfonso found Marcar
+careening his vessels at a port or creek beyond Cape Comorin named
+_Beadala_, where he gave the Moors a total defeat though they had
+gathered a force of 7000 men to resist him. Alfonso took 23 barks, 400
+cannon, 1500 firelocks, and many prisoners, and set free a considerable
+number of Portuguese slaves, having lost 30 men in the action, chiefly
+through the mistake of a signal. After this great victory, Alfonso went
+over to Columbo in Ceylon, the king of which place was besieged by his
+rebellious brother Madune Pandar, who at first believed the Portuguese
+fleet to be that of Marcar coming to his assistance; but hearing of the
+destruction of his ally, he raised the siege and made peace.
+
+It is proper that we should give some account of the rich and fertile
+kingdom of Bengal on the bay of that name, which receives the waters of
+the famous river Ganges by two principal mouths and many subordinate
+creeks. This river has its source in the mountains of Great Tartary,
+whence it runs southwards near 600 leagues, dividing India into two
+parts _infra et extra Gangem_, or on this side and the other side of the
+Ganges. On the great eastern mouth of the Ganges stands the city of
+_Chatigam_ or _Chittagong_, and on the western mouth the city of
+_Satigam_[208]. On the east of the Ganges, which runs through the middle
+of Bengal, _Caor, Camatii, Sirote, Codovascam, Cou,_ and _Tipora_ were
+subject to that kingdom, but the two last uniting together had thrown
+off the yoke. On the west of the river, the country of _Cospetir_, whose
+plain is overflowed annually by the Ganges as the land of Egypt by the
+Nile, had been conquered by the Patans. According to the Pagans, God
+hath granted to the kingdom of Bengal an infinite multitude of infantry,
+to Orixa abundance of elephants, to Bisnagar a people well skilled in
+using the sword and buckler, to Delhi a prodigious number of towns, and
+to _Cou_ innumerable horses. The kingdom of Bengal, reaching between the
+latitudes of 22 deg. and 26 deg. 30' N. is well watered and exceedingly fertile,
+producing abundance of fruit, with sugar and long pepper, great
+quantities of cotton, which the inhabitants manufacture with much skill,
+and has great abundance of cattle and poultry. The natives are heathens
+of a pusillanimous character, yet false and treacherous; for it ally the
+case that cowardice and treachery go together.
+
+[Footnote 208: It is impossible even to guess what place is meant in the
+text by Satigam, unless it may have some reference to the river
+Sagar.--E.]
+
+The king is universal heir to all his subjects. The capital city, named
+_Gowro_, on the banks of the Ganges, is three leagues in length. It
+contains 1,200,000 families, and is well fortified. The streets are
+long, wide, and straight, with rows of trees to shelter the people from
+the sun, and are sometimes so thronged with passengers that many are
+trodden to death.
+
+About fifty years before the discovery of India by the Portuguese, an
+Arabian merchant who dwelt in Gowro became very rich and powerful, and
+having defeated the king of Orixa in a great battle grew so much in
+favour with the king of Bengal that he was made captain of his guards.
+But, ungrateful to his benefactor, he killed the king and usurped the
+kingdom, leaving it as an inheritance to the Moors who have since
+possessed this rich and fertile kingdom. The succession to this kingdom
+proceeds upon no rule of hereditary descent; but is often acquired by
+slaves who kill their masters, and whosoever acquires the government,
+were it only for three days, is looked upon as established by Providence
+and Divine right. Hence during a period of forty years this kingdom had
+been ruled by 13 successive princes. At the time when Martin Alfonso
+Melo de Jusarte was prisoner in Bengal, Mahomet Shah was king and held
+his court in Gowro with such state that there were 10,000 women in his
+Zenana, yet was he in continual apprehension of being deposed. Martin
+and the other Portuguese prisoners did signal service to Mahomet in his
+wars with the Patans; and Martin and his followers obtained their
+liberty through the means of one _Khojah Sabadim_, a rich Moor, who
+engaged to procure liberty for the Portuguese to build a fort at
+Chittagong, if Nuno de Cuna would carry him to Ormuz. Nano being eager
+to acquire an establishment in Bengal, granted all that was asked, and
+sent Martin Alfonso with 200 men in five vessels to Bengal, and to
+secure the friendship of the king sent him a magnificent present.
+Thirteen men who carried the present to Gowro, and thirty others who
+accompanied Martin Alfonso to an entertainment at Chittagong were made
+prisoners. On learning this event, Nuno sent Antonio de Silva with 350
+men in nine vessels, to treat for the liberation of Martin Alfonso and
+prisoners, by the assistance of Khojah Sabadim, to whose suggestions the
+former unfortunate expedition was owing; and to secure the fidelity of
+Sabadim, a ship belonging to him with a rich cargo was detained in
+pledge. From Chittagong, Silva sent a messenger to Gowro with a letter
+and a present; but as the answer was long in coming, Silva judged that
+the king had detained his messenger along with the rest, on which he
+rashly destroyed Chittagong and some other places; for which proceeding
+the king confined the prisoners more rigidly than before. But his
+necessities obliged him soon after to change his severity into kindness.
+
+_Xerchan_, or _Shir Khan_, a general of note among the Moguls, being in
+disgrace with the padisbah or Great Mogul, fled from Delhi to Bengal
+accompanied by his brother Hedele Khan, and both of them rose to eminent
+rank in the service of Mahomet. Being now at the head of a large army,
+Shir Khan resolved to avenge upon Mahomet the murder of the former
+infant king of Bengal; for which purpose he revolted with his army to
+Humayun the Mogul padishah, and turned his arms against Mahomet. In his
+distress, Mahomet consulted with Martin Alfonso how best to oppose the
+arms of Shir Khan. By his advice, some vessels commanded by Portuguese
+were stationed in the Ganges at a pass near the fort of _Gori_ where the
+Ganges enters Bengal. These effectually barred the passage of Shir Khan
+in that direction; but having discovered another ford, he advanced to
+Gowro, which he invested with 40,000 horse, 200,000 foot, and 1500
+elephants. Shir Khan likewise brought a fleet of 300 boats down the
+river, to a place where Mahomet had 800 boats to oppose the enemy. At
+this place Duarte de Brito did signal service in the sight of King
+Mahomet, and among other things, accompanied by eight other Portuguese,
+he took an elephant that was swimming across the river. The city of
+Gowro being reduced to distress by the besiegers, Mahomet bought a
+peace, and Shir Khan drew off with his army. Being now as he thought in
+safety, Mahomet allowed Martin Alfonso to depart with the other
+Portuguese, only retaining five as hostages for the assistance he had
+been promised by Nuno.
+
+Shir Khan returned soon afterwards to Gowro, which he took by assault,
+obliging the king, who was wounded in the assault, to abandon the city.
+Mahomet died of his wounds on his way to ask assistance from Humayun.
+Shir Khan drew off from Gowro, where he acquired treasure to the amount
+of 60 millions in gold. Humayun brought the dead body of King Mahomet to
+Gowro, where he appointed his own brother-in-law Mir Mahomet Zaman to
+the vacant kingdom, who had been lately driven from Guzerat. But on the
+return of Humayun towards Delhi, Shir Khan returned to Gowro and drove
+out Mahomet Zaman. Humayun then marched against Shir Khan with 100,000
+horse and 150,000 foot, with above 200,000 followers. The two armies met
+on the banks of the Ganges near the city of Kanoje when Shir Khan gained
+so complete a victory that Humayun made his escape with only 25
+attendants, and never stopt till he arrived at Lahore. Shir Khan treated
+the women belonging to Humaynn with great respect, and restored them to
+the padishah. Finding himself too weak for the conquest of Bengal,
+Humayun determined upon endeavouring to reduce Guzerat; but abandoned in
+his distress by his own Omrahs, he went into Persia, where the Sophi
+supplied him with an army of 12,000 horse, to which he was enabled to
+add 10,000 volunteers. With these allies, added to the troops that
+continued to adhere to him, he invested Candahar, where his brother
+Astarii Mirza had proclaimed himself king of Mogostan. The city was
+taken and given up to the Persians. In the mean time Shir Khan made
+himself formidable in Bengal, having an army of 400,000 horse. He took
+the city of Calijor belonging to the Rajputs, meaning to plunder a vast
+treasure contained in the temple at that place; but pointing a cannon to
+kill an elephant belonging to the temple, the piece burst and killed
+himself.
+
+The present formerly mentioned, which was sent by the king of Guzerat to
+the Grand Turk to obtain his assistance, was delivered at
+Constantinople, where at the same time arrived news of the kings death.
+But the great value of the present demonstrated the vast riches of
+India, and made the Turkish emperor desirous of acquiring a footing in
+that country, whence he thought the Portuguese might be easily expelled,
+and their possessions reduced under his dominion. In this enterprise he
+was greatly encouraged by a Portuguese renegado at Constantinople, who
+asserted that the Turkish power might easily supplant that of the
+Portuguese in India. For this purpose, the Turkish emperor ordered a
+fleet to be fitted out at Suez, the command of which was given to the
+eunuch Solyman Pacha, governor of Cairo. Solyman was a Greek janizary
+born in the Morea, of an ugly countenance, short of stature, and had so
+large a belly that he was more like a beast than a man, not being able
+to rise up without the aid of four men. At this time he was eighty years
+of age, and he obtained this command more by dint of his wealth than
+merit, as he offered to be at the entire charge of the expedition. To
+enable him to perform this, he put many rich men to death and seized
+their wealth. Among others he strangled Mir Daud, king or _bey_ of the
+Thebaid, and seized his treasure. It might be said therefore that this
+fleet was equipped rather by the dead than the living. It consisted of
+70 sail, most of them being large gallies, well stored with cannon,
+ammunition, and provisions; on board of which he embarked 7000 soldiers,
+part Turkish janizaries and part Mamelukes; besides a great number of
+choice sailors and galley-slaves, many of the latter being taken from
+the Venetian gallies then at Alexandria, which were seized in
+consequence of a war breaking out between the Turks and the republic of
+Venice.
+
+Solyman, who was both a tyrant and a coward, set out from Suez on the
+22d of June 1538, ordering four hundred of the soldiers to assist at the
+oars, and as they resisted this order as contrary to their privileges,
+he put two hundred of them to death. At Jiddah he endeavoured to take
+the sheikh, but knowing his tyrannical character, he escaped into the
+interior. At _Zabid_, after receiving a rich present, he put the sheikh
+to death. He did the same thing at Aden; and arrived at Diu about the
+beginning of September 1538, losing six of his vessels by the way.
+
+When Badar king of Guzerat was killed, one _Khojah Zofar_ swam on shore
+and was well received by the Portuguese, being the only one of the kings
+retinue who was saved on that occasion. For some time he seemed grateful
+for his safety; but at length fled without any apparent reason to the
+new king of Guzerat, to whom he offered his services, and even
+endeavoured to prevail upon him to expel the Portuguese from his
+dominions, asserting that this might be easily done with the assistance
+of the Turks. By his instigation, the king of Guzerat raised an army at
+Champaneer of 5000 horse and 10,000 foot, to which Khojah Zofar added
+3000 horse and 4000 foot in his own pay. Getting notice of these
+preparations, Antonio de Sylveira who commanded in Diu, used every
+precaution to provide against a long and dangerous siege. Khojah Zofar
+began the war by attacking the town of the _Rumes_[209] near Diu.
+Francisco Pacheco defended himself bravely in a redoubt at the place,
+with only fourteen Portuguese, till relieved by Sylveira, and Zofar was
+forced to draw off his troops, being himself wounded. Immediately
+afterwards Ali Khan, general of the Guzerat army, joined Zofar with all
+the army, and Sylveira thought proper to evacuate all the posts beyond
+Diu, that he might be able to maintain the city and fort; but some
+vessels and guns were lost in the execution of these orders. In
+consequence of these losses, and because there were many concealed
+enemies in the city who only waited an opportunity of doing all the evil
+in their power to the Portuguese, Sylveira deemed it expedient to
+evacuate the city, giving his sole attention to the defence of the fort.
+Ali Khan and Zofar immediately took possession of the city, and began to
+fire upon the fort with their cannon. Lope de Sousa, who guarded the
+wood and water belonging to the garrison, had several rencounters, in
+which he slew many of the enemy without any loss on his side, except
+being himself severely wounded.
+
+[Footnote 209: This must have been some town or village inhabited by
+Turks.--E.]
+
+Hearing that the Turkish fleet was approaching, Sylveira sent immediate
+notice of it to Nuno de Cuna, who prepared with great diligence to go in
+person to relieve Diu. Michael Vaz was sent to sea by Sylveira to look
+out for the enemy, and falling in with their fleet came so near on
+purpose to examine their force that several of their shot reached his
+vessel. He got off however, and carried the news to the governor of Goa.
+The Turkish fleet came at length to anchor in the port of Diu, where it
+was formidable not only to the small Portuguese garrison in the fort,
+but to the Moors even who had long expected their arrival. Next day
+Solyman landed 600 well armed janizaries, who immediately entered the
+city and behaved with much insolence. Drawing near the fort, they killed
+six Portuguese; but 300 musqueteers attacked them from the fort and
+drove them away with the loss of fifty men. In consequence of a storm,
+Solyman was obliged to remove his fleet to _Madrefavat_, as a safer
+harbour, where he remained twenty days, during which time Sylveira was
+diligently occupied in strengthening the fortifications of the castle,
+planting his artillery on the ramparts, and assigning every one his
+proper post for the ensuing siege. At the same time, the Turks assisted
+by Zofar commenced operations against the fort, by constructing
+batteries, and endeavouring to ruin the defences of a bulwark at the
+entrance of the harbour, which they battered with their cannon. With
+this view likewise, they built a wooden castle on a large bark, which,
+they filled with combustibles, meaning to send it against the bulwark
+to set it on fire. But Francisco de Gouvea, who commanded the small
+naval force then at Diu, went against this floating castle under night,
+and contrived to destroy it by fire. At this time likewise some relief
+was sent to the fort by Nuno de Cuna, and the garrison was much elated
+by the assurance of his intention of coming speedily in person to raise
+the siege.
+
+Returning from Madrefavat, Solyman commenced a heavy fire from his ships
+against the sea bulwark in which Francisco de Gouvea commanded, but was
+so well answered both from that work and the tower of St Thomas, that
+one of his gallies was sunk and most of her men drowned. The greatest
+harm suffered at this time by the Portuguese was from the bursting of
+some of their own cannon, by which several men were killed. Two brothers
+only were slain by the fire of the Turks. Zofar now so furiously
+battered the bulwark in which Pacheco commanded, that it became
+altogether indefensible, on which seven hundred janizaries assaulted it
+and set up their colours on its ruined walls; but the Portuguese rallied
+and dislodged them, killing an hundred and fifty of the enemy. The
+assault of this bulwark was continued a whole day, and at night the
+enemy were forced to retreat with much loss. Next day Pacheco deeming it
+impossible to resist, surrendered upon promise of life and liberty to
+himself and his men. Solyman did not perform the latter stipulation, but
+he granted their lives for the present and clothed them in Turkish
+habits. By one of these prisoners, Solyman sent a summons to Sylveira to
+surrender, but the proposal was treated with contempt. Solyman now
+planted his artillery against the fort, having among other cannon nine
+pieces of vast size which carried balls of ninety pounds weight. His
+artillery in all exceeded 130 pieces of different sizes, and his
+batteries were continually guarded by 2000 Turks. This formidable train
+began to play against the castle on the 4th of October 1538, and
+continued without cessation for twenty days, doing great injury to the
+defences of the fort, which could hardly do any injury in return to the
+besiegers, neither could the garrison repair sufficiently the most
+dangerous breaches, though they used every possible exertion for that
+purpose. On the sixth day after the commencement of this violent
+cannonade, perceiving that the bulwark commanded by Caspar de Sousa was
+much damaged, the Turks endeavoured to carry it by assault, but were
+repulsed with much slaughter, two only of the defenders being slain.
+Every day there were assaults by the besiegers or sallies by the
+garrison. In one of these Gonzalo Falcam lost his head; and Juan de
+Fonseca being disabled by a severe wound of his right arm continued to
+wield his lance with his left as if he had received no hurt. A youth of
+only nineteen years old, named Joam Gallego, pursued a Moor into the sea
+and slew him, and afterwards walked back deliberately to the fort
+through showers of balls and bullets. Many singular acts of valour were
+performed during this memorable siege.
+
+At length many brave officers and men of the besiegers were slain,
+powder began to wax short and provisions shorter. The relief expected
+from Non Garcia Noronha, now come out as viceroy of India, was long in
+making its appearance. The remaining garrison was much weakened by a
+swelling in their gums, accompanied by their teeth becoming so loose
+that they were unable to eat what little food remained in the stores.
+Yet the brave garrison continued to fight in defence of their post, as
+if even misery and famine were unable to conquer them. Even the women in
+the fort exerted themselves like heroines. Donna Isabella de Vega, the
+wife of Manuel de Vasconcelles, had been urged by her husband to go to
+her father Francisco Ferram at Goa, lest the fort might be taken and she
+might fall into the hands of the Turks; but she refused to leave him.
+During the distress of the garrison, as many of the men were obliged to
+work in repairing the works, this bold-spirited lady called together all
+the women who were in the fort, and exhorted them to undertake this
+labour, as by that means all the men would be enabled to stand to their
+arms. The women consented to this proposal, and continued for the
+remainder of the siege to perform this duty. She was even outdone by Ann
+Fernandez, the wife of a physician, who used to visit the most dangerous
+posts by night, and even appeared at the assault to encourage the
+soldiers. Her son happening to be slain in one of the attacks, she
+immediately drew away his body, and returned to the place of danger, and
+when the fight ended she went and buried her son.
+
+Perceiving that the Turks were undermining the bulwark which he
+commanded, Gasper de Sousa made a sally with seventy men to prevent that
+work and made a great slaughter of the enemy. When retreating he missed
+two of his men and returned to rescue them; but being surrounded by the
+enemy they cut the tendons of his hams, after which he fought upon his
+knees till he was overpowered and slain. The mine was countermined; but
+the continual labour to which the besieged were subjected became
+insupportable, and they were utterly unable to repair the many breaches
+in their works. At this conjuncture, four vessels arrived from the
+viceroy Don Garcia, and landed only a reinforcement of twenty men.
+Solyman was much concerned at this relief though small, and was
+astonished the fort should hold out against so many assaults, more
+especially as Zofar had assured him he might carry it in two. At the
+beginning of the siege the garrison consisted of six hundred men, many
+of whom were slain and several of the cannon belonging to the fort had
+burst; yet Solyman began to lose confidence, and looked anxiously to the
+sea, fearful of the Portuguese fleet which he had learnt was coming
+against him. This induced him to press the siege more vigorously,
+especially against the sea bulwark where Antonio de Sousa commanded,
+which was furiously attacked by fifty barks, two of which were sunk by
+the Portuguese cannon. The Turks made several attempts to scale this
+bulwark, in all of which they were repulsed with great slaughter, yet
+returned repeatedly to the charge with similar bad fortune. Sousa sent
+off his wounded men from the rampart to have their wounds dressed. Among
+these was a person named Fernando Ponteado, who waiting his turn heard
+the noise of a fresh assault, and forgetting the dressing ran
+immediately to his post where he received a fresh wound. Going back to
+get dressed, a third assault recalled him before the surgeon had time to
+attend to his wants, and he was a third time wounded, and at length
+returned to get all his three wounds dressed at once.
+
+By this time, out of the original garrison of 600 men, only 250 remained
+that were able to stand to their arms. Solyman was almost in despair of
+success, yet resolved to make a desperate effort to carry the place. In
+hopes of putting Sylveira off his guard, and to take the place by
+surprise, he sent twelve of his gallies to sea, as if he meant to raise
+the siege; but Sylveira was not to be lulled into security, and
+continued to exert the utmost vigilance to provide against every danger.
+One night some noise was heard at the foot of the sea-wall of the
+castle, where it appeared that the enemy were applying great numbers of
+scaling ladders. Every effort was made to oppose them during the
+darkness of the night, and when morning broke, the place was seen beset
+all round by at least 14,000 men. The cannon of the fort was immediately
+directed against the assailants, and the garrison mounted the walls in
+every part, but chiefly near the governors house where the defences were
+weakest, but where Sylveira had placed such people as he could most
+rely upon. Being repulsed from thence with great slaughter, the enemy
+made an attempt on an adjoining bulwark, where Gouvea commanded, and
+poured in prodigious showers of bullets and arrows. Fourteen gallies
+came up against this bulwark, which they battered with their cannon; but
+Gouvea obliged them to draw off, having sunk two of the gallies and
+killed many of their crews. At length 200 Turks forced their way into
+the bulwark and planted their colours on its rampart. Scarcely thirty
+Portuguese remained to oppose them, yet they charged the enemy with
+great fury, who were so thick that every shot told, and they were driven
+out with much loss. Fresh men succeeded and regained the bulwark, on
+which they planted four standards. Many Portuguese who were wounded and
+burnt by the fireworks of the enemy ran and dipped themselves in jars of
+salt water, where seeking ease they perished in dreadful torment.
+
+Sylveira went continually from place to place, encouraging all to do
+their duty manfully and supplying reinforcements where most needed. The
+enemy had much the better in the second assault on the bulwark commanded
+by Gouvea, on which several gentlemen rushed upon them. At this time,
+one Joam Rodrigues, a strongman of great bravery, ran forward with a
+barrel of powder on his shoulder, calling out to clear the way, as he
+carried his own death and that of many. He threw the barrel among the
+enemy, which exploded and blew up above an hundred of them, yet
+Rodriques came off unhurt, and performed other memorable deeds, so that
+he merited the highest honours and rewards of those that were gained in
+this siege. By other fireworks the four ensigns who set up the colours
+were burnt to death, and two others who went to succeed them were slain.
+Being again driven from the bulwark, the enemy made a third assault: But
+their commander being slain, who was son-in-law to Khojah Zofar, his men
+were dismayed and took to flight. These reiterated assaults lasted four
+hours, during which a small number of exhausted Portuguese had to
+withstand vast numbers of fresh enemies. At length, having 500 men slain
+and 1000 wounded, the enemy retired; while on the side of the Portuguese
+fourteen were killed, and 200 were disabled from wounds. Only forty
+remained who were able to wield their arms, insomuch that no hope
+remained of being able to withstand a fresh attack. The walls were
+shattered and ruined in every part: No powder remained: In fact nothing
+remained but the invincible courage of Sylveira, who still encouraged
+the remnant of his brave garrison to persist in their defence. Not
+knowing the desperate state to which the fort was reduced, and dismayed
+by the bad success of all his efforts, Solyman raised the siege and set
+sail with all his fleet on the 5th of November.
+
+When Sylveira saw the Turkish fleet weigh anchor and depart he thought
+it was merely a feint preparatory for another assault, for which reason
+he posted the forty men who still remained of his garrison, determined
+to resist to the last man. He even made some of the wounded men be
+brought to the walls, on purpose to make a shew of a greater number than
+he really had. Many even who were so badly wounded as to be unable to
+rise, made themselves be carried in their beds to the walls, saying that
+it was best to die in an honourable place. Several even of the women
+armed themselves and appeared on the walls. The whole night was spent in
+anxiously waiting for the enemy; but the morning gave comfort to the
+afflicted garrison, as Solyman was seen in full sail, and had no
+thoughts of returning. Fear did much on this occasion, yet Zofar did
+more towards inducing Solyman to go away. Zofar was weary of the
+insupportable pride of the Turks, and had even received orders from the
+king of Guzerat, in case it appeared that the Turks meant to keep the
+city and fort of Diu, rather to endeavour that it might remain in the
+hands of the Portuguese. Zofar accordingly framed a letter which fell
+into the hands of Solyman, saying that the viceroy of India would be at
+Diu next day with a vast fleet; on reading which letter Solyman thought
+proper to hasten his departure. On the same night, Zofar set fire to the
+town of Diu and marched away. Thus ended the first siege of Diu, which
+added new lustre to the Portuguese fame, all due to the invincible
+courage of the renowned Antonio de Sylveira, and those valiant gentlemen
+who fought under his command, whose fame will last from generation to
+generation.
+
+Solyman, on his voyage back to Suez, touched at several ports in Arabia,
+where he took such Portuguese as happened to be there, to the number of
+140, whose heads he cut off, salting their ears and noses to send to the
+Grand Turk as memorials of his services against the Christians. Among
+these was Francisco Pacheco, who had not the courage to die in his
+bulwark, and had surrendered with some men at Diu, as formerly related.
+On his return to Turkey, Solyman was not well received, and was reduced
+to the necessity of killing himself, a fit end for such a tyrant.
+
+This famous siege was far advanced when Don Garcia de Noronha arrived as
+viceroy in India, to whom Nuno de Cuna immediately resigned the
+government. His arrival with a great reinforcement might well have
+enabled him immediately to relieve the deplorable situation of Diu, yet
+on the contrary contributed to augment its danger. For, if he had not
+come, Nuna had certainly relieved Diu much sooner and prevented so many
+miseries, and the death of so many brave men, as he had prepared a fleet
+of eighty sail, and was ready to have gone to Diu when Don Garcia
+arrived. Still fresh advices were brought of the extremity to which the
+besieged were reduced, yet still Don Garcia wasted time in considering
+of proper means for their relief, without putting any into execution,
+and refusing to take the advice of De Cuna for his proceedings. By these
+means the siege was raised before he could determine on the mode of
+relief, for which purpose he had gathered 160 sail of vessels of all
+sorts and sizes. Don Garcia did not want courage, of which he had given
+sufficient demonstrations while under Alfonso de Albuquerque: But he
+chose rather to commit an error through his own obstinacy, than rightly
+to follow the advice of Nuno de Cuna. It soon appeared indeed, that he
+was not at all disposed to take any advice from De Cuna, whom he treated
+so disrespectfully at Goa, that he forced him to retire to Cochin to
+arrange his affairs previous to his return to Portugal. When at Cochin,
+he even refused him a convenient ship which he had chosen for his
+accommodation; although he had authority from the king to continue to
+act as governor while he remained in India, and liberty to choose any
+vessel he thought proper, but Don Garcia forced him to hire a merchant
+vessel for himself and family. If the viceroy treated De Cuna ill in
+India, no less evil designs were entertained against him in Portugal;
+and doubtless the knowledge Don Garcia had of the evil intentions of the
+ministers of state, was the cause of the hard usage he gave him in
+India. Nuno de Cuna fell sick and died on the voyage. He protested at
+his death that he had nothing belonging to the king except five gold
+medals found among the treasure of the late king Badur, which he had
+selected for their beauty and meant to have presented to the king in
+person. Being asked by a chaplain what he would have done with his body
+after his death; he said, that since it had pleased God he was to die at
+sea, he desired that the sea might be his grave. Nuno de Cuna, who was
+an excellent governor of India, died at fifty-two years of age. He was
+of large stature and well proportioned, but wanted an eye. Though of
+stately manners, he was extremely courteous, not subject to passion,
+easily reconciled, a strict observer of justice, loved to do good to all
+around him, free from covetousness, prudent in council, and affable in
+discourse. He governed for ten years, all but two months, and died in
+the beginning of the year 1539.
+
+Don Garcia de Noronha assumed the government of India as viceroy in
+November 1538, having arrived from Lisbon with 3000 soldiers, many of
+whom were men of note. Although this great armament had been principally
+intended for opposing the Turks who besieged the castle of Diu, yet the
+viceroy permitted them to continue their operations before that place,
+and merely sent hopes of relief to the oppressed garrison. At length
+however he sent a second reinforcement under Antonio de Menezes in 24
+small vessels. Though this armament came late, yet Menezes contended in
+some measure with the great Sylveira for the honour of having occasioned
+the retreat of the Turks, as he valued himself much in having witnessed
+their flight. The viceroy had indeed made ready to sail for Diu with a
+fleet of 160 sail of vessels of different kinds, having 5000 soldiers
+and 1000 pieces of cannon, when advice came that the Turks had abandoned
+the siege. On this intelligence he dismissed all the trading ships from
+his fleet, still retaining 90 sail, with which he set out for Diu, but
+proceeded so slowly as if some evil omen had threatened his ruin at that
+place, since he not only avoided it while environed with danger, but
+seemed afraid to visit it in peace. Hearing that it was still infested
+by Lur-Khan and Khojah Zofar, he sent Martin Alfonso de Melo against
+them with his galley, together with the vessels that had been there
+before under Antonio de Menezes. Melo was too weak to be able to do any
+thing against the enemy, and had to seek protection under the guns of
+the fort.
+
+At length the viceroy sailed for Diu on the first of January 1539; but
+the fleet was dispersed by a storm to different ports, two gallies and
+some other vessels being lost. He arrived however at Diu with 50 sail;
+and having given all due praise to Antonio de Sylveira for his valiant
+defence, he repaired the fort and confided it to the charge of Diego
+Lopez de Sousa, who had been nominated to the command by the king. A
+treaty of peace was set on foot with the king of Guzerat, which was
+concluded, but very little to the advantage of the Portuguese, which was
+attributed by common fame to the covetousness of the viceroy.
+
+During this year 1539, the viceroy sent Ferdinand de Morales with a
+great galleon laden on the kings account to trade at Pegu. Morales was
+induced by the king of Pegu to assist him against the king of Birmah,
+who had invaded the kingdom of Pegu with so prodigious a power that the
+two armies amounted to _two millions of men_ and 10,000 elephants.
+Morales went in a galliot having the command of the Pegu fleet, and made
+great havock among the ships of the enemy. The king of Birmah came on by
+land like a torrent, carrying every thing before him, and his fleet was
+so numerous that it covered the whole river, though as large as the
+Ganges. Morales met this vast fleet with that which he commanded, at the
+point of _Ginamarreca_; where, though infinitely inferior, he fought a
+desperate and bloody battle. But overpowered by the multitude of the
+Birmans, the Peguers deserted Morales, who was left alone in his galliot
+amid a throng of enemies, against whom he performed wonders and long
+maintained the battle, doing astonishing execution; but at last
+oppressed by irresistible multitudes, he and all his followers were
+slain: Yet the memory of his heroism was long preserved among these
+people.
+
+The cause of this war and of the revolt of the king of Birmah, who was
+tributary to Pegu, was as follows. Above 30,000 Birmans laboured in the
+works of the king of Pegu, as that was one condition of their vassalage.
+The king of Pegu used often to visit these labourers attended only by
+his women, who were curious to see the foreigners and the great works
+that were carrying on. The Birmans seized an opportunity on one of these
+visits to murder the king, after which they plundered the women of every
+thing they had of value, and fled to their own country. As many of the
+subjects of _Dacha Rupi_, who succeeded to, the kingdom of Pegu,
+rebelled against him, _Para Mandara_ king of the Birmans seized this
+favourable opportunity to recover his independence and to enlarge the
+bounds of his dominions. He accordingly reduced with astonishing
+rapidity the kingdoms of the _Lanjaoes, Laos, Jangomas_, and others, who
+like his own dominions were tributary to Pegu. By these means he
+possessed himself of the whole ancient kingdom of _Ava_, which extends
+to the length of two months of ordinary travelling, and contains 62
+cities. To the north-east of this, at the distance of a months journey
+is _the kingdom of the Turks_, containing as many cities, which the king
+of Pegu had conquered from the king of _Cathay_. The kingdom of _Bimir_
+is west from Ava, and is of similar extent, having 27 populous cities.
+North of this is _Lanjam_, of equal size, with 38 cities and abounding
+in gold and silver. On the east is the kingdom of _Mamfrom_, equally
+large, but having only 8 cities. East again from this is _Cochin-China_;
+on the south is _Siam_, which was afterwards conquered by the king of
+Birmah; and east of Siam is the great kingdom of _Cambodia_. All the
+inhabitants of these kingdoms are Pagans, and the most superstitious of
+all the east: Yet they believe in one only God, but in time of need have
+recourse to many idols, some of which are dedicated to the most secret
+acts and necessities of nature, even in the very form in which they are
+acted. They hold the immortality of the soul; are zealous in giving
+alms, and hold their priests in great veneration. These are very
+numerous, and live according to rules like those of the Catholics in
+monasteries, subsisting from day to day upon what is given them, without
+laying any thing up for the next. These priests and monks eat neither
+flesh nor fish, as they kill no creature whatever. They observe _Lent_
+and _Easter_ after the manner of the Christians; whence some have
+inferred that they are some remnant of the disciples of St. Thomas,
+though mixed with many errors. They wear yellow cassocks and cloaks,
+with hats of oiled paper. The whole natives of these countries are
+white, and their women very beautiful; but their bodies are all over
+wrought with blue figures down to the knees made with hot irons. In
+their manners they are very uncivilized and even brutal.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+PARTICULAR RELATION OF THE EXPEDITION OF SOLYMAN PACHA FROM SUEZ TO
+INDIA AGAINST THE PORTUGUESE AT DIU, WRITTEN BY A VENETIAN OFFICER WHO
+WAS PRESSED INTO THE TURKISH SERVICE ON THAT OCCASION [210].
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Following the PORTUGUESE ASIA of _Manuel de Faria y Sousa_, we have
+given an account of the Portuguese transactions in India in the
+preceding chapter, from the year 1505 to 1539. We might have extended
+this article to a much greater length from the same source, as De Faria
+continues this history to the year 1640; but his work after the year
+1539 is generally filled with an infinite multiplicity of uninteresting
+events, petty wars, arrivals and dispatch of trading ships, and such
+minute matters, unconnected and tending to no useful information. We now
+take up an original document of much interest, and most directly
+connected with the object of our collection, as an actual journal of a
+voyage. In a separate future division of our arrangement, we propose to
+give an abridged extract from De Faria of every thing his work contains
+worthy of notice, as tending to discovery, but leaving out all
+uninteresting details.
+
+[Footnote 210: Astleys Collection of Voyages and Travels, I. 88.]
+
+There are two published copies of the voyage which constitutes the
+essence of our present chapter. The earliest of these was published by
+_Aldus_ at Venice in 1540, along with other tracts of a similar nature,
+under the name of _A Voyage from Alexandria to India_[211]. The other
+was given by _Ramusio_ in the first Volume of his Collection, under the
+title of _A Voyage written by a Venetian officer_[212] of the _Gallies,
+who was carried prisoner from Alexandria to Diu in India, &c_. These
+copies differ in several respects besides the title. That by Ramusio is
+altered in several places both in the substance and diction, which in
+many parts of that edited by Aldus is obscure. Yet that edition is of
+use to correct some errors of the press in Ramusio. Our translation is
+from the text of Aldus, but we have marked the variations in that of
+Ramusio, and have likewise divided the journal into sections, as done by
+Ramusio.
+
+[Footnote 211: The title of the book published by Aldus in which this
+voyage is contained is Viaggi alla Tana, Persia, India, &c.--Astley, I.
+88. a.]
+
+[Footnote 212: The word designating the rank of this officer in Ramusio
+is _Comito_, signifying Boatswain, or the officer who superintended the
+galley-slaves.--Ast. I. 88. b.]
+
+Though not made by the Portuguese, this voyage certainly claims to be
+inserted in this place, as having a near connection with their affairs;
+besides which, it serves to complete the information contained in the
+article next succeeding; as the present voyage was made along the
+eastern side of the Red Sea, while the other was along its western side:
+So that the two together give a tolerable account of the whole of that
+sea; and they are in fact the more valuable, as being the only minute
+journals or relations extant of voyages performed along the whole length
+of the Arabian Gulf; except that by Mr Daniel in 1700, which is very
+superficial. Yet geographers, with the exception of M. de Lisle, and one
+or two since, seem to have made no use of these helps. It is however
+very surprising that neither of these two journals take the smallest
+notice of that great bay or arm at the head of the Red Sea, anciently
+called the _Elanitic_, a little to the east of _Tor_ or _Al Tur_, which
+passing by the foot of Mount Sinai, penetrates a great way into Arabia.
+This has been described by the Arabian geographers, and confirmed by two
+eminent travellers of our own country, Dr Shaw and Dr Pococke, both of
+whom have delineated it in their maps[213].
+
+[Footnote 213: The topography of the Red Sea has been much improved by
+Bruce, in his Travels in Abyssinia, and since him by Lord Valentia in
+his Travels in India.--E.]
+
+"The present voyage shews the way of sailing in these eastern seas by
+the Turks, with whom we may join the Arabs and Indians; and it mentions
+several particulars respecting the siege of Diu, and particularly
+respecting the conduct of the Pacha, which could not be so well known to
+the Portuguese; serving to rectify some things and elucidate others. It
+must be observed that the soundings or depths of water, though expressed
+in fathoms, which are reckoned at _six_ feet in the British marine
+service, are here to be understood as paces of _five_ feet each. The
+_time_ is expressed according to the Italian mode of reckoning; which
+begins the day at sunset, and counts the hours successively round from
+_one_ to _twenty-four_; instead of dividing the entire day into twice
+twelve hours, as is customary with the English and other European
+nations."[214]--_Astl_.
+
+[Footnote 214: The Editor of Astleys Collection does not seem aware that
+in the British marine, the day begins at noon, instead of the civil day
+which begins at midnight.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_The Venetian Merchants and Mariners at Alexandria are pressed into the
+Turkish service, and sent to Suez. Description of that place. Two
+thousand men desert from the Gallies. Tor. Island of Soridan. Port of
+Kor_.
+
+
+This voyage was performed by compulsion, having been forced to accompany
+the eunuch Solyman Pacha, who was sent by Solyman Shah emperor of the
+Turks on an expedition against the Portuguese in India. At the time when
+the war broke out in 1537, between the republic of Venice and the Turks,
+a fleet of trading gallies happened to be at Alexandria in Egypt,
+commanded by Antonio Barbarigo, and remained there without opportunity
+of trading or taking in goods till the 7th of September; on that day
+Almaro Barbaro the Venetian consul, the captain Antonio Barbarigo, and
+all the merchants and seamen, with every thing belonging to them, were
+seized and lodged in the _tower of Lances_. After this, all of them that
+belonged to the sea, and the author of this voyage among the rest, were
+taken from the tower and sent by fifty at a time to Cairo; whence
+Solyman Pacha, having selected the gunners, rowers, carpenters,
+caulkers, and officers, sent them by companies to Suez to assist in
+fitting out the fleet in that port against his own arrival.
+
+Suez stands in a desert place, where grows no herb of any kind. At this
+place the ships are built which are designed for India. All the timber
+of which they are built, with the iron work, and every kind of tackle,
+are brought from Satalia and Constantinople to Alexandria; whence they
+are carried on the Nile in jerbs or barks to Cairo, and thence on the
+backs of camels to Suez, where Pharaoh was drowned. On the road from
+Cairo to Suez, which is eighty miles, there is not a single habitation,
+and no water or any thing whatever for eating is to be found, so that
+the caravans before setting out must supply themselves with water from
+the Nile. In former times, Suez was a great city well supplied with
+cisterns for holding water, and had a _Kalij_ or canal cut all the way
+from the Nile, by which these cisterns were annually filled at the
+overflow of the river, which served them with water all the rest of the
+year. Being afterwards destroyed by the Mahometans, the canal was filled
+up, and all the water that is drank at Suez is brought upon camels from
+certain ponds or wells six miles distant; which water, though very
+brackish, they are obliged to drink; every fifty men being allowed as
+much water as a camel can carry. All the timber, iron, rigging,
+ammunition, and provisions for the fleet were brought from Cairo. Suez
+stands on a bay of the Red Sea, and has a small fort with mud walls,
+thirty paces square, which is guarded by twenty Turks. The fleet
+destined for India consisted of seventy-six sail; of which six were
+_Maons_, seventeen gallies, twenty-seven _foists_, two galleons, four
+ships, and the rest small craft.
+
+On the 9th of March 1538, about 2000 men landed from the gallies with
+their arms and marched off for the mountains, meaning to desert; but
+when about six miles from the shore they were met by a Sanjiak,
+accompanied by 27 horse[215], designed for the garrison of Suez. The
+deserters were immediately surrounded by the horse, who killed about 200
+of them, and all the rest were stripped and carried on board the
+gallies, where they were chained to the oars. On the 15th of June
+Solyman Pacha arrived at Suez, where he pitched his tents and rested
+eight days. In the mean time the fleet was got in readiness, and the
+soldiers received their pay, being five gold ducats to each and ten
+_maydins_, or 215 maydins in all. Part of the men belonging to the large
+Venetian galley, in which the author of this journal served, were
+distributed on board the fleet; seventy in one half galley, seventy in
+another, and eighteen in the galley of the _Kiahya_, who likewise had
+along with him the Venetian consul. The rest of these men were
+distributed in two galleons which carried the powder, saltpetre,
+brimstone, ball, meal, biscuit, and other necessaries for the fleet.
+The Pacha likewise sent his treasure on board the gallies, which was
+contained in forty-two chests, covered with ox hides and oil-cloth. On
+the 20th, he issued orders for every one to embark in two days. On the
+22d the Pacha embarked, and dropt down four miles below Suez to the
+point of Pharaoh, where he anchored in four fathoms water on a good
+bottom. This place is seven miles from the pits of Moses. Seven men died
+here.
+
+[Footnote 215: This is surely some mistake, it being next to impossible
+that so few men should surround and overpower so great a number of armed
+soldiers.--Astl. I. 89. d.]
+
+On the 27th of June the whole fleet left Suez with the wind at N.W. and
+before night cast anchor at a place called _Korondol_, 60 miles from
+Suez; at which place Moses divided the sea by stretching out his rod,
+and Pharaoh was drowned with all his host. At this place, which may be
+considered the commencement of the Red Sea, we had 12 fathoms water, and
+lay at anchor all night. Leaving Korondol on the 28th, we sailed 33
+leagues to the S.E. and cast anchor two hours before night at a place
+called _Tor_, where there are many Fransciscan friars who supplied the
+fleet with water. This place is a days journey and a half from Mount
+_Sinai_, where is the church and monastery of St Catharine, in which the
+body of that saint is reposited. We remained five days at Tor, in five
+fathoms water. We departed from Tor on the 3d of July, and came behind a
+dry sand bank about a mile from the shore and 40 miles from Tor, where
+we cast anchor in 12 fathoms water at a place named _Kharas_, where we
+remained two days to inspect the two ships which carried the stores.
+Leaving Kharas on the 5th, we came to an island named _Soridan_ 40 miles
+from the coast, the whole days course from sunrise to sunset being 100
+miles. Continuing our voyage all night to the S.E. we found ourselves at
+sunrise of the 6th to windward of a mountain on the right hand shore,
+named _Marzoan_, 100 miles beyond Soridan. Proceeding forward on the
+6th, and still sailing S.E. we advanced 100 miles by sunrise, and saw
+land on the right towards _Kabisa_[216]. We sailed 90 miles on the 7th
+S.E. by E. Proceeding on the 8th at the rate of 8 miles an hour, we
+sailed 100 miles by sunrise; and in the night, the wind being
+south-westerly, we advanced 20 miles to the S.E. On the 9th the winds
+were variable and rather calm. To the S.E. we found a shoal under water
+50 miles from land. Our course during the day was only 10 miles to the
+N.W. and in the ensuing night 20 miles S. by W. On the 10th we sailed 70
+miles S.E. and came to a port named _Kor_ in eight fathoms water, in a
+very desert country.
+
+[Footnote 216: In Ramusio this is called the land of the _Abissini_. So
+that instead of Kabisa or Kabisia, we should read in the text Habash or
+Habashia, commonly called Abassia, Abissina, or Abyssinia.--Astl. I. 90.
+a.]
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Arrival at Jiddah, the Port of Mecca. The islands of Alfas, Kamaran,
+and Tuiche. The Straits of Bab-al-Mandub._
+
+
+Leaving Kor on the 11th of July, we sailed along shore till noon 30
+miles, when we came to a city named _Zidem_[217], which is the emporium
+or landing place of all the spices from Calicut and other parts of
+India. This place is a stage and a half from Mecca; and though there are
+several shoals both above and under water, the port is good, and the
+town has abundance of provisions: but no water is to be met with, except
+from a few cisterns which are filled with rain water. This place abounds
+in merchandize, and the country round produces dates, ginger of
+Mecca[218], and other sorts. In a mosque on the outside of the town is a
+tomb, which according to the Mahometans is the burial-place of Eve. The
+inhabitants go almost naked, and are meagre and swarthy. The sea
+produces abundance of fish. The natives tie three or four pieces of
+timber together about six feet long, on one of which slight rafts a man
+rows himself with a board, and ventures out to sea eight or nine miles
+to fish in all weathers. At this place the fleet remained four days and
+took in a supply of water.
+
+[Footnote 217: Otherwise Jiddah or Joddah, the port of Mecca. In his map
+of Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia, De L'Isle makes Zidem, which he also
+names _Gidde_, doubtless a corruption of Jiddah, a distinct place a
+little to the south from Jiddah. This must be a mistake; as Jiddah has
+for many ages been the port of Mecca, as Zidem is said to be in the
+text. This is farther confirmed by the mention of _Eves tomb_ in the
+text, which Pitts saw at Jiddah. Thevenot says her tomb is at _Gidde_,
+which De L'Isle supposed to have been a different place from Gidda,
+Joddah, or Jiddah, whence arose his mistake.--Astl. I.90. b.]
+
+[Footnote 218: Perhaps we ought to read _Balsam_ of Mecca.--E.]
+
+At our departure on the 15th of July, five small vessels were missing by
+chance, which we learnt from a man who had escaped from a foist. This
+day we sailed 80 miles S.W. by S. The 16th our course was S.E. with
+very little wind, making only 30 miles till night; and before sunrise 50
+miles farther. The 17th we sailed S.E. till night 100 miles; and from
+thence till sunrise 16 miles, S.E. by S. On the 18th we steered S.E.
+140[219] miles during the day, which was dusky; and in the night 50
+miles S.E. by E. The 19th sailing E. by S. with a brisk wind till nine
+in the morning, we came among certain islands called _Atfas_, almost
+entirely desert, and only inhabited by people who come from other
+islands to fish and seek for pearls, which they get by diving to the
+bottom of the sea in four fathom water. They drink rain water, which is
+preserved in cisterns and ponds. We remained here all night, having ran
+100 miles. On the 20th we came to an island 20 miles from the land named
+_Khamaran_, where we got provisions and good water. In this island there
+was a ruinous castle, altogether unoccupied, and about fifty houses
+built of boughs of trees, besides a few other huts scattered over the
+island. The inhabitants were barefooted and quite naked, of a small
+size, and having no head-dresses but their hair, and merely conceal
+their parts of shame by means of a clout. They are all mariners, having
+a few barks and small craft, the planks of which are sewed together by
+rope, and are entirely destitute of iron work, with sails curiously made
+of mats, constructed of the barks of the palm or date tree, and folding
+together like a fan. The cordage and cables are made of the same
+materials. They trade to the main land in these barks, and bring from
+thence abundance of dates, jujebs, and a sort of white buck-wheat. They
+make a good quantity of _Mecca ginger_, and procure plenty of
+frankinsence from Bista[220]. They reduce their buck-wheat to meal on a
+piece of marble, about the size of the stone on which colours are ground
+by painters, on which another stone about half an ell long and like a
+rolling pin or roller is made to work so as to bruise the corn.
+Immediately after this it is made into a paste and baked into thin
+cakes. This is their bread, which must be made fresh every day,
+otherwise it becomes so dry and hard that there is no eating it. Both
+fish and flesh are to be had here in sufficient abundance. From the
+islands of _Akhefas_ or _Atfas_ to this island of _Khamaran_ the
+distance is 40 miles.
+
+[Footnote 219: In Ramusio only 40 miles.--Astl. I. 90. d.]
+
+[Footnote 220: This is called the land of the Abissins in the edition of
+Ramusio.--Astl. I. 91. a.]
+
+The Pacha landed at this place, making all the gallies turn into the
+harbour along with him; and sent from thence two foists with messengers,
+one to the king or sheikh of _Zibit_ or _Zabid_, and the other to the
+sheikh of Aden, ordering them to provide water and provisions for the
+fleet, to enable him to proceed in his expedition to India against the
+Portuguese. The messenger to Zabid was likewise ordered to tell the
+sheikh of that place, which is a days journey inland, that he must come
+to the shore, bringing with him the tribute due to the grand signior,
+and to pay his obeisance to the Pacha. The fleet remained ten days at
+the island of Khamaran, where it was furnished with water. Leaving
+Khamaran on the 30th of July with a scanty wind, we sailed S. by E. 50
+miles, and came at one in the morning to the island of _Tuicce_. Here
+the foist sent to the sheikh of Zabid brought a present to the Pacha,
+consisting of swords in the shape of scymeters made at _Zimina_, the
+handles and scabbards being of silver; also some poinards of similar
+workmanship, the handles of which were adorned with turquois stones,
+rubies, and pearls. But the sheikh sent word that he would pay the
+tribute when the Pacha returned from conquering the Portuguese,
+acknowledging at the same time that he was the slave of the sultan. This
+day we advanced fifty miles, and fifty more during the night, our course
+being S. by E. On the 1st of August, we proceeded ten miles with the
+wind at S.W. to a shoal named _Alontrakin_[221], near the mouth of the
+straits, having _Kabisia_ or _Habash_ on the right hand. Here we had two
+fathoms water, and staid one night.
+
+[Footnote 221: In Ramusio this shoal is called Babel, being the two
+first words or syllables of Bab-el-Mandub, corruptly called _Babel
+Mandel_. Bab-el-Mandub signifies _the gate of weeping_, being the name
+of the entry to the Red Sea of Arabian Gulf; so called because reckoned
+exceedingly dangerous by the ancient Arabs, insomuch that they used to
+put on mourning for their relations who passed them, as persons given
+over for lost.--Ast. I. 91. d.]
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Arrival at Aden, where the Sheikh and four others are hanged. Sequel
+of the Voyage to Diu_.
+
+
+On the 2d of August, leaving the shoal of Alontrakin, we sailed 10 miles
+E. by S. and got through the straits; whence proceeding till sunrise
+next morning we went 80 miles farther. On the 3d sailing 80 miles E. by
+N. we arrived at the city of _Adem_ or Aden. This city is strongly
+fortified, standing close to the sea, and surrounded by lofty mountains,
+on the top of which are several little forts or castles. It is
+encompassed also on every side with _ravelins_[222], except an opening
+of 300 paces wide leading from the shore to the country; and has strong
+gates and towers and well-built walls. Besides all these, there is a
+fort built on a shoal before the city, having a tower on one side to
+defend the port, which is to the south, and has two fathoms water. To
+the north there is a large port with good anchorage, being safe in all
+winds. Though there is plenty of good water here, the soil is dry and
+produces nothing. The water is all from rain, and is preserved in
+cisterns and pits 100 fathoms deep; and is so hot when first drawn up
+that it cannot be used till it stands to cool. This city is provided
+with provisions, wood, and every other necessary from other places, and
+has abundance of Jews[223].
+
+[Footnote 222: Perhaps redoubts or detached towers are here meant; or
+the word here translated ravelins may signify shoals, reefs, or
+sand-banks, encompassing the harbour.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 223: This circumstance is not in the least improbable; yet it
+is possible that the author of this journal may have mistaken _Banians_
+for Jews, as we know that all the trade in the ports of Arabia and the
+Red Sea is now conducted by Banian factors--E.]
+
+Immediately on the arrival of the fleet, the Pacha was waited upon by
+four principal persons of the city, who brought refreshments. He
+received them courteously, and talked with them a while in private;
+after which he gave each of them two vests of figured velvet, and sent
+them back with letters of safe conduct for the sheikh, signifying that
+he might come freely on board and fear nothing. The sheikh sent back
+word that he would not come in person, but would readily supply whatever
+was wanted. On the 5th of August, the Pacha ordered the janizaries to
+land with their arms, and all the gallies to man and arm their boats.
+He then sent his Kiahya to summon the sheikh to come before him, and do
+homage to the sultan. The sheikh answered, "I swear by your head that I
+am the humble slave of the sultan;" and came immediately to the gallies
+attended by many of his principal officers. The Kiahya presented him
+with a handkerchief round his neck to the Pacha, who embraced and
+entertained him with much courtesy. After a long conference, the Pacha
+caused two vests of figured velvet to be brought, which he put with his
+own hands on the sheikh, and made all the lords of his retinue be
+clothed in a similar manner. They conferred together afterwards for a
+long time, and the sheikh was dismissed with leave to return to the
+city. What happened afterwards it is not proper for me to relate[224];
+suffice it to say, that Solyman suddenly gave orders to a sanjack with
+500 janizaries to take possession of the city, the inhabitants of which,
+like those of _Kharabaia_[225], are swarthy, lean, and of small stature.
+Aden is a place of considerable trade, particularly with India, at which
+there arrive every year three or four ships laden with various kind of
+spices, which are afterwards sent to Cairo. In these parts grow _ginger
+of Mecca_, but no other sort.
+
+[Footnote 224: In the edition of Ramusio, the author is made to relate
+the story openly, in the following manner: "That same instant after
+dismissing the sheikh, the Pacha, caused him to be hanged by the neck at
+the yard-arm, together with four of his principal officers or
+favourites."--Ast. I. 92. a.]
+
+[Footnote 225: By Ramusio this word is given _Arabia_.--Ast. I. 92. b.]
+
+On the 8th of August, the fleet removed to the north port of Aden, where
+it remained eleven days, taking in a supply of water. On the 19th we
+departed, being 74 sail in all, reckoning gallies, foists, ships, and
+lesser vessels; the Pacha leaving three foists behind to guard the port.
+This day our course was 40 miles E. by N. On the 20th we went 50 miles
+east with a fair wind at west; and during the night we went other 20
+miles E. by N. The 21st we ran 30 miles, east in a calm, and by sunrise
+30 more. The 22d it was quite calm till noon, when a gentle breeze arose
+which carried us 20 miles east before night, and 50 more during the
+night in the same direction. During the 23d, we steered 60 miles E. by
+N. and 40 miles in the night N.E. The 24th 40 miles N.E. and other 40
+miles in the night in the same direction. The 25th 90 miles N.E. by E.
+and 100 miles in the night the same course. The 26th 90 miles N.E. and
+80 in the night. The 27th 90 miles, and in the night 100, both N.E. The
+28th 90 miles during the day, and 90 more during the night, still N.E.
+The 29th still keeping the same course, 90 miles in the day, and 90 more
+at night. On the 30th, we sailed 86 miles E. by N. during the day, and
+90 miles N.E. by E. during the night. Still holding N.E. by E. on the
+31st we sailed 70 miles by day and 80 by night. Proceeding in the same
+course on the 1st September we went 70 miles in the day and 50 in the
+night. Holding on the same course on the 2d we ran 30 miles; by noon we
+were in 35 fathoms water, and at night in 20 fathoms, being within 100
+miles of Diu, but 400 miles from the nearest land on the north. While
+between 100 and 150 miles from the land, we saw several snakes in the
+sea, the water often having a green colour, which are sure signs of
+approaching the land on this coast.
+
+On the 3d the fleet proceeded with calm weather along the shore, and at
+nine in the morning the Pacha was informed by a boat from the land that
+there were 600 Portuguese in the castle of Diu, and six armed gallies in
+the port. The Pacha made the bearers of this intelligence a present of
+six _kaftans_ or vests, and dismissed them. A Jew was afterwards taken
+on shore by some of the Turkish sailors, and confirmed this account.
+This day our course along shore was 30 miles, and we made 30 more during
+the night. On the 4th of September at sunrise, we proceeded 30 miles,
+and cast anchor within three miles of Diu. Before anchoring, a
+Portuguese foist was seen coming out of the harbour, which was chased by
+a half galley all day, but made her escape in the night.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_The Castle of Diu is besieged by the Moors. The Turks plunder the City,
+and the Indian Generals withdraw in resentment. The Pacha lands. A man
+300 years old. Women burn themselves. The Fleet removes_.
+
+
+The same day on which we anchored near Diu, one Khojah Zaffer came on
+board in a galley. This man was a native of Otranto in Italy, but had
+turned Turk and was captain of a galley in the former fleet sent to
+India by the sultan. When that fleet was defeated and destroyed, Zaffer
+entered into the service of the king of Diu or Kambachia, who gave him
+lands and made him chief governor of his kingdom. Zaffer had also
+insinuated himself into the confidence of the Portuguese; but when he
+learnt that the Turkish fleet was coming, he and the vizier or viceroy
+of the kingdom came with 8000 Indians, took the city of Diu from the
+Portuguese, and besieged them in the castle which was now closely begirt
+by their troops, not a day passing without a skirmish. Zaffer was
+accompanied on this visit to the Pacha by the prime vizier of Cambaya,
+and both were received with much honour. They informed the Pacha that
+there were 500 soldiers and 300 others in the castle, which they had
+besieged for 26 days, and had no doubt of being able to reduce it with
+their Indian troops, if the Pacha would furnish them with artillery and
+ammunition. The Pacha presented each of them with two vests; but while
+they remained on board, the Turkish troops landed with their arms and
+plundered the city of Diu, doing infinite injury to the Indian
+inhabitants, and not even sparing the palace of the viceroy, whence they
+took three fine horses, together with, some treasure and furniture,
+carrying away every thing they could lay hands upon. They likewise
+advanced towards the castle, and skirmished with the Portuguese
+garrison. When the viceroy returned and was made acquainted with the
+outrages committed by the Turks, he gave immediate orders to his
+officers to have every thing in readiness, and retired from Diu with
+6000 men, going immediately to the king who was about two days journey
+up the country. That same night a foist came from the city to our fleet
+with a supply of fresh bread, nuts, flesh, boiled rice, and other
+things, sent in the name of the king of Cambaya, all of which were taken
+into the Pachas galley. On the 5th of September, the Pacha sent the
+Moorish captain and his Kiahya to join these on shore; and all the
+gallies sent their boats filled with janizaries to assist the native
+troops who were encamped round the castle, these being now reduced to
+not more than 2000 men, as all the rest had departed along with the
+viceroy and Khojah Zaffer. On the 7th, the fleet removed to a very good
+port, thirty miles from Diu, called _Muda Burack_[226], where we got
+abundance of water.
+
+[Footnote 226: This place is afterwards called Mudafar-aba, and perhaps
+ought to be written Madaffer-abad.--Ast. I. 93. e.]
+
+On the 8th the Pacha went on shore at Diu, where the besiegers had began
+to batter the castle, having placed some cannons for that purpose on
+four _maons_. He sent also three pieces of artillery on shore, which
+were planted on[227] a tower standing by the water side about a
+cannon-shot from the great fortress, being the place where the Indian
+officers used to receive the customs. It had thick walls and was
+defended by four brass guns and a hundred men, but had no ditch. On the
+9th, a ship and galley which were laden with biscuit, powder, and other
+stores for the siege, struck on a sand bank while entering the harbour.
+The goods and the galley were saved, but the ship was totally lost.
+
+[Footnote 227: Perhaps we ought here to read _against_ the tower by the
+water side.--E.]
+
+A half galley belonging to our fleet arrived at Diu on the 19th in bad
+condition. She had fallen behind the fleet, and had been driven to a
+port belonging to a people of the Pagans called _Samori_[228], where she
+sent a boat on shore with some janizaries, who were all cut to pieces.
+After which the natives in our barge and some of their own barks,
+attacked the galley and slew other sixty men of her crew, so that she
+had much ado to escape. The Pacha sent for the pilot of this galley, and
+caused him to be hanged for his bad management.
+
+[Footnote 228: Probably meaning the dominions of the zamorin of
+Calicut--E.]
+
+On the 25th an Indian who had turned Christian and belonged to the
+garrison in the castle, was made prisoner in a sally, and being brought
+before the Pacha, but refusing to answer any questions, was condemned to
+be cut in two. On the same day an old man presented himself before the
+Pacha, who said that he was upwards of 300 years old, which was
+confirmed by the people of the country, who asserted that there were
+several very old men in that neighbourhood. The natives of this country
+are very lean and live sparingly. They eat no beef, but use their oxen
+for riding upon. Their oxen are small and handsome, very tractable, and
+have an easy pace. Instead of a bridle, they use a cord passed through a
+hole in the nostrils of the ox. Their horns are long and straight, and
+they are used as beasts of burden, like mules in Italy. These animals
+are held in much veneration, especially the cows, and they even make
+great rejoicings on the birth of a calf, on which account these people
+are reckoned idolaters. When any of the men of this country happens to
+die, the widow makes a great feast for the relations; after which they
+go in procession with music and dancing to a place where a great fire
+is prepared, into which the corpse is thrown, carrying along with them
+many large pots full of scalding hot grease. The widow then dances round
+the fire, singing the praises of her husband, after which she
+distributes her entire dress and ornaments among her relations, till she
+has nothing left but a small apron. Immediately after this, having
+thrown a pot of the scalding grease into the fire, she leaps into the
+midst of the flames, and the assistants throw in all the other pots of
+grease to increase the flames, so that she is dead in an instant. All
+women who would be esteemed virtuous observe this custom, and such as do
+not are accounted wicked, nor will any one marry them. The country of
+Guzerat is rich and fertile, producing excellent ginger of all sorts,
+and cocoa nuts. Of these last the natives make oil, vinegar, flour,
+cordage, and mats. The cocoa-nut tree resembles the date palm in every
+thing except the fruit and leaves, those of the palm being broader.
+
+On the 28th the fleet removed from the port of _Mudaferaba_, which has
+from 2 to 4 fathoms water; and having sailed six hours on the 29th, cast
+anchor about 15 miles from Diu. Having remained at anchor all night, the
+fleet made sail on the 30th with a north wind from shore, and came
+behind the castle of Diu, where all the gallies discharged their
+artillery in succession, after which they cast anchor about three miles
+from the castle.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_A Bulwark Surrenders to the Turks, who make Galley-slaves of the
+Portuguese Garrison; with several other incidents of the siege._
+
+
+On the 1st of October, a messenger came from the lesser castle offering
+to capitulate, being no longer able to hold out. The Turks had planted
+three pieces of cannon against that fort which carried balls of iron of
+150 pounds weight, and pierced the tower through and through, so that
+the stones flew about and had slain twenty men out of an hundred in the
+garrison. Yet these men had slain many of the Turks with their musquets
+and four pieces of cannon, the fire having continued incessantly for
+eighteen or twenty days. On delivering his message, the person sent from
+the fort received a rich vest, and had a safe conduct written in the
+most ample form for himself and all the garrison. When the messenger
+returned to the tower, he persuaded the captain and two other persons to
+wait upon the Pacha, who gave the captain a vest and confirmed the safe
+conduct, only under the express condition that they should not go into
+the castle. The captain, whose name was _Juan Francisco Paduano_[229],
+returning to the tower which was called _Gogole_, brought off his men to
+the number of eighty, all of whom the Pacha ordered to be disarmed and
+confined in a house under a strong guard.
+
+[Footnote 229: It ought to be _Pacheco_.--E.]
+
+On the 3d of October, the Pacha ordered the four _slave_ gunners of the
+large gallies on shore, and gave them in charge to batter the principal
+castle. He likewise ordered all the Portuguese who had surrendered to be
+distributed among the gallies and chained to the oar, captain and all.
+The same day, three Portuguese gallies entered the harbour of Diu
+without opposition, for the Pacha did not send a single vessel to hinder
+them. The 8th a ship arrived with provisions and was wrecked in the
+road. On board were fifteen men belonging to the large gallies, together
+with the admiral, and sixty sailors with many galley-slaves. The 13th,
+the fleet removed from the west to the east side of Diu, where they
+anchored two miles from the castle; but during this change of position,
+the cannon of the fortress sunk one galley and broke the main-yard of
+another. On the 15th, the Pacha removed from the _maon_ where he resided
+hitherto into his half galley, but ordered a _white_ sail to be taken
+from another galley, his own being distinguished by colours. The reason
+of this was that he expected the Portuguese fleet, and did not wish they
+should know what ship he was in. Being also afraid of the shot he caused
+a great ring of cables and such things to be formed on the poop,
+sufficient to repel cannon-shot, for he was fearful and cowardly. He
+likewise ordered all the Christians to be put in irons. On the 17th,
+being the eve of St Luke, he caused the head of one of the people
+belonging to the Venetian gallies to be cut off, merely for saying, _the
+signory of Venice is not dead_.
+
+On the 22d the Pacha gave out in orders to the gunners on shore, about
+400 in number, some of whom were slain daily, that whoever shot down the
+great standard of the castle should have a reward of 1000 maydins and
+receive his freedom. This was chiefly occasioned by a desire of
+revenge, as his own standard had been given to the Portuguese by a
+_Sanjak_. Upon this, one of these Christian gunners at the third shot
+broke down the standard, which stood on the top of a great tower, on
+which the Turks made great rejoicings and published the news with much
+exultation throughout the fleet. The gunner was rewarded with a silken
+vest.
+
+The artillery belonging to the Turks was planted against the castle all
+in one line, but in six separate batteries. In the first was an iron
+_culverine_ carrying a ball of 150 pounds, and a _paderero_ of 200
+pounds. At a small distance was an iron _passe-volant_ of 16 pounds,
+which discharged cartridge shot. In another place was a _paderero_ of
+300 pounds, and a _culverine_ of 150; and in this second post was a
+_passe-volant_ like the former, both belonging to the great gallies. In
+another place was an iron _saker_ of 12 pounds, a small _cannon_ of 16
+pounds, a _falcon_ of 6 pounds, and a mortar throwing a ball of 400
+pounds. In another post was a culverine of 100 pounds. By this
+prodigious train of artillery, the Turks had battered down one tower, so
+that they could easily mount the breach, the tower not being very high,
+and the ditch not having been dug to a sufficient depth: But as fast as
+the Turks ruined the defences of this tower, the besieged repaired the
+breach as well as they could with earth and rubbish. It must also be
+observed that this fortress had no flanks; and being built upon a rock,
+they had made no _casemates_, only erecting embrasures on the top of the
+wall, which were all ruined and shaken. The main safety of the besieged
+consisted in their bravery. Every day fifteen or twenty of them used to
+sally forth like so many furious lions, killing all they met, which
+struck such terror into the Turkish soldiers that they fled in confusion
+as soon as they saw the Portuguese.
+
+On the 25th of October, the Turks caused a great number of cotton sacks
+to be got ready, covered with skins and bound with ropes, all of which
+were thrown into the ditch, which they completely filled, reaching as
+high as the wall. This being noticed by the besieged early in the
+morning, before the Turks put themselves in order for the assault, sixty
+of the Portuguese made a sally from the castle, forty of whom fought the
+enemy with great gallantry, while the other twenty remained in the
+ditch, each of whom carried a small leather bag full of powder and a
+lighted match. These men cut open the cotton bales, into each of which
+they put a handful of powder, which they fired, so that in a short time
+several of the bags were set on fire; and the whole continued burning
+for two days. Those who sallied out upon the enemy maintained the fight
+for more than three hours, during which time they killed 190 Turks and
+wounded as many more, losing only two of their own number.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Farther particulars of the siege, to the retreat of the Turks, and the
+commencement of their Voyage back to Suez._
+
+
+On the 27th of October five Portuguese _foists_ arrived at Diu, which
+took a Turkish vessel of the same kind, and landed succours for the
+besieged, but were unable to get into the harbour, as some of the cannon
+formerly mentioned commanded its entrance, by ranging past the end of
+the castle. The 29th the Pacha ordered out forty boats filled with
+Turks, having some small cannon in each, in order to assault a small
+fort or bulwark on the water side in the harbour at some distance from
+the castle, the whole defences of which had been mined by the Turkish
+artillery, and in which there were only five or six men, who were
+relieved daily from the castle by water, the distance being less than a
+falcon shot. On the approach of the Turkish boats, the men in this small
+fort or bulwark lay down that they might not be seen. On coming to the
+place, the Turks ran the bows of their boats on shore, where every thing
+lay in ruins to the very edge of the water, and instantly leapt on
+shore. The small but gallant party of defenders immediately met them
+with two _fire-horns_, and the cannon from the castle played against the
+assailants so furiously, that the Turks soon fled. Several of their
+boats were sunk, many of the men were drowned, and the garrison of the
+castle took a considerable number of prisoners, coming out in one of
+their barks and killing or taking them while in confusion on the water.
+All those who were taken were hanged next day on the battlements of the
+castle.
+
+The whole Turkish forces were drawn out in order of battle on the 30th,
+and advanced to that side of the castle next the harbour to make a
+general assault, for which purpose they carried a great number of
+scaling-ladders. Another party of the Turks mounted the breach on the
+land side of the castle, which they could do at pleasure as the place
+was entirely opened by the fire of the batteries. But after remaining
+there three hours without sufficient courage to enter the place, the
+besieged leapt upon the breach and pushed the Turks into the ditch,
+killing four hundred of them. On the 31st the _Moorish_ captain[230]
+went with eleven gallies to attack the little castle, but was forced to
+desist by the cannon from the great castle, which sunk some of his
+vessels.
+
+[Footnote 230: This person has been several times mentioned under this
+title, as a principal officer under Solyman Pacha, but we have no
+indications by which to conjecture who he was.--E.]
+
+On the 2d of November, the _Sanjak_ with the janizaries and all the
+rest of the Turks embarked, leaving all their artillery behind, which
+they had not time to carry off. This was occasioned by receiving news
+that the Portuguese fleet was advancing in order of battle. The 5th,
+twenty sail of Portuguese vessels appeared in sight, and came to anchor
+twenty miles distance from the Turkish fleet. In the morning only three
+of these ships were seen at a distance, at which time the Turks put off
+from the land: But at sunrise many ships were seen, which shot off a
+great number of guns, though nothing could be perceived but the flash of
+the powder. Upon this the Pacha gave orders for each of his gallies to
+fire three guns; after which, the trumpets were sounded, all the ships
+hoisting their foresails and plying their oars. This was done at one
+o'clock at night, and at four the whole fleet departed with hardly any
+wind, and by day-break had run 30 miles, shaping their course S.S.W.
+
+The 7th, we sailed forty miles in the same direction, the weather being
+still calm. The 8th, we proceeded 30 miles W. during the day, and 20 in
+the night. The 9th, we went 20 miles W. and this day the Christians had
+their irons taken off. The 10th, we made no way, the weather being a
+dead calm. The 11th, the wind blew from the W.S.W. We stood to N.W.
+advancing 30 miles in the day and night. The 12th, the wind being N.W.
+by N. we entered the gulf of Ormuz[231] and then sailed W.S.W. advancing
+all that day and night only 30 miles. The 13th, we proceeded W. 70 miles
+by day and 90 during the night. The 14th, 100 miles during the day and
+as much in the night. The 15th, 80 by day and 80 by night. The 16th, 80
+by day and 70 in the night. The 17th, 90 in the day and 80 in the night.
+The 18th, 100 in the day and 70 in the night. The 19th, 70 by day and 80
+by night; all this time the course being due west. The 20th, we sailed
+W. by S. 90 miles, and saw land to windward, and proceeded 100 miles in
+the night. The 21st, we sailed W. by S. 80 miles by day and 50 in the
+night. The 22d, continuing the same course, we went only 10 miles during
+the day, and 20 in the night. The 23d it fell a calm, and we proceeded
+along the coast of Arabia, 30 miles in the day and 20 in the night. On
+the 24th, the calm continued and we had adverse currents, yet proceeded
+along the coast of Arabia 30 miles, and came to the islands of _Curia
+Muria_[232], which are very desert and thinly inhabited. We staid here
+one day and took in a supply of water. The fleet departed from these
+islands on the 26th, sailing along the coast of Arabia towards the Red
+Sea, 30 miles in the day and 30 at night.
+
+[Footnote 231: That part of the gulf may be here understood which is on
+the outside of the Straits of Ormuz, or the bay between Cape Ras-al-gat,
+or the coast of Muscat, and the Persian shore: Yet, from the after part
+of the voyage this could hardly be the case, and we ought perhaps to
+read in this part of the text the _Arabian Sea_, or that part of the
+Indian ocean which stretches across the mouths of the Indus, from the
+western coast of Guzerat towards the coast of Arabia.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 232: In the text of the Aldus this place is called by mistake
+the town of Khamaran, which is a very different place within the Red
+Sea, but in Ramusio it is rightly named Curia Muria. These islands, are
+in lat. 17 deg. 30' on the oceanic coast of Yemen or Yaman, and are likewise
+named the islands of Chartan and Martan.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Continuation of the Voyage back to Suez, from the Portuguese factory at
+Aser, to Khamaran and Kubit Sharif_.
+
+
+At the second hour of the night on the 27th of November, the fleet cast
+anchor in six fathoms water off a town on the coast of Arabia named
+_Aser_[233], a barren desert place, where both men and cattle are forced
+to live on fish. At this place was found forty Portuguese with a consul
+or factor, who resided here for trade, besides other merchants who come
+frequently with spice and other things. But their chief trade was in
+horses, which are here excellent; being to be had at about 100 ducats
+each, and sell in India for 1000 ducats. As soon as the sheikh of this
+place understood that Solyman Pacha was coming there with his fleet, he
+caused all the Portuguese at the factory to be seized, and presented
+them to the Pacha, who made them all be chained to the oars. We here
+found a ship which had staid there by the way, being unable to proceed
+to India. We remained here three days, and the Pacha seized all the
+biscuit which could be procured for the use of the fleet. It may be
+proper to notice, that in every place at which the fleet touched in this
+return voyage, the Turks gave out that they had conquered the whole
+country of India, and had cut all the Christians to pieces. The 1st
+December, the fleet departed, holding a courses W.S.W. along the coast
+of Arabia, and sailing 40 miles cast anchor before night at a place
+called _Mikaiya_, and took in water. The 2d, continuing along the coast
+of Arabia, we proceeded W.S.W. 30 miles in the day, and 10 in the night.
+The 3d, 40 miles by day and 50 in the night. The 4th, 70 in the day and
+30 in the night. The 5th, we went 60 miles farther, and by nine o'clock
+in the night cast anchor off the town of _Adem_ or _Aden_.
+
+[Footnote 233: About the distance rather vaguely indicated in the text,
+is a place called _Dhofar_ on the coast of Yemen, and perhaps the text
+ought to have been _D'Afer_.--E.]
+
+On the 6th, the Pacha sent in the morning for a renegado Turk, formerly
+a Christian and a person of some note, and without assigning any cause
+ordered his head to be cut off. The reason was they all murmured, and
+the Pacha feared this man might accuse him of negligence or cowardice,
+and was therefore determined to be beforehand with him. This man had
+formerly been in the service of the sheikh of Aden, and was afterwards a
+captain at Diu, when the former king Badur was slain by the Portuguese.
+The widow of Badur being possessed of a great treasure and desirous of
+retiring to Mecca, was persuaded by this man to embark with him in a
+galleon, with which he treacherously sailed to Egypt, whence he carried
+the treasure to Constantinople and presented it to the sultan; who,
+because of his conversance in the affairs of India, made him commander
+of a galley, and ordered him to return to India with the fleet under
+Solyman Pacha: And as the expedition succeeded so ill it now cost him
+his life. Being desirous to secure Aden, the Pacha caused 100 pieces of
+cannon of different sizes to be landed from the fleet, among which were
+two _passe-volants_ that had been taken out of the Venetian gallies at
+Alexandria. He likewise landed an ample supply of powder and ball, and
+left a Sanjak with 500 Turks and five _foists_[234]. Thinking himself
+now out of danger from the pursuit of the Portuguese fleet, the Pacha
+removed from the half galley and returned to the _maon_. On the 19th,
+every thing being arranged at Aden, the fleet took in water, which
+occupied them during three days; and on the 23d we sailed from Aden with
+a good wind, steering W. by S. and between the evening and morning
+proceeded 100 miles. The 24th at the 5th hour of the day, the fleet
+entered the straits of the Red Sea, and lay all night at anchor. On the
+25th, being Christmas, we departed three hours before day, and sailing
+to the N.W. with a scant wind, we ran 50 miles and came to a castle
+called _Mokha_. The same day, an old Turk who was governor of the castle
+came to wait upon Solyman, who received him with great honour and gave
+him a caftan. In return the governor sent every kind of refreshment that
+the place could supply to the Pacha; and came a few days afterwards on
+board with all his riches, which were very great, besides many slaves of
+both sexes.
+
+[Footnote 234: These _fouts_, so often mentioned in this chapter, were
+probably _grabs_ or _jerbs_, a large species of barks employed in their
+navigations by the Arabs of the Red Sea and the Persian Gulf.--E.]
+
+From Mokha the Pacha sent a messenger to the sheikh or king of Zabid,
+who was a Turk named _Nokoda Hamet_, commanding him to come immediately
+to the sea-side and pay his obeisance to the sultan. The sheikh sent
+back for answer, that he was ready to pay the tribute due to the sultan,
+and would willingly accept a Sanjak or banner if sent to him; but that
+he did not know the Pacha and would not come to the sea-side. The Pacha
+was much displeased at this, yet sent his Kiahya and some janizaries to
+Zabid, which is three days journey inland, to carry a standard to the
+sheikh. In return the sheikh made him a rich present, in which was a
+splendid scymeter and dagger, with some beautiful pearls of six carats
+forming a string above a foot in length, besides one fine pearl of
+eighteen carats: for a great deal of fine oriental pearls are found in
+this coast of Arabia. He likewise gave each of the Turks two rich-vests
+or caftans, and a young black slave. The Kiahya made him many
+compliments, and entreated him to wait upon the Pacha; but the sheikh
+would on no account consent. Finding that he could not prevail upon him,
+the Kiahya said, "Since you will not go to the Pacha, he will come to
+you:" And so took his leave and returned to Mokha.
+
+We remained twenty-nine days at Mokha, which we left at sunrise on the
+23d of January 1539 with a brisk gale, and sailed W. by N. till noon;
+when the wind altered and we proceeded N.W. going in all 100 miles that
+day. The 24th we continued to the N.W. under easy sail with a fair wind
+30 miles during the day; and by the sixth hour of the night, we cast
+anchor at the island of _Khamaran_, 20 miles farther. The Pacha landed
+on the 29th, and gave pay to all the janizaries who were willing to
+fight, but nothing was given to the slaves and mariners. The 2d of
+February, the weather being calm, we left Khamaran by the help of our
+oars, and came about six o'clock to a place on the coast called _Kubit
+Sarif_[235], 20 miles from Khamaran.
+
+[Footnote 235: In the edition of Aldus, this place is here named
+_Khebiccairf_; but afterwards Kubit Sarif as in the text. In Ramusio it
+is named _Kobbat Sharif_, signifying the noble dome, which is probably
+the right name.--Astl. I. 98. a.]
+
+
+SECTION VIII
+
+_Transactions of the Pacha at Zabid, and continuation of the Voyage from
+Kubit Sarif_.
+
+
+On the 3d of February, the day after our arrival at Kubit Sarif, a Turk
+in the service of the sheikh of Zabid[236] revolted with fifty horse and
+came to the Pacha, who received him kindly and gave him presents. This
+man encamped with his followers on the shore, and we noticed that in
+this country they had their horses in armour, to defend them against
+darts and arrows which are their chief weapons. The Pacha landed on the
+fourth, ordering his men to be got ready with provisions and ammunition,
+in order to march for Zabid, and directed some light pieces of artillery
+to be put on carriages to accompany him. The Pacha set out on his march
+on the 19th, three hours before day on horseback, and was joined on the
+road by another Turk with fifty horse, who had deserted from the sheikh.
+Him the Pacha made free, and continued his march. He encamped on the
+20th on the outside of the city of Zabid, and sent a message to order
+the sheikh to wait upon him. Seeing himself betrayed by many of his own
+people, and distrusting the fidelity of the rest, the sheikh came forth
+with a cord about his neck, as the slave of the grand signior, and
+presented himself before the Pacha, who immediately commanded his head
+to be cut off. On this the people of the city, to the number of three
+hundred men, fled to the mountains, among whom were three chiefs with
+all their riches, which were very considerable, yet knew not where to
+go. The Pacha sent to tell those who had escaped, that they ought to
+return and join him, promising to enroll them among his troops and to
+give them good pay. Accordingly there came back 200 _black
+Abissins_[237], who had been soldiers in the service of the sheikh.
+These were valiant desperate fellows almost naked, who did not value
+their lives, and were almost as swift as horses. For arms, some carried
+clubs of the cornel tree headed with iron, others had pointed stakes
+which they used like darts, others again had short swords, a span
+shorter than those used by the Christians, and everyone had a dagger at
+his girdle, bent like those used, by the Moors and Arabs. The Pacha
+asked every one his name, which he caused to be written down, and with
+higher pay than they had received before. He then dismissed them, with
+orders to return next morning without arms to receive their pay, when
+they were all to be admitted to kiss his hand, on which occasion they
+would have no use for their arms. The Abissins accordingly presented
+themselves at the time appointed, and being ordered to lay down their
+arms, they went to wait upon the Pacha who was sitting near his tent on
+the plain, surrounded by his Turks under arms. They were no sooner
+within the circle, than a previously concerted signal was given, and
+they were all instantly cut to pieces.
+
+[Footnote 236: This name is differently written Zibit, Zebit, and
+Zebeyd. It is a town of the Tehamah on the western coast of Arabia, in
+lat. 15 deg. 2O', about 30 miles from the Red Sea, inland from the large bay
+formed by the isle of Khamaran.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 237: Probably negroes, imported from the coast of Abyssinia,
+Massua and Arkike, the gates or entry into that country being on the
+opposite coast of the Red Sea.--E.]
+
+After this bloody scene, the Pacha placed a Sanjak with 1000 soldiers in
+Zabid to retain it under subjection. The city is well built, and the
+country round is pleasant and fertile, abounding in running water,
+delightful gardens, and abundance of productions that are not to be
+found in any other part of Arabia; particularly Zibibs like those of
+Damascus, which have no stones, and other excellent fruits, such as
+dates. Flesh, is to be had in plenty, and corn is not scarce.
+
+On the 8th of March 1539, the Pacha returned to the coast, whence he
+ordered ammunition to be sent to Zabid to secure his acquisition, and
+appointed foot _foists_ to remain as a guard for that part of the coast.
+The 10th the Pacha ordered the Portuguese prisoners, to the number of
+146 in all, reckoning some Indian converts, to be brought bound on
+shore; and having distributed them among his troops, all their heads
+were cut off by his command. The head of the chief[238] was flayed, and
+the skin was salted and filled with straw. The noses and ears of all the
+rest were cut off, and put into bags, to be sent to the sultan. On the
+13th the Kiahya departed in company with another galley for
+_Zadem_[239], whence he was to go to Constantinople by way of Mecca,
+with an account of the expedition to India, carrying with him the heads,
+noses, and ears, besides magnificent presents for the sultan, to make it
+appear that the Pacha had performed great exploits and mighty services.
+
+[Footnote 238: Pacheco most probably, formerly mentioned, who
+surrendered in a cowardly manner at Diu.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 239: Formerly called Zidem, but it ought to be Jiddah, Joddah,
+or Juddah, as differently pronounced: Yet Barthema, Corsali, Barbosa,
+and other travellers of those times call it Zidem or Ziden; doubtless by
+corruption. Thus likewise _Yamboa, Yembo_, or _Al Yambo_, the sea port
+of Medinah, is named _Elioban_ by Barbosa, transposing the letters
+instead of _El Jambo_.--Astl. I. 99. a.]
+
+On the 15th of March we departed from Kubit Sarif, and cast anchor at
+sunset at a place called _Kor_, five miles from the land and 100 miles
+from Kubit Sarif. We departed from the island of Kor on the 16th an hour
+before day with a fair wind and pleasant breeze, and sailing along the
+coast of Arabia came to anchor at sunset in 8 fathoms water at _Zerzer_,
+70 miles from Kor, a place subject to Mecca. At this place the three
+persons who had fled from Zabid with their riches were brought to the
+Pacha, who caused their heads to be cut off, and seized their treasure,
+which filled six large sacks, each of which was a sufficient load for
+any single man.
+
+The 17th we sailed along the coast with a pleasant gale, which became
+contrary an hour before sunset, when we cast anchor in 8 fathom-water,
+at a place called _Adiudi_, 50 miles from Zerzer. We departed from
+thence on the 18th two hours before day, and coasted along the land
+till noon, when we anchored in a good port named _Mugora_, in 4 fathoms
+water, 50 miles from Adiudi, where we got wood and water. An hour before
+day on the 19th, we departed by means of our oars, the wind being
+contrary; but at sunrise the wind became fair, and we sailed 50 miles
+along shore to a place called _Darboni_, where we came to anchor in 7
+fathoms water. Being calm, we coasted along by rowing till noon, when a
+breeze sprang up, and then using our sails, we came to anchor in 10
+fathoms water by sunset at a place called _Yasuf_, belonging to Mecca.
+On the 21st we proceeded 60 miles, and anchored in 40 fathoms, at a
+place called _Khofadan_, in the dominions, of Mecca. The 22d the
+navigation being much encumbered with sand banks, so thick together and
+intricate that it was hardly possible to sail in the day, the Pacha
+ordered six gallies to lead-the way, and we came to a shelf or shoal
+called _Turakh_. The 23d we coasted along, still among shoals, the
+channel being so narrow that only one galley could pass at a time; and
+cast anchor at a place named _Salta_ in 4 fathoms, having ran fifty
+miles. Sailing 30 miles farther along the coast on the 24th, we anchored
+at noon in the port of _Mazabraiti_ in 6 fathoms, near a place called
+_Ariadan_ inhabited by peasants who are subject to Mecca. On the 25th we
+weighed anchor early, and endeavoured to proceed along the coast; but
+the wind getting up at sunrise and proving contrary, we had to stand out
+to sea till noon, when we again made for the land, off which we cast
+anchor early in the evening.
+
+
+SECTION IX.
+
+_Continuation of the Voyage to Suez, along the Arabian Shore of the Red
+Sea_.
+
+
+We remained at anchor during the whole of the 26th and proceeded two
+hours before day of the 27th, in very pleasant weather, and at eight
+o'clock, having sailed 30 miles, we anchored in 4 fathoms at a place
+called _Yusuma_. The 28th we coasted along the land till noon with a
+fair wind, and then entered among certain banks two miles from the
+shore, where we could not let go our anchors for fear of losing them,
+being off a place named _Mukare_, 30 miles from Yusuma. The 29th, still
+coasting along, we came among other shoals called _Balir_, thirty-five
+miles farther on. The 30th continuing along shore till evening, we
+anchored in 12 fathoms at a place called _Mukhi_, having proceeded 35
+miles. Departing on the 31st with a calm two hours before day, the wind
+springing up at sunrise, and in the evening we came to _Ziden_ or
+_Jiddah_ the sea-port of Mecca. The Pacha landed on the 1st of April,
+and pitched his tents on the outside of the town, where he rested four
+days. On the 7th he rode away for Mecca, on pilgrimage, leaving orders
+for the fleet to proceed to Suez[240]. On the 8th the fleet was driven
+two miles out to sea by a contrary wind, and was obliged to come to
+anchor among the shoals. Remaining here till the 11th, we made sail with
+a fair wind, and at the _twentieth_ hour came into the port of _Contror
+Abehin_, where one of our gallies was sunk in attempting to double a
+point of land. At this place a carpenter belonging to the Venetian
+gallies of Alexandria, named Mark, turned Mahometan and remained behind.
+Having staid here two days, we proceeded again with a fair wind along
+shore, and cast anchor in 12 fathoms at a place called _Amomuskhi_, 70
+miles farther. Setting sail on the 15th two hours before day, the
+_Moorish captains_ galley got aground on a bank, but was towed off by
+the boats belonging to the other ships, without having received any
+damage. We then coasted along the land 30 miles, to a place called
+_Raban_ or _Robon_, where we cast anchor in 13 fathoms. From the 16th to
+the 20th both inclusive, we left this place every day, and were always
+forced to return by contrary winds. The 21st we departed with an off
+shore wind; but at the sixth hour of the day were again driven towards
+the coast by a contrary wind, and obliged to put in among certain banks
+where we remained all night.
+
+[Footnote 240: It does not appear that the Pacha ever rejoined his
+fleet. It has been already mentioned from De Faria, that on his return
+to Turkey he was reduced to the necessity of killing himself. "Cruel and
+tyrannical men like him, says De Faria, should always be their own
+executioners."--E.]
+
+The 22d we coasted along by favour of a land breeze; but the wind coming
+contrary were obliged to anchor at a place called _Farsi_, having only
+advanced 16 miles. The 23d we continued along the coast till noon, when
+the wind changed full in our teeth, and we had to come to anchor at a
+place named _Sathan_, having sailed 25 miles that day. The 24th we
+proceeded along the coast till noon, when the wind became again
+contrary, and we were driven to the coast, and came to _Lorma_, 30 miles
+beyond Sathan. We rowed along shore against the wind on the 25th, and
+came at evening to _Yamboa_[241]. This place affords provisions,
+particularly fish and dates. Their water is kept in cisterns, and has to
+be brought on camels from a place a days journey distant, as there are
+no wells or springs. A days journey[242] inland from this place is a
+large town named _Medinah_, or _Medinat al Nubi_, where is the sepulchre
+of Mahomet, though commonly said to be at Mecca[243]. We remained at
+Yamboa six days, and set sail at four o'clock on the 1st of May; but
+after proceeding only 10 miles the wind became contrary, and we had to
+anchor among some shoals, where we staid two days. During the 3d and
+4th, we had to stand off and on, beating up against a contrary wind; and
+so continued for _six_ days, advancing only eight miles in all that
+time. The 10th and 11th, the wind being still contrary, we made only 10
+miles, and anchored in a different place. Proceeding along the coast on
+the 13th, we came up with a galleon which left _Zabid_ before the rest
+of the fleet. The pilots name was _Mikali_, and some of those on board
+belonged to the Venetian gallies of Alexandria.
+
+[Footnote 241: Called _Jombu_ in the edition of Aldus, and _Jambut_ by
+Rarmusio. This is Yembo, Yambo, or Yamboa, the Italians using the _J_
+instead of the _Y_. Yamboa is the port of _Medina, Medinah_, or _Medinat
+al Nubi_, signifying _the city_, or the city of the prophet.--Astl. I.
+100. c.]
+
+[Footnote 242: Medina is at least 90 miles inland from Yamboa, which
+cannot be less than _three_ ordinary days journeys.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 243: This error has been long since corrected, yet many
+travellers still persist in placing the tomb of Mahomet at Mecca.--Astl.
+I. 100. d.--Christian travellers are debarred from visiting the holy
+cities of Mecca and Medina. At Mecca the grand object of pilgrimage is
+the _Caaba_ or holy house, containing _a black stone_, the remains of
+the ancient Pagan superstition of the Arabians: Perhaps the same with
+the _Lingam_ or _Priapus_ of the Hindoos.--E.]
+
+The 14th, we sailed 10 miles[244] along the coast, and cast anchor in 7
+fathoms at a place named _Sikhabo_. The 15th we sailed 70 miles N.W. and
+came to anchor in the open sea. The 16th, we sailed along the coast 30
+miles, and anchored at a place named _Buducktor_ or _Bubuktor_. The 17th
+sailing 30 miles along the coast, we anchored in 20 fathoms in the open
+sea, near an island called _Yenamani_. Going 20 miles along shore on the
+18th, we anchored for the night off _Khifate_. We proceeded 50 miles
+along shore on the 19th, and anchored at _Molin_. The 20th, we anchored
+at sea 25 miles farther. Proceeding 48[245] miles on the 21st along
+shore, we anchored in the evening out at sea. The 22d, after sailing 10
+miles, we anchored again at sea. Being in a very bad anchorage, we
+proceeded again on the 24th with a tolerably good wind. The half galley
+left an anchor and three cables at this last anchorage, and one galley
+ran aground but was got off. After advancing only 10 miles, we came to
+anchor in 8 fathoms with good ground, and remained two days. Proceeding
+85 miles along the coast on the 26th, we came to anchor in a road-stead.
+
+[Footnote 244: In Ramusio this distance is made 60 miles.--Astl. I. 100.
+e.]
+
+[Footnote 245: Only 40 miles, in the copy published by Ramusio.--Astl.
+I. 100. f.]
+
+
+SECTION X.
+
+_Conclusion of the Voyage to Suez, and return of the Venetians to
+Cairo_.
+
+
+On the 27th of May we proceeded on our voyage, sailing W.N.W. At noon we
+were abreast of _Tor_ or _Al Tor_, and continued our course for two
+hours after night-fall, when the wind came foul, on which we lay too
+till day-light, when the _Moorish captain_ set sail again, and the other
+gallies weighed anchor and hoisted their foresails. After running 100
+miles we came to shoal water where we cast anchor in 6 fathoms, and
+remained five days waiting for a fair wind. Leaving the bank on the 3d
+of June, and holding on our course, we cast anchor sometimes on the
+western coast[246] and sometimes on the eastern, having contrary winds,
+and on the 15th we arrived at _Korondol_, where Pharaoh and his host
+were drowned, and where are the baths of Moses as they are called. We
+took in water at this place, where we staid two days. The 16th, the
+fleet sailed from Korondol, and continuing its course for two days
+together, we arrival at Suez on the 17th of May 1589, whence we had set
+out on the 27th of June in the former year.
+
+[Footnote 246: In the original called the _Abyssinian_ coast, but
+certainly that of Egypt.--E.]
+
+On the day of our arrival, we began to draw the barks on shore. The 2d
+of June we began to haul up the large galley, and next the half galley
+of the Pacha, all the rest being unrigged and drawn up successively. On
+this occasion the whole labour rested on the Christians, who acted as
+porters and worked all the tackle for unloading, cleaning and unrigging
+all the vessels: In short the entire fatigue lay upon their shoulders.
+On the 16th, the _Lemin_[247] came and paid off all the seamen,
+Christians as well as Turks, giving 180 maidans to each. The 19th of
+August, the _Emin_, accompanied by seven boats, went to Tor to pay off
+the gallies which remained behind, taking with him all the best and
+strongest of the Christian mariners to navigate these gallies to Suez,
+as they were in a manner disarmed, many of their crews having died and
+others run off. At Tor all were paid off, and the Christians were
+distributed among the gallies, which they brought up to Suez on the 20th
+of October, and were all drawn up by the Christians, who worked hard
+both day and night. On the 26th, all the gallies being hauled up, the
+cables, rigging, tackle, iron work, planks, small cannon, and all the
+other stores were carried into the castle of Suez.
+
+[Footnote 247: In Ramusio the _Emin_, who is an officer of the treasury,
+or the pay-master.--Astley, I. 101. a.--Probably _Al Emin_, and
+originally written in _Italian L'Emin_.--E.]
+
+The Red Sea, from Suez to its mouth extends 1800 miles in length; the
+coast running all the way from N.W. to S.E.[248] This gulf is 200 miles
+broad, and in some places more. In its whole length it is full of banks,
+shoals, and shelves, towards the land on both sides, so that it cannot
+be navigated by night, except in the middle. These obstructions are so
+intricately disposed that the channels can only be discovered by the
+eye, nor can the proper course be taken except by means of an
+experienced pilot standing constantly on the _prow_, and calling out
+_starboard_ or _larboard_[249] according to circumstances. Owing to
+this, the return voyage does not admit of being described so accurately
+as the outward bound. There are two distinct kinds of pilots for this
+sea; the one being acquainted with the middle of the gulf, which is the
+passage outwards; and the others, called _Rubani_, are for ships
+returning from the ocean, and navigating within the shoals. These are
+such excellent swimmers, that in many places where they cannot cast
+anchor on account of foul ground, they will swim under water and fix the
+gallies within the shoals, and will often even fasten the prows under
+water, according to the nature of the place[250].
+
+[Footnote 248: From Suez to the Straits of _Bab-al-Mandub_, the direct
+distance is about 1590 statute English miles, or 1200 geographical
+miles, 60 to the degree. From the Straits to _Cape Guardafu_ is about
+433 English miles farther, or 375 geographical: Making in all 1825 of
+the former and 1575 of the latter. The direction is S.S.E.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 249: In the original Italian, _Orza_ and _Poggia_, being the
+names of the ropes at the yard-arms which are hauled when these words
+are pronounced.--Astl. I. 101. b.]
+
+[Footnote 250: The expression in the text is not very obvious, but seems
+to indicate that these _Rubani_ are such excellent divers as to be able
+to fasten ropes or hausers to the rocks below water.--E.]
+
+On the 28th. of November 1539, the Christians belonging to the Venetian
+gallies left Suez, and arrived at Cairo on the 1st of December, where
+they were lodged in the same house that they had formerly occupied. Each
+of them was allowed half a _maidan_ daily for subsistence, which is
+equal to about twopence of Venice. They here suffered great affliction
+and fatigue, as whatever laborious work was to be performed was devolved
+upon them. Clearing out the water-cisterns, levelling hills, putting
+gardens in order, new buildings, and such like, all fell to their share.
+On the 25th of March 1540, many of the Christians went from Cairo with a
+guard of Turks to a hill or mount two miles from the Nile, which seemed
+to have been a burying-place like the _Campo Santo_, where every year,
+on the Friday before our _Lady of August_[251], a vast number of people
+assemble to see dead bodies rise out of the ground. This resurrection
+begins on Thursday evening, and lasts till Saturday at six o'clock,
+during which time great numbers rise; but after that no more appear.
+When they do rise, some are rolled about with linen bandages in the
+manner in which the ancients swathed their dead. It must not be imagined
+that these dead bodies move, and still less that they walk about. But,
+one instant you may observe and touch the arm or the leg of one, or some
+other part, and going away for a moment, you will find at your return
+the part you had formerly seen and touched still more exposed, or
+farther out of the ground than at first; and this will happen as often
+as you make the experiment. On that day, many tents are pitched about
+this mount, and thither many persons repair, sick as well as healthy;
+and near this place there is a pond in which the people bathe on the
+Friday night, in order to get cured of their infirmities. _For my own
+part, I did not see these miracles_.
+
+[Footnote 251: The 15th of August, the Assumption of the Virgin.--E.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE VOYAGE OF DON STEFANO DE GAMA FROM GOA TO SUEZ, IN 1540, WITH THE
+INTENTION OF BURNING THE TURKISH GALLIES AT THAT PORT. WRITTEN BY DON
+JUAN DE CASTRO, THEN A CAPTAIN IN THE FLEET; AFTERWARDS GOVERNOR-GENERAL
+OF PORTUGUESE INDIA[252].
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Don Juan or Joam De Castro, the author of the following journal, was a
+Portuguese nobleman born in 1500; being the son of Don Alvaro de Castro,
+governor of the Chancery, and Donna Leonora de Noronha, daughter of Don
+Joam de Almeyda, Count of Abrantes. In his youth, Don Juan de Castro
+served with reputation at Tangier, and on his return home had a
+commandery of 500 ducats of yearly revenue conferred upon him, which was
+all he was ever worth, though a man of high birth and rare merit. He
+afterwards served under the Emperor Charles V. in his expedition against
+Tunis, and refused his share of a pecuniary reward from that prince to
+the Portuguese officers on the expedition, saying that he served the
+king of Portugal, and accepted rewards only from his own sovereign.
+After this he commanded a fleet on the coast of Barbary, and was sent to
+join the fleet of Spain for the relief of Ceuta. On hearing that the
+Moors were approaching, the Spaniards wished to draw off, on pretence of
+consulting upon the manner of giving battle, but Don Juan refused to
+quit his post; and the Moors retired, not knowing that the fleets had
+separated, so that he had all the honour of relieving Ceuta.
+
+[Footnote 252: Astley, I. 107. Purchas, II. 1422.]
+
+When Don Garcia de Noronha went viceroy to India, Don John was captain
+of one of the ships in his fleet; and when about to embark, the king
+sent him a commission by which he was appointed governor of Ormuz, and a
+gift of 1000 ducats to bear his charges till he obtained possession. He
+accepted the latter, because he was poor; but refused the government,
+saying that he had not yet deserved it. After the expedition to
+Suez[253], contained in the present chapter, he returned into Portugal,
+and lived for some time in retirement in a country house near Cintra,
+giving himself up entirely to study. He was recalled from this retreat
+by the advice of the infant Don _Luys_, and sent out governor-general to
+India in 1545; where he died with the title of viceroy in 1548, when 48
+years of age. We shall hereafter have occasion to speak farther of this
+great man, who made himself illustrious in the _second_ siege of Diu by
+the forces of the king of Guzerat. In his life, written by _Jacinto
+Freire de Andrada_, there is a particular account of this siege, with a
+map to illustrate its operations. The author also treats of the
+Discoveries, Government, Commerce, and affairs of the Portuguese in
+India. This book was translated into English, and published in folio at
+London in 1664.
+
+[Footnote 253: De Faria in his Portuguese Asia, says that Don Juan went
+up to Mount Sinai, where his son Don Alvaro was knighted. But this does
+not appear in his journal.--Astl. I. 107. a.]
+
+Such was the illustrious author of the following journal, which was
+never published in Portuguese; but having been found, if we are rightly
+informed, on board a Portuguese ship taken by the English, was
+afterwards translated and published by Purchas. Purchas tells us that
+the original was reported to have been purchased by Sir Walter Raleigh
+for sixty pounds; that Sir Walter got it translated, and afterwards, as
+he thinks, amended the diction and added many marginal notes. Purchas
+himself reformed the style, but with caution as he had not the original
+to consult, and abbreviated the whole, in which we hope he used equal
+circumspection: For, as it stands in Purchas[254] it still is most
+intolerably verbose, and at the same time scarcely intelligible in many
+places; owing, we apprehend, to the translator being not thoroughly
+acquainted with the meaning of the original, if not to the fault of the
+abbreviator. These two inconveniences we have endeavoured to remedy the
+best we could, and though we have not been always able to clear up the
+sense, we presume to have succeeded for the most part; and by entirely
+changing the language, except where the places were obscure, we have
+made the journal more fit for being read, and we hope without doing it
+any manner of injury[255].
+
+[Footnote 254: Pilgrims, Vol. II. p. 1122, under the title of _A
+Rutter_, or Journal, &c. from India to Suez, dedicated to the Infant Don
+_Luys_.--Astl. I. 107. b.]
+
+[Footnote 255: On the present occasion we have followed the example of
+the Editor of Astleys Collection, having employed the original
+abbreviated translation by Purchas modernized in the language and
+endeavouring to elucidate obscurities; using as our assistance the
+version in Astley.--E.]
+
+This expedition was undertaken for two important purposes. _One_, to
+carry succours to the emperor of _Habash_ or Abyssinia; and the _other_,
+to endeavour to destroy the Turkish ships at Suez. For, soon after the
+retreat of Solyman Pacha from Diu, it was rumoured that another fleet of
+the _Rumes_ or Turks was on its way to India; but as Don Stefano de Gama
+was afterwards informed that the Turks could not set out during the year
+1540, he determined to be before hand with them, in some measure to be
+revenged for the late siege of Diu, and to prevent a second attack by
+burning the fleet they had prepared for that purpose. The governors
+liberality brought more men to inlist under his banners than he desired,
+so that he was enabled to select the best. The fleet consisted of 80
+sail of different sorts and sizes, and carried 2000 soldiers besides
+mariners and rowers. On coming into the Red Sea, he found most of the
+cities and islands abandoned, the inhabitants having notice of his
+coming. At Suakem, the sheikh or king, who had retired a league up the
+country, amused De Gama with pretences of peace, that he might not
+destroy the town and island. In consequence of this delay, De Gama was
+prevented from carrying his design into execution of destroying the
+ships at Suez; as it afforded time for the Turks to receive intelligence
+of the expedition. This is the account given by De Faria; but Bermudas
+gives a different reason for the want of success in that design, as De
+Gama could not get at the ships, which were all drawn up on the land,
+which we have already seen to have been the case, in the journal of the
+voyage of Solyman Pacha, in the immediately preceding chapter.
+
+In revenge for the duplicity and delay of the sheikh of Suakem, De Gama
+marched into the interior with 1000 men, accompanied by his brother Don
+Christopher, and defeated the sheikh with great slaughter. He then
+plundered the city of Suakem, where many of the private men got booty to
+the value of four or five thousand ducats, and then burnt it to the
+ground. From thence, he went towards Suez with only sixteen, _Katurs_
+or Malabar barges, and sent back the fleet to Massua under the command
+of Lionel de Lima. On this occasion, there was a great dispute, as every
+one strove to go on this expedition; whence the bay got the name of
+_Angra de los Aggraviadas_, or _bay of the offended_. Many gentlemen
+went in the barges as private soldiers or volunteers, willing to go in
+any capacity if only they were admitted. The number of men on this
+fruitless expedition was 250. They plundered and burnt _Cossier_ or _Al
+Kossir_; whence crossing to _Tor_ or _Al Tur_, they took some vessels
+belonging to the enemy. At first the Turks opposed their landing; but
+some of them being slain, the rest abandoned the city, in which nothing
+was found of value. De Gama did not burn this town, in reverence for the
+relics of St Catharine and the monastery and religious men there, which
+he visited at their request. He was the first European commander who had
+taken that city, where he knighted several of his followers, an honour
+much prized by those who received it, and which was envied; afterwards
+even by the emperor Charles V. From thence De Gama proceeded to Suez;
+and after many brave but fruitless attempts to sound the harbour, De
+Gama determined to go himself in open day to view the gallies. He
+accordingly landed and saw the enemies but endeavouring to force his way
+towards them, the enemies shot poured thick from the town, and 2000
+Turkish horse broke out from an ambush, by which the Portuguese were
+reduced to great straits. Though the Portuguese cannon slew a good many
+of the enemy, their numbers were so much superior that the Portuguese
+were obliged to retreat with some loss, and much grieved that the object
+of their expedition was frustrated. Thus far we have deemed necessary to
+premise, relative to the design and success of the expedition, from De
+Faria and other authors; because the journal of Don Juan de Castro is
+almost entirely confined to observations respecting the places visited
+in the voyage, and gives little or no information respecting these
+particulars.
+
+The _rutter_ or journal must be allowed to be very curious.--The author,
+like an exact and diligent navigator, has not only given the course and
+distance from one place to another, with the latitudes of the principal
+ports and head-lands; but has noticed the minute windings of the coast,
+and the situations of islands, with observations on the tides, currents,
+shoals, sand-banks, and other particulars respecting the Red Sea. Yet,
+far from confining himself to mere nautical remarks, he has given an
+account of all the places at which he touched, together with accounts of
+the countries and the inhabitants, so far as he was able to collect from
+his own observations, or the accounts of such as he was able to converse
+with, particularly the natives. Don John hath gone farther yet, and has
+even attempted to draw a parallel between the ancient and modern
+geography of this sea. If in all points of this last he may not have
+succeeded, the great difficulty of the task, owing to the obscurity of
+the subject, is to be considered: most of the ancient places having been
+destroyed; the ancient names of others long since out of use and
+forgotten; and that very little is known of these coasts by Europeans,
+even at this day. For these reasons, as the conjectures of the author
+are often erroneous respecting the ancient geography, and as at best
+they are very uncertain, we shall for the most part _insert them by way
+of notes_, with our own remarks respecting them[256]. Whether the
+_altitudes_ have been taken by Don Juan with that precision which
+geography requires, may also be in some measure questioned; since we
+find there was a _crack in the instrument employed_, the size of which
+is not mentioned; neither were all the observations repeated. Even if
+they had been, it is well known that the observations of those times
+were by no means so accurate as those made of late years. After all,
+however, the observations in this journal appear to have been made with
+a good deal of care, and they cannot fail to be of great service to
+geography.
+
+[Footnote 256: In this edition, which has been taken from that by
+Purchas, these conjectures of Don Juan de Castro are restored to the
+text: but the remarks by the Editor of Astleys Collection are all
+retained in notes.--E.]
+
+It is alone by the observations contained in this journal that
+geographers are able to determine the extent of the Arabian Gulf or Red
+Sea from north to south[257], as well as the situation of its principal
+ports on the west side. The latitude of the straits was verified by the
+observations of Don Juans pilot. But as most maps and charts give the
+situation of Suez, at the northern end of the Red Sea, very different
+from that marked in this journal, which is 29 deg. 45' N. it may not be
+amiss to examine this point.
+
+[Footnote 257: The modern knowledge of the Red Sea has been much
+augmented by the labours of Bruce, Nieubur, Lord Valentia, and others,
+which will be given in a future division of our work.--E.]
+
+By several very accurate observations made in 1694, M. Chazelles of the
+Royal Academy of Paris found the latitude of Cairo to be 80 deg. 2' 20". The
+difference of latitude therefore between Cairo and Suez, will be 17
+minutes; which we conceive cannot be very far from the truth, if not
+quite exact, since the map published by Dr Pocock makes the difference
+about 20 minutes. It is true that in Sicards map of Egypt, and in a
+_late_[258] French chart of the _eastern ocean_, Suez is placed only two
+or three minutes to the southward of Cairo. But as these authors had no
+new observations made at Suez to go by, and seem to have been
+unacquainted with those of Don Juan de Castro, their authority can weigh
+very little against an express observation, and against Dr Pococks map,
+which, among other helps, was constructed upon one made by the natives.
+Besides this, in his later maps _De L'isle_ regulates the situation of
+Suez according to the latitude found by Don Juan. Indeed Sicard places
+Suez nearly in that parallel, but egregiously mistakes the latitude of
+Cairo, so that he seems to have given it that position more by chance
+than design.
+
+[Footnote 258: It is proper to remark here that the collection of Astley
+was published in 1745, _sixty-seven_ years ago.--E.]
+
+This may suffice to support the credit of the observations of latitude
+as made by Don Juan, till new and better ones can be made, which we are
+not to expect in haste, as European ships now seldom sail any farther
+into the Red Sea than _Mokha_ or _Zabid_, for which reason this journal
+is the more to be prized. In other respects it is full of variety; and
+if some parts of it be dry and unamusing, these make amends by their
+usefulness to geographers and navigators, while other parts are
+calculated to instruct and give pleasure on other accounts.--_Astley_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+So far the foregoing introduction is taken from Astleys collection. In
+our edition of the Journal of Don Juan de Castro, we have used the
+earliest known copy as given by Purchas, Vol. II. p. 1122-1148, under the
+title of _A Rutter or Journal of Don John of Castro, of the Voyage which
+the_ Portugals _made from_ India _to_ Zoes, _&c. and here abbreviated.
+The original of which is reported to have been bought by_ Sir Walter
+Raleigh, _at sixtie pounds, and by him caused to be done into_ English
+_out of the_ Portugal.
+
+Of this Journal Purchas gives the following account in a marginal note,
+which is inserted in his own words: "This voyage being occasioned by
+sending the Patriarch _Bermudez_ to _Ethiopia_, and relating how that
+state decayed, invaded by the _Moores_, and embroiled with civil
+discontents, contayning also a more full intelligence of the _Red Sea_,
+than any other _Rutter_ which I have seene, I have here added; and next
+to it, _Bermudez_ own report, translated, it seemeth, by the same hand
+(not the most refined in his _English_ phrase, which yet I durst not be
+too busie with, wanting the original) and reduced to our method; here
+and there amending, the _English_, which yet in part was done, as I
+thinke, and many marginall notes added, by _Sir Walter Raleigh_
+himselfe."--In the present edition, while we have adhered closely to
+that of Purchas, with the assistance of that in Astleys Collection, we
+have endeavoured, _little more busy_ than Purchas, to reduce the
+language to a more intelligible modern standard; and have divided it
+into _Sections_, in imitation of the editor of Astleys Collection of
+Voyages and Travels. On purpose to carry on the series of events, we
+have inserted as a necessary introduction, an account of the Portuguese
+Transactions in India, from the discontinuance of the siege of Diu and
+retreat of Solyman Pacha in November 1538, to the commencement of the
+expedition of Don Stefano de Gama to the Red Sea in December 1540, when
+the journal of Don Juan de Castro begins; which _first section_ of this
+chapter is taken from the Portuguese Asia of De Faria.--E.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Portuguese Transactions in India, from the Siege Diu by the Turks, to
+the Expedition of Don Stefano de Gama to Suez_[259].
+
+
+Soon after the retreat of Solyman Pacha from Diu in November 1538, but
+in the beginning of the subsequent year 1539, when the new viceroy Don
+Garcia de Noronha had returned from his tardy expedition to relieve Diu,
+_Don Gonzalo Vaz Confino_[260] came with five small vessels from
+_Onore_, where he had been sent by the former governor Nuno de Cuna on
+the following occasion. One of the gallies belonging to the fleet of
+Solyman Pacha had been forced into the port of Onore[261], and it was
+thought the queen of that province, then a widow, had violated the
+treaty subsisting between her government and the Portuguese, by giving
+protection to that vessel. Gonzalo Vaz called her to account on this
+subject, when she declared that the vessel was there against her will,
+as she was not in condition to prevent it, but would be glad that it
+were taken by the Portuguese. Gonzalo Vaz accordingly made the attempt,
+but was repulsed after a sharp engagement, in which he lost fifteen of
+his men, and among these his own son Diego Vaz. Gonzalo suspected the
+queen of having secretly assisted the enemy, and refused some
+refreshments she had sent for the wounded men, returning a rash and
+resentful answer mingled with threats. The queen cleared herself of the
+imputation, and again offered a treaty of peace with the Portuguese,
+which was concluded, and some Portuguese were left by Gonzalo at Onore,
+to observe what conduct was pursued by the queen for expelling the
+Turks.
+
+[Footnote 259: This section is added from the Portuguese Asia of De
+Faria, II. s. et seq. to connect the history of events.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 260: The name of this commander is probably erroneous in the
+text, from an error of the press, and ought to have been
+_Coutinho_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 261: Probably the galley already mentioned in the Venetian
+Journal, as having separated from the Turkish fleet on the voyage to
+Diu, and for which the pilot was executed by command of Solyman.--E.]
+
+Before leaving Diu, and having repaired the fortifications of the
+castle, the command of which was given to Diego Lopez de Sousa, pursuant
+to a commission from the king of Portugal, a treaty of pacification with
+the king of Guzerat was set on foot and concluded, very little to the
+advantage of the Portuguese, owing as was generally believed to the
+covetousness of Noronha.
+
+The late success of the Portuguese terrified all the princes of India
+who had been their enemies. Nizam-al-Mulk and Adel Khan sent ambassadors
+to the viceroy to renew the former treaties of peace; and the zamorin,
+to obtain the more favourable reception from the viceroy, employed the
+mediation of Emanuel de Brito, commandant of the fort at _Chale_. Brito
+accordingly promised his interest, and the zamorin sent _Cutiale_ as his
+ambassador to Goa accompanied by a splendid retinue, where he was
+received by the viceroy with much courtesy and great pomp. Had not the
+viceroy fallen sick, he intended to have gone to Calicut, to perform
+the ceremony of swearing to the observance of the articles of
+pacification and amity which were agreed to upon this occasion; but he
+sent his son Don Alvaro on this errand, under the discretion of some
+discreet men, as Alvaro was very young. They came to Paniany with a
+numerous fleet, where they were met by the zamorin, accompanied by the
+kings of Chale and Tanor. The peace was confirmed and ratified with
+great demonstrations of joy on both sides, and lasted thirty years to
+the great advantage of the Portuguese.
+
+The illness of the viceroy became serious and threatened to end fatally,
+insomuch that he could not attend to the affairs of government; for
+which reason he proposed that some worthy person might be chosen to
+supply his place, and even desired that the choice might fall upon his
+son Don Alvaro. This surprised all men as violating the public liberty
+of choice, and might have proved of dangerous consequence, had not the
+death of the viceroy prevented its adoption. On the death of the
+viceroy, the _first_ patent of succession was opened in which Martin
+Alfonso de Sousa was named; but he had gone a short while before to
+Portugal. On the _second_ being opened, Don Stefano de Gama was therein
+named, who then lived in retirement a short way from Goa.
+
+Don Stefano de Gama, who was the son of Don Vasco de Gama the discoverer
+of India, entered upon the government in the beginning of April 1540.
+The first thing he did was to have his whole property publicly valued,
+that it might not be afterwards laid to his charge that he had acquired
+riches during his government; and indeed at his death, his fortune was
+found considerably diminished. Finding the public treasury very much
+exhausted, he advanced a large sum to it from his own funds. In the next
+place he refitted the fleet, which had been laid up by his predecessor
+after his return from Diu. He likewise founded the college of _Santa
+Fe_, or St Faith, at Goa for the education of the heathen youth who were
+converted, appointing the vicar-general Michael Vaz as first rector. He
+sent his brother Christopher de Gama, to attend to the repair of the
+ships at Cochin, and gave notice to several commanders to hold
+themselves in readiness to oppose the _Rumes_ or Turks, whose fleet was
+reported to be again proceeding towards the western coast of India. But
+being afterwards credibly informed that the Turks would not set out
+this year, he attended to other affairs.
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Journal of the Voyage from Goa to the Straits of Bab-al-Mandab_.[262]
+
+
+Having expedited all the affairs of his government, and collected an
+armament of 80 sail of different sorts and sizes, on board which 2000
+soldiers were embarked, besides mariners and rowers. Don Stefano de Gama
+set sail from the bar of Goa, at sunrise of the 31st December 1540, on
+his expedition to Suez. The wind was easterly, blowing from the land,
+and they advanced under an easy sail, coming to anchor about ten o'clock
+at the mouth of the river _Chaparoa_. Proceeding on their voyage till
+the 13th of January 1541, they saw in the morning of that day great
+quantities of weeds which grow on the rocks of the sea coast, and soon
+afterwards a sea-snake, being indications of the neighbourhood of land;
+and when the sun was completely risen, they descried the island of
+Socotora, whither they were bound in the first place, bearing due south.
+
+[Footnote 262: We now take up the Rutter or Journal of Don Juan de
+Castro, but Purchas has chosen to omit the navigation from the Malabar
+coast to the Island of Socotora, _to avoid prolixity_.--E.]
+
+After coming to anchor at this island, I inquired at the principal
+pilots of the fleet how far they had reckoned themselves from the land
+when we first came in sight. The chief pilot was 90 leagues short; the
+pilot of the _Bufora_ galleon 100 and odd; those who made the least were
+70 leagues short; and my own pilot, being only 65 leagues, was nearest
+in his reckoning. They were all astonished at this difference, and all
+affirmed in excuse for their short reckoning, that the way was actually
+shorter than was expressed on the charts; with them the Moorish pilots
+concurred in opinion, affirming that it was only 300 leagues from Goa to
+Socotora[263]. The island of Socotora is 20 leagues in length from east
+to west, and 9 leagues broad, being in lat. 12 deg. 40' N. on its north
+side. This northern side runs east and west, somewhat inclined towards
+the north-west and south-east The coast is all very clear without rocks
+and shoals, or any other hinderance to navigation. The anchoring ground
+in the road is sand, stony in some places, but not of such a nature as
+to cut the cables. On this side the north wind blows with such force as
+to raise up great heaps of sand over the hills, even beyond their
+highest craggy summits. In the whole circuit of the island there is no
+other place or harbour where a ship may winter in safety. The sea coast
+all around is very high, and girt with great and high mountains, having
+many pyramidal peaks, and having a grand appearance. The tides on the
+coast of this island are quite contrary to those on the opposite shore
+of India, being flood when the moon rises in the horizon, and as the
+moon ascends the tide of ebb begins, and it is dead low water when the
+moon comes to the meridian of the island; after which, as the moon
+descends, the tide begins to flow; and when set it is full sea. I made
+this observation for many days by the sea side, and always found it
+thus.
+
+[Footnote 263: The real distance is 430 marine leagues, and the
+difference may be easily accounted for by the operation of an eastern
+current, not observed or not sufficiently allowed for.--E.]
+
+If I am not deceived, this island of Socotora was in ancient times named
+_Dioscorides_, and had a city of the same name, as appears in the
+_sixth_ table of Asia by Ptolemy: But by the situation which he has
+given it, he appears to have had bad information from navigators[264].
+The Socotorians are Christians, their ancestors as they say having been
+converted by the holy apostle Thomas. The island has many churches, in
+which there is _no oracle_[265] except the cross of Christ. They pray in
+the _Chaldean_ tongue; and are very ignorant, but as I was informed they
+are desirous of being instructed in the doctrines and ceremonies of the
+Romish church, which they confess to be alone good and worthy of being
+followed. The men have names like us, as John, Peter, Andrew, &c. that
+of the women being generally Mary. The manner of life of these people is
+singular, as they have no king, governor, prelate, or other person in
+authority, but live in a manner like wild beasts, without any rule, or
+order of justice or policy[266].
+
+[Footnote 264: Don Juan omits all mention of the island of _Abdal
+Kuria_, about nine leagues E.S.E. of Socotora, with two intersposed
+small islands, called _Las Duas Hermanas_ or the Two Sisters.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 265: Probably meaning no images or Christian idols.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 266: Since then they have been subdued by the Arabs.--Astl.]
+
+In the whole island there is no city or great town, and most of the
+people dwell in caves, though some have small thatched cottages,
+separated from each other, more savage than pastoral. Their food is
+flesh and wild dates, and their drink chiefly milk, as they taste water
+but seldom. They are much devoted to the cross, and you will hardly meet
+a single individual without one hanging from the neck. Their
+dispositions are good; their persons tall and straight, their faces
+comely but swarthy, the women being somewhat fairer, and of very honest
+behaviour. They have no arms either of defence or offence, except very
+short swords of dead iron. The men go entirely naked, except a clout of
+a certain cloth called _Cambolis_, a considerable quantity of which is
+manufactured in the island. The country is very poor, and produces no
+other merchandise than _verdigris_[267] and _sanguis draconis_; but the
+_verdigris_ is in great abundance, and is esteemed above all. All the
+island is mountainous, and breeds abundance of all kinds of cattle like
+those of Europe. There is no wheat or rice or other provisions of that
+kind, which I believe is not the fault of the ground, but owing to want
+of skill and industry in the people; as the land within the external
+mountains is fresh, and hath many vallies and plains, very convenient
+for culture. They have no manner of navigation, neither do they catch
+any fish, though the sea around their coast has an infinite quantity.
+They have very few fruit trees, among which the palm tree is chiefly
+esteemed, and produces a principal part of their food. The land produces
+all kind of garden and medicinal plants, and the mountains are covered
+with the herb _Basil_ and other odoriferous herbs.
+
+[Footnote 267: By verdigris is probably meant the Socotorine
+aloes.--Purch.]
+
+Leaving Socotora, we were very near Aden in the morning of the 27th of
+January 1541, which was to the north-west, distant from us about 6
+leagues. The wind being from the east and fair, we sailed W.S.W. and
+then knew that the land we had seen the evening before, thinking it an
+island, was the mountain of Aden. This mountain is very high and is full
+of crags on every side, with some very high peaks, like the hill of
+Cintra, having a noble appearance. This hill descends to the sea, into
+which it projects a very great and long cape or promontory; on each side
+of which there is a deep harbour or bay, the strong city of Aden being
+situated on that which is to the east of the cape. In ancient times the
+hill was called _Cabubarra_, famous among navigators, and the city of
+_Aden_ was then known by the name of _Madoca_. Within these three years,
+this city of Aden has fallen under the power of the Turks, being taken
+by the treachery of Solyman Pacha, governor of Cairo, in the following
+manner. At the request of the king of Cambaya and all the inhabitants of
+the _Straits of Mecca_[268], the grand Turk sent the governor of Cairo,
+Solyman Pacha eunuch, with a great fleet of ships and gallies for India.
+On coming to Aden, the king and inhabitants, fearing the treachery of
+the Turks, refused to allow them to come into their city, but supplied
+them, with all kinds of provisions and necessaries. As Solyman and his
+soldiers shewed no resentment, the king became reassured, and after many
+messages and declarations of friendship on both sides, consented to an
+interview with the Pacha on board his galley, that they might treat
+respecting the conquest on which the Pacha was bound. But the king was
+made prisoner by Solyman on board the galley; and the Turks landing
+possessed themselves of the city, before the gates of which the king was
+hanged next day. Whereupon Solyman left a garrison to keep possession of
+the city, and proceeded on his voyage to Diu.
+
+[Footnote 268: This singular expression certainly means the Red Sea,
+which the Arabs often call the Straits of Mecca, or more properly the
+Gulf of Mecca; sometimes Bahr-hejaz, or the Sea of Hejaz, one of the
+provinces of Arabia.--E.]
+
+From the Cape of _Guardafu_ on the coast of Africa, anciently called
+_Aromata_, and from the opposite promontory of _Siagros_ or Cape
+_Fartak_ in Asia, all the sea to the city of _the heroes_, now _Suez_,
+is called the _Arabian Gulf_, vulgarly the Red Sea. The distance between
+these two promontories may be 58 leagues. From these promontories the
+coast on both sides of this sea extends towards the west, nearly at the
+same distance, till they come to the two cities of _Aden_ in Arabia; and
+_Zeyla_ in Ethiopia or _Abexi_[269]; and from thence the two shores
+begin to approximate rapidly, with desert coasts and little winding,
+till they almost meet in the straits which are formed by two capes or
+promontories; that on the Arabian side being named _Possidium_ by the
+ancients, but I could never learn either the ancient or modern name of
+that on the side of Ethiopia[270]. This strait between the promontories
+is called by the neighbouring people and those who inhabit the coasts of
+the Indian ocean _Albabo_[271], which signifies the gates or mouths in
+the Arabic language. This strait is _six_ leagues across, in which space
+there are so many islands, little islets, and rocks, as to occasion a
+suspicion that it was once stopped up. By those straits, sluices, and
+channels, there entereth so great a quantity of water, which produces so
+many and great creeks, bays, gulfs, and ports, and so many islands, that
+we do not seem to sail between two lands, but in the deepest and most
+tempestuous lake of the great ocean. Now returning to the mouths of the
+strait, which is the object of our description, we are to note that the
+land of Arabia at this place stretches out into the sea with a long and
+large point or promontory; and as there is a great nook or bay, it
+appears on coming from sea as if this cape were an island separate from
+the continent. This is what was named the promontory of _Possidium_ by
+Ptolemy. Not more than a stones throw from this promontory is a small
+islet called the Isle of the _Robones_. For _Roboan_[272]in Arabic
+signifies a pilot, and in this isle dwell the pilots who are in use to
+direct ships coming from sea to the ports for which they are bound
+within the straits. This islet is round and quite flat, about the sixth
+part of a league in circuit, and the channel between it and the main
+land of Arabia may be crossed on foot at low water; but at one
+quarter-flood it becomes too deep for being waded. To seawards from this
+little island about a league from the coast is an island about a league
+and a half in length, which has a large haven on the side towards
+Ethiopia secure in all winds, where a large fleet of gallies may be
+safely harboured; but the side of this island towards Arabia has neither
+harbour nor landing-place[273]. This channel is easily sailed in the
+middle, steering N.W. and by W. from S.E. and by E. having 11 fathoms
+all through. It is all clean in every place, without flats, shoals, or
+any other obstruction, so that it may be passed on either side or in the
+middle. The whole ground is a soft coral rock, with hardly any sand.
+Being far within the channel, and going to seek the road or haven for
+shelter from the east winds which are here very strong, the depth
+somewhat diminishes, but is never less than 9 fathoms.
+
+[Footnote 269: Meaning Abassi, Abyssinia, or Habash.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 270: The cape on the Arabian shore is called Arrah-morah, or
+of St Anthony, and that on the African _Jebul al Mondub_, or _Mandab_,
+which signifies the Mountain of Lamentation, as formerly explained
+respecting _Bab-al-Mandub_, the name of the straits--E.]
+
+[Footnote 271: In Arabic _Al Bab_ is the gate, and _Al Abwah_ the gates.
+By the Turks it is called _Bab Bogazi_, a general name for all straits;
+and _the babs_ by the English sailors.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 272: Rather Roban or Ruban.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 273: The island of Prin.--E.]
+
+Besides this channel of the Arabians[274], there are many others by
+which we may safely enter the straits; but we shall only mention one
+other, which they called the channel of Abyssinia, between the _Island
+of the Gates_, or _Prin_, and the promontory opposite to _Possidium_,
+which is on the Abyssinian shore, and is about five leagues broad; but
+in this space there are six great high islands, which being seen by
+sailors while without the straits are apt to put them in fear that there
+is no passage that way; but between all these islands there are large
+channels of great depth all of which may be taken without danger, or
+leaving them all on the right hand, we may pass in safety between them
+and the coast of Abyssinia. At noon on the 29th of January 1541, I took
+the altitude of the sun, which at its great height rose 62-3/4 degrees
+above the horizon, the declination of this day being 15 degrees, whence
+the latitude of the promontory _Possidium_ and mouth of the straits is
+12 deg. 15' N. The pilot took the same altitude with me, and being taken on
+the land, it cannot but be accurate.
+
+[Footnote 274: From this expression it is probable that Don Juan had
+described the channel between the island of Pria and the shore of
+Arabia, or rather the pilot island.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Continuation of the Voyage, from the Straits of Bab-el-Man-dub, to
+Massua_.
+
+
+On the same night, two hours after midnight, we set sail from the mouth
+of the straits, and by day-light on the 30th we saw the land of both the
+Arabian and African coasts, being nearer to the latter. The wind blew
+hard at E.S.E. till noon, and we sailed to the N.W. and by W. making our
+way by a channel between the first islands and the coast of Abyssinia,
+till that day unknown to the Portuguese, being about 4 leagues distant
+from that coast. An hour after sunrise, we saw a range of islands along
+the coast, most of them low, stretching from S.E. to N.W. and which
+extended about 60 leagues. Continuing our course in this channel with a
+fair wind, we saw many little islands on either side, at whatsoever part
+we cast our eyes. In this channel of the _Abyssins_, as it is called,
+it is not proper to sail by night, nor unless the wind is in the poop,
+as if the wind should change there is not room to turn to windward,
+neither can we come to anchor till so far forward _as the first of the
+first islands_, when we shall observe to seawards nine little islands,
+and from thence forwards the sea remains free and open to seaward, but
+towards the land there still are many islands. Some of these islands are
+about two leagues distant from the coast, but the greatest part of them
+are close to the land. The length of this channel, between the three
+first islands and the coast of Abyssinia is about 8 leagues, and the
+safest navigation is nearer the continent than the islands: But in my
+opinion no one ought to venture upon this passage without a pilot of the
+country.
+
+On the 31st day of January we came to a shoal with six fathoms water,
+and to seawards of which, over against certain islands called the Seven
+Sisters, there is a very dangerous rock as I was told by the Moorish
+pilots; so that the safe navigations in this part is to go between the
+shoal and the land, and in no case to pass to seawards of the shoal. At
+night we came to anchor in a haven named _Sarbo_, or _Sorbo_, in 9-1/2
+fathoms water; having all this day seen many little islands close to the
+coast. On the 1st of February I landed at the port in this island of
+_Sarbo_ taking the pilot and master along with me, that we might all
+three take the altitude of the sun. At its greatest height it was scarce
+71 deg. above the horizon, and the declination of that day being 13 deg. 56',
+the latitude was 15 deg. 7' N. About 24 leagues short of Massua, and 4
+leagues from the Abyssinian coast, in lat. 15 deg. N. there is a great
+cluster or archipelago of islands, some of which hardly rise above the
+surface of the sea, while others are so lofty that they seem to touch
+the clouds; and between these there are so many bays, ports, and
+harbours, that no wind can annoy us. All of these islands want water,
+except one very high island, called _Whale_ Island by the Portuguese,
+because it very much resembles one, in which there is water and plenty
+of cattle, with a large haven in which ships may winter. Of all these
+islands, that which is most out to sea is called in Arabic _Sarbo_,
+where we now lay at anchor. The island of Sarbo is about a league in
+length and half a league broad, all low land with many low barren trees,
+and covered with grass. In every place we found the marks of men and
+cattle, but we only saw one camel, for which reason our men called it
+the Island of the Camel. Though we sought the whole island with much
+diligence we could find no water, except in one well dug in a stone
+which seemed intended to contain rain water. Between these islands there
+are numerous arms of the sea, reaches, and channels. At sunrise on the
+4th of February, we set sail from the port of _Sarbo_. February 7th we
+sailed along many islands about three or four leagues distant from the
+main land, most of them very low, almost even with the sea. We passed to
+seaward of them all about a league, and about even-song time, we saw to
+seawards of us a very long range of islands about 5 leagues in extent
+and about four leagues from us, which lay N.W. and S.W. as far as I
+could discern. The coast all this day trended N.W. and by W. and S.E.
+and by E. so that the channel in which we sailed this day was about 5
+leagues broad. The greatest part of this day I caused the lead to be
+constantly thrown, always having 25 fathoms on an ouze bottom.
+
+Two hours after sunrise on the 8th of February we set sail, steering
+mostly to the N.W. and at sunset we were nearly entered into the channel
+between that point of _Dallac_ which looks to the continent, and an
+island called _Shamoa_[275]. But as night was coming on, and many of the
+galleons were far astern, so that it might be difficult for them to hit
+the channel, and as besides the wind was now scarce, we took in our
+sails, and with our foresails only _we went rummore_[276], sailing to
+the south-east, and two hours after night-fall we cast anchor in 40
+fathoms water the ground ouzing. All this day we saw many islands along
+the coast, so low and flat that they seemed to have no surface above
+water. The coast stretched N.W. and S.E. to a low point which is as far
+forward as the island of _Dallac_. On doubling this point, a great bay
+or creek penetrates ten or twelve leagues into the land.
+
+[Footnote 275: In Purchas these two last mentioned places are named
+Dalaqua and Xamea, the Portuguese expressing our _k_ by _qu_, and our
+_sh_ by _x_; but we have preferred the more ordinary mode of spelling in
+modern geography.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 276: This expression is absolutely unintelligible, but in the
+context the ship is said to have returned to the south-east. It is used
+on a subsequent occasion apparently in the same sense, and perhaps means
+beating to windwards or drifting to leeward.--E.]
+
+The Island of Dallac is very low land, almost level with the sea, having
+no mountain or any other height. In the common opinion it is 25 leagues
+long by 12 in breadth. The side of the island opposite to the south
+stretches E.S.E. and W.N.W. being all the coast which I could see, and
+along the coast lay great numbers of little islands, all very low, and
+having the same direction with the coast. I only went along this coast
+of the island seven leagues, at two leagues from the land, and though
+the lead was often cast I never found ground. The metropolitan city or
+chief town is situated almost on the point of the island which lieth on
+the west side, and is a frontier to Abyssinia. It is called _Dallaca_,
+whence the island took its name. _Dallac_, in the Arabic language
+signifies _ten lacs_, because in former times the custom-house of this
+city yielded that sum yearly to the king. Every Arabian _lac_ is 10,000
+Xerephines; so that _ten lacs_ are worth 40,000 crusadoes[277]. The west
+point of the island, opposite to Abyssinia, is distant from the
+continent about 6 or 7 leagues, and in this space there are five very
+flat islands. The first of these, one league from the point, called
+_Shamoa_, is two leagues in circuit, and contains some springs and
+wells. Between this island of _Shamoa_ and the western point of Dallac,
+is the principal and most frequented channel for going to _Massua_. In
+this channel the water is 70 fathoms deep. The land of this island is
+red, and produces few trees, but plenty of grass. The king of it and all
+his people are Moors. He resides most part of the year at Massua,
+because of the trade which he carries on with the Abyssinians. At
+present this island and Dallac yields very little profit; for since the
+rise of Suakem, Massua, Aden, and Jiddah, it has lost its trade and
+reputation.
+
+[Footnote 277: A Xerephine being 3s. 9d., a lac is L.1875 sterling, and
+ten lacs are consequently L.18,750.--E.]
+
+The 12th of February the whole of our fleet came into the harbour of
+Massua. Massua is a small island very low and flat, in which anciently
+stood the city of _Ptolomaida of the wild beasts_. This island is in
+length about the fifth part of a league, and a caliver-shot in breadth,
+being situated in a large crooked nook or bay of the sea, and near the
+north-west head-land of the bay. The channel which divides it from the
+main land is about a falcon-shot across, and in some parts not so much,
+in which channel the harbour is situated, which is safe in all weathers,
+as all the winds that blow must come over the land, and it has not much
+current. The depth of water is eight or nine fathom with an ouze bottom.
+The proper entrance into this port is on the north-east by the middle of
+the channel, between the island and the main; because from the point
+which runneth to the E.N.E. a shoal projects towards the land, and the
+continental point of the bay hath another projecting towards the point
+of the island, both of which make it necessary for ships to avoid the
+land and to keep the mid-channel, which is very narrow and runs N.E. and
+S.W. Very near this island of Massua, towards the south and the
+south-west, there are two other islands, that nearest the main land
+being the larger, and that more out to sea being smaller and very round.
+These three islands form a triangle, being all very flat and barren,
+having no wells or springs; but in Massua are many cisterns for the use
+of the inhabitants. There are many shoals interspersed among these
+islands, but there is a channel through among them, through which
+gallies and rowing vessels may pass at full sea. This island of Massua,
+with all the coast from Cape _Guardafu_ to _Swakem_, was only a short
+time before under the dominion of _Prester John_; but within these few
+years the king or sheikh of _Dallac_ hath usurped it, and resides there
+the greater part of the year, because of the trade which he carries on
+with the Abyssinians, from whom he procures great quantities of gold and
+ivory. In the months of May and June, in consequence of excessive calm
+weather, the air of this island is exceedingly intemperate and
+unhealthy; at which season the sheikh and the other inhabitants go all
+to Dallac, leaving Massua entirely empty. All the coast of the bay of
+Massua on the main-land is extremely mountainous, till you come to a
+place called _Arkiko_[278] by the sea-side, where there are many wells
+of water, where the coast is more clear and open, with many fields and
+plains. Arkiko is about a league from Massua to the south, and through
+all these mountains and fields there are many wild beasts, as elephants,
+tygers, wolves, wild boars, stags, and elks, besides others not known to
+us; whence Massua was called _Ptolomaida of the wild beasts_, which is
+farther confirmed, as the latitude of Massua is the same as that
+assigned to _Ptolomaida_[279].
+
+[Footnote 278: Arkiko, Arkoko, or Erkoko, by some erroneously called
+Erocco, and by De L'Isle, Arcua. In the edition of this journal by
+Purchas it is called Arquito.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 279: These are no proofs that Massua is on the spot formerly
+occupied by Ptolomaida; for the whole coast of Abyssinia is full of wild
+beasts, and since Ptolomy fixed the latitude solely by computed
+distances, it is next to impossible that these should exactly agree with
+real observations.--Ast.]
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Digression respecting the History, Customs, and State of Abyssinia_.
+
+
+_Presbyter_ or _Prester John_, otherwise called _Prete Jani_, who is the
+king or emperor of the Abyssinians, is lord of all the land called
+anciently _Ethiopia sub Egypto_[280], or Lower Ethiopia; which is one of
+the most extensive dominions we know of in the world. This empire begins
+at Cape _Guardafu_, called anciently _Aromata_, whence running along the
+Red Sea, with desert and not very crooked coasts, it reaches to the
+boundaries of the rich city of _Swakem_. On the north side it borders on
+the warlike people of the _Nubys_, _Nuba_, or Nubians, who intervene
+between Abyssinia and the _Theabaid_ or Upper Egypt. From thence it
+reaches a great way inland to the kingdom of _Manicongo_, including part
+of _Lybia Inferior_, and other interior parts of Africa towards the
+west; whence turning behind the springs and lakes of the Nile through
+burning and unknown regions, it endeth in the south upon the _Barbarian
+Gulf_, now known to the Portuguese who navigate that gulf, as the coasts
+of _Melinda_ and _Magadoxa_. The Nile is still known by its ancient
+name, being called _Nil_ by the Abyssinians, Egyptians, Arabians, and
+Indians. The springs and lakes of this river are on the confines which
+separate the land of the Abyssinians from the Cafres that inhabit the
+continent behind Melinda and Mozambique, as I was informed by some great
+lords and other persons of Abyssinia, whence it appears that the
+ancients had little knowledge respecting the origin of this river.
+Inquiring from these people, if it were true that this river did sink in
+many places into the earth, and came out again at the distance of many
+days journey, I was assured there was no such thing, but that during its
+whole course it was seen on the surface, having great breadth and depth,
+notwithstanding of what we read in the fifth book of the Natural
+History of Pliny. I made many inquiries respecting the causes of
+increase and overflowings of this river, which has been so much disputed
+by all the ancient philosophers, and received the most satisfactory
+solution of this question never before determined. Thus almost
+jestingly, and by means of very simple questions, I came to learn that
+which the greatest philosophers of antiquity were ignorant of.
+
+[Footnote 280: That is Ethiopia _below_ Egypt, or more properly to the
+_south_ of Egypt. The expression _below_ seems ridiculous, as Abyssinia
+or Ethiopia containing the sources of the Nile must be _higher_ than
+Egypt at its mouth. But among Greek and Roman geographers, _above_ and
+_below_ meant respectively to the north and to the south.--E.]
+
+The principal lords of Abyssinia informed me, that in their country the
+winter began in May, and lasted all June and July and part of August, in
+which latter month the weather becomes mild and pleasant. In June and
+July it is a great wonder if the sun ever make his appearance; and in
+these two months so great and continual are the rains that the fields
+and low grounds are entirely overflown, so that the people cannot go
+from one place to another. That this prodigious quantity of water hath
+no other issue or gathering-place excepting the Nile; as towards the Red
+Sea the country is entirely skirted by very high mountains. Hence that
+river must necessarily swell prodigiously and go beyond its ordinary
+bounds, as unable to contain such vast quantities of water, and
+overflows therefore both in Egypt and the other lands through which it
+passes. And as the territories of Egypt are the most plain of these, of
+necessity the overflowing there must be the more copious, as the river
+has there more scope and freedom to spread out its waters than in the
+high and mountainous lands of Abyssinia. Now, it is manifest that the
+inundations of the Nile in Egypt always begin when the sun is in the
+summer solstice, which is in June, while in July the river increases in
+greater abundance, and in August, when the rains diminish in Abyssinia,
+the river decreases by similar degrees to its former increase. Hence the
+manifest cause of the increase of the Nile is from the great and
+continual rains that fall in Abyssinia during the months of June and
+July. I was myself in Massua in the month of June and part of July,
+where I saw great storms of thunder and rain; and we saw within the
+continent great and constant black clouds; though the Abyssinians said
+what we saw was little in comparison of what it was in the inland
+country. We likewise know that the months of June and July are the
+winter season at the Cape of Good Hope and all the coast of Africa,
+where the rains are continual. I was likewise told that the Nile formed
+many islands, especially one exceedingly large, in which was a great
+and rich city; which on due consideration must be the Island of _Meroe_.
+They told me also that on this great island, and all through the river,
+there were great numbers of fierce and pestiferous animals, which
+doubtless must be crocodiles. Enquiring if the river in a certain place
+fell from such a height, that with the noise of the fall those who
+inhabited the neighbouring towns were born deaf; they said that
+certainly in one place the river did fall over a great rock with a
+prodigious noise, but had no such effects.
+
+As an extended account of the manners and customs of the Abyssinians
+would interfere with this journal, I must touch them only shortly,
+though most worthy of being known; more especially the causes of the
+overthrow and ruin of this empire in these our own days.
+
+_Atini Tingill_, afterwards named David, _Prete Jani_ or Emperor of
+Ethiopia, reigning in the year 1530, became so cruel and tyrannized so
+much over his subjects that he incurred their universal hatred. At that
+time _Gradamet_, king of Zeyla, made war on Abyssinia, encouraged by the
+great enmity of the people against their sovereign, and perhaps secretly
+invited by some of the great lords of the kingdom. On entering into
+Abyssinia, and having reduced some towns and districts, Gradamet divided
+liberally the spoils among his warriors, among whom he had 300 Turkish
+arquebusseers, who formed the main strength of his army. He likewise
+enfranchised all the inhabitants of the towns through which he passed,
+exempting the inhabitants from the taxes and impositions they had to pay
+to their sovereign, by which he gained to his party all the common
+people, and even many of the principal nobles of the kingdom[281].
+
+[Footnote 281: Of the cruelties of David, several examples are given in
+the journal of Alvarez, such as the death of two _Betudetes_, the chief
+justice, two _Tigre mahons_ or governors of Tigre, and four
+_Barnagassoes_ or governors of the maritime country, in six years. This
+disposition increased with his years, and perhaps he intended to force
+some alteration in the religion of the country; which indeed
+sufficiently appears by his sending Alvarez and Bermudez as his
+ambassadors to the Pope.--_Purchas_.]
+
+King David sent an army against the king of Zeyla; but when the Turks
+began to shoot their calivers or arquebusses, among the Abyssinians, by
+which some of them were slain, they were seized with an universal panic
+and took flight. Proud of this victory, the king of Zeyla overrun the
+country, accompanied by a great number of Abyssinians, and advanced
+into that part of the south, towards Magadoxa and Melinda, where the
+vast treasures of the former kings of Abyssinia were secured on the top
+of an almost inaccessible mountain. Seeing every day the Abyssinians
+revolting to the Moors, David gathered a new army with which be marched
+against _Gradamet_ and joined battle, but was again completely defeated,
+chiefly, by means of the Turkish musqueteers: On which David withdrew to
+a strong post on a mountain, where in a few days he died, in the year
+1539. After this great victory Gradamet marched immediately to the
+mountain where the treasure was deposited, which he assaulted and took,
+gaining possession of the largest treasure that ever was known in the
+world. On the death of David, those of the nobles who had continued to
+adhere to him, elected his eldest son in his stead, who was a young man
+under age; and that nothing might be wanting to assist the ruin of the
+kingdom, already almost irrecoverably reduced by the Moors, another
+party of the nobles appointed a different son of the late king to
+succeed to the throne. In this hopeless condition of his affairs, the
+unfortunate youth, having to contend at the same time against foreign
+invasion and domestic division, withdrew for personal safety to the
+mountain of the Jews.
+
+In the interior of Abyssinia there is a very large and high mountain
+which can only be ascended by one very difficult path, and on its summit
+there is a large plain, having abundance of springs, with numerous
+cattle, and even some cultivation. The inhabitants of this mountain
+observe the law of Moses. Though I have carefully inquired, I could
+never learn how this people came into Abyssinia, and wherefore they have
+never descended from their mountain to mix with the other inhabitants of
+the country. The young king received a friendly entertainment from these
+Jews, who acknowledged him as their sovereign, and defended him against
+the king of Zeyla, who was unable to force his way up the mountain, and
+had to retire. About this time we arrived at Massua, which put the Moors
+in great fear, and inspired new courage into the hearts of the
+Abyssinians, insomuch that the young king left the mountain of the Jews
+and took up his quarters with his adherents in other mountains towards
+the sea coast and nearer to Massua, whence he wrote many pitiful and
+imploring letters for assistance, to which favourable answers were
+returned giving him hopes of succour. We proceeded on our expedition to
+Suez; and being returned again to Massua, it was ordained to send an
+auxiliary force of 500 men under a captain, which was accordingly done
+and we set sail on our way back to India. Since that time, I have not
+learnt any intelligence whatever respecting the affairs of
+Ethiopia[282].
+
+[Footnote 282: The circumstances and fate of this Portuguese expedition
+into Abyssinia will be found in the next chapter of this work.--E.]
+
+The Abyssinians are naturally ceremonious men, and full of points of
+honour. Their only weapons are darts, in which they figure to themselves
+the lance with which our Saviour was wounded, and the cross on which he
+died, though some wear short swords. They are very expert horsemen, but
+badly apparelled; and are much given to lying and theft. Among them
+riches are not computed by money, but by the possession of cattle and
+camels, yet gold is much valued. In their own country they are dastardly
+cowards, but in other countries valiant; insomuch that in India they say
+that a good _Lascarin_, or what we call a soldier, must be an
+Abyssinian; and they are so much esteemed in Ballagayat, Cambaya,
+Bengal, and other places, that they are always made captains and
+principal officers in the army. Their clothing is vile and poor. They
+wear linen shirts, and the great personages have a kind of upper garment
+called _Beden_. The vulgar people are almost quite naked. They eat
+_bollemus_ and raw flesh; or if held to the fire, it is so little done
+that the blood runs from it. In the whole land there are no cities or
+towns, so that they live in the field under tents and pavilions like the
+Arabs[283]. They pride themselves on believing that the queen of _Sheba_
+was of their country, alleging that she took shipping at _Massua_,
+though others say at _Swakem_, carrying with her jewels of great value
+when she went to Jerusalem to visit Solomon, making him great gifts, and
+returned with child by him.
+
+[Footnote 283: The word used here in the edition of Purchas is
+_Alarbes_.--E.]
+
+It is alleged in the history of Abyssinia, that when one of the Soldans
+of _Babylon_ in Egypt made war many years ago upon their emperor, he
+gathered a multitude of people and turned the course of the Nile, so
+that it might not run into Egypt[284]. The Soldan, amazed at this vast
+enterprize, which he believed would entirely ruin the land of Egypt,
+sent ambassadors with great gifts, and made peace with the emperor,
+giving a privilege to the Abyssinians to pass through his country
+without paying tribute, when on their way to visit the holy sepulchre at
+Jerusalem, and the shrine of St Catharine on Mount Sinai. Some learned
+Moors whom I conversed with while in the Red Sea confirmed the truth of
+this relation.
+
+[Footnote 284: According to Bermudez, this attempt was begun by _Ale
+Beale_, predecessor to _Onadinguel_ or _Atine-tingil_.--Astl.]
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Continuation of the Journal of De Castro from Massua to Swakem_.
+
+
+We set sail at sun-rising on the 19th of February from the bay which is
+half a league beyond Massua and half a league from the land. This day
+was very close and rainy, and numbering our fleet I found 64 rowing
+vessels; that is 3 galliots, eight small gallies, and 35 foists[285]. By
+night our north-west wind lulled, and it blew a little from the west. In
+the second watch it came on to rain; and in the middle of the morning
+watch we weighed anchor and rowed along shore till morning, during which
+time it rained hard. By evening of the 20th we were as far as the
+extreme point of the range of islands on the north side, about 14
+leagues from Massua. The coast from Massua hither stretched N.N.W. and
+S.S.E. for these 14 leagues, and in some of the islands which lay to
+seaward we knew that there were cattle and water, with some few poor
+dwellings. The distance from these islands to the African coast might be
+about four leagues. The islands in this range having cattle and water
+are _Harate_, _Dohull_, and _Damanill_, which are all low and surrounded
+with shoals and flats. All the first watch of the night, having the wind
+fair at east, we sailed N.N.W. At the beginning of the second watch we
+came suddenly to certain very white spots, which threw out flames like
+lightning. Wondering at this strange event, we took in our sails
+believing we were upon some banks or shoals; but on casting the lead I
+found 26 fathoms. As this great novelty to us made no impression on the
+native pilots, and being in deep water, we made sail again. On the 21st
+at day light, we saw off to seawards a low island of which the Moorish
+pilot had been afraid in the night. At day light on the 22nd we again
+set sail, and at noon my pilot took the altitude of the sun, and found
+our latitude 18 deg. 30' N. At this time we were abreast of a very long
+point of sand projecting from the main-land. After doubling this point,
+we found the sea very free, and sailed N.W. and by W. One hour after
+noon we came to a haven called _Marate_. All the coast on our left hand
+during this day stretched N.N.W. and S.S.E. the land by the sea shore
+being very low with not even a hillock; but within the land the
+mountains rise to such a height that they seem to reach the clouds.
+_Marate_ is a very low desert island and without water, 66 leagues
+beyond Massua, of a roundish figure, and a league and a half in circuit.
+It is about three leagues from the main, and on the S.W. side which
+fronts the Ethiopean coast it has a very good harbour, safe in all
+winds, especially those from the eastern points; as on this side two
+long points stretch out from the island east and west, one quarter N.W.
+and S.E. between which the land straitens much on both sides, forming a
+very great and hollow bosom or bay, in the mouth and front of which
+there is a long and very low island, and some sands and shoals, so that
+no sea can come in. This haven has two entries, one to the east and the
+other to the west, both near the points of the island which form the
+harbour. The channel on the _east_ stretches N. and S. one quarter N.W.
+and S.E. having three fathoms water in the shallowest place, after which
+it immediately deepens, and within the haven we have four and five
+fathoms near the shore, with a mud bottom. During the night the wind was
+from the east, but less than in the day, and we rode at anchor all
+night.
+
+[Footnote 285: The particular enumeration comes only to 46 vessels, so
+that the number of 64 in the text seems an oversight or
+transposition.--E.]
+
+At sunrise on the 23d of February, we set sail from the island and port
+of _Marate_, finding seven fathom water and a sandy bottom[286]. At
+eleven o'clock we came to two small islands far to seawards, one called
+_Darata_ and the other _Dolcofallar_[287], from whence to _Swakem_ is a
+days sail. From noon we sailed N.W. by W. till even-song time, when we
+entered the channel of _Swakem_, in which, after sailing a league N.W.
+we had certain shoals a-head, on which account we altered our course to
+W. one quarter N.W. and sometimes W. to keep free of these shoals. We
+continued in this course about three leagues, till we saw a great island
+a-head of us, when we immediately tacked towards the land, and came to
+an anchor between certain great _shoals of stone_ or sunken rocks,
+forming a good harbour named _Xabaque_[288], which in the Arabic means a
+net. It might be an hour before sunset when we came to anchor. This day
+my pilot took the sun at noon, and found our latitude _scarce_ 19 deg.
+N[289]. The shoals of Swakem are so many and so intermingled, that no
+picture or information were sufficient to understand them, much less to
+sail through among them; the islands, shoals, banks, rocks, and channels
+are so numerous and intricate. At the entrance among these shoals, there
+is to seaward a shoal under water on which the sea breaks very much, and
+to landward a small island, these two ranging N.E. and S.W. a quarter
+more E. and W. the distance between being three quarters of a league.
+Immediately on entering, the channel seemed large and spacious, and the
+farther we advanced so much more to seaward there appeared to us an
+infinite number of very flat islands, shoals, sand-banks and rocks, that
+they could not be reckoned. Towards the land side these were not so
+numerous; but it is the foulest and most unnavigable channel that ever
+was seen, in comparison with any other sea. What ought chiefly to be
+attended to in this channel, is always to keep nearer to the shoals that
+are to seawards, and as far as possible from those to landward. The
+breadth of this channel in some places is about half a league, in others
+a quarter, and in others less than a gun-shot. In the entry to this
+channel we had six fathoms, and from thence to the port of _Shabak_
+never less, and never more than 12. From the beginning of the shoals to
+_Shabak_ may be about five leagues, and their whole length eight or
+nine. We have then another channel, more secure for ships and great
+vessels; and we may likewise pass these shoals leaving them all to
+seaward, going very close to the main-land, which is the best and most
+pleasant way.
+
+[Footnote 286: Perhaps this refers to the _west_ channel of the harbour,
+though not so expressed in the text.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 287: Named Daratata and Dolkefallar in Astley.]
+
+[Footnote 288: More properly Shabak.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 289: Purchas in a side-note makes this the latitude of the
+harbour of _Xabaque_; but it is obvious that they had sailed a long way
+between noon, when the altitude was taken, and an hour before sunset,
+when they entered the harbour.--E.]
+
+On the 24th, at sunrise, we set sail from the port of _Shabak_, and
+rowed by so narrow a channel that our fleet had to follow each other in
+single line a-head, being only about a cross-bow shot over in the widest
+parts. In this narrow channel we were never more than a cannon shot from
+the main-land, and sometimes little more than a cross-bow shot; having
+shoals, rocks and banks on every side of us, all under water, yet we had
+always sufficient indications to avoid them; as wherever they lay, the
+water over them appeared very red or very green, and where neither of
+these colours appeared we were sure of the clearest channel, the water,
+being there dark. Continuing by this channel among so many difficulties,
+we came to anchor at half an hour past eleven at a little low round
+island, in lat. 19 deg. N. In this latitude Ptolomy places the mountain of
+the _Satyrs_[290]. Of this mountain the native pilots had no knowledge;
+but going about half a league into the land, I found the footsteps of so
+many kind of beasts, and such great flocks of _pianets_[291] as was
+wonderful. All these tracks came till they set their feet in the sea,
+and they occupied, the greatest part of the field. I believe the fable
+of the _Satyrs_ to have arisen from thence, and that they were said to
+inhabit these hills and mountains. It is to be noted that in the channel
+of four leagues from the harbour of _Shabak_ to this island, the water
+is never less than two and a half fathoms nor deeper than eleven, and
+also that the tide at this island does not ebb and flow above half a
+yard. It begins to flow as soon as the moon begins to ascend towards the
+horizon, in the same order as already mentioned respecting Socotora.
+
+[Footnote 290: This mountain of the Satyrs may more properly be
+generally referred to the high range of mountains on this part of the
+coast, perhaps from abounding in the baboon called Simia Satyrus, or the
+Mandrill.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 291: I know not what to make of the _pianets_; but the
+footsteps of beasts reaching to the edge of the water may probably refer
+to amphibious animals, while the flocks of pianets may have been
+water-fowl of some kind.--E.]
+
+The 26th at sunrise we departed from the island, rowing along a reef of
+rocks that ran between us and the land to which it was almost parallel,
+all the sea between it and the land being full of shoals and banks; but
+to seawards there were neither shoals nor banks nor any other
+impediment. At nine o'clock we came to anchor at a small island
+encompassed by many flats and shoals, where there was a good haven. This
+island was a league and a half from that we left in the morning, and 5
+leagues short of _Swakem_. The 27th at sunrise, we set sail from this
+second island, and two hours within the night we came to anchor a league
+and a half farther on in 28 fathoms water. The 28th we _bridled_ our
+oars and set sail. At nine o'clock we anchored about two leagues from
+the land in 23 fathoms, on soft sand, like ouze or mud. This morning we
+found some shoals under water, but the sea always shewed itself very
+green or red over them. Two hours after noon we set sail again, and
+anchored at night in 37 fathoms on a sandy bottom, hard by an island a
+league and a half short of Swakem. The coast runs N.N.W. and S.S.E.
+having all along a shoal which extends near half a league into the sea.
+This land differs in nothing from that formerly described. The 1st March
+1541, departing from this anchorage, and having doubled a point of land
+made by the shoal, we approached the land inwards by a channel, and came
+to anchor in the haven of the city of _Swakem_.
+
+_Swakem_ was called by the ancients the port of _Aspi_, as may be seen
+in the _third_ table of Africa by Ptolemy. At this day it is one of the
+richest cities in the East[292]. It is situated within the Arabian Gulf
+or Red Sea, on the coast of _Ethiopia sub Egypto_, now called the land
+and coast of the _Abexii_ or Abyssinians. Among famous places, this may
+be reckoned equal or superior to them all in _four_ things. The _first_
+is the goodness and safety of the haven. The _second_ in the facility
+and good service for lading and unlading ships. The _third_ in its
+traffic with very strange and remote people of various manners and
+customs. The _fourth_ in the strength and situation of the city. As
+touching the goodness and security of the port I shall first speak.
+Nature hath so formed this port that no storm from the sea can enter it
+in any direction. Within the haven the sea is so quiet, and runs so
+insensibly, that scarcely can we perceive it to have any tide. The
+ground is mud. The road in all places has five or six fathoms, and seven
+in some places; and is so large that two hundred ships may ride
+commodiously at anchor, besides rowing-vessels without number. The water
+is so clear that you may plainly perceive the bottom; and where that is
+not seen the depth is at least ten or twelve fathoms. The ships can be
+laden or unladen all round the city, merely by laying a plank from them
+into the warehouses of the merchants; while gallies fasten themselves to
+stones at the doors of the houses, laying their prows over the quays as
+so many bridges. Now touching the trade and navigation of this port
+with many sorts of people, and with strange and remote countries, I know
+not what city can compare with it except Lisbon: as this city trades
+with all India, both on this side and beyond the Ganges; with _Cambaya_,
+_Tanacerim_, _Pegu_, _Malacca_; and within the Straits with _Jiddah_,
+_Cairo_, and _Alexandria_. From all Ethiopia and Abyssinia it procures
+great quantities of gold and ivory. As to the strength and situation of
+this city enough can hardly be said; since to come to it, the
+inconveniences, difficulties, and dangers are so great, that it seems
+almost impossible: as for fifteen leagues about, the shoals, flats,
+islands, channels, rocks, banks, and sands, and surges of the sea, are
+so many and intricate that they put the sailors in great fear and almost
+in despair. The situation of the city is this: In the middle of a great
+nook or bay, is a perfectly flat island almost level with the sea and
+exactly round, being about a quarter, of a league in circuit, upon which
+the city of _Swakem_ is built; not one foot of ground on the whole
+island but is replenished with houses and inhabitants, so that the whole
+island, is a city. On two sides this insular city comes within a
+bow-shot of the main land, that is on the E.S.E. and S.W. sides, but all
+the rest is farther from the land. The road, haven, or bay surrounds the
+city on every side to the distance of a cross-bow shot, in all of which
+space, ships may anchor in six or seven fathoms on a mud bottom. All
+around this bay there is a great shoal; so that the deep water is from
+the edge of the city all round to the distance of a bow-shot, and all
+beyond is full of shoals. In this bay there are three other islands on
+the land side to the north-west. The two which lie farthest in are
+small, but that nearest to the channel is about as large as the city.
+Between this island and the main sea, there is a large and very long
+channel, having seven fathoms water, all along which a great navy might
+safely ride at anchor, without any danger of annoyance from the city,
+whence only their masts could be seen. When the moon appears in the
+horizon it is full sea, and as the moon advances it ebbs till the moon
+comes to the meridian, when it is dead low water; and thence it begins
+again to flow till the moon sets, when it is again full sea. The entire
+ebb and flow of the sea at this city does not exceed a quarter of a
+yard. The most that it rises along the coast is a yard and a half, and
+in some places less than three quarters of a yard. But when I made this
+observation it was neap tide.
+
+[Footnote 292: This is to be understood of 1541, when visited by De
+Castro. Since the Turkish conquest, Mokha and other places have greater
+trade.--_Purch_.]
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Continuation of the Voyage from Swakem to Comol_.
+
+
+We remained in the haven of Swakem from the 1st to the 9th of March
+1541, when an hour before sunset we weighed from before the city, and
+anchored for the night at the mouth of the channel. We weighed again on
+the 10th, and came again to anchor at night, when the dew was
+wonderfully great. On the 11th it blew a storm from the north, so
+violent that it raised great mountains of sand along the sea coast,
+after which it dispersed them, and the air remained obscured by the sand
+as if it had been a great mist or smoke. We remained at anchor all this
+day, and on the 12th we left this channel two leagues beyond _Swakem_,
+and being without the channel we made sail. About a league and a half
+from the coast there were so many rocks, shoals, and flats, on which the
+sea continually broke, that we had to take in our sails and row for
+three hours, till we got beyond these shoals, after which we again made
+sail. At evening we came to anchor within the bank by a very narrow
+channel, a league beyond that we had been last in, and three leagues
+from Swakem, but the channel within the entrance was large, with clean
+ground, and perfectly secure in all winds.
+
+The 13th we went out of this channel an hour before day, and about a
+cannon-shot to seaward we saw a long range of shoals with broken water,
+seeming to stretch in the same direction with the coast. At eleven
+o'clock the wind turned to the N.N.W. and as our course was N.W. we were
+unable to make way, and had to fasten our vessels to the rocks on these
+shoals, where we lay about three hours. About two o'clock afternoon the
+wind freshened at N.N.E. and we made sail N.W. But coming to the bank
+landward, we took in our sails and rowed into a channel within the bank,
+where we came to anchor. This channel is very narrow and winding, being
+about seven leagues beyond Swakem, whence the coast to this place runs
+N. and S. and then N. by W. and S. by E. I went ashore on the 15th to
+observe the order and flowing of the tide, and found it was full sea
+when the moon was two hours past the meridian, and was dead ebb two
+hours after the moon set. I found likewise that the ebb and flow of the
+tide at this place was 22 cubits[293]. The 16th we left this channel,
+with the wind at north, and cast anchor half a league out at sea. The
+17th we entered a very good harbour named _Dradate_ or _Tradate_, the
+coast from Swakem here winding N. by W. and S. by E. distance 10
+leagues. The land behind the shore is all very low in that space, but
+three leagues back from the coast it rises into great and high
+mountains. This harbour of _Tradate_, in lat. 19 deg. 50' N. 10 leagues
+beyond Swakem, is one of the best in the world. The entrance is about a
+falcon-shot across, and grows narrower inwards, but has 20 fathoms water
+in its whole length with a mud bottom; and a quarter of a league within
+the land there is a famous watering-place at certain wells, where is the
+best water and in greatest plenty of any place on all these coasts. The
+19th we sailed at day-light, and advanced 3-1/2 leagues that day, having
+many shoals to seaward of us, and the coast for these 3-1/2 leagues
+trended N. and S. On the 20th at sunrise the wind blew from the N. and
+the sea was rough, for which reason we had to seek shelter within the
+shoal, entering by a very narrow and difficult channel. After we were
+in, the wind came N.N.E. and we remained all day at anchor. The 21st we
+left the shoal with fine weather, the wind being at W.N.W. and sailed N.
+keeping about half a league from the land; and an hour after sunrise we
+came to a long and fair point of land called by Ptolomy the _promontory
+of Diogenes_. On the north side of this point is a large fine bay named
+_Doroo_, and at the extremity of this long bare point there is a large
+round tower like a pillar. At the entrance of this harbour or channel
+there are six fathoms water, which diminishes gradually inwards to
+three. The ground is hard clay, and the bay is very large with many
+creeks and nooks within, and many islands; many of these creeks
+penetrating deep into the main-land, so that in every place there may be
+many vessels hidden without being observed from the other branches of
+the harbour. A quarter of a league off to sea from the mouth of this
+harbour there is a shoal which defends it completely from the admission
+of any sea, as this shoal is above water, and has no passage except by
+the entrance already mentioned, which trends E. by N. and W. by S. A
+cannon-shot from this bay there is a great well, but the water is very
+brackish.
+
+[Footnote 293: Considering the very small rise and fall of the tide at
+Swakem, the text in this place ought perhaps only to have been
+_inches_.--E.]
+
+On the 22d we left this harbour of Doroo at day light, proceeding by
+means of our oars, and found the sea very full of rocks, so that
+escaping from some we got foul of others, and at half past ten o'clock
+we had to fasten our vessels to the rocks. Proceeding onwards, we got
+towards evening in with the land, and having doubled a point we entered
+a very large bay named _Fuxaa_, or _Fushaa_, three leagues and a half
+beyond _Doroo_, the coast between stretching N. and E. with a tendency
+towards N.W. and S.E. This bay of _Fushaa_ is remarkable by a very high
+sharp peaked hill, in lat. 20 15' N. In the very mouth of the harbour
+there are two very low points, lying N. by E. and S. by W. from each
+other, distant a league and half. As no great sea can enter here it is a
+very good harbour, having 10 and 12 fathoms water on a mud bottom,
+diminishing inwards to five fathoms. Along the land within the bay on
+the south side there are nine small islands in a row, and in other
+places there are some scattered islets, all very low and encompassed by
+shoals. The land at this bay is very dry and barren, and it has no
+water.
+
+On the 25th we continued along the coast, having many rocks to seawards
+about a league off; and at ten o'clock we entered a very large harbour
+named _Arekea_, four leagues beyond _Fushaa_, the coast between running
+N. and S. with some tendence to N.W. and S.E. _Arekea_, the strongest
+and most defensible harbour I have ever seen, is 22 leagues beyond
+_Swakem_. In ancient times it was called _Dioscori_ according to Pliny.
+In the middle of the entry to this port there is a considerable island,
+about a cross-bow shot in length and breadth, having a bank or shoal
+running from it on the south side to the main land, so shallow that
+nothing can pass over it. But on the north side of this island the
+channel is about a cross-bow shot in breadth and 15 fathoms deep,
+running N.W. and S.E. and on both sides this channel is very shallow and
+full of rocks, the fair way being in the middle. This channel is about a
+gun-shot in length, after which the coasts on both sides recede and form
+within a large fine and secure harbour, about a league long and half a
+league broad, deep in the middle but full of shoals near the land, and
+it hath no fresh water. At this place it was agreed to send back all the
+ships to Massua, and to proceed with only sixteen small gallies or row
+boats.
+
+Arrangements being accordingly formed, we set sail from _Arekea_ on the
+30th at noon, and came to an anchor in a port called _Salaka_ four
+leagues beyond _Arekea_ and 96 from _Swakem_, the coast trending N. and
+S. with a slight deviation to N.E. and S.W. The land next the sea has
+many risings or hillocks, behind which there are high mountains. It must
+be noted that all the land from Arekea onwards close behind the shore
+puts on this uneven appearance, whereas before that it was all plain,
+till in the inland it rises in both into high mountains. The 31st we
+sailed from _Salaka_, and an hour before sunset we made fast to the
+rocks of a shoal a league from the land and 17 leagues from _Salaka_,
+being 43 leagues from Swakem. From the port of _Salaka_ the coast begins
+to wind very much; and from _Raseldoaer_ or _Ras al Dwaer_, it runs very
+low to the N.N.E. ending in a sandy point where there are 13 little
+hillocks or knobs of stone, which the Moorish pilots said were graves.
+From this _point of the Calmes_[294] about two leagues, the coast
+runneth N.N.W. to a shoal which is 43 leagues from _Swakem_. This point
+is the most noted in all these seas, as whoever sails from _Massua_,
+_Swakem_, and other places for _Jiddah_, _Al Cossir_, and _Toro_, must
+necessarily make this point. The sea for the last seventeen leagues is
+of such a nature that no rules or experience can suffice for sailing it
+in safety, so that the skilful as well as the unskilful must pass it at
+all hazards, and save themselves as it were by chance, for it is so full
+of numerous and great shoals, so interspersed everywhere with rocks, and
+so many and continual banks, that it seems better fitted for being
+travelled on foot than sailed even in small boats. In the space between
+_Salaka_ and _Ras-al-Dwaer_, but nearer to the latter, there are three
+islands forming a triangle, the largest of which is called _Magarzawn_,
+about two leagues long and very high ground, but has no water. This
+island bears N. and S. with _Ras-al-Dwaer_ distant three leagues. The
+second island lies considerably out to sea, and is called _Al Mante_,
+and is high land without water; the third island is all sand and quite
+low, being four leagues from _Salaka_ towards _Ras-al-Dwaer_, but I did
+not learn its name.
+
+[Footnote 294: Meaning perhaps the sandy point near Ras-al-Dwaer. This
+paragraph is very obscure, and seems to want something, omitted perhaps
+by the abbreviator.--Astl.]
+
+On the 2d of April 1541, casting loose from the before-mentioned shoal,
+which is 43 leagues beyond _Swakem_, we rowed along the coast, and
+entered a river called _Farate_, about four leagues from the shoal;
+whence setting our sails we got into a fine haven a league from thence
+called _Kilfit_. All this day we saw no rocks to landward, but there was
+a shoal to seaward. _Farate_ is a large and fair river, the mouth of
+which is in lat. 21 deg.40' N. Its mouth is formed by two low points about a
+gun-shot apart, from each of which a shoal stretches towards the middle,
+where only there is any passage. The river runs from the west to the
+east, having very low land on both sides, without either tree or shrub
+or bush of any kind. At the entrance it is 30 fathoms deep, and from
+thence diminishes to 18 fathoms. _Kilfit_ is a fine harbour and very
+safe, as when once in, no wind whatever need be feared. There are at the
+entry two very low points bearing N.W. 1/4 N. and S.E. 1/4 S. distant
+near a quarter of a league. It is rather more than three leagues in
+circuit, and every part of it is safe anchorage, having 12 fathoms water
+throughout; the shore is however rocky. This harbour is rather more than
+a league from the river of _Farate_, between which is a range of
+mountains, one of which is higher than the others. We left _Kilfit_ on
+the 3d, an hour before day, and rowed along the coast till an hour
+before sunset, when we anchored in a haven called _Ras al Jidid_, or the
+new cape, about nine leagues from _Kilfit_. This day we saw a few shoals
+to seawards, but fewer than before. Two leagues from _Kilfit_ there is a
+very good haven named _Moamaa_; and from the _point of the shrubs_ to
+another very long sandy point, about two leagues distant, before the
+port of _Ras-al-Jidid_, the coast runs N. and S. with a small deviation
+to the N.W. and S.E. the distance being about three and a half
+leagues[295]. _Ras-al-Jidid_[296] is a small but very pleasant haven, 57
+leagues beyond Swakem, and so exactly circular that it resembles a great
+cauldron. There are two points at its entrance bearing N. and S. and on
+the inside the eastern winds only can do harm. All the ground is very
+clean, having 18 fathoms at the mouth and 13 within; and half a league
+inland there is a well of water, though not very plentiful, and
+bitterish. This port is a large half league in circuit. It is a
+singularity in all the rivers or harbours which I have seen on this
+coast, that they have no bars or banks at their mouths, which are
+generally deeper than within. On the land round this port, I found
+certain trees which in their trunk and bark resembled cork-trees, but
+very different in all other respects. Their leaves were very large,
+wonderfully thick, and of a deep green, crossed with large veins. They
+were then in flower, and their flowers in the bud resembled the flowers
+of the mallow when in that state: But such as were opened were white,
+and like the white cockle. On cutting a bough or leaf there run out a
+great stream of milk, as from the dug of a goat. On all this coast I saw
+no other trees, except a grove a little beyond Massua, in some marshy
+ground near the sea. Besides these trees, there are some valleys inland
+producing a few capers, the leaves of which are eaten by the Moors, _who
+say they be appropriate to the joynts_. On the 4th of April, from
+sunrise till eleven o'clock, the wind blew a storm from the N.W. after
+which there was much and loud thunder, accompanied with hail, the stones
+being the largest I ever saw. With the thunder the wind veered about to
+every point of the compass, and at last it settled in the north. This
+day I carried my instruments on shore, when I found the variation 1-1/4
+degree north-east[297], and the latitude by many observations 22 deg. N.
+Though these observations were made on shore with great care, so that I
+never stirred the instrument when once set till the end of my
+observations, I am satisfied there must be some error; because the great
+heat cracked the plate of ivory in the middle, so that there remained a
+great cleft as thick as a _gold portague_. On the 6th, an hour before
+day, we weighed from the port of _Ras-al-Jidid_, and advanced about
+three and a half leagues. The 7th in the morning, the wind blew fresh at
+N.W. and we rowed to the shore, where at eight o'clock we fastened our
+barks to certain stones of a shoal or reef, lying before a long point
+which hereafter I shall name _Starta_. We went in this space about three
+leagues. About noon we made sail and proceeded in our voyage, but in no
+small doubts, as we saw on both sides of our course a prodigious number
+of shelves; we were therefore obliged to take in our sails and use our
+oars, by means of which we came about sunset to a good haven named
+_Comol_, in which we anchored.
+
+[Footnote 295: This paragraph is likewise obscurely worded, and is
+perhaps left imperfect by the abbreviator.--Astl.]
+
+[Footnote 296: In some subsequent passages this harbour is called
+Igidid, probably to distinguish it from the point of Ras-al-Jidid.--Astl.]
+
+[Footnote 297: It is therefore probable that in all the bearings set
+down in this voyage, when applied to practice, either for the uses of
+geography or navigation, this allowance of 1-1/4 too much to the east
+ought to be deducted.--E.]
+
+From a point two leagues beyond the harbour of _Igidid_, or
+_Ras-al-Jidid_, to another very long and flat point may be about four
+leagues, these two points bearing N.W. and S.E. between which there is a
+large bay; within which towards the long point at the N.W. is a deep
+haven so close on all sides that it is safe from every wind. This point
+is an island; from which circumstance and its latitude it seems
+certainly the island named _Starta_ by Ptolomy. From thence to a great
+point of land over the harbour of _Comol_ the distance may be five
+leagues; these two points bearing N.W. by W. and S.E. by E. and between
+them is a large fair bay. From the port of _Igidid_ till half a league
+short of the harbour of _Comol_, the land close to the shore is all
+raised in small hills very close together, behind which, about a league
+farther inland, are very high mountains rising into many high and sharp
+peaks; and as we come nearer to _Comol_ these hills approach the sea,
+and in coming within half a league of _Comol_ they are close to the
+shore. Comol is eleven leagues beyond _Igidid_, and 68 from Swakem, and
+is in lat. 22 deg. 30' N. This port is in the second bay, very near the face
+of the point which juts out from the coast on the north-west side of
+this second bay. Though not large, the port of _Comol_ is very secure,
+as towards the seaward it has certain reefs or shoals above water which
+effectually defend it from all winds. The land around it is very plain
+and pleasant, and is inhabited by many _Badwis_[298]. The north-west
+point which ends the bay and covers this port is very long and fair,
+being all low and level, being what was named by Ptolomy the promontory
+of _Prionoto_ in his _third_ table of Africa, since the great mountains
+which range along the whole of this coast end here.
+
+[Footnote 298: Named _Badois_ in the edition of Purchas, but certainly
+the _Badwis_ or _Bedouins_, signifying the _People of the Desert_, being
+the name by which the Arabs who dwell in tents are distinguished from
+those who inhabit towns.--Astl.].
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Continuation of the Voyage from the Harbour of Comol to Toro or Al
+Tor._
+
+
+Three hours after midnight of the 7th April 1541[299], we left the
+harbour of _Comol_, using our oars for a small way, and then hoisting
+sail we proceeded along the coast; but an hour before day-light some of
+our barks struck upon certain rocks and shoals, on which we again struck
+sails and took to our oars till day-light. At day-light, being then the
+8th, we came to a spacious bay, of which to the north and north-west we
+could see no termination, neither any cape or head-land in that
+direction. We accordingly sailed forwards in that open sea or bay, but
+which had so many shoals on each side that it was wonderful we could
+make _any profit of a large wind;_ for, _now going roamour, and now upon
+a tack_, sometimes in the way and sometimes out of it, there was no way
+for us to take certain and quiet[300]. About sunset we came to a very
+great shelf or reef, and fastening our barks to its rocks we remained
+there for the night. The morning of the 9th being clear, we set sail
+from this shelf, and took harbour within a great shelf called
+_Shaab-al-Yadayn_[301]. After coming to anchor, we noticed an island to
+seaward, called _Zemorjete_. This port and shelf trend N.E. by E. and
+S.W. by W. From the _cape of the mountains_[302], to another cape beyond
+it on which there are a quantity of shrubs or furzes; the coast runs
+N.E. by N. and S.W. by S. the distance between these capes being about
+three and a half or four leagues. From this last point the coast of the
+great bay or nook winds inwards to the west, and afterwards turns out
+again, making a great circuit with many windings, and ends in a great
+and notable point called _Ras-al-Nashef_, or the dry cape, called by
+Ptolomy the promontory _Pentadactilus_ in his _third_ table of Africa.
+The island _Zemorjete_ is about eight leagues E. from this cape; and
+from that island, according to the Moorish pilots, the two shores of the
+gulf are first seen at one time, but that of Arabia is a great deal
+farther off than the African coast. This island, which is very high and
+barren, is named _Agathon_ by Ptolomy. It has another very small island
+close to it, which is not mentioned in Ptolomy. Now respecting the shelf
+_Shaab-al-Yadayn_, it is to be noted that it is a great shelf far to
+seaward of the northern end of the great bay, all of it above water,
+like two extended arms with their hands wide open, whence its Arabic
+name which signifies _shelf of the hands_. The port of this shelf is to
+landward, as on that side it winds very much, so as to shut up the haven
+from all winds from the sea. This haven and cape _Ras-al-Nashef_ bear
+from each other E.S.E. and W.S.W. distant about four leagues.
+
+[Footnote 299: In our mode of counting time, three in the morning of the
+8th.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 300: This nautical language is so different from that of the
+present day as to be almost unintelligible. They appear to have sailed
+in a winding channel, in which the wind was sometimes scant, sometimes
+large and sometimes contrary; so that occasionally they had to tack or
+turn to windward. The strange word _roamour_, which has occurred once
+before, may be conjectured to mean that operation in beating to
+windward, in which the vessel sails contrary to the direction of her
+voyage, called in ordinary nautical language the short leg of the
+tack.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 301: Signifying in Arabic the shelf of the two hands.--Astl.]
+
+[Footnote 302: Probably that just before named _Prionoto_ from Ptolomy,
+and called cape of the mountains, because the Abyssinian mountains there
+end.--E.]
+
+At sunrise on the 10th we set sail to the N.N.E. the wind being fresh
+and the sea appearing clear and navigable. When about half a league from
+the point we saw, as every one thought, a ship under sail, but on
+drawing nearer it was a white rock in the sea, which we were told
+deceives all navigators as it did us. After this we stood N. by E. By
+nine o'clock we reached an island named _Connaka_, and passed between it
+and the main-land of Africa. This island is small and barren, about half
+a league in circuit, and is about a league and a half from the main. It
+resembles a vast crocodile with its legs stretched out, and is a noted
+land-mark among navigators. _Connaka_ and _Zamorjete_ bear from each
+other N.W. by W. and S.E. by E. distant about six small leagues. About
+half an hour past ten, we reached a very long point of sand stretching
+far out to sea, called _Ras-al-nef_, which signifies in Arabic the point
+or cape of the nose. There is no nigh land whatever about this cape, but
+a vast plain field without tree or any green thing, and in the very face
+of the point stands a great temple without any other buildings, and on
+each side of it is a very clear sandy coast in manner of a bay. This
+cape of _Ras-al-nef_ is famous among navigators, as all their trouble
+and danger ends on reaching it, when they consider themselves at home
+and secure. We continued our course from this cape along the coast with
+the wind at S.E. At noon my pilot took the altitude, and found our
+latitude 24 deg. 10' N. at which time we were beyond _Ras-al-nef_ about
+three leagues, whence the latitude of that cape is 24 deg. N. From this it
+appears that the ancient city of _Berenice_ was built upon this cape
+_Ras-al-nef_ as Ptolomy places it on this coast under the tropic of
+_Cancer_, making the greatest declination of the sun at this place
+almost 23 deg. 50'. Likewise Pliny says that at Berenice the sun at noon in
+the summer solstice gives no shadow to the _gnomon_, by which that city
+appears to have stood under the tropic.[303]
+
+[Footnote 303: It may be presumed that the position given by Ptolomy is
+merely accidental, resulting from computed distances; and Pliny only
+speaks from the authority of Ptolomy. In all probability _Al Kossir_, to
+be afterwards mentioned, is the _Berenice_ of the ancients.--Astl.]
+
+Half an hour before sunset, we came to an island called _Shwarit_, but
+passing onwards a quarter of a league we came to some shelves of sand
+and others of rock, and anchored between them in a good harbour called
+_Sial_. These shelves and this port are 103 leagues beyond _Swakem_. On
+these shelves we saw a much greater quantity of sea-fowl than had been
+seen in any part of the Red Sea. From _Ras-al-Nashef_ to the island of
+_Shwarit_ may be between 16 and 17 leagues. After passing Cape
+_Ras-al-Nashef_, or the N.W. point of the great bay, the coast winds
+very much, running into the land, and pushing out again a very long
+point of land called _Ras-al-nef_, which two points bear from each other
+N.E. and S.W. almost 1/4 more N. and S. distant about six leagues large.
+From _Ras-al-nef_ forwards, the coast winds directly to the N.W. till we
+come to _Swarit_, the distance being between 10 and 11 leagues. In this
+distance the sea is only in three places foul with shoals; _first_ to
+seaward of the island of _Connaka_, where there is a large fair shoal
+rising above water in a great ridge of large rocks; and running a long
+way toward the land; the _second_ place is at the island of _Shwarit_,
+as both to the east and west of this island great shoals and flats
+stretch towards the main-land, so as apparently to shut up the sea
+entirely between that island and the main; the _third_ is at this
+harbour of _Sial_ where we anchored, where the sea is studded thick with
+innumerable shoals and flats, so that no part remains free. The island
+of Shwarit is a gun-shot in length and nearly as much in breadth, all
+low land, with a great green bush in the middle, and opposite to its
+east side there is a great rock like an island. _Shwarit_ is little more
+than half a league from the main-land.
+
+From _Swakem_ all the way to _Ras-al-nef_, the countries are all
+inhabited by _Badwis_ or _Bedouins_, who follow the law of Mahomet, and
+from _Ras-al-nef_, upwards to _Suez_ and the end of this sea, the coast
+all belongs to Egypt, the inhabitants of which dwell between the coast
+of the Red Sea and the river Nile. Cosmographers in general call the
+inhabitants of both these regions _Ethiopians_. Ptolomy calls them
+Egyptian Arabs: Pomponius Mela and other cosmographers name them in
+general Arabs; but we ought to follow Ptolomy, as he was the prince of
+cosmographers. These Egyptian Arabs, who inhabit the whole country from
+the mountains to the sea, are commonly called _Bedwis_ or _Bedouins_, of
+whose customs and manner of life we shall treat in another place.
+
+We took in our sails on the 11th of April, and proceeded on our way by
+rowing. At nine o'clock we entered a great bay called _Gadenauhi_[304],
+about 4 leagues from _Sial_, the coast between trending N.W. and S.E.
+rather more to the N. and S. The land over the sea, which for some
+way had the appearance of a wall or trench, becomes now very mountainous
+and _doubled_, shewing so many mountains and so close that it was
+wonderful. The port or bay of _Gadenauhi_ is 107 leagues beyond
+_Swakem_, in lat. 24 deg. 40' N. It was low water _one hour after high
+noon_[305], and full sea when the moon rose above the horizon; and as
+the moon ascended it began to ebb, till the moon was an hour past the
+meridian, when it began to flow, and was full sea an hour after the moon
+set. By night the wind was N.W. Two or three hours after midnight we
+departed from _Gadenauhi_ prosecuting our voyage. In passing between the
+shoal which comes from the N.W. point of the bay and the island of
+_Bahuto_, we stuck fast upon the shoal, and were much troubled,
+believing ourselves in a net or cul-de-sac; but we had no hurt or
+danger, and presently got into the right channel and rowed along shore,
+against the wind at N.W. till day. The 12th we rowed along shore, and
+came an hour after sunrise into a haven called _Xarmeelquiman_ or
+_Skarm-al-Kiman_, meaning in the Arabic a cleft or opening in the
+mountains. This is a small but excellent harbour, 1-1/2 league beyond
+_Gadenauhi_, and 108 leagues beyond _Swakem_, very much like the port of
+_Igidid_.
+
+[Footnote 304: Perhaps _Wad-annawi_.--Astl.]
+
+[Footnote 305: This strange expression, as connected with the tide which
+is dependent on the moon, may possibly mean when the moon was in
+opposition to the north; or mid-way between her setting and rising.--]
+
+The 12th of April we set sail along shore, the wind being fresher, and
+more large, at E.S.E. About noon it blew very hard with such impetuous
+gusts that it drove the sands of the coast very high, raising them up
+to the heavens in vast whirls like great smokes. About evening when the
+barks draw together, the wind was entirely calm to some, while others a
+little behind or before, or more towards the land or the sea, had it
+still so violent that they could not carry sail, the distance between
+those becalmed and those having the wind very fresh, being often no more
+than a stones throw. Presently after, the wind would assail those before
+becalmed, while those that went very swift were left in a calm. Being
+all close together, this seemed as if done in sport. Some of these gales
+came from the E. and E.N.E. so hot and scorching that they seemed like
+flames of fire. The sand raised by these winds went sometimes one way
+and sometimes another; and we could sometimes see one cloud or pillar of
+sand driven in three or four different directions before it fell down.
+These singular changes would not have been wonderful among hills; but
+were very singular where we were at such a distance from the coast. When
+these winds assailed us in this manner we were at a port named _Shaona_,
+or _Shawna_; and going on in this manner, sometimes hoisting and at
+other times striking our sails, sometimes laughing at what we saw, and
+other times in dread, we went on till near sunset, when we entered a
+port named _Gualibo_,[306] signifying in Arabic the port of trouble,
+having advanced this day and part of the former night about 13 leagues.
+
+[Footnote 306: Perhaps _Kalabon_.--Astl.]
+
+From _Gadenauhi_ to a port named _Shakara_ which is encompassed by a
+very red hill, the coast trends N.W. by N. and S.E. by S. the distance
+about 10 leagues; and from this red hill to a point about a league
+beyond _Gualibo_, the coast runs N.N.W. and S.S.E. distance about 6
+leagues. In these 16 leagues, the coast is very clear, only that a
+league beyond the Red Hill there is a shoal half a large league from the
+land. In these 16 leagues there are many excellent ports, more numerous
+than I have ever seen in so short a space. At one of these named
+_Shawna_, which is very large, the Moors and native inhabitants say
+there formerly stood a famous city of the gentiles, which I believe to
+have been that named _Nechesia_ by Ptolomy in his third book of Africa.
+Along the sea there runs a long range of great hills very close together
+and doubling on each other, and far inland behind these great mountains
+are seen to rise above them. In this range there are two mountains
+larger than the rest, or even than any on the whole coast, one of which
+is black as though it had been burnt, and the other is yellow, and
+between them are great heaps of sand. From the black mountain inwards I
+saw an open field in which were many large and tall trees with spreading
+tops, being the first I had seen on the coast that seemed planted by
+man; for those a little beyond Massua are of the kind pertaining to
+marshes on the borders of the sea or of rivers; as those at the port of
+_Sharm-al-Kiman_ and at the harbour of _Igidid_ are wild and pitiful,
+naked and dry, without boughs or fruit. These two mountains are about
+two leagues short of the port of _Sharm-al-Kiman_. _Gualibo_, which is
+122 leagues beyond Swakem, is very like the port of _Sharm-al-Kiman_;
+except that the one is environed by many mountains, while the land round
+the other is an extensive plain. The entry to this port is between
+certain rocks or shoals on which the sea breaks with much force, but the
+entry is deep and large. After sunrise on the 13th we left the port of
+_Gualibo_, and as the wind was strong at N.W. making a heavy sea, we
+rowed along shore, and at ten in the morning went into a port named
+_Tuna_, a league and half beyond _Gualibo_. _Tuna_ is a small foul
+haven, beyond Swakem 123 leagues and a half, in lat. 25 deg. 30' N. The
+entrance is between rocks, and within it is so much encumbered with
+shoals and rocks that it is a small and sorry harbour; but round the
+point forming the north side of this harbour, there is a good haven and
+road-stead against the wind at N.W. the land round it being barren sand.
+To the N.W. of this there are three sharp mountains of rock, as if to
+indicate the situation of the harbour. One hour before sunset we
+fastened ourselves to a shoal a league beyond _Tuna_. This coast, from a
+league beyond _Gualibo_, to another point a league and a half beyond
+this shoal, trends N.N.W. and S.S.E distance four leagues.
+
+The 14th April we rowed along shore, the sea running very high so as to
+distress the rowers; but beating up against wind and sea till past noon,
+we came into a fine bay, in the bottom of which we came to anchor in an
+excellent haven. This day and night we went about 5 leagues, and were
+now about 129 leagues beyond Swakem. For these five leagues the coast
+extends N.W. and S.E. the land within the coast being in some places low
+and plain, while it is mountainous in others. By day-light on the 15th
+we were a league short of _Al Kossir_, which we reached an hour and
+half after sunrise, and cast anchor in the harbour. During the past
+night and the short part of this day we had advanced about seven
+leagues, the coast extending N.N.W. and S.S.E. According to Pliny, in
+the sixth book of his Natural History, and Ptolomy in his third book of
+Africa, this place of _Al Kossir_ was anciently named _Phioteras_[307].
+All the land from hence to _Arsinoe_, at the northern extremity of the
+Red Sea, was anciently called _Enco_. This place is about 15 or 16 days
+journey from the nearest part of the Nile, directly west. This is the
+only port on all this coast to which provisions are brought from the
+land of Egypt, now called _Riffa_; and from this port of _Kossir_ all
+the towns on the coast of the Red Sea are provided. In old times, the
+town of _Kossir_ was built two leagues farther up the coast; but being
+found incommodious, especially as the harbour at that place was too
+small, it was removed to this place. To this day the ruins of old
+_Kossir_ are still visible, and there I believe was _Philoteras_. New
+_Kossir_ by observations twice verified is in lat. 26 deg.15' N. being 136
+leagues beyond _Swakem_. The port is a large bay quite open to the
+eastern winds, which on this coast blow with great force. Right over
+against the town there are some small shoals on which the sea breaks,
+between which and the shore is the anchorage for frigates and ships
+coming here for a loading. The town is very small and perhaps in the
+most miserable and barren spot in the world. The houses are more like
+hovels for cattle, some built of stone and clay, and others of sod,
+having no roofs except a few matts which defend the inhabitants from the
+sun, and from rain if any happen now and then to fall as it were by
+chance, as in this place it so seldom rains as to be looked upon as a
+wonder. In the whole neighbouring country on the coast, fields,
+mountains, or hills, there groweth no kind of herb, grass, tree, or
+bush; and nothing is to be seen but black scorched mountains and a
+number of bare hillocks, which environ the whole place from sea to sea,
+like an amphitheatre of barrenness and sterility, most melancholy to
+behold. Any flat ground there is, is a mere dry barren sand mixed with
+gravel. The port even is the worst I have seen on all this coast, and
+has no fish, though all the other ports and channels through which we
+came have abundance and variety. It has no kind of cattle; and the
+people are supplied from three wells near the town, the water of which
+differs very little from that of the sea.
+
+[Footnote 307: In Purchas, Al Kossir is named Alcocer. Don John thinks
+this place to be the _Philoteras_ of Ptolomy; but Dr Pocock places it
+2 deg.40' more to the north, making Kossir _Berenice_, which is highly
+probable, as it is still the port of _Kept_, anciently Coptos, or of
+_Kus_ near it, both on the Nile, as well as the nearest port to the Nile
+on all that coast, which _Berenice_ was. Dr Pocock supposes old Kossir
+to have been _Myos Hormos_: but we rather believe it to have been
+Berenice.--Ast.]
+
+The most experienced of the Moors had never heard of the name of
+Egypt[308], but call the whole land from _Al Kossir_ to Alexandria by
+the name of _Riffa_[309], which abounds in all kinds of victuals and
+provisions more than any other part of the world, together with great
+abundance of cattle, horses, and camels, there not being a single foot
+of waste land in the whole country. According to the information I
+received; their language and customs are entirely Arabic. The land, as I
+was told, is entirely plain, on which it never rains except for a
+wonder; but God hath provided a remedy by ordaining that the Nile should
+twice a year[310] overflow its natural bounds to water the fields. They
+said likewise that the Nile from opposite to _Al Kossir_, and far above
+that towards the bounds of Abyssinia, was navigable all the way to
+Alexandria; but having many islands and rocks, either it was necessary
+to have good pilots or to sail only by day. They told me likewise that
+the natives inhabited this barren spot of _Al Kossir_, as being the
+nearest harbour on the coast of the Red Sea to the Nile, whence
+provisions were transported; and that the inhabitants were satisfied
+with slight matts instead of roofs to their houses because not troubled
+with rain, and the matts were a sufficient protection from the sun: but
+made their walls of stone to defend themselves against the malignity and
+rapaciousness of the _Badwis_, a perverse people, void of all goodness,
+who often suddenly assaulted the place in hope of plunder, and
+frequently pillaged the caravans coming across from the Nile with
+provisions and other commodities.
+
+[Footnote 308: No wonder, as _Messr_ is the name by which Egypt is known
+to the Arabs.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 309: More properly _Al Rif_, which name more particularly
+belongs to part of Lower Egypt.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 310: This is erroneous, as the Nile only overflows once
+yearly.--E.]
+
+The 18th of April we fastened ourselves to a shoal about four leagues
+past _Kossir_, and set sail from thence at noon. The 19th, about half
+an hour past eight o'clock, while proceeding with fine weather, we were
+suddenly taken aback by a fierce gust at N.N.W. which obliged us to take
+shelter in an island called _Suffange-al-bahar_[311] or
+_Saffanj-al-bahr_, losing 4 or 5 leagues of way that we had already
+advanced. The name given to this island means in the Arabic a
+_sea-sponge_. It is 13 leagues beyond _Al Kossir_, in lat. 27 deg. N. being
+in length about two leagues by about a quarter in breadth, all of sand
+without trees or water. Its harbour is good in all weathers; but upon
+the main land the number of bays, ports, and harbours about this place
+are wonderful. The best channel here is between the island, and the
+main, along the coast of the continent, as on the side next the island
+there are some shoals. Likewise in the northern entry to this port there
+are other shoals which need not be feared in coming in by day, and in
+the southern entrance there is a large rock in the very middle. The 20th
+at sunset we were about six leagues beyond this island of
+Safanj-al-bahr. From which island to a sandy, point about 1-1/2 league
+beyond, the coast trends N.N.W. and S.S.E. and from this point forwards
+to the end of the six leagues, the coast winds inwards to landwards
+forming a large bay, within which are many islands, ports, creeks, bays,
+and notable harbours. The 21st by day we were fast to the shore of an
+island called Sheduam, and the wind being calm, we rowed along the coast
+of the island, which, opposite to Arabia or the east side, is high and
+craggy, all of hard rock, three leagues long and two broad. This island
+is 20 leagues beyond _Al Kossir_, having no water nor any trees. It is
+between the two coasts of Arabia and Egypt, being five leagues from
+either. Beyond it to the north-west are three small low islands with
+shoals among them. An hour after sunset, we were upon the north cape or
+point of this island, whence we crossed towards the Arabian coast[312],
+and having no wind we took to our oars. Within a little it began to blow
+fair from the S.E. and we set sail steering N.W. At eleven next morning,
+we were upon the coast of the Stony Arabia, and soon sailed along its
+shore, entering two hours before sunset into the port _Toro_ or _Al
+Tor_, which may be seen front the island of Sheduam, distant 12 leagues,
+bearing N. by W. and S. by E.
+
+[Footnote 311: _Safanj-al-Bahr_. In Arabic _Safanj, Sofinj_ and
+_Isfanj_, all signify _Sponge_, which is obviously derived from the
+Arabic word.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 312: Probably meaning that part of Arabia between the Gulf of
+Suez and the Bahr-akkaba, called the promontory of Tor, of which Cape
+Mahomed forms the S.W. extremity,--E.]
+
+_Toro_ or _Al Tor_ was of old called _Elana_, as may be seen in the
+writings of Ptolomy, Strabo, and other ancient writers, although our
+observation of the latitude differs materially from theirs. But they
+shew that _Elana_ was situated in the most inward part of a very great
+gulf, called _Sinus Elaniticus_[313], from the name of this place
+_Elana_, and in lat. 29 deg.15' N. Now we know that _Toro_ is in lat. 28 deg.10'
+N.[314] and lies upon a very long and straight coast. The cause of this
+great difference, if these places be the same, may have proceeded from
+erroneous information given to Ptolomy and the other ancient
+cosmographers. But that ancient _Elana_ and modern _Toro_ are the same,
+appears from this, that from thence to Suez both on the Arabian and
+Egyptian coasts of the Elanitic Gulf, not only is there no memorial or
+remains of any other ancient town, and the barrenness of the country,
+want of water, and rough craggy mountains, make it evident that in no
+other place could there be any habitation. Hence, considering that
+Ptolomy places Elana on the coast of _Arabia Petrea_, near adjoining to
+mount Sinai, and makes no mention of any town between it and the _City
+of Heroes_ on the upmost extremity of the Elanitic Gulf where the sea
+ends; and as on this shore of Arabia there is neither town, village, nor
+habitation, coming so near the position assigned to _Elana_ as _Toro_,
+and as it is impossible to inhabit between _Toro_ and _Suez_, it seems
+just to conclude that _Toro_ and _Elana_ are the same place. The port of
+_Toro_ seems likewise that mentioned in holy writ under the name of
+_Ailan_, where Solomon, king of Israel, caused the ships to be built
+which sailed to _Tarsis_ and _Ophir_ to bring gold and silver for the
+temple of Jerusalem: for taking away the second letter from _Ailan_, the
+ancient names are almost the same. Nor is it reasonable that it should
+be in any other place, as the timber for the navy of Solomon was brought
+from Lebanon and Antelibanus; and to avoid expences they would
+necessarily carry it to the nearest port, especially as the Jews then
+possessed the region of Idumea, and that part of the coast of Arabia
+Petrea which is between Toro and Suez. Strabo holds that _Elana_ and
+_Ailan_ are the same city; and when treating of this city in another
+place, he says, that from the port of _Gaza_ it is 1260 furlongs to the
+city of Ailan, which is situated on the _inwardest_ part of the Arabic
+Gulf[315]; "and there are two, one towards Gaza and Arabia, called the
+Sinus Elaniticus, from the city Elana which stands upon it; the other on
+the Egyptian side towards the _City of Heroes_ and the way from
+_Pelusium_ to this gulf is very small." This is what I would pick out
+from ancient authors.
+
+[Footnote 313: Don Juan entirely mistakes this point of antiquity, in
+consequence of not having learnt that there was another and eastern gulf
+at the head of the Red Sea; the _Bahr-akkaba_ or real _Sinus
+Elaniticus_, on which is the town of _Ayla_, assuredly the ancient
+_Elana_ or _Aylan_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 314: If this observation be exact, the great promontory or
+peninsula between the gulfs at the head of the Red Sea must be extended
+too far south in the map constructed by Dr Pocock.--Ast.]
+
+[Footnote 315: Had Don Juan de Castro been acquainted with the eastern
+gulf at the head of the Red Sea, called the _Bahr-akkaba_, he would have
+more readily chosen _Ayla_ for the seat of _Ailan_, and the dock-yard of
+the navy of Solomon, being at the _inwardest_ part of the Red Sea, and
+the port nearest to Gaza. Besides, the portion of the text marked with
+inverted commas, seems a quotation by Don Juan from Strabo, which
+distinctly indicates the eastern or Elanitic Gulf, and points to _Ayla_
+as the seat of Elana and _Ailan_, and distinctly marks the other or
+western gulf, now that of Suez.--E.]
+
+"As this is a point of great moment in geography, it deserves to be
+examined[316]. It is observable that Don Juan admits that both Ptolemy
+and Strabo make the Red Sea terminate to the north in two large gulfs,
+one towards Egypt and the other towards Arabia, at the end of which
+latter they place _Elana_. Yet here he rejects the authority of both
+geographers, alleging that both were mistaken, because Tor is situated
+on a very long and straight coast. He likewise cites Ptolomy as making
+the latitude of Elana 29 deg.15' N.[317] yet accounts the difference between
+that position and the altitude found at Al Tor, 20 deg.10', as of no
+significance here, though in former instances he had held the tables of
+Ptolomy as infallible. It is still stranger that Don Juan should after
+all admit of a gulf of _Elana_, as will be seen presently, and yet place
+it at a great distance, and at the opposite side of the sea from that on
+which Elana stands. However this may be, it is certain that Don Juan,
+and not the ancients, has been misinformed on this matter; for not only
+the _Arab_ geographers give a particular account of this eastern gulf,
+as will appear from the description of the Red Sea by _Abulfeda_, but
+its existence has been proved, by two English travellers, Dr Shaw and Dr
+Pocock. The errors which Don Juan has here fallen into, has been owing
+to not having examined the coast on the side of Arabia; for until the
+fleet came to the island of Sheduam, it had sailed entirely along the
+African shore; and then, leaving the north part of that island, it
+passed over to the coast of Arabia[318] for the first time, where it may
+be presumed that they fell in with the land some way to the north of the
+S.W. point of the great peninsula between the two gulfs. This cape in
+the maps by De L'Isle and Dr Pocock is called _Cape Mahomet_. Still
+however as the island of Sheduam seems to lie nearer the eastern gulf;
+its north end being at least eighteen or twenty miles to the southward
+of Cape Mahomet, it is surprising that Don Juan and the whole fleet
+should overlook that gulf, which indeed was done before by the Venetian
+who sailed along the Arabian shore in the fleet of Solyman Pacha. What
+Don Juan says about the identity of _Elana_ and _Ailan_ or _Aylan_ we
+shall not contend about, as the authority of Strabo, and the similarity
+of names are strong proofs. But we shall presently see that the Arabs
+place _Aylan_ at the head of a great gulf; and the distance he cites
+from Strabo, 1260 stadia from Gaza to Aylan, supposing it to be exact,
+is a proof that _Aylan_ cannot be the same with _Toro_. We shall only
+observe farther, that the positive denial by Don Juan of there being any
+such gulf as the _Elanitic_ on the east or side of Arabia, may have been
+the reason why it was not laid down in the maps of _Sanson_, or by any
+geographer before _De L'Isle_."--Ast. I. 124. a.
+
+[Footnote 316: This paragraph, marked by inverted commas, is a
+dissertation by the editor of Astleys Collection, too important to be
+omitted, and too long for a note.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 317: The latitude of Ayla in modern maps is about 29 deg.10' N.
+having a very near coincidence.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 318: Properly speaking only to the Arabian coast of the Gulf
+of Suez, not at all to the Arabian coast of the Red Sea.--E.]
+
+The city of _Toro_ or _Al Tor_ is built on the sea-side along an
+extensive and fair strand or beach, and about a cannon-shot before
+coming to it we saw twelve palm-trees close together very near the sea;
+and from these a plain field extends to the foot of some high hills.
+These hills are part of a chain which extends from the straits of Ormuz
+or Persian Gulf, and which extend hither along the coast very high above
+the sea as far as Toro, where they leave the coast, "and with a great
+and sudden violence return from thence to the main towards the
+north-east, as angry and wearied by so long neighbourhood of the
+waters." _Arabia Petrea_ is divided by three mountains from _Arabia
+Felix,_ and on the highest tops of them some Christians lead holy and
+quiet lives. A little way beyond Toro, on the borders of the sea, a
+mountain begins to rise by little and little; and thrusting out a large
+high cape or promontory, seems to those in the town like three great and
+mighty separate mountains. This town of Tor is small but well situated,
+all its inhabitants being Christians who speak Arabic. It has a
+monastery of friars of the order of _Monserrat_, in which is the oracle
+or image of _Santa Catalina_ of Mount Sinai or St Catharine. These
+friars are all Greeks. The harbour of Toro is not large, but very
+secure, having opposite to the shore a long stony bank, between which
+and the shore is the harbour. At this place both the coasts of the gulf
+are only about three leagues distant.
+
+Being desirous to learn some particulars concerning this country, I made
+myself acquainted with the friars, from whom I had the following
+information. They told me that Mount Sinai was _thirteen_ small days
+journey into the land, or about 18 leagues[319]. The mountain is very
+high, the country around being plain and open, having on its borders a
+great town inhabited by Christians, into which no Mahometan can enter
+except he who gathers the rents and duties belonging to the Turks. On
+the top of the mountain is a monastery having many friars, where the
+body of the blessed Virgin St Catharine lay buried. According to Anthony
+bishop of Florence, the body of this Holy Virgin was carried away by the
+angels from the city of Alexandria and buried on Mount Sinai. They told
+me farther that about four months before our arrival this most blessed
+and holy body was carried from the mountain with great pomp, on a
+triumphal chariot all gilt, to the city of Cairo, where the Christians
+of that city, which are the bulk of the inhabitants, came out to receive
+it in solemn procession, and set it with great honour in a monastery.
+The cause of this strange removal was the many insults which the
+monastery on Mount Sinai suffered from the Arabs, from whom the friars
+and pilgrims had often to redeem themselves with money; of which the
+Christians of Cairo complained to the Turkish governor, and received
+permission to bring the blessed and holy body to their city, which was
+done accordingly, in spite of a strenuous opposition from the friars of
+Mount Sinai. I am somewhat doubtful of the truth of this
+transportation, suspecting that the friars may have trumped up this
+story lest we might have taken the holy body from them, as they expected
+us with an army of 10,000 men. Yet they affirmed it for truth,
+expressing great sorrow for the removal. These friars told me likewise
+that several hermits lead a solitary and holy life in these mountains
+over against the town; and that all through the Stony Arabia, there are
+many towns of Christians. I asked if they knew where the Jews had passed
+the Red Sea; but they knew of no certain place, only that it must have
+been somewhere between _Toro_ and _Suez_. They said likewise, that on
+the Arabian coast of the Gulf, two or three leagues short of Suez, was
+the fountain which Moses caused to spring from the rock by striking it
+with his rod, being still called by the Arabs the fountain of Moses, the
+water of which is purer and more pleasant than any other. They said that
+from _Toro_ to _Cairo_ by land was seven ordinary days journey, in which
+the best and most direct way was through Suez: But that since the
+Turkish gallies came to Suez they had changed the road, going two
+leagues round to avoid Suez, after which they turned to the west.
+
+[Footnote 319: Surely this passage should be only _three_ short days
+journey.--E.]
+
+I afterwards conversed with a very honest, learned and curious
+Mahometan, whom I asked if he could tell where the Jews crossed the Red
+Sea; on which he told me that both in tradition and in some old writings
+it was said that the Jews, fleeing from the Egyptians, arrived on the
+coast of Egypt directly opposite to _Toro_, where Moses prayed to God
+for deliverance, and struck the sea twelve times with his rod, on which
+it opened in twelve several paths, by which the Jews passed over to the
+other side to where _Toro_ now stands; after which the Egyptians
+entering into these paths were all destroyed to the number of about
+600,000 men. That from _Toro_ Moses led the Israelites to Mount Sinai,
+where Moses spake many times with God. I approved much of this opinion;
+for if the passage had been at Suez, as some insist, the Egyptians had
+no occasion to have entered into the sea for persecuting the Jews, as
+they could have gone round the bay and got before them, more especially
+as they were horsemen and the Jews all on foot. For though all these
+things came about by a miracle, we see always on like occasions there is
+a shew and manner of reason. I asked of this Moor if it were true that
+the Christians of Cairo had carried away the body of St Catharine from
+Mount Sinai; but he said he had never heard of it, neither did he
+believe the story; and that only four months before he had been in
+Cairo, which city they call _Mecara_[320], where he heard of no such
+thing. He thought likewise that the Christians about Mount Sinai would
+never have permitted such a thing, as they all considered that woman as
+a saint, and held her body in great reverence. He told me also that two
+or three leagues before coming to _Suez_ there is a fountain which was
+given to the Jews at the intercession of Moses, whom they call _Muzau_,
+the water of which surpasses all others in goodness. On inquiring what
+kind of a place was the town of _Suez_, he said he had never been there,
+as no person could enter that town except those appointed by the
+governor of Cairo for taking care of the gallies, nor come nearer than
+two leagues under pain of death.
+
+[Footnote 320: Mecara, perhaps by mistake for Mecara or Mezara, which is
+very near Mesr as it is called by the Turks. Cairo is an Italian
+corruption of Kahera or al Kahira--Astl.]
+
+
+SECTION VIII.
+
+_Continuation of the Voyage from Taro or al Tor to Suez._
+
+
+We set sail the day after our arrival at Toro, being the 23d of April
+1541, and on the 24th we were in the lat. of 27 deg. 17' N. At this place,
+which is 20 leagues beyond Toro and 52 leagues from _al Kossir_, the
+land of Egypt, or that coast of the Red Sea which continueth all the way
+from Abyssinia, comes out into the sea with a very long and low point,
+which winds a great way inwards to the land and more crooked than any
+other I have seen. After forming a large fine bay, it juts out into a
+large high cape or point, which is three short leagues from _Suez_, at
+the other extremity of this bay, and from that first promontory to
+_Suez_ the land bears N.W. by N. and S.E. by S. The shore of this bay is
+very high and rough, and at the same time entirely parched and barren.
+The whole of this large bay, except very near the shore, is so deep that
+we had no ground with fifty fathom, and the bottom is a soft sand lake
+ouze. This bay I hold to have been undoubtedly the _Sinus Elaniticus_ of
+the ancients, though Strabo and Ptolemy, being both deceived in regard
+to its situation, placed it on the coast of Stony Arabia at _Toro_.
+This I mentioned before, when describing _Toro_, that Strabo says the
+Arabian Gulf ends in two bays, one called _Elaniticus_ on the Arabian
+side, and the other on the Egyptian side where stands the _City of
+Heroes_[321]. Ptolemy evidently fixes the _elanitic sinus_ on the coast
+of Arabia, where Toro now stands; which is very wonderful, considering
+that Ptolemy Was born in Alexandria, where he wrote his Cosmography and
+resided all his life, and which city is so very near these places.
+
+[Footnote 321: No description can be more explicit: but Don John
+unfortunately knew not of the eastern _sinus_, and found himself
+constrained to find both _sinuses_ in one gulf.--E.]
+
+The 26th of April we set sail, and at eleven o'clock we lowered our
+sails, rowing along shore, where we cast anchor. Two hours before sunset
+we weighed again with the wind at north and rowed along shore; and
+before the sun set we anchored behind a point of land on the Arabian
+shore, which sheltered us effectually from the north wind, having
+advanced only a league and a half this day. This point is three _small_
+leagues short of _Suez_, and is directly east of the N.W. point of the
+Great Gulf, distance about a league. From this point, about half a
+league inland, is the fountain of Moses already mentioned. As soon as we
+had cast anchor we went on shore, whence we saw the end of this sea,
+which we had hitherto thought without end, and could plainly see the
+masts of the Turkish ships. All this gave us much satisfaction, yet
+mixed with much anxiety. As the wind blew hard all night from the north,
+we remained at anchor behind the point till day.
+
+On the morning of the 27th, the wind blowing hard at N.N.W. we remained
+at anchor till ten, when we departed from the point and made for Suez
+with our oars. When about a league from the end of the sea, I went
+before with two _catures_ to examine the situation of Suez and to look
+out for a proper landing-place. We got close up to Suez about three
+o'clock in the afternoon, where we saw many troops of horse in the
+field, and two great bands of foot-soldiers in the town, who made many
+shots at us from a blockhouse. The Turkish navy at this place consisted
+of forty-one large gallies, and nine great ships. Having completed the
+examination, and returned to our fleet, we all went to the point of land
+to the west of the bay, and came to anchor near the shore in five
+fathoms water, in an excellent harbour, the bottom a fine soft sand.
+
+It is certain that in ancient times Suez was called the _City of
+Heroes_, for it differs in nothing as to latitude situation and bearings
+from what is said in Ptolomy, Table III. of Africa. More especially as
+Suez is seated on the uttermost coast of the nook or bay where the sea
+of Mecca ends, on which the City of Heroes was situated, as Strabo
+writes in his XVII book thus: "The city of _Heroes_, or of _Cleopatra_,
+by some called _Arsinoe_, is in the uttermost bounds of the _Sinus
+Arabicus_, which is towards Egypt.". Pliny, in the VI. book of his
+Natural History, seems to call the port of Suez _Danao_, on account of
+the trench or canal opened between the Nile and the Red Sea. The
+latitude of Suez is 29 deg. 45' N. being the nearest town and port of the
+Red Sea to the great city of Cairo, called anciently _Babylon_ of Egypt.
+From Suez to the _Levant Sea_ or Mediterranean, at that mouth of one of
+the seven branches of the Nile which is called _Pelusium_, is about 40
+leagues by land, which space is called the _isthmus_, or narrow neck of
+land between the two seas. On this subject Strabo writes in his XVII.
+book, "The isthmus between Pelusium and the extreme point of the Arabian
+Gulf where stands the _City of Heroes_, is 900 stadia." This is the port
+of the Red Sea to which Cleopatra Queen of Egypt, after the victory
+obtained by Augustus over Antony, commanded ships to be carried by land
+from the Nile, that they might flee to the Indians.
+
+Sesostris King of Egypt and Darius King of Persia undertook at different
+periods to dig a canal between the Nile and the Red Sea, on purpose to
+open a navigable communication between the Mediterranean and the Indian
+ocean; but as neither of them completed the work, Ptolomy made a trench
+100 feet broad and 30 feet deep, which being nearly finished, he
+discontinued lest the sea-water from the Arabian Gulf might render the
+water of the Nile salt and unfit for use. Others say that, on taking the
+level, the architects and masters of the work found that the Sea of
+Arabia was _three cubits_ higher than the land of Egypt, whence it was
+feared that all the country would be inundated and destroyed. The
+ancient authors on this subject are Diodorus Siculus, Pliny, Pomponius
+Mela, Strabo, and many other cosmographers[322].
+
+[Footnote 322: This communication was actually opened about A.D. 685,
+by _Amru_, who conquered Egypt for _Moawiah_, the first _Ommiyan
+Khalifah_ of Damascus. It was called _al Khalij al Amir al Momenein_, or
+the canal of the commander of the faithful, the title of the Caliphs. It
+was shut up about 140 years afterwards by _Abu Jafar al Mansur_.--Astl.]
+
+Although the town of Suez had a great name of old, it is small enough at
+this time, and I believe had been utterly ruined and abandoned if the
+Turkish navy had not been stationed here. In the front of the land which
+faces the south where this sea ends there is the mouth of a small creek
+or arm of the sea entering a short way into the land, which extends
+towards the west till stopped by a hillock, the only one that rises in
+these parts: Between which creek and the bay or ending of the sea is a
+very long and narrow tongue or spit of sand, on which the gallies and
+ships of the Turks lie aground; and on which the ancient and warlike
+City of the Heroes is seated[323]. There still remains a small castle,
+without which are two high ancient towers, the remains of the City of
+Heroes which stood here in old times. But on the point of land where the
+creek enters there is a great and mighty bulwark of modern structure,
+which defends the entry of the creek, and scours the coast behind the
+sterns of the gallies if any one should attempt to land in that place.
+Besides this, there runs between the gallies and the strand, an
+entrenchment like a ridge or long hill, making the place very strong and
+defensible. Having considered this place attentively, it seemed to me
+impossible to land in any part except behind the little mountain on the
+west at the head of the creek, as we should be there free from the
+Turkish artillery, and likewise the possession of this hillock might
+contribute to our success against the enemy. But it is necessary to
+consider that all along this strand the water is shoaly for the breadth
+of a bow-shot, and the ground a soft sticking clay or sinking sand, as I
+perceived by examining the ground from the foist or cature, which would
+be very prejudicial to the men in landing.
+
+[Footnote 323: This description does not agree with the map or relation
+of Dr Pocock; which makes the sea terminate in two bays, divided by the
+tongue of land on which Suez stands. That to the N.W. is very wide at
+the mouth, and is properly the termination of the western gulf of the
+Red Sea. The other on the N.E. is narrow at the entrance; and is divided
+by another tongue of land into two parts.--Astl.]
+
+In regard to the particulars which I learnt concerning Suez, as told me
+by some of the men I met with, especially the Moor formerly mentioned
+whom I conversed with at Toro, I was informed that at the fountain of
+Moses, formerly mentioned as three leagues from Suez towards _Toro_,
+there had been a great city in old times, of which they say dome
+buildings or ruins are still to be seen; but they could not say what had
+been its name. They told me also that the remains of the canal attempted
+to be made in old times from the Nile at the city of Cairo to Suez were
+still to be seen, though much defaced and filled by length of time, and
+that those who travel from Suez to Cairo have necessarily to pass these
+remains. Some alleged that this trench was not intended for navigation
+between the Nile and the Red sea, but merely to bring water from the
+Nile for the supply of Suez. They told me that the whole country from
+Suez to Cairo was a sandy plain, quite barren and without water, being
+three days journey going at leisure, or about 15 leagues. That in Suez
+and the country round it seldom rained, but when it did at any time it
+was very heavy; and that the north-wind blew at Suez the whole year with
+great force.
+
+From _Toro_ to _Suez_ it is 28 leagues, without any island bank or shoal
+in the whole way that can impede the navigation. Departing from Toro by
+the middle of the channel, the ran for the first 16 leagues is N.W. by
+N. from S.E. by S. in all of which space the two coasts are about an
+equal distance from each other, or about three leagues asunder. At the
+end of these 16 or 17 leagues, the coasts begin to close very much, so
+that the opposite shores are only one league distant, which narrowness
+continues for two leagues; after which the Egyptian coast withdraws very
+much towards the west, making the large fine bay formerly mentioned. The
+mid channel from the end of the before mentioned 16 or 17 leagues, till
+we come to the N.W. point of this bay trends N.N.W. and S.S.E. the
+distance being 8 leagues. In this place the lands again approach very
+much, as the Arabian shore thrusts out a very long low point, and the
+Egyptian coast sends out a very large and high point at the end of the
+bay on the N.W. side, these points being only a little more than one
+league asunder. From these points to Suez and the end of this sea, the
+coasts wind inwards on each side, making another bay somewhat more than
+two leagues and a half long and one league and a half broad, where this
+sea, so celebrated in holy scripture and by profane authors, has its
+end. The middle of this bay extends N. and S. with some deflection to
+W. and E. respectively, distance two leagues and a half. On the coast
+between Toro and Suez, on the Arabian side, a hill rises about a
+gun-shot above Toro very near the sea, which is all bespotted with red
+streaks from side to side, giving it a curious appearance. This hill
+continues along the coast for 15 or 16 leagues, but the red streaks do
+not continue more than six leagues beyond Toro. At the end of the 15 or
+16 leagues this ridge rises into a great and high knoll, after which the
+ridge gradually recedes from the sea, and ends about a league short of
+Suez. Between the high knoll and Suez along the sea there is a very low
+plain, in some places a league in breadth, and in others nearer Suez a
+league and half. Beside this hill towards Toro I saw great heaps of
+sand, reaching in some places to the top of the hill, yet were there no
+sands between the hill and the sea: "Likewise by the clefts and breaches
+many broken sands were driven," whence may be understood how violent the
+cross winds blow here, as they snatch up and drive the sand from out of
+the sea and lift it to the tops of the hills. These cross winds, as I
+noticed by the lying of the sands, were from the W. and the W.N.W.
+
+On the other or Egyptian side of this gulf, between Toro and Suez, there
+run certain great and very high hills or mountains appearing over the
+sea coast; which about 17 leagues above Toro open in the middle as low
+as the plain field, after which they rise as high as before, and
+continue along the shore to within a league of Suez, where they entirely
+cease. I found the ebb and flow of the sea between Toro and Suez quite
+conformable with what has been already said respecting other parts of
+the coast, and neither higher nor lower: Whence appears the falsehood of
+some writers, who pretend that no path was opened through this sea for
+the Israelites by miracle; but merely that the sea ebbed so much in this
+place that they waited the ebb and passed over dry. I observed that
+there were only two places in which it could have been possible for
+Sesostris and Ptolomy kings of Egypt, to have dug canals from the Nile
+to the Red-Sea: One of these by the breach of the mountains on the
+Egyptian coast 17 leagues above Toro, and 11 short of Suez; and the
+other by the end of the nook or bay on which Suez stands; as at this
+place the hills on both sides end, and all the land remains quite plain
+and low, without hillocks or any other impediment. This second appears
+to me to be much more convenient for so great a work than the other,
+because the land is very low, the distance shorter, and there is a haven
+at Suez. All the rest of the coast is lined by great and high mountains
+of hard rock. Hence Suez must be the place to which Cleopatra commanded
+the ships to be brought across the isthmus, a thing of such great labour
+that shortness was of most material importance: Here likewise for the
+same reason must have been the trench or canal from the Nile to the Red
+Sea; more especially as all the coast from Toro upwards is waste, and
+without any port till we come to Suez.
+
+During all the time which we spent between Toro and Suez, the heaven was
+constantly overcast with thick black clouds, which seemed contrary to
+the usual nature of Egypt; as all concur in saying that it never rains
+in that country, and that the heavens are never obscured by clouds or
+vapours: But perhaps the sea raises these clouds at this place, and
+farther inland the sky might be clear; as we often see in Portugal that
+we have clear pleasant weather at Lisbon, while at Cintra only four
+leagues distant, there are great clouds mists and rain. The sea between
+Toro and Suez is subject to sudden and violent tempests; as when the
+wind blows from the north, which is the prevailing wind here, although
+not very great, the sea is wonderfully raised, the waves being
+everywhere so coupled together and broken that they are very dangerous.
+This is not occasioned by shallow water, as this channel is very deep,
+only that on the Egyptian side it is somewhat shoaly close to the shore.
+"About this place I saw certain _sea foams_ otherwise called _evil
+waters_, the largest I had ever seen, being as large as a target, of a
+whitish dun colour. These do not pass lower than Toro; but below that
+there are infinite small ones, which like the other are bred in and go
+about the sea[324]." While between Toro and Suez, though the days were
+insufferably hot, the nights were colder than any I ever met with.
+
+[Footnote 324: This passage respecting _sea foams_ or _evil waters_ is
+altogether unintelligible, unless perhaps some obscure allusion to
+_water-spouts_ maybe supposed.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IX.
+
+_Return Voyage from Suez to Massua._
+
+
+In the morning of the 28th of April 1541 we departed from before Suez on
+our return to Massua[325]. At sunset we were one league short of a sharp
+red peak on the coast, 20 leagues from Suez. At night we took in our
+sails and continued along shore under our foresails only, the wind
+blowing hard at N.N.W. Two hours within the night, we came to anchor
+near the shore in 3 fathoms, the heavens being very dark and covered by
+many thick black clouds. The 29th we weighed in the morning, and came
+into the port of Toro at nine o'clock, but soon weighed again, and came
+to anchor a league farther on, in a haven called _Solymans watering
+place_, where we took in water, digging pits in the sand a stones throw
+from the sea, where we got abundance of brackish water. Leaving this
+place in the morning of the 30th, we anchored at 10 in the morning at
+the first of the three islands, which are two leagues N.W. of the island
+of _Sheduam_. I went on shore here with my pilot, when we took the suns
+altitude a little less than 80 deg.; and as the declination that day was
+17 deg.36' the latitude of this island is 27 deg.40' N. At sunset on the 1st of
+May we set sail, and by even-song time we came to an island, two leagues
+long, which thrusts out a point very close to the main land, between
+which and the island is a singularly good harbour for all weathers, fit
+for all the ships in the world. The 2d at sunset we came to anchor in
+the port of _Goelma_[326], which is safe from N. and N.W. winds, but
+only fit for small vessels. A short space within the land is the dry bed
+of a brook, having water during the floods of winter descending from the
+mountains. Digging a little way we found fresh water. There is a well
+here also, but not abundant in water. This port, the name of which
+signifies in Arabic _the port of water_, is N.N.W. of _al Kessir_,
+distant 4 leagues.
+
+[Footnote 325: The fleet seems only to have been before Suez from 3
+o'clock on the afternoon of the 27th of April till the morning of next
+day the 28th, or rather Don Juan only went forwards to examine the
+possibility of landing. Yet De Faria says, II. 23. "That after many
+brave attempts made by several to view and sound the harbour, Don
+Stefano landed with his men, and being repulsed, chiefly by means of an
+ambush of 2000 horse, was obliged to retire." The silence of Don John
+respecting any military operations, and the shortness of time, leaves
+hardly room to suppose that any were attempted.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 326: Rather Kallama or Kalla'lma,--Astl.]
+
+The 4th of May we rowed along shore, and came to anchor near sunset, in
+a small but excellent harbour named _Azallaihe_, two leagues S.E. beyond
+_Shakara_ between that place and the _black hillock_. We lay at anchor
+all night, the wind at N.N.W. _Bohalel Shame_ is a deep, safe, and
+capacious port, in which many ships may ride at anchor. It was named
+from one Bohalel, a rich chief of the _Badwis_ who dwelt in the inland
+country, and used to sell cattle to the ships frequenting this port.
+_Shame_ signifies land or country; so that _Bohalel Shame_ signifies the
+Land of Bohalel[327]. At this place we found an honourable tomb within a
+house like a chapel, in which hung a silk flag or standard, with many
+arrows or darts round the grave, and the walls were hung round with many
+bulls[328]. On an upright slab or table at the head of the grave there
+was a long inscription or epitaph, and about the house there were many
+sweet-scented waters and other perfumes. From the Moors and Arabs I was
+informed that an Arabian of high rank of the lineage of Mahomet was here
+buried; and that the _Sharifs_ of Jiddah and other great prelates gave
+indulgences and pardons to all who visited his sepulchre: But the
+Portuguese sacked the house and afterwards burnt it, so that no vestige
+was left. On the shore of this harbour we saw many footsteps of tigers
+and goats, as if they had come here in search of water.
+
+[Footnote 327: Rather perhaps _Bohalel Shomeh_, meaning the lot or
+portion of Bohalel.--Astl.]
+
+[Footnote 328: Perhaps _Bells_.--E.]
+
+Having often occasion to mention the _Badwis_ or _Bedouins_ while
+voyaging along the coasts of their country, it may be proper to give
+some account of that people. These _Badwis_ are properly the
+_Troglodites ophiofagi_, of whom Ptolemy, Pomponius Mela, and other
+ancient writers make mention. These _Badwis_ or _Troglodites_ live on
+the mountains and sea-coasts from _Melinda_ and _Magadoxa_ to Cape
+_Guardafu_, and thence all along the coasts of the Red Sea on both
+sides, and along the outer coast of Arabia through the whole coast of
+the Persian Gulf; all of which land they may be more properly said to
+occupy than to inhabit. In Good Arabic, _Badwi_ signifies one who lives
+only by cattle[329]. Those who dwell along the Red Sea from _Zeyla_ to
+_Swakem_, and thence to _al Kossir_, are continually at war with the
+_Nubii_ or _Nubians_; while those from _Kossir_ to _Suez_ perpetually
+molest the Egyptians. On the eastern coast of the Red Sea the _Badwis_
+have incessant contests with the Arabians. They are wild men, among whom
+there is no king or great lord, but they live in tribes or factions,
+allowing of no towns in their country, neither have they any fixed
+habitations, but live a vagabond life, wandering from place to place
+with their cattle. They abhor all laws and ordinances, neither will they
+admit of their differences being judged of by any permanent customs or
+traditions, but rather that their sheiks or chiefs shall determine
+according to their pleasure. They dwell in caves and holes, but most of
+them in tents or huts. In colour they are very black, and their language
+is Arabic. They worship Mahomet, but are very bad Mahometans, being
+addicted beyond all other people on earth to thievery and rapine. They
+eat raw flesh, and milk is their usual drink. Their habits are vile and
+filthy; but they run with wonderful swiftness. They fight afoot or on
+horseback, darts being their chief weapons, and are almost continually
+at war with their neighbours.
+
+[Footnote 329: _Badwi_, or more properly _Badawi_, signifies a dweller
+in the field or in the desert; corruptly called by us Bedouin.--Astl.]
+
+By day-light of the 10th May we weighed anchor from the port of
+_Igidid_[330], and an hour before sunset we fastened our barks to a
+shoal about four leagues south of _Farate_. In this shoal there is an
+excellent harbour, lying almost E.S.E. and W.N.W. but very crooked and
+winding, so large that we could not see to the other end. The 22d of
+May[331], by day-break, we were a league short of the grove which stands
+four leagues north of _Massua_, having the wind from the land. At nine
+o'clock it began to blow fair from the N.N.E. and we entered the port of
+Massua at noon, where we were joyfully received by the fleet and army.
+From the 22d of May, when we entered Massua, the winds were always from
+the easterly points, either E. or S.E. or E.S.E. often with great
+storms. On the last day of June we had so violent a gale from S.E. that
+the galleons drifted and were in great danger of grounding. This storm
+was attended by heavy rain and fearful thunders, and a thunderbolt
+struck the mast of one of our galleons, which furrowed it in its whole
+length. On the 2d of July we had another great storm from the east which
+lasted most of the day, and drove many of our vessels from their
+anchors. From thence to the 7th of July we had other storms, but small
+in comparison. On the 8th and 9th we had two desperate gales from the
+land.
+
+[Footnote 330: Either Don Juan or his abbreviator has omitted part of
+the Journal at this place, from the port of _Azallaihe_ to that of
+_Igidid_--E.]
+
+[Footnote 331: Here again a considerable portion of the Journal is
+emitted.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION X.
+
+_Return of the Expedition from Massua to India_.
+
+
+Having remained 48 days at Massua, we set sail from thence on our return
+to India on the 9th of July 1541, one hour before sunrise, and by
+day-break we were two or three leagues short of the north point of
+_Dallak_, and among some flat islands that have some woods, which
+islands are scattered in the sea to the north of Dallak. We sailed
+through a channel between two of these islands, having a fair wind
+almost N.W. our course being N.E. by N. After doubling a shoal we came
+to anchor, and at two in the afternoon we sailed again with a fair wind
+at N.N.E. coasting the island of Dallak. An hour before sunset we came
+to a very flat sandy island, called _Dorat Melkuna_, from which on all
+sides extended great shoals. When the sun set we were a league short of
+the island of _Shamoa_, between which and the west side of Dallak,
+opposite the Abyssinian coast, is the most frequented channel for such
+as sail to Massua. All the coast of Dallak which we sailed along this
+day trends N.N.W. and S.S.E. and is very low. The 18th of July by day
+break we saw the mouth of the straits[332], about three leagues distant,
+"and we saw all the fleet _lye at hull_, and presently we set sail
+altogether[333]."
+
+[Footnote 332: A large portion of the Journal is again omitted at this
+place, either by Don Juan or his abbreviator, Purchas.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 333: Perhaps in coming in sight of the Strait, the ship of Don
+Juan was so much in advance as barely to see the hulls of the rest; and
+lay to till the rest came up.--E.]
+
+Before leaving the Gulf of Arabia or of Mecca, it may be proper to
+consider the reason why the ancients called this Gulf the _Red Sea_, and
+to give my own opinion founded on what I actually saw, whether it differ
+in colour from the great ocean. In the _sixth_ book of his Natural
+History, Pliny quotes several opinions as the origin of the name
+_Erythros_ given to this sea by the ancients[334]. The first is, that it
+took its name from _Erythra_, a king who once reigned on its borders,
+whence came _Erythros_ which signifies _red_ in the Greek. Another
+opinion was that the reflexion of the sun-beams gave a red colour to
+this sea. Some hold that the red colour proceeds from the sand and
+ground along the sea coast, and others that the water was red itself. Of
+these opinions every writer chose that he liked best. The Portuguese who
+formerly navigated this sea affirmed that it was spotted or streaked
+with red, arising as they alleged from the following circumstances. They
+say that the coast of Arabia is naturally very red, and as there are
+many great storms in this country, which raise great clouds of dust
+towards the skies, which are driven by the wind into the sea, and the
+dust being _red_ tinges the water of that colour, whence it got the name
+of the Red Sea.
+
+[Footnote 334: By Dr. Hyde, in his notes on _Peritsol_, and Dr.
+Cumberland, in his remarks on Sanchoniatho, and by other writers,
+_Erythros_ or _Red_ is supposed to be a translation of _Edom_, the name
+of _Esau_; whence it is conjectured that this sea, as well as the
+country of _Idumea_, took their denominations from _Edom_. But this does
+not seem probable for two reasons: _First_, because the Jews do not call
+it the _Red Sea_ but _Tam Suf_, or the _Sea of Weeds_; and, _second_,
+the ancients included all the ocean between the coasts of Arabia and
+India under the name of the _Erythrean_ or _Red Sea_, of which the
+_Persian_ and the _Arabian Gulfs_ were reckoned branches.--Ast. I. 129.
+c.]
+
+From leaving _Socotora_, till I had coasted the whole of this sea all
+the way to _Suez_, I continually and carefully observed this sea; and
+the colour and appearance of its shores, the result of which I shall now
+state. First then, it is altogether false that the colour of this sea is
+red, as it does not differ in any respect from the colour of other seas.
+As to the dust driven by the winds from the land to the sea staining the
+water; we saw many storms raise great clouds of dust and drive them to
+the sea, but the colour of its water was never changed by these. Those
+who have said that the land on the coast is red, have not well observed
+the coats and strands: for generally on both, sides the land by the sea
+is brown and very dark, as if scorched. In some places it appears black
+and in others white, and the sands are of these colours. In three places
+only there are certain parts of the mountains having veins or streaks of
+a red colour; and at these places the Portuguese had never been before
+the present voyage. These three places are all far beyond _Swakem_
+towards Suez, and the three hills having these red streaks or veins are
+all of very hard rock, and all the land round about that we could see
+are of the ordinary colour and appearance. Now, although substantially
+the water of this sea has no difference in colour from that of other
+seas, yet in many places its waves by accident seem very red, from the
+following cause. From _Swakem_ to _Kossir_, which is 136 leagues, the
+sea is thickly beset with shoals and shelves or reefs, composed of
+_coral stone_, which grows like clustered trees spreading its branches
+on all sides as is done by real _coral_, to which this stone bears so
+strong resemblance that it deceives many who are not very skilful
+respecting the growth and nature of coral.
+
+This _coral stone_ is of two sorts, one of which is a very pure white,
+and the other very _red_. In some places this _coral stone_ is covered
+by great quantities of green ouze or sleech, and in other places it is
+free from this growth. In some places this ouze or sleech is very bright
+green, and in others of an orange-tawny colour. From _Swakem_ upwards,
+the water of this sea is so exceedingly clear, that in many places the
+bottom may be distinctly seen at the depth of 20 fathoms. Hence,
+where-ever these shoals and shelves are, the water over them is of three
+several colours, according to the colour of these rocks or shelves, red,
+green, or white, proceeding from the colour of the ground below, as I
+have many times experienced. Thus when the ground of the shoals is sand,
+the sea over it appears _white_; where the coral-stone is covered with
+_green_ ouze or sleech, the water above is greener even than the weeds;
+but where the shoals are of _red_ coral, or coral-stone covered by _red_
+weeds, all the sea over them appears very _red_. And, as this _red_
+colour comprehends larger spaces of the sea than either the _green_ or
+the _white_, because the stone of the shoals is mostly of _red coral_, I
+am convinced that on this account it has got the name of the _Red Sea_,
+and not the green sea or the white sea, though these latter colours are
+likewise to be seen in perfection.
+
+The means I used for ascertaining this secret of nature were these. I
+oftentimes fastened my bark upon shoals where the sea appeared red, and
+commanded divers to bring me up stones from the bottom. Mostly it was so
+shallow over these shoals, that the bark touched; and in other places
+the mariners could wade for half a league with the water only breast
+high. On these occasions most of the stones brought up were of red
+coral, and others were covered by orange-tawny weeds. Whether the sea
+appeared _green_, I found the stones at the bottom were white coral
+covered with green weeds; and where the sea was white I found a very
+white sand. I have conversed often with the Moorish pilots, and with
+persons curious in antiquities, who dwelt on this sea, who assured me
+that it was never stained red by the dust brought from the land by the
+winds: I do not, however reprove the opinion of former Portuguese
+navigators; but I affirm, that having gone through this sea oftener than
+they, and having seen its whole extent, while they only saw small
+portions, I never saw any such thing. Every person with whom I conversed
+wondered much at our calling it the Red Sea, as they knew no other name
+for it than the sea of Mecca[335]. On the 9th of August 1541, we entered
+the port of _Anchediva_, where we remained till the 21st of that month,
+when we went in foists or barks and entered the port of Goa, whence we
+set out on this expedition on the 31st of December 1540, almost eight
+months before.
+
+[Footnote 335: This might have been the case among the pilots at this
+time; but among Arabic geographers it is likewise called the Sea of
+Hejaz, the Sea of Yaman, and the Sea of Kolzum.--Astl.]
+
+   _Table of Latitudes observed in the Journal of Don Juan[336]._
+
+                                       Deg.  Min.
+   Socotora,                             12  40
+   Bab-al-Mondub[A]                      12  15
+   Sarbo port,[B]                        15  76[337]
+   Shaback, scarcely                     19   0
+   _A nameless island _,                 19   0
+   Tradate, harbour                      19  50
+   Fushaa, bay                           20  15
+   Farate, river                         21  40
+   Ras-al-Jidid, port[B]                 22   0
+   Comol, port                           22  30
+   Ras-al-Nef, Cape                      24   0
+   Swairt island                         24  10
+   Gaudenauchi, port                     24  40
+   Tuna, haven                           25  30
+   Kossir[A]                             26  15
+   Safanj-al-bahr, island                27   0
+   Island, 2 leagues N.W.  from Sheduan  27  40
+   Toro, town                            28  10
+   Anchorage, 20 leagues farther         29  17
+   Suez                                  29  45
+
+[Footnote 336: In this Table [A] denotes _two_ observations having been
+made at the place; [B] indicates more observations than two; and all the
+rest only one. All of course north.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 337: In the enumeration of latitudes in Astleys Collection
+this is set down as 15 deg. 17 min. but in the text of Purchas it is
+stated as here.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION XI.
+
+_Description of the Sea of Kolzum, otherwise called the Arabian Gulf,
+or the Red Sea. Extracted from the Geography of Abulfeda_[338].
+
+
+The following description of the Red Sea was written by _Ismael
+Abulfeda_ prince of _Hamah_ in Syria, the ancient _Epiphania_, who died
+in the 733d year of the _Hejirah_ or Mahometan era, corresponding with
+the year 1332 of the Christian computation, after having lived sixty-one
+years, twenty two of which he was sovereign of that principality.
+Greaves has mistaken both the length of his reign, which he makes only
+three years, and the time of his death[339]. Abulfeda was much addicted
+to the study of geography and history, and wrote books on both of these
+subjects, which are in great estimation in the East. His geography
+written in 721, A.D. 1321, consists of tables of the latitudes and
+longitudes of places, in imitation of Ptolemy, with descriptions, under
+the title of _Takwin al Boldan_. No fewer than five or six translations
+have been made of this work, but by some accident or other none of these
+have ever been published. The only parts of this work that have been
+printed are the tables of _Send_ and _Hend_, or India, published in the
+French collection of Voyages and Travels by Thevenot; and those of
+_Khowarazm_ or _Karazm, Mawara'l-nahar_, or Great Bukharia, and Arabia.
+The two former were published in 1650, with a Latin translation by Dr
+Greaves; and all the three by Hudson, in the third volume of the _Lesser
+Greek Geographers_, in 1712; from which latter work this description of
+the Red Sea is extracted, on purpose to illustrate the two preceding
+journals, and to shew that there really is such a gulf on the coast of
+Arabia as that mentioned by the ancients, that geographers may not be
+misled by the mistake of Don Juan de Castro. In this edition, the words
+inserted between parenthesis are added on purpose to accommodate the
+names to the English orthography, or to make the description more
+strictly conformable to the Arabic. The situations or geographical
+positions are here thrown out of the text, to avoid embarrassment, and
+formed into a table at the end. We cannot however warrant any of them,
+as those which may have been settled by actual observation are not
+distinguished from such as may not have had that advantage; which indeed
+is the general fault of oriental tables of latitude and longitude. The
+latitude of _Al Kossir_ comes pretty near that formed by Don Juan de
+Castro; but that of _Al Kolzum_ must err above one degree, while that of
+Swakem is more than two degrees erroneous.--Ast.
+
+[Footnote 338: Astley, I. 130. We have adopted this article from Astleys
+Collection, that nothing useful or curious may be omitted. In the
+present time, when the trade beyond the Cape of Good Hope is about to be
+thrown open, it might be highly useful to publish a series of Charts of
+all the coasts and islands of the great Eastern Ocean; and among others,
+a Chart of the Red Sea, with a dissertation on its geography and
+navigation, might be made of singular interest and utility.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 339: See Gagnier's preface to the life of Mahomet by
+Abu'lfeda; and the preface of Shulten to that of Saladin--Astl. I. 130.
+d.]
+
+The author begins his description of the sea of _Kolzum_ or of _Yaman_
+at _Al Kolzum_[340], a small city at the north end of this sea; which
+from thence runs south, inclining a little towards the east, as far as
+_al Kasir_ (_al Kossir_) the port of _Kus_[341]. Hence it continues its
+course south, bending somewhat westward to about _Aidab_ (Aydhab[342].)
+The coast passes afterwards directly south to _Sawakan_ (Swakem), a
+small city in the land of the blacks, (or _al Sudan_). Proceeding thence
+south, it encompasses the island of _Dahlak_, which is not far from the
+western shore. Afterwards advancing in the same direction, it washes the
+shores of _al Habash_ (_Ethiopia_ or _Abyssinia_), as far as the cape or
+mountain of _al Mandab_ (or _al Mondub_), at the mouth of the _Bahr al
+Kolzum_ or Red Sea, which here terminates; the _Bahr al Hind_, or Indian
+Sea flowing into it at this place. The cape or mountain of _al Mandub_
+and the desert of _Aden_ approach very near, being separated only by so
+narrow a strait that two persons on the opposite sides may see each
+other across. These Straits are named _Bab al Mandab_. By some
+travellers the author was informed that these Straits lie _on this side_
+of Aden to the north-west, a day and nights sail. The mountains of _al
+Mandab_ are in the country of the negroes, and may be seen from the
+mountains of _Aden_, though at a great distance. Thus much for the
+western side of this sea. Let us now pass over to the eastern coast.
+
+[Footnote 340: Or _al Kolzom_, which signifies _the swallowing up_.
+Here, according to Albufeda in his description of _Mesr_ or Egypt,
+Pharaoh was drowned, and the town and the sea took this name from that
+event. _Kolzum_ is doubtless the ancient _Clysma_, as indicated both by
+the similarity of names, and the agreement of situation. It was in the
+road of the pilgrims from Egypt to Mecca, but is now destroyed. Dr
+Pocock places Clysma on his map about 15 min. south from Suez.--Ast. I.
+131. b.]
+
+[Footnote 341: _Kus_ is a town near the Nile, a little way south of
+_Kept_, the ancient _Koptos_; which shews that Kossir must be the
+ancient Berenice, as formerly observed in a note on the Journal of de
+Castro.--Astl. I. 131. c.]
+
+[Footnote 342: In this name of _Aydhab_, the _dh_ is pronounced with a
+kind of lisp, like the English _th_ in the words _the_, _then_, &c.
+About 1150, in the time of _al Edrisi_, this was a famous port, and
+carried on a great trade. Both the king of _Bejah_ or _Bajah_, a port of
+Nubia, and the Soldan of Egypt, had officers here to receive the
+customs, which were divided between these sovereigns. There was a
+regular ferry here to _Jiddah_, the port of Mecca, which lies opposite,
+the passage occupying a day and a night, through a sea full of shoals
+and rocks. In his description of Egypt, Abulfeda says Aydhab belonged to
+Egypt, and was frequented by the merchants of Yaman, and by the pilgrims
+from Egypt to Mecca.--Astl. I. 131. d.]
+
+The coast of _Bahr al Kolzum_ runs northward from _Aden_[343], and
+proceeds thence round the coast of _al Yaman_ (or Arabia Felix), till it
+comes to the borders thereof. Thence it runs north to _Joddah_. From
+_Joddah_ it declines a little to the west, as far as _Jahafah_, a
+station of the people of _Mesr_ (Egypt), when on pilgrimage to Mecca.
+Thence advancing north, with a small inclination towards the west, it
+washes the coast of _Yanbaak_ (_Yamboa_). Here it turns off
+north-westwards, and having passed _Madyan_ it comes to _Aylah_. Thence
+descending southwards it comes to the mountain _al Tur_[344], which
+thrusting forwards separates two arms of the sea. Thence returning to
+the north, it passes on to _al Kolzum_, where the description began,
+which is situated to the west of _Aylah_, and almost in the same
+latitude.
+
+[Footnote 343: From Aden the coast leading to the Straits of Bab al
+Mandab runs almost due west, with a slight northern inclination, about
+115 statute miles, or 1 deg. 45 min. of longitude to Cape _Arah_, which
+with Cape _al Mandab_ from the two sides of the Straits of Mecca or Bab
+al Mandab, having the island of Prin interposed, considerably nearer to
+the Arabian than the African shore.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 344: A mountain so called near Sinai, which likewise goes by
+that name.--Ast. I. 151. h.--This mountain of _al Tur_ forms the
+separation between the Gulf of _Suez_ and that of Akkaba, its western
+extremity forming Cape Mahomed.--E.]
+
+_Al Kolzum_ and _Aylah_ are situated on two arms or gulfs of the sea,
+between which the land interposes, running to the South; which land is
+the mountain _al Tur_ almost in the same longitude with _Aylah_, which
+stands at the northern extremity of the eastern bay, while _al Kolzum_
+is at the northern extremity of the western gulf, so that _Aylah_ is
+more to the east, and mount _al Tur_ more to the south than _al Kolzum_.
+_Aylah_ is situated on the inmost part of the promontory which extends
+into the sea. Between _al Tur_ and the coast of _Mesr_ (Egypt), that
+arm of the sea or gulf extends on which _al Kolzum_ stands. In like
+manner that arm of the sea on which _Aylah_ is situated extends between
+_al Tur_ and _Hejaz_. From this mountain of _al Tur_ the distance to
+either of the opposite coasts is small by sea, but longer about by the
+desert of _Fakiyah_, as those who travel by land from _al Tur_ to _Mesr_
+are under the necessity of going round by _al Kolzum_, and those who go
+by land from _al Tur_ to _Hejaz_ must go round by way of Aylah. _Al Tur_
+joins the continent on the north, but its other three sides are washed
+by the sea. The sea of _al Kolzum_, after passing some way to the
+south-east from _al Tur_ begins to widen on either side, till it becomes
+_seventy_[345] miles broad. This wider part is called _Barkah al
+Gorondal_.
+
+[Footnote 345: These are to be understood as Arabian miles, 56-2/3 to
+the degree, or each equal to 1-1/4 English miles according to Norwoods
+measure, 69-1/2 to the degree.--Astl. I. 132. b.
+
+This would only give 80 English miles for the breadth of the Red Sea;
+whereas, immediately below the junction of the two northern guffs, it is
+104 miles broad, and its greatest breadth for a long way is 208
+miles.--E.]
+
+_Table of Situations, from Abulfeda_[346].
+
+                                              Lat.
+                                           deg. min.   deg. min
+   Kolzum,                                  28  20 N.   54  15 E.
+   -------by some                                       56  30
+   Al Kossir,                               26   0      59   0
+   Aydhab                                   21   0      58   0
+   Swakem,                                  17   0      58   0
+   Aden,                                    11   0      66   0
+   Borders of Yaman,                        19   0      67   0
+   Jiddah,                                  21   0      66   0
+   Jahafah,                                 22   0      65   0
+   Yamboa,                                  26   0      64   0
+   Aylah,                                   29   0      55   0
+   ----                                     28  50      56  40
+
+[Footnote 346: The longitude is reckoned by _Abulfeda_ from the most
+western shores on the Atlantic Ocean, at the _pillars of Hercules_;
+supposed to be 10 deg. E. of the _Fuzair al Khaladat_, or the Fortunate
+Islands.--Ast. I. 134.
+
+These latitudes and longitudes are so exceedingly erroneous as to defy
+all useful criticism, and are therefore left as in the collection of
+Astley without any commentary; indeed the whole of this extract from
+Abulfeda is of no manner of use, except as a curiosity.--E.]
+
+POSTSCRIPT.-_Transactions of the Portuguese in Abyssinia, under Don
+Christopher de Gama[347]._
+
+While the Portuguese fleet was at Massua, between the 22d of May and
+9th of July 1541, a considerable detachment of soldiers was landed at
+Arkiko on the coast of Abyssinia under the command of Don Christopher de
+Gama, brother to the governor-general, for the assistance of the
+Christian sovereign of the Abyssinians against Grada Hamed king of Adel
+or Zeyla, an Arab sovereignty at the north-eastern point of Africa,
+without the Red Sea, and to the south of Abyssinia. In the journal of
+Don Juan de Castro; this force is stated at 500 men, while in the
+following notices from De Faria, 400 men are said to have formed the
+whole number of auxiliaries furnished by the Portuguese[348]. This
+account of the first interference of the Portuguese in the affairs of
+Abyssinia by De Faria, is rather meagre and unsatisfactory, and the
+names of places are often so disguised by faulty orthography as to be
+scarcely intelligible. In a future division of our work more ample
+accounts will be given both of this Portuguese expedition, and of other
+matters respecting Abyssinia.--E.
+
+[Footnote 347: From the Portuguese Asia of De Faria, II. 24.]
+
+[Footnote 348: In an account of this expedition of the Portuguese into
+Abyssinia, by the Catholic Patriarch, Juan Bermudez, who accompanied
+them, this difference of the number of men is partly accounted for.
+According to Bermudez, the force was 400 men, among whom were many
+gentlemen and persons of note, who carried servants along with them,
+which increased the number considerably.--E.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Some time before the expedition of De Gama into the Red Sea, Grada Hamed
+the Mahometan king of Adel or Zeyla, the country called _Trogloditis_ by
+some geographers, submitted himself to the supremacy of the Turkish
+empire in order to obtain some assistance of men, and throwing off his
+allegiance to the Christian emperor of Abyssinia or Ethiopia,
+immediately invaded that country with a numerous and powerful army. On
+this occasion he took advantage offered by the sovereign of Abyssinia,
+to whom he owed allegiance, being in extreme youth, and made such
+progress in the country that the emperor _Atanad Sagad_, otherwise named
+_Claudius_, was obliged to retire into the kingdom or province of Gojam,
+while his mother, _Saban_ or _Elizabeth_, who administered the
+government in his minority, took refuge with the _Baharnagash_ in the
+rugged mountains of _Dama_, a place naturally impregnable, which rising
+to a prodigious height from a large plain, has a plain on its summit
+about a league in diameter, on which is an indifferent town with
+sufficient cattle and other provisions for its scanty population. On one
+side of this mountain there is a road of difficult ascent to near the
+top; but at the last part of the ascent people have to be drawn up and
+let down on planks by means of ropes.
+
+While in this helpless condition, the queen got notice that Don Stefano
+de Gama was in the Red Sea, and sent the Baharnagash to him, desiring
+his assistance against the tyrant, who had overrun the country,
+destroyed many ancient churches, and carried off numbers of priests and
+monks into slavery. The embassador was favourably listened to; and it
+was resolved by the governor-general, in a council of his officers, to
+grant the assistance required. Accordingly Don Christopher de Gama,
+brother to the governor-general, was named to the command on this
+occasion, who was landed with 400 men and eight field-pieces, with many
+firelocks and abundance of ammunition. He was accompanied by Don Juan
+Bermudez, Patriarch of Ethiopia, whose presence was much desired by the
+Abyssinian emperor, on purpose to introduce the ceremonies of the Roman
+church.
+
+Don Christopher de Gama and his men set out on their march from Arkiko
+under the guidance of the Baharnagash for the interior of Abyssinia, and
+the men endured incredible fatigue from the excessive heat, though they
+rested by day and marched only in the night. A whole week was spent in
+passing over a rugged mountain, whence they descended into a very
+pleasant flat country, watered by many rivulets, through which they
+marched for two days to the city of _Barua_, the metropolis or residence
+of the Baharnagash. Though much damaged in the late invasion, yet this
+place had several sightly buildings, divided by a large river, with
+goodly villages and country houses in the environs. The Portuguese were
+received at the gates by a procession of several monks singing a litany,
+one of whom made a speech to welcome them, extoling their generosity in
+coming to the aid of their distressed country: After which the
+Portuguese visited the church and encamped.
+
+Don Christopher sent immediate notice of his arrival to the Emperor, who
+was at a great distance, and to the queen mother who was near, upon the
+mountain of Dama already mentioned. The Baharnagash was sent to conduct
+her from the mountain, having along with him two companies of the
+Portuguese as an escort, and brought her to Barua attended by a great
+retinue of women and servants. On her arrival, the Portuguese troops
+received her under arms, and the cannon were fired off to do her honour.
+The queen was seated on a mule, whose trappings reached to the ground,
+and she was hidden from view by curtains fixed to the saddle. She was
+clothed in white, having a short black cloak or mantle with gold fringes
+on her shoulders. From her white head dress a flowing white veil fell
+down that concealed her face. The Baharnagash led her mule by the
+bridle, having his arms bare in token of respect, while his shoulders
+were covered by a tigers skin; and on each side of her walked a nobleman
+in similar attire. She opened the curtains that surrounded her that she
+might see the Portuguese troops; and on Don Christopher going up to pay
+his compliments, she lifted her veil that he might see her. The
+reception on both sides was courteous. Don Christopher went afterwards
+to visit her and consult with her, when it was resolved by the advice of
+the Abyssinians to winter at that place, and to wait an answer from the
+Emperor. The answer came accordingly, expressing his joy for the arrival
+of the Portuguese succours, and desiring Don Christopher to march in the
+beginning of summer.
+
+The Portuguese accordingly marched at the time appointed, and in the
+following order. Some light horse led the van, to explore the road: Then
+followed the artillery and baggage: After which came the queen and her
+attendants, with a guard of fifty Portuguese musqueteers: Don
+Christopher brought up the rear with the remainder of the Portuguese
+troops; and the Baharnagash with his officers secured the flanks. In
+eight days, the army came to the mountain of _Gane_ of most difficult
+ascent, on the top of which was a city, and on the highest cliff a
+chapel, near which was a house hung round with three hundred embalmed
+bodies sewed up in hides. These external coverings were much rent with
+age, and discovered the bodies within still white and uncorrupted. Some
+supposed these were the _Roman_ conquerors of the country; while others,
+and among them the patriarch, supposed them to have been martyrs.
+Encouraged by the presence of the Portuguese auxiliaries, many of the
+natives resorted to the queen. Don Christopher marched on to the
+mountain of Canete, well watered and having abundance of cattle, which,
+almost impregnable by nature was still farther strengthened by
+artificial fortifications. The emperors of Abyssinia used formerly to be
+crowned at this place, which was now held for the tyrant by a thousand
+men, who used often to come down from the mountain and ravage the open
+country.
+
+Contrary to the advice of the queen and her councillors, Don Christopher
+determined to commence his military operations by assaulting this den of
+thieves. For this purpose he divided his force into three bodies, one of
+which he led in person, and courageously endeavoured to force his way by
+the three several passes which led to the summit. But after the most
+valiant efforts, the Portuguese were forced to desist from the attack,
+in consequence of great numbers of large stones being rolled down upon
+them by the enemy. After hearing mass on Candlemas day, the 2d of
+February 1542, the Portuguese returned to the attack, playing their
+cannon against the enemy; and though they lost some men by the great
+stones rolled down among them from the mountain, they at length made
+their way to the first gates which they broke open, and forced their way
+to the second gates with great slaughter of the enemy, and the loss of
+three Portuguese. The enemy within the second and third gates, seeing
+only a few men of the vanguard, opened their gates, on which the
+Portuguese rushed in and maintained a hot contest with the enemy till
+Don Christopher came up with the main body, and pressed the enemy so
+hard that many of them threw themselves headlong from the rocks. Many
+women and children were made prisoners, and much plunder was taken. The
+queen and her retinue went up to the mountain, expressing great
+admiration of the Portuguese prowess, as the fortress had always been
+deemed impregnable by the Ethiopians. The patriarch purified a mosque,
+which he dedicated to the blessed virgin, and in which mass was
+celebrated to the great joy both of the Portuguese and Abyssinians.
+
+Placing a garrison of Abyssinians in this place under a native officer,
+the army marched on into the country of a rebel named _Jarse_, who now
+submitted to the queen and brought his men to her service, thinking
+nothing could withstand men who had conquered nature, so highly did they
+esteem the conquest of the mountain _Canete_. The king of Zeyla came on
+now with his army, covering the plains and mountains with his numbers,
+and exulting in the hopes of an easy victory over so small a number of
+men. Don Christopher encamped in good order near a mountain in full
+sight of the enemy. Palm Sunday and Monday were spent in skirmishing,
+with nearly equal loss on both sides, but the Portuguese had so far the
+advantage as to compel the enemy to retreat to their camp. Don
+Christopher found it necessary to remove his camp, being in want of some
+necessaries, particularly water; and on the king of Zeyla observing the
+Portuguese in motion from his position on the high grounds, he came down
+and surrounded the Portuguese in the plain, who marched in good order,
+keeping off the enemy by continual discharges of their artillery and
+small arms. The enemy still pressing on, Don Christopher ordered Emanuel
+de Cuna to face about with his company, which he did so effectually,
+that he obliged a body of Turks to retire after losing many of their
+men. The Turks rallied and renewed their attack, in which they
+distressed De Cuna considerably, so that Don Christopher was obliged to
+come in person to his relief, and fought with so much resolution that he
+was for a considerable time unconscious of being wounded in the leg. At
+this time the king of Zeyla came on in person, thinking to put a
+favourable end to the action, but it turned to his own loss, as many of
+his men were cut off by the Portuguese cannon. Don Christopher was in
+great danger of being slain, yet continued the action with great
+resolution, till at length the tyrant was struck down by a shot which
+pierced his thigh. His men immediately furled their colours and fled,
+carrying him off whom they believed slain though he was still alive.
+This victory cost the Portuguese eleven men, two of whom were of note.
+After the battle, the queen herself attended Don Christopher and all the
+wounded men with the utmost alacrity and attention.
+
+After the respite of a week, the Portuguese army marched towards the
+enemy, who came to meet them, the king of Zeyla being carried in an open
+chair or litter. This battle was resolutely contested on both sides. A
+Turkish captain, thinking to recover the honour which had been lost in
+the former action, made a charge with the men he commanded into the
+very middle of the Portuguese, and was entirely cut off with all his
+followers. Don Christopher on horseback, led his men with such fury into
+the heat of the action, that at length he compelled the enemy to turn
+their backs and seek safety in flight. The king of Zeyla had infallibly
+been taken in the pursuit, had there been a sufficient body of horse to
+pursue and follow up the victory. In this battle the Portuguese lost
+eight men. After the victory, the allied army of the Portuguese and
+Abyssinians, on marching down to a pleasant river found it possessed by
+the enemy, who immediately fled with their king. At this time the king
+of Zeyla sent an embassy to the Pacha of Zabit acquainting him with the
+distress to which he was reduced, and prevailed upon him by a large
+subsidy to send him a reinforcement of almost 1000 Turkish musqueteers.
+
+Don Christopher wintered in the city of _Ofar_, waiting the arrival of
+the Abyssinian emperor. While there a Jew proposed to him, if he were in
+want of horses and mules, to shew him a mountain at no great distance,
+inhabited by Jews, where he might find a large supply of both. On that
+mountain the king of Zeyla had a garrison of 400 men. Having inquired
+into the truth of this information, and found that it was to be depended
+upon, Don Christopher marched thither with two companies of Portuguese
+and some Abyssinians, and came to the foot of the mountain which is
+twelve leagues in compass. Some Moors who guarded the passes were slain
+in the ascent, and on the top the Moorish commander met him with all his
+men, but Don Christopher running at him with his lance thrust him
+through the body. The shot of the Portuguese soon constrained the Moors
+to make a precipitate flight, after losing a great number of men, and
+the mountain was completely reduced. Great numbers of horses and mules
+were found in this place, which was inhabited by about 800 Jews in six
+or seven villages, who were reduced to obedience. According to
+tradition, these Jews, and many others who are dispersed over Ethiopia
+and Nubia, are descended from some part of the dispersion of the ten
+tribes. The Jew who acted as guide to the Portuguese on this occasion,
+was so astonished at their valour that he was converted and baptised,
+and by common consent was appointed governor of this mountain. Before
+this it had the name of _Caloa_, but was ever afterwards known by the
+name of _the Jews mountain_.
+
+On the second day after the return of Don Christopher to the army, the
+king of Zeyla began to shew himself more bold than usual, trusting to
+the great reinforcement of Turkish musqueteers he had procured from
+Zabid. The youth and inexperience of Don Christopher allowed his valour
+to transport him far beyond the bounds of prudence. He ought to have
+retired to some strong position on the mountains, till joined by the
+emperor with the military power of Abyssinia, as it was impossible for
+him to contend against such great superiority, now that the king of
+Zeyla had so strong a body of musqueteers: But he never permitted
+himself to consider of these circumstances, till too late. On the 29th
+of August, the Turks made an attack upon the camp, and were repulsed, on
+which occasion Don Christopher was wounded in the leg and lost four men.
+In that part of the entrenchments defended by Emanuel de Cuna, the Turks
+were likewise repelled, with the loss of three men on the side of the
+Portuguese. In another part Francisco de Abreu was killed while fighting
+like a lion, and his brother Humphrey going to fetch off his body was
+slain and fell beside that he went to rescue. On this Don Christopher
+came up to relieve his men and performed wonders, till his arm was
+broken by a musquet-ball and he was carried off by a brave soldier. He
+was scarcely dressed when news was brought that the enemy had entered
+the entrenchments, and had slain Fonseca and Vello, two of his officers,
+on which he ordered himself to be carried to the place of danger. As the
+enemy were now decidedly victorious, some of the Portuguese abandoned
+their ranks and fled, as did the queen and the patriarch, both being
+mounted on fleet mares, each taking a different way, he from fear not
+knowing where he went, but she from choice as being well acquainted with
+the country. Don Christopher sent immediately to bring back the queen,
+as her flight was entirely ruinous, occasioning the disbanding of all
+the Abyssinian troops. But at length, seeing that all was lost, he
+grasped in despair a sword in his left hand, saying, _Let who will
+follow me to die like heroes in the midst of the enemy_. He was carried
+however from the field by mere force, with only fourteen men,
+accompanied by the queen and Baharnagash, seeking some place of safety.
+The night being excessively dark they lost their way and separated, the
+queen and Baharnagash being fortunate enough to get up a mountain as
+they were better acquainted with the country; but Don Christopher
+wandering with some companions, fell into the hands of the enemy, who
+carried him to the tyrant who was quite elated with his prize. The
+victors used their good fortune with the utmost barbarity, cruelly
+cutting down every one who fell in their way, which occasioned one to
+set a quantity of powder on fire that was in one of the tents belonging
+to the queen, by which all who were in or near it were blown up.
+
+The king of Zeyla was quite elated by the capture of Don Christopher,
+whom he caused to be brought into his presence, and questioned him as to
+what he would have done with him, if defeated and made prisoner. "I
+would have cut off your head," answered Don Christopher, "and dividing
+your body into quarters, would have exposed them as a terror and warning
+to other tyrants." The king caused him to be buffeted with the buskins
+of his slaves; his body to be immersed in melted wax, and his beard
+interwoven with waxed threads, which were set on fire, and in this
+manner he was led through the army as a spectacle. Being brought back,
+the king cut off his head with his own hand, and caused the body to be
+quartered and exposed on poles. Where the head fell, it is said that
+there gushed out a spring of water which cured many diseases. On the
+same hour, a tree was torn out by the roots in the garden of a certain
+convent of monks, though the air was at the time perfectly calm.
+Afterwards, at the same hour, the emperor of Abyssinia having vanquished
+the tyrant and caused his head to be struck off, the tree which was then
+dry replanted itself in the former place, and became covered with
+leaves.
+
+Most of the Portuguese who were taken on occasion of this defeat,
+perished in slavery. Alfonso Chaldeira followed the queen with thirty
+men. Emanuel de Cuna with forty got away to the Baharnagash and was well
+received. Sixty more followed the Patriarch Bermudez, making in all 130
+men. Ninety of these went to the emperor, who was then near at hand, and
+very much lamented the slaughter among that valiant body of auxiliaries,
+and the loss of their brave commander. De Cuna with his forty men were
+too far off to join the Abyssinian emperor at this time. The emperor
+marched soon afterwards against the king of Zeyla, accompanied by ninety
+of the Portuguese who had joined him after the former defeat, to whom he
+gave the vanguard of his army, in consideration of the high opinion he
+had of their valour. At the foot of the mountain of _Oenadias_ in the
+province of _Ambea_, they met a body of 700 horse and 2000 foot going to
+join the king of Zeyla. Fifty Portuguese horse went immediately to
+attack them, and Antonio Cardoso who was foremost killed the commander
+of the enemy at the first thrust of his lance. The rest of the
+Portuguese followed this brave example, and slew many of the enemy, and
+being seconded by the Abyssinians, first under the Baharnagash and
+afterwards by the king in person, eight hundred of the enemy were slain
+and the rest put to flight, when they went rather to terrify the tyrant
+with an account of their defeat, than to reinforce him by their
+remaining numbers.
+
+The king of Zeyla was only at the distance of a league with his army in
+order of battle, consisting of two bodies of foot of three thousand men
+in each, while he was himself stationed in the front at the head of five
+hundred horse. The emperor of Abyssinia met him with a similar number,
+and in the same order. The ninety Portuguese, being the forlorn hope,
+made a furious charge on the advanced five hundred of the enemy, of whom
+they slew many, with the loss of two only on their own side. The emperor
+in person behaved with the utmost bravery, and at length the horse of
+the enemy being defeated fled to the wings of their infantry. The king
+of Zeyla acted with the utmost resolution, even shewing his son to the
+army, a boy of only ten years old, to stir up his men to fight valiantly
+against the Christians. The battle was renewed, and continued for long
+in doubt, the emperor being even in great danger of suffering a defeat;
+but at length a Portuguese shot the king of Zeyla in the belly by which
+he died, but his horse carried him dangling about the field, as he was
+tied to the saddle, and his army took to flight. Only a few Turks stood
+firm, determined rather to die honourably than seek safety in flight,
+and made great slaughter among the Abyssinians: But Juan Fernandez, page
+to the unfortunate Don Christopher, slew the Turkish commander with his
+lance. In fine, few of the enemy escaped by flight. The head of the king
+of Zeyla was cut off, and his son made prisoner. Being highly sensible
+of the great merit of the Portuguese to whom he chiefly owed this and
+the former victories over his enemies, the emperor conferred great
+favours upon them. De Cuna returned to Goa with only fifty men; and the
+other survivors of the Portuguese remained in Abyssinia, where they
+intermarried with women of that country, and where their progeny still
+remains.
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+CONTINUATION OF THE PORTUGUESE TRANSACTIONS IN INDIA, AFTER THE RETURN
+OF DON STEFANO DE GAMA FROM SUEZ IN 1341, TO THE REDUCTION OF PORTUGAL
+UNDER THE DOMINION OF SPAIN IN 1581.
+
+
+In our remaining account of the early Transactions of the Portuguese in
+India, taken chiefly from the Portuguese Asia of De Faria, we have not
+deemed it necessary or proper to confine ourselves rigidly to the
+arrangement of that author, nor to give his entire narrative, which
+often contains a number of trifling incidents confusedly related. We
+have therefore selected such incidents only from that work as appeared
+important or curious: And, as has been already done in the two
+immediately preceding chapters, containing the Voyages of Solyman Pacha,
+and Don Stefano de Gama, we propose in the sequel to make such additions
+from other authentic and original sources, as may appear proper and
+consistent with our plan of arrangement. These additions will be found
+distinctly referred to their respective authors as we proceed.--E.
+
+
+SECTION I.
+
+_Incidents during the Government of India by Don Stefano de Gama,
+subsequent to his Expedition to the Red Sea._
+
+
+During the expedition of Don Stephano de Gama up the Red Sea, some
+circumstances are related by De Faria which are not noticed in the
+Journal of Don Juan de Castro, who either thought proper to confine his
+narrative to nautical affairs, or his abreviator Purchas has omitted
+such as were military. On his voyage up the Red Sea, De Gama found most
+of the islands and cities abandoned, as the people had received notice
+of the expedition. The chief island was Massua, and the principal city
+Swakem, in about 19 deg. of north latitude[349], which was well built and
+rich. The sheikh or king had withdrawn a league into the interior, and
+endeavoured to amuse De Gama with proposals of peace and amity, that he
+might save his insular city from being destroyed. The greatest injury
+occasioned by this delay was that it prevented De Gama from destroying
+the ships at Suez, the main object of his expedition, as so much time
+was gained that the news of his approach was carried to Suez, and the
+Turks were fully prepared for his reception. In revenge, De Gama marched
+into the interior with 1000 men, accompanied by his brother Don
+Christopher, and defeated the sheikh with great slaughter, making a
+considerable booty. Then returning to Swakem, that city was plundered;
+on which occasion many of the private men got to the value of five or
+six thousand ducats, after which the city was burnt to the ground.
+
+[Footnote 349: Lat. 19 deg. 40'.]
+
+Sending back the large ships from thence to Massua under the command of
+Lionel de Lima, de Gama proceeded on his expedition to Suez with 250 men
+in 16 catures or barks. At Al-Kossir, in lat. 25 deg. N.[350] that place was
+destroyed. Crossing over to Toro, some vessels belonging to the enemy
+were taken. The Turks first opposed their landing; but some of them
+being slain, the rest fled and abandoned the city, in which nothing of
+value was found; but De Gama refrained from burning the city from
+reverence to St Catharine, as there was a monastery at that place
+dedicated to her, which he visited at the instance of the friars. Being
+to his great glory the first European commander who took that city, he
+knighted several officers, who very justly held this honour in great
+esteem, which was even envied afterwards by the emperor Charles V. The
+friars of this monastery of St Catharines at Toro are of the Greek
+church, and of the order of St Basil. The city of Toro is in lat. 28 deg.
+N.[351] and is thought by learned cosmographers to be the ancient
+_Elana_.
+
+[Footnote 350: Lat. 26 deg. 15'.]
+
+[Footnote 351: Lat. 28 deg. 15'.]
+
+Proceeding onwards to Suez, after many brave attempts to sound and
+examine the harbour, all of which failed, De Gama resolved in person and
+in open day to view the Turkish gallies. He accordingly landed with his
+soldiers; but the enemies shot from the town was well kept up, and 2000
+Turkish horse broke out from an ambush; and, though some of the enemy
+were slain by the Portuguese cannon, De Gama and his men were forced to
+retire, much grieved in being unable to accomplish the great object of
+the expedition.
+
+On his return to the fleet at Massua, he there found that owing to the
+severity of _Emanual de Gama_[352] a mutiny had taken place, and that 80
+men had run away with a ship, designing to go into Ethiopia. They were
+met however by a captain belonging to the king of Zeyla, and most of
+them slain after a vigorous resistance. Five of the mutineers were found
+hanging on a gallows, executed by order of Emanuel de Gama, for having
+concealed the design of the other 80 who deserted. At their execution,
+these men cited De Gama to answer before _the great tribunal_, and
+within a month De Gama died raving mad.
+
+[Footnote 352: In preceding passage, Lionel de Lima is mentioned as
+commanding the fleet; Emanuel de Gama may therefore be supposed to have
+commanded the ship that mutinied.--E.]
+
+About July 1541, while on its return from Massua to India, the fleet
+commanded by the governor Don Stefano de Gama encountered so severe a
+storm that one of the galliots sunk bodily, a bark was lost, and all the
+other vessels dispersed. During the continuance of this dreadful
+tempest, many religious vows were made by the people; but that made by
+one of the soldiers afterwards occasioned much mirth. He vowed, if he
+survived the tempest, that he would marry Donna Isabel de Sa, daughter
+to Don Garcia de Sa afterwards governor of India, which lady was one of
+the most celebrated beauties of the time. At length De Gama arrived at
+Goa; and as the ships from Portugal did not arrive at the expected time,
+and the public treasure was much exhausted by the late charges, he
+loaded the goods provided for the home voyage in four galleons, and
+dispatched them, for Lisbon.
+
+About this time _Nizamoxa_[353] wished to gain possession of the forts
+of _Sangaza_ and _Carnala_, held by two subjects of Cambaya, on the
+frontiers of that kingdom, which were formidable from their strength and
+situation; and took them by assault in the absence of their commanders,
+who applied to Don Francisco de Menezes, the commander at Basseen to
+assist in their recovery, offering to hold them of the Portuguese.
+Menezes went accordingly with 300 Portuguese and a party of native
+troops, accompanied by the two proprietors, each of whom had 200 men.
+The fort of Carnala was taken by assault, and the garrison of Sangaza
+abandoned it on the approach of De Menezes. Having thus restored both
+commanders to their forts, De Menezes left Portuguese garrisons with
+both for their protection. Nizamoxa sent immediately 5000 men who ruined
+both districts, and the owners in despair resigned their titles to the
+Portuguese, and withdrew to Basseen, whence De Menezes sent supplies to
+the two forts, meaning to defend them. Nizamoxa sent an additional force
+of 6000, men, of which 1000 were musqueteers and 800 well equipped
+horse. This great force besieged Sangaza, to which they gave two
+assaults in one day, and were repulsed with great slaughter. Menezes
+went immediately to relieve the place with 160 Portuguese, 20 of whom
+were horse, together with several _naigs_ and 2000 Indians. After a
+sharp encounter, in which the Portuguese were nearly defeated, the enemy
+fled from Sangaza, leaving all the ground about the fort strewed with
+arms and ammunition. In this engagement the enemy lost 500 men and the
+Portuguese 20. During the action a Portuguese soldier of prodigious
+strength, named _Trancoso_, laid hold of a Moor wrapped up in a large
+veil as if he had been a buckler, and carried him before his breast,
+receiving upon him all the strokes from the enemies weapons, and
+continued to use this strange shield to the end of the battle.
+
+[Footnote 353: In Portuguese _x_ has the power of _sh_ in English
+orthography; hence the name of this prince was perhaps Nizam Shah, and
+may be the same prince called in other places of De Faria _Nazamaluco or
+Nizam al Mulk.--E.]
+
+The governor Don Stefano de Gama happened at this time to be in _Chual_,
+visiting the northern forts; and considering that the maintenance of
+Sangaza and Carnala cost more than they produced, and besides that
+Nizamoxa was in alliance with the Portuguese, delivered them to that
+prince for 5000 pardaos, in addition to the 2000 he paid before, to the
+great regret of De Menezes. Soon afterwards a fleet arrived from
+Portugal under Martin Alfonso de Sousa, who was sent to succeed Don
+Stephano de Gama in the government. This fleet had the honour to bring
+out to India the famous _St Francisco Xaviar_, one of the first fathers
+of the society of Jesus, both in respect to true piety and virtue. He
+was the first ecclesiastic who had the dignity of _Apostolic Legate_ of
+all Asia, and was very successful in converting the infidels: But we
+shall afterwards have occasion to enlarge upon his great virtues and
+wonderful actions.
+
+On his arrival in the port of Goa, Martin Alfonso de Sousa sent notice
+to Don Stefano de Gama at the dead hour of the night, which induced De
+Gama to return an answer unworthy of them both. Martin Alfonso found
+nothing to lay to the charge of Don Stefano, as those desired who
+instigated him to seek for offences; for Alfonso was a gentleman of much
+honour, and could never have thought of any such thing of himself. But,
+though he ought now to have checked himself, finding nothing against De
+Gama, he became the more inveterate; as it is natural for men when they
+are in the wrong to persist with obstinacy. Alfonzo vented his malice by
+refusing conveniences to De Gama for the voyage home, which so disgusted
+him that he never waited upon Alfonso after resigning to him the sword
+of command.
+
+Don Stefano arrived safe in Portugal, where he was received with much
+honour by the court, and with favour by the king; but refusing a wife
+offered by his majesty, he was disgraced, on which he went to reside at
+Venice. The Emperor Charles V. persuaded him to return to Portugal,
+assuring him of the kings favour; but he found none; for princes are
+more fixed in punishing a little omitted to please, than in rewarding
+much done for their service. On assuming the government of India, Don
+Stefano made an inventory of all he was worth, being 200,000 crowns; and
+when he left the government his fortune was found 40,000 crowns
+diminished. He was of middle stature, thick and strong built, with a
+thick beard and black hair, and a ruddy completion. On his tomb was
+inscribed at his own desire, _He who made knights on Mount Sinai ended
+here_.
+
+
+SECTION II.
+
+_Exploits of Antonio de Faria y Sousa in Eastern India_[354].
+
+
+We have placed these exploits in a separate Section, because, although
+they appear in the Portuguese Asia as having taken place during the
+government of Don Stefano de Gama, yet is their chronology by no means
+well defined: and likewise because their authenticity is even more than
+problematical. In themselves they appear to carry evidence of
+overstepping the modest bounds of history; and there is reason to
+believe that they rest principally, if not altogether, on the authority
+of Fernan Mendez de Pinto, of notorious character. Yet they seem
+sufficiently curious to warrant insertion in this work; and it is not at
+all improbable that Antonio de Faria may have been a successful
+freebooter in the Chinese seas, and that he may have actually performed
+many of the exploits here recorded, though exaggerated, and mixed in
+some places with palpable romance.--E.
+
+[Footnote 354: De Faria, II. 29 & seq.]
+
+About this time Pedro de Faria, who was governor of Malacca, sent his
+factor MENDEZ DE PINTO with a letter and a present to the king of
+_Patane_, desiring him to procure the liberty of five Portuguese who
+were then slaves to his brother-in-law at Siam. Pinto was also entrusted
+with goods to the value of 10,000 ducats, to be delivered to the factor
+of De Faria at _Pam_. Having at that place made up a valuable cargo of
+diamonds pearls and gold, to the extent of 50,000 crowns, it was all
+lost one night in a tumult, occasioned by the following circumstance.
+There resided in Pam an ambassador from the king of Borneo, who one
+night detected the king of Pam in bed with his wife, and immediately
+slew him. On the death of the king becoming public, the people rose in
+commotion, more for the purpose of plunder than revenge. In this tumult
+about 4000 men were slain, and the Portuguese factors were robbed, and
+some of their companions slain. They made their escape to _Patane_,
+where they and other Portuguese asked leave of the king to make
+reprisals on three vessels belonging to merchants of Pam, which were
+then riding at anchor in the river _Calantam_ 18 leagues off, richly
+laden from China. Getting the kings permission, they set out to the
+number of 80 persons in three vessels, and after a sharp engagement took
+and brought in these ships to Patane, where their cargoes were valued at
+300,000 ducats. The people of Patane urged the king to take these ships
+from the Portuguese; but he decided that the 50,000 crowns should be
+made good to them of which they had been plundered at Pam; on which the
+merchants paid that sum and were allowed to continue their voyage.
+
+About the same period, _Pedro de Faria y Sousa_ sent his kinsman _Antonio
+de Faria y Sousa_ to treat of important affairs with the king of
+_Patane_, and in particular to preserve peace with that prince. Antonio
+carried goods with him to the value of 12,000 ducats, and finding no
+sale for them at that place, he sent them to the port of _Lugor_ in the
+kingdom of Siam, a place of great trade, where he was informed they
+would sell to great advantage. He intrusted the charge of this valuable
+cargo to _Christopher Borallo_, who was surprised while at anchor in the
+mouth of the Lugor river by, Khodjah Husseyn, a Moor of Guzerat, who
+commanded a vessel well stored with artillery, and manned with 80 Turks
+and Moors. Borallo thought himself happy in escaping from these pirates
+by swimming on shore, and brought the news of this disaster to Antonio
+de Faria at Patane, who vowed that he would never desist till he had
+destroyed Husseyn, in revenge for this loss. Husseyn was equally
+inveterate against the Portuguese, ever since Hector de Silveyra had
+taken a ship belonging to him in the sea of Guzerat, killing his father
+and two brothers, and had continually exerted himself in robbing and
+murdering the Portuguese. Owing to this loss and his determination of
+revenge, Antonio de Faria was led to the performance of those brave
+actions which I now mean to relate with all my usual sincerity, without
+affection for my kindred.
+
+Antonio accordingly fitted out a small vessel with 50 men, in which he
+sailed from Patane on Saturday the 8th May 1540, and steered north-east
+towards the kingdom of _Champa_ or _Tsiompa_, to examine that coast. He
+here saw the island of _Pulo Condor_, in lat. 3 deg. 20' N[355]. and then to
+the eastwards rounded one six leagues from the coast of Cambodia.
+Entering the port of _Bralapisam_, he found there a vessel of the
+_Lequii_, having on board an ambassador from the prince of the island of
+_Lossa_[356] in 36 deg. of north latitude, for the king of Siam. As soon as
+this vessel espied the Portuguese ship, it weighed anchor and sailed
+away. Faria sent after them a Chinese pilot with a civil message, who
+brought back this remarkable answer, "We return thanks: The time will
+come when our nation shall have commerce with that captain in real
+friendship, through the law of the supreme God, whose clemency is
+boundless, since by his death he gave life to all mankind, and remains
+an everlasting faith in the house of the good. We confidently hold that
+this will be when half the times are past[357]." The pilot also brought
+back a rich cymeter in a scabbard of beaten gold, with a handle of the
+same, splendidly ornamented with pearls of great value. Antonio would
+have made a return, but the vessel could not be overtaken. From thence
+Antonio proceeded to the river _Pulo Cambier_, which divides the
+kingdoms of _Cambodia_ and _Tsiompa_. At the town of _Catimparu_, he was
+informed that great river took its rise in the lake of _Pinator_, 260
+leagues westwards in the kingdom of _Quitirvam_, encompassed with high
+mountains, around which lake there are 38 towns, 13 of which are
+considerable, where was a gold mine that yielded 22 millions of crowns
+yearly. It belonged to _four_ lords, who were engaged in continual wars
+for its possession. At _Bauquerim_ likewise there is a mine of the
+finest diamonds: and from the disposition of the people they might
+easily be conquered by the Portuguese.
+
+[Footnote 355: Pulo Condor, off the mouths of the Japanese river, is in
+lat. 8 deg. 40' N. perhaps the figure 3 in the text is a typographical
+error.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 356: Possibly Luzon in lat. 16 deg. N. may be here meant. Unless
+we can suppose some part of Japan may be intended, which is in the
+latitude of the text--E.]
+
+[Footnote 357: This strange oracular message, and indeed most of the
+wonderful deeds of Antonio de Faria, smells strongly of _Mendez de
+Pinto_, the factor of Pedro de Faria, who has been characterised as the
+_prince of liars_. Indeed the editor of Astleys Collection says that his
+name ought to be _Mendax_ de Pinto.--E.]
+
+Coasting along, Antonio came to anchor in the mouth of the river
+_Toobasoy_, fearing to go up. At this place he espied a large vessel to
+which he made signs of peace, but received a rude answer. As night drew
+on, it was thought proper to wait for day; but in the dark first one
+vessel and then three more were descried coming towards them, and forty
+men from the first vessel boarded them, but were all slain, their vessel
+taken and the others burnt. A black, who was taken on this occasion,
+declared himself a Christian, saying he had been slave to Gaspar de
+Melo, who had been taken by the pirate _Similau_ along with 26 other
+Portuguese, all of whom he had barbarously put to death. The black said
+that Similau had another vessel in the port richly laden, having only a
+few men on board. Similau with the other prisoners were put to the same
+death they had used to inflict on others. As soon as day appeared that
+other vessel was taken, and the booty in silver only amounted to 60,000
+ducats, besides other goods. Thus enriched, Antonio went on to the river
+_Tinacoreu_ or _Varela_, where the ships of Siam and Malacca, trading
+with China, barter their goods for gold, _calamba_, and ivory, with
+which that country abounds. He anchored off a small town called
+_Tayquileu_, the inhabitants of which called the Portuguese the _bearded
+people_; for though these people had beards, theirs were short and thin,
+whereas those of the Portuguese were at their full growth, many of them
+reaching to their girdles. By the inhabitants of this place, Antonio was
+informed that their river was formerly called _Tauralachim_ or the Great
+Stock, to express its greatness: That it is deep and navigable for 80
+leagues, up to a town named _Moncalor_, and then becomes wide and
+shallow, coming from the great country of _Chintaleuho_, where the
+country for eight days journey had been depopulated 40 years before _by
+a multitude of birds!_ In the middle of that country is the great lake
+of _Cunabetee_ or _Chiamay_, whence spring four great rivers. That lake
+is 180 leagues in circumference, and the country round abounds in mines
+of silver, copper, tin, and lead.
+
+From thence Antonio proceeded to the island of _Hainan_, passing in
+sight of _Champiloo_, in lat. 18 deg. N. at the entrance of the bay of
+Cochin China. Farther on he discovered the promontory of _Pulocampas_,
+whence the island of Hainan may be seen. To the west of this they found
+a river, up which Borallo was sent in a small vessel with 16 men, who
+discovered at least 2000 sail of vessels and a large walled town. On
+their return they saw a large vessel at anchor. The captain supposing
+this might be Husseyn took it; but learnt from an ancient Christian of
+Mount Sinai, who was among the prisoners, that it belonged to a pirate
+named _Quioy Tayjam_, who had killed above an hundred Portuguese, and
+now lay hid in the forecastle with six or seven others, all of whom were
+drawn from their hiding place and slain. In this vessel were found
+60,000 quintals[358] of pepper, with a great deal of other spices,
+besides ivory, tin, wax, and powder, the whole valued at 60,000 crowns;
+besides several good cannon, some valuable baggage, and silver. In the
+hold were nine children, the biggest only about nine years old, all
+loaded with irons, and starving of hunger.
+
+[Footnote 358: This is either an enormous exaggeration, or a gross
+error. The quantity in the text is equal to 3500 tons.--E.]
+
+Coasting along the island of Hainan, Antonio met some fishers of pearls,
+whom he used courteously. They told him that the island belonged to
+China. Hence he went to the river _Tananquir_, where he was suddenly
+attacked by two large vessels, both of which were taken, after a long
+struggle, in which 80 of the enemy were slain, with the loss of 14 men
+belonging to Antonio, only one of whom was a Portuguese. After a while
+they heard lamentable cries in the hold of one of these ships, in which
+17 prisoners were found, two of whom were Portuguese. From one of these
+Antonio was informed that these vessels had belonged to _Necoda
+Xicaulem_, who, after becoming a Christian at Malacca and marrying a
+Portuguese woman, had killed her and many more of her nation. The booty
+in these two ships was valued at 50,000 crowns. One of the vessels was
+burnt, as Antonio had not a sufficient number of men to navigate her. In
+both vessels there were seventeen brass guns, most of which had the arms
+of Portugal. Antonio anchored at Cape _Tilaumere_, where four vessels
+came up to his squadron likewise now consisting of four vessels, and in
+one of these was the bride of a young nobleman, who had engaged to meet
+her at that place with a like number of ships, owing to which they had
+come up to the Portuguese vessels. Three of these ships were taken, in
+one of which was the bride. Some of the seamen were retained, and all
+the others were set on shore. Antonio then went to _Mutipinam_, as a
+convenient place for selling his prizes; but as the governor of that
+city somewhat obstructed the sale, Antonio was obliged to hasten it, and
+received in payment of the goods he had to dispose of to the value of
+200,000 crowns in uncoined silver.
+
+In the beginning of the year 1541, Antonio sailed in search of the port
+of _Madel_ in the island of _Hainan_, and by the way took some prizes.
+Here he met with _Hinymilau_, a bold pirate and a great enemy to the
+Christians, whom he delighted to put to cruel deaths. With him they had
+a desperate engagement, and at last took him. He gave a bold account of
+the many cruelties he had practised upon the Portuguese, and was
+therefore immediately slain with four more. The prize was valued at
+70,000 ducats. This action struck such terror into all who were in that
+river, that they sent a message to Antonio, calling him _King of the
+Seas_, offering him 30,000 crowns to take them under his protection, and
+desiring to have passes for their safe trading. He accepted the money
+and gave the passes, only for writing which his servant received 6000
+crowns in the space of twelve days. So great a reputation had he
+acquired in these parts, that the governor of the city offered to make
+him admiral of those seas for the emperor of China, with a salary of
+9000 crowns yearly. Antonio ran all along this coast without any
+remarkable occurrence, only that he saw many towns, none of which were
+large, and a fruitful country, and was informed that there were mines
+of silver, tin, saltpetre, and brimstone.
+
+Being now weary of looking out for the pirate _Husseyn_, the soldiers
+demanded their shares of the prizes and to be discharged. This was
+agreed to, and their course was directed towards Siam; but by a furious
+storm they were cast away upon the _Ladrones_, where out of 500 men,
+only 86 got on shore naked, 28 of whom were Portuguese. At this place
+they were fifteen days with hardly any thing to eat. While in utter
+despair, as the island was uninhabited, they discovered a small vessel
+making for the shore where it cast anchor, and presently thirty Chinese
+landed, some of whom went to procure wood and water, while the others
+diverted themselves. Our men ran furiously and possessed themselves of
+the vessel and put to sea as quickly as possible. In this vessel they
+found only an old man and a child, but were quite delighted upon finding
+plenty of provisions and much silk. Sailing for _Xamoy_ in _Liampo_,
+they took another Chinese vessel and went to the island of
+_Luxitay_[359], where they remained fifteen days refitting both vessels,
+and then proceeded on their voyage. On the coast of _Lamau_ they
+discovered a large vessel having fifteen guns, which began to fire upon
+them as soon as within range; but on coming close it was observed to
+have several crosses and some men in Portuguese habits, on which they
+hailed each other, and the vessel was found to belong to _Quiay Panjau_
+a Chinese and a great friend of the Portuguese, having thirty soldiers
+of that nation on board. He came on board of Antonios vessel, bringing a
+present of amber, pearls, gold, and silver, worth 2000 ducats. Among
+other discourse, Antonio told him that he was bound for _Liampo_ to
+furnish himself with necessaries, meaning to attempt the mines of
+_Quamjaparu_, where he was told he might get much treasure. _Quiay
+Panjau_ offered to accompany him, demanding only a third part of what
+might be taken, which was agreed to.
+
+[Footnote 359: The names in this strange relation of the adventures of
+Antonio de Faria are so extremely corrupt as to defy even conjectural
+commentary.--E.]
+
+They refitted at the river Ainay, and going from there to _Chincheo_,
+Faria hired 35 Portuguese whom he found at that place. Soon after
+putting again to sea he found eight Portuguese, almost naked and all
+wounded in a fishing-boat, who told him that the pirate Khojah Husseyn
+had taken their ship, worth 200,000 ducats, in the harbour of the isle
+of _Cumbor_, and that they had escaped with difficulty in that miserable
+condition. Faria was quite rejoiced to hear of that pirate, and
+immediately turned back eight leagues to _Layloo_ to prepare for
+engaging him. He there changed his old vessels for new ones, and
+provided men arms and ammunition, paying generously for every thing. In
+four vessels which he there fitted out, he had 40 pieces of cannon, 160
+muskets, 6000 darts, with abundance of other arms and ammunition, and a
+force of 500 men, 95 of whom were Portuguese. In a day and a half sail
+from _Layloo_ he came to the fisheries where those Portuguese had been
+robbed, and was informed by some fishermen that Husseyn was only at the
+distance of two leagues in the river _Tinlau_. To make quite sure, he
+sent a person to see if that were the case, and finding the information
+accurate he proceeded immediately to the place. The engagement began
+before day-light upon four ships belonging to the pirate, which were
+soon reduced to great straits, when four small vessels came up to their
+assistance. One of the Portuguese cannon was so well pointed that it
+sank the first of these at the first fire, and killed several men in
+another vessel. At length Antonio boarded Husseyns vessel, and gave him
+such a cut over the head as struck him down on the deck, and by another
+stroke cut his hamstrings so that he could not rise. The pirates wounded
+Antonio in three places; but being succoured by his men the victory was
+complete, almost 400 of the enemy being slain or drowned by leaping
+overboard, while it cost 43 men on the side of Antonio, 8 of whom were
+Portuguese. Antonio immediately landed to bury his dead, and finding 96
+men belonging to Husseyn in a house where they were left to be cured, he
+set the house on fire, and destroyed them all. He here restored the
+Portuguese ship to her owners, and gave liberty to all the slaves, as he
+vowed on going upon this enterprise, paying their masters the value.
+After all this generosity, the remaining booty was worth 100,000 crowns.
+
+On the night after sailing from _Tinlau_ so violent a storm arose that
+two of the ships were cast away, and most of the goods in the others had
+to be thrown overboard, to the value of 200,000 ducats. One hundred and
+eleven men were lost, eleven of whom were Portuguese. Thirteen men who
+escaped the shipwreck were carried prisoners to _Nauday_, where Faria
+came with the five remaining ships to anchor. He immediately offered
+3000 crowns to the governor of the city for the liberty of the
+prisoners, and meeting with an unfavourable answer, he determined to
+liberate them by force. His men were fearful of the issue of so
+dangerous an enterprise; but he so encouraged them, that they agreed. He
+had at this time, which was in the beginning of the year 1542, a force
+of 470 men in all, 60 of whom were Portuguese. Of these he chose 300 men
+to accompany him on shore. After sending another civil message to the
+governor, who answered by hanging the messenger, he landed with his
+small but resolute band. While marching towards the city, 12,000 foot
+and 100 horse came out to meet him. His musqueteers killed at least 300
+of them, and pursued the rest to a bridge which led into the city. The
+governor was on the inside with 600 men, and defended the passage of the
+bridge till he was slain by a musquet shot, immediately on which his men
+fled, and were pursued with great slaughter till they ran out at the
+opposite side of the city. The city was plundered, on which occasion he
+who even got least was enriched, after which the place was reduced to
+ashes. Having thus gloriously redeemed his prisoners, Antonio returned
+to his ships with many beautiful female captives, having only lost eight
+men, one of whom was a Portuguese.
+
+Antonio now resumed his intended expedition for the mines, but in the
+first place went to pass the winter at _Pulo Hindor_, an inhabited
+island fifteen leagues from _Nauday_. When near the islands of
+_Commolem_, he was attacked by two large ships in which were 200
+resolute men commanded by a pirate named _Premata Gundel_, a mortal
+enemy to the Portuguese, to whom he had done much harm, but thought now
+he had only to encounter Chinese merchant ships. One of the pirate ships
+came up to board one of those belonging to Antonio, but _Qiay Panjau_
+came up against her in full sail and ran so furiously upon the pirate
+ship that both went down instantly, but _Quiay_ and most of his men were
+saved. The other pirate ship commanded by _Premata_ in person boarded
+Faria, who was in great danger of being taken, but was at length
+victorious and slew 90 of the enemy; then boarding in his turn, he put
+the whole to the sword. This action cost Antonio 17 men, 5 of whom were
+Portuguese, and above 40 were wounded, among whom Antonio himself had
+two great cuts and a thrust of a spear. The prize was valued at 120,000
+ducats. After staying 20 days in the island of _Buncalen_ to cure the
+wounded men, they steered for the gates of _Liampo_, which are two
+islands three leagues from the city of that name which was built by the
+Portuguese who there governed in the nature of a commonwealth.
+
+Anchoring at the gates of _Liampo_, Antonio sent to ask leave to come
+into the port, when he received a courteous answer, praying him to wait
+six days till the inhabitants had prepared a house for his reception. On
+Sunday morning, the time being expired, he hoisted sail and went up the
+river accompanied by many boats sent to receive him, in which were 3000
+of the citizens, who saluted him with the sound of musical instruments.
+About 200 ships then in the port were ranged in two lines forming a lane
+through which de Faria passed, all the cannons in the vessels and on
+shore firing a salute. Some Chinese who saw this magnificent reception
+asked whether this was a brother or near kinsman to the king of
+Portugal, and being answered he was only his smiths son, they concluded
+that Portugal must be the greatest kingdom in the world. From his ship,
+Antonio was received into a barge shaded by a natural chestnut tree full
+of ripe fruit, and was seated on a silver chair raised on six steps
+adorned with gold, six beautiful maids richly clad standing on each
+side, who played and sang melodiously. When he landed on the quay, he
+was placed in a still richer chair on mens shoulders under a canopy,
+guarded by 60 halberdiers, and preceded by 16 men on fine horses, and
+before these eight with silver maces, all in splendid attire. In this
+manner he was conducted to a large scaffold covered with fine tapestry,
+where being placed in his chair of state, he received the compliments of
+the magistracy and principal inhabitants of the city. From the quay to
+the city, which was a considerable distance, there was a closely covered
+lane formed of chestnut, pine, and laurel trees, and the ground was
+strewed with flowers. And all the way, at regular distances, there were
+companies of dancers, and perfumes burning, with astonishing multitudes
+of people the whole way.
+
+At the entrance into the city, a temporary castle was built for the
+occasion, having the arms of the Faria family in front, being _Sanguin,
+a tower argent; in base, a man torn in pieces_. At this place he was
+received by a reverend old man, attended by four mace-bearers, and after
+some ceremonies the old man made a long speech in praise of the family,
+concluding with a panegyric on his own actions, and bidding him welcome
+to the city. The orator then offered him, in the name of the city, five
+chests full of silver in bars, worth twenty thousand pieces of eight,
+which he refused, saying he would endeavour to deserve in some measure
+the honours which wore heaped on him. From thence he walked on foot,
+passing through many splendid arches, to the church of our Lady, where
+he assisted at mass under a canopy, and heard a sermon full of his own
+praises. After this he was conducted by above 1000 Portuguese to a large
+open space before the house in which he was to reside, shaded by a
+variety of fine trees, the ground strewed with flowers and sweet herbs,
+where three long tables were splendidly decorated and richly covered
+with a sumptuous entertainment. When Antonio was seated, the whole
+multitude departed, except about 80 of the principal citizens who were
+to dine along with him, and 50 soldiers who attended, while the
+halberdiers stood at a distance to keep off the people. As soon as the
+company was seated, the music began to play, and eight beautiful maids
+came forwards playing on instruments and dancing, eight others being
+placed beside Antonio singing. The dishes were brought in by a number of
+fine women, and set upon the tables by men, the abundance and costliness
+of the entertainment being wonderful. After dinner the company adjourned
+to another place, where there was a bull-feast, with several wild horses
+among them, and at the death of each animal there followed dancing music
+and other entertainments.
+
+De Faria continued here five months, entertained in great splendour,
+having dogs and horses to go a hunting, as the environs abounded in
+game. The time being come for going to the mines of _Quamgiparu_, Quiay
+Panjau who was to have accompanied him thither was carried off by
+sickness. After this another Chinese named _Similau_ dissuaded Antonio
+from attempting the adventure of the mines, as attended with too much
+difficulty and danger, and proposed to him to undertake an expedition to
+the island of _Calempluy_, in which were the tombs of the ancient kings
+of China, which were said to contain great treasures. To this Antonio
+gave ear, as covetousness had great sway even upon his generous mind.
+Happy had it been for him if he had returned to India, satisfied with
+the victories he had already achieved. About the middle of May 1542, he
+set sail accompanied by _Similau_ in two galliots with 146 men, 52 of
+whom were Portuguese, and among these the priest _Diego Lubato_. Next
+day they discovered the islands of _Nangnitur_, and then entered upon
+seas till then unknown by the Portuguese. Having crossed a gulf of 40
+leagues, they discovered the high mountain, of _Nangalaci_, and held on
+their course northwards. At the end of ten days they anchored in a river
+where they saw white people like the Chinese, but differing in language,
+and could never prevail to have any intercourse with them. After eight
+days sailing they entered the strait of _Silcapaquim_, in which they
+spent five days in sight of many populous towns. But this course
+appearing dangerous, they steered up the river _Humbepadam_ by the
+advice of _Similau_, passing to the east of the mountain _Fangus_, and
+came thirteen days afterwards to the bay of _Buxipalem_ in the latitude
+of 30 deg., which produces fish, serpents, and crocodiles of wonderous size,
+and many sea-horses. Farther on they came to the bay of _Calinclam_,
+surrounded with high mountains, whence four great rivers fall into the
+sea. They next sailed under the great mountain _Botinasora_, abounding
+in lions, rhinoceroses, tigers, ounces, and other wild beasts, and then
+past _Gangitanu_, inhabited by the _Gigahui_, a wild gigantic people,
+some _ten_ and some _eleven spans_ high, of whom they saw fourteen of
+both sexes. They have good complexions, being white and red, but very
+ill-favoured features. Antonio gave them some procelain dishes and silk,
+for which they seemed thankful, and brought some cows and deer in
+return, but their language could not be understood.
+
+At length they arrived in the bay of _Nanking_, and six days afterwards
+to the great city of _Pamor_, whose bay was almost hid under three
+thousand vessels. Fearing danger here they stood off and came to
+_Tanquilem_, where Similau and 36 Chinese seamen ran away for fear;
+because Antonio, weary of the voyage, and finding that Similau could
+give no good account of where they were, threatened to kill him. Similau
+was not indeed ignorant, but he was so terrified by the ill usage of the
+Portuguese that he knew not what he said, and they were afraid that
+either he knew not the coast or meant to betray them. It was a great
+error to believe him at _Liampo_, and to use him ill at _Nanking_ where
+they had most need of him. In fine the Portuguese gave themselves up for
+lost, not knowing where they were till some of the natives informed them
+that they were only ten leagues from the island of _Calempluy_, on which
+they sore repented the ill usage they had given to _Similau_. Doubling
+Cape _Guinaytarau_, after a tedious voyage of two months and a half,
+they discovered the island of which they were in search in the middle of
+the river. This island is quite plain and seemed four miles round. Next
+morning Antonio sailed round it in his galliots, and found it surrounded
+by a wall of jasper so closely built that it seemed all one stone. The
+wall rose 19 feet above the surface of the water, and was terrassed on
+the inside. On the top of the wall was a _massy twist_, on which was a
+brass rail, having little columns at regular distances, on which were
+the statues of women having balls in their hands, all likewise of brass.
+At some distance from these were figures of iron, of monstrous shapes,
+that seemed to give each other their hands; and further on were several
+curious arches of stones of various colours. On the inside there were
+afterwards seen a delightful assemblage of small groves of orange trees,
+among which were 366 chapels dedicated to the gods of the year. On one
+side was a great building, not all of a piece, but divided into seven
+parts, all over splendidly ornamented with gold.
+
+In the evening Antonio entered the island by one of its eight gates,
+accompanied by sixty men, four of whom were Portuguese. On entering one
+of the chapels, they saw a man who seemed an hundred years of age, who
+fell down with fear; but, on recovering, rebuked the soldiers for taking
+the bars of silver from the tombs. Having received information of what
+was in the other chapels, Antonio went on board with a considerable
+quantity of silver taken from the first chapel, meaning to return next
+day to plunder them all. About midnight, lights were seen on the top of
+the great building, and numbers of bell were heard all over the island.
+Antonio went again on shore, though advised to make off as the alarm was
+given. He brought away two old men with some candlesticks and a silver
+idol, and was informed that the island would soon be relieved, as the
+first hermit had given the alarm; on which Antonio found that he had
+erred in not bringing away that old man as he was advised. He departed
+therefore from the island, much dissatisfied at having missed the
+acquisition of so much treasure by his own fault. After sailing a month,
+there arose so great a storm on the 5th of August, that his galliot was
+swallowed up. The other galliot perished a few days afterwards, and only
+fourteen of the crew escaped. Thus perished the brave Antonio de Faria;
+a just judgment, doubtless, for the sacrilegious robbery he intended to
+have committed.
+
+No less unfortunate was the end of the city of _Liampo_, where Antonio
+had been so nobly received, falling a sacrifice to the base and
+insatiable avarice of its inhabitants. Lancelot Pereyra, judge of that
+city, having lost a thousand ducats by some Chinese, went out with a
+body of troops to rob and plunder others in satisfaction of the debt.
+This unadvised and barbarous procedure brought the governor of the
+province against the city with 80,000 men, and in four hours burnt it to
+the ground, together with 80 ships that were in the port. Twelve
+thousand men were slain, among whom were 1000 Portuguese, and three
+millions of gold were lost. Thus scarce any thing was left of _Liampo_
+but the name; and thus what the Portuguese gained by their valour was
+lost by their covetousness. _Liampo_ had above three thousand catholic
+inhabitants, almost the half of whom were Portuguese. Those who survived
+this cruel execution, obtained leave in 1547, by great presents, to
+settle in the province of _Chincheo_, in a village which began to
+flourish in consequence of a rich trade, but it came to the same end
+with the other.
+
+
+SECTION III.
+
+_Transactions during the Government of Martin Alfonso de Sousa, from
+1542 to 1543_.
+
+
+In the year 1542, but whether under the government of De Gama or De
+Sousa is uncertain, Antonio de Mota, Francisco Zeymoto, and Antonio
+Peixoto, while on a voyage to China, were driven by a storm among the
+islands of _Nipongi_ or _Nijon_, called _Gipon_ by the Chinese, and
+known in Europe by the name of _Japan_. They were well received in one
+of these islands, of which they had the honour to be the first
+discoverers, though accidentally. These islands of Japan are far to the
+eastward of all India, being even beyond China, and lie between the
+latitudes of 30 deg. and 40 deg. N[360]. These islands are numerous, the
+principal and largest island being that peculiarly called _Niphon_,
+_Nifon_, _Nipongi_, or _Japan_, which gives name to the group, and in
+which is the city of _Meaco_ the imperial residence. According to the
+natives this principal island is 366 leagues in length, but by our
+computation only 266[361]. The chief islands around the large one, are
+_Cikoko_, _Toksosi_, _Sando_, _Sisime Bacasa_, _Vuoki_, _Taquixima_, or
+_Takishima_, and _Firando_[362]. Fernan Mendez Pinto in his travels
+assumes the merit of this discovery to himself; pretending that he came
+to the island of _Tanixima_, by which I suppose he meant _Taquixima_,
+not by stress of weather, but by design, in the service of a pirate who
+had relieved him and his companions when cast away, naming Christopher
+Borallo and Diego Zeymoto as those who accompanied him. In both
+relations _three_ names are mentioned as the discoverers of Japan, one
+only, _Zeymoto_, being the same in both, and both agree in the date of
+the discovery being in 1542. According to Pinto, the prince of the
+island of _Tanixima_ was named _Nautaquim_ who stood amazed on seeing
+the three Portuguese strangers, and uttered the following mysterious
+words: "These are certainly the _Chinchicogies_, spoken of in our
+records; who, flying over the waters, shall come to be lords of the
+lands where God has placed the greatest riches of the world. It will be
+fortunate for us if they come as friends!"
+
+[Footnote 360: More rigidly from lat. 31 deg. 28' to 40 deg. 80' N. and between
+the longitudes of 127 deg. 47' and 142 deg. 33' E. from Greenwich.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 361: Meaning probably a different denomination of measure. The
+island of Niphon measures 824 English miles in extreme length, from S.W.
+to N.E. in a somewhat bent line. Its breadth varies from 55 to 240
+miles, averaging about 100; but it is extremely irregular, owing to many
+deep bays and considerable peninsulae. _Jedo_ is now the capital and
+residence of the temporal sovereign, _Meaco_ of the once spiritual
+sovereign, now reduced to chief priest of the national religion.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 362: The only islands of magnitude besides Niphon, are
+_Kiusiu_, which does not appear to have any representative in the text,
+and _Sicocf_, probably the _Cikoko_ of De Faria. The other numerous
+islands are of little importance, and several of the names in the text
+cannot be referred to any of the islands. _Firando_ and _Taquixima_
+remain unchanged, and the others cannot be traced.--E.]
+
+The first action of the new governor De Sousa was to diminish the pay of
+the soldiers. The saving of charges is a great means of gaining the
+favour of princes; _yet ministers never express their zeal by
+retrenching their own large allowances_, but by cutting off the small
+ones from the poor; and, as was natural, this alteration occasioned much
+discontent among the troops. At this time the queen of _Batecala_, a
+well-built city on the banks of a river, on the coast of Canara, in a
+fertile country, refused to pay her tribute, and entertained pirates in
+her port to the great prejudice of trade; on which account De Sousa
+went with 2000 men in 60 vessels of different kinds to reduce her to
+obedience. On entering the port of Batecala where he demanded payment of
+the tribute, and that the pirate ships should be delivered up, the queen
+endeavoured to procrastinate till such time as she knew it would be
+necessary for the governor to retire with his armament to Cochin. But
+being aware of this artifice, the governor landed with 1200 men in two
+battalions, and ordered twenty light vessels to go up the river to
+attack the city on that side, while he assailed it on the land side.
+While marching through a wood, the governor was opposed by a body of
+musqueteers; but his troops drove them to the gates of the city, which
+they entered along with the fugitives, in spite of every opposition from
+the enemy who were encouraged by the queen in person. It was night when
+the Portuguese got possession of the city; and in the morning they began
+to plunder, not even sparing the Portuguese who were settled there. They
+even fell out among themselves, and came to blows, in which all were
+hurt and none enriched. The enemy noticed this contention among the
+Portuguese from a neighbouring hill to which they had retired, and
+endeavoured to take advantage of this circumstance, by discharging
+incessant flights of arrows into the town. On receiving orders from De
+Sousa to march against the enemy, the discontented troops exclaimed,
+"That the rich gentry might march if they would; but that they only came
+to make up by plunder for the pay of which they had been unjustly
+deprived." Gracia de Sa went out against the enemy with a few lances;
+but after several charges, almost the whole of the Portuguese shamefully
+took to flight, endeavouring in such haste to reimbark that several were
+drowned in the confusion. Indignant at this cowardice, the governor
+reproached them as not being the same brave men he had left in India
+only two years before. To this they answered, thinking he meant it as a
+reflection on his predecessor, "That the men were the same, but the
+governor was changed; and that this was the fruit of lessening their
+pay, to enable him to give gratuities to those who knew better how to
+beg favours than to deserve them." De Sousa retired to the ships for the
+night, but landed next day, when he utterly destroyed the city and
+surrounding country with fire and sword, and made all the woods be cut
+down[363]. Unable any longer to resist, the queen purchased peace by
+submitting to a heavier subjection than before.
+
+[Footnote 363: The cutting down of the woods mentioned in the text,
+probably refers to cocoa nut trees, on which the natives of the coast of
+India appear to have greatly depended for food.--E.]
+
+The king of Ormuz had fallen into arrears of life tribute, and was due
+500,000 ducats, which he was unable to pay; for the tribute had been
+successively raised from 12,000 ducats originally imposed by
+Albuquerque, to 100,000, so that from a tributary he became a slave, not
+having even a competent maintenance remaining. Finding him unable to
+discharge the debt, De Sousa proposed to him to make over the customs of
+Ormuz to the Portuguese, which he agreed to, that he might get rid of
+the oppression. But the Persians soon afterwards deprived them of this
+source of revenue, which they had unjustly appropriated to themselves.
+
+In the year 1544, De Sousa fitted out a fleet of 45 sail, in which were
+embarked 3000 seamen and soldiers. The design of this armament was kept
+a profound secret, which was to rob the pagoda of _Tremele_, 12 miles
+inland from St Thomas of Meliapour, in the kingdom of Bisnagar, for
+which express orders had been given by King John, under pretence that
+India was wasted, as if any pretence could justify robbery. The design
+was however discovered, or as others say it was disappointed by contrary
+winds. Yet the governor was persuaded to plunder other pagodas, where it
+was thought there were equal riches. By the way, he sent a message to
+the king of Jafnapatam in the island of Ceylon, commanding him either to
+become tributary to the crown of Portugal, or to prepare for opposing
+the armament. The king agreed to pay 4000 ducats yearly, glad to get off
+so easily. A king called _Grande_ near Cape Comorin, being in fear of
+the Portuguese, sent a present to the governor. De Sousa proceeded to a
+pagoda named _Tebelicate_[364], near _Calecoulam_, although the
+Portuguese were at peace with the king of that country, and went into it
+with a small number of his confidants, whence they brought out two casks
+so heavy that they loaded many men. These casks were reported to contain
+water, though some affirmed that it was gold and jewels; but the truth
+was never known. It has been alleged by some writers that nothing was
+found but a golden vessel worth 4000 crowns, in which the idol used to
+be bathed, and which was ordered to be restored by the king of Portugal,
+who was much displeased at the conduct of De Sousa on this occasion; as
+if it were a greater crime to rob the pagoda of _Tebilicare_ without
+orders, than that of _Tremele_ with orders. While the Portuguese were
+returning to their ships, the town and pagoda were set on fire, and they
+were attacked in a narrow defile by 200 Nayres, who killed 30 of them;
+but on getting into the open field, the Nayres were put to flight. No
+danger terrifies avarice. The Portuguese went on to another pagoda, from
+which a chest was brought out and opened publicly, and some silver money
+which it contained was distributed among the troops; but of so small
+account, that many believed the liberality was owing to that
+circumstance.
+
+[Footnote 364: Called afterwards _Tebilicare_.]
+
+De Sousa was obliged to return in all haste to Goa, owing to the
+following circumstance, communicated to him by a message from Don Garcia
+de Castro. _Aceda Khan_, lord of the lands around Goa, intending to
+depose Adel Khan, prevailed on Don Garcia, by means of presents to
+deliver up to him _Meale Khan_ the brother of Adel Khan, pretending that
+he held the kingdom wrongfully. This gave just cause of complaint to
+Adel Khan, and occasioned considerable danger to the Portuguese. The
+governor listened to the arguments and offers of both sides; but
+inclined more to favour Aceda Khan, who offered to cede the kingdom of
+Concan, giving a revenue of about a million, then possessed by Abraham,
+a good man and a friend of the Portuguese. As this territory was very
+valuable, particularly from its neighbourhood to Goa, the governor
+declared in favour of Meale Khan, and prepared to possess himself of the
+Concan which was offered by Aceda Khan. This was a notorious act of
+injustice; and as De Sousa was naturally of a haughty disposition, none
+of his officers dared to remonstrate; but Pedro de Faria, then
+four-score years of age, trusting to his quality and the great offices
+he had held, repaired late one night to the governors tent, and
+prevailed upon him to desist from so unjust an undertaking. Next day the
+governor abandoned his design, pretending various reasons of delay, and
+returned to Goa, carrying Meale Khan along with him.
+
+At this time Aceda Khan died, who was the contriver of this discord, and
+Adel Khan descended the gaut mountains with a powerful army to reduce
+the rebels, recovering possession of the Concan in a few days. But as
+Adel Khan was still fearful of Meale Khan, he offered the lands of
+_Salsete_ and _Bardez_ to De Sousa, on condition of delivering him up,
+which were valued at 50,000 ducats of yearly revenue. De Sousa refused
+to give up this man who had confided in him for protection; but offered,
+if put in possession of these districts, that he would remove Meale to
+some place where he could give no disturbance to Adel Khan. These
+conditions were agreed to and performed by Adel Khan, but evaded by De
+Sousa, who sent Meale to Cananor and brought him back to Goa. Some
+alleged that this was done to overawe Adel Khan, while others said it
+was meant as a bait to extort presents; and it was certain that some
+were actually sent.
+
+In this treaty, Adel Khan had agreed that De Sousa was to be put into
+possession of the vast treasures which had been left by the rebel Aceda
+Khan, said to amount to ten millions of ducats, and which at his death
+had fallen into the hands of Khojah Zemaz-oddin, who persuaded De Sousa
+that it was only one million, and delivered that sum to him. Adel Khan
+afterwards gave notice to De Sousa of the vast fraud which had been used
+in the pretended delivery of the treasure; but all his efforts to secure
+the defaulter were in vain.
+
+Sultan Mahmud, sovereign of Cambaya or Guzerat, was desirous of
+recovering possession of the castle built by the Portuguese at Diu, and
+of freeing himself by that means from the trammels which had been thrown
+in the way of the trade of his dominions. In the late treaty between him
+and the Portuguese, it had been stipulated, with the consent of the
+viceroy Don Garcia, that the government of Cambaya might erect a wall
+between the city of Diu and the castle. This wall was accordingly
+commenced; but as Emanuel de Sousa, who commanded in the castle of Diu,
+considered that the wall now building was of a very different
+description from a mere boundary, as intended in the treaty, and
+appeared to be destined for hostile purposes, he drove away the workmen,
+threw down the wall, and made use of the materials for strengthening the
+defences of the castle. Mahmud was highly offended at this procedure,
+and at the instigation of his great minister Khojah Zofar, he secretly
+used every possible means to stir up enemies to the Portuguese,
+endeavouring to form an union of the Indian princes to expel them not
+only from Diu but from all India.
+
+In the course of this year 1544, the great Khan of the Tartars invaded
+China and besieged _Peking_ with a prodigious army, amounting to
+millions of men. A large detachment from this vast army, among which
+were 60,000 horse, was sent against the city of _Quamsi_, which was
+plundered, and an immense number of the inhabitants put to the sword.
+While on his return with this part of the army, _Nauticor_ the Tartar
+general attempted to reduce the fortress of _Nixiancoo_, but was
+repulsed with the loss of 3000 men, on which he was disposed to desist
+from the enterprise, deeming the place impregnable. Among the prisoners
+taken at Quamsi were nine Portuguese, one of whom named George Mendez
+made offer to the Tartar general to put him on a plan for gaining the
+fortress of _Nixiancoo_, on condition that he and his companions were
+restored to liberty. The general agreed to his proposal, and gained the
+fort by the advice of Mendez, with the slaughter of 2000 Chinese and
+Moguls. In pursuance of his promise, the general obtained the liberty of
+the Portuguese from his sovereign, but prevailed on Mendez to continue
+in his service by a pension of 6000 ducats. The Tartar emperor was
+constrained to raise the siege of Peking and retire to _Tuymican_ his
+residence in Tartary, after having closely invested the metropolis of
+China for almost seven months, with the loss of 450,000 men, mostly cut
+off by pestilence, besides 300,000 that deserted to the Chinese.
+
+In 1545, Martin Alfonso de Sousa became exceedingly dissatisfied with
+his situation as governor-general in India, being threatened on every
+side by a combination of the native princes, and having no adequate
+means of defence either in men or money. Only a few days before the
+arrival of his successor, he declared to Diego Silveyra who was going to
+sail for Portugal, that if the king did not immediately send out a
+successor, he would open the patents of succession, and resign the
+government to whoever he might find nominated for that purpose. He was
+soon afterwards relieved by Don Juan de Castro, whose journal of the
+expedition into the Red Sea we have laid before our readers in the
+preceding chapter, and who arrived at Goa in August or September 1545,
+to assume the government of India.
+
+
+SECTION IV.
+
+_Government of India by Don Juan de Castro, from 1545 to 1548._
+
+
+Khojah Zofar, who was now chief minister and favourite to the king of
+Cambaya, though he continued to keep up a fair correspondence with the
+Portuguese, yet, with the perfidy so natural to a Moor, never ceased
+persuading his sovereign to endeavour to shake off the yoke by a second
+attempt to reduce the castle of Diu. For this purpose he collected a
+powerful army, yet endeavoured in the first place to attain his ends by
+the most infamous means of secret policy. With this view he gained over
+a Portuguese of a base character, named _Ruy Freire_, to poison the
+great cistern or reservoir of water, to set the magazine of the castle
+on fire, and to admit him by a concerted signal into the place. But this
+treacherous design was frustrated by the information of an Ethiopian, a
+Turk and a female slave, who revealed the plot to the commander, Don
+Juan Mascarenhas, who had succeeded Emanuel de Sousa. As Mascarenhas
+became aware of the storm that was gathering against him, he prepared to
+meet it as well as possible, and sent notice of his danger to the
+governor-general, Don Juan de Castro, and to all the neighbouring
+Portuguese commanders. The garrison in the castle of Diu at this time
+amounted only to 210 men: Of these Mascarenhas assigned 30 for the
+defence of each of the four bastions; his lieutenant had charge of a
+tower or bulwark over the gate with 20 men; other 20 were placed in a
+small detached work; and he retained 50 men as a body of reserve under
+his own immediate command, to act wherever the greatest danger might
+call for his presence.
+
+By this time a considerable number of men were collected by the enemy in
+the city of Diu, among whom were 500 Turks sent from Mokha by the king
+of Zabid, and Khojah Zofar came on with all his power, resolving to
+attack the sea bastion by means of three castles well stored with cannon
+and ammunition, which were built upon a ship of vast size; within the
+castles were 200 Turks, who were intended to distract the attention of
+the defendants by continually pouring in all sorts of artificial
+fireworks. This device was however abortive, as Jacome Leite went by
+night in two small vessels with twenty men, and though discovered he
+succeeded in setting the floating castle on fire, a great part of which
+blew up with all the Turks, and the remainder of the ship burnt with so
+great a flame that the enemy was seen in whole battalions running to
+quench the fire. Seeing the enemy in clusters, Jacome pointed his cannon
+among them and killed many: After this exploit, he proceeded to the
+mouth of the river, where he took some vessels loaded with provisions
+belonging to the enemy, with which he returned to the fort to the great
+admiration of the whole garrison, having seven of his men wounded in
+this gallant and successful exploit.
+
+Though frustrated in this design, Khojah Zofar persisted in his
+intentions of besieging the castle, for which purpose he began to
+rebuild the wall which had been destroyed by De Sousa.[365] This could
+not be prevented, though many of the workmen were killed by the cannon
+of the fort, and being at last brought to perfection Zofar planted upon
+it sixty pieces of large cannon, besides many of a small size. One of
+these cannons was of such extraordinary magnitude that it shook the
+whole island every time it was discharged, and it was managed with much
+expertness by a renegade Frenchman in the service of Zofar. At this time
+Don Ferdinand de Castro, son to the governor arrived with a
+reinforcement. Mascarenhas having expressed a desire of acquiring some
+intelligence from the enemys camp, one Diego de Anaya Coutinno, a
+gentleman of note and of great strength, put on a helmet with a sword by
+his side and a spear in his hand, and let himself down from the wall
+under night. He soon discovered two Moors at some distance from the
+fort, one of whom he slew with his spear, and taking up the other in his
+arms ran with him to the gate of the fort, calling out for admission,
+and threw him in, to the great surprise and admiration of his
+companions. Coutinno had borrowed a helmet, which he had engaged his
+word to restore or die in its defence. It happened to fall off in the
+scuffle, and he did not miss it till demanded, by its owner. He
+immediately let himself down again from the wall to look for the helmet,
+which he found and restored.
+
+[Footnote 365: This second siege of Diu appears to have commenced about
+the beginning of March 1545.--E.]
+
+Shortly afterwards an extraordinary movement was observed in the
+besieging army, of which Mascarenhas was desirous to know the cause. On
+this account six men sallied out at night from the castle, and fell upon
+an advanced party of sixty Moors, some of whom they killed; but the rest
+awaking, and being joined by others, the Portuguese were forced to
+retreat after losing two of their number; but the remaining four
+brought in a prisoner along with them, who reported that the king of
+Cambaya was arrived from _Champanel_ with 10,000 horse, on purpose to
+see the capture of the castle, which he was assured by Zofar must soon
+fall. This exploit so incensed the king and Zofar, that they pressed the
+siege with the utmost fury, and did much harm to the works of the castle
+by incessant discharges from their numerous artillery. But the renegade
+Frenchman, who managed their greatest gun, was slain by a chance shot,
+and the gunner who succeeded him was so ignorant that he did more harm
+to his own party than to the Portuguese. All the neighbourhood
+continually resounded with the incessant noise of the cannon, mixed with
+the cries and groans of dying men; when a ball from the fort happened to
+go through the kings tent, and sprinkled him all over with the blood of
+one of his favourites, who was torn to pieces close by him. This so
+terrified the king, that he immediately abandoned Diu, leaving the
+command of the horse to Juzar Khan a valiant Abyssinian.
+
+Khojah Zofar continued to press the siege, and there was much slaughter
+and destruction on both sides; but this was more evident and prejudicial
+in the castle, owing to the small space and the weakness of the
+garrison. Mascarenhas on his part exerted every means for defence,
+always repairing to wherever there was most danger, as desirous of
+gaining equal honour with Silveyra who had so gallantly defended the
+same place only a few years before. He was no less fortunate in
+courageous women than Silveyra, as those now in the castle encouraged
+the men to fight valiantly, and both assisted and relieved them in the
+labour of repairing the walls. On one occasion that some Turks had got
+within the walls and had taken post in a house, one of these valiant
+females ran there with a spear and fought against the enemy, till
+Mascarenhas came up with his reserve and put them all to the sword.
+Zofar used every effort and device to fill up the ditches and to batter
+down the walls of the castle; but equal industry was exerted by the
+besieged to repair the breaches and to clear out the ditches, the prime
+gentry doing as much duty on those occasions as the private soldiers and
+masons; repairing every night such parts of the walls and bastions as
+had been ruined in the day.
+
+Astonished to see all the defences thus restored, and angry at the
+obstinate resistance of so small a garrison, Zofar made a furious
+assault upon the castle, but had his head carried off by a cannon-ball.
+"In this violent death he fulfilled the prediction of his mother at
+_Otranto,_ who having in vain endeavoured to prevail upon him to return
+into the bosom of the church, used to superscribe her letters to him in
+the following manner. _To Khojah Zofar my son, at the gates of hell._"
+He was succeeded by his son _Rumi Khan_, who inherited his fortune and
+command, and was as eager as his father to reduce the castle of Diu.
+Being in great straits, Mascarenhas was under the necessity of applying
+to the governor-general at Goa and the commanders of the neighbouring
+garrisons for reinforcements, on which occasion a priest was employed,
+who run great danger, as the sea was at this season scarcely navigable:
+But then Portugal had some _decii_ and _reguli_, while it now has only
+the grief of wanting such patriots[366].
+
+[Footnote 366: It is hardly necessary to observe that this is the
+expression of D. Faria in the _seventeenth_ century, when Portugal
+groaned under the yoke of the Austrian sovereigns of Spain.--E.]
+
+In the mean time Rumi Khan and Juzar Khan gave a general assault,
+particularly directing their efforts against the bastions of St John and
+St Thomas, where they found a vigorous resistance and lost a prodigious
+number of men. Yet numbers at length prevailed, and the enemy gained a
+temporary possession of the bastion of St Thomas. The garrison adding
+fury to despair, made so desperate an effort to recover the bastion,
+that they made a wonderful slaughter of the numerous assailants who had
+penetrated their works, throwing headlong from the wall such as had
+escaped the sword, insomuch that the bastion and the ditch below were
+heaped with dead bodies. Rumi Khan spent the succeeding night in prayers
+and processions to propitiate Mahomet, and next morning renewed the
+assault with equal fury. But after mounting the two bastions, he was at
+length forced to retreat with the loss of near 2000 men, among whom was
+Juzar Khan the Abyssinian general, who was succeeded in his command by
+his uncle of the same name. In this action the Portuguese lost seven
+men. Several other assaults were given with similar success. In one of
+these the fire was so close and furious that several of the Portuguese
+who were clad in cotton garments had their clothes set on fire, on which
+they ran and dipt themselves in water, after which they returned to
+their posts. Such as happened to have skin coats escaped this danger;
+and as Mascarenhas noticed this circumstance, he caused the gilt
+leather hangings of his apartments to be made into coats for his
+soldiers.
+
+As the enemy had raised a mount near the castle which overlooked the
+walls, whence they greatly annoyed the enemy, Don Juan and Don Pedro de
+Almeyda sallied out with an hundred men and destroyed that work, killing
+300 Moors. At another time Martin Botello went out with ten men to
+endeavour to make some prisoners, to procure intelligence. This party
+fell upon a post of the enemy occupied by eighteen men, all of whom fled
+except one _Nubian_, who bravely endeavoured to defend himself against
+the whole eleven. Botello closed with him, and finding him hard to
+overcome while he touched the ground with his feet, raised him in his
+arms as Hercules did Anteus, and carried him to the fort by main
+strength. The assaults were frequently renewed, and the besieged were
+worn out with fatigue and reduced to the last extremity by famine, being
+forced to feed even upon naseous vermin. A crow or a vulture taken while
+feeding upon the dead bodies was so great a dainty for the sick that it
+sold for five crowns. Even the ammunition was almost spent. In this
+extremity, the enemy gave a fresh assault and forced their way into the
+bastion of St John, whence they were driven out. Scarcely had they
+retired when the bastion blew up with a vast explosion, carrying up 73
+of the garrison into the air, ten of whom came down alive. Among these
+was Diego de Sotomayor, who fell into the fort with his spear still in
+his hand. One soldier fell in a similar manner among the enemy, and was
+immediately slain. _It was no fable that armed men were seen in the air
+on this occasion_[367]. Foreseeing the danger, as he believed from the
+retirement of the enemy so suddenly that they had secretly caused it to
+be undermined, Mascarenhas gave orders for the Portuguese soldiers to
+retire from the bastion; but one Reynoso prevented them from doing so,
+unaware of what was intended, upbraiding them for cowardice.
+
+[Footnote 367: This is an evident allusion of De Faria to the ridiculous
+reports so often propagated among the Portuguese and Spaniards of those
+days, of heavenly champions aiding them in battle against the
+infidels.--E.]
+
+Thirteen thousand of the enemy immediately attacked the breach which was
+formed by the explosion, and were at first resisted only by five men,
+till Mascarenhas came up with fifteen more. Even the women came forward
+to assist in defending the breach: and the priest, who had returned
+from carrying advice to the neighbouring Portuguese forts, appeared
+carrying a crucifix aloft, and encouraging the men to behave themselves
+manfully. After a long and furious contest, the enemy retired on the
+approach of night, after losing 300 men, and Mascarenhas employed the
+whole night in repairing the breach. The enemy renewed their attacks
+every day, but with no better success, trusting to their vast
+superiority in numbers, that they would at last wear out and destroy the
+garrison. Rumi Khan began again to undermine the works, even piercing
+through rocks that were in the way; but Mascarenhas by means of a
+countermine disappointed his expectations, as the mine exploded back
+upon the enemy and killed many of their own men.
+
+Don Alvaro de Castro, son to the governor-general, was at this time sent
+with supplies and reinforcements, and had to contend against the winds
+and waves through almost incredible storms, yet arrived at Bassen
+without loss. From thence Antonio Moniz Baretto with eight gentlemen
+crossed over to Diu in a boat, being the first reinforcement; who though
+few were no small comfort to the besieged by their bravery. Next came
+Luis de Melo with nine men; then Don George and Don Duarte de Menezes
+with seventeen; after them Antonio de Ataide and Francisco Guillerme
+with fifty each; and Ruy Freyre the factor of Chaul with twenty-four.
+With these reinforcements Mascarenhas fell upon the enemy who then
+possessed some of the works of the castle, and had even established
+themselves in the bastion of St James. The enemy had now lost 5000 men
+and the besieged 200, but having as many more left, scarcely half of
+whom were fit for duty, when Don Alvaro de Castro arrived with 400 men
+and a sufficient supply of ammunition, having taken by the way a ship
+belonging to Cambaya richly laden.
+
+The joy of this relief was soon damped by the mutinous disposition of
+the soldiers brought by Don Alvaro; who fearful of the mines of the
+enemy, clamorously demanded to be led into the field against the enemy;
+and when the governor prudently refused compliance, they broke out into
+open mutiny in defiance of all discipline, then scarce known or at least
+not respected by the Portuguese. Being in danger of perishing in the
+castle by his own men, Mascarenhas chose rather to die in the field
+among the enemy, and made a sally with almost 500 men in three bodies.
+At the first push the advanced post of the enemy was gained, and they
+were forced to retire to their main works. Those who had insolently
+compelled their commander to this extravagant measure, now stood
+heartless at the foot of the trenches, while others who had taken no
+part in the mutiny acted courageously. After a severe reproof from
+Mascarenhas they took heart and mounted the works, but the whole army of
+the enemy attacking them, the Portuguese were forced to retire in
+disorder. The enemy followed up the runaways, and 5000 of them under
+Mojate Khan endeavoured to gain possession of the bastion of St Thomas,
+but were bravely repulsed by Luis de Sousa. In this action sixty men
+were slain on the side of the Portuguese, among whom were Don Alvaro de
+Castro, who was mortally wounded in the head. About this time likewise
+the enemy gained temporary possession of the bastion of St James and
+even turned its cannon against the garrison, but were driven out by
+Vasco de Cuna and Luis de Almeida, who had just arrived with a
+reinforcement. The latter went out soon afterwards with Payo Rodriguez
+and Pedro Alfonso in three caravels, and soon returned with two great
+ships belonging to Mecca and several other vessels, whose cargoes were
+worth 50,000 ducats.
+
+In the beginning of October 1545, when the siege had lasted eight
+months, Don Juan de Castro set out from Goa with a powerful armament for
+its relief. As the fleet, consisting of above 90 vessels, was scattered
+during the voyage, Don Juan put in at _Baseen_ to wait for its reunion,
+and sent in the mean time Don Emanuel de Lima with a squadron to scour
+the coast, who took several vessels. At length the Portuguese fleet made
+its appearance in the sea of Diu, to the great amazement and dismay of
+the enemy, who had recently received a supply of 5000 men from the king
+of Cambaya. Having landed his troops, it was resolved by Don Juan de
+Castro to march and attack the enemy, chiefly on the suggestion of the
+experienced Don Garcia de Sa. The Portuguese army was accordingly
+marshalled in the following order. Don Juan Mascarenhas, the valiant
+defender of the castle, led the van consisting of 500 men. Two other
+bodies of equal force were led by Don Alvaro de Castro[368], and Don
+Emanuel de Lima. Don Juan de Castro led the reserve, composed of 1000
+Portuguese and a body of Indian soldiers. Among the men were several
+Portuguese women in men's clothes, who went principally to assist those
+that might be wounded. The lieutenant-governor was left in charge of the
+fort with 300 men.
+
+[Footnote 368: This gentleman has been said only a little way before, to
+have been _mortally_ wounded. He must only have been _severely_ wounded
+on that former occasion; or perhaps it might have been Don Ferdinand,
+another son of the governor, who was killed.--E.]
+
+Having prepared for battle by the sacraments of the church, this small
+army marched out at break of day of the 11th November 1545, to attack
+the numerous forces of the enemy, who were strongly entrenched and
+defended by a powerful train of artillery. At this time two Portuguese
+gentlemen who had challenged each other, agreed that he who first
+mounted the works of the enemy should be deemed conqueror: both
+honourably strove to gain the victory, and both died gloriously in the
+attempt. After a severe conflict, in which the Portuguese sustained some
+loss, they at length mounted the works, and Mascarenhas and Don Alvaro
+de Castro, having each gained possession of a tower or bulwark, made
+room for the army drawing up in the open field in the rear of the
+hostile works. Twice was the ensign carrying the royal standard thrown
+down from the enemy's works, and twice remounted. Rumi Khan used every
+effort, backed by his numerous army, to drive the Portuguese from his
+entrenchments, but unsuccessfully. Being joined by Juzar Khan, who had
+been worsted by Mascarenhas, they united their troops and renewed their
+fight, and distressed the Portuguese exceedingly, when father Antonio de
+Cazal appeared in the ranks carrying a crucifix aloft on the point of a
+lance, encouraging the troops to behave courageously. By great and
+valiant exertions, after covering the field with dead and wounded Moors,
+Rumi Khan was constrained to retreat in disorder; but having rallied his
+troops, the Portuguese in their turn were thrown into disorder. Don
+Juan, however exerted himself to admiration, and restoring his men to
+order renewed the battle. At this time a stone or bullet broke off an
+arm from the crucifix, and the priest calling on the soldiers to avenge
+the sacrilege, they fell on with such fury, that after incredible
+efforts they drove the enemy into the city with vast slaughter.
+Mascarenhas, Don Alvaro de Lima, and Don Juan de Castro, successively
+forced their way into the city with their respective battalions, by
+several avenues, making the streets and houses run with blood. The
+women shared the fate of the men, and even children were slain at their
+mothers breasts. In plundering the houses, gold, silver, and jewels were
+alone attended to by the soldiery, other things though of value being
+slighted as cumbrous.
+
+Rumi Khan and the other officers of the enemy sallied with about 8000
+men, against whom Don Juan de Castro, with the assistance of his son and
+Mascarenhas again engaged, and after a bloody battle gained a complete
+victory. In this last engagement, Gabriel Teixeyra killed the
+standard-bearer of the enemy, and dragged the standard of Cambaya about
+the field proclaiming victory. George Nunez brought out the head of Rumi
+Khan from among the dead, and presented it to Don Juan. Juzar Khan was
+wounded and made prisoner. In this great battle the enemy lost 5000 men,
+among whom, besides Rumi Khan, Azede Khan, Lu Khan, and other men of
+note were slain. The Portuguese, according to one account, lost 100 men,
+while others say only 34. Many thousands were taken, with forty pieces
+of cannon of extraordinary size, besides 160 others, and a prodigious
+quantity of ammunition. Free plunder was allowed to the troops, by which
+many acquired great riches and all were satisfied. Many of the
+Portuguese signalized their valour in this action. The governor-general
+acted the part of a valiant soldier, as well as that of a prudent
+general. Mascarenhas, after sustaining a siege of eight months,
+distinguished himself above all others. Of Don Alvaro de Castro, it is
+sufficient to say that he acted like his father. The ensign Barbado,
+though several times thrown down, as often remounted the works of the
+enemy. Father Antonio del Cazal, by presenting to view the _image of
+life_ banished the _fear of death_. Many others distinguished their
+valour, some of whom survived and others were slain. The enemy confessed
+that, one day during the siege, they saw over the church in the castle a
+beautiful woman in the air, clothed in white, and so brilliantly
+illuminated with rays of light that they could not look upon her; and
+that this day there were some men in the field armed with lances who did
+them much harm. The king of Cambaya was so enraged with the loss he had
+sustained in this siege, that he ordered twenty-eight Portuguese
+prisoners to be torn in pieces in his presence.
+
+Great was the joy at Goa on the news being received of the events at
+Diu, which were carried thither by Diego Rodriguez de Azevedo, who
+likewise carried a message from Don Juan de Castro requesting the city
+to lend him 20,000 pardaos for the use of the army, sending a lock of
+his whiskers in pawn for the faithful repayment of the money. The city
+respectfully returned the proposed pledge, and sent him more money than
+he wanted, and even the ladies of Goa on this occasion sent him their
+earrings, necklaces, bracelets, and other jewels to be applied to the
+public service. But the governor punctually restored all exactly as
+sent, having been amply supplied by the capture of a rich ship of
+Cambaya. Having restored the castle to a better condition than before
+the siege, Don Juan de Castro sailed for Goa, leaving a garrison of 500
+men in the castle under Don George de Menezes, with six ships to secure
+the coast. The city also was now better inhabited than ever, through the
+good usage of the governor to the Moors.
+
+Don Juan de Castro returned from Diu to Goa on the 11th of April 1546,
+where he was received with universal demonstrations of joy, and was
+conducted into the city in a splendid triumph, prepared on purpose after
+the manner of the ancient Romans. The city gates and the houses of the
+streets he had to pass through were hung with silk, all the windows were
+thronged with women splendidly dressed, and every part of the city
+resounded with music and the din of cannon, all the ships in the bay
+being richly adorned with numerous flags and streamers. Don Juan entered
+the city under a splendid canopy; and at the gates his hat was taken
+off, and his brows adorned by a crown of laurel, of which likewise a
+branch was put into his hand. Before him went the priest, carrying the
+crucifix, as he had done in the late battle, and next to him was the
+royal standard. Juzar Khan followed with his eyes fixed on the ground,
+perhaps that he might not see the standard of his sovereign trailing in
+the dust, while those of the Portuguese floated triumphant in the air.
+After him came 600 prisoners in chains. In the front were all the
+captured cannon, and great quantities of arms of all sorts in carts
+artificially disposed. The governor walked upon leaves of gold and
+silver and rich silks, all the ladies as he passed sprinkling him from
+their windows with odoriferous waters, and strewing him with flowers. On
+hearing an account of this triumph, queen Catharine said "That Don Juan
+had overcome like a Christian, but had triumphed like a heathen."
+
+Scarcely was this triumph ended when the governor found it necessary to
+send a force of 120 horse, 800 foot, and 1000 Indians, to expel some
+troops sent by Adel Khan to possess the districts of Salsete and Bardes,
+because the conditions on which he had ceded these to the Portuguese had
+not been fulfilled. Diego de Almeyda, who commanded these troops, easily
+executed his commission, as 4000 men belonging to Adel Khan, who were
+stationed at _Cowlii_ fled at his approach. Adel Khan however sent them
+back again, with 9000 additional men, together with a company of
+renegado Portuguese, commanded by Gonzalo Vaz Coutinno, who, to avoid
+the punishment due to his crimes, had deserted to the enemy. As Almeyda
+found himself too weak to resist this great force, he was forced to
+retire; on which the governor marched in person against the enemy with
+3000 men in five battalions, and was soon afterwards joined by Francisco
+de Melo with about 1500 more. On the approach of this force the enemy
+retired to the fort of Ponda followed by the Portuguese army, on which
+occasion Don Alvaro de Castro, who led the van, gained possession of a
+ford defended by 2000 musqueteers. The main body of the enemy, twelve or
+thirteen thousand strong, were drawn up in good order about the fort,
+but fled at the first fire, leaving the fort entirely empty.
+
+The victorious are sure to find friends. _Cidoza_ king of Canara sent to
+congratulate Don Juan de Castro upon this victory, and to propose a new
+alliance with the Portuguese, which was accordingly concluded upon
+advantageous terms, as always happens upon such occasions. This kingdom
+of _Charnataca_, corruptly named _Canara_, had no sovereign prince
+before the year 1200, when one _Boca_, a shepherd, assumed the
+government, styling himself _Rao_ which signifies emperor, a title that
+has been continued by all his successors. This king, in memorial of a
+victory gained by him over the king of Delhi, built the famous city of
+Visajanagur, corruptly called Bisnagar. The crown continued in his line
+till usurped by Narsinga, from whom the kingdom took that name, having
+been formerly called Bisnagar from that of the city. Afterwards king
+Malek sent also to confirm the peace between him and the Portuguese,
+more through hatred to Adel Khan who was defeated, than from love to the
+victorious Portuguese.
+
+Hearing in 1546 that the king of Cambaya intended again to besiege Diu
+with a larger army than ever, Don Juan de Castro prepared with all
+diligence to relieve it, borrowing money from the city of Goa for the
+expences of the expedition; and on this occasion the women of Goa sent
+him their jewels by the hands of their young daughters, complaining that
+he had not used them before, and requesting him to do so now; but he
+sent all back accompanied with presents. Having fitted out 160 sail of
+various kinds of vessels with a large military force, Don Juan sailed
+for _Basseen_ and thence to Surat, where Don Alvaro had arrived before
+the fleet, and had taken a work with several cannon from the Moors.
+Sailing thence to Baroch, the army of the king of Cambaya was seen
+covering the whole plain, to the amount of 150,000 men, with 80 large
+cannon in front. Don John was anxious to land with his small army of
+3000 men to give battle to the king, but was dissuaded from the rash
+attempt by his most experienced officers. He went on therefore to Diu,
+where he appointed Luis Falcam to command the castle, as Mascarenhas was
+then about to return to Portugal. After this he went along the coast of
+the Guzerat dominions, landing in many places, and destroying every
+thing with fire and sword. The strong and beautiful cities of _Pate_ and
+_Patane_, being abandoned by the inhabitants, were utterly destroyed;
+two hundred vessels were destroyed in their ports, and a prodigious
+booty was obtained. Dabul also, though in the dominions of Adel Khan,
+was treated in a similar manner, in revenge for the ravages committed by
+the orders of that sovereign in the districts of Salsete and Bardes,
+which were occupied by Calabate Khan at the head of 20,000 men.
+
+As Calabate Khan seemed disposed to retain possession of these
+districts, Don Juan went against him with 1500 horse and 4000 foot; but
+the enemy fled in all haste to the gauts, leaving their tents and
+baggage behind. The Portuguese army pursued; and being resisted by
+Calabate Khan in person, with 2000 horse at a ford or pass, that general
+was unhorsed and slain by a Portuguese officer named Almeyda, after
+which the enemy were defeated with great slaughter. The cymeter, dagger,
+chain, and rings of the slain general were estimated at the value of
+80,000 crowns. After this victory, Don Juan ravaged the whole country
+below the gauts belonging to Adel Khan, destroying every thing before
+him, burning all the towns and woods, and carrying off the cattle and
+provisions. From this destructive expedition he returned to Goa, which
+he again entered in triumph.
+
+About this time the king of Acheen in Sumatra, an irreconcilable enemy
+to the Portuguese, sent a fleet of sixty vessels against Malacca with
+5000 soldiers, among whom were 500 men called _Orobalones_ or _the
+golden bracelets_, from wearing that ornament in distinction of their
+bravery; but the principal force consisted of a regiment of Turkish
+janisaries commanded by a valiant Moor. This man landed in the night
+near Malacca, and it is said that the garrison was alarmed and put on
+their guard by a flock of geese, as the capitol was in ancient times.
+The garrison of Malacca was then very weak, yet the enemy were forced to
+reimbark, after burning two Portuguese ships then ready to sail. On
+returning from their intended attack on Malacca, the enemy took seven
+poor fishermen, whose noses, ears, and feet they cut off and sent them
+in that mutilated condition to the commander at Malacca, George de Melo,
+with a letter written with their blood, challenging him to come out and
+fight them at sea. Melo was by no means disposed to accept this
+challenge, having a very inadequate force, and because he had only eight
+small vessels which lay aground in a state unfit for service. But the
+great St Francis Xavier, who was then in Malacca, prevailed on some
+merchants to be at the expence of fitting out these vessels, and upon
+Melo to go out against the enemy, promising that two galliots would come
+by a certain time to his aid. When the time was near expired, two
+galliots actually made their appearance and came into the harbour,
+though intended upon a different course. The saint went on board, and
+found that they were commanded by Diego Suarez de Melo, commonly called
+the _Gallego_, and his son Baltazar, whom he prevailed upon to join in
+the attack of the Acheenese. The ten small vessels were accordingly
+fitted out and manned by 230 men, and set sail in search of the enemy
+under the command of Don Francisco Deza. After ranging about for two
+months in search of the Acheen fleet, when at length about to return to
+Malacca, Deza found them in the river _Parles_, where he resolutely
+attacked them one Sunday morning, and, after an obstinate engagement,
+gained a complete victory, in which 4000 of the enemy were slain.
+Several of the Acheen ships were sunk, and almost all the rest taken, of
+which the Portuguese brought in twenty-five to Malacca, with 300 pieces
+of cannon, and about 1000 firelocks, having only lost twenty-five men
+according to one account, while some said only four. St Francis was
+preaching at Malacca when this battle took place, and suddenly pausing
+in the middle of his discourse, he distinctly related all the
+particulars of the victory to his auditors, who were in great anxiety
+for the fate of their ships, having received no news of them during two
+months. His prophecy was verified a few days afterwards by their
+triumphant arrival.
+
+Don Juan de Castro began his operations in January 1548, by the entire
+destruction of all that part of the western coast of India which
+belonged to Adel Khan. From the river _Charopa_ two leagues from Goa, to
+that of _Cifardam_, which divides the dominions of Adel Khan from that
+of the Nizam, he spared neither living creature, vegetable, nor dwelling
+of any kind.
+
+When the news of the glorious termination of the siege of Diu was
+received at Lisbon, the king sent out a greater fleet than usual to
+India, and honoured Don Juan with extraordinary favours for his good
+services. Besides a present in money, he continued him in the
+government, raising his rank from governor-general to the dignity of
+viceroy, and appointed his son Don Alvaro admiral of the Indian seas.
+But Don Juan was almost dead when these honours reached him, being sick
+of a disease which now-a-days kills no one, for even diseases die! He
+was heart-broken by the cowardly behaviour of a Portuguese force that
+had been sent to Aden, and the rash conduct of his son at Xael, in both
+of which they had suffered severe losses. Finding himself dying, he
+publicly asked pardon of many for having written against them to the
+king; and being unable to manage the affairs of government, he appointed
+a select council to supply his place. Calling the members into his
+presence, he said "Though he neither hoped nor wished to live, yet it
+behoved him to be at some expence while he remained alive; and having no
+money, he entreated they would order him a small supply from the royal
+revenues, that he might not die for want." Then laying his hand on a
+missal, with his eyes lifted up to heaven, he solemnly swore, "That he
+had on no occasion converted the money belonging to the king, or to any
+other person, to his own use; and that he had never engaged in trade to
+increase his own fortune." He desired that this his solemn declaration
+might be recorded. He soon afterwards expired in the arms of St Francis
+Xavier, on the 6th of June 1548, in the 48th year of his age. All the
+treasure found in his private cabinet was three _ryals_ and a _bloody
+scourge_.
+
+Don Juan was an excellent scholar, being particularly skilled in Latin
+and the mathematics. During his government of India he did not allow
+himself to be actuated by pride, as others had done before and after
+him, and always valued and promoted his officers for their merits. He so
+much loved that every one should act becomingly, that seeing one day a
+fine suit of clothes on passing a tailors shop, and being told that it
+was intended for his son, he cut it in pieces, desiring some one to tell
+the young man to provide arms, not fine clothes.
+
+
+SECTION V.
+
+_Transactions of the Portuguese in India, from 1548 to 1564, under
+several Governors,[369]_
+
+
+Immediately on the death of Don Juan the first patent of succession was
+opened, in which Don Juan Mascarenhas was named; but he had gone to
+Lisbon to seek the reward of his gallant defence of Diu, which he now
+missed. The second named Don George Telo, who was also absent. In the
+third, Gracia de Sa was nominated to the succession, an officer of much
+experience in the affairs of India. Soon afterwards, he received an
+embassy from Adel Khan to solicit peace, which was concluded much to the
+advantage of the Portuguese. The Zamorin, Nizam-al-mulk, Kothb-al-mulk
+king of Golconda, the Rajah of Canara, and several other princes of
+India sent splendid embassies to confirm the peace; and at length,
+Sultan Mahmud king of Guzerat or Cambaya, tired of the unfortunate war
+in which he had been long engaged with the Portuguese, made pacific
+overtures, and a treaty was concluded to the credit and advantage of the
+Portuguese.
+
+[Footnote 369: The transactions of this period are of so little
+importance, and related in so desultory a manner, that in the present
+section we have only thought it necessary to give an abbreviated
+selection.--E.]
+
+In the course of this year, 1548, a bloody war broke out between the
+kings of Siam and Pegu on the following occasion: The king of Siam
+happened to possess _a white elephant_, a singular curiosity, much
+coveted by all the princes of the east, and the king of Pegu demanded
+that it should be given up to him in token of superiority. This was
+refused by the king of Siam, and the king of Pegu invaded Siam with a
+numerous army, reducing the king of Siam to such straits that he was
+willing to make peace on any conditions, except delivering up the white
+elephant, even agreeing to give up one of his own daughters, and to send
+a woman of noble birth yearly as an acknowledgement of vassalage. But as
+the terms were not performed, the king of Pegu again marched into the
+kingdom of Siam with a prodigious army of a million and a half of men
+and 4000 elephants. Above 2000 workmen preceded the king, and set up
+every night for his lodgment a stately wooden palace, richly painted and
+adorned with gold. On this march the king of Pegu constructed a
+prodigious bridge of boats over the rapid river _Menam_, a full league
+in length, for the passage of his army.
+
+In the course of this march, the army of Pegu was obstructed by a strong
+entrenchment defended by 25,000 Siamese troops. Diego Suarez de Melo,
+who served in the army of Pegu with 180 Portuguese, went against this
+entrenchment with his own small battalion and 30,000 Peguers; and
+carried the work with a prodigious slaughter of the Siamese. The army of
+Pegu at length besieged the city of _Odia_, in which the king of Siam
+resided. Odia is eight leagues in circumference, and was surrounded by a
+strong wall on which 4000 cannon were mounted, and was farther defended
+by a wide and deep wet ditch, and by a garrison of 60,000 combatants,
+among whom were 50 Portuguese commanded by Diego Pereyra. After
+continuing the siege for some time, being unable to prevail on the
+Portuguese under Pereyra to desert the service of the king of Siam, the
+king of Pegu abandoned Odia, and besieged the city of _Camambee_; in
+which the treasures of Siam were deposited. That place was strongly
+fortified, and defended by 20,000 men with so much valour that the
+Peguers were again obliged to desist. At this time Xemindoo rebelled
+against the king of Pegu, who sent Diego Suarez against him with 200
+Portuguese. Suarez pursued the rebel to the city of _Cevadi_, but
+Xemindoo slipped past him and took possession of the city of Pegu, where
+he was favoured by the inhabitants. The queen fled into the castle,
+where she was defended by twenty Portuguese, till the king came up with
+his army and put the rebels to flight. The army then entered the city,
+and put all to the sword, men, women, and children, and every living
+thing, sparing those only who took refuge in the house of Suarez, which
+the king had ordered to be exempted from this military execution, and in
+which above 12,000 saved themselves. The plunder on this occasion was
+immense, of which three millions fell to the share of Suarez, who was so
+much in favour with the king, that he pardoned a Portuguese at his
+intercession who had supplied the rebels with ammunition.
+
+The king of Pegu was soon afterwards murdered in the beautiful city of
+_Zatan_ by the _Ximi_ or governor of that place, who immediately had
+himself proclaimed king; but was in his turn taken and beheaded by the
+former rebel _Xemindoo_, who usurped the crown. One _Mandaragri_, who
+had married a sister of the former king, raised an army and claimed the
+crown in right of his wife; and having defeated that first rebel in
+battle, he fled to the mountains, where he married the daughter of a
+peasant, to whom he revealed his name and rank. She communicated this
+intelligence to her father, who delivered him up to the new king by whom
+he was beheaded. Being much displeased with the people of Pegu,
+Mandaragri built a new city near that place. He soon afterwards raised
+an immense army, with which he reduced many of the neighbouring
+provinces. But a new rebellion broke out at Pegu in his absence, by
+which the queen was forced to take refuge in the castle, where she
+chiefly owed her safety to about forty Portuguese, who defended her till
+the king came up and vanquished the rebels; after which he rewarded the
+brave Portuguese with riches and honour.
+
+About this time likewise, the inhabitants of _Chincheo_, the _second_
+Portuguese colony in China, being in a flourishing condition, became
+forgetful of the sad fate of _Liampo_, formerly mentioned, which had
+been destroyed through their insolence and cupidity. Ayres Coello de
+Sousa, who was judge of the orphans and _proveditar_ for the dead,
+committed many villanies to get hold of 12,000 ducats belonging to an
+Armenian merchant who had died there, and of 8000 ducats from some
+Chinese merchants, under pretence that this sum was due by them to the
+deceased. By these and other insolencies, the Chinese were so provoked
+that they destroyed _Chincheo_, as they had formerly done Liampo, only
+30 Portuguese escaping out of 500 who lived there. These and some other
+Portuguese went over to the island of _Lampezau_; and they afterwards,
+in 1557, obtained leave to settle in the island of _Goaxam_, where they
+built the city of _Macao_.
+
+While endeavouring to devise means for the relief of the soldiers, who
+were in great want, Gracia de Sa died suddenly in July 1549, at 70 years
+of age, being much regretted for his prudence, affability, and
+integrity. On the patents of succession being opened, George Cabral was
+found first in nomination. This officer was a man of good birth and
+known worth, and had gone a short while before to assume the command at
+Basseen. He was very unwilling to assume the government, as it deprived
+him of the command which he was to have held for four years, and was
+afraid that another would soon come from Portugal to supersede him in
+the supreme authority; but his lady Donna Lucretia Fiallo, prevailed
+upon him to accept the honour to which he seemed so averse, and which
+she ardently desired; and he accordingly returned to Goa to assume the
+high office. Cabral deserved to have long enjoyed the post of
+governor-general, and Portuguese India was indebted to his wife for the
+short period of his rule. Soon after his installation, news was brought
+that the Turks were fitting out an hundred sail at Suez to transport an
+army to India; on which Cabral diligently prepared to meet the storm, by
+collecting ships from the different ports.
+
+At this time the zamorin and the rajah of Pimienta entered into a league
+against the rajah of Cochin. The rajah of Pimienta took the field with
+10,000 Nayres, and was opposed by the rajah of Cochin with his men,
+assisted by 600 Portuguese troops under Francisco de Sylva, who
+commanded in the fort at Cochin. Sylva pressed for an accommodation,
+which was consented to by the rajah on reasonable terms; but the treaty
+was broken off by the rash and violent conduct of Sylva. The armies
+engaged in battle, in which the rajah of Pimienta was mortally wounded
+and carried off the field, upon which his troops fled and were pursued
+into their city with great slaughter, and the royal palace set on fire.
+This was considered as a heinous affront by the Nayres of Pimienta, who
+rallied and fell with such fury on the victors that they were forced to
+a disorderly retreat, in which Sylva and above fifty Portuguese were
+slain. About 5000 of the Pimienta Nayres, who had taken an oath to
+revenge the death of their rajah or to die in the attempt, made an
+irruption into the territory of Cochin where they did much damage; and
+while engaged with the Cochin troops, Henry de Sousa marched against
+them with some Portuguese troops, and defeated them with great
+slaughter. The joy occasioned by this victory was soon damped by the
+approach of the zamorin at the head of 140,000 men. The zamorin
+encamped with 100,000 of these at _Chembe_, while the tributary or
+allied Malabar princes with the other 40,000 took post in the island of
+_Bardela_.
+
+Upon the first advice of this invasion, Cabral collected the armament
+which had been destined against the Turks, consisting of above 100 sail
+of different kinds, with 4000 soldiers. He sent on Emanuel de Sousa with
+four ships, ordering him with these and the force already at Cochin to
+use every effort to confine the Malabar princes to the island of
+Bardela, till he should be able to get there with the main army, which
+orders he effectually executed. Having destroyed _Tiracole, Coulete_,
+and _Paniane_, Cabral landed at Cochin, where his army was increased to
+6000 men, and where the Rajah, was ready with 40,000 of his subjects.
+Being ready to attack the island, the Malabar princes hung out a white
+flag for a parley, and even agreed to put themselves into the hands of
+the governor on promise of their lives; but they delayed, and Cabral
+resolved to attack them next day. When next day came, he was again
+hindered by a violent flood. And the next day after, when on the point
+of performing one of the most brilliant actions that had ever been done
+in India, he was stopt by the sudden arrival at Cochin of Don Alfonso de
+Noronha as viceroy of India; who would neither allow him to proceed, nor
+would he execute what was so well begun, but allowed the Malabar princes
+to escape with their whole army[370].
+
+[Footnote 370: We only learn incidentally from De Faria that this
+happened in the year 1550.--E.]
+
+While Cabral remained at Cochin, waiting for an opportunity to embark
+for Portugal in the homeward bound ships, there was a report one night
+about the middle of February 1550, that 8000 sworn Nayres were on their
+march to assault the city. He hastened to the gates with Emanuel de
+Sousa, intending to march against the enemy at day-break; but being
+hindered by the council of Cochin, he remained with a competent force to
+defend the city, and sent Emanuel with the native troops and 1500
+Portuguese against the invaders, who were doing every thing that rage
+and malice could suggest in a neighbouring town. After a desperate
+engagement, the _amoucos_ or devoted Nayres were defeated with great
+slaughter with the loss of 50 Portuguese. Cabral embarked well-pleased
+with this successful exploit against the sworn Nayres, and was well
+received in Portugal, as he justly merited, though contrary to the usual
+custom of that court.
+
+This year there was born at Goa, of Canarin parents, a hairy monster
+like a monkey, having a round head and only one eye in the forehead,
+over which it had horns, and its ears were like those of a kid. When
+received by the midwife, it cried with a loud voice, and stood up on its
+feet. The father put it into a hencoop, whence it got out and flew upon
+its mother; on which the father killed it by pouring scalding water on
+its head, and could scarcely cut off the head it was so hard. He burnt
+it. But when the story came to be known, he was punished for the murder,
+and the body was exposed to public view[371].
+
+[Footnote 371: This silly story has been retained, perhaps very
+unnecessarily. It is perhaps an instance of embellishment founded on the
+love of the marvellous, and the whole truth may lie in a very narrow
+compass "_an infant coming into the world covered with hair_," while all
+the rest is fiction.--E.]
+
+Don Alfonso de Noronha was promoted to the viceroyalty of India from
+being governor of Ceuta, but was subjected to the control of a council,
+by whose advice he was ordered to conduct the government of India. He
+had orders from court to send back to Portugal all the _new Christians
+or converted Jews_, many of whom had gone out to India with their
+families. It had been better to have banished them from both countries.
+The new viceroy was received at Goa with universal joy, more owing
+perhaps to the general dislike towards him who lays down authority than
+from love for him who takes it up. The Arabs of _Catifa_ in the Persian
+Gulf had admitted the Turks to take possession of the fort in that city,
+to the great displeasure of the King of Ormuz, on whom it had been
+dependent, and who therefore applied for aid to the viceroy to reduce
+the refractory or revolted vassals. The king of Basrah had also been
+expelled from his kingdom by the Turks, yet kept the field with an army
+of 30,000 men, and sent for assistance from the viceroy, to whom he
+offered leave to erect a fort at his capital, and to grant many valuable
+privileges to the Portuguese. The viceroy accordingly sent his nephew,
+Antonio de Norenha, to the assistance of these two kings with 1200 men
+in nineteen vessels. Antonio was joined at Ormuz by 3000 native troops,
+in conjunction with whom he besieged Catifa, which was defended by 400
+Turks. After a brave but unavailing resistance, the garrison fled by
+night, but were pursued and routed. As the general of the troops of
+Ormuz was unwilling to engage for the future defence of this fort, it
+was undermined for the purpose of destroying it; but being unskilfully
+managed, the mine exploded unexpectedly, and forty of the Portuguese
+were buried under its ruins. Noronha then sailed to the mouth of the
+Euphrates, on purpose to assist the king of Basrah; but he was induced
+to believe, by a cunning Turkish pacha, that the king of Basrah meant to
+betray him, on which he ingloriously returned to Ormuz, where he learnt
+the deceit when too late.
+
+The sultan of the Turks was so much displeased with the Portuguese for
+what they had done at Catifa and attempted at Basrah, that he sent an
+expedition against Ormuz of 16,000 men, commanded by an old pirate named
+_Pirbec_. The Turk in the first place besieged Muscat for near a month,
+and at length obliged the garrison to capitulate; but broke the articles
+and chained the captain and sixty men to the oars. He afterwards
+proceeded against Ormuz, where Don Alvaro de Noronha commanded with
+nine-hundred men in the fort, where he had provided ammunition and
+provisions for a long siege, and into which the king with his wife and
+children and some of the chief people of the court had gone for shelter.
+The Turk landed his men and raised batteries against the fort, which he
+cannonaded incessantly for a whole month; but finding that he lost many
+of his men and had no prospect of success, he plundered the city, and
+went over to the island of Kishom, to which many of the principal people
+of Ormuz had withdrawn, where he got a considerable booty and then
+retired to Basrah. The viceroy had been informed of the danger to which
+Ormuz was exposed, and fitted out a fleet in which he embarked in person
+for its relief; but hearing at Diu, on his way to the Persian Gulf, that
+Ormuz was out of danger, he sailed back to Goa. On his return
+unsuccessful from Ormuz, _Pirbec_ was beheaded for having acted beyond
+his instructions, and _Morad-beg_ was sent in 1553 with fifteen gallies
+to cruise in the Persian Gulf against the Portuguese. An encounter took
+place between this Turkish squadron and one belonging to the Portuguese
+under Don Diego de Noronha, which ended without material loss on either
+side; but the Turks were forced to take shelter in the Euphrates, where
+the water was too shallow to admit the Portuguese galleons. In the
+course of this year 1553, _Luis Camoens_, the admirable Portuguese poet,
+went out to India, to endeavour to advance his fortune by the sword,
+which had been so little favoured by his pen.
+
+About this time new troubles took place at Diu in consequence of the
+death of Sultan Mahmud, king of Guzerat or Cambaya. Like Mithridates, he
+had accustomed himself to the use of poison, to guard against being
+poisoned. When any of his women happened to be near their delivery, he
+used to open them to take out their children. Being one day out hunting
+accompanied by some of his women, he fell from his horse and was dragged
+by the stirrup, when one of his women boldly made up to his horse and
+cut the girth with a cymeter; in requital for this service he killed
+her, saying "that a woman of such courage had enough to kill him." He
+was at length murdered by a page in whom he had great confidence. For
+tyrants always die by the hands of those in whom they repose most trust.
+He was succeeded by a child who was his reputed son; but the nobility of
+the kingdom, offended by the insolence of Madrem-al-mulk who acted as
+governor of the kingdom, rebelled in several places. Abex Khan, who
+commanded in the city of Diu, was one of these, and in consequence of
+some disagreement between his soldiers and the Portuguese garrison, Don
+Diego de Almeyda made an assault on the city with 500 men, in which many
+of the Moors were slain and their houses plundered. Though late, Abex
+Khan saw his error, and made proper concessions. Soon afterwards, when
+Don Diego de Noronha succeeded Almeyda in the command of the castle of
+Diu, fresh troubles broke out at Diu, which were not appeased, till a
+good many men had been skin on both sides, chiefly owing to the rashness
+and obstinacy of Diego de Noronha, for which he was afterwards excluded
+from the appointment to the viceroyalty of India.
+
+In 1554 Don Alfonso de Noronha was superseded in the government of
+Portuguese India by Don Pedro de Mascarenhas, who was 70 years of age
+when appointed viceroy. Soon after his arrival at Goa, some of the great
+subjects of Adel Khan, king of Visiapour, made proposals for raising
+Meale Khan, who had long resided at Goa, to the musnud, and offered to
+cede the Concan to the crown of Portugal, in reward for assistance in
+bringing about that revolution. That province, which produced a million
+of yearly revenue, was so great a bait, that the enterprise was engaged
+in without consideration of its difficulties. Meale Khan was immediately
+proclaimed king of Visiapour, and a force of 3000 Portuguese infantry
+with 200 horse and a body of Malabars and Canarins was immediately sent
+to reduce the fort of _Ponda_; after which, leaving his family in Goa as
+hostages for the faithful performance of the treaty, Meale Khan was
+conducted thither by the viceroy and placed at the head of his new
+subjects. Leaving Ponda under the charge of Don Antonio de Noronha, with
+a garrison of 600 men, the viceroy returned to Goa, where he soon
+afterwards died, having enjoyed the viceroyalty of India only ten
+months.
+
+On the death of Mascarenhas, which happened some time in 1555, Francisco
+de Barreto succeeded to the government by virtue of a patent of
+succession. He immediately proceeded to Ponda to support the cause of
+Meale Khan, who was soon afterwards taken prisoner, and the Portuguese
+were utterly disappointed in the hopes of profiting by this intended
+revolution.
+
+In the beginning of 1556, Juan Peixoto sailed with two gallies for the
+Red Sea, to examine if the Turks were making any preparations at Suez
+for attacking the Portuguese in India. Finding every thing quiet, he
+landed unperceived during the night in the island of Swakem, whence he
+carried off a considerable booty and many prisoners, and returned to Goa
+with much honour.
+
+About this time the king of _Sinde_ sent an embassy to the governor
+general, desiring assistance in a war against one of his neighbours, and
+700 men were dispatched for that purpose in 28 vessels under the command
+of Pedro Barreto, who arrived safe at Tatta in the _delta_ of the Indus,
+the residence of the king of Sinde. The prince immediately visited the
+Portuguese commander, and sent notice of his arrival to the king his
+father who was absent in the field against the enemy. As the king made
+peace with his enemy, Barreto desired leave to depart, and required that
+the Portuguese should be reimbursed for the expences of the expedition,
+as had been agreed upon, by the ambassador who solicited it. Receiving
+an unsatisfactory answer, Baretto landed his men and entered the city,
+where he slew above 8000 persons, destroyed to the value of above eight
+millions in gold[372], and loaded his vessels with the richest booty
+that had ever been made in India, without losing a single man. He
+afterwards spent eight days destroying every thing within reach on both
+sides of the river. On this occasion one Gaspar de Monterroyo, going
+accidentally into a wood, killed a monstrous serpent thirty feet in
+length and of prodigious bigness, which had just devoured a bullock.
+Thus victorious over men and monsters, Barreto returned to Chaul, whence
+he and Antonio Pereyra Brandam went and destroyed Dabul in revenge for
+the injury done by Adel Khan to the Portuguese possessions on the coast.
+
+[Footnote 372: On many occasions, as here, De Faria, or his translator,
+gives no intimation of the species of coin to which he alludes.--E.]
+
+In the year 1557, Nazer-al-mulk, the general of Adel Khan, invaded the
+districts of Salsete and Bardes with 2000 horse and 81,000 foot.
+Francisco Barreto, the governor-general, went against him with 3000
+Portuguese infantry, 1000 Canarins, and 200 horse, and defeated him in
+the plain country near Ponda. In the district of Bardes, Juan Peixoto
+was opposed to another general of the enemy named Murad Khan, and being
+much incommoded by a Portuguese renegado who had fortified himself,
+assaulted and routed him twice with considerable slaughter. As the
+governor-general had retired to Goa after his late victory,
+Nazer-al-mulk returned to the flat country and intrenched his army near
+Ponda. About the same time an officer of Adel Khan waded the ford of
+_Zacorla_ into the island of _Choram_ with 500 men, and did considerable
+damage; but on the arrival of assistance from other parts was repulsed
+with considerable loss, and Francisco de Mascarenhas was left for the
+defence of the island with 300 men. Being desirous to secure the
+promontory of Chaul, the governor asked leave to fortify that place from
+Nizam Shah[373], who not only refused permission, but sent 30,000 of his
+own men with orders to build there an impregnable fort. On this the
+governor went there in person with 4000 Portuguese troops besides
+natives, and a pacific arrangement was entered into, but without liberty
+to build the fort. A miracle was seen at this place, as the Moors had
+been utterly unable to cut down a small wooden cross fixed upon a stone,
+or even to remove it by the force of elephants. Likewise about this time
+a Portuguese soldier bought for a trifle from a _jogue_ in Ceylon, a
+brown pebble about the size of an egg, on which the heavens where
+represented in several colours, and in the midst of them the image of
+the holy Virgin with the Saviour in her arms; this precious jewel fell
+into the hands of Franciso Barreto, who presented it to Queen Catharine,
+and through its virtues God wrought many miracles both in India and
+Portugal.
+
+[Footnote 373: Named Nizamuxa in De Faria, and perhaps the same prince
+called Nizamaluco on former occasions, whom we have always designated
+Nizam al Mulk. The Indian officers named in the text a little before
+Nazer al Mulk and Murad Khan, are called Nazar Maluco and Moatecan by De
+Faria, whose orthography of eastern names is continually vicious.--E.]
+
+About the end of the government of Franciso Barreto, Joam III, king of
+Portugal died, in whom ended the good fortune of the Portuguese. In 1558
+the regency, during the minority of King Sebastian, sent out Don
+Constantin de Braganza as viceroy to India. Don Constantin was younger
+brother of Theodosius duke of Braganza, and was only 30 years of age
+when appointed to that high office. He arrived at Goa in the beginning
+of September 1558, with four ships and 2000 men, having performed the
+voyage with unusually favourable weather; and, contrary to the usual
+practice, he assumed the government without affronting in any way the
+person whom he superseded. Soon after his arrival he went upon an
+expedition against Daman, which had been ceded to the former governor by
+the king of Guzerat, but which was still retained by Side Bofata, who
+was in rebellion against his own prince. On the arrival of the
+Portuguese armament, Bofata abandoned the city and fort, which the
+viceroy took possession of, as a post of importance to secure the
+district of Basseen, and converted the mosque into a Christian church.
+Bofata encamped at a place named _Parnel_, two leagues from Daman,
+whence with 2000 horse he infested the Portuguese in their new
+possession; but was driven from his encampment by Antonio Moniz Barreto,
+leaving thirty-six pieces of cannon, several cart-loads of copper money,
+and other plunder. The viceroy behaved with such liberality and
+discretion, that he soon attracted abundance of inhabitants to this new
+acquisition, and reduced the neighbouring island of _Balzar_, which he
+deemed necessary for the security of Daman, of which he gave the command
+to Don Diego de Noronha with a garrison of 1200, appointing Alvaro
+Gonzales Pinto to command in Balzar with 120 men and some cannon.
+
+In 1560, the viceroy went against Jafnapatam in the island of Ceylon,
+because the king of that place, who was likewise lord of the isle of
+Manar, persecuted the Christians, and had usurped the throne from his
+brother, who fled to Goa, and was there baptised by the name of Alfonso.
+After some considerable successes, and having even forced the king of
+Jafnapatam to cede the island of Manar, and to submit to the vassalage
+of Portugal, the viceroy was obliged to desist from the enterprise with
+considerable loss, but retained the island of Manar, where he built a
+fort. Among the treasure belonging to the king of Jafnapatam, taken in
+this expedition, was an idol, or relic rather, which was held in high
+estimation by all the idolaters on the coast of India, and, in
+particular, by the king of Pegu, who used to send ambassadors yearly
+with rich presents, merely to get a _print_ of the precious relic. This
+holy relic was nothing more than the tooth of a white monkey; and some
+say that the cause of its being so much admired was owing to the rarity
+of the colour, like the white elephant of Siam. Others say that the
+monkey was held in such veneration for having discovered the wife of an
+ancient Indian king who had eloped from her husband. Some again alleged
+that it was the tooth of a man who had performed that service. However
+this may have been, when the king of Pegu heard that this tooth was in
+possession of the viceroy, he made an offer of 300,000 ducats for it,
+and it was believed his zeal would extend to a million if the bargain
+was well managed. Most of the Portuguese were for taking the money, and
+some wished to be employed in carrying the tooth to Pegu, expecting to
+derive great profit by shewing so precious a treasure by the way. But in
+a meeting of the principal clergy and laity of Goa, held on purpose, it
+was determined that the tooth should be destroyed; and it was
+accordingly pounded in a mortar in presence of the assembly, and reduced
+to ashes. All men applauded this act; but, not long afterwards, _two
+teeth_ were set up instead of one.
+
+Madrem al Mulk, king of Cambaya, desirous of recovering Daman, was ready
+to march against that place with a numerous army; but Don Diego de
+Noronha, getting intelligence of the design, contrived to persuade
+Cedeme Khan, lord of Surat, that the expedition was intended against
+him. Cedeme Khan, giving credit to this fiction, went to visit his
+brother-in-law, Madrem al Mulk, and persuaded him, with the principal
+leaders of his army, to visit him in the city of Surat, where he killed
+them all, and falling upon the camp put the Guzerat army to the rout
+with great slaughter. Zingis Khan, the son and successor of Madrem al
+Mulk, marched with a numerous army to Surat to revenge the death of his
+father. Cedeme Khan abandoned the city and retired into the fort, where
+he was besieged by Zingis Khan, and reduced to great extremity; but
+hearing that his dominions were invaded by a new enemy, Zingis Khan
+patched up an agreement with Cedeme Khan, and returned to defend his own
+country. Soon afterwards, Don Diego de Noronha, commandant of Daman,
+died poor, having expended all his substance in the service of his king
+and country. Don Antonio de Noronha, who was afterwards viceroy, used to
+say "That a man must be mad who practised that kind of liberality."
+Now-a-days all men are very wise in that respect.
+
+Some time afterwards, Cedeme Khan sent notice to the viceroy, that
+Zingis Khan was again marching against Surat, which he was in no
+condition to defend, and offered to deliver up the fort at that place to
+the Portuguese, on condition of being carried with his family and
+treasure to such place as he should appoint. The viceroy accordingly
+sent fourteen ships under the command of Don Antonio de Noronha to
+Surat, accompanied by Luis de Melo, who was appointed to succeed Diego
+de Noronha in the command of Daman. Coming to Surat, they forced their
+way up the river through showers of bullets, and landing with only 500
+Portuguese troops, defeated Zingis Khan, who had an army of 20,000 men,
+but were unable to drive him from the city of Surat. Cedeme Khan however
+refused to deliver up the fort of Surat according to agreement,
+alledging that his own men would kill him if he did so. This is very
+likely; for, on the retirement of Antonio to Goa, Cedeme Khan was forced
+to make his escape from his own people, and, being made prisoner by
+Zingis Khan, was put to death. _Caracen_, who succeeded Cedeme Khan,
+contrived to patch up an agreement with Zingis Zhan, who left him in
+possession of Surat.
+
+The conduct of Don Constantin de Braganza gave so much satisfaction to
+King Sebastian, that he offered to continue him as viceroy of India for
+life; but on his refusal, Don Francisco de Cotinho, count of Redondo,
+was appointed his successor. This nobleman, who was no less
+distinguished for his witty sayings than for his conduct in peace and
+war, arrived at Goa in the beginning of September 1561. Nothing worth
+relating happened during his government of India, which lasted two years
+and five months, except the ordinary occurrences of petty wars on the
+Malabar coast, in Ceylon, Malacca, and the Moluccas, not worth relating.
+In his time, the famous poet _Camoens_ was in Goa, where he had been
+favoured by the two last viceroys. The former governor, Francisco
+Barreto, had imprisoned and banished him for getting into debt, and
+other youthful extravagancies; and, being given up to the law by the
+count towards the end of his government, he was thrown into prison. We
+shall afterwards see him deceitfully carried to Sofala, and there sold
+as a slave. About the end of February 1564, the viceroy died suddenly,
+much lamented by all, being a great lover of justice, and so happy in
+his witticisms that all pleasant sayings were fathered upon him.
+
+
+SECTION VI.
+
+_Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from_ 1564 _to
+the year_ 1571.
+
+
+On the death of the count of Redondo, Juan de Mendoza late governor of
+Malacca succeeded to the command in India with, the title of governor. A
+short while before his accession, some Malabar pirates had committed
+hostilities on the coast of Calicut upon the Portuguese; and when
+complaints were carried to the zamorin, he alleged that these had been
+done contrary to his authority by rebels, and that the Portuguese were
+welcome to punish them at their pleasure. The late viceroy had
+accordingly sent Dominic de Mosquita to make reprisals, who took above
+twenty sail of Malabar vessels, the crews of which he barbarously put to
+death. Immediately after the accession of Mendoza to the government an
+ambassador was sent to him from the zamorin, complaining of the conduct
+of Mosquita; when the governor, in imitation of the answer given on a
+similar occasion by the zamorin, said that it had probably been done by
+Portuguese rebels whom he might punish if taken. As Mosquita came to Goa
+while the Calicut ambassadors were still there, the governor thought it
+expedient to apprehend him in their presence; but as soon as they were
+departed, he released Mosquita and rewarded him. His conduct, however,
+soon afterwards occasioned a long war with the zamorin. Mendoza only
+enjoyed the government for six months, as, in the beginning of September
+1564, Don Antonio de Noronha arrived at Goa with the title of viceroy.
+
+It is the received opinion in India, that the apostle St. Thomas was
+slain at _Antmodur_, a mountain about a league and half from Meliapour,
+where were two caves into which he used to retire for prayer and
+meditation. The nearest of these caves now belongs to the Jesuits, and
+the other has been converted into a church dedicated to our Lady of the
+Mount. According to the legend, the apostle being one day at prayers in
+the former of these caves, opposite to a cleft which let in the light, a
+bramin thrust in a spear at the hole and gave the saint a mortal wound,
+part of the spear breaking off and remaining in his body. The saint had
+just strength enough remaining to go into the other cave, where he died
+embracing a stone on which a representation of the cross was engraved.
+His disciples removed his body, and buried it in the church which he had
+built, where the body was afterwards found by Emanuel de Faria and the
+priest Antonio Penteado, who were sent thither on purpose by king
+Emanuel. When, in the year 1547, the Portuguese were clearing out the
+cave or oratory in which the apostle died, a stone was found which seems
+to have been that he clung to at his death. This stone is about a yard
+long and three quarters broad, of a grey colour with some red spots. On
+its middle there is a carved porch, having letters between two borders,
+and within two banisters, on which are two twisted figures resembling
+dogs in a sitting posture. From their heads springs a graceful arch of
+five borders, between every two of which are knobs resembling heads. In
+the hollow of this arch or portal is a pedestal of two steps, from the
+upper of which rises a branch on each side, and over these, as if hung
+in the air, is a cross, said to resemble that of the military order of
+Alcantara; but in the print the ends resemble three crescents with their
+convex sides outwards and their points meeting, like those in many old
+churches in Europe. Over all is a dove on the wing, as if descending to
+touch the cross with its beak.
+
+When, in the year 1551, this oratory was repaired and beautified, this
+stone was solemnly set up and consecrated; and when the priest was
+reading the gospel, it began to turn black and shining, then sweated,
+and returned to its original colour, and plainly discovered, the red
+spots of blood, which were before obscure. The letters on this stone
+could not be understood till the year 1561, when a learned bramin said
+they consisted of 36 hieroglyphic characters, each containing a
+sentence, and explained them to this effect: "In the time of the son of
+Sagad the gentile, who reigned 30 years, the _one only_ GOD came upon
+earth, and was incarnate in the womb of a virgin. He abolished the law
+of the Jews, _whom he punished for the sins of men._[374], after he had
+been thirty-three years in the world, and had instructed _twelve_
+servants in the truth which he preached. A king of three crowns
+_Cheraldcone, Indalacone, Cuspindiad, and Alexander_; king of
+_Ertinabarad_, with _Catharine_ his daughter, and many virgins, with six
+families, voluntarily followed the law of _Thomas_, because the law of
+truth, and he gave them the sign of the cross to adore. Going up to the
+place of _Antenodur_, a bramin thrust him through with a lance, and he
+died embracing this cross which was stained with his blood. His
+disciples carried him to _Maiale_, where they buried him in his own
+church with the lance still in his body. And as we, the above mentioned
+kings, saw this, we carved these letters." Hence it may be inferred,
+that _Maiale_ was the ancient name of _Meliapour_, now called _St
+Thomas_. This stone afterwards sweated sometimes, which, till the year
+1561, was a good omen, but has since been a bad one.
+
+[Footnote 374: Probably Mr Stephens may have mistranslated this passage,
+which might be more appropriately read, _who put him to death for the
+sins of men_. This clumsy legend of St Thomas may amuse our readers; but
+probably derives its principal features from the contrivances of the
+Jesuits.--E.]
+
+There were likewise found three brass plates, about a span long and half
+a span broad, shaped like scutcheons, having rings on the top. On one
+side was engraven a cross and peacock, the ancient arms of Meliapour,
+and on the other side certain characters which were explained by another
+learned bramin to the following effect: "_Boca Rajah_ son of _Campula
+Rajah_, and grandson of _Atela Rajah_, who confesses one GOD without
+beginning, creator of all things, who is greater than the beast
+_Chigsan_, and one of five kings who has conquered ninety and nine, who
+is strong as one of the eight elephants that support the world, and hath
+conquered the kingdoms of Otia, Tulcan, and Canara, cutting his enemies
+to pieces with his sword." This is the Inscription on one of these
+plates. The others contain grants of lands to St Thomas, directed by the
+king to himself, and calling him _Abidarra Modeliar;_ whence it may be
+inferred, that these kings reigned at the time when Christ was
+crucified. One of these grants begins thus: "After the year 1259, in
+the first year called _Icarana Rachan_, and on the 12th day of the new
+moon of the good year, I give in alms to the saint _Abidarra Modeliar,"_
+&c. The other begins in this manner: "This is a token of alms-deeds to
+purchase Paradise. All kings that perform them shall obtain much more
+than they give; and he who disannuls them shall remain 60,000 years with
+the worms in hell," &c.
+
+It has been disputed by what road St Thomas came into India. The heathen
+history says, that he and Thaddeus being in Mesopotamia, they parted at
+the city of Edessa, whence St Thomas sailed with certain merchants to
+the island of Socotora where he converted the people, and then passed
+over to Mogodover Patana, a city of Paru, in Malabar, where he built a
+church. When at this place, a heathen, who had struck St Thomas in the
+king's presence, going to fetch water had his hand bitten off by a
+tiger; and running to the palace to tell his misfortune, a dog followed
+him with the hand in his mouth, on which the saint set on his hand
+again, so that no mark remained. He went afterwards to Calicut, where he
+converted king _Perimal_. There is an account that he went to the Moguls
+country, where Chesitrigal then reigned, whence going into China, he
+returned through Thibet into India, and went to Meliapour, where he
+ended his days.
+
+In the year 800, a rich Armenian Christian, named Thomas Cananeus,
+arrived at Mogodover or Patana. Having acquired the favour of the king
+by his presents, he received a grant of Cranganor and the city of
+Patana, in which there were scarcely any vestiges remaining of the
+church there established by St Thomas. On these foundations the Armenian
+built a new church, and another at Cranganor, which he dedicated to St
+Thomas, and which is still standing on the outside of the Portuguese
+fort. He likewise built two other churches, one dedicated to the Holy
+Virgin, and the other to St Cyriacus. All of these have been erroneously
+ascribed to St Thomas, when in fact they were the works of Thomas
+Cananeus, the Armenian. It may reasonably be believed that the temple or
+pagoda, into which Vasco de Gama entered, as he went from Calicut to the
+palace of the zamorin, may have been one of these churches, because the
+image of the Virgin was there called Mary by the heathens. It is
+believed that one of the three kings who went to Bethlem, at the
+nativity of our Lord, was king of Malabar. The heathens celebrate yearly
+a festival in honour of St Thomas, for the preservation of their ships,
+because formerly, every year, many of them used to be lost while sailing
+to Parvi.
+
+From this long digression we return to the government of the viceroy Don
+Antonio de Noronha, who arrived in the beginning of September 1564, as
+formerly mentioned. In consequence of the cruelties exercised on the
+Moors of Malabar by Mesquita, as formerly mentioned, those of Cananor
+had besieged the Portuguese fort at that place, and had destroyed above
+thirty vessels which were under its protection. After a siege of some
+endurance, the Portuguese fleet destroyed many of the paraos belonging
+to the enemy, while the besieged garrison of Cananor killed great
+numbers of their assailants, besides cutting down above 40,000 palm
+trees[375] to the infinite injury of the natives, who depend upon these
+trees as their principal sustenance. The natives were so exasperated at
+this that, collecting forces from all the surrounding districts, to the
+amount of 90,000 men, they assaulted and even scaled the walls of the
+fort and city; but after fighting from day-break to sunset, during which
+time they lost about 5000 men, they were forced to retire to their camp,
+resolving to protract the siege, or rather to convert the siege into a
+strict blockade. In the farther prosecution of this war, the Portuguese
+utterly destroyed the city belonging to Adderajao[376], who commanded
+the besieging enemy, and cut down a large wood of palm trees, making
+great slaughter of the enemy, without any loss on their own side, so
+that the natives were constrained to raise the siege.
+
+[Footnote 375: Assuredly cocoa-nut trees. This explains a circumstance
+repeatedly mentioned on former occasions, of the Portuguese anxiously
+cutting down the woods in their war with the natives on the coast of
+India.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 376: From the name of the commander of the enemy, probably
+_Adde Rajah_, and other circumstances, they were most likely _Nagres_,
+and other native Malabars, though called Moors in the text of De
+Faria.--E.]
+
+About this time the fort of Daman, towards the frontier of Guzerat, was
+threatened by a detachment of 3000 Mogul horse. Juan de Sousa stood
+immediately on his defence, and sent advice to the viceroy and the
+neighbouring commanders of his danger, trusting however to the strength
+of his defences, and particularly to a pallisade or _bound hedge_, which
+he had made of the plant named _lechera_ or the _milk plant_, which
+throws out when cut a milky liquor which is sure to blind any one if it
+touches their eyes. On receiving reinforcements, De Sousa marched out
+against the Moguls, who were encamped about three leagues from Daman;
+but they fled precipitately, leaving their camp and baggage, in which
+the Portuguese found a rich booty.
+
+During the year 1566, the trade of India was reduced to a very low ebb,
+owing to a desolating war in the rich and extensive kingdom of Bisnagar,
+which then reached from the frontiers of Bengal to that of Sinde. The
+kings of the Decan, Nizam al Mulk, Adel Khan, and Cuttub Shah, envious
+of the power and grandeur of the king of Bisnagar, entered into a league
+to partition his dominions among themselves, and took the field with
+50,000 horse and 300,000 foot. To repel this formidable invasion, the
+king of Bisnagar, who was then ninety-six years of age, met his enemies
+with an army double their numbers. At first the confederates seemed to
+have the worst of the war; but fortune favoured them in the end, and the
+ancient king of Bisnagar was defeated and slain. The confederates spent
+five months in plundering the capital of Bisnagar, although the natives
+had previously carried off 1550 elephants loaded with money and jewels
+to the value of above an hundred millions of gold, besides the royal
+chair of state, which was of inestimable value. Among his share of the
+plunder Adel Khan got a diamond as large as an ordinary egg, with
+another of extraordinary size though smaller, and other jewels of
+prodigious value. The dominions of the old king were partitioned by the
+victors among his sons and nephews.
+
+In the year 1567, the great poet Camoens being extremely poor though he
+had served sixteen years in India, was prevailed upon to go to Sofala
+along with Pedro Barreto, who was going there with the command, and
+promised to do great things for him; but after waiting long and
+receiving nothing, Camoens resolved to return to Portugal in a ship
+which put in at Sofala, in which was Hector de Silveyra and other
+gentlemen. Barreto, however, opposed his departure, having promised him
+promotion without any intentions of doing so, but only to procure his
+company for his own gratification, and now detained him under pretence
+of a debt of two hundred ducats. Silveyra and the other Portuguese
+gentlemen paid this money and brought Camoens away, so that it may be
+said, that the person of Camoens and the honour of Barreto were both
+sold for that money. Camoens arrived at Lisbon in 1569, at which time
+the plague raged in that city; so that in flying from one plague our
+great and famous poet fell into another.
+
+In 1568, Don Antonio de Noronha was succeeded as viceroy of India by Don
+Luis de Ataide, count of Atougaia, who arrived at Goa in the October of
+that year. At this time Itimi Khan held the administration of the
+Kingdom of Guzerat, having by great artifice persuaded the chiefs that
+his own son was son of the former king; but the kingdom was in great
+confusion. One Rustum Khan had usurped Baroch, in which he was besieged
+by the Moguls, and being in alliance with the Portuguese, a force was
+sent to his assistance, which succeeded in obliging the Moguls to raise
+the siege; but Rustum now forgot his promises, and refused to become
+tributary. At Surat the government had been usurped by one Agalu Khan,
+who was loading two large ships at that port without licence from the
+Portuguese viceroy; on which the commander of the Portuguese fort at
+Daman seized both ships, which were valued at 100,000 ducats. Nunno
+Vello de Pereyra, who had gone from Daman to clear the bay of Cambaya
+from pirates that infested the Portuguese trade, burnt two villages and
+several vessels, and carried away many prisoners. He then landed with
+400 men, and went against a body of Moguls who had taken post on the
+mountain of Parnel, about three leagues from Daman, a place almost
+impregnable by its situation and the strength of its works. Although
+unacquainted with the strength of the place or the number of its
+defenders, who exceeded 8000 men, Nunno immediately began to climb up
+the steep ascent, whence the enemy rolled down great stones upon the
+assailants. The soldiers however clambered up on their hands and knees,
+and reached the first entrenchment which they carried after a vigorous
+opposition; but were forced to retire from the fort after a desperate
+assault, in which the Portuguese lost seven men. In their retreat the
+Portuguese carried off a considerable quantity of provisions, with fifty
+horses and several camels and oxen, and were pursued on their retreat by
+500 of the enemy, 100 of whom were cavalry. From Daman, to which he had
+retreated, Nunno marched again against the enemy, having now 100
+Portuguese and 50 native horse, with 650 foot, half Portuguese, and half
+native, and three pieces of cannon. In this new, attempt, they had to
+climb the mountain by roads never trod before, and against considerable
+opposition from the enemy, who had five pieces of cannon. After three
+days of severe labour and almost continual fighting, in which he lost
+eight men, six of whom were slain and two made prisoners, Nunno at
+length gained the summit of the mountain, and planted his cannon against
+the fort, which he battered with such fury, that the enemy abandoned it
+on the sixth night, and the fort was razed.
+
+In the year 1580, a dangerous war broke out in India against the
+Portuguese, by a confederacy which had been negotiating for five years
+with wonderful secrecy. The confederated princes were Adel Khan, Nizam
+al Mulk, the Zamorin, and the king of Acheen, and they flattered
+themselves in the hope of extirpating the Portuguese from India, making
+themselves so sure of success, that they agreed beforehand on the
+division of their expected conquests. Adel Khan was to have Goa, Onor,
+and Barcalor; Nizam al Mulk to have Chaul, Daman, and Basseen; and
+Cananor, Mangalor, Cochin, and Chale were to become the share of the
+Zamorin. At the same time, the king of Acheen was to attack Malacca,
+that the Portuguese, assailed at once on every important point, might be
+incapable of sending succours to the different places. Adel Khan was so
+confident of success, that he had assigned the different offices at Goa
+among his chiefs, and had even allotted among them certain Portuguese
+ladies, who were celebrated for their beauty.
+
+In pursuance of this league, Adel Khan took the field to besiege Goa,
+and Nizam al Mulk marched against Chaul. In this great emergency, it was
+recommended by many to abandon Chaul for the greater security of Goa;
+but the viceroy undauntedly resolved to defend both. Don Francisco
+Mascarenhas was sent with six hundred men in four gallies and five small
+vessels for the relief of Chaul, about the beginning of September, and
+the viceroy took proper precautions for the defence of Goa. The pass of
+Benastarim was committed to the care of Ferdinand de Sousa y
+Castellobranco with 120 men. Paul de Lima had charge of Rachol with
+sixty, and fifteen hundred native troops were distributed in different
+parts of the island under approved commanders. At this time there were
+only 700 Portuguese troops in Goa, which were kept as a body of reserve,
+whenever their services might be most wanted. The defence of the city
+was confided to the monks and clergy, to the number of 300, assisted by
+1000 slaves. Juan de Sousa with 50 horse was ready to give assistance
+where wanted. Don George de Menezes had the defence of the river with 25
+vessels; and the viceroy, having procured ammunition and provisions from
+all quarters, took post about the middle of December on the bank of the
+river.
+
+These measures of defence were hardly completed, when several bodies of
+the enemy were seen descending from the _gauts_, and taking up a camp at
+Ponda, under the command of Nori Khan, general of the army of Adel Khan.
+About the end of December, Nori Khan advanced from Ponda, and encamped,
+facing the pass of Benastarim, where he pitched the royal tents of Adel
+Khan, who spent eight days in descending the gauts, so vast was the army
+which now came against Goa. At night, so many fires were lighted up to
+illuminate the passes of the mountain, that, though at a great distance,
+the multitudes of the enemy could be distinctly seen from the island.
+The army of Adel Khan, on this occasion, amounted to 100,000 fighting
+men, of whom 36,000 were horse, with 2140 war-elephants, and 350 pieces
+of cannon, most of which were of an extraordinary size; and some barks
+were brought upon mules to be launched into the river to assist in
+getting into the island. The chief commanders of this vast army were
+Nori Khan, Rumer Khan, and Coger Khan; the former of whom commanded in
+chief under the king, and the other two had charge of advanced posts on
+the side of the river. Their encampment was so extensive and regularly
+arranged that it resembled a regularly built city. Adel Khan took up his
+quarters at Ponda with 4000 horse, 6000 musqueteers, 300 elephants, and
+220 pieces of cannon. Rumer Khan, Coger Khan, and Mortaz Khan were
+stationed near the mouth of the _Ganja_ channel, with 3000 horse, 130
+elephants, and nine cannon. Nori Khan commanded opposite the island of
+_Juan Lopez_ with 7000 horse, 130 elephants, and eight large cannon.
+Camil Khan and Deliren Khan faced the pass of Benastarim with 9000
+horse, 200 elephants, and 32 pieces of battering artillery. Solyman Aga
+took post on a hill above Benastarim with 1500 horse and two
+field-pieces. Anjoz Khan, opposite the island of _Juan Rangel_, with
+2500 horse, 50 elephants, and six cannon. Xatiaryiatan in sight of
+_Sapal_, with 1500 horse, six elephants, and six cannon. Daulate Khan,
+Xetiatimanaique, Chiti Khan, and Codemena Khan faced the pass of Agazaim
+with 9000, 200 elephants, and 26 cannon. The rest of the army, with
+innumerable followers, covered the mountains to a vast extent,
+sufficient to strike terror into the boldest spirits.
+
+Having carefully examined the dispositions of the enemy, and naturally
+considering the means he possessed for defence, now somewhat increased
+by the arrival of reinforcements from different quarters, the viceroy
+made a new distribution of his force to various posts, his force in all
+amounting to 1600 men; besides several small armed vessels, which were
+directed to guard the river, and to relieve the several posts as
+occasion offered or required[377]. The enemy spent their first efforts
+against the fort at the pass of Benastarim, where they did considerable
+damage by the constant fire of their heavy guns; but whatever injury
+they did during the day was repaired in the ensuing night. Such was the
+extent of their cannonade, that only in one small post, occupied by
+Alvaro de Mendoza with ten men, 600 bullets were picked up, some of
+which were two spans diameter. The Portuguese were unable to answer with
+any thing like a correspondent fire, but, being well directed, their
+shot did great execution, and the small armed vessels plied from place
+to place with much diligence, doing great injury with their small guns.
+One night an officer of the enemy was seen with a great number of
+torches passing a height opposite the fort of Benastarim, having a
+number of young women dancing before him. On this occasion, Ferdinand de
+Sousa caused a cannon to be so exactly pointed among them, that the
+officer, with several of his torch-bearers and two couple of the dancers
+were seen to fly into the air. As this was the time for dispatching the
+homeward-bound trade to Portugal, the governor was anxiously advised to
+stop that fleet, as it would deprive him of 400 men, who might be of
+great use in defending Goa; but ambitions of acquiring greater glory by
+conquering every difficulty, he ordered the ships to sail at their usual
+time, alleging that their cargoes were much wanted in Portugal, and that
+he trusted he should have a sufficient force remaining to defend the
+seat of government.
+
+[Footnote 377: In the original, there is along enumeration of
+twenty-four several posts, with the names of the officers commanding
+each, and the numbers in their respective detachments; all here omitted
+as uninteresting.--E.]
+
+The Portuguese had often the boldness to cross over and attack the enemy
+in their posts in the main-land, whence they brought away many prisoners
+and many heads of those they slew, with various arms and standards. On
+one occasion, Don George de Menezes who commanded the armed vessels, and
+Don Pedro de Castro who landed with 200 Portuguese, made so great
+slaughter that the viceroy sent two carts loaded with heads to the city,
+to animate the inhabitants with this barbarous proof of the energy of
+the defence. One night Gaspar and Lancelot Diaz penetrated four or five
+miles up the country with eighty men, burnt two villages with many
+detached houses, and brought away many prisoners, many heads of the
+slain enemy, and much cattle. At another time these two brothers, with
+one hundred and thirty men, attacked the quarters of Coger Khan and
+Rumer Khan, where they made great havock, and destroyed all the
+preparations they had made for passing over into the island of Juan
+Lopez. The enemy were astonished at the exploits performed by such small
+numbers, and still more so when they learnt that the viceroy had sent
+off Don Diego de Menezes with his squadron to the Malabar coast, and Don
+Ferdinand de Vasconcellos with four gallies and two small vessels, on an
+expedition to destroy Dabul.
+
+Don Ferdinand burnt two large ships belonging to Mecca at that place,
+where he likewise landed and destroyed several villages, and would even
+have done the same to Dabul if he had not been opposed by his officers.
+On his return to Goa he attacked the quarters of Anjoz Khan, which were
+three miles from the post of the viceroy. He forced an entrance with
+great slaughter of the enemy; but his men falling into confusion for the
+sake of plunder, the enemy rallied and fell upon them, so that they were
+constrained to seek their safety in flight, with some loss, while Don
+Ferdinand was weakened with loss of blood and wearied by the weight of
+his armour, so that he was surrounded and slain. On this occasion 40 of
+the Portuguese were slain, and the ship of Don Ferdinand was taken by
+the enemy; but the viceroy sent Don George de Menezes with 100 men, who
+set the ship on fire, and brought away her guns.
+
+At this time the zamorin made proposals for renewing the peace, either
+in hopes of deriving some advantage during the present state of affairs,
+or of covering his real designs of hostility; but the viceroy replied,
+that he would not yield a single point of difference, and even
+persisted in that resolution, although the queen of _Quarcopa_ declared
+war at Onor. Even under all the difficulties of his situation, the
+viceroy sent succours to Onor to oppose this new enemy, to the great
+astonishment of Adel Khan, who thought the force in Goa had been already
+too small for defence against his numerous army. At this time likewise,
+the viceroy sent reinforcements to the Moluccas and Mozambique, both of
+which places were much straitened by the enemy. The grand object of the
+enemy was to get across into the island of Goa, for which purpose the
+great general Nori Khan began to construct a bridge, in which he
+employed a vast number of workmen; but the viceroy fell upon them and
+made great havock, destroying all their preparations and materials. It
+was reported that Adel Khan designed to go over into the island in
+person, and that he was extremely desirous to get possession of a fine
+horse belonging to the viceroy, for which he had formerly offered a
+large sum of money. On this being made known to the viceroy, he sent the
+horse as a present to Adel Khan, with a complimentary message, saying
+"that it would give him much satisfaction to see his majesty on the
+island." Adel Khan accepted the horse, and caused him to be bedded with
+silken quilts, under a canopy of cloth of gold, to be covered with
+embroidered damask, and all his caparisons to be ornamented with massy
+gold, while his provender was mixed with preserves and other dainties.
+But the horse was soon afterwards killed by a cannon-ball.
+
+After the siege had continued above two months to the beginning of
+March, during which time many of the buildings in the island had been
+beaten down by the cannon of the enemy, who had lost numbers of their
+men, Adel Khan began to despair of success, especially as the Portuguese
+were now considerably increased in strength by the arrival of several
+squadrons from different places. He wished, therefore, for peace, yet
+was loath to propose it himself; but the viceroy was acquainted with his
+most secret councils, as he used all possible means to procure
+intelligence from the hostile camp, where he had in his pay several
+renegado Portuguese who served under Adel khan, and had even corrupted
+the favourite wife of Adel Khan. He so converted these secret advices to
+advantage, that he contrived to get a treaty of pacification begun
+without its appearing who was its author, and at length even Adel Khan
+stooped to make proposals. Still, however, the siege was continued unto
+the month of April, at which time considerable reinforcements arrived at
+Goa, under Don George de Menezes, who brought back 1500 men from the
+Moluccas, and Lorenzo de Barbuda from Cochin. At one time, 3000 of the
+enemy began to enter the island of Juan Lopez, but were repulsed with
+great slaughter by 120 men under two Portuguese commanders. In many
+expeditions from the island, the Portuguese attacked the various posts
+of the enemy on the main-land, mostly by night, ruining the works they
+had thrown up, burning the villages, and destroying great numbers of
+their men. Yet though Adel Khan had hardly any hopes of ultimate
+success, he caused gardens to be laid out at his quarters, and made such
+other demonstrations as if he had resolved to dwell in his present camp
+till Goa were reduced.
+
+Winter being near at hand, Adel Khan determined upon a great effort to
+gain possession of the island; for which purpose 9000 men were brought
+to the pass of _Mercantor_, which had not been fortified by the
+Portuguese as the river was very wide at that place. Fortunately the
+Portuguese heard the sound of a great drum in that direction, which is
+never beat but when the king marches in person; upon which they ran
+thither and saw Adel Khan on the opposite side encouraging his men.
+Advice of this was immediately conveyed to the viceroy, who sent several
+parties to defend the pass, and marched thither himself, sending orders
+for assistance to the various posts and quarters. In spite of every
+opposition, five thousand of the enemy got over under the command of
+Solyman Aga, a Turk who was captain of the guards of Adel Khan. By the
+time the viceroy got to the place, he had collected a force of 2000 men,
+with which he immediately attacked the enemy. The battle continued the
+whole of the 13th of April from morning to night, and from the morning
+of the 14th to that of the following day. During all this time, Adel
+Khan surveyed the engagement from the opposite side of the river, often
+cursing his prophet and throwing his turban on the ground in his rage;
+and at length had the mortification of seeing his troops entirely
+defeated, with the loss of Solyman Aga and 4000 men, while the
+Portuguese scarcely lost twenty. Though in public he vowed never to stir
+from before Goa still it was taken, he privately made overtures for
+peace, in which he even ridiculously demanded the surrender of Goa.
+About this time, the viceroy secretly entered into a treaty with Nori
+Khan, the grand general of Adel Khan, whom he instigated to kill the
+king, offering to support him in assuming the crown, or at least in
+acquiring a preponderating influence in the government under the
+successor. Nori Khan agreed to these proposals; but when the conspiracy
+was ripe for execution it was detected, and Nori Khan, with all his
+adherents, were secured.
+
+When the siege had continued to the middle of July, the viceroy
+endeavoured to stir up other princes to invade the dominions of Adel
+Khan, that he might be constrained to abandon the siege. Both he and the
+king were desirous of peace, but both endeavoured to conceal their
+wishes; the viceroy giving out that he cared not how long the king
+continued the siege, and the king pretending that he would persevere
+till he gained the place. At length, towards the end of August 1571,
+when the summer or fine weather had begun, and when the enemy might
+still better have been able to keep the field, and to recommence active
+operations, the number of the hostile tents could be seen plainly to
+decrease, then the cannon were drawn off from the posts of the enemy,
+and at last the men entirely disappeared; Adel Khan having abandoned the
+siege without coming to any accommodation, after a siege of ten months,
+in which he lost 12,000 men, 300 elephants, 4000 horses, and 6000
+draught bullocks, partly by the sword and partly by the weather.
+
+Exactly at the same time when Adel Khan invested Goa, Nizam al Mulk sat
+down before Chaul. Being suspicious of each other, the two sovereigns
+kept time exactly in their preparations, in the commencement of their
+march, and in all their subsequent operations. Farete Khan the general
+of Nizam al Mulk sat down before Chaul with 8000 horse, 20 elephants and
+20,000 foot, on the last day of November 1570, breaking ground with a
+prodigious noise of warlike instruments of music. At this time Chaul was
+under the command of Luis Fereiyra de Andrada, an officer well deserving
+of such a charge, who long laboured under great want of almost every
+necessary for conducting the defence, supplying these defects by his own
+genius and the valour of his men, till reinforced by Don Francisco
+Mascarenhas, who brought him 500 men in four gallies and provisions.
+Desirous of distinguishing himself before the arrival of Nizam his
+sovereign, Farete Khan resolved upon giving an assault, in which he
+employed his elephants with castles on their backs, and with scythes
+tied to their trunks. The fight lasted three hours; but the Moors were
+repulsed with great slaughter, both by sea and land, and forced to
+retire to the church of Madre de Dios. Nothing remarkable happened after
+this till the commencement of the year 1571, when some Moors were
+observed gathering fruit in an orchard at a short distance from the
+garrison, on which Nuno Vello went out against them with only five
+soldiers and killed one of the Moors. Both parties were gradually
+increased till the enemy amounted to 6000 men, and the Portuguese to
+200; but notwithstanding this disparity of force, the Portuguese drove
+that vast multitude to flight and slew 180 of them, only losing two of
+their own number.
+
+In the beginning of January 1571, Nizam al Mulk came before Chaul with
+his whole army, now consisting of 34,000 horse, 100,000 infantry, 16,000
+pioneers, 4000 smiths, masons, carpenters, and other trades, and of
+sundry different nations, as Turks, Chorassans, Persians, and
+Ethiopians, with 360 elephants, an infinite number of buffaloes and
+bullocks, and 40 pieces of cannon, mostly of prodigious size, some of
+which carried balls of 100, some of 200, and some even of 300 pounds
+weight. These cannon had all appropriate names, as the cruel, the
+butcher, the devourer, the furious, and the like[378]. Thus an army of
+150,000 men sat down to besiege a town that was defended merely by a
+single wall, a fort not much larger than a house, and a handful of men.
+Farete Khan took up his quarters near the church of Madre de Dios with
+7000 horse and 20 elephants; Agalas Khan in, the house of Juan Lopez
+with 6000 horse; Ximiri Khan between that and upper Chaul with 2000
+horse; so that the city was beset from sea to sea. The Nizam encamped
+with the main body, of the army at the farther end of the town, where
+the ground was covered with tents for the space of two leagues; and 5000
+horse were detached to ravage the district of Basseen.
+
+[Footnote 378: These names are of course to be considered as
+translations of the native or Persian names. That named _the furious_ in
+the text, is called the _Orlando furioso_ in the translation of De Faria
+by Stevens; but it is not easy to guess how the subjects of the Nizam
+should have known any thing of that hero of Christian romance.--E.]
+
+At the commencement of the siege the Portuguese garrison was a mere
+handful of men, and the works being very slight no particular posts were
+assigned, all acting wherever their services were most wanted. Soon
+afterwards, the news of the siege having spread abroad, many officers
+and gentlemen flocked thither with reinforcements, so that in a short
+time the garrison was augmented to 2000 men. It was then resolved to
+maintain particular points besides the general circuit of the walls. The
+monastery of St Francis was committed to the charge of Alexander de
+Sousa; Nunno Alvarez Pereyra was entrusted to defend some houses near
+the shore; those between the Misericordia and the church of St Dominic
+were confided to Gonzalo de Menezes; others in that neighbourhood to
+Nuno Vello Perreyra; and so in other places. In the mean while it was
+generally recommended at Goa that Chaul ought to be abandoned, but the
+viceroy thought otherwise, in which opinion he was only seconded by
+Ferdinand de Castellobranco, and he immediately sent succours under
+Ferdinand Tellez and Duarte de Lima. Before their arrival, Zimiri Khan,
+who had promised the Nizam that he would be the first person to enter
+Chaul, vigorously assaulted the ports of Henry De Betancour and
+Ferdinand de Miranda, who resisted him with great gallantry, and on
+receiving reinforcements repulsed him with the slaughter of 300 of his
+men, losing seven on their side.
+
+The enemy erected a battery against the monastery of St Francis where
+the Portuguese had some cannon; and as the gunners on both sides used
+their utmost endeavour to burst or dismount the opposite guns, the
+bullets were sometimes seen to meet by the way. On the eve of St
+Sebastian, the Portuguese made a sally upon some houses which were
+occupied by the Moors, and slew a great number of them without the loss
+of one man. Enraged at this affront and the late repulse, the enemy made
+that same night an assault on the fort or monastery of St Francis with
+5000 men, expecting to surprise the Portuguese, but were soon undeceived
+by losing many of their men. This assault lasted with great fury for
+five hours; and as the Portuguese suspected the enemy were undermining
+the wall, and could not see by reason of the darkness, one Christopher
+Curvo thrust himself several times out from a window, with a torch in
+one hand and a buckler in the other to discover if possible what they
+were doing. During this assault those in the town sent out assistance
+to the garrison in the monastery, though with much hazard. When morning
+broke and the assailants had retired, the monastery was all stuck full
+of arrows, and the dead bodies of 300 Moors were seen around its walls,
+while the defenders had not lost a single man. The enemy renewed the
+assault on this post for five successive days, and were every time
+repulsed by the Portuguese with vast slaughter, the garrison often
+sallying out and strewing the field with slain enemies. It was at length
+judged expedient to withdraw the men from this place into the town, lest
+its loss might occasion greater injury than its defence could do
+service. Seventeen of the Portuguese were here slain. One of these used
+to stand on a high place to notice when the enemy fired their cannon,
+and on one occasion said to the men below; "If these fellows should now
+fire _Raspadillo_, a cannon 18 feet long to which that name was given,
+it will send me to sup with Christ, to whom I commend my soul, for it
+points directly at me." He had hardly spoken these words when he was
+torn in pieces by a ball from that very gun. On getting possession of
+the monastery of St Francis, the Moors fired a whole street in the town
+of Chaul, but on attempting to take post in some houses, they were
+driven out with the loss of 400 men. At this time Gonzalez de Camera
+went to Goa for reinforcements, as the garrison was much pressed, and
+brought a relief in two galleys.
+
+About this period the 5000 men that had been detached by the Nizam to
+ravage the district of Basseen attempted to get possession of some of
+the Portuguese garrisons. Being beaten off at Azarim and Daman, they
+invested Caranja, a small work between Chaul and Daman on the
+water-side, and almost an island, as it is surrounded by several small
+brooks. It was at this time commanded by Stephen Perestrello with a
+garrison of only 40 men, but was reinforced on the reappearance of the
+enemy by Emanuel de Melo with 30 more. With this small band of only 70
+soldiers, Perestrello sallied out against the enemy, and with such
+success, that after covering the little island with dead bodies, the
+rest fled leaving their cannon, and a considerable quantity of
+ammunition and provisions.
+
+In the mean time the Moors continued to batter Chaul without
+intermission for a whole month with 70 pieces of large cannon, every
+day expending against its weak defences at least 160 balls. This
+tremendous cannonade did much damage to the houses of the town, in which
+many of the brave defenders were slain. On one occasion six persons who
+were eating together were destroyed by a single ball. This furious
+battery was commenced against the bastion of the holy cross, and was
+carried on for a considerable way along the defences of that front of
+the town, levelling every thing with the ground. The besieged used every
+precaution to shelter themselves by digging trenches; but the hostile
+gunners were so expert[379] that they elevated their guns and made their
+balls plunge among those who considered themselves in safety. Observing
+that one of the enemies batteries beyond the church of St Dominic never
+ceased its destructive fire, Perestrello detached 120 men under
+Alexander de Sousa and Augustino Nunnez, who drove the enemy after a
+vigorous resistance from the battery with great slaughter, and set their
+works on fire, and levelled them with the ground, without sustaining any
+loss. Among the arms taken in this successful sortie was a cymeter
+inscribed, Jesus save me.
+
+[Footnote 379: To expert modern gunners it would be an easy matter so
+discharge as many balls in _one day_, as were expended in this siege in
+a whole month. De Faria mentions that an expedient was fallen upon by
+which the danger from the plunging fire was avoided, but gives us no
+intimation of its nature.--E.]
+
+Having ruined the defences of the town, the enemy attacked several large
+houses in which they endeavoured to establish themselves, but were
+repulsed from some of these with considerable loss, while the defenders
+lost but one man. On attacking the house of Hector de Sampayio, which
+was undermined by the Portuguese with the intention of blowing it up
+when occupied by the enemy, some fire accidentally communicated to the
+mine during the conflict, and blew it up while still occupied by the
+Portuguese, by which 42 of their soldiers were destroyed, and without
+injury to the Moors, who planted their colours on the ruins. Ximiri Khan
+made an assault by night with 600 men upon the bastion of the holy
+cross, in which Ferdinand Pereyra was posted with 30 men, who was
+reinforced by Henry de Betancourt with a few more. The assailants were
+beaten off and five of their colours taken which they had planted on the
+work. In this action Betancourt fought with his left hand, having
+previously lost the right; and Dominic del Alama, being lame, caused
+himself to be brought out in a chair. April 1571 was now begun, and the
+enemy were employed in constructing new works as if determined to
+continue the siege all winter. Alexander de Sousa and Gonzalo de Menezes
+were appointed to head a sally upon these new works, but their men ran
+out without orders to the number of 200, and made a furious assault upon
+the enemy, whom they drove from the works after killing fifty of them
+and losing a few of their own number. The two commanders hastened to
+join their men, and then directed them to destroy the works they had so
+gallantly won. Perplexed with so many losses, the Nizam made a general
+assault under night with his whole army, attacking all the posts at one
+time, every one of which almost they penetrated; but the garrison
+exerted themselves with so much vigour that they drove the Moors from
+every point of attack, and in the morning above 500 of the enemy were
+found slain in and about the ruined defences, while the Portuguese had
+only lost four or five men. About this time the defenders received a
+reinforcement of above 200 men from Goa, Diu, and Basseen, with a large
+supply of ammunition and provisions; but at this time they were much
+afflicted by a troublesome though not mortal disease, by which they
+became swelled all over so as to lose the use of their limbs.
+
+Having ineffectually endeavoured to stir up enemies against the
+Portuguese in Cambaya on purpose to prevent relief being sent to the
+brave defenders of Chaul, the Nizam used every effort to bring his
+arduous enterprize to a favourable conclusion. The house of Nuno Alvarez
+Pereyra being used as a strong-hold by the Portuguese, was battered
+during forty-two days by the enemy, who then assaulted it with 5000 men.
+At first the defenders of this post were only forty in number, but
+twenty more came to their assistance immediately, and several others
+afterwards. The Moors were repulsed with the loss of 50 men, while the
+Portuguese only lost one. The house of Nuno Vello was battered for
+thirty days and assaulted with the same success, only the Portuguese
+lest ten men in its defence. Judging it no longer expedient to defend
+this house, it was undermined and evacuated, on which the enemy hastened
+to take possession and it was blown up, doing considerable execution
+among the enemy, but not so much as was expected. The summer was now
+almost spent; above 6000 cannon-balls had been thrown into the town,
+some of which were of prodigious size, and the Nizam seemed determined
+to continue the siege during the winter. About 200 Portuguese, appalled
+by the dangers of the siege, had already, deserted; but instead of them
+300 men had come from Goa, so that the garrison was even stronger than
+before. On the 11th of April, Gonzalez de Camara made a sortie upon 500
+Moors in an orchard, only fifty of whom escaped.
+
+Fortune could not be always favourable to the besieged. By a chance ball
+from the enemy, one of the galleys which brought relief was sunk
+downright with 40 men and goods to the value of 40,000 ducats. But, next
+day, Ferdinand Tellez made a sally with 400 men, and gained a victory
+equal to that of Gonzalez de Camara, and brought away one piece of
+cannon with some ammunition, arms, and other booty. This action was seen
+by the Nizam in person, who mounted his horse and threatened to join in
+it in person, for which purpose he seized a lance, which he soon changed
+for a whip, with which he threatened to chastise his men, and upbraided
+them as cowards. The Portuguese were now so inured to danger that
+nothing could terrify them, and they seemed to court death instead of
+shunning it on all occasions. Some of them being employed to level some
+works from which the enemy had been driven near the monastery of St
+Francis, and being more handy at the sword than the spade, drew upon
+themselves a large party of the enemy of whom they slew above 200, yet
+not without some loss on their side. About this time Farete Khan, one of
+the Nizams generals, made some overtures towards peace, but without any
+apparent authority from his sovereign, who caused him to be arrested on
+suspicion of being corrupted by the Portuguese, though assuredly he had
+secret orders for what he had done. Indeed it was not wonderful that the
+Nizam should be desirous of peace, as he had now lain seven months
+before Chaul to no purpose, and had lost many thousand men; neither was
+it strange in the Portuguese to have the same wish, as they had lost 400
+men besides Indians.
+
+When the siege had continued to the beginning of June the attacks and
+batteries were carried on by both sides with as much obstinacy and
+vigour as if then only begun. The house of Nunno Alvarez was at this
+time taken by the enemy through the carelessness of the defenders, and
+on an attempt to recover it 20 of the Portuguese lost their lives
+without doing much injury to the enemy. The Moors in the next place got
+possession of the monastery of St Dominic, but not without a heavy loss;
+and then gained the house of Gonzalo de Menezes, in which the Portuguese
+suffered severely. The hostile batteries kept up a constant fire from
+the end of May to the end of June, as the Nizam had resolved to make a
+breach fit for the whole army to try its fortune in a general assault.
+On the 28th of June, every thing being in readiness, the Nizams whole
+army was drawn out for the assault, all his elephants appearing in the
+front with castles on their backs full of armed men. While the whole
+army stood in expectation of the signal of assault, an officer of note
+belonging to the enemy was slain by a random shot from one of the
+Portuguese cannon, which the Nizam considered as an evil omen, and
+ordered the attack to be deferred till next day. On this occasion six of
+the garrison ventured beyond the works and drew a multitude of the enemy
+within reach of the Portuguese fire, which was so well bestowed that 118
+of the enemy were slain and 500 wounded, without any loss on the side of
+the defenders.
+
+About noon on the 29th of June 1571, the Nizam gave the signal of
+assault, when the whole of his men and elephants moved forwards with
+horrible cries and a prodigious noise of warlike instruments. The
+Portuguese were drawn up in their several posts to defend the ruined
+works, and Don Francisco Mascarenhas, the commander in chief[380],
+placed himself opposite the Nizam with a body of reserve to relieve the
+posts wherever he might see necessary. The day was darkened with smoke,
+and alternately lighted up with flames. The slaughter and confusion was
+great on both sides. Some of the colours of the enemy were planted on
+the works, but were soon taken or thrown down along with those who had
+set them up. The elephants were made drunk by the nayres who conducted
+them that they might be the fiercer; but being burnt and wounded, many
+of them ran madly about the field. One that was much valued by the
+Nizam, having his housings all in flames, plunged into the sea and swam
+over the bar, where he was killed by a cannon ball from one of the
+Portuguese vessels. The Moors continued the assault till night, unable
+to gain possession of any of the works, and then drew off, after losing
+above 3000 men, among whom were many officers of note. On the side of
+the Portuguese eight gentleman were slain and a small number of private
+soldiers.
+
+[Footnote 380: At the commencement of this siege, according to De Faria,
+Luis Ferreyra de Andrada commanded in Chaul; and Mascarenhas is said to
+have brought a reinforcement of 600 men; it would now appear that he had
+assumed the command.--E.]
+
+Next day the Moors asked leave to bury their dead, and a truce was
+granted for that purpose. While employed in removing their dead, some of
+the Moors asked the Portuguese, _What woman it was that went before them
+in the fight, and if she were alive?_ One of the Portuguese answered,
+_Certainly she was alive for she was immortal!_ On this the Moors
+observed that it must have been the _Lady Marian_, for so they call the
+blessed Virgin. Many of them declared that they saw her at the house of
+Lorenzo de Brito, and that she was so bright that she blinded them. Some
+of them even went to see her image in the churches of Chaul, where they
+were converted and remained in the town. The Nizam was now seriously
+disposed for peace, and the Portuguese commander equally so, yet neither
+wished to make the first overture. At length however advances were made
+and a treaty set on foot. Farete Khan and Azaf Khan were commissioners
+from the Nizam, while Pedro de Silva and Antonio de Teyva were deputed
+by the Portuguese commander in chief, and Francisco Mascarenhas by the
+captain of the city. Accordingly a league offensive and defensive was
+concluded in the name of the Nizam and the king of Portugal, which was
+celebrated by great rejoicings on both sides and the interchange of rich
+presents. This however might easily have been accomplished without the
+effusion of so much blood. The Nizam now raised his camp and returned to
+his own dominions.
+
+The zamorin of Calicut, who was one of the contracting parties in this
+extensive confederacy for driving the Portuguese from India, performed
+his part of the agreement very coldly. After Goa and Chaul had been
+besieged for near a month, instead of sending his fleet to sea according
+to his engagements, he sent to treat with the viceroy for a separate
+peace, either on purpose to mislead him, or in expectation of gaining
+some advantages for himself in the present emergency. Few princes follow
+the dictates of honour, when it interferes with their interest. When
+this affair was laid before the council at Goa, it was their unanimous
+opinion to agree to peace with the zamorin even on hard terms; but the
+viceroy was determined to lose all or nothing, and declared he would
+make no peace unless on such terms as he could expect when in the most
+flourishing condition. Finding his designs fail, the zamorin sent out a
+fleet about the end of February under the command of _Catiproca_, who
+made his appearance before Chaul with 21 sail, having on board a large
+land force, of which above 1000 were armed with firelocks. Though the
+harbour of Chaul was then occupied by a considerable number of
+Portuguese galleys and galliots, Catiproca and his fleet entered the
+harbour under night without opposition. The Nizam was much pleased with
+the arrival of this naval force, and having ordered a great number of
+his small vessels named _calemutes_ to join the Malabar fleet, he
+prevailed on Catiproca to attack the Portuguese ships, which were
+commanded by Lionel de Sousa. They accordingly made the attempt, but
+were so warmly received by De Sousa and his gallies as to be beat off
+with considerable loss. The Nizam, who had witnessed this naval battle
+from an adjoining eminence, used every argument to prevail upon
+Catiproca to make another attempt, but to no purpose; for after
+remaining twenty days in the harbour, he stole away one night, and got
+away as fortunately as he had got in.
+
+While on his return, Catiproca was applied to by the queen of Mangalore
+to assist her in surprizing the Portuguese fort at that place, which she
+alleged might be easily taken. Catiproca agreed to this, in hopes of
+regaining the reputation he had lost at Chaul. He accordingly landed his
+men secretly, and made an attempt under night to scale the walls. While
+his men were mounting the ladders some servants of Antonio Pereyra, who
+commanded in that fort, were awakened by the noise, and seeing the enemy
+on the ladders threw out of a window the first thing that came to hand,
+which happened to be a chest of silver; with which they beat down those
+who were on the ladder. Pereyra waking with the noise, threw down those
+who had mounted, and the rest fled carrying his chest of silver on board
+their ships. While passing Cananor, Don Diego de Menezes fell upon the
+Malabar squadron, which he totally routed and drove up the river
+Tiracole, where every one of the ships were taken or destroyed, the
+admiral Catiproca slain, his nephew Cutiale made prisoner, and the chest
+of money belonging to Pereyra recovered.
+
+Even by the fitting out of this unfortunate fleet, the zamorin did not
+fulfil the conditions of the confederacy against the Portuguese, as each
+of the high contracting parties had engaged to undertake some
+considerable enterprize against them in person; but he had been hitherto
+deterred by the presence of Diego de Menezes with a squadron in their
+seas, who burned several of his maritime towns and took many of his
+ships. Towards the end of June 1571, Diego de Menezes having withdrawn
+from the coast with his squadron, and when Adel Khan and the Nizam were
+both about to desist from their enterprises upon Goa and Chaul, the
+zamorin took the field with an army of 100,000 men, most of them armed
+with firelocks, with which he invested the fort of _Chale_ about two
+leagues from Calicut, which was then under the command of Don George de
+Castro. Having planted forty pieces of brass cannon against the fort and
+straitly invested it with his numerous army so as to shut out all
+apparent hope of relief, a small reinforcement under Noronha was unable
+to penetrate; but soon afterwards Francisco Pereyra succeeded by an
+effort of astonishing bravery to force his way into Chale with a few
+men.
+
+Advice being sent to the viceroy of the dangerous situation of Chale,
+Diego de Menezes was sent with 18 sail to carry supplies and
+reinforcements to the besieged. De Menezes got to Chale with great
+difficulty about the end of September, at which time the besieged were
+reduced to great extremity, having not above 70 men able to bear arms
+out of 600 persons then in the fort. The relief of the fort seemed
+impracticable, as the mouth of the harbour was very narrow, and was
+commanded on all sides by numbers of cannon on surrounding eminences.
+Diego resolved however to surmount all difficulties. A large ship was
+filled with sufficient provisions to serve the garrison for two months,
+and carried likewise fifty soldiers as a reinforcement. One galley
+preceded to clear the way and two others followed the large ship to
+defend her against the enemy. By this means, but with incredible
+difficulty and danger, the relief was thrown in, but it was found
+impossible to bring away the useless people from the fort as had been
+intended. Thus, by the valour and good fortune of the viceroy, this
+formidable confederacy was dissipated, which had threatened to subvert
+the Portuguese power in India, and their reputation was restored among
+the native princes.
+
+
+SECTION VII.
+
+_Portuguese Transactions in India from 1571 to 1576._
+
+
+At this period Sebastian king of Portugal made a great alteration in the
+government of the Portuguese possessions in the east, which he deemed
+too extensive to be under the management of one person. He divided them
+therefore into three separate governments, which were designated
+respectively, India, Monotmotapa, and Malacca. The first, or India,
+extended from Gape Guardafu, or the north-east extremity of Africa on
+the Indian ocean, to the island of Ceylon inclusive. The second, or
+Monomotapa, from Cape Corrientes to Cape Guardafu; and the third, or
+Malacca, from Pegu to China both inclusive. To the command of the first,
+or India, Don Antonio de Noronha was sent with the title of viceroy.
+Francisco de Barreto was appointed to Monomotapa, and Antonio Moniz
+Barreto to Malacca, both stiled governors. It will be necessary
+therefore to treat of these governments separately, though by this we
+must necessarily in some measure neglect the consideration of regular
+chronology in the distribution of events. We begin therefore with the
+viceroyalty of Noronha.
+
+Don Antonio de Noronha arrived at Goa in the beginning of September
+1571, having lost 2000 men by sickness out of 4000 with whom he sailed
+from Lisbon. Don Luis de Ataine, who surrendered to him the sword of
+command, was a nobleman of great valour and military experience, and so
+free from avarice that instead of the vast riches which others brought
+from India to Portugal, he carried over four jars of water from the four
+famous rivers, the Indus, Ganges, Tigris, and Euphrates, which were long
+preserved in his castle of Peniche. After serving both in Europe and
+Africa, he went out to India, where at twenty-two years of age he was
+knighted on Mount Sinai by Don Stefano de Gama. Returning to Portugal,
+he went ambassador to the Emperor Charles V. and was present in the
+battle in which that emperor defeated the Lutherans under the Landgrave
+and the Duke of Saxony. He behaved so bravely in that battle, that the
+emperor offered to knight him; but having already received that honour
+on Mount Sinai, he could not again accept the offer, on which the
+emperor declared in public that he envied that honour beyond the victory
+he had just gained. On his return to Lisbon from administering the
+government of India with such high reputation, he was received with much
+honour by King Sebastian, yet was afterwards much slighted, as Pacheco
+had been formerly by King Emanuel, as will be seen afterwards, when
+appointed a second time to the viceroyalty.
+
+The first attention of the new viceroy was bestowed for the relief of
+Chale, to which Diego de Menezes was sent with 1500 men; but he came too
+late, as the fort had been already surrendered to the zamorin upon
+conditions. This surrender had been made by the commander Don George de
+Castro, contrary to the opinion of the majority of his officers,
+overcome by the tears and entreaties of his wife and other ladies,
+forgetting that he who was now eighty years of age ought to have
+preferred an honourable death to a short and infamous addition to his
+life. Neither was this his only fault, for the provisions had lasted
+longer if he had not committed them to the care of his wife, who
+dissipated them among her slaves. Owing to this unforeseen event, Diego
+de Menezes could only conduct the people who had surrendered at Chale to
+Cochin. He then divided his fleet with Matthew de Albuquerque, and
+cleared the seas of pirates.
+
+When Norhonha accepted the viceroyalty of India, now so much lessened by
+the division into three governments, his great aim was to acquire
+riches, as he was poor, and had several children. With this view he
+endeavoured to prevail on Antonio Moniz Barreto, the newly appointed
+governor of Malacca, to be satisfied with a smaller force than had been
+ordered for him on going to assume that government, alleging that India
+was not then in a condition to give what was promised; but Moniz refused
+to go unless supplied with the force agreed on, as the posture of
+Malacca was then too dangerous to admit of being governed by a person
+who considered his reputation, unless supported by a considerable force.
+Moniz therefore wrote home to Portugal, complaining against the viceroy,
+and malicious whispers are for the most part gratefully received by
+princes and ministers: and the Portuguese ministry, on the sole
+information of Moniz, committed the weakest act that ever was heard of,
+as will appear in the sequel: _Unhappy is that kingdom whose sovereign
+is a child._
+
+About this time Akbar Shah,[381] emperor of the Moguls had acquired the
+sovereignty of Cambaya or Guzerat. Sultan Mahmud the heir of the late
+king had been left under the tuition of three great men, Ali Khan,
+Itimiti Khan, and Madrem-al-Mulk, each of whom envious of the others
+endeavoured to acquire the entire direction of the young king. He,
+considering himself in danger, fled from Madrem-al-Mulk to the
+protection of Itimiti Khan, the worst of all his guardians, who
+immediately offered to deliver up the king and kingdom to the great
+Mogul, on condition of being appointed viceroy or Soubah in reward of
+his treachery. Akbar accordingly marched to _Amedabad_, where the
+traitor delivered up to him the young king, and the Mogul was seated on
+the musnud or throne of Guzerat without drawing a sword. Not satisfied
+with this great acquisition, Akbar resolved to recover the town and
+districts of Basseen and Daman, which had formerly belonged to Cambaya,
+and were now possessed by the Portuguese; and as this intention became
+known to Luis de Almeyda who commanded at Daman, he sent notice to the
+viceroy, who immediately sent him succours and prepared to follow there
+in person, going accordingly from Goa about the end of December 1571,
+with nine gallies, five gallions, eight galliots, and ninety smaller
+vessels. On his arrival with this large armament in the river of Daman,
+the Mogul, who was encamped at the distance of two leagues from that
+place, was so much dismayed by the power and military reputation of the
+Portuguese, that he sent an ambassador to the viceroy to treat of peace.
+The viceroy received the Mogul ambassador in his gallery with great
+state, and after listening to his proposals sent Antonio Cabral along
+with him to Akbar, on which a peace was concluded to the satisfaction of
+both parties. The viceroy then returned to Goa, and the great Mogul
+settled the government of his new kingdom of Guzerat, cutting off the
+head of the traitor Itimiti Khan, a just reward of his villany.
+
+[Footnote 381: Named by DeFaria, Gelalde Mamet Hecbar Taxa; probably a
+corruption of Gelal 'oddin Mahomet Akbar Shah.--E.]
+
+The king of Acheen was one of the Indian princes who had entered into
+the grand confederacy against the Portuguese, and had agreed to lay
+siege to Malacca, but did not execute his part of the league till about
+the middle of October 1571, when he appeared before Malacca with a fleet
+of near 100 sail, in which he had 7000 soldiers with a large train of
+artillery and a vast quantity of ammunition. Landing on the night of
+his arrival, he set fire to the town of _Iller_, which was saved from
+total destruction by a sudden and violent shower of rain. He next
+endeavoured to burn the Portuguese ships in the harbour; but failing in
+this and some minor enterprizes he sat down before the city, intending
+to take it by a regular siege, having been disappointed in his
+expectations of carrying it by a _coup de main_. At this time Malacca
+was in a miserable condition, excessively poor, having very few men and
+these unhealthy and dispirited, having suffered much by shipwreck,
+sickness, and scarcity of provisions, not without deserving, these
+calamities; for Malacca was then _the Portuguese Nineveh in India_, I
+know not if it be so now. In this deplorable situation, incessantly
+battered by the enemy, cut off from all supplies of provisions, Malacca
+had no adequate means and, hardly any hopes of defence. In this
+extremity Tristan Vaz accidentally entered the port with a single ship,
+in which he had been to Sunda for a cargo of pepper. Being earnestly
+intreated by the besieged to assist them, he agreed to do every thing in
+his power, though it seemed a rash attempt to engage a fleet of 100 sail
+with only ten vessels, nine of which were almost rotten and destitute of
+rigging. Among these he distributed 300 naked and hungry wretches; and
+though confident in his own valour, he trusted only in the mercy of God,
+and caused all his men to prepare for battle by confession, of which he
+set them the example.
+
+He sailed from Malacca with this armament about the end of November
+1571, and soon discovered the formidable fleet of the enemy in the river
+_Fermoso_. Giving the command of his own ship to Emanuel Ferreyra,
+Tristam Vaz de Vega went sword in hand into a galliot, to encourage his
+men to behave valiantly by exposing himself to the brunt of battle along
+with them. On the signal being given by a furious discharge of cannon,
+Tristan instantly boarded the admiral ship of the enemy, making great
+havock in her crew of 200 men and even carried away her ensign.
+Ferdinand Perez with only 13 men in a small vessel took a galley of the
+enemy. Ferdinand de Lemos ran down and sunk one of the enemies ships.
+Francisco de Lima having taken another set her on fire, that he might be
+at liberty to continue the fight. Emanuel Ferreyra sank three vessels,
+unrigged several others, and slew great numbers of the enemy. In short,
+every one fought admirably, and the whole hostile fleet fled, except
+four gallies and seven smaller vessels that were burnt or sunk. Seven
+hundred of the enemy were taken or slain, with the loss only of five
+men on the side of the victors. The Portuguese ships waited three days
+in the river to see if the enemy would return, and then carried the
+joyful news to Malacca, where it could hardly be believed[382].
+
+[Footnote 382: Though not mentioned by De Faria, the king of Acheen
+appears to Jave raised the siege of Malacca after this naval
+victory.--E.]
+
+Sometime in the year 1578, four ships arrived at Goa from Portugal,
+under the command of Francisco de Sousa, who immediately on landing went
+to the archbishop Don Gaspar, to whom he delivered a packet from the
+king. The royal orders contained in this packet were read by a cryer in
+the archiepiscopal church, and announced that Don Antonio de Noronha was
+deposed from the dignity of viceroy, to whom Antonio Moniz Barreto was
+immediately to succeed with the title of governor. By another order,
+Gonzalo Pereyra was appointed to the government of Malacca, in default
+of whom Don Leonis Pereyra was substituted, and accordingly succeeded as
+the other was dead.
+
+Advice was now brought to Goa that Malacca was again in danger, as the
+king of Acheen was before it a second time, assisted by the queen of
+_Japara_. On this intelligence, Moniz desired Leonis Pereyra to set out
+for his government, and Leonis demanded of him to be supplied with the
+same force which Moniz had formerly required from Noronha; yet Moniz,
+without considering what he had himself wrote on that subject to the
+king, and that India was now free from danger, refused his request.
+Leonis, to leave the new governor no excuse for his conduct, would even
+have been satisfied with a much smaller force than that formerly
+required by Moniz, but even that was refused him, and he went away to
+Portugal refusing to assume the government of Malacca. About the end of
+this year 1573, orders came from Portugal for the trial and execution of
+Don George de Castro for surrendering Chale to the zamorin. He was
+accordingly beheaded publicly: Yet in the year following a commission
+was sent out from Portugal for employing him in another command.
+
+Scarcely had India begun to enjoy some respite after the late troubles,
+when the queen of Japara sent her general Quiaidaman to besiege Malacca
+with 15,000 chosen natives of Java, in a fleet of 80 large galleons and
+above 220 smaller vessels. Tristan Vaz de Vega happened to be then at
+Malacca, and was chosen by common consent to assume the command,
+Francisco Enriquez the former commandant being dead. Tristan Vaz sent
+immediate notice to Goa of his danger; on which Moniz issued orders to
+all the neighbouring places to send succours, and began to fit out a
+fleet for its relief. In the mean time the Javanese army landed and
+besieged Malacca. Vaz sent Juan Pereyra and Martin Ferreyra with 150 men
+to drive the enemy from a post. After killing 70 of the enemy, they
+levelled the work and brought off seven pieces of cannon. Pereyra
+afterwards burnt 50 of their galleons, and destroyed some great engines
+which they had constructed for attacking a bastion. Two other officers
+in a sortie burnt the pallisades which the enemy had erected for
+straitening the garrison and defending their own quarters. After this,
+Pereyra going out of the river with the Portuguese vessels, besieged the
+besiegers, and at _Jor_ took a large quantity of provisions that were
+going to the Javanese army. Upon these repeated misfortunes, the
+Javanese embarked in great consternation, and withdrew under night; but
+were pursued by Pereyra, who cut off many of their vessels in the rear.
+Almost half of this great army perished by the sword or sickness in this
+siege, which lasted three months.
+
+Hardly was the army of the queen of Japara gone from Malacca when the
+king of Acheen arrived before it with 40 gallies, and several ships and
+smaller vessels, to the number of 100 in all, with a great train of
+artillery. Tristan Vaz gave orders to Juan Pereyra in a galley,
+Bernardin de Silva in a caravel, and Ferdinand de Palares in a ship,
+having each 40 men, to go out of the harbour on purpose to protect a
+convoy of provisions then in its way to Malacca, of which the city was
+in great want. The fleet of the enemy immediately attacked them, and
+soon battered all three ships to pieces. Seventy-five of the Portuguese
+were slain or drowned on this occasion, forty were made prisoners, and
+only five saved themselves by swimming. Only 150 men now remained in.
+Malacca, of whom 100 were sick or aged. Being in want both of men and
+ammunition Tristan Vaz was under the necessity of remaining very quiet;
+but the enemy fearing he was preparing some stratagem against them,
+raised the siege in a panic of terror when they might easily have
+carried the city, after remaining before it from the beginning to the
+end of January 1575. The priests, women and children of the distressed
+city had implored the mercy of God with sighs and tears; and next to
+God, the city owed its safety to the courage of Tristan Vaz, and to his
+generosity likewise, as he spent above 20,000 ducats in its defence.
+
+At this period Juan de Costa cruised upon the Malabar coast with two
+gallies and twenty-four other vessels. The town of Guipar near Bracalore
+being in rebellion, he landed there and set the town on fire after
+killing 1500 of the inhabitants. He likewise cut down the woods[383] in
+revenge for the rebellion of the natives. After this he destroyed an
+island belonging to the zamorin in the river of Chale, and ruined the
+city of Parapangulem belonging to the same sovereign, where the heir of
+the kingdom was slain with 200 of his followers. At _Capocate_ 300 of
+the natives were slain with the loss of two only of the Portuguese. The
+town of _Nilacharim_ near mount Dely was destroyed by fire. In the
+intervals between these exploits on the land, several vessels belonging
+to the enemy were taken, by which the fleet was supplied with slaves and
+provisions.
+
+[Footnote 383: Probably the groves of cocoa-nut trees are here alluded
+to.--E.]
+
+At this period, after long petty wars occasioned by the injustice and
+tyranny of the Portuguese, they were expelled from the Molucca islands,
+and their fort in the island of Ternate was forced to surrender to the
+king, who protested in presence of the Portuguese that he took
+possession of it in trust for the king of Portugal, and would deliver it
+up to any one having authority for that purpose as soon as the murder of
+his father was punished[384].
+
+[Footnote 384: A great number of trifling incidents in the misgovernment
+and tyranny of the Portuguese in the Moluccas, have been omitted at this
+and other parts the history of Portuguese Asia in our version.--E.]
+
+In the year 1576, Antonio Moniz Barreto was succeeded in the government
+of India by Don Diego de Menezes; but it may be proper to suspend for a
+time our account of the affairs of India, to give some account of the
+transactions in Monomotapa under the government of Francisco Barreto and
+his successor Vasco Fernandez Homeiri.
+
+
+SECTION VIII.
+
+_Transactions of the Portuguese in Monomotapa, from 1569 to the end of
+that separate government[385]._
+
+
+On the return of Francisco Barreto from the government of India in 1558,
+as formerly mentioned, he was appointed admiral of the gallies, in which
+employment he gained great honour in the memorable action of _Pennon_;
+and on his return to Lisbon, king Sebastian, who had determined upon
+making the division of the Portuguese governments in the east already
+mentioned, appointed Barreto to that of Monomotapa[386], with the
+additional title of _Conqueror of the Mines_. The great inducement for
+this enterprise was from the large quantities of gold said to be found
+in that country, and particularly at _Manica_ in the kingdom of
+_Mocaranga_. Francisco Barreto sailed from Lisbon in April 1569, with
+three ships and 1000 soldiers. He might easily have had more men if the
+vessels could have contained them, as the reports of gold banished all
+idea of danger, and volunteers eagerly pressed forwards for the
+expedition, among whom were many gentlemen and veterans who had served
+in Africa.
+
+[Footnote 385: In De Faria no dates are given of these transactions,
+except that Barreto sailed from Lisbon in April 1569.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 386: In modern geography the country called Monomotapa in the
+text is known by the name of Mocaranga, while Monomotapa is understood
+to be the title of the sovereign. It is sometimes called _Senna_ by the
+Portuguese, from the name of a fort possessed by them in the
+interior.--E.]
+
+On his arrival at Mozambique, Barreto went to subdue the king of _Pate_,
+who had revolted against the Portuguese authority. In his instructions,
+Barreto was ordered to undertake nothing of importance without the
+advice and concurrence of Francisco do Monclaros, a Jesuit, which was
+the cause of the failure of this enterprise. It was a great error to
+subject a soldier to the authority of a priest, and a most presumptuous
+folly in the priest to undertake a commission so foreign to his
+profession. There were two roads to the mines, one of which was through
+the dominions of Monomotapa, and the other by way of Sofala. Barreto was
+disposed to have taken the latter, but Monclaros insisted upon the
+former, and carried his point against the unanimous votes of the council
+of war; so that the first step in this expedition led to its ruin. But
+before entering upon the narrative of events, it may be proper to give
+some account of the climate, quality, and extent of the country.
+
+From Cape Delgado in lat. 10 deg. 1O' S. to Mozambique in 14 deg. 50', the coast
+is somewhat bent in the form of a bow, in which space are the islands of
+Pujaros, Amice, Mocoloe, Matembo, Querimba, Cabras, and others, with the
+rivers Paudagi, Menluanc, Mucutii, Mucululo, Situ, Habe, Xanga, Samoco,
+Veloso, Pinda, Quisimaluco and Quintagone, with the bays of Xanga and
+Fuego, and the sands of Pinda. From Mozambique in lat. 14 deg. 5O' S. to the
+port or bay of Asuca in 21 deg. 8O', the coast falls off to the westwards,
+opposite to the _Pracel de Sofala_ or great bank of _Pracel_, on the
+coast of Madagascar, the dangerous _Scylla_ and _Charibdis_ of those
+seas. On this coast are the rivers Mocambo, Angoxa, or Bayones, Mossige,
+Mojuncoale, Sangage, and others, with many islands, and the ports of
+Quilimane and Luabo; the rivers Tendanculo, Quiloe, Sabam, Bagoe, Miaue,
+and Sofala, with the opposite islands of Inbausato, Quiloane, Mambone,
+Molimon, and Quilamancohi. Between Cape Bosiqua or St Sebastian in lat.
+21 deg. 40' S. and Cape Corientes in 24 deg. S. is the great bay of Sauca, into
+which falls the river Inhamhane, where there is a great trade for ivory.
+From the frequent recurrence of the soft letters _L_ and _M_ in these
+names, it may be inferred that the language of that country is by no
+means harsh. From the mouth of the Cuama or Zambeze in the east, the
+empire of Monomotapa extends 250 leagues into the interior of Africa,
+being divided by the great river Zambeze, into which falls the _Chiri_
+or _Chireira_, running through the country of _Bororo_[387], in which
+country are many other large rivers, on the banks of which dwell many
+kings, some of whom are independent, and others are subject to
+Monomotapa. The most powerful of the independent kings is he of Mongas,
+bordering on the Cuama or Zambeze, which falls into the sea by four
+mouths between Mozambique and Sofala. The first or most northerly of
+these mouths is that of _Quilimane_, ninety leagues from Mozambique; the
+second or Cuama is five leagues farther south; the third _Luabo_ five
+leagues lower; and the fourth named _Luabol_ five leagues more to the
+south. Between these mouths are three large and fertile islands; the
+middle one, named _Chingoma_, is sixty leagues in circumference. This
+great river is navigable for sixty leagues upwards to the town of
+_Sena_, inhabited by the Portuguese, and as much farther to _Tete_,
+another Portuguese colony [388]. The richest mines are those of
+_Massapa_, called _Anfur_[389], the _Ophir_ whence the queen of Sheba
+had the riches she carried to Jerusalem. In these mines it is said, that
+one lump of gold has been found worth 12,000 ducats, and another worth
+40,000. The gold is not only found among the earth and stones, but even
+grows up within the bark of several trees as high as where the branches
+spread out to form the tops. The mines of Manchica and Butica are not
+much inferior to those of Massapa and Fura, and there are many others
+not so considerable. There are three fairs or markets which the
+Portuguese frequent for this trade of gold from the castle of _Tete_ on
+the river Zambeze. The first of these is _Luanze_, four days journey
+inland from that place [390]. The second is Bacuto [391] farther off;
+and the third _Massapa_ still farther [392]. At these fairs the gold is
+procured in exchange for coarse cloth, glass beads, and other articles
+of small value among us. A Portuguese officer, appointed by the
+commander of Mozambique, resides at Massapa with the permission of the
+emperor of Monomotapa, but under the express condition of not going into
+the country, under pain of death. He acts as judge of the differences
+that arise there. There are churches belonging to the Dominicans at
+Massapa, Bacuto, and Luanze. The origin, number, and chronology of the
+kings of Mohomotapa are not known, though it is believed there were
+kings here in the time of the queen of Sheba, and that they were subject
+to her, as she got her gold from thence. In the mountain of Anfur or
+Fura, near Massapa, there are the ruins of stately buildings, supposed
+to be those of palaces and castles. In process of time this great
+empire was divided into three kingdoms, called _Quiteve_, _Sabanda_, and
+_Chicanga_[393], which last is the most powerful, as possessing the
+mines of Manica, Butua, and others. It is believed that the negroes of
+Butua, in the kingdom of Chicanga, are those who bring gold to Angola,
+as these two countries are supposed to be only one hundred leagues
+distance from each other [394]. The country of Monomotapa produces rice
+and maize, and has plenty of cattle and poultry, the inhabitants
+addicting themselves to pasturage and tillage, and even cultivating
+gardens. It is divided into 25 kingdoms or provinces named Mongas,
+Baroe, Manica, Boese, Macingo, Remo, Chique, Chiria, Chidima, Boquizo,
+Inhanzo, Chiruvia, Condesaca, Daburia, Macurumbe, Mungussi, Antiovaza,
+Chove, Chungue, Dvia, Romba, Rassini, Chirao, Mocaranga and
+Remo-de-Beza.
+
+[Footnote 387: According to modern maps, the Zambeze divides the empire
+of Mocaranga, the sovereign of which is called Monomotapa, from the
+empire of the Bororos; and the river Chireira or Manzara on the south of
+the Zambeze, which it joins, is entirely confined to the country of
+Mocaranga.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 388: Sena is 220 English miles from the sea; Tete is 260 miles
+higher up: so that this great river is navigable for 480 miles, probably
+for small vessels only.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 389: Massapa is the name of a Portuguese fort or settlement on
+the river _Mocaras_, a branch of the _Chireira_, in the interior of
+Mocaranga. Anfur or Fura is a mountain about 100 miles from Massapa,
+said to contain rich gold mines.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 390: Luanze is about 100 miles south from Tete, on one of the
+branches of the Chireira.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 391: Bacuto is 40 miles south of Luanze.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 392: Massapa is about 45 miles S.S.W. from Buento or Bacuto,
+or 170 miles in that direction from Tete.--E]
+
+[Footnote 393: Quiteve is that kingdom or province of Mocaranga, now
+named Sofala from the river of that name by which it is pervaded.
+Sabanda is probably the kingdom or province of Sabia, on the river of
+that name, the southern province of Mocaranga. Chicanga is what is now
+called Manica, the south-west province of Mocaranga, the king or chief
+of which province is named Chicanga.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 394: The Butua of the text is probably the kingdom of Abutua
+of modern maps, in the interior of Africa, directly west from the
+northern part of Mocaranga. The distance between Abutua and the eastern
+confines of Benguela, one of the provinces of Angola or Congo, is about
+800 or 900 miles.--E.]
+
+The emperor [395] has a large wooden palace, the three chief apartments
+of which are, one for himself, another for his wife, and the third for
+his menial servants. It has three doors opening into a large court, one
+appropriated for the queen and her attendants, one for the king and the
+servants attached to his person, and the third for the two head cooks,
+who are great men and relations of the king, and for the under-cooks who
+are all men of quality below twenty years of age, as none so young are
+supposed to have any commerce with women, or otherwise they are severely
+punished. After serving in the palace, these young men are preferred to
+high employments.
+
+[Footnote 395: The chief of Mocaranga is named Monomotapa, which latter
+is often used as the name of the country. His residence is said to be at
+Zimbao near the northern frontiers, between the Portuguese forts of Sena
+and Tete.--E.]
+
+The servants within the palace, and those without, are commanded by two
+captains or high officers, resembling the _Alcalde de los Douzeles_, or
+governor of the noble youths, formerly at the court of Spain. The
+principal officers of the crown are, the _Ningomoaxa_ or governor of
+the kingdom, _Mocomoaxa_ or captain-general, _Ambuya_ or high steward,
+whose office it is to procure a successor, when the _Mazarira_ or
+principal wife of the king dies, who must always be chosen from among
+the sisters or nearest relations of the king. The next great officer is
+the _Inbantovo_ or chief musician, who has many musicians under his
+charge; the _Nurucao_, or captain, of the vanguard; _Bucurumo_, which
+signifies the king's right hand; _Magande_, or the chief conjurer;
+_Netambe_, or chief apothecary, who has charge of the ointments and
+utensils for sorcery; and lastly, the _Nehono_ or chief porter. All
+these offices are discharged by great lords. They use no delicacy in
+cookery, having all their meats roasted or boiled; and they eat of such
+articles as are used by the Europeans, with the addition of rats and
+mice, which they reckon delicacies, as we do partridges and rabbits.
+
+The king has many wives, nine of whom only are reckoned queens, and are
+all his sisters or near relations; the rest being the daughters of
+noblemen. The chief wife is called _Mazarira_, or the mother of the
+Portuguese, who frequently make presents to her, as she solicits their
+affairs with the king, and he sends no messengers to them but
+accompanied by some of her servants. The second queen is called
+_Inahanda_, who solicits for the Moors. The others _Nabuiza_,
+_Nemangore_, _Nizingoapangi_, _Navembo_, _Nemongoro_, _Nessani_, and
+_Necarunda_. Every one of these lives apart in as great state as the
+king, having certain revenues and districts appointed for their
+expenses. When any of these die, another is appointed to her place and
+name, and they have all the power of rewards and punishments, as well as
+the king. Sometimes he goes to them, and, at other times they come to
+him; all of them having many female attendants, whom the king makes use
+of when he thinks proper.
+
+The principal nation of Monomotapa is called the _Moearangi_, and of
+which the emperor is a native. They are by no means warlike, and their
+only weapons are bows, arrows, and javelins. In regard to religion, they
+acknowledge one only God, and believe in a devil or evil spirit, called
+_Muzuco_, but they have no idols. They believe that their deceased kings
+go to heaven, and invoke these under the appellation of _Musimos_, as
+the saints are invoked by the catholics. Having no letters, their only
+knowledge of past events is preserved by tradition. The lame and blind
+are called the king's poor, because they are charitably maintained by
+him; and when any of these travel, the towns through which they pass are
+obliged to maintain them and furnish them with guides from place to
+place, an excellent example for Christians. The months are divided into
+three weeks of ten days each, and have several festivals. The first day
+of each month is the festival of the new moon; and the fourth and fifth
+day of every week are kept as festivals. On these days all the natives
+dress in their best apparel, and the king gives public audience to all
+who present themselves, on which occasion he holds a truncheon about
+three quarters of a yard long in each hand, using them to lean upon.
+Those who speak to him prostrate themselves on the ground, and his
+audience lasts from morning till evening. When the king is indisposed,
+the _Ningomoaxa_, or governor of the kingdom, stands in his place. No
+one must speak to the king, or even go to the palace, on the eighth day
+of the moon, as that day is reckoned unlucky. On the day of the new
+moon, the king runs about the palace with two javelins in his hand, as
+if fighting, all the great men being present at this pastime. When this
+is ended, a pot full of maize, boiled whole, is brought in, which the
+king scatters about, desiring the nobles to eat, and every one strives
+to gather most to please him, and eat it greedily as if it were the most
+savoury dainty. Their greatest festival is held on the new moon in May,
+which they call _Chuavo_. On this day all the great men of the empire,
+who are very numerous, resort to court, where they run about with
+javelins in their hand, as in a mock fight. This sport lasts the whole
+day, at the end of which the king withdraws, and is not seen for eight
+days afterwards, during all which time the drums beat incessantly. He
+then reappears on the ninth day, and orders the noble for whom he has
+least affection to be slain, as a sacrifice to his ancestors, or the
+_Muzimos_. When this is done, the drums cease, and every one goes home.
+The _Mumbos_[396] eat human flesh, which is publicly sold in the
+shambles. This may suffice for the customs of the natives in the empire
+of Monomotapa, as it would be endless to recount the whole.
+
+[Footnote 396: This savage race are said to inhabit on the north western
+frontiers of Mocaranga.--E.]
+
+After some stay at Mozambique, Barreto set out on his expedition for the
+mines of Monomotapa, with men, horses, camels, and other necessaries for
+war, and with proper tools for working the mines which he expected to
+conquer. He sailed up the river _Cuama_, called _Rio de los buenos
+Sennales_, or river of Good Signs; by the first discoverers, and came to
+_Sena_ or the fort of _St Marzalis_, according to the desire of father
+Monclaros; whence he proceeded to the town of _Inaparapala_, near which
+is another town belonging to the Moors, who, being always professed
+enemies to the Christians, began to thwart the designs of the Portuguese
+as they had formerly done in India. They even attempted to poison the
+Portuguese army, and some of the men and horses actually died in
+consequence; but the cause being discovered by one of the Moors, they
+were all put to the sword, their chiefs being blown from the mouths of
+cannon, the informer only being pardoned. After this Barreto sent an
+embassy to the king, desiring permission to march against the chief of
+the _Mongas_, who was then in rebellion, and from thence to continue his
+march to the mines of _Butua_ and _Mancica_. The first of these requests
+was a piece of flattery to obtain leave for the other, as the province
+of the Mongas lay between Sena and the mines, and it was necessary to
+march thither by force of arms. The king gave his consent to both
+requests, and even offered to send 100,000 of his own men along with the
+Portuguese; but Barreto declined any assistance, wishing to have the
+whole honour of the war to himself, and thinking by that means to gain
+favour with the king. He accordingly marched with 23 horse and 560 foot
+armed with muskets; and after a march of ten days, mostly along the
+rapid river Zambeze, in which the troops suffered excessively from
+hunger and thirst, the enemy were descried covering the hills and
+vallies with armed men. Though the multitude of the enemy was so great
+that the extremity of their army could not be seen, Barreto marched on
+giving the command of the van to Vasco Fernandez Homem, while he led the
+rear in person, the baggage and a few field pieces being in the centre.
+On coming up to engage the cannon were removed to the front and flanks.
+
+The enemy were drawn up in the form of a crescent; and as the Portuguese
+marched to the charge, an old woman came forward to meet them scattering
+some powder towards them, having persuaded the enemy that she alone
+would gain the victory by virtue of that powder. Barreto understood the
+meaning of this superstitious act, having seen similar things in India,
+and gave orders to level a field piece at the notorious witch, which was
+so well pointed that she was blown to atoms, at which the _Kafrs_ were
+astonished, as they believed her immortal. The enemy however advanced,
+but without any order, either from ignorance or because they relied on
+their immense numbers, and discharged clouds of arrows and darts against
+the Portuguese; but finding that the musqueteers slew them by hundreds
+at every discharge, they took to flight, and great numbers of them were
+slain in the pursuit. Barreto continued his march for the city of the
+Mongas, and was opposed by another multitude similar to the former which
+was put to flight with equal facility, above 6000 of the Kafrs being
+slain with the loss of only two Portuguese soldiers. The city was
+abandoned by the enemy and taken possession of by Barreto without
+opposition, at which he entrenched his small army. Next morning a
+multitude of Kafrs as large as either of the former appeared to assail
+the Portuguese; but being again routed with prodigious slaughter, a
+messenger arrived to beg for peace. Barreto answered that he would wait
+upon the king, when all matters might be adjusted. He accordingly
+marched next day, and having encamped in a convenient place, a new
+embassy came from the king to solicit peace. While the Kafr ambassadors
+were conferring with Barreto, one of the camels belonging to the
+Portuguese happened to break loose and came up to where Barreto was, who
+stopped it till those who were seeking for it came up. The Kafr
+ambassadors had never before seen a camel, and were astonished to see it
+come up to the governor, at whom they asked many questions concerning
+the strange animal. Taking advantage of their ignorance and credulity,
+Barreto told them that those animals fed only on human flesh, devouring
+all that were slain in battle; and that this camel had come to him from
+the rest to desire that he would not make peace as they would then have
+no food. Astonished at this intelligence, they intreated him to desire
+the camels to be satisfied with good beef, and they would immediately
+supply him with great numbers of cattle. He granted their request and
+marched on, still in much distress for provisions.
+
+At this time news was brought of some transactions at Mozambique which
+rendered his presence there necessary, on which he assigned the command
+of the army to Vasco Fermandez Homem, and departed for Mozambique.
+Antonio Pereyra Brandam had committed certain crimes at the Moluccas,
+for which on his return to Portugal he was banished into Africa, on
+which he requested Barreto to take him to Mozambique, which he did
+accordingly, and even gave him the command of the fort at that place.
+Though eighty years of age, Brandam wished to secure himself in the
+command of the fort by sending false informations to the king against
+Barreto his benefactor. By some means these papers were intercepted and
+sent to Barreto, who on his arrival at Mozambique immediately shewed
+them to Brandam, who fell on his knees and asked pardon in the most
+humble manner. Barreto forgave him, but deprived him of the command over
+the fort at Mozambique, which he committed to the charge of Lorenzo
+Godino, and returned to prosecute the expedition in Monomotapa.
+
+On his arrival at Sena, where Homem had halted with the army, Monclaros
+accosted him in a violent manner commanding him to desist from that wild
+enterprise of conquering the mines, in which he had imposed on the king,
+declaring that he should be held responsible for all who had died or
+might die in future in this wild and impracticable design. It is certain
+that Barreto was not the promoter of this intended conquest, and that
+Manclaros was actually to blame for the miscarriage; yet Barreto took
+the insolence of this proud priest so much to heart that he died in two
+days without any other sickness. Assuredly the Jesuit had more to answer
+for on account of the death of the governor, than he for the unfortunate
+result of the expedition, which was all owing to the arrogant ignorance
+of the Jesuit in forcing it into a wrong direction. Thus fell, by the
+angry words of a priest, a great man who had escaped from many bullets
+among the Indians, from numerous darts and arrows of the Mongas, and
+from the malice of a villain. King Sebastian greatly lamented his
+untimely end, which he expressed by giving an honourable reception to
+his body when brought to Lisbon.
+
+After the death of Barreto, a royal order was found among his papers by
+which Vasco Fernandez Homem was appointed his successor. By the
+persuasions of Monclaros, who was now disgusted with the expedition of
+Monomotapa, Homem returned with the troops to Mozambique, abandoning the
+projected conquest of the mines. At that place some judicious persons,
+and particularly Francisco Pinto Pimentel, urged him to resume the
+execution of the orders which had been given by the king to Barreto, and
+he determined upon resuming the enterprise for the conquest of
+Monomotapa; but as Monclaros was now gone back to Portugal, he found
+himself at liberty to take the route for the mines through Sofala, as
+Barreto wished to have done originally. Landing therefore at Sofala, he
+marched directly inland towards the mines of _Manica_ in the kingdom of
+_Chicanga_, bordering _by the inland_ with the kingdom of _Quiteve_
+which is next in power to Monomotapa[397]. To conciliate the king of
+_Quiteve_, Homem sent messengers with presents to request the liberty of
+passing through his dominions, but being jealous of his intentions, that
+king received his propositions very coldly. Homem advanced however,
+having nearly a similar force with that which accompanied Barreto on the
+former expedition into the kingdom of Monomotapa, and several bodies of
+Kafrs that attempted to stop his progress were easily routed with great
+slaughter. Finding himself unable to defend himself against the invaders
+by force of arms, the king of Quiteve had recourse to policy, and caused
+all the people and provisions to be removed from the towns, so that the
+Portuguese suffered extreme distress till they arrived at _Zimbao_[398],
+the residence of the king, whence he had fled and taken refuge in
+inaccessible mountains. Homem burnt the city, and marched on to the
+kingdom of _Chicanga_, where he was received by the king rather through
+fear than love, was supplied with provisions, and allowed a free passage
+to the mines. At these the Portuguese vainly expected that they would be
+able to gather gold in great abundance; but seeing that the natives
+procured only very small quantities in a long time and with much
+difficulty, and being themselves very inexpert in that labour, they soon
+abandoned the place which they had so long and anxiously sought for, and
+returned towards the coast, parting from the king of Chicanga in much
+friendship. Thus, though disappointed in their main design of acquiring
+rich gold mines, the ease with which they had penetrated to the place
+evinced how great an error had been formerly committed by subjecting
+Barreto to the direction of Monclaros, who had led him by a tedious and
+dangerous way merely to gratify his own extravagant humour.
+
+[Footnote 397: In modern geography, which indeed is mainly ignorant of
+the foreign possessions of the Portuguese, the dominion of Sofala on
+both sides of the river of that name, extend about 520 miles from east
+to west, in lat. 20 deg. S. from the Mozambique channel, by about 100 miles
+in breadth. The commercial station of Sofala belonging to the Portuguese
+is at the mouth of the river; and about 220 miles from the sea is a town
+called Zimbao of Quiteve. Manica the kingdom of Chicanga is an inland
+district to the west of the kingdoms of Sofala and Sabia; all three
+dependent upon Monomotapa.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 398: This Zimbao of Quiteve is to be carefully distinguished
+from a town of the same name in Monomotapa. The former is nearly in lat.
+20 deg. S. on the river of Sofala, the latter is about 16 deg. 20' S. near the
+river Zambezi or Cuama.--E]
+
+Homem returned to the kingdom of Quiteve, and the king of that country
+now permitted him to march for the mines of _Maninnas_[399], on
+condition that the Portuguese should pay him twenty crowns yearly. Homem
+accordingly marched for the kingdom of _Chicova[400], which borders upon
+the inland frontier of Monomotapa towards the north, having heard that
+there were rich mines of silver in that country. Having penetrated to
+Chicova, he inquired among the natives for the way to the mines; and as
+they saw that it was in vain for them to resist, while they feared the
+discovery of the mines would prove their ruin, they scattered some ore
+at a place far distant from the mines, and shewing this to the
+Portuguese told them that this was the place of which they were in
+search. By this contrivance the Kafrs gained time to escape, as the
+Portuguese permitted them to go away, perhaps because they were
+unwilling the natives should see what treasure they procured. Homem
+accordingly caused all the environs to be carefully dug up, and after a
+vast deal of fruitless labour was obliged to desist, as provisions grew
+scarce. Thus finding no advantage after all his fatigues and dangers,
+Homem marched away towards the coast with part of his troops, intending
+to return to his government at Mozambique, and left Antonio Cardoso de
+Almeyda with 200 men to continue the researches for some time for the
+treasures that were said to abound in that country. Cardoso suffered
+himself to be again deceived by the Kafrs who had before imposed upon
+Homem, as they now offered to conduct him to where he might find a vein
+of silver. But they led him the way of death rather than of the mines,
+and killed him and all his men after defending themselves with
+incredible bravery.
+
+[Footnote 399: No such place is laid down in modern maps, but rich gold
+mines are mentioned in Mocaranga near mount _Fura_, which is nearly in
+the route indicated in the text, between Sofala or Quiteve and
+Chicoya.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 400: Chicova is a territory and town of Mocaranga or
+Monomotapa, in lat. 19 deg. N. at the north-west boundary of that empire on
+the Zambeze; and is said to abound in mines of silver.--E.]
+
+Thus ended the government and conquest of Monomotapa shortly after its
+commencement, under two successive governors, who lost their object
+almost as soon as it was seen. The first killed by a few rash words, and
+the second expelled by a prudent stratagem. Yet peace and trade
+continued between the Portuguese and the empire of Monomotapa. These
+actions of Barreto and Homem took place during the time when Luis de
+Ataide, Antonio de Noronha, and Antonio Moniz Barreto[401], were
+governors of India; but we have never been able to ascertain when the
+former died and the latter abandoned the projected conquest of the
+mines.
+
+[Footnote 401: The commencement of the government of Barreto has been
+already stated as having taken place in 1569. Antonio Moniz Barreto
+governed India from 1573 to 1576: Hence the consecutive governments of
+Francisco Barreto and Vasco Fernandez Homem in Monomotapa could not be
+less than _four_ or more than _seven_ years.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION IX.
+
+_Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from 1576 to
+1581; when the Crown of Portugal was usurped by Philip II. of Spain, on
+the Death of the Cardinal King Henry._
+
+
+In 1576 Ruy Lorenzo de Tavora went out as viceroy of Portuguese India;
+but dying on the voyage, at Mozambique, Don Diego de Menezes assumed the
+government in virtue of a royal patent of succession. Nothing
+extraordinary happened during his government of nearly two years, when
+he was superseded by the arrival of Don Luis de Ataide count of Atougaia
+as viceroy of India for the second time. Ataide had been appointed
+general in chief of the Portuguese forces by king Sebastian, who had
+resolved to bury the glory of his kingdom in the burning sands of
+Africa; and finding his own youthful impetuosity unable to conform with
+the prudent councils of the count, he constituted him viceroy of India
+as a plausible means of removing him. The count arrived at Goa about the
+end of August 1577, where he immediately fitted out a mighty fleet which
+struck terror into all the neighbouring princes. After continuing the
+war for some time against Adel Khan, a peace was concluded with that
+prince.
+
+Soon afterwards news was brought to India of the melancholy catastrophe
+which had befallen king Sebastian in Africa, and that the Cardinal Don
+Henry had succeeded to the throne; but he soon afterwards died, and the
+kingdom of Portugal came under the direction of a council of regency
+consisting of five members. The viceroy Don Luis died soon afterwards at
+Goa in the beginning of the year 1580, after governing India this second
+time for two years and seven months. He seemed to have had a
+presentiment of his death; for being applied to for leave to bury his
+cousin Antonio Borello beside his brother Don Juan de Ataide, he refused
+it, saying that he had long designed that situation for himself. He was
+a man of most undaunted courage, of which the following instance may be
+adduced. At the attack of _Onore_, he sailed in a brigantine sitting in
+a chair, having a famous musician beside him playing on the harp. When
+the balls from the enemy began to whistle past the ears of the musician
+he stopt playing, on which the count desired him to proceed as the tune
+was excellent. One of the gentlemen near him, seeing his
+unconcernedness, requested him to expose himself less to the danger, as
+if he were slain all would be lost; "No such thing," answered he, "for
+if I am killed there are men enough who are fit to succeed me."
+
+On his death, which appears to have happened in March 1580, he was
+succeeded as governor by Ferdinand Tellez de Menezes, pursuant to a
+patent of succession sent out by the regency in the year before. On this
+occasion the new governor was installed with as much demonstration of
+joy as if there had been no cause of sorrow among the subjects of
+Portugal for the melancholy state of their country. While the affairs of
+Portugal were in a miserable state of distraction, those of Visiapour
+were in no better condition, in consequence of the death of Adel Khan
+without heirs, in the 23d year of his reign and 50th of his age. Being
+adicted to unnatural practices, a youth of eighteen years of age who had
+too much honour to submit to his base desires, stabbed him as he was
+endeavouring to allure him to comply with his brutal purposes. Ibrahim
+Khan, the son of Shah Tamas, one of two brothers whom Adel Khan had put
+to death, succeeded to the sovereignty; but was soon afterwards seized
+by a powerful Omrah, named Quisbale Khan, who made himself master of the
+city of Visiapour. Soon afterwards the Ethiopian guards revolted under
+three leaders of their own choice, Acala Khan, Armi Khan, and Delarna
+Khan, the last of whom secured the other two and usurped the whole
+power.
+
+About this time new instructions came from the regency of Portugal,
+announcing that Philip II. of Spain had been admitted as king of
+Portugal, and enjoining the governor and all the Portuguese in India to
+take the oath of allegiance to the new sovereign.
+
+At this period _Mirazenam Pacha_, a native of Otranto, and born of
+Christian parents, was governor of all that part of Arabia which is
+called _Yemen_ by the natives, and resided in _Sanaa_ or _Zenan_, a city
+in the inland part of Yeman or Arabia Felix, 60 leagues north of
+Mokha[402]. Sanaa stands upon a hill encompassed with a good wall, and
+is thought to have been founded by Ham the son of Noah, and to have been
+the residence of the famous queen of Sheba. The fruitful province in
+which it stands was called by the ancients _Siria Muinifera_, because it
+produces frankincense, myrrh, and storax. Being desirous to plunder
+_Maskat_ near Cape Ras-al-gat, Mirazenam sent three Turkish gallies on
+that errand under Ali Beg, who took possession of Maskat, whence most of
+the Portuguese residents saved themselves by flight, leaving their goods
+to be plundered by Ali Beg. The fugitives took refuge in _Mataro_, a
+town only a league distant, whence they went to _Bruxel_, a fort about
+four leagues inland, belonging to _Catani_ the sheikh or chief of a
+horde or tribe of Arabs. The Arab officer who commanded there received
+the Portuguese with much kindness and hospitality, and protected them
+till the departure of Ali Beg, when they returned to Maskat. On learning
+the ruin of Maskat, Gonzalo de Menezes, who then commanded at Ormuz,
+sent Luis de Almeyda with a squadron consisting of a galleon, a galley,
+and six other vessels, with 400 good men, to attack Ali Beg. But Almeyda
+neglected the orders of his superior, and sailed to the coast of the
+_Naytaques_, intending to surprise and plunder the beautiful and rich
+city of _Pesani_[403]. But the inhabitants got notice of their danger
+and fled, after which Almeyda dishonourably plundered the city, to which
+he set fire, together with near fifty sail of vessels which were in the
+bay. He did the same thing to _Guadel_ or _Gader_, a city not inferior
+to Pesani, and to _Teis_ or _Tesse_ belonging to the barbarous tribe of
+the _Abindos_ who dwell on the river _Calamen_ in _Gedrosia_[404], and
+who join with the _Naytagites_ in their piracies.
+
+[Footnote 402: Sanaa is about 80 marine leagues, or 278 English miles
+N.E. from Mokha, and 30 leagues, or about 100 miles nearly north from
+Makulla, the nearest port of Arabia on the Indian ocean.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 403: Perhaps Posino on the oceanic coast of Makran, one of the
+provinces of Persia, is here meant, nearly north from Maskat, on the
+opposite coast of the entrance towards the Persian Gulf.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 404: Gedrosia the ancient name of that province of Persia on
+the Indian Ocean between the mouth of the Persian Gulf and the Indus,
+now called Mekran or Makran.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION X.
+
+_Transactions of the Portuguese in India, from 1581 to 1597_ [405].
+
+
+Don Francisco Mascarenhas, count of Santa Cruz, was the first viceroy
+sent out to India after the revolution by which Philip II of Spain
+acquired the sovereignty of Portugal. The honour and advantages
+conferred upon him on receiving this important office were greater than
+had ever been enjoyed by any of his predecessors. He well deserved all
+rewards of honour and profit, having served with great reputation in
+India, particularly in the brave defence of Chaul, with an incompetent
+garrison, and hardly any fortifications, against the power of the Nizam,
+who besieged it with 150,000 men. Yet his advancement on this occasion
+proceeded more from the policy of the king of Spain than the merit of
+Mascarenhas, to endeavour to gain the hearts of the Portuguese in India
+by his bounty. On his arrival at Goa in 1581, the new viceroy found that
+all the Portuguese had already submitted to the government of the king
+of Spain, so that he had only to attend to the usual affairs of his
+viceroyalty.
+
+[Footnote 405: We have here omitted from de Faria several long and
+confused dissertations on subjects that will be treated of more
+satisfactorily in the sequel of this work, from better sources of
+information. These are, 1. Of the religion of Hindostan. 2. Of the
+empire of Ethiopia, or Abyssinia. 3. Of Japan. 4. Of China. 5. Of the
+traditions respecting the preaching of Christianity in India by St
+Thomas. Likewise, in the sequel of the Portuguese transactions in India
+from de Faria, we have omitted a vast deal of uninteresting events,
+confining our attention only to such as are of some relative
+importance.--E.]
+
+Sultan Amodifar, the lawful king of Guzerat, after being long kept
+prisoner by the Mogul who had usurped his kingdom, made his escape by
+the assistance of some women and came in disguise to a Banian at
+Cambaya, by whom he was conveyed to _Jambo_, a person who had
+secured himself in a portion of the kingdom of Guzerat in the late
+revolution. Jambo not only acknowledged Amodifar as his legitimate
+sovereign, but procured the submission of many other chiefs and great
+men, so that he was soon at the head of a large army, in which there
+were above 30,000 horse, and in a short time Amodifar recovered
+possession of almost all Guzerat, either by force or consent. In hopes
+of profiting by these confusions, and in particular expecting to acquire
+possession of Surat, the viceroy went with 40 sail to Chaul, whence he
+sent some intelligent agents to Baroach, which was then besieged by
+Amodifar, the wife and children of Cotub oddin Khan having taken refuge
+in that place. These agents had instructions to treat secretly both with
+Amodifar and the wife of Cotub, without letting either of them know the
+correspondence with the other, that the Portuguese interest might be
+secured with the party that ultimately prevailed. But a large Mogul army
+invaded Guzerat and recovered possession of the whole country, so that
+the negociations of the viceroy fell to nothing, and be returned to Goa.
+While absent from that city, the subjects of the new king of Visiapour,
+provoked by the insolences of Larva Khan the favourite minister, wished
+to set up Cufo Khan the son of Meale Khan, who had been long kept
+prisoner at Goa; but on this coming to the knowledge of Larva Khan, he
+contrived, by means of an infamous Portuguese, named Diego Lopez Bayam,
+to inveigle Cufo Khan into his power, who thinking to gain a crown was
+made prisoner by Larva Khan and deprived of his eyes.
+
+After Don Francisco de Mascarenhas had enjoyed the viceroyalty for three
+years, Don Duarte de Menezes came out in 1581 as his successor. His
+first measure was to restore peace at Cochin, where a revolt was
+threatened by the natives in consequence of the Portuguese having
+usurped the management of the custom-house to the prejudice of the
+Rajah; but an accommodation was now entered into, and the people
+appeased by restoring matters to their ancient footing. The _naik_ of
+Sanguicer, a place dependent upon the king of Visiapour, having
+converted his place of residence into a nest of pirates, to the great
+injury of the Portuguese trade on the coast of Canara, an agreement was
+entered into with the king of Visiapour for his punishment; the governor
+of Ponda named Kosti Khan being to march against him by land with 40,000
+men, while the Portuguese were to attack the naik by sea. This was
+accordingly executed, and the naik being driven to take refuge is the
+woods, implored mercy, and was restored to his ruined district.
+
+Some years before the present period a prodigious inundation of Kafrs
+or Negro barbarians from the interior of Africa invaded the country of
+Monomotapa, in multitudes that were utterly innumerable. They came from
+that part of the interior in which the great lake of _Maravi_ is
+situated, out of which springs the great rivers whose source was
+formerly unknown. Along with this innumerable multitude, a part of whom
+were of the tribes called _Macabires_ and _Ambei_, bordering upon
+Abyssinia, came their wives, children, and old people, as if emigrating
+bodily in search of new habitations, from their own being unable to
+contain them. They were a rude and savage people, whose chosen food was
+human flesh, only using that of beasts in defect of the other; and such
+was the direful effect of their passage through any part of the country,
+that they marked their way by the utter ruin of the habitations, leaving
+nothing behind but the bones of the inhabitants. When these failed them,
+they supplied their craving hunger by feeding on their own people,
+beginning with the sick and aged. Even their women, though ugly and
+deformed, were as hardy and warlike as their husbands, carrying their
+children and household goods on their backs, and going armed with bows
+and arrows, which they used with as much courage and dexterity as the
+men. These barbarians used defensive armour, and even employed the
+precaution of fortifying their camp wherever they happened to halt.
+While passing the castle of _Tete_ upon the Zambeze in the interior of
+Mocaranga, Jerome de Andrada who commanded the Portuguese garrison sent
+out against them a party of musketeers, and in two encounters killed
+above 5000 of them, while the multitude fled in the utmost dismay,
+having never, before experienced the effects of fire arms. Passing
+onwards from thence, the barbarous multitude came to the neighbourhood
+of Mozambique, destroying every thing in their course like an inundation
+of fire; and as the situation appeared inviting to one of their chiefs
+named _Mambea_, who commanded about 6000 warriors, he built a fort and
+some towns on the main, about two leagues from Mozambique. As the fort
+of Cuama, where Nuno Vello Pereyra commanded, was much incommoded by the
+neighbourhood of these barbarians, he sent out Antonio Pimentel against
+them with 400 men, four only of whom were Portuguese, who falling
+unexpectedly on the barbarians slew many of them and burnt the fort; but
+retiring in disorder, the enemy fell upon Pimentel and his men, all of
+whom they slew except three Portuguese and a small number of negroes.
+All the slain were devoured by the victorious Kafrs, except their
+heads, hands, and feet.
+
+The country about Mozambique is full of orchards and fruit trees,
+especially citrons, lemons, and oranges, and has all kinds of wild and
+tame beasts like those in Europe, together with prodigious numbers of
+elephants. The principal food of the people is maize. The woods mostly
+consist of ebony, being a very lofty tree with leaves like those of our
+apple trees, and fruit resembling medlars, but not eatable, the whole
+stem and branches being thickly covered with thorns. The bark is as
+susceptible of fire as tinder, and when one of these trees is cut down
+it never springs up again. There is another sort of a yellowish colour,
+which is reckoned valuable. The best manna is produced in this country.
+Among the fish of this river is one equally voracious with the
+crocodile, from which no man escapes that gets within their reach, but
+they never injure women. One of these of a prodigious size was caught
+having gold rings in its ears, which was supposed to have been done as
+some species of witchcraft or incantation by the Kafrs to clear the
+river from these dangerous animals. In confirmation of this opinion, we
+read in an Arabian author named _Matude_, giving an account of
+prodigies, that about the year 863 a brazen crocodile was found under
+the ruins of an Egyptian temple, on which certain characters or
+symbolical letters were impressed, and when this image was broken in
+pieces the crocodiles of the Nile began again to devour men.
+
+During the viceroyalty of Don Duarte de Menezes fresh troubles broke out
+in the kingdom of Visiapour, in consequence of which the Moguls invaded
+the country, and after laying it waste to a great extent possessed
+themselves of many of its towns cities and districts. The occasions of
+these troubles was this: The king being ill of a contagious distemper,
+his two favourite ministers, Acede Khan and Calabate Khan, kept him
+concealed in the palace, so that no person was allowed to see him. The
+prince and the people had recourse to arms, in order to force these
+tyrants to admit them into the kings presence; on which they persuaded
+the infirm king that the prince wished to depose him, so that the king
+went to war against the prince, and defeated him with great slaughter,
+upon which the Moguls were called in to their assistance, and used the
+opportunity to plunder the country and appropriate it to themselves.
+
+Towards the close of the viceroyalty of Don Duarte de Menezes, Raju who
+had usurped the sovereignty of Ceylon, determined upon making a conquest
+of the Portuguese fortress of Columbo, with a view of expelling them
+from that island. For this purpose he collected an immense army, in
+which were 50,000 soldiers, 60,000 pioneers, and nearly as many
+artificers of various descriptions, with 2200 elephants, 40,000 oxen,
+150 pieces of cannon, and 50,000 intrenching tools, axes, shovels,
+spades, and mattocks, with an innumerable quantity of spare arms and
+ammunition; among which were two wooden castles built upon enormous
+carriages, each of which had nine wheels. Added to all which he had
+nearly 500 craft of different kinds. Before proceeding upon this
+expedition, he deemed it proper to consult the idols respecting its
+success; and on this occasion he secretly placed men behind the idols,
+who answered to his supplications for a favourable termination to his
+great design, _If you, would take Columbo you must shed innocent blood!_
+The people were astonished at this familiar and direct intercourse
+between their idols and their prince; and he, pretending obedience to
+the divine commands which they had all heard, caused 500 children to be
+taken from the arms of their mothers, all of whom were sacrificed, and
+the idols sprinkled with their blood.
+
+After all his preparations were completed, he marched with his
+prodigious army and invested Columbo, choosing the ground which he
+deemed most advantageous, as the garrison was not sufficiently strong to
+contend with him in the field. Joam de Britto, who then commanded in
+Columbo, had sent intimation of his danger to the other Portuguese
+possessions, and had arranged every thing for defence as well as he
+could. To defend the place against the vast army by which he was now
+assailed, he had only 300 Portuguese, a third of whom were useless, as
+being old men or children; besides whom he had 700 armed natives and
+slaves. This incompetent force he posted to the best advantage around
+the walls, which were far too extensive, reserving 50 picked men to
+attend upon himself to give relief wherever it was most needed. After
+the commencement of the siege, Raju spent a whole month in draining a
+lake which secured one side of Columbo from being assailed, and as the
+Portuguese had several boats on the lake, there were frequent skirmishes
+in which the enemy suffered considerable loss. The side of the fort
+which had been covered by the lake was much weakened by the drawing off
+its water, which had been its chief defence on that side. In
+consequence of the advices sent by Brito to the commanders of the
+neighbouring forts, reinforcements were prepared at different quarters.
+The first relief, consisting of 40 men, was sent by Juan de Melo the
+commander of Manaar, under the command of his nephew Ferdinand de Melo,
+who likewise brought a supply of ammunition; and Ferdinand was posted
+with his men to strengthen the defence upon the side towards the drained
+lake.
+
+On the 4th of August before day-light [406], Raju advanced in silence to
+give the first assault, but was discovered by the lighted matches of his
+musqueteers. The enemy applied their scaling ladders at the same time to
+the three bastions of St Michael, St Gonzalo, and St Francisco, while
+2000 pioneers fell to work below to undermine the works. Many of the
+assailants were thrown down from their ladders on the heads of the
+workmen employed below, while numbers of the enemy who were drawn up in
+the field before the town were destroyed by the cannons from the walls.
+Everywhere both within and without, the fort resounded with the cries of
+women and children, and the groans of the wounded, joined to the noise
+of the cannon and musquetry and the shrill cries of elephants, which,
+forced to the walls by their conductors, were driven back smarting with
+many wounds, and did vast injury in the ranks of the besiegers. Such was
+the multitude of the enemy that they did not seem lessened by slaughter,
+fresh men still pressing on to supply the places of the killed and
+wounded. Brito was present in every place of danger, giving orders and
+conveying relief, and after a long and arduous contest, the enemy at
+length gave way, leaving 400 men dead or dying at the foot of the walls.
+During this assault, some Chingalese who had retired into the fort to
+escape the tyranny of Raju, fought with as much bravery as the
+Portuguese. Twice afterwards, Raju made repeated attempts to carry the
+place by escalade, but was both times repulsed with much slaughter.
+After which he repaired his entrenchments, and prepared to renew the
+assaults.
+
+[Footnote 406: The date of the year is omitted by DeTaria, who, always
+rather negligent of dates, now; hardly ever gives any more light on this
+subject than the years in which the respective viceroys and governors
+assumed and laid down their authorities. The siege therefore must have
+happened between 1584 and 1588, during the government of Duarte de
+Menezes.--E.]
+
+After the commencement of the siege Diego Fernandez Pessoa came from
+Negapatnam with a ship of his own, and Antonio de Aguilar brought
+another ship, by means of which the besieged were much encouraged. Don
+Joam de Austria the _Modeliar_ of Candea[407], and the _Arache_ Don
+Alfonzo, did at this time eminent service against the enemy; and a
+soldier of vast strength, named Jose Fernandez, having broken his spear,
+threw several of the enemy behind him to be slain by those in his rear.
+On learning the danger of Colombo, the city of Cochin fitted out six
+ships for its relief, with a supply of men and ammunition, which were
+placed under the command of Nuno Alvarez de Atouguia. Before their
+arrival, Raju gave another general assault by sea and land, in which the
+danger was so pressing that even the religious were forced to act as
+officers and soldiers to defend the walls, and the enemy were again
+repulsed with great slaughter. Immediately after this the relief arrived
+under Atouguia from Cochin, and nearly at the same time arrived from St
+Thomases and other places several ships brought by private individuals
+of their own accord; and in September six ships and a galley arrived
+with reinforcements from Goa under Bernardin de Carvallo. On the arrival
+of such numerous reinforcements, Raju, giving up all hopes of carrying
+the place by assault, endeavoured to undermine the walls; but this
+attempt was effectually counteracted by Thomas de Sousa, who found out a
+way of destroying the miners while engaged in the work.
+
+[Footnote 407: It will be afterwards seen in the particular history and
+travels in Ceylon, that this person was the native sovereign of the
+central region or kingdom of Ceylon, called Candy or Candea from the
+name of the capital, who had acquired the same in the text in
+baptism.--E.]
+
+Foiled in all his attempts to gain possession of Columbo, Raju now
+endeavoured to attain his end by treachery, and prevailed on some of his
+wizards to pretend discontent, and desert to the town, that they might
+poison the water in the garrison and _bewitch_ the defenders. Being
+suspected, these men were put to the torture; on which they confessed
+their intentions, and were put to death. "While one of the wizards was
+on the rack, he uttered certain mysterious words which deprived the
+executioners of their senses, and left them struggling under convulsions
+for twenty-four hours." Treachery failing, Raju had again recourse to
+open force, and ordered his fleet to attack that of the Portuguese
+commanded by Thomas de Sousa; but two of the Ceylon ships were sunk and
+two taken, in which most of the men were slain, and those who survived
+were hanged at the yard-arms. In this naval battle 300 of the enemy were
+slain, with the loss of two men only on the side of the Portuguese.
+Raju was so enraged at the bad success of the naval attack, that he
+ordered two of his principal sea-officers to be beheaded. Soon after
+this a ship arrived with ammunition sent by the viceroy, and the enemy
+made another assault by night on the works, in which, as in all the
+others, they were beat off with great slaughter. After this, Juan de
+Gamboa arrived in a galley with a reinforcement of 150 men; and De Brito
+finding himself now confident in the strength of his garrison, sent out
+Pedro Alfonzo with a squadron to destroy the towns on the coast
+belonging to the enemy. In this expedition, the towns of Belicot,
+Berberii, and Beligao were plundered and burnt, and the Portuguese in
+their haste to get possession of the pendents and bracelets of the women
+barbarously cut off their hands and ears. After making prodigious havock
+in many other places, Alfonzo returned to Columbo with mach spoil and
+many prisoners.
+
+At this time sickness attacked the garrison of Columbo, and threatened
+to do more for Raju than all his force had been able to effect. The
+disease, which began in the neighbouring towns and spread to Columbo,
+baffled every attempt of the physicians for its cure. On opening some
+who died of it, the entrails were found impostumated, which was supposed
+owing to uncommon heat and drought, which had prevailed that year beyond
+any other in remembrance of the people. By the application of _cold and
+dry_ remedies the disease decreased. By the beginning of January[408]
+Raju made two other attempts to gain Columbo by assault, in the last of
+which the bastions of St Sebastian, St Gonzalo, and St Jago were in
+great danger, but the enemy were repulsed in both with great slaughter.
+In the meanwhile the fleet was again sent out under the command of
+Thomas de Sousa, who ravaged the coast of Ceylon, and destroyed the
+villages of Coscore, Madania, Guinderem, Gale, Beligao, Mature, and
+Tanavar. To this last place the idolaters had imagined the Portuguese
+arms could never penetrate, as protected by the supposed sanctity of a
+pagoda in its neighbourhood. This pagoda was situated on a hill near the
+town, and appeared from sea like a city. It was above a league in
+circumference, ornamented with numerous domes, all of which were covered
+with copper splendidly gilt. In this pagoda there were above 1000 idols
+in the several chapels or large cloisters; the temple being surrounded
+with streets full of shops for the supply of the pilgrims and votaries
+who resorted thither from all quarters. Taking possession of this
+temple, Sousa cast down and destroyed all the idols, demolished all the
+curious workmanship of the pagoda, and carried away every thing that
+could be removed, after which he killed some cows in its most sacred
+recesses, which is the greatest possible profanation in the opinion of
+the idolaters.
+
+[Footnote 408: Probably of the year 1588; as the death of the viceroy,
+who died in that year, is soon afterwards mentioned by De Faria.--E.]
+
+Among the prisoners taken at Cascore was a young woman who happened to
+be a bride. When the ships were about to weigh anchor, a young man came
+hastily to the place where the young woman was, and embraced her with
+much affection. By means of an interpreter, it was learned that this man
+was her destined husband, who had been absent when the town was
+attacked, and came now to offer himself for a slave rather than live
+free in separation from the woman of his affections. When this was told
+to Sousa, he determined not to part such true lovers, and ordered them
+to be both set at liberty; but they were so much affected by this act of
+generosity, that they requested to remain in his service. They lived
+afterwards in Columbo, where the man faithfully served the Portuguese on
+many occasions.
+
+Scarcely had Sousa returned to Columbo from this last expedition, when
+Raju decamped, and began to march away, but the Portuguese fell upon the
+rear of his army, and cut off many of his men. In the course of this
+siege, some say that Raju lost 10,000 men, while others restrict the
+loss to half of that number. Besides the destruction of many towns,
+villages, and ships, burnt, plundered, and destroyed, the cannon,
+prisoners, and booty taken during this siege from the enemy were of
+considerable value. By these losses, and his inability to gain
+possession of Columbo with so large an army, Raju lost much reputation
+among the neighbouring princes, who waited the success of his
+preparations to declare for either side. The loss on the side of the
+Portuguese during this siege, consisted of 140 men slain, 50 only of
+whom were Portuguese; but 500 died of the sickness formerly mentioned.
+
+On the day after the siege was raised, Don Paul de Lima came to Columbo
+with a powerful reinforcement from the viceroy. Eight days were spent in
+levelling the works which Raju had thrown up, after which the damage
+done to the fort was repaired, and it was furnished with a garrison of
+600 men, plentifully supplied with arms and ammunition. Soon after
+receiving the joyful news of the glorious and successful defence of
+Columbo, the viceroy, Duarte de Menezes, died of a violent sickness in
+the beginning of May 1588, to whom succeeded Emanuel de Sousa Coutinno,
+in virtue of a patent of succession, being every way well qualified for
+the office by his singular bravery and thorough experience in the
+affairs of India.
+
+In the homeward fleet of this season Don Paul de Lima embarked for
+Portugal in the ship called the St Thome, of which Stefano de Vega was
+captain. While off the coast of Natal the ship sprung a leak in the
+stern during a storm, and though all the rich commodities with which she
+was freighted were thrown overboard, it was found impossible to keep her
+afloat. In this extremity 120 persons took to the boat, and had hardly
+put off when the ship was swallowed up by the waves. Finding the boat
+overloaded, it was found necessary to throw some of the people into the
+sea. At length the boat reached the shore, on which _ninety-eight_
+persons landed, several of whom were men of note with their wives, and
+some friars, one of whom after confessing the people who remained in the
+ship wished to have staid with them that he might aid their devotions to
+the last. After landing, the women put themselves into mens habits,
+after the Indian manner, for the greater ease in travelling, and the
+whole company set off on their march in good order, a friar going before
+carrying a crucifix on high. The place where they landed was on that
+part of the coast of _Natal_ called by the Portuguese the country of the
+_Fumos_, but by the natives the country of _Macomates_, being inhabited
+by Kafirs of that name. It is in the latitude of 27 deg. 20' S. beyond the
+river of _Semin Dote_, 50 leagues south of the bay of _Lorenzo
+Marquez_[409]. All the lands of the Fumos belongs to the king of
+_Virangune_[410], and extends 30 leagues into the interior, bordering on
+the south with the country of _Mocalapata_, which again extends to the
+river _St Lucia_, in lat. 28 deg. 15' S. and to the kingdom of _Vambe_,
+which contains a great part of the _Terra de Natal_[411]. From thence
+to the Cape of Good Hope, the natives have no king, being ruled only by
+_ancozes_ or chiefs of villages. Next to the kingdom of _Virangune_ to
+the north is that of _Innaca_, towards the N.E. to the point of the bay
+of _St Laurence_, in lat. 25 deg. 45' S. opposite to which are two islands,
+named _Choambone_ and _Setimuro_, the latter of which is uninhabited,
+and is the station of the Portuguese who resort to this bay to purchase
+ivory. About this bay many great rivers fall into the sea, as those
+named _Beligane_, _Mannica_, _Spiritu Santo_, _Vumo_, _Anzate_, and
+_Angomane_[412]. _Anzate_ runs long the edge of vast inaccessible
+mountains, covered with herds of elephants, and inhabited by a gigantic
+race of people[413]. In the latitude of 25 deg. S. the river _De los Reyes_,
+or _Del Ouro_, likewise named the river _Inhampura_ falls into the sea,
+to the west of which in the interior are the kingdoms of _Innapola_ and
+_Mannuco_. From this place to Cape Corientes, the sea makes a great bay,
+along which inhabit the _Mocaranges_, a nation much addicted to
+thieving[414]. Opposite to Cape St Sebastian are the islands of
+_Bazaruto_ or _Bocica_, and not far from it the kingdom of _Innabuze_
+which reaches to the river _Innarigue_[415]. After which is the country
+of _Pande_, bordering on _Monnibe_, which last extends to _Zavara_ in
+the interior. Near these are the kingdoms of _Gamba_ and _Mocuraba_,
+which last is near Cape Corientes[416].
+
+[Footnote 409: If the latitude in the text could be depended on, this
+shipwreck seems to have taken place on the coast now occupied by the
+_Hambonaas_, near the small river _Bagasie_, 85 miles south from the
+entrance into _Delagoa_ bay. The river of Semin Dote is probably that
+now called _Mafumo_, which agrees with the country of _Fumos_ in the
+text; and the bay of Lorenzo Marquez may possibly be _Delagoa_, though
+only 28 leagues north from the latitude of the text, but there is no
+other bay of any importance for 400 miles farther along this coast.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 410: In modern maps, the country along the south side of the
+river _Mafumo_, is said to be the dominions of _Capellah_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 411: To the south of the _Hambonaas_ at Delagoa bay, the coast
+of Natal is inhabited by the _Tambookies_ and _Koussis_. The river St
+Lucia still remains in our maps in the latitude indicated, but the other
+names in the text are unknown in modern geography.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 412: Of these rivers only that of _Manica_, called likewise
+_Spiritu Santo_, retains the name in the text. That circumstance and the
+latitude indicated, point out Delagoa bay as that called St Lawrence by
+De Faria; unless we may suppose St Lawrence bay includes the whole bend
+inwards of the coast from Cape Corientes to point St Lucia on the coast
+of Natal, and that Delagoa bay, in the bottom of this large sweep, is
+that formerly called the bay of Lorenzo Marquez.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 413: No trace of Anzate can be found in modern maps.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 414: The text in this place is assuredly erroneous, as the
+Mocaranges have been formerly described by De Faria as the ruling nation
+in Monomotapa, which runs along the great bay of Sofala to _the north_
+of Cape Corientes.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 415: Probably the country and river now called Inhambane.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 416: These five last mentioned kingdoms, probably named from
+the barbarous chiefs of roving savage tribes, are now unknown to
+geography.--E.]
+
+After suffering much from hunger thirst and fatigue, the survivors from
+the San Thome arrived at the town of _Manica_, where they were
+courteously received by the king, who offered them permission either to
+live in his town or in the island where we have formerly said the
+Portuguese used to reside during their trade for ivory on this coast, at
+which place they might remain till the arrival of the Portuguese
+merchants[417]. They preferred the island, where some of them died; and
+as they were ill accommodated here, they passed over in boats to the
+continent and renewed their weary pilgrimage to the northward, but
+separated. Some got to the fort of _Sofala_, and others to the town of
+the king of _Innaca_, where they found some Portuguese traders who like
+themselves had suffered shipwreck. After enduring great hardships, many
+of them died, and among these was Don Paul de Lima. Those who survived,
+returned after a long time to Goa, among whom were three ladies. Two of
+these, Donna Mariana and Donna Joanna Mendoza dedicated themselves to a
+religious life; but Donna Beatrix, the widow of Don Paul de Lima, having
+conveyed her husbands remains to Goa, returned into Portugal, and was
+afterwards married at Oporto.
+
+[Footnote 417: Manica is far inland, but the place indicated in the text
+was probably near the mouth of the river of that name, on the north,
+side of Delagoa bay.--E.]
+
+In May 1591, Matthew de Albuquerque arrived in India as viceroy. About
+this time the Portuguese met with a heavy loss in Monomotapa in a war
+with the _Muzimbas_, a savage nation of Kafrs. _Tete_, a fort belonging
+to the Portuguese high up the river Zambeze, has the command of all the
+neighbouring district for three leagues round, which is divided among
+eleven native chiefs, who are all obliged to repair with their armed
+followers to the fort when ordered by the Portuguese commandant, to the
+number of 2000 men. Pedro Fernandez de Chaves, who commanded in Tete,
+with these Kafrs and some Portuguese marched against _Quisura_ chief of
+the _Mumbos_ at _Chicaronga_, a town on the north of the Zambeze about
+30 miles from Tete. He defeated these Mumbos in battle and relieved many
+prisoners who would otherwise have been slaughtered like cattle for the
+shambles, as the Mumbos feed on human flesh. The chief _Quisara_ was
+slain, who used to pave the way to his dwelling with the skulls of those
+be had overcome. About the same time Andrew de Santiago, who commanded
+in _Sena_, another Portuguese fort lower down the Zambeze, marched
+against the _Muzimbas_ a barbarous race of Kafrs on the river _Suabo_
+which runs into the northern side of the Zambeze; but found them so
+strongly fortified that he sent to Chaves for aid. Chaves accordingly
+marched from _Tete_ with some Portuguese and the Kafrs under his
+command; but the Muzimbas fell upon him unexpectedly and slew him and
+all his Portuguese, being advanced a considerable way before the Kafrs,
+who got time to escape. The victorious Muzimbas quartered the slain for
+food, and returned to their fortified post. Next day the Muzimbas
+marched out against Santiago, carrying the head of Chaves on a spear.
+Santiago was so astonished at this sight that he endeavoured to retire
+in the night, but was attacked by the Muzimbas in his retreat, and he
+and most of his men slain. In these two unfortunate actions, above 130
+of the Portuguese were cut in pieces and buried in the bellies of these
+savage cannibals.
+
+Don Pedro de Sousa commanded at this time in Mozambique; and as Tete and
+Sena were under his jurisdiction, he set out with 200 Portuguese
+soldiers and 1500 armed Kafrs to take revenge upon the Muzimbas and
+succour the two forts on the Zambeze. He battered the entrenchments of
+the barbarians to no purpose, and was repulsed in an attempt to take
+them by assault. Having nearly succeeded by raising a mount of fascines
+as high as the works of the enemy, he was induced to desist by some
+cowards among his men, who pretended that the fort of Sena was in danger
+of being taken. He drew off therefore to its relief, and was attacked by
+the Muzimbas who slew many of his men, and took all his cannon and
+baggage. Yet the enemy offered peace, which was concluded. Soon
+afterwards one of the chiefs of the Muzimbas, having gathered about
+15,000 men, marched to the southwards destroying every thing in the way
+that had life, and invested _Quiloa_, which he gained possession of
+through the treachery of one of the inhabitants, and put all to the
+sword. After this he caused the traitor and all his family to be thrown
+into the river, saying that those who had betrayed their country
+deserved to die, yet were unfit to be eaten, as they were venomous, and
+therefore fit food for the fishes. The Mozimba chief endeavoured to
+destroy Melinda in the same manner, but the sheikh was assisted by 30
+Portuguese, which enabled him to hold out till 3000 _Mosseguejo_ Kafrs
+came to his relief, when the Mozimbas were defeated with such slaughter
+that only 100 of them escaped along with their chief, after they had
+ravaged 300 leagues of country.
+
+We now return to the affairs of India, where Chaul was again besieged.
+_Malek_[418] had erected a new city opposite to Chaul and bearing the
+same name, well peopled with Moors who carried on an extensive trade, as
+it had an excellent port and the inhabitants were famous silk-weavers.
+The commander of this new city was an eunuch, who had been formerly a
+slave to the Portuguese and now to Malek. Immediately to the north of
+the Portuguese fortress of Chaul, from which it was divided by the river
+of that name, is a noted promontory called _Morro_, on which the eunuch
+took post with 4000 horse and 7000 foot, and cannonaded the Portuguese
+fort of Chaul from that commanding ground with 65 pieces of large
+cannon. These hostilities were countenanced by the Nizam, though
+contrary to the peace which had been established when Francisco Barreto
+was governor, but were now justified by some complaints against the
+conduct of Albuquerque the present viceroy, and in addition to, the
+siege of Chaul several military parties belonging to the Nizam infested
+the districts, dependent upon the Portuguese forts of Basseen and Chaul.
+As the Moors considered the capture of Chaul to be near at hand, seeing
+that their cannon had made considerable impression on its walls,
+_fourteen_ Mogul chiefs came to be present at its reduction; but in a
+sortie made by the Portuguese, _nine_ of these were slain and _two_
+taken. Talador the eunuch commander of the besiegers was wounded, and
+died soon afterwards, as did a Turk who was next in command, on which
+Farete Khan succeeded in the conduct of the siege, and gave the
+Portuguese no respite by day or night, continually battering their works
+with his powerful artillery. The garrison in Chaul consisted of 1000
+men, to which place Alvaro de Abranches brought 300 from Basseen and 200
+from Salcete; and being now at the head of 1500 Portuguese troops and an
+equal number of natives, so brave and faithful that they often
+voluntarily interposed their own bodies to protect their masters,
+Abranches appointed a day for making an attack upon the enemy. Having
+all confessed, the Portuguese embarked in a number of small vessels and
+crossed the river after which they forced their way to the plain of
+Morro on the top of the promontary, where the battle was renewed. Ten
+elephants were turned loose by the Moors, in expectation that they would
+force the Portuguese troops into disorder; but one of these being
+severely wounded by a Portuguese soldier, turned back and trampled down
+the enemy, till falling into the ditch he made a way like a bridge for
+passing over. Another of the elephants forcing his way in at a wicket in
+the works of the enemy, enabled the Portuguese to enter likewise, where
+they slaughtered the enemy almost without opposition. Some accounts say
+that 10,000 men were slain on this occasion, and others say no less than
+60,000. Farate Khan with his wife and daughter were made prisoners, and
+only 21 Portuguese were slain in this decisive action. The principal
+booty consisted of 75 pieces of cannon of extraordinary size, a vast
+quantity of ammunition, many horses, and five elephants. Farate Khan
+became a Christian before he died, as did his daughter, who was sent to
+Portugal, but his wife was ransomed.
+
+[Footnote 418: This unusual name seems from the context to be here given
+to the Nizam-al-mulk or sovereign of the Decan.--E.]
+
+
+SECTION XI.
+
+_Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions in India, from 1597 to
+1612_.
+
+
+In May 1597, Don Francisco de Gama, count of Vidugueyra, grandson to the
+discoverer, arrived at Goa as viceroy of India, but carried himself with
+so much haughty state that he gained the dislike of all men. During his
+government the scourge of the pride and covetousness of the Portuguese
+came first into India, as in the month of September news was brought to
+Goa that the two first ships of the _Hollanders_ that had ventured to
+navigate the Indian seas had been in the port of _Titangone_ and were
+bound for the island of _Sunda_. In a grand council held upon this
+important event, it was ordered to fit out a squadron of two galleons,
+three gallies, and nine other vessels to attack the intruders, and the
+command was given on this occasion to Lorenzo de Brito, an ancient and
+experienced officer. The two Holland ships did some small damage on the
+coast of Malabar and other places, and when off Malacca fell in with six
+ships bound from that place for India, commanded by Francisco de Silva.
+They immediately engaged and fought the whole of that afternoon and part
+of the night. Next morning the engagement was renewed, and was repeated
+for eight successive days; till finding themselves too weak, the
+Hollanders drew off and made for the port of Queda, many of their men
+being slain and most of the rest wounded. At that place they quitted the
+smallest of their ships for want of men, and the other was afterwards
+cast away on the coast of Pegu.
+
+In this same year 1597 the Hollanders fitted out a squadron of eight
+ships at Amsterdam for India, with 800 men and provisions for three
+years, under the command of the admiral Jacob Cornelius van Nec. The
+object of this expedition, besides hostility to the king of Spain, was
+that they might purchase the spices and other commodities of Asia at a
+cheaper rate than they had hitherto been accustomed to in Portugal. The
+fleet sailed from Amsterdam on the 13th of May 1598; arrived at Madeira
+on the 15th, and at the Canaries on the 17th, where they both took in
+wine. On the 29th they were in the latitude of 6 deg. S. and passed the line
+on the 8th of June; _a wonderful swiftness, to me incredible_! On the
+24th July they saw the Cape of Good Hope, where three of the ships were
+separated in a violent storm and arrived at the island of _Banda_ in
+_April_[419]. The other four ships under the admiral discovered the
+island of Madagascar on the 24th of August, coming to Cape St Julian on
+the 30th of that month. On the 20th of September they came to the island
+of _Cerne_ or _Cisne_, in lat. 21 deg. S. to which they gave the name of
+_Mauritius_. Here they found tortoises of such magnitude that one of
+them carried two men on its back, and birds which were so tame as to
+allow themselves to be killed with sticks, whence they concluded that
+the island was not inhabited. At Banda they joined the other three
+ships, and having laded four with spices they were sent away to Holland,
+while the other three went on to the Moluccas. On the 21st January 1598,
+they discovered the _Great Java_[420], and touched at the port of
+_Tuban_, after which they came to _Madura_ an island in lat. 2 deg. 30' S.
+on the 27th of that month. At this place they endeavoured to ransom some
+of their countrymen who had been cast away in their former ships, and
+some others who had been made prisoners for endeavouring to pass false
+money; but as the natives demanded too high a ransom, they attempted to
+rescue them by force; but two boats full of armed men being sunk in the
+attempt, they were forced to comply with the terms demanded. They
+settled a trade at Amboina, and two of the ships opened a factory at
+Banda, where they loaded with spice and returned into Holland on the
+20th of April 1600. Those who were left in the remaining ship at Amboina
+went to Ternate in the Moluccas where they were well received by the
+king, and after procuring a lading of cloves returned home.
+
+[Footnote 419: We have no means of correcting the strange chronology of
+this voyage, _wonderful_ even in the opinion of De Faria. He names the
+Dutch Admiral _Neque_; but as _qu_ in Portuguese is used to mark the
+sound of _k_ or hard _c_, we have ventured to give this first successful
+rival of the Portuguese trade in India the name of _Van Nec_.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 420: Borneo is probably here meant, as they could not have
+been in Banda without seeing both Sumatra and Java.--E.]
+
+Don Alexius de Menezes archbishop of Goa went about this time to visit
+the Christians of St Thomas, who lived dispersedly in the mountains of
+Malabar, in _Muli_, _Turubuli_, _Maota_, _Batimena_, _Diamper_,
+_Pimienta_, _Tetemute_, _Porca_, _Paru_, and _Cartuti_. These Christians
+continued stedfast at the faith till about the year 750, yet with some
+tincture of error. About the year 810 the second _Thomas_, formerly
+mentioned, came to this country, where he repaired the churches that had
+been erected by the apostle and restored the true doctrine; but about
+the year 900 this church was overrun by the _Nestorian_ heresy. In the
+year 890 two _Chaldeans_ came here from _Babylon_, named _Mar Xarsio_
+and _Mar Prod_, who divided the district into two bishoprics, and were
+ever afterwards prayed to as saints, till our archbishop ordered this to
+be discontinued, as he much suspected they had not been legitimately
+canonized. After these Chaldeans came one _Mar Joanne_, who was sent by
+the Greek Patriarch, and resided at _Cranganor_ where he introduced the
+_Chaldean_ ritual. His successor was _Mar Jacob_, who died in 1500, and
+was succeeded by _Mar Joannato_. Thus the bishops and heresies continued
+among the _Thomists_ till 1536, when Pope Paul IV. appointed Juan
+Bermudez patriarch of _Ethiopia_, Simin Sulacca bishop of _Caheremit_
+the metropolis of _Mesopotamia_, _Mar Elias_ as patriarch of _Mosul_,
+and _Mar Joseph_ bishop of Nineveh, whom he ordered to govern the
+Christians of Malabar, with the bishop _Ambrose Montecelli_ for his
+coadjutor. By this interference of the Pope there were two patriarchs of
+the East, one _orthodox_ at _Mosul_, and the other _heretical_ at
+Antioch. Joseph and Ambrose went over to the mountains of Malabar, to
+assume the pastoral charge of the Thomists; but the latter separated
+from the former and went to Goa, where after reading divinity for some
+time he died at Cochin in the year 1557. As Don George Temudo bishop of
+Cochin perceived that Joseph _spread the poison of Nestorius_ among his
+flock in Malabar, he contrived to have him apprehended and sent in
+chains to Portugal, were he was permitted to return to his bishopric on
+promise of amendment[421]. On his return he found _Mar Abraham_
+officiating as bishop of the Thomists, who had chosen him in the absence
+of Joseph; and as Abraham found himself persecuted, or disturbed in the
+exercise of his functions by Joseph, he went to Rome where he got a
+brief from Paul IV. appointing him bishop of the Thomists, having
+engaged to reduce that people to the orthodox faith. Yet neither he nor
+Joseph adhered to their engagements, but continued in their heresies.
+After this one _Mar Simon_ came to Malabar, saying that he was sent by
+the patriarch of Babylon to officiate as bishop of Malabar. He was
+received by the queen of Pimienta and placed at _Cartuse_, where he
+exercised episcopal functions; till _being carried_ to Lisbon he was
+sent thence to Rome, where he was condemned by Pope _Sixtus Quintus_ as
+a mere Nestorian and not even a priest. After the death of _Mar Abraham_
+his archdeacon governed the diocese, _as no Babylonian prelates dared to
+come to Malabar_, Don Alexius, the archbishop of Goa, using his utmost
+endeavours to keep out all such heretical prelates, which was the
+particular occasion of his present visitation.
+
+[Footnote 421: Under this story we may presume without any lack of
+Christian charity, that these promises were extorted by means best known
+to the inquisition, that diabolical instrument of the pretended
+disciples of the Prince of Peace, and eternal opprobrium of the
+Peninsula. With regard to Joseph there was some shadow of excuse, as he
+seems to have accepted his appointment from the _orthodox_ pope, though
+secretly attached to the _heretical_ Nestorian patriarch.--E.]
+
+This prelate found that, among other errors, the Thomists denied the
+virginity of our blessed lady[422]: They rejected the use of images:
+they believed the souls of the just did not enjoy the beatific presence
+of God till after the general judgment: they allowed only of three
+sacraments, baptism, ordination and the eucharist: instead of confession
+they used perfuming in their churches: the wine employed in the
+sacrament was made from cocoas: their host was a cake made with oil and
+salt: their priests were ordained at seventeen years of age, and were
+permitted to marry after ordination: fathers, sons, and grandsons
+administered the sacrament in the same church: the _Catatorias_ or
+_Caffaneras_, so they called the wives of priests, wore a distinguishing
+mark to be known by: in matrimony, they used no other formalities except
+the consent of parties and consummation: the women observed the time
+prescribed by the law of Moses in regard to churching: no sacraments
+were administered gratuitously: holy water was mixed with some powder of
+frankincense, and some of the soil on which St Thomas was supposed to
+have trodden: they used sorcery and witchcraft: In fine, that all was
+error, confusion, and heresy.
+
+[Footnote 422: This probably refers to her supposed immaculate purity
+even after the birth of the Saviour.--E.]
+
+Don Alexius with much labour and toil convinced them of their errors and
+converted them to the true faith, so that whole towns were baptised and
+reconciled to the Roman see. He even held a provincial synod at
+_Diamper_, all the decrees of which were confirmed by the Pope; and
+Francisco Rodriguez, a Jesuit who had assisted the archbishop on this
+important visitation, was made bishop of that diocese. On the breaking
+up of the synod, Don Alexius visited all the churches in these parts.
+While in the country of the queen of _Changanate_, visiting the church
+of _Talavecare_, one of the most ancient in those parts, they shewed him
+three plates on which were engraven certain privileges and revenues
+granted by the king of Ceylon, at the time when the Babylonians _Zabro_
+and _Proo_[423], were in that country. At this place likewise Don
+Alexius met _Topamuta Pandara_, king of _Gundara_[424] in the
+neighbourhood of _Changanate_, to whom he presented a letter from king
+Philip giving him the _title of brother_, for having allowed liberty for
+the exercise of the Christian religion in his dominions[425].
+
+[Footnote 423: Only a few pages before these men are named _Xanio_ and
+_Prod_; but we have no means of ascertaining which are the right
+names.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 424: These petty kings of small districts in the South of
+India are now known by the titles of Polygars; and the hereditary female
+chiefs are stiled _Rana_. It is prostituting the dignity of king to give
+that denomination to the chiefs of small villages and trifling
+districts, often not so large as parishes in Europe. They are mere
+temporary chiefs, occasionally hereditary by sufferance; indeed such
+could not possibly be otherwise, when all the larger dominions and even
+empires have been in perpetual fluctuation from revolution and conquest
+for at least 3000 years.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 425: The history of this ancient Christian church of Malabar
+has been lately illustrated by the Christian Researches of Dr Buchannan,
+who seems to have opened a door for the propagation of the gospel in
+India infinitely promising, if judiciously taken advantage of.--E.]
+
+In the year 1596, a Moor, named _Pate Marcar_ obtained leave from the
+zamorin to build a fort in the peninsula of Pudepatam, 77 leagues from
+Goa and 33 from Cochin, where was a most convenient station for
+piratical paraos, to annoy the trade of the Malabar coast; and having
+built a square fort at this place, he went thither with all his kinsmen
+and followers, and did much injury to the Portuguese and their allies,
+even making incursions upon their maritime possessions, whence, on
+several occasions, he carried off much spoil. Pate Marcar soon died, and
+was succeeded in the sovereignty of the fort by his nephew Mahomet
+Cuneale Marcar, who added greatly to the strength of the fort; and
+foreseeing that the Portuguese might seek to be revenged for the
+injuries they had sustained, he fortified the town both by sea, and
+land, which he named _Cuneale_ after himself. On the land side he made a
+deep ditch with a double wall above seven feet thick, flanked at regular
+distances with towers called _zarames_, all of which were mounted with
+small cannon. Between the two creeks forming the peninsula, he built a
+strong wall with two towers to secure the town, and lined the sea-shore
+with strong palisades; flanked by two bastions, one of which considerably
+larger than the other, was mounted with heavy cannon to defend the
+entrance of the harbour, which was farther secured by a boom of masts
+strongly chained together. Having thus, as he thought, provided a secure
+retreat, he continued his uncle's enterprises against the Portuguese
+with much success, assisting all their enemies against them, even
+robbing the Malabar traders on the coast, and filled his residence with
+rich plunder. The viceroy Albuquerque had endeavoured to destroy this
+nest of pirates, so prejudicial to the Portuguese trade, and had even
+prevailed on the zamorin to concur in the destruction of Cuneale, so
+that a treaty had been entered into, by which the zamorin engaged to
+besiege Cuneale by land, while the Portuguese fleet attacked him by sea.
+Both parties provided according to stipulation for this joint
+expedition; but it was postponed for some time, in consequence of the
+change in the government by the arrival of the Count of Vidigueyra as
+viceroy, and even by the secret concurrence of the zamorin in the
+piracies of Cuneale, who communicated to him a share of the plunder.
+
+At length, however, the zamorin became incensed against Cuneale, who
+assumed the title of king of the Malabar Moors, and lord of the Indian
+Sea; but chiefly because he had caused the tail of one of his elephants
+to be cut off, and had used one of his Nayres in a cruel and scandalous
+manner. Laying hold of this favourable opportunity, the viceroy, De
+Gama, probably in 1598, renewed the league with the zamorin against
+Cuneale, and sent some light vessels under Ferdinand de Noronha to
+blockade the entrance into the port of Cuneale, till a larger force
+could be provided to co-operate with the zamorin, who was marching to
+besiege it by land with 20,000 men and some cannon.
+
+That part of the western coast of India, which is properly called the
+coast of Malabar, extends from Cananor to Cochin for the space of 42
+leagues. From Cananor it is two leagues to the small island of
+_Tremapatan_, within which is a good river; thence half a league to the
+river of _Sal_, thence one and a half to the river _Maim_; one to the
+town of _Comena_, a small distance beyond which are the towns of
+_Motangue, Curiare_, and _Baregare_: thence to the river _Pudepatan_;
+two leagues farther the town of _Tiracole_; other two leagues the town
+of _Cotulete_; one league from this the river _Capocate_; one league
+farther _Calicut_; two more to the river _Chale_; two to the city
+_Pananor_; two thence to _Tanor_; two more to _Paranora_; one more to
+the famous river _Paniane_; thence nine to _Paliporto_; four to the
+river of _Cranganor_; and five more to _Cochin_. At the mouth of the
+river _Pudepatan_ the fort of _Cuneale_ is seated in a square peninsula
+formed by several creeks, and joined to the land on the south side, the
+length of the four sides being about a cannon shot each. Just within the
+bar there is sufficient water for ships of some size, which may go about
+half way up the port; beyond that it is only fit for _almadias_ or
+boats. The river runs first towards the north-east, then turning to the
+south forms the peninsula in which the fort is built, the isthmus being
+secured by a strong wall about a musket-shot in length, reaching
+between the creek and the river, at the mouth of which is the small
+island Pinale. The fort was large, strongly built, well manned, and had
+abundance of cannon, ammunition, and provisions.
+
+In this emergency, Cuneale was well provided for defence, having a force
+of 1500 choice Moors, well armed, whom he distributed to the different
+posts. The small vessels under Noronha cannonaded the fort, principally
+on purpose to draw off the attention of the Moors, that they might not
+interrupt the zamorin on the land side, who was establishing his camp
+for the purpose of the siege. At the same time, Noronha scoured the
+coast, taking some of the piratical vessels belonging to Cuneale, and
+preventing the introduction of provisions into the fort. After some
+time, Don Luis de Gama, brother to the viceroy, arrived with four
+gallies and 35 smaller vessels, ten more being brought by private
+gentlemen at their own charge, and three full of men and ammunition sent
+by the city of Cochin. Besides these, there were two large barks mounted
+with heavy cannon to batter the fort.
+
+The rajah of Cochin, being apprehensive that the great power which was
+now employed against Cuneale might prove his ruin, by uniting the
+zamorin his ancient enemy with the Portuguese, circulated a report that
+the zamorin had entered into a secret agreement with Cuneale to cut off
+the whole Portuguese when engaged in the assault on the fort. The
+archbishop of Goa, who was then at Cochin on his way to the Malabar
+mountains to visit the Thomist churches, was at first much alarmed by
+this report, fearing it might be true; but on mature consideration was
+satisfied that it was only a political contrivance of the rajah, and
+prudently advised the rajah to desist from the propagation of any such
+false reports. He then assured the principal persons of Cochin that
+their ships might safely proceed against Cuneale, yet recommended that
+they should conduct themselves with much caution. All the fleet being
+now united before the fort, it was found that Cuneale had drawn up a
+line of armed galliots on the edge of the water under the wall of his
+fort, in case of being attacked that way. It was resolved in a council
+of war to force an entrance into the river, after which to draw up the
+Portuguese vessels in a line with their bows to the shore, that they
+might cover the debarkation of the troops for the purpose of assaulting
+the fort. This proposition was transmitted to Goa and approved by the
+viceroy, yet Don Luis was persuaded by some gentlemen who wished to
+disgrace him, to attack on the side of _Ariole_, under pretence that the
+passage of the bar might prove fatal. At this time the zamorin was
+battering the walls of the town or _petah_, and desired that some
+Portuguese might be sent to his assistance. Don Luis being suspicious,
+demanded hostages for their safety, and accordingly six principal nayres
+were sent, among whom were the rajahs of _Tanor, Chale_, and _Carnere_,
+and the chief judge of Calicut. Don Luis then sent 300 Portuguese under
+the command of Belchior Ferreyra.
+
+By previous concert, a combined assault was to be made on the night of
+the 3d of May, the troops of the zamorin attacking on the land side, and
+the Portuguese on the sea front, at the same time, the signal for both
+to commence at once being by means of a flaming lance. But Belchior
+Calaca, who was appointed to give the signal, mistook the hour, and gave
+it too soon, so that every thing fell into confusion. Immediately on
+seeing the signal, Ferreyra, who commanded the Portuguese troops along
+with the zamorin, fell on with his men and 5000 Nayres, but lost 28 of
+his men at the first onset. Luis de Silva, who was appointed to lead the
+van of the Portuguese sea attack with 600 men, though ready and
+observing the concerted signal, did not move till past midnight, which
+was the appointed hour, by which the enemy were left free to resist the
+land attack with their forces undivided. At length when it was towards
+morning, de Silva passed the creek of _Balyzupe_ with 500 men in 60
+almadias or native boats. But immediately on landing de Silva was slain,
+and his ensign Antonio Diaz concealed his death by covering his body
+with the colours, which he stripped for that purpose from the staff.
+Thus landing without commander or colours, the Portuguese fell into
+contusion, and the two next in command were both slain. Don Luis de
+Gama, leaving his fleet under the next officer, had landed with a
+reserve on the other side of the river opposite the fort, but for want
+of boats was unable either to cross to assume the command, or to send
+assistance. The Portuguese troops were forced to retreat disgracefully
+with the loss of 300 men, most of whom were drowned; though even in this
+confusion a part of them forced their way into the fort and burnt the
+mosque and part of the town, where, they slew 500 Moors and Malabars,
+above 20 of whom were men of note. After this discomfiture, Don Luis de
+Gamu retired to Cochin with the greater part of the fleet, leaving
+Francisco de Sousa to continue the blockade, who persuaded the zamorin
+to assault the town, as he believed the defenders had been so much
+weakened by the late slaughter that it might be easily carried. But
+though the zamorin gave the assault with 2000 men, he was repulsed.
+
+On the receipt of these bad tidings at Goa, Don Luis de Gama was ordered
+back to Cuneale, to settle a treaty with the zamorin, and to continue
+the siege during the winter, till the Portuguese fleet could return at
+the commencement of the next fine season. A treaty to this effect was
+accordingly concluded, by one of the articles of which the zamorin
+consented that the Christian religion might be preached in his dominions,
+and churches erected. After this Don Luis returned to Goa, whence he
+went to command at Ormuz, and Ferdinand de Noronha remained before
+Cuneale with twelve ships to prevent the introduction of provisions or
+other supplies.
+
+Cuneale was so much elated by his success in repelling the Portuguese,
+that, in addition to his former title, he stiled himself _Defender of
+the Mahometan Faith and Conqueror of the Portuguese_; but when the
+season returned for maritime operations on the coast, the viceroy sent
+Andrew Furtado against him with three gallies, 54 other vessels, and a
+powerful military force. In the mean time Antonio de Noronha continued
+to blockade the port all winter, taking several vessels laden with
+provisions, and on different occasions slew above 100 Moors who opposed
+him in taking fresh water for his ships. While on his way from Goa,
+Furtado dissuaded the rajah of _Banguel_ and the queen or _rana_ of
+_Olala_ from sending aid to Cuneale as they intended, and cut off five
+ships from Mecca that were going with relief to the enemy. When Furtado
+came to anchor in the port of Cuneale, he sent to treat with the
+zamorin, who had continued the siege on the land side all winter
+according to his engagement, and an interview took place between them on
+the shore where the zamorin came to meet him. The zamorin was naked from
+the waist upwards. Round his middle a piece of cloth of gold was
+wrapped, hanging to his knees and fastened by a girdle of inestimable
+value, about the breadth of a hand. His arms were covered from the
+elbows to the wrists with golden bracelets adorned with rich jewels, and
+so heavily laden that two men supported his arms. He wore an
+extraordinarily rich chain about his neck, and so many diamonds and
+rubies hung from his ears that they were stretched down almost to his
+shoulders by their weight. He seemed about 30 years of age, and had a
+majestic presence. A little on one side stood the prince, carrying a
+naked sword. Behind him were many of his nobles; among whom was father
+Francisco Rodriquez, the new bishop of the Thomists in Malabar. The
+zamorin and Furtado embraced in token of friendship, on which all the
+cannon in the fleet fired a salvo. After this friendly meeting they
+retired into the tent of the zamorin, where they had a long conference
+about their future operations; and on taking leave, Furtado put a rich
+collar about the neck of the zamorin, and they parted in a most amicable
+manner.
+
+The rajah of Tanor and other great men were sent by the zamorin on board
+the admiral ship, having full powers from their sovereign to treat and
+conclude on all things concerning the joint interests of both parties,
+and every thing was settled to mutual satisfaction. There now arrived
+from Goa and other places, a galley and galleon, with 11 ships and 21
+smaller vessels, bringing ammunition and 790 soldiers, upon which
+Furtado commenced the active operations of the siege, raising
+entrenchments and batteries, and taking absolute possession of every
+avenue leading to the fort and peninsula by water. He likewise caused
+some advanced works belonging to the enemy to be assaulted, on which
+Cuneale came in person to assist in their defence, and for a time
+repulsed the assailants, till Furtado landed with a reinforcement, on
+which the Portuguese remained victorious, slaying 600 of the Moors, with
+the loss of two officers and nine privates on their side. Fort _Blanco_
+or the white tower was next assaulted, but with more bravery than
+success. Yet Cuneale seeing that he could not much longer hold out,
+offered rich presents to the zamarin to admit him to surrender upon
+security of his own life and the safety of his garrison. But on this
+secret negociation coming to the knowledge of Furtado, he made a furious
+assault on the works, which were at the same time assailed on the land
+side by 6000 Nayres, by which joint attack the lower town or petah was
+taken, plundered, and burnt. Batteries were immediately erected against
+the upper town and fort, and as their fire soon ruined the defences,
+Cuneale was constrained to surrender at discretion, merely bargaining
+that his life should be saved. He accordingly marched out having a black
+veil on his head, and carrying his sword with the point downwards, which
+he surrendered to the zamorin, who immediately delivered it to Furtado.
+According to one of the articles of agreement the spoil was to have
+been equally divided; but Furtado dealt generously by the zamorin,
+alleging that this was to be understood only in respect to the
+artillery, and appeased his own soldiers who expected that reward of
+their labour. The fort and all other works were levelled with the
+ground, and Furtado returned with the fleet and army to Goa.
+
+Cuneale was about 50 years of age, of a low stature, but strong and well
+made. He and his nephew _Cinale_, with other forty Moors of note, were
+sent as prisoners on board the fleet, where they well treated; but as
+soon as some of them were set on shore at Goa, they were torn in pieces
+by the rabble; and Cuneale and his nephew were both publicly beheaded by
+order of the viceroy, so that the government and the mob went hand and
+hand to commit murder and a flagrant breach of faith. How can those who
+are guilty of such enormities give the name of barbarians to the much
+more honourable Indians!
+
+In the year 1600, Ayres de Saldanna arrived at Goa as viceroy to
+supersede the Count de Vidugueira, who was universally disliked by the
+Portuguese inhabitants. The marble statue of the great Vasco de Gama,
+his grandfather, stood over the principal gate of the city, fastened to
+the wall by a strong bar of iron. At the instigation of some enemies to
+the count, a _French_ engineer named Sebastian Tibao applied to the iron
+bar during the night _a certain herb_ that has the quality of eating
+iron, so that the statue fell down next night, and its quarters were
+hung up in different parts of the city. On the day when the count was to
+embark for his return to Portugal, a party of armed men went on board
+before him, and hung up his effigy at the yard arm, made exactly like
+him both in face and habit. Just as he was going on board they returned;
+and on seeing the effigy he asked what it was, when someone answered,
+"It is your lordship, whom these men have hung up." He made no reply,
+but ordered the figure to be thrown into the sea and immediately set
+sail; but two days afterwards had to return to port for a new stock of
+fowls, as all these he took with him were poisoned. He was better
+beloved by the elements than by those whom he had governed; for he went
+all the way from India to Lisbon without once needing to furl a sail. By
+the constant chafing of the yards on the masts, it was found impossible
+to lower the yards in the usual way when the ship arrived at Lisbon,
+insomuch that they had to be cut down. Sailing from Goa on the 25th
+December 1600, he arrived at Lisbon on the 27th May 1601, having spent
+only five months on the voyage.
+
+During the administration of Ayres de Saldana, _Xilimixa_ king of
+Aracan, who had possessed himself of the kingdom of Pegu, gave the port
+of _Siriam_ to the Portuguese in grateful acknowledgment of their
+services. That town and port is at the mouth of the river Siriam which
+flows within a league of the city of _Bagou_, the capital of Pegu. This
+grant was obtained by Philip Brito de Nicote, who proved false and
+ungrateful to the king of Aracan, who had raised him from the lowest
+rank to his favour and esteem. By his persuasion, Xilimixa erected a
+custom-house at the entry to the river Siriam to increase his revenues;
+which Brito meant afterwards to seize, and to build a fort there, on
+purpose to give a footing for the Portuguese to conquer the kingdom.
+Xilimixa accordingly built the custom-house, which he gave in charge to
+one _Bannadala_ who fortified himself and suffered no Portugeuse to enter
+there, except a Dominican named Belchior de Luz. Nicote, seeing his
+purposes likely to be defeated by Bannadala, determined to gain
+possession by force before the works were completed. He had along with
+him at this time three Portuguese officers and fifty men, whom he
+ordered to surprize the fort and turn out Bannadala, trusting to his
+great credit with Xilimixa to bear him out in this procedure. The
+Portuguese officers accordingly executed their orders so effectually,
+that they used to be called the Founders of the Portuguese dominion in
+Pegu, and Salvador Ribeyro their commander was like to have got the
+whole credit of the exploit, as some even affirmed that he was its
+author, though in reality all was due to Nicote. Bannadala being
+expelled from his fort, fortified himself with 1000 men in a
+neighbouring island of the river Siriam, and seized the treasures of the
+pagoda of Digan to maintain his troops. Xilimixa was much offended by
+the conduct of the Portuguese in this affair, and resolved to support
+Bannadala, but was dissuaded by the contrivances of Nicote, who
+represented that he was about to favour a sacrilegious robber, and
+offered to arrange matters with the Portuguese to his entire
+satisfaction. He accordingly went to Siriam, where he ordered every
+thing to his own mind; and when the fort was nearly finished, he went to
+Goa, where he offered to deliver up the fort to the viceroy, whence the
+Portuguese might easily conquer the kingdom of his master, to whom he
+represented his voyage to Goa as intended to procure an auxiliary force
+which would enable him to make a conquest of Bengal. At the same time
+Nicote negociated with all the princes in the provinces adjoining the
+dominions of Xilimixa, persuading them to confederate with the
+Portuguese viceroy, by which means they might easily conquer the kingdom
+of Pegu; and several of them sent ambassadors along with him to Goa for
+this purpose.
+
+Hardly had Nicote set sail for Goa, when Xilimixa became sensible of his
+error in confiding in him, and sent a fleet of war boats down the river
+Siriam with 6000 men under Bannadala to expell the Portuguese from their
+fort. Salvador Ribeyra met this great armament with only three small
+vessels and thirty men, and, without the loss of one man, took forty
+vessels of the enemy and put the rest to flight. Then calling in the aid
+of the king of _Pram_, Xilimixa beset the fort with 1200 vessels by
+water, while 40,000 men surrounded it by land; but as Ribeyra learnt
+that the enemy observed no order or discipline, he boldly fell upon them
+with his handful of men, and having slain their general put that army to
+flight. Bannadala rallied 8000 of the fugitives, with which be again
+besieged the fort, lodging his men in good order, and having battered
+the place for some days, he ventured to make a fierce assault in the
+dead of night; but he was bravely repelled by the Portuguese, and above
+1000 of his men were found dead next morning in the ditch. The enemy
+continued the siege however for eight months, and though some of the
+garrison deserted, Ribeyra defended the place with great resolution; and
+to take away all hopes of escape from his men, burnt all the vessels
+that were in the port. Hearing of these proceedings, Ayres de Saldanna
+the viceroy, sent a considerable reinforcement, along with which came so
+many volunteers, ambitions either of honour or profit, that Ribeyra
+found himself at the head of 800 men. With these he attacked the enemy,
+whom he drove from their works with great slaughter, and Bannadala had
+the mortification to see the works which he had been constructing for
+almost a year destroyed in a day. After this success, the Portuguese
+volunteers withdrew, only 200 that had been sent by the viceroy
+remaining in the fort with Ribeyra.
+
+The enemy returned a fourth time against the fort, which they now
+assailed with many moving castles and various kinds of fire works, and
+soon reduced the fort to great extremity; but were so terrified by a
+fiery meteor, that they fled leaving their castles behind, which were
+soon reduced to ashes by the garrison. Soon afterwards the Portuguese
+obtained a great victory over king _Massinga_ in the province of
+_Camelan_; after which the natives flocked to their standard to the
+number of above 20,000 men, and proclaimed Nicote king of Pegu, calling
+him _Changa_, which signifies good man. Nicote was at this time absent,
+but Ribeyra accepted the proffered crown in his name, on which account
+it was reported in Spain that Ribeyra had been proclaimed king. Nicote
+afterwards, as a loyal subject, received the kingdom in the name of his
+sovereign, and was the first of the Portuguese that rose to such high
+fortune in Asia. Rodrigo Alvarez de Sequeyra succeeded Ribeyra in
+command of the fort of Siriam, and defended it bravely till it took fire
+by accident, only the bare walls being left standing.
+
+In the mean time Nicote solicited succours at Goa, where the viceroy
+married him to a niece he had born in Goa of a woman of Java; after
+which he gave him powerful succours, and sent him to Siriam with six
+ships, with the title of Commander of Siriam, and General for the
+conquest of Pegu. On his arrival at Siriam, Nicote repaired the fort,
+built a church, and sent a splendid present to the king of Aracan who
+had sent a complimentary message on his arrival. At Siriam Nicote
+regulated the custom-house pursuant to the instructions of the viceroy,
+obliging all vessels that traded on the coast of Pegu to make entry at
+Siriam, and pay certain duties. As some of the Coromandel traders
+refused obedience to these orders, Nicote sent Francisco de Moura
+against them with six vessels, who took two ships of Acheen on the coast
+of Tanacerim richly laden. As the king of Aracan was desirous of
+recovering possession of the fort and custom-house of Siriam, he sent an
+ambassador to the king of _Tangu_ with twenty _jalias_ or small ships,
+to prevail upon him to join in that enterprize. But Nicote sent
+Bartholomew Ferreyra, who command the small craft, who put them to
+flight, and they were forced to take refuge in the dominions of the king
+of Jangona. Upon this, the enemy collected 700 small vessels and 40,000
+men, under the command of the son of the king of Aracan, accompanied by
+Ximicalia and Marquetam, sons to the reigning emperor of Pegu. Paul del
+Rego went against them with seven ships and a number of war boats, and
+defeated the prince with great loss, taking all his vessels, and
+obliging him to make his escape by land. After this Paul took the fort
+of _Chinim_ with a great number of prisoners, among whom was the wife of
+Bannadala.
+
+At this time Nicote was abroad with fourteen small vessels, in which
+were 60 Portuguese, and 200 Peguers; and learning that the prince was on
+shore with 4000 men, 900 of whom were armed with firelocks, he landed
+and attacked him, gaining a complete victory, and even taking the
+prince. When the Peguers saw their prince carried off, they were all
+eager to have accompanied him into captivity, and entreated to be
+received into the Portuguese vessels, such as were refused bewailing
+that they could not follow, as prisoners, him whom they had served
+faithfully while at liberty. On this occasion Nicote gave a notable
+example how brave men ought to use their victories. Remembering that he
+had formerly been slave to the prince who was now his prisoner, he
+served him with as much respect as he had done formerly; watching him
+while asleep, and holding his baskins in his hands with his arms across,
+as is done by the meanest servants of princes in that country, and
+continually attended him on all occasions.
+
+While these transactions were going on in Pegu, Don Martin Alfonzo de
+Castro came to Goa as viceroy, to replace Ayres de Saldanna, in 1604.
+Ximilixa, king of Aracan, sent to treat with Nicote for the ransom of
+the prince, his son, and accordingly paid 50,000 crowns on that account,
+although Nicote was ordered by the viceroy to set the prince free
+without any ransom. Ximilixa afterwards besieged Siriam in conjunction
+with the king of Tangu, who brought a great army against the town by
+land, while Ximilixa shut it up by sea with 800 sail, in which he had
+10,000 men. Paul del Rego went against him with 80 small vessels; and
+failing of his former success, set fire to the powder and blew up his
+ship, rather than fall into the hands of the enemy. The siege continued
+so long, that the garrison was reduced to extremity, and on the point of
+surrendering, when the king of Tangu retired one night with his army
+upon some sudden suspicion, on which Ximilixa was likewise obliged to
+draw off with his fleet. Several of the neighbouring princes were now so
+much alarmed by the success of Nicote, that they solicited his
+friendship, and to be admitted into alliance with the king of Portugal.
+The first of these was the king of Tangu, and afterwards the king of
+Martavan, who gave one of his daughters as a wife to Simon the son of
+Nicote. Soon after, the king of Tangu being overcome in battle by the
+king of _Ova_, and rendered tributary, Nicote united with the king of
+Martavan, and invaded the dominions of Tangu, though in alliance with
+that prince, took him prisoner and plundered him of above a million in
+gold, although he protested that he was a faithful vassal to the king of
+Portugal.
+
+About this time another low adventurer, Sebastian Gonzalez Tibao, raised
+himself by similar arts to great power in Aracan. In the year 1605,
+Gonzalez embarked from Portugal for India, and going to Bengal, listed
+as a soldier. By dealing in salt, which is an important article of trade
+in that country, he soon gained a sufficient sum to purchase a _Jalia_,
+or small vessel, in which he went with salt to Dianga, a great port in
+Aracan. At this period, Nicote, who had possessed himself of Siriam, as
+before related, wishing to acquire Dianga likewise, sent his son with
+several small vessels thither on an embassy to the king of Aracan, to
+endeavour to procure a grant of that port. Some Portuguese who then
+resided at the court of Aracan, persuaded the king that the object of
+Nicote in this demand; was to enable him to usurp the kingdom; upon
+which insinuation the son of Nicote; and all his attendants were slain,
+after which the same was done with the crews of his vessels, and all the
+Portuguese inhabitants at Dianga, to the number of about 600 were put to
+death, except a few who escaped on board nine or ten small vessels and
+put out to sea. Among these was the vessel belonging to Sebastian
+Gonzalez, who assumed the command; and as the fugitives were reduced to
+great distress, they subsisted by plunder on the coasts of Aracan,
+carrying their booty to the ports of the king of Bacala, who was in
+friendship with the Portuguese.
+
+Not long before this had died Emanuel de Mattos, who had been commander
+of _Bandel_ of _Dianga_, and lord of _Sundiva_[426], an island about 70
+leagues in compass, the subordinate command of which he had confided to
+a valiant Moor named Fate Khan. On learning the death of Mattos, Fatecan
+murdered all the Portuguese on the island of Sundiva, with their wives
+and children, and all the Christian natives; and gathering a
+considerable force of Moors and Patans, fitted out a fleet of 40 small
+vessels, which he maintained by means of the ample revenue of the island
+he had now usurped. Understanding that Sebastian Gonzalez and his small
+squadron was cruizing near Sundiva, Fatecan went out to seek them with
+such assurance of success, that he inscribed upon his colours, "Fate
+Khan, by the grace of God, Lord of Sundiva, Shedder of Christian Blood,
+and Destroyer of the Portuguese Nation." Sebastian and his companions
+had put, into a river called _Xavaspur_, where they quarrelled about the
+division of their spoil, and one Pinto sailed away from the rest in
+disquiet; but meeting the fleet of Fatecan, who had hoped to surprize
+the Christians he returned and gave his companions notice of their
+danger. After a severe conflict, the 10 small vessels in which were only
+80 Portuguese, proved victorious over the 40 vessels belonging to
+Fatecan, though manned with 600 Moors, not a single vessel or man
+escaping. After this great victory, the Portuguese agreed to appoint
+Sebastian Gonzalez to command over the rest. Sebastian entered into a
+treaty with the king of Bacala for his assistance to reduce the island
+of Sundiva, engaging to pay him half the revenues of that island, and
+accordingly procured from him some vessels, and 200 auxiliary horse.
+Having likewise gathered a number of Portuguese from Bengal and other
+parts, he saw himself, in March 1609, at the head of 400 Portuguese
+troops, and had mustered a fleet of 40 small ships. In consequence of
+the delay necessary for making these preparations, the island of Sundiva
+was provided for defence, under a brother of the late Fatecan, who had
+raised a respectable force of Moors. Sebastian, however, attempted its
+conquest, and had nearly been forced to desist for want of provisions
+and ammunition, when he was reinforced by a Spaniard named Gaspar de
+Pina, who brought 50 men to his aid, after which they carried the fort
+by assault, and put all its garrison to the sword. Having formerly been
+subject to the Portuguese under de Mattos, the islanders immediately
+submitted to Gonzalez, to whom they delivered upwards of 1000 Moors who
+were scattered about the country, all of whom he put to death. Thus
+Gonzalez became absolute master of the island, and was obeyed by the
+natives and Portuguese like an independent prince.
+
+[Footnote 426: It is highly probable, though not mentioned by De Faria,
+that this Portuguese was in the service of the king of Aracan, under
+whom he had held these offices. Sundiva or Sundeep is a considerable
+island to the south-east of the mouth of the Burrampooter, near the
+coast of Chittagong, and to the east of the Sunderbunds or Delta of the
+Ganges.--E.]
+
+Gonzalez having now a considerable revenue at his command, raised a
+respectable military force of 1000 Portuguese, 2000 well armed natives,
+and 200 horse, with above 80 sail of small vessels well provided with
+cannon. He erected a custom-house, and encouraged the resort of
+merchants to his dominions, and became so formidable that the
+neighbouring princes courted his alliance. Insolent and ungrateful in
+the progress of his power, he not only refused to give half the revenue
+of the island to the king of Bacala according to agreement, but made war
+upon his benefactor, from whom he conquered the islands of
+_Xavaspur_[427] and _Patelabanga_, and other lands from other
+neighbouring princes; so that he became suddenly possessed of vast
+riches and great power, and acted as an independent sovereign, having
+many brave men at his command. But such monsters are like comets that
+threaten extensive ruin, yet last only for a short time, or like the
+lightning, which no sooner expends its flash but it is gone for ever.
+
+[Footnote 427: Shabapour is an island to the west of Sundeep, at the
+principal mouth of the Barrampooter.--E.]
+
+Soon after the elevation of Gonzalez to the sovereignty of Sundiva, a
+civil war broke out between the king of Aracan and his brother Anaporam,
+because the latter refused to resign a remarkable elephant, to which all
+the other elephants of the country were said to allow a kind of
+superiority. Being unsuccessful in the contest, Anaporam fled to
+Gonzalez for assistance and protection, who demanded his sister as an
+hostage. Gonzalez and Anaporam endeavoured, in conjunction, to fight the
+king of Aracan, who had an army of 80,000 men, and 700 war elephants;
+but being unsuccessful, were obliged to retreat to Sundiva, into which
+Anaporam brought his wife and family, with all his treasure, and became
+a subject of Gonzalez, who soon afterwards had the sister of Anaporam
+baptized, and took her to wife. Anaporam soon died, not without
+suspicion of poison; and Gonzalez immediately seized all his treasures
+and effects, though he had left a wife and son. To stop the mouths of
+the people on this violent and unjust procedure, he wished to have
+married the widow of Anaporam to his brother Antonio Tibao, who was
+admiral of his fleet, but she refused to become a Christian. Sebastian
+continued the war against the king of Aracan with considerable success;
+insomuch that on one occasion his brother Antonio, with only five sail,
+defeated and captured 100 sail belonging to Aracan. At length the king
+of Aracan concluded peace, and procured the restoration of his brother's
+widow, whom he married to the rajah of Chittigong.
+
+At this time, the Moguls undertook the conquest of the kingdom of
+_Balua_[428], and as Gonzalez considered this conquest might prove
+dangerous to his ill-got power, Balua being adjoining to his own
+territories, he entered into a league with the king of Aracan for the
+defence of that country. Accordingly, the king of Aracan took the field
+with an immense army, having 80,000 of his own native subjects, mostly
+armed with firelocks, 10,000 Peguers who fought with sword and bucklers,
+and 700 elephants with castles carrying armed men. Besides these, he
+sent 200 sail of vessels to sea, carrying 4000 men, ordering this fleet
+to join that of Gonzalez, and to be under his command. According to the
+treaty, Gonzalez, with the combined fleet, was to prevent the Moguls
+from passing to the kingdom of Balua, till the king of Aracan could
+march there with his army for its protection; besides which it was
+agreed, when the Moguls were expelled from Balua, that half the kingdom
+was to be given up to Gonzalez; who, on this occasion, gave as hostages,
+for the safety of the Aracan fleet, and the faithful performance of his
+part of the treaty, a nephew of his own, and the sons of some of the
+Portuguese inhabitants of Sundiva.
+
+[Footnote 428: There still is a town named _Bulloah_, to the east of the
+Barrampooter and directly north of Sundeep, which may then have given
+name to a province or small principality, of which Comillah is now the
+chief town.--E.]
+
+According to treaty, the king of Aracan entered the kingdom of Balua
+with his army, and expelled the Moguls; but Gonzalez did not perform his
+part of the agreement in preventing the Moguls from penetrating into
+that kingdom, some alleging that he had been bribed by the Moguls to
+allow them a free passage, while, according to others, he did so from
+revenge against the king of Aracan, for the Portuguese who had been
+slain by that king in _Bangael_ of _Dianga_[429]. However this may have
+been, Gonzalez was guilty of a most execrable treachery, as, by leaving
+open the mouth of the river _Dangatiar_, he left a free passage to the
+Moguls. After this he went with his fleet into a creek of the island
+_Desierta_[430], and assembling all the captains of the Aracan vessels on
+board his ship, he murdered them all, seized all their vessels, and
+killed or made slaves of all their men, after which he returned to
+Sundiva. Soon afterwards the Moguls returned in great force to the
+kingdom of Balua, where they reduced the king of Aracan to such straits
+that he made his escape with great difficulty on an elephant, and came
+almost alone to Chittigong. Immediately upon this discomfiture of the
+Aracan army, which was utterly destroyed by the Moguls in Balua,
+Gonzalez plundered and destroyed all the forts on the coast of Aracan,
+which were then unprovided for defence, as depending on the peace and
+alliance between their king and Gonzalez; he even went against the city
+of Aracan, where he burnt many merchant vessels, and acquired great
+plunder, and destroyed a vessel of great size, richly adorned, and
+containing several splendid apartments like a palace, all covered with
+gold and ivory, which the king kept as a pleasure-yacht for his own use.
+Exasperated against Gonzalez for his treachery, the king ordered the
+nephew of that lawless ruffian, who was in his power as a hostage, to be
+be impaled. But Gonzalez, being a person utterly devoid of honour, cared
+not at whose cost he advanced his own interests; yet the guilt of so
+many villanies began to prey upon his conscience, and he became
+apprehensive of some heavy punishment falling upon him, which he had
+little means to avert, as all men considered him a traitor unworthy of
+favour; those of Aracan, because he had betrayed them to the Moguls; and
+the Moguls, because he had been false to those that trusted him. He
+afterwards met his just reward under the government of Don Jerom de
+Azevedo[431].
+
+[Footnote 429: Perhaps the island now called Balonga on the coast of
+Aracan.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 430: Probably a desert or uninhabited island among the
+Sunderbunds, in the Delta of the Ganges. Indeed the whole geography of
+this singular story is obscure, owing to the prodigious change in
+dominion and names that have since taken place in this part of
+India.--E.]
+
+[Footnote 431: Owing to the want of interest in the transactions of
+these times, as related in the Portuguese Asia, and the confused
+arrangement of De Faria, we have in this place thrown together the
+principal incidents in the extraordinary rise of these two successful
+adventurers, Nicote and Gonzalez, leaving their fate to be mentioned in
+the succeeding section.--E.]
+
+The Hollanders, becoming powerful at the Molucca islands, and forming an
+alliance with these islanders, who were weary of the avarice and tyranny
+of the Portuguese, expelled them from Amboyna and established themselves
+at Ternate, whence the Portuguese had been formerly expelled by the
+natives. By the aid of the king of Ternate, the Hollanders likewise,
+about 1604, got possession of the fort of Tidore, whence about 400
+Portuguese were permitted to retire by sea to the Phillipine islands,
+where they were hospitably received by Don Pedro de Cunna, who commanded
+there for the Spaniards. In February 1605, Cunna sailed from the
+Philippines with 1000 Spanish and 400 native troops, and recovered the
+fort of Ternate, chiefly owing to the bravery of Joam Rodriguez Camelo,
+who commanded a company of Portuguese in this expedition. De Cunna
+thence proceeded for Tidore, which he likewise reduced, by which
+conquest the Molucca islands became subject to Spain.
+
+The viceroy, Don Alfonso de Castro, dying in 1607, was succeeded as
+governor by Alexias de Menezes, archbishop of Goa, pursuant to a patent
+of succession. Next year, 1608, Don Joam Pereyra Frojas, count de Feyra,
+was sent out from Portugal as viceroy of India, but died on the voyage.
+After administering the government for two years and a half, the
+archbishop was succeeded as governor by Andrew Furtado de Mendoza in
+1609, who was soon afterwards superseded in the same year by Ruy Lorenzo
+de Tavora, who came out from Portugal as viceroy. At this time, Don
+Jerome de Azevedo commanded in Ceylon, who, with an army of 700
+Portuguese troops and 25,000 Cingalese took and burnt the city of Candy,
+on which the sovereign of that central dominion made peace with the
+Portuguese, consenting to the ministry of the Franciscans in his
+dominions, and even placed two of his sons in their hands, to be
+instructed in the Christian religion.
+
+About this time, a large _English_ ship and a ketch had an engagement
+with two Portuguese ships beyond the Cape of Good Hope, which escaped
+after suffering a severe loss. These English ships went afterwards to
+Surat, where they were found by Nunno de Cunna, who had four well-manned
+galleons, but ill provided with gunners, who were ignorant and cowardly.
+On descrying these large ships, though the English had reason to be
+afraid of their number, they undervalued them as heavy sailors, and
+immediately engaged and fought them till evening, killing 30 of the
+Portuguese. The engagement recommenced at day-light next morning, and
+two of the Portuguese galleons, endeavouring to run on board the large
+English ship, got aground, on which the pink or ketch, belonging to the
+enemy, kept firing its cannon upon one of the grounded galleons, till it
+floated off with the evening tide. The other two galleons fought the
+large English ship all day. On the third day, all the four galleons
+being afloat, endeavoured to board the enemy, who relied on their cannon
+and swiftness, and sailed away to Castelete, a bay of the pirates near
+Diu. De Cunna followed them thither, and again fought them for two days,
+in all which time the Portuguese ships could never board them by reason
+of their unwieldy bulk. At length the English stood away, shewing black
+colours in token that their captain was slain. In these long indecisive
+actions, the English and Portuguese both lost a number of men. The
+English made for Surat, followed still by De Cunna; on which they left
+that port, and De Cunna returned to Goa.
+
+
+SECTION XII.
+
+_Continuation of the Portuguese Transactions, from 1512 to 1517._
+
+
+Towards the close of 1511, orders came to India for Don Jerome de
+Azevedo to succeed Tavora as viceroy. Azevedo had acquired a high
+character by many years service, eighteen years of which he had spent in
+Ceylon, where he had acquired great riches, and yet preserved a good
+name. The report of his riches contributed, as much as the fame of his
+valour, to his present promotion, as it was thought that he who had so
+much already, would be less inclined to covetousness; though experience
+shews, that those who have much still covet more. Azevedo had likewise
+offered to serve the office of viceroy without the usual salary, but
+afterwards accepted it. Among the first actions of his administration
+was to send home Danish Beg, ambassador from Shah Abbas, king of Persia,
+who had been in Spain at the court of King Philip. Shah Abbas treated,
+at the same time, both with King Philip, and James king of England,
+endeavouring to influence both to the furtherance of his own designs;
+having taken the island of Bahrayn from the Portuguese, and was now
+endeavouring to gain Ormuz. Along with this Persian ambassador, Antonio
+de Guovea, titular bishop of _Sirene_, went for the purpose of
+propagating Christianity in Persia; but, finding that the Persian
+government was inimical to his mission, he went no farther than Ormuz.
+Shah Abbas was so much displeased with his ambassador for not succeeding
+in his negotiation for the surrender of Ormuz, that he caused him to be
+beheaded; and was so much exasperated against the Christians, that he
+forced many of his Armenian subjects to renounce the faith.
+
+The fortune of Nicote in Pegu now declined as swiftly as it had risen.
+In 1513, the king of _Ova_, being provoked at the violence which Nicote
+had been guilty of against the king of Tangu, who was under his
+protection, made a vow that he would revenge his injuries. Having
+assembled an army of 120,000 men, and 400 vessels of considerable
+strength, in which were above 6000 of those Moors so noted for valour,
+called _Caperuzas_ from their wearing caps, he marched against Siriam,
+where he burnt every thing beyond the walls of the fort. Nicote made a
+brave resistance though taken unawares, as he had suffered most of his
+men to go to India, and was very scarce of powder. In this distress, he
+sent a soldier to purchase powder at Bengal, who ran away with the
+money; and sent likewise to San Thoma for the same commodity, but was
+refused any supply. For want of powder he was unable to fire his cannon
+against the enemy, and was reduced to the expedient of pouring boiling
+pitch and oil on their heads. At length, Nicote was taken and carried to
+the king of Ova, who ordered him to be impaled on an eminence in view of
+the fort, where he lived two days in torment. His wife, Donna Luisa de
+Saldanna, was kept three days in the river to be purified, as the king
+designed her for himself; but when brought before him, she upbraided him
+for his cruelty, and he ordered _her leg to be bored_, and that she
+should be sent to Ova along with the other slaves. A native named
+_Banna_ who had betrayed Nicote, demanding his reward from the king of
+Ova, was ordered to be torn in pieces, the king alleging, that he who
+had been false to his benefactor would never be true to him. The son of
+Nicote resided, at that time, in Martavan, having married the daughter
+of the king of that place; but the king of Ova caused him to be put to
+death, that no one of the race might remain alive. Thus ended Nicote,
+who, from the lowest poverty, had raised himself to great power and
+prodigious riches, being worth three millions[432]. The enemy allowed of
+having lost 30,000 men in this siege. The viceroy on hearing of the
+danger of Siriam, had dispatched Diego de Mendoza to its relief with
+five galliots; but having put off his time by the way on other objects,
+he was too late.
+
+[Footnote 432: Probably ducats are here meant.]
+
+In the year 1614, the viceroy resolved to go in person to the sea of
+Guzerate to meet the _English_ and _Hollanders_, who were then strong
+in these seas. He sent before him Emanuel de Azevedo with 22 sail, who
+was joined at Surat by two other squadrons, after which he landed and
+destroyed the lands of _Cifandam_ and _Diva_. The towns of _Baroach_ and
+_Goga_ were plundered, with six large ships in the bay, as was likewise
+the city of _Patane_. Having completed his preparations, the viceroy
+sailed from Goa with seven galleons, one of which was so large that it
+easily carried 230 men besides mariners, 30 of them being gentlemen.
+Besides the galleons, there were two pinks, one galley, one caravel, and
+five other vessels, on board of which were 1400 Portuguese soldiers,
+with a great number of cannon, but the gunners were very unskilful. At
+Surat the viceroy was joined by the squadron under Emanuel de Azevedo,
+the chief design of this large armament being to destroy four English
+vessels then in that port. The preparations for this purpose seemed
+disproportionately large, yet the event proved the contrary. Being come
+in sight of the English, the viceroy ordered the two pinks with the
+caravel and other smaller vessels to close with one of the English
+vessels which lay at some distance from the rest. Having all grappled
+with the enemy and almost carried her by boarding, the other three ships
+came up and drove them all off. The first of the three vessels which had
+attacked the English ship took fire, and being attempted to be steered
+on board the English ship to set her on fire was destroyed without doing
+the enemy any harm. In this manner the first day was expended to no
+purpose, and next day, on proposing to attack the English ships, they
+were found riding in a place to which the entrance was so narrow that
+one galleon only could come at them at once, which might therefore have
+been disabled by the English cannon, for which reason no attempt was
+made to attack them; but some alleged that this was only a pretence set
+up by those who had no mind for the enterprise. A fruitless endeavour
+was made to destroy them by means of fire-ships.
+
+Perceiving that he only lost his labour at this place, the viceroy went
+to Diu, whence he dispatched relief to Ormuz; and on his return from Diu
+towards Goa, the four English ships were seen at a great distance from
+Surat in full sail to the south. The viceroy pursued, and towards
+evening came up with the sternmost, having left his own fleet far
+behind. The head gunner offered to sink the English ship by means of two
+40 pounders; but the officers who accompanied the viceroy opposed this,
+alleging that the other three English ships would come upon him while
+alone and the galleon might be lost. The viceroy accordingly submitted
+to their opinion, but neglected to make them give it under their hands;
+and when he was afterwards accused for having neglected to do what the
+gunner proposed, they denied having ever given him any such advice. The
+English were so thankful for this forbearance, that they fired their
+cannons without ball as if saluting.
+
+In the year 1615, Sebastian Gonzalez Tibao, formerly mentioned, who had
+raised himself from a poor dealer in salt to be an absolute sovereign by
+treachery and ingratitude, and who had neglected to submit himself to
+the Portuguese viceroy in the height of his prosperity, finding himself
+now in danger of losing his ill got power, sent to request succour; but
+even now proposed terms like an independent prince, and offered in
+return for assistance and protection to deliver a large ship load of
+rice yearly at Goa as an acknowledgement of vassalage. He urged that all
+he had done was to revenge the murder of the Portuguese in _Banguel of
+Dianga_ by the king of Aracan, and hinted that the vast treasures of the
+king might easily be taken by a very moderate effort. This blinded the
+viceroy, who immediately fitted out 14 of the largest galliots with a
+fliboat and a pink, and sent them to Aracan under the command of
+Francisco de Menezes Roxo, who had formerly commanded in Ceylon. Roxo
+sailed from Goa about the middle of September 1615. On the 2d of October
+he arrived at Aracan, the chief port and residence of the king, having
+detached a galleon to _Sundiva_ to give notice to Gonzalez of his
+arrival and intentions. Having opened his instructions in presence of
+all the captains, they directed him to proceed against Aracan without
+waiting for Gonzalez; which was highly improper, as that man knew the
+country and was acquainted with their manner of fighting, besides that
+the force he was able to bring was of importance. But God confounded
+their councils, having decreed the ruin of that vile wretch, and of the
+unjust succours that were now sent to his aid.
+
+On the 15th of October, the Aracan fleet was observed coming down the
+river to attack, so numerous that they could not be counted. The
+foremost vessel was a Dutch pink, and many of the other vessels were
+commanded by Hollanders. All that could be seen appeared full of men
+well armed and equipped, and seemed a prodigious overmatch for the small
+number the Portuguese had to oppose them, as besides the galliot sent to
+Sundiva another had been dispatched in search of the pink, so that only
+12 galliots remained and the fliboat. The Dutch pink fired the first
+gun, and then the fight began with great fury, the Portuguese galliots
+bravely advancing against the vast hostile fleet. Four of the galliots
+got before the rest, and in the very beginning of the action their
+captains and many of their men were slain, but the other eight came up
+to their rescue, and great execution was done among the enemy, many of
+whom were drowned by oversetting their vessels in their haste to escape
+from the destructive fire of the Portuguese. The battle raged the whole
+day, but the enemy drew off in the evening, thinking that a
+reinforcement was coming to the Portuguese, as they saw the galliot
+approaching which had been sent in search of the pink. In this
+engagement the Portuguese lost 25 men of note besides others.
+
+Next morning the pink joined the fleet, on board of which all the
+wounded men were put, and those that were fit for service in that vessel
+were distributed among the others. Roxo now resolved to remain at anchor
+at the mouth of the river till Gonzalez came to join him, and then to
+attack the enemy. At length Gonzalez made his appearance, with 50
+vessels well manned and equipped, and on being told the orders of the
+viceroy and what had been already done, he expressed much displeasure at
+the viceroy for giving such orders, and at Roxo for imprudently fighting
+before his arrival. About the middle of November: the combined fleets
+sailed up the river and discovered the vast fleet of Aracan at anchor in
+a well chosen situation, where it was resolved immediately to attack
+them. Roxo took half of the ships belonging to Gonzalez under his
+immediate command, giving Gonzalez half of these he had brought from
+Goa, so as to make two equal squadrons. Thus arranged they advanced
+against the enemy, firing against those vessels they could reach, but
+none of the enemy ventured to advance. The king of Aracan viewed the
+engagement from the shore to encourage his people, and caused the heads
+of such as fled to be cut off and exposed on spears as a terror to the
+rest. About noon when the heat of the sun was so great as to scorch the
+Portuguese; the Aracan ships came on in three numerous squadrons.
+Sebastian Gonzalez put to flight those of the enemy that were opposed to
+him, and the Portuguese pink compelled that belonging to the Hollanders
+to draw off. On that side where Roxo commanded there was much slaughter
+on both sides without any evident superiority; but about sunset, when
+the advantage was obviously leaning to the Portuguese, Roxo was slain.
+Being informed by signal of this mischance, Gonzalez was obliged to
+discontinue following up his good fortune; and on the tide ebbing the
+fleet separated, one of the Portuguese galliots being left aground among
+the enemy, who tore her to pieces and slew all her crew; The Portuguese
+fleet retired to the mouth of the river, where care was taken of the
+wounded men, and above 200 dead bodies were thrown into the sea. Don
+Luis de Azevedo succeeded in the command of the Portuguese squadron, and
+they all retired to Sundiva, whence Don Luis sailed back to Goa, in
+spite of everything that Gonzalez could say to detain him. Soon after
+the departure of the Portuguese ships, the king of Aracan invaded and
+conquered the island of Sundiva, by which Sebastian Gonzalez was reduced
+to his original poverty, his sovereignty passing away like a dream, his
+pride humbled in the dust, and his villainous conduct deservedly
+punished.
+
+In 1616, Don Nunno Alvarez Pereyra succeeded Emanuel Mascarennas Homem
+as general of the Portuguese in Ceylon, and made several successful
+inroads into the kingdom of _Candy_, whence he brought off many
+prisoners and great numbers of cattle. From the commencement of the
+Portuguese dominion in that island, they had been engaged in almost
+perpetual wars with the different petty sovereigns who ruled over its
+various small maritime divisions, and with the central kingdom of Canea,
+most of which have been omitted in this work as not possessing
+sufficient interest. At this time a dangerous commotion took place in
+the island, occasioned by a circumstance which, though not new in the
+world, is still admired though often repeated. Some years before,
+_Nicapeti_ the converted king of Ceylon died without issue, and left the
+king of Portugal heir to his dominions. A poor fellow of the same name
+got admittance to one of the queens of _Valgameme_ from whom he learnt
+several particulars respecting the deceased king, taking advantage of
+which he determined to assume the character of the late sovereign, and
+to endeavour to persuade the people that he was their prince who had
+come again-to-life. For this purpose he feigned himself a _jogue_,
+similar to a hermit among the christians; and making his appearance in
+the neighbourhood of Maregnepora, he gave out that he came to free his
+country from the tyranny of the Portuguese. Finding credit among the
+people, many of whom flocked to him, he entered the _seven corlas_
+during the absence of the _Dissava_ Philip de Oliveyra, and being
+assisted by 2000 men sent to him by the king of Candy, he was
+acknowledged as king by most of the country. Hearing of this commotion,
+Pereyra sent a force under Emanuel Cesar to suppress the insurrection.
+Cesar encountered the false _Nicapeti_ at _Gandola_, a village on the
+river _Laoa_, where the insurgents had collected a force of 6000 men. In
+the heat of the battle, 1000 Chingalese troops who served under Luis
+Gomez Pinto deserted to the enemy; but Don Constantine, a native
+Christian of the blood royal who served the Portuguese, called them back
+by declaring himself their lawful king, on which they immediately
+returned and proclaimed him their sovereign. After a long engagement the
+enemy was defeated and fled across the river.
+
+Philip de Oliveyra returned at this time from Candy to his command in
+the _seven corlas_, having heard of the insurrection but not of the
+victory at Gandola, to which place he immediately marched with about 800
+Chingalese lascarins. On reaching the field of battle above 1000 men
+were found slain, but no indication by which he could ascertain which
+party had gained the victory. An inscription was found on a tree,
+signifying that all the Portuguese were slain, none of that nation
+remaining in Ceylon, and that Columbo had surrendered to Nicapeti, which
+startled the Portuguese who accompanied Oliveyra, and gave great
+satisfaction to his Chingalese troops. Continuing his march he was
+attacked in the rear by 300 of the enemy, but on facing about they all
+fled; soon after which he joined Emanuel Cesar on the river Laoa, and
+the insurgents fled to the woods. Cesar and Oliveyra by way of obliging
+the insurgents to return to their duty, seized above 400 of their women
+and children; but it had the contrary effect, as all their Chingalese
+troops immediately deserted with their arms, leaving only about 200
+Portuguese. In this dilemma Cesar marched to the pagoda of _Atanagala_,
+not far from _Maluana_ where the general resided, who sent him a
+reinforcement of 500 men, 200 of whom were Portuguese.
+
+Nicapeti had so much success with the natives that he collected an army
+of 24,000 men, with which he marched against Columbo, and was so vain of
+his good fortune that he caused himself to be proclaimed emperor of
+Ceylon, and transmitted an order to the king of Candy to send him one of
+his two wives. The answer on this occasion was, that it should be done
+when the Portuguese were subdued. Nicapeti was so enraged at this
+answer, that he threatened to use the king of Candy like the
+Portuguese; and on this threat coming to the knowledge of the 2000
+auxiliaries from Candy, they immediately returned home. By these means
+the two enemies of the Portuguese became at variance with each other, to
+the great benefit of the Portuguese interests. Emanuel Cesar being
+joined by a considerable reinforcement, marched against Nicapeti, and
+found the road by which Nicapeti intended to march clean swept and
+strewed with flowers. A _Chingalese_ who carried intelligence of the
+approach of Cesar to Nicapeti, was ordered to be impaled, the tyrant
+declaring there were no Portuguese in Ceylon; but he was soon
+undeceived, as the van guards of the two armies came in sight of each
+other. Nicapeti immediately took possession of a hill with 7000 men,
+where he entrenched himself; but his works were soon carried, 1000 of
+his men slain, and the usurper was forced to flee into the woods, laying
+aside his regal ornaments for better concealment. The rest of the
+insurgent army immediately fled on seeing their chief defeated, and the
+morning after the battle 500 of the Chingalese deserted from the enemy
+and joined the victors.
+
+At this time a native Chingalese of low birth, named Antonio Barreto,
+who had been a Christian and in the service of the Portuguese, but had
+gone over to the king of Candy, who appointed him general of his forces
+with the title of prince and governor of the kingdom of Uva, took
+advantage of the revolt of Nicapeti to seize upon the Portuguese fort of
+_Safragan_, which he got possession of by treachery and slew the
+Portuguese garrison. This was a severe but just retribution upon the
+Portuguese, as they had slain an ambassador sent by the king of Candy to
+treat of an accommodation, that they might jointly carry on the war
+against Nicapeti. After this the king of Candy marched against the
+Portuguese fort of Balane, which he reduced; yet immediately sent a
+message to the general Pereyra, offering to treat of peace.
+
+In 1617, the Portuguese affairs were in a dangerous situation in Ceylon,
+having at the same time to make war on the king of Candy, Antonio
+Barreto, and Nicapeti, who was still in considerable strength
+notwithstanding his late defeat. Pereyra divided his forces with
+considerable hazard, and put all to the sword in the revolted districts,
+sparing neither age nor sex; but neither will mercy and kind usage
+conciliate the Chingalese, nor cruelty terrify them into submission.
+Part of the forces pursued Nicapeti from _Pelandu_ to _Catugambala,
+Devamede_ and _Coraagal_, taking several forts, killing many of the
+enemy, and making 600 prisoners. The usurper retired to _Talampeti_ his
+usual refuge, and the Portuguese advanced to _Polpeti_ where they came
+in sight of the enemys camp, and forcing their works passed on to
+_Balapane of Religiam_, whence they sent away the prisoners and wounded
+men. At this time the Portuguese force was divided, one part marching
+against Barreto while the other continued to follow Nicapeti, but were
+able to effect very little, and after being quite spent with fatigue
+went into quarters at _Botale_.
+
+Having received reinforcements, Pereyra marched in person with a
+considerable force to drive Barreto from _Sofragam_ and _Matura_,
+leaving Gomez Pinto with his regiment to-secure _Alicur_ and oppose
+Nicapeti, while Cesar stayed to defend _Botale_ with 100 men. The
+Portuguese were successful on all sides, driving the enemy from their
+works and slaughtering great numbers of them in the woods. In May the
+army advanced against Nicapeti, who was strongly entrenched at Moratena,
+yet fled towards Candy with such speed that he could not be got up with.
+He was at length overtaken in the desert of _Anorajapure_, when after
+losing 60 men his troops dispersed and fled into the woods. On this
+occasion the wives of the usurper, a grandson of _Raju_, and the nephew
+of _Madune_ were all made prisoners. The fame of this victory induced
+the inhabitants of the _Corlas_ to submit, and they plentifully supplied
+the army then at Malvana with rice. The news of this victory induced the
+king of Candy[433] to sue for peace, sending by his ambassadors 32
+Portuguese who had been made prisoners during the war. The terms agreed
+upon were, that he was to repair and restore the fort at Balane, and
+permit another to be constructed at Candy, and was to deliver yearly as
+tribute to the crown of Portugal four elephants and a certain stipulated
+quantity of cinnamon. Finding afterwards that the Portuguese affairs in
+Ceylon were less prosperous, he receded from these conditions and would
+only agree to give two elephants as the yearly tribute, but the peace
+was concluded.
+
+[Footnote 433: In the translation of the Portuguese Asia, this sovereign
+is here named _Anaras Pandar_ king of _Pandar_; but from every
+circumstance in the context it appears that we ought to read _Anaras
+Pandar_ king of _Candy_.--E.]
+
+END OF THE SIXTH VOLUME.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A General History and Collection of
+Voyages and Travels, Volume VI, by Robert Kerr
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GENERAL HISTORY, VI. ***
+
+***** This file should be named 13225.txt or 13225.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/2/2/13225/
+
+Produced by Robert Connal, Graeme Mackreth and PG Distributed
+Proofreaders. This file was produced from images generously made
+available by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.